ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FounpeEep, 1833.

INCORPORATED By RoyaL CHARTER, 1885.

Bon. Vile-President.

Pror. J. O. WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S.,

Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1889-90.

resident.

Tue Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Vice- Presidents.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.LS., F.Z.5.

FREDERICK D. GODMAN, M.A. a adler

Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Orensurer.

EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S.

Secretaries.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.

Tue Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

Hibrarian.

FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S.

Council.

HENRY WALTER BATES, F.R.S., F.L.S.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

WILLIAM HOLLAND B. FLETCHER, M.A.

Toe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, M.A. F.R.S.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S., &e.

FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S., &c.

PHILIP BROOKE MASON, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.

Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F

OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., E.RB.S., F.L.

EDWARD SAUNDERS, E.LS., Re.

Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.B., F.1.S., F.Z.8.

Tue Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A.

Resident Librarian.

W. E. POOLE.

(wr)

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1834—1889.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1845) ...... Price£4 13 0

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... 8 0 0

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) .... 11) 1050

The Transactions for the year 1868........ 1S tORr0

” » SOO) rereteve| vere 20

” ” IY (URS Gogean 1 SiO

” ” DSi ihierete felela lve 1510

” ” IU -ogogudae Tezen0

y 9 LST Sire teterete rele L1G 0

” ” US TA Aevererctetets 2s 0

” op NS Tissot cielete 1 2140

” ” NS Giexeverteretee 112) 10

” ” 1877 ec-eie0 ae eee,

” ” TS TS rtersistclare< 10) 0

” ” USMbn dao 06 1200

” ; ItsteWaGacodor 019 O

” ” USSU iter sehere 116 0

of ¥ 1882 ori 256.4 06 EOS Ww

ee _ 1SBas- gaa 1% <0

» ” Ika 350 Go OOae bey 10)

= ” Mckeinggdsooes 1 6 0

” y3 USSG6r:. Ste cs 1, “640

» ” ibsteYiponooDCo Ly yee 6

” ” LISSSeR mercer 115 0

Ubsteh ea ad coc 116 6

Any single volume from 1850 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......+.. 212 0

Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1, Aposta-

SUCEND, “aol whe)er aor le) eae obefeKehoisvonsietoterstolaks 016 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

ETM MCNODUCT A) saleveleieisloisielslalelokessereyerter= 0 4 6

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

Parble yas ohne tiaeved aevrereen tee sees OF; 6=0

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie’ (Prize Essay) OFELEEO

FELLOWS.

£310 0

315 0

410 0

2 5 0

3 0 0

015 0

016 6

014 3

iL a @

Za 6

10 3

11 0

OFTIENG

019 6

019 0

it (a) 3

deen

119 O

012 0

0 3 4

0 4 6

or. 0

The Journan or ProcrEpines is bound up with the Transactions, but

may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis; by the Public, price

Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are

entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address.

Cyan =)

CONTENTS.

Explanation of the Plates

List of Fellows ..

Additions to the Library

MEMOIRS.

Il.

Ill.

WWE

VI.

VIII.

Monograph of the genera connecting Tinegeria, Wlk., with

Eretmocera, Z. By the Right Hon. Lord baer ee

M.A., F.RB.S., F.L.S., &c.

The Rhynchophorous Coleoptera of J eee By Davin Suarp,

M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. :

Description of a variety of Ornithoptera Brookiana cn

By the Rev. Francis Aucustus Waker, D.D., F.L.S., &e.

Incidental observations in Pedigree Moth-breeding. By

Frepreric Mrerririe.p, F.E.S. ; sie ee os

On a collection of Lepidoptera from Since ie JoHN

Henry Lescu, B.A., F.L.8., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., :

A Monograph of British Braconidae. Part III. bys the Rey.

Tuomas A. Marsuaun, M.A., F.E.S. 6

. Descriptions of new or little-known species of Glenea in the

collection of the British Museum. By Cuaries J. GaHan,

M.A., F.E.S., Assistant, Zool. Dept., British Museum.

On the Pyralidina collected in 1874 and 1875 by Dr. J. W.

H. Trail in the Basin of the Amazons. ae) WILLIAM

Warren, M.A., F.E.S... ‘ ate a

. Notes on Aulacophora and allied genera. By JosEPH §.

Baty, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., &e.

. Descriptions and life-histories of new species hat ecsubeea

from the Western Pacific. Ey GrERVASE F. hee R.N.,

TEES ey MOLASS e Se

. Notes on the genus Hrebia. By Henry J. Bas, FL. s.,

E.Z.8.

. Note regarding Delias sanaca, Moore, a Western Himalayan

butterfly. By Lionen pr Nic&vinie, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., &e.

. Notes on Indian ants. By Grorcr ALEXANDER JAMES RoTHney,

F.E.S.

. Synonymic notes on the moths of the earlier genera of

Noctuites. By Artuur G. Buren, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

. Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera-Heterocera in the

collection of the Hon. Walter de Rothschild. Se ARTHUR

G. Bururr, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c.

149

213

227

297

317

( viii)

PAGE

XVI. An account of Prof. Plateau’s recent experiments on the

vision of Arthropods. By Davin Suarp, M.B., F.L.S.,

HEZES:; Cs) ses. ae ae ae ays a6 oe

XVII. Further additions to the Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Catalogue of

British Ichneumonide. By Joun B. Bripeman, F.L.S. 409

XVIII. Notes on an extraordinary race of Arctia mendica, Linn.

By Grorcez T. Porrirt, F.L.8., &e. as a -. 4Al

XIX. Descriptions of new species of Scoliide in the collection

of the British Museum, with occasional reference to

species already known. By Wiuu1am F. Kirsy, F.E.S.,

Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. 443

XX. On some Lepidoptera from New Guinea. By Epwarp

Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S. a8 ad 4 a je) Ae

XXI. On the distribution of the Charlonia group of the genus

Anthocharis. By Grorce T. Barer, F.L.S. as so PB

XXII. A revision of the genus Argynnis. By Henry J. Etwes,

BLS, PeZS., &e. «. 3 ve 36 -- 535

XXIII. Additional notes on the genus Hilipus. By Francis P.

Pascor, F.L.S. ae es ye os ate oo | Blt

Proceedings for 1889.. Se 5e 2 fe Je AG i

President’s Address .. ars sis fs as 5 ae Lxivai

Index .. ais e 3 ae ae Be ahs lxxxix

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plates#,, 1-5 BML, TNs, Vi, & Vil. Plate XII. See pages 389 to 392

Seepages1to40 | ,, XIII. : 393 ,, 408

, (Wil, VILL, & 1X, XIV. A41 ,, 449

See pages 99 to 148 ‘ XV ‘f 443 é 454

- X. & an ” e ” ”

ean XVI. & XVIL

cepagesi 2) 10/211 See pages 577 to 592

ERRATA.

TRANSACTIONS.

Page 352, for Polyrhachis Schrinax read Polyrhachis thrinax.

,, 366, for ‘see their bodies,” read “ see these bodies.”

,, 366, for ‘carrying off the body,” read “« carrying off the booty.”

», 373, for “‘ Entom. Trans. of March, 1865,” read “ Entom. Trans.

ss rine i bet 1875.”

», 367, for Holcomyrmex indicus, read Holcomyrmex scabri .

Plate XII. For “ New Lepidoptera from the doloraoav ate ae

ee Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands and East

rica.

PROCEEDINGS.

Page xiv, line 5 from bottom of page, for “states” read “stated.”

»» XXil, line 32 from top of page, after the word “took” read « part.”

,, lvi, line 8 from bottom of page, after “6.” read * Psocide.”’

(its)

Wist of fellotvs

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

HONORARY FELLOWS.

Date of

Election.

1875 Burmetster, Hermann Carl Conrad, Buenos Ayres.

1885 Dourn, Carl August, Stettin.

1863 Hagen, Hermann August, Cambridge, U.S.A.

1884 Mixer, Fritz, Blumenan, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

1884 OstrEN-SackEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.

1884 Pacxarp, Alpheus 8., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

1889 Ruey, Prof. Charles V., Washington, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Geneva.

1871 Srtys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. EK. de, Liege.

1885 SNELLEN, Pieter C. T., Rotterdam.

FELLOWS.

Marked * are Original Members.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Election.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 20 Old Bond-street, W.

1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1885 ApkKIN, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1880 Anpre, Ed., Member of the Entomological Societies of

France, Berlin, Stettin, &c., 21 Boulevard Brétonniere,

Beaune (Cote d’Or), France.

1856 Armitaae, Ed., R.A., 3 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Armorre, E. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Exton’s-road, King’s

Lynn, Norfolk.

1883 ArryE, Robt. Jervoise, Ingow Grange, Stratford-on-Avon.

1865

1861

+ Basineton, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.,

Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,

5 Brookside, Cambridge.

Baker, George T., F.L.S., 16 Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

Baty, Joseph S., M.R.C.S., F.L.8., The Butts, Warwick.

Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Corfe Castle, Dorset.

Bareacui, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo

Tempi No. 1, Florence, Italy.

Barker, H. W., 83 Brayard's-road, Peckham, 8.E.

Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Department,

Somerset House, W.C.; and Norfolk-street, King’s Lynn,

Norfolk.

Barton, Stephen, 32 St. Michael’s Hill, Bristol.

Bates, Henry Walter, F.R.S., F.L.8., &., 11 Carleton-

road, Tufnell Park, N.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, 8.E.

1882

1886

1880

1879

1889

1885

1886

1875

1876

1888

Bere, C., Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres.

Bripptg, F. W., M.A. Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Beckenham,

Kent.

BIGNELL, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,

Plymouth.

Briers, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,

S.E.

BLANDFORD, Walter F. H., B.A., 48 Wimpole-street, W.

Buiatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.8., Hagle Howse, Bath-

easton, Bath.

Buiss, Arthur, 43 New Broad-street, E.C.

BLoMEFIELD, The Rey. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., &c., 19 Bel-

mont, Bath.

BLoomFIELD, The Rev. E. N., M.A., Gwestling Rectory,

Hastings.

Borrer, Wm., junr., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House,

Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.

BoscHer, Edward, Bellevue House, Twickenham.

Bowser, B. A., Langley, Eltham Road, Lee, Kent.

1852 + Boyp, Thomas, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hull,

1867

S.E.

Boypb, William Christopher, Cheshunt, Herts.

1886

1877

1870

1879

1878

1887

1886

1883

1855

1889

LIST OF FELLOWS. xl

Bripeman, John B., F.L.S., 40 St. Giles’, Norwich.

Brices, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.;

and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Brices, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead

Surrey.

Bronentart, Le Chevalier Charles, Memb. Ento. Soc.

France, and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, Foreign Corr. Geol.

Soc. Lond. &e., 8 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.

Brown, Henry Rowland, B.A., Oxhey Grove, Stanmore,

Middlesex.

Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Bucxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe,

Haslemere, Surrey.

BurneELL, Edward Henry, 32 Bedford-row, W.C.

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, S.W.

1868 + Butter, Arthur Gardiner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum,

1883

1886

1885

1860

1880

1889

1886

1868

South Kensington, S.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,

Beckenham, Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., Windeyer, Ashley-

road, Crouch Hill, N.

CatverT, Wm. Bartlett, Colegio Yngles, 13 Calle Nataniel,

Santiago, Chili, South America.

Cameron, Peter, 20 Beech-road, Sale, Cheshire.

CamMpBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &¢c., Rose Hill,

Hoddesdon, Herts.

CanprzeE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CanspaLr, W. D., 6 Whittington-terrace, London-road,

Forest Hill, 8.E.

Cant, A., 93 Robert-street, Regent’s Park N.W.

Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford.

CaRMICcHAEL, T. D. Gibson, M.A., F.L.8., Chiefswood,

Melrose, N.B.

CaRRINGTON, Charles, Hurst-place, Bexley, Kent.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 138 Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871

1889

Cuampion, G. C., F.Z.S., 11 Calder-Vale-road, Elms Park,

Clapham Common, S.W.

Curisty, W. M., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + Cuark, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields,

1867

N.E.

Cuarke, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

b 2

x LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Curarxe, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Royal

Herbarium, Kew.

1874 Cocke, Capt. George, 9 Bolton-gardens, S.W.

1873 Cor, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1884 Coxuert, E. Pyemont, 19 St. John-street, Manchester.

1880 CopuanD, Patrick F., % Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1876 + CoppertHwaITe, William Charles, Beech-grove, Malton.

1883 CovERDALE, George, 24 Fleming-road, Lorrimore-square,

S.E.

1886 CoweELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public

Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., Ashleigh, Marlborough Hill, Harrow.

1888 Creeor, J. P., Tredinnick, Bodmin.

1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., F.L.S., F.G.8.. Sec. R.M.S.,

5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croxer, A. J., 25 Casella-road, New Cross, 8.E.

1883 CrowLey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Waddon House, Croydon.

1888 Crusu, W., Elim, Ulundi-road, Westcombe Park, Black-

heath, S.E.

1878 Dae, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne.

1888 Date, Henry F., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Royal Thames Yacht

Club, 2 Savile Row, London, W.

1887 Dauttrry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley

Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatt, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park,

Blackheath, S.E.

1885 Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.S., 20 Thurloe-square,

S.W.

1837 DervonsHtrRE, His Grace The Duke of, K.G., M.A., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., &., Devonshire House, 78 Piccadilly, W.

1886 Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D.,

Professor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow,

Glasgow.

1875 Distant, Wm. Lucas, Memb. Anthropological Institute,

1 Russell-hill-road, Purley, Surrey.

1887 Drxey, F. A., M.A., M.B., Wadham College, Oxford; and

Friern Lea, North Finchley, N.

1889 Dosrix, N. F., The New Walk, Beverley, Yorkshire.

1885 Donovan, Charles, junr., Westview, Glandore, Leap, Co.

Cork.

18738 Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

LIST OF FELLOWS. xii

1886 Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Grove Park, Warwick.

1876 Doveuas, John Wm., 8 Beaufort-gardens, Lewisham, S.E.

1889 Downine, John W., 59 Lupus-street, St. George’s-square,

S.W.

1874 Dowsert, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

1884 Drucr, Hamilton H. C. J., 43 Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

1849 + Dunninc, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z-S.,; 12 Old-

square, Lincoln's Inn, W.C.

1865 D’Ursan, W. S. M., F.L.S., 10 Claremont-terrace,

Exmouth, Devon.

1883 Durrant, John Hartley-, The Cottage, Merton Hall

Thetford, Norfolk.

1865 Earon, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., The Vicarage,

Shepton Montague, Castle Cary, Somersetshire.

1886 Epwarps, James, 131 Rupert-street, Norwich.

1884 Epwarps, Stanley, F.Z.S., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath, S.E.

1886 ExisHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

1886 Eis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 159 Howard-place, Shelton,

Stoke-on-Trent.

1878 Ewes, Henry John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vick-PResiwent, Preston

House, Cirencester.

1886 Ewock, Frederick, 11 Parolles-road, Upper Holloway, N.

1886 Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

1881 Ferrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

1889 FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass, U.S.A.

1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens,

N. Kensington, W.

1874 Fircn, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1886 Fircn, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park,N.

1865 Friercuer, J. E., 26 McIntyre-road, St. John’s, Worcester.

1883 + FLercuer, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,

Sussex.

1885 Foxkrr, A. J. F., Ziertkzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1880 Fow.er, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary, The

School House, Lincoln.

X1V

1883

1888

1855

1889

1884

1887

LIST OF FELLOWS.

FreEmAN, Francis Ford, 8 Leigham-terrace, Plymouth.

Fremuin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth

Maidstone, Kent

Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood

Park, Norwood, 8.E.

FryrEr, Charles John, Hmscote-road, Warwick.

Fuuer, The Rey. Alfred, M.A., care of Jos. Anderson, jun.

Alre Villa, Chichester.

Ganan, CharlesJ., M.A., British Museum (Natural History),

SouthKensington, 8.W.

Gatton, Francis, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (President, Anthro-

pological Institute), 42 Rutland Gate, S.W.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,

VicE-PREsIDENT, South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham,

Sussex; and 10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1886 + Goopricn, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Aubrey, Lyming-

1855

1874

1886

1865

1888

1846

1885

1889

1877

1886

1889

1881

1888

ton, Hants.

GorHam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., The Chestnuts,

Shirley Warren, Southampton.

Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., Secretary, Berrylands,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

GreEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

GREENE, The Rey. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Apsley-road,

Clifton, Bristol.

GrirFitH, G. C., 1 Hale Bank, St. Mathews-road, Cotham

Bristol.

Grout, Ferdinand, F.L.S., Liprarran, 9 Newcomen-street,

Southwark, 8.E.

Hawi, Thomas William, 7 Princess-road, Selhurst, South

Norwood, 8.E.

Hamitton, The Rev. W.A., c/o Messrs. King & Co., Calcutta.

Harpine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.

Harris, John T., Newton-road, Burton-on-Trent.

Harrison, John, 7 Gawber Terrace, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Heaton Chapel fiectory, near

Stockport.

Henry, George, 388 Wellington-square, Hastings.

Hices, M. Stanger, The Mill House, Upton St. Leonards,

Gloucestershire.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

1876 + Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., Wordfield, Clive-road,

Penarth, Cardiff.

1887 Houuanp, The Rev. W. J., M.A., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue,

Pittsburg, Penn., United States.

1887 Hownraru, Ed. G., 38 Unter den Linden, Berlin.

1886 Horner, A. C., Tonbridge, Kent.

1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c.,

Surrey House, Forest Hill, 8.E.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., 94 Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Huvson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New

Zealand.

1880 | IncuBaLp, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Grosvenor Terrace, Horn-

sea, Holderness.

1886 Jacosy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1885 | James, Harry Berkeley, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., Las Salinas,

Valparaiso, Chili; and The Oaks, Woodmansterne, near

Epsom, Surrey.

1843 Janson, Ed. W., 82 Victoria-road, Finsbury Park, N.;

and 35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Strowd Green, N.; and

35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4 Hast-street, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd.

1889 Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Winder Terrace, Armagh,

Ireland.

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Sloperton

Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.

1884 Kappet, A. W., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876 Karrer, Dr. F., Putbus, Riigen, North Prussia.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1872 Kayr, Ernest St. G., Jessore, Bengal.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.8., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.

1886 Kew, H. Wallis, 112 Harley-road, Stroud Green, N.

1861 Kirey, W. F., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

XVi LIST OF FELLOWS.

1889 KLAPALEK, Professor Franz, Zoological Department, Royal

Museum, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 | Kuen, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,

Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red

House, Stanmore, Middlesex.

1876 Kraarz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.

1868 Lane, Lieut.-Col. A. M., R.E., Simla, India.

1880 Lana, The Rey. Henry Charles, M.D., F.L.S., 7 St. James’

Terrace, Plymouth.

1887 | Leecu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &e.,

29 Hyde Park Gate, S.W.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.8., 101 Sandgate-road, Folkestone.

1886 Livett, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1875 Livinestone, Clermont, Hast Lodge, Forest Rise,

Walthamstow, Essex.

1865 + Luewetyn, J. Talbot Dillwyn, M.A., F.L.S., Ynisgerwn,

Neath.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,

Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common.

1850 Lows, W.H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,

Wimbledon Park, 8.W.

1850 + Lusgock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., &., High Elms, Farnborough,

Kent.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,

Leeds.

1887 Lynam, R.G., The North Staffordshire Infirmary, Stoke-

on- Trent.

1887 M‘Doucatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road,

Blackheath, 8.E.

1851 + M‘Inrosu, J.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., The Old Brewery, Maswri, Western

Himalayas, India.

1858 M‘Lacutan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Westview,

Clarendon-road, Lewisham, S.E.

1887 Manpers, Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., Norwood House,

Weston-super-Mare, Semerset.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

1869 + Marseut, L’Abbé S. A. de, 271 Boulevard Pereire, Paris.

1865 Marsuatt, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Cornworthy

Vicarage, Totnes, South Devon.

1856 + MarsHa.L, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1874 + Mason, Philip Brooke, M.R.C.S8., F.L.8., Burton-on-Trent.

1887 Martuews, Coryndon, Erme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.

1865 Matuew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.,

Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Percy Cross,

Fulham-road, S.W.

1872 | Metpota, Prof. Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,

6 Brunswick-square, W.C.

1885 Metvit, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &e., Kersal Cottage,

Prestwich, Lancashire.

1887 MeERrRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

1888 Meryer-Darcis, George, Endsleigh, Highfield Hill, Upper

Norwood.

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., Ramsbury, Hungerford, Berkshire.

1883 Mies, W. H., 5 & 6 Hare-street, Calcutta.

1886 Miskin, W. H., Brisbane, Queensland.

1879 Monrerro, Senor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72 Rua

do Alecrion, Lisbon.

1853 Moore, Frederic, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Claremont House,

Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, 8.E.

1886 Moreay, A. C. F., F.L.S., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,

Portugal.

1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College,

Oxford, 27 Hillmorton-road, Rugby.

1889 Mostey, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 | Mttier, Albert, F.R.G.S., 1954 Junkerstrasse, Berne,

Switzerland.

1872 + Murray, Lieut. H.

1886 Murcu, J. P., Hornsey-road, N.

1886 Neave, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road, Brownswood Park, N.

1889 Nevinson, B. G., M.A., F.Z.8., 6 Tite-street, Chelsea, S.W.

1887 Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., 15 Park-crescent,

Oxford.

1878 Newman, Thomas P., F.Z.8., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and

Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.

1882 Nictviie, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ;

and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.

XV1H

1886

1878

1869

1877

1883

1873

1886

1878

1880

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Nicuouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

Norris, Herbert E., 15 Market Place, Cirencester.

Norriper, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

OBERTHUR, Charles (fils), Rennes, France.

OBERTHUR, Rene, Rennes, France.

OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 21 Longridge-

road, Karls Court, 5.W.

OuiviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

Ouurr, A. Sidney, Australian Musewm, Sydney, N. S.

Wales.

OrmeERop, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington

House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

Ormerop, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell

Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1841 + Owen, Sir Richard, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., M.D., F.R.S.,

1854

1884

1887

1888

1883

1879

1887

1881

1885

F.L.S. F.G.S., &¢., Sheen Lodge, Richmond Park, 8.W.

Pascor, Francis P., F.L.S., 1 Burlington-road, West-

bourne Park, W.

Patron, W. H., Waterbury, Connecticut, U.S.A.

Peers, John Witherington, M.A., Wendover, near .Tring

Herts.

PENNINGTON, F., jun., Broome Hall, Holmwood, Surrey.

PirineuEy, Louis, South African Musewm, Cape Town,

South Africa.

Perkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-Edge, Gloucester-

shire.

Purtuips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's

Hill, Kent.

Pim, The Rev. H. Bedford, B.A., 169 Walton-street, Oxford.

Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Heerengracht 476,

Amsterdam.

Poor, W. E., 11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.

1884 + Poutron, Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.S., F.Z.8.,

Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thur-

caston Kectory, Leicester.

LIST OF FELLOWS. xix

1876 PREUDHOMME DE Borers, Alfred , Rue Scwtin 11, Schaerbeck,

Brussels.

1878 Pricer, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1886 Raconot, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Qua

de la Rapée, Paris.

1882 | RamspEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26 Upper Bedford-

place, Russell-square, W.C.

1874 Reep, Edwyn C., Casilla 971, Valparaiso, Chili.

1886 Ruopkxs, John, F.R.M.S., 360 Blackburn-road, Accrington,

Lancashire.

1853 Ripon, The Most Honourable The Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,

FE.R.S., F.L.S., &., 1 Carlton-gardens, S.W.

1889 Rosrnson, Arthur, B.A., Brettanby Manor, Darlington.

1869 + Ropinson-Doveias, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S.,

F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

1886 Rose, Arthur J., 5 Royal Exchange Avenue, E.C.

1868 Roruney, G. A. J., 15 Versailles-road, Norwood, 8.E.

1888 RoruscuHiLp, The Honble. Lionel Walter de, 148 Piccadilly,

W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1865 Ryianps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.8., Highfields,

Thelwall, Warrington.

1885 Sasex, Ernest, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., 6 Grove-road, Clapham

Park, S.W.

1875 Saute, Auguste, 13 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 + SaLvin, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.8., V.P.Z.S., 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst,

Haslemere.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., ‘‘ Peace Wold,’ Radnor Park-road,

Folkestone.

1885 Sanpars, T. C., 46 Cleveland-square, Hyde Park, W.

1865 + SaunpDERS, Edward, F.L.S., Treasurer, St. Ann’s, Mount

Hermon, Woking, Surrey.

1861 + SaunvERS, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, 8.W.

1886 Saunpers, Prof.Wm., London, Ontario, Canada (President

of the Entomological Society of Ontario).

1881 Scotuick, A. J., Albion Lodge, Putney, 8.W.

1886 ScuppER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., United States.

1875 + Seaty, Alfred Forbes, Cochin, South India.

1864 Semper, George, c/o Bernhard Beer, Esq.,10 Newgate-street,

IMAC

XX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1862 SHarp, David, M.B., C.M., Edin., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vice-

PRESIDENT, Wilmington, Dartford, Kent.

1888 Suaw, A. Eland, Wandsworth Dispensary, Wandsworth,

S.W.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.8., 13 Rutland

Gate, W.

1887 Sicn, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.

1887 Sipewick, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,

Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1877 SuatTer, John Win., 386 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.

1883 Swmiru, Frederick W., Hollywood, Lewisham Hill, 8.E.

1869 Swmuiru, Henley Grose, F.Z.8., 1386 Harley-street, Cavendish-

square, W.

1885 Swiru, Sidney Philip, 22 Rylett-road, Shepherds Bush, W.

1885 Soutu, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

+ Spence, Wiliam Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1848 + Srainton, Henry Tibbats, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8., &e.,

Mountsfield, Lewisham, 8.E.

1889 SranpEN, Richard 8., Framingham Earl Hall, Norwich.

1862 SrEvens, John S., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, S.W.

1837 Stevens, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper

Norwood, S.E.

1889 Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Wilts.

1886 Surracsz, J. Lyddon, B.A., 76 Regent’s Park-road, N.W.

1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

1884 SwinHor, Colonel Charles, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Bombay Staff

Corps, Commissariat Department, Bombay, India ; and

54 Iffley Road, Oxford.

1876 Swinton, A. H., Tudor Villas, Gery-street, Bedford.

1886 THEOBALD, F. V., Chestnut Avenue, Kingston-on-Thames.

1889 THORNEWILL, The Rey. C. F., M.A., Burton-on-Trent.

1882. Topp, Richard.

1859 + TrRimen, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Curator of South African

Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.

1886 Tutt, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,

S.E.

1869 Vauauan, Howard W.J.,1 The Terrace, Woodford Green,

Essex; and 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.

1866 VERRALL, G. H., Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taiback, South Wales.

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xx1

1876 WAakEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

1886 Watker, Alfred O., F.L.S., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay,

Denbighshire.

1870 Waker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.8., Dun

Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Waker, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23 Ranelagh-road, Marine

Town, Sheerness.

1863 + Watuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.,

Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1889 Wat.ey, The Rev. Johu, Wuhu, China.

1866 + WatstncHAm, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &c., PRESIDENT, Haton House, 66a Eaton-square,

S.W.; and Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.

1888 Watton-Lewis, The Rev. R., Kamastone, Queenstown,

Cape Colony.

1886 WarREN, William, M.A., 3 Kempson-road, Walham Green

S.W.

1869 WarterHouse, Charles O., British Musewm, South Ken-

sington, S.W.; and Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,

Acton, W.

1845 Werr, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., Chirbury, Beckenham,

Kent. .

1876 | WEsTERN, E. Young, 27 Craven Hill Gardens, Bays-

water, W.

* Westwoop, John Obadiah, M.A., F.L.S. (Professor of

Zoology in the University of Oxford), Honorary LIFE

PRESIDENT, 67 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1882 Weymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Hlberfeld, Rhenish

Prussia.

1886 WHEELER, F. D., M.A., Paragon House School, Norwich.

1868 + Wuite, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.S., Annat Lodge,

Perth, N.B.

1865 Wurst, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884 Wuure, William, The Ruskin Museum, Sheffield.

1882 Wiuuiams, W. J., Zoolcgical Society, Hanover-square, W.

1874 Wuuson, Owen, Cwmffrwd, Carmarthen.

1881 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, Merton Cottage, Baldock Herts,

1888 YeErsury, Major J. W., R.A., The Army and Navy Club

Pall Mall, 8.W.; and Crown Hill Fort, Crown Hill

R.S.0., S. Devon.

1886 Youne, Morris, free Museum, Paisley, N.B.

( CERI ae)

ADDITIONS LO he TB RAY

DuriInG THE YEAR 1889.

Arxinson (EK. T.). Catalogue of the Insecta of the Oriental Region.

No. 1. Order Coleoptera, Family Cicindelide.

The Author.

Brera (Carolo). Quadraginta Coleoptera Nova Argentina descripta.

8vo. Bonariew. 1889. The Author.

Brerrkav (Dr. F.) and Dr. G. H. Fowirer. Bericht tiber die wissen-

schaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie wiah-

rend des Jahres 1888 (Crustacea, 1887). 8vo. Berlin,

1889. Purchased.

Borre (A. Preudhomme de). Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique

de Hainaut. Coléoptéres. 3eme et 4éme centuries. 8vo.

Bruxelles, 1885 et 1889. The Author.

Sur les Poecilus cupreus et versicolor. S8yvo. Bruxelles, 1889.

The Author.

Répertoire alphabetique des noms spécifiques admis ou pro-

posés dans la sous-famille des Libellulines avec indications

bibliographiques, iconographiques et géographiques. 8vo.

Bruxelles, 1889. The Author.

Conseils pour letudes des Palpicornes aquatiques. 8vo.

Bruxelles, 1889. The Author.

BucxuEr (William). The Larye of the British Butterflies and Moths.

By the late W. B. Edited by H. T. Srarnron. Vol. II.

8vo. London, 1889. J. W. Dunning.

Burier (A. G.). Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Lepidoptera-

Heterocera in the Collection of the British Museum.

Part VII. Plates 121—138. 4to. London, 1889.

The Trustees of the Museum.

Campovk (R. P.). L’Urania Rhipheus, Bdv. Quelques notes sur les

états imparfaits ou larvaires. 8vo. Paris, 1889.

The Author.

Canadian Entomologist (The). Edited by the Rev. C. J. S. Bethune.

Vol. XX., No. 12, and Vol. XXI., Nos. 1—11.

The Editor.

C) xa, 5}. )

Dyer (Thiselton) and others. Report of the Committee appointed by

the British Association for the purpose of reporting on the

present state of our knowledge of the Zoology and Botany

of the West India Islands, and taking steps to investigate

ascertained deficiencies in the Fauna and Flora. 8vo.

1888. (Dr. Sharp).

Baton (A. E.). A revisional monograph of Recent Ephemeride or May-

flies. Parts5and6. Completing the work. 4to. London,

1888. The Author.

Exuis (John W.). The Coleopterous Fauna of the Liverpool District.

8vo. Liverpool, 1889. The Author.

Entomologist (The) for 1889. T. P. Newman.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. Nos. 289 to 307, being Vol. XXV. of

the Series. 8vo. London, 1888 and 1889. The Editors.

Entomologica Americana. Vol. IV., No. 9, and Vol. V., Nos. 1 to9. 8vo.

Brooklyn. 1889. The Brooklyn Ent. Soc.

Hampson (G. F.). The Butterflies of the Nilgeri District, South India.

8vo. Calcutta, 1888. The Author.

Insect Life. Vol. I., Nos. 6 to 12, and Vol. II., Nos. 1 to 4. 8vo.

Washington, 1889. C.V. Riley.

Jacopy (Martin). List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by

Sig. L. Fea at Burmah and Tenasserim. 8vo. Genova,

1889. The Author.

List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera collected by Sig. Modi-

gliani at Nias and Sumatra, with descriptions of the new

species (1 plate). 8yo. Genova, 1889. The Author.

List of the Crioceride, Cryptocephalide, Chrysomelide, and

Galerucide collected in Venezuela by M. Simon, with

descriptions of new species. 8vo. London, 1889.

The Author.

Lintner (Dr. J. A.). Second Report of the New York State Entomo-

logist. S8vo. Albany, 1885. The Author.

Fourth Report of the Injurious and other Insects of the State

of New York. 8vo. Albany, 1888. The Author.

Bulletin of the New York State Museum of Natural History

(No. 5). The White Grub of the May Beetle. 8vo.

Albany, 1888. The Author.

Bulletin of the New York State Museum of Natural History

(No. 6). Cut-worms. 8yvo. Albany, 1888. The Author.

Report of the State Entomologist to the Regents of the Uni-

versity of the State of New York for the year 1886. 8vo-

Albany, 1887. The Author.

( yxxivy )

McCoy (Frederick). Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. Decades

XVII. and XVIII. Large 8vo. 1888 and 1889.

The Author.

M‘Lacuian (R.), Neuroptera collected by J. J. Walker, R.N., on both

sides of the Straits of Gibraltar. 8vo. 1889.

The Author.

Trichoptera collected in Iceland by P. B. Mason in the summer

of 1889. The Author.

Nature, Nos. 997—1048. London, 1889. The Publishers.

Nicrvintie (Lionel de). On new or little-known Butterflies from the

Indian Region. 8vo. Calcutta, 1888. The Author.

Butterflies and Ants. (2 plates). The Author.

Further Note on Hestia Malabarica. The Author.

OuurF (A. Sidney). Australian Butterflies—a brief account of the Native

Families. 8vo. Sydney, 1889. The Author.

OrmeErop (Eleanor A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects

during the year 1888 (12th Report). The Authoress.

Observations on some Injurious Insects of South Africa.

The Authoress.

Pacxarp (A. S.). On certain Factors of Evolution. The Author.

The Cave Fauna of America, with remarks on the Anatomy of

the Brain, and origin of the Blind Species. The Author.

Paleontological Notes. The Author.

On the occurrence of Organs, probably of taste, in the Epi-

pharynx of the Mecaptera (Panorpa and Boreus).

The Author.

Notes on the Epipharynx and the Epipharyngeal Organs of

Taste in Mandibulate Insects. The Author.

Pascoe (F. P.). A List of described Longicornia of Australia and

Tasmania. The Author.

PrecxHam (George W.) and Exizappra G. Preckuam. Observations on

Sexual Selection in Spiders of the Family Attide. 8vo.

Milwaukee (Wisconsin), 1889. The Authors.

Périncuey (L.). Second Contribution to the South-African Coleopterous

Fauna. 8vo. Cape Town, 1888. The Author.

Picret (Alphonse). Locustides nouveaux ou peu connus du Musée de

Genéve. 4to. Genéve, 1888. The Author.

Puatrau (Félix). Recherches expérimentales sur la Vision chez les

Arthropodes. 4éme et 5éme parties. S8vo. Bruxelles, 1888.

Purzeys (J.). Révision général des Clivinides, 1867. F. Grut.

Supplement a la Révision général des Clivinides, 1868.

F., Grut.

Ramsay (E. P.). Lord Howe Island, its Zoology, Geology, &e.

The Author.

¢*tzxy. |)

REED (Edwyn C.). Catalogo de los Insectos Dipteros de Chile. Santiago,

1888. The Author.

Riwey (Charles V.). Report of the Entomologist for 1888.

The Author.

Scupper (S. H.). Mimicry and protective resemblance, or Butterflies in

disguise. The Author.

Sexys-Lonecuames (E. de). Odonates de Sumatra comprenant les espéces

recueillis 4 Pulo Nias. Genova, 1889. The Author.

Fossil Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada.

The Author.

SuHarp (Dr. David). The Staphylinide of Japan. The Author.

Smiru (John B.). Contributions towards a Monograph of the Noctuids

of Temperate America. The Author.

SNELLEN (C. T.). Papilio (Ornithoptera) Ritseme, n. sp. decrit.

The Author.

Socrertes (Transactions of Scientific) :—

ADELAIDE. Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the Royal

Society of S. Australia. Vol. X., 1886—7, 1888—9.

The Society.

Boston. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History,

XXIIL., pts. 3 and 4. The Society.

Briinn. Verhandlungen die naturforschenden Vereins in Briinn.

8vo. Briinn, 1888. The Society.

Brusseus. Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique,

t. XXXII. The Academy.

Bulletin de Académie Royale de Belgique. 3éme serie, 14 417.

The Academy.

Mémoires Couronnées (in 4to), t. XLIX. do.

Do. do. (in 8vo), t. 40 a 42. do.

Mémoires des Membres (in 4to), t. XLVII. do.

Annuaires. 1888 and 1889. do.

Bucxuurst Hitt. The Essex Naturalist, being the Journal of the

Essex Field Club. Edited by William Cole. Nos. 10 to 12,

1888, and Nos. 1 to 12, 1889. The Club.

Buenos Ayres. Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. By

German Barmeister. Eutrega XV. The Museum.

CampripGe (Mass.). Annual Report of the Museum of Compara-

tive Zoology at Harvard College for 1887 and 1888.

The Curator.

Carz Town. Transactions of the South-African Philosophical

Society. Vol. IV., parts 1 and 2. The Society.

Davenport (Iowa). Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of

Natural Sciences. Vol. V., part 1, 1884—89.

The Academy.

Dustin. Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society. Vol.

VI. (n.s.), parts 3 to 6. The Society.

Scientific Transactions. Vol. IV. (n.s.), parts 2 to 5.

The Society.

Fuorence. Bulletino della Societ’i Entomologica Italiana. Anno

Ventesimo. Trimestre 1—4. 1888. The Society.

( xxvi_ )

Geneva. Mémoires de la Société Physique et d’histoire naturelle

de Genéve. Tome XXX., le partie. The Society.

Genoa. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia naturali di Genova.

Ser. 2. Vol. VI. (XXVI.). Genova, 1888. The Museum.

Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. XXXI. Deel. 3 and 4,

Aflevering; XXXII. Deel. 1 and 2, Afievering.

The Society.

Lonpon. Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 272 to 283.

The Society.

Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology). Vol.

XX., No. 121; Vol. XXI., Nos. 132—135. The Society.

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London (2nd series).

Zoology. Vol. IL, part 18; Vol. IV., part 3; Vol. V.,

parts 1—3. The Society.

Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society

of London, 1888, part 4; 1889, parts 1—3. The Society.

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1888, parts 6 and

6a; 1889, parts 1—5. The Society.

Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Vol. III., Nos. 23

to 25. The Club.

The Naturalist, a Journal of the Natural History of the North

of England for the year 1889. The Editors.

Lonpon (Ontario). The 19th Annual Report of the Entomological

Society of Ontario. 1888. The Society.

Lyon. Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Lyon. XXXII. to

XXXIV. The Society.

Mexico. Memorias de la Sociedad Cientifica ‘‘ Antonio Alzate.”’

Tome II. Cuaderno 11. Mexico, 1889. The Society.

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de

Moscou. 1888, 3 and 4, 1889, 1. 8vo. Moscou, 1889.

The Society.

Nouveaux Mémoires de la Soc. Imp. de Moscou. XV., Liv. 6.

1889. The Society.

Paris. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France. 1888.

The Society.

PuinapeLpu1. Transactions of the American Entomological Society.

Vol. XV., No. 4; XVI., Nos. 1to 3. 8vo. 1888.

The Society.

Sr. Lovis (Missouri). Transactions of the Academy of Science.

Vol. V., Nos. land 2. 8yo. 1888. The Academy.

San Francisco (Cal.) Proceedings of the Californian Academy of

Science. Vol. I., parts 1 and 2. The Academy.

ScuarrHAvsEeN. Mittheilungen der Schweizerischen Entomologischen

Gesellschaft. Vol. VIII., Heft 2and3. 1888.

The Society.

Srerrin. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung. 49 Jahrg., 10 to 12;

50 Jahrg., 1 to 6. The Society.

Sypney. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales

(2nd ser.). Vol. IlI., parts 2to 4; Vol. IV., part 1.

The Society.

The 35th Annual Report of the Trustees of the Australian

Museum for the year 1888. The Trustees of Museum.

( xvi)

‘Toxyo. The Zoological Magazine. Vol. I., No.10. August, 1889.

The Tokyo Zoological Society.

Topeka (Kansas). Transactions of the 18th and 19th Annual

Meetings of the Kansas Academy of Science. Vol. X. 8vo.

1885—86. The Academy.

Tounousr. Bulletin de la Société d’histoire naturelle de Toulouse.

22éme année. (Janvier 4 Septembre). The Society.

Trenton (New Jersey). Journal of the Trenton Natural History

Society. Vol. II., No.1. (January). 8vo. 1889.

The Society.

Vienna. Verhandlungen der k. k. Zool.-Botan. in Wien. XXXVIII.

Band, 3 and 4 Quartal; XXXIX., 1 and 2 Quartal.

The Society.

Wasuineton. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Wash-

ington. Vol. I., No.3. 1889. The Society.

WatrorD AND Hertrorp. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural

History Society. Vol. V., parts 2 to 5. The Society.

Wetttneton (N. Z.). Transactions and Proceedings of the New

Zealand Institute. Vol. XXI. The Institute.

WERNIGERODE (Saxony). Schriften der Naturwissenschaftlichen

Vereins des Harzes. Dritter Band. 1888. The Society.

Taytor (W. C.) and L. pr Nictvintur. List of Butterflies of Korda in

Orissa. Revised and arranged by L. de N. The Author.

Tuomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica. Fasc. XIII. Purchased.

WateruHouse (C. 0.) and Witson. Aid to the Identification of Insects.

Part 30. The Editor.

Westwoop (J. O.). Descriptions of some new or imperfectly-known

species of Ichneumones adsciti. Svo. The Hague. 1882.

The Author.

Descriptions of some new Exotic species of Moths. 1881.

The Author.

A Monograph of the Sawflies composing the Australian Genus

Perga of Leach. 1880. The Author.

Thirty-four Articles on Injurious Insects published in the

‘Gardeners’ Chronicle.’ The Author.

Wuirsaves (J. F.). Contributions to Canadian Paleontology. Vol. I.

Geological Survey of Canada.

Wikis (Alexandre). Les Cicindéles Touraniennes ; etude faunistique

et zoo-géographique. The Author.

Woop-Mason (J.). Catalogue of the Mantodea. The Author.

The Ethiopian and Oriental representatives of the Mantodean

Subfamily Vatide. Calcutta, 1889. The Author.

Zoological Magazine. Vol. 1.,No. 10. 1889. The Editor.

Zoological Record for 1887. Purchased.

Zoologist (The). 8vo. London, 1889. T. P. Newman.

Weer, mie 81 i Piloy., Sn teat a: iS weer Wa

AMER Vnalinlayy, Cpe had a te oy =i

Eesing at Ara 2 t gut 0 Se ih vee

mr Alay © auras ion mytay ie San A Aba are “3

Aprrel yeh wit {wal rt

Serolue? al). ple crim Niotyl i Miiene ot cla ’

dpnaivaien(h, 5 pee bynes sarah en arent

Seaaealy Teves nr vith ep sinh tie aril ‘wet aaioalered if re i

AMOI AT Ay /4 ated Sih 8 av ygaiun” :

Weiat 3 Pes SA Cree Ssh. so ee a aif Ip supine ith

yaw ay Fe >i dard noes aiget eae HAM ty yea o

wala ne ue fil Me bas) 428 fol oe 2 eat aires

sy igiteart. if g rt 5 MS } santa a ila gf vi eid Paee al i AD le

etl ta Rtas * Featget. son Hv" ites Ga Eqitibes . jt! yy, OER) 7

coh $4 gl oid Snes binge lhe y a

beer tae gists basis te DM: “aagi Hi ate (een Maviyvtis i r TR he

aan) 2a. ui Pigt'é: ig rare Ls ebr Pec a) ae eS

Wer ast) is en Rain ve iLit w 1, aU ‘dit ol} nnd nil "Y

PAE ie ld ioe sia tah bags yc

“Sav utisias! os ir’ oe id a. lps at 5g) NomAPy SS a si 7 7

aon ce One ee. td aad I ait ga ane

cert

- - ;

‘

ae a! i : na “she Woe

avy anys 1 4 ist by snl oy es, Shh wu 7 fa bya Mh wine we

7 pele “iV .F fi al t Tae athy re hy: 7 prmele> ak ian Le

Soba Iwata ae ‘Niseareh = ah sont :

* 4 ‘

4 j ‘ ~¢ »

i. _ : Lt

pisnernl me afi, 7 ii drawl ean) ite Gu i, tet Di 60 Geen werWe ss ss

wets a

’

Hvaps-Yesyor sh i eet Sriiay ie “wettiahuenty, fi dhy a

ME © Singh 4. T 9 ye 7 hee wana Ravaenann J,

1 eAlaiie aa’

fe : ann id tt *ipage aGRel i wank: weeO lo Grakdias i -

ail oy ah! : « 7

Wildes Toi enh ally uuie onion di tay ma aéhf, “i eee

i ay, PAY ? WO i) Ba veer i Ag 7 ; - 7

orl” iy delat, ly lat “fil “huaro s0n tit ‘tt hae fA ATL AEE ALY tg - 7 -

> @upueb, yf’ C “oto Seton abies” - vote A

ti liv? ae AL wat all ity Ay bom) ova viru) ce, &) abanel :

SWRA YG) ateke Vihatawt CS ee

ving omit ps1 fing ihe eerie)” ~ stint (ribet

Aahsah, i\ spi ee = ae |

gvinni's. 5A __swoioyi gata apa My ovr alate’), ) GARE deal

eibeaginat? Wilt. iy! eorrilatiimmriixy bees 0" Ae jena olee: et 1 ee :

a vat. Het iO. ae Lanner? » ate &

-_ i" ' ' 7 ie wer oe “gs

; ; P =e vy en 7

SONA oar aE AOF tt are “ae igaioas

Avenel Ws _ of Raat wtf ak Nikes :

Dud wR hy Ga ld a eee a. Sita. =!

7. ; ; . — : v k M4 : 7

i ; 7 - }

| be ; A : ; og

- - : Gs

‘ eee 7 a

i ¢ i ear,

’ a5 oc ia

THE

TRANSACTIONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For THE YEAR 1889.

——$—$—$—4¢—___—_

I. Monograph of the genera connecting Tinegeria, WIk.,

with Eretmocera, Z. By The Right Hon. Lord

Wausineuam, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.8., &e.

[Read December 5th, 1888.]

Puates I., II., III., IV., V., & VI.

Tue object of the present paper is to collect and arrange

material for a study of certain genera of Micro-Lepi-

doptera, about the classification of which various opinions

have already been expressed by different authors who

have alluded to the subject.

The genera here presented for study are as follows :—

Tinegeria, Wk.

Snellenia, Wlsm.

Pseudegeria, W1sm.

(Edematopoda, Z.

Eretmocera, Z.

A careful and critical examination of their structure

and affinities seems to disclose gradual modification,

and to suggest that they are connected with each other

TRANS. ENT. S0C. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) B

2 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

by characters not jointly possessed by any other genera

of those families or subfamilies in which they have

hitherto been classed.

The species examined are those in the British Museum

and in the Zeller collections, and especially a fine series

of specimens in my own cabinet, for which I am indebted

to Mr. G. T. Carter, Mr. F..J. Jackson, Mr. J. H. Leech,

and Mr. H. Druce.

The question of classification has been touched upon

under the various descriptions of species by Zeller, by

Staudinger, by Walker, by Stainton, and by Meyrick ;

also at more leneth by Butler in a paper entitled ‘‘ On

the natural affinities of the lepidopterous family

fEgerude”’ (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878, pp. 121—5,

Plate V.)z

Zeller regarded Hretmocera (including Gidematopoda)

as forming a connecting-link between that section of the

unrestricted genus (cophora, which included esperellum,

Hb., seleniellum, Z., and chenopodiellum, Hb. (now

associated with Butalis, Tr.), and the equally unrestricted

genus Hlachista, as represented by the species e@ratella,

Z., modestella, Dp., &c. Staudinger, in describing his

Staintonia medinella, states his opinion that it comes

nearest to Butalis.

Walker, in the British Museum Catalogue, makes

some very significant remarks. Of Tinegeria he writes,

“this genus seems to connect the Tineites with the

Aigerude”; of Arauzona he writes, ‘‘ this genus seems

to connect the Atgeriide with the Gelechide.” He,

further places impactella in the genus Gelechia, and says

“this species appears to have some affinity to the

Aigerude.”

Stainton remarks of his Atkinsonia, ‘‘a singular and.

beautiful genus belonging to the family Hlachistide,”

and mentions its habit, when at rest, of erecting its

hind legs above its back behind the head (as in Shrecken-

stenia and Heliodines, Stn.), and vibrating its plumed

antenne. He also notes the larval habits (which are

similar to those of many species of Butalis). Moreover,

in his ‘ Tineina of Southern Europe,’ he places Staintonia

between EHndrosis and Schreckensteinia, where it stands

also in Staudinger and Wocke’s Catalogue.

* Meyrick classifies Castorura with the Hlachistide, and

Butler draws attention to the affinities with the Aigeriide

connecting Tinegeria with Hretmocera. 3

of Tinegeria, Arauzona, and Acridura, and remarks that

Acridura combines ‘‘ the characters of the clear wings

with those of the Pyrales and Gelechiide.” He further

states that, ‘‘A careful study of all the genera which

seem to be allied to Acridura has manifested a gradation

of structure from the Avgeriide to the Pyrales, on the

one hand, and from the Aigervide to the Gelechude on

the other.” He goes on to say :—‘‘ The difficulty of

pointing out the resemblance of the Ageriide to the

Gelechiide is nothing to that of determining where the

line of demarcation between the two families is to be

drawn: thus Tinegeria is apparently a small form of

Aigertid with long, slender-curved palpi, and a hairy

second joint to its antennex; it is without doubt allied

to Arauzona and to Acridura, less nearly to Tinthia,

which is close to A’geria; on the other hand, the

Gelechiid genus Haodomorpha (Staintonia, Staud.) is

evidently the African representative of the New World

genus Tinegeria; indeed, I have hitherto only found

one structural character to distinguish them by, namely,

the form of the secondaries; yet Hxodomorpha chiefly

differs from Gelechia in the hairy second joint to its

antenne, and the non-indented apex of its posterior

wings.”

Thus it will be seen that in the case of Hretmocera

(shown in this paper to represent Hxodomorpha,

Staintonia, and Castorwra), Zeller, Staudinger, Stainton,

and Meyrick recognise its affinity to the Hlachistide ;

while Walker and Butler agree with each other in

referring it to the Gelechiide, and in pointing out its

connection with the Avgeriide, with which Butler also

connects the Pyrales.

It should be borne in mind that the family regarded

by Walker as Gelechiide included the genus Butalis,

since referred to the Hlachistide. Thus Walker’s opinion

was not at variance with those of Zeller, Staudinger,

Stainton, and Meyrick.

Mr. Butler can scarcely have intended to include

Butalis, or any other genus of the now generally recog-

nised Hlachisiide in the term Gelechiide, for he expressly

mentions the indented hind wings of that family, a

character not exhibited by Butalis or its allies.

In the case of Gidematopoda (shown here to equal

Atkinsonia), Zeller and Stainton also agree in referring

4 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

it to the neighbourhood of Butalis or the Hlachistide:

and in the case of Tinegeria, Walker and Butler again

agree that the genus seems to connect the Aigeride

with certain families of the Tineites. Felder and

Rogenhofer place the type of the genus with a ‘‘?” in

Eretmocera, and a specimen in my own collection,

received from Mr. G. F. Mathew, was named by Mr.

Meyrick before I received it, ‘‘ Atkinsonia lineata, Walk.,”

showing that all these authorities concur in classing

Tinegeria with the Tineites (Tineina, Stn.).

I am unable to regard the genus Acridura as allied to

any of the genera here mentioned; its long, slender,

and pointed abdomen, its Pyralidiform wings and neura-

tion, and certainly its general appearance, seem to

separate it very widely from Tinegeria at the one end,

as well as from Gidematopoda and Hretmocera at the

other end of our proposed series.

The more important structural characters of the genera

included in this paper are as follows :—

1. Antenne thickly clothed with more or less long

projecting scales, extending to a greater or less distance

along them.

2. A greater or less tendency to transparency in the

hind wings.

3. Legs often more or less clothed with projecting

scales upon or above the strong spurs.

4. Bodies usually flattened, frequently brightly

coloured, and with strong lateral scales.

4, Fore wings narrow, elongate, the costal and dorsal

margins nearly straight, and parallel to beyond the

middle ; the apex depressed.

If any affinity to the A’gertide can be supposed to

exist in this group of genera, the species having trans-

parent hind wings may be regarded as in this respect

showing less departure from the characters of that

family than others with opaque hind wings. For this

reason, as a matter of convenience in classification rather

than as an arbitrary assertion of a supposed physio-

logical fact, however probable, I have here ranged the

genera according to their degree of approach in structure

and appearance to the ‘‘ Avgeriide.”’ They seem to

present a gradual and well-marked departure from the

typical form of that family by modifications traceable

step by step throughout the series, but it should be

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 5

observed that they all differ from them in their longer

recurved palpi.

First, it should be remarked that the structure of the

antenne is approximately uniform throughout the series

here noticed; the variation occurs in the nature and

amount of scale-clothing only. Butler’s observations

as to the long hairy second joint in the antenne of

Tinegeria and Exodomorpha are incorrect, inasmuch

as not the second joint only, but the whole basal portion

of the antenne to near or beyond the middle, consisting

of from thirty to forty joints, is thickly clothed, more

densely in the female than in the male, no one joint

being noticeably longer than the others.

The amount of transparency in the hind wings is

most noticeable in Tinegeria, gradually diminishing in

Snellenia, confined to the extreme abdominal angle in

(Edematopoda, and barely traceable in Hretmocera.

The scaling of the legs and spurs reaches its highest

development in Snellenia latipes, originally placed by

Walker in Tinegeria; it is also very noticeable in

(Edematopoda; the spurs of C!. clerodendronella are so

thickly clothed as to have been taken for tufts of scales

by Stainton when describing the species. This character

almost disappears in Hretmocera, but the spurs are well-

developed, and the structure of the legs sufficiently

resembles those of Gidematopoda to point to the con-

clusion that its habit of elevating them above the body

may be the same as described in the case of clerodendro-

nella. The flattened structure of the abdomen is

approximately uniform throughout the genera. The

lateral scaling is traceable in Tinegeria, somewhat more

developed in Gidematopoda and Snellenia, and strongest

in Hretmocera ; the anal tuft is always well-developed.

We now come to the shape and neuration of the wings,

a character in which a gradual change is also noticeable.

The narrow elongate fore wings are present throughout

the group, but the neuration differs perceptibly, and the

form of the hind wings is not entirely consistent ;

Tinegeria, as here limited, standing somewhat apart

from the other genera, except Pseudegeria, in having the

abdominal margin of the hind wing bulged towards the

middle, giving the wing a wider appearance, and agreeing

in this respect with the genus Dasycera, which also

possesses the narrow fore wings, clothed antennex, and

slender recurved palpi characteristic of this genus. I

6 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

should be inclined to admit that some natural affinity

may exist between them, but I doubt if it can be held to

break the chain connecting Tinegeria with Hretmocera,

nor do I think it forms a true link in that connection.

The hind wings of Snellenia, in which I have included

S. latipes, originally placed by Walker in his genus

Tinegeria, are narrow, with the margins nearly parallel,

and the apex rounded. In Gidematopoda and Hretmocera

the hind wings are pointed, but the neuration shows

eradual progression from the one to the other. In

Tinegeria, Snellenia, and Pseudegeria the discal cell in

both fore and hind wings is somewhat square at the

outer extremity. In Gidematopoda it is square in the

fore wings and pointed in the hind wings, and in

Eretmocera it is pointed in both fore and hind wings.

The apical vein of the fore wings is forked throughout.

An additional link in the chain of connection appears in

the labial palpi; these, in CUdematopoda, are very

slender and strongly recurved, in this respect nearly

approaching Tinegeria, whereas, in the form of the hind

wings, it appears to be more nearly allied to Hretmocera,

of which Zeller regarded it as a subgenus.

It is unfortunate that so far little or nothing is known

of the larval habits of these insects. Stainton describes

the larva of Gi. clerodendronella as feeding in webs on

shoots of Clerodendron. EH. medinella is only known to

frequent the flowers of Umbellifere in Spain (teste Stder.)

and Senecio in Persia (teste Christoph.) ; and Mr. G. T.

Carter, who has watched the habits of three or four

species of Hretmocera flying in October at Bathurst, and

at Accra in West Africa, although he has at present failed

to discover their larve, has supplied me with a sketch of

the plant which they habitually frequent, somewhat

resembling Clerodendron, and possibly referable to one

of the African species of Verbenacee. The flowers of

these shrubs, like the hind wings of many species of Hret-

mocera, are often scarlet or crimson, and they flower about

the time of year at which the specimens were taken.

It is certainly worthy of a passing notice that the

geographical distribution of the genus Clerodendron

coincides somewhat remarkably with what is known of

the distribution of the genera mentioned here; but it

would be obviously unsafe to found any argument in

favour of their affinity to each other on such slender

srounds. ‘The parallel may be a mere coincidence.

Hasitat.

Africa . 05252, 2208 SO.

Eretmocera der ogatella, Wik.

Suscipennis, Z.

letissima, Z.

lunifera, Z.

miniata, Wlsm.

He scatospila, Z.

Gdematopoda princeps, Z.

”

S. Africa....

”

Eretmocera basistrigata, Wl1sm.

Clerodendron

ro ocorr er

myrocoides (Trop. Afr.)

Pe carteri, Wism, scandens.

W. Africa 5 fuscipennis, Z. splendens.

S9 letissima, Z. thompsone.

as scatospila, Z.

E. Africa “3 derogatella, W1k.

(Zanzibar) % dorsistrigata, Wlsm. | macrosiphon.

ap miniata, Wlsm.

Mauniins ( heterophyllum.

eeleoweere ee eeeee eee eeeeneee eerereeeneeesn | ligustrinum.

Kurope .... a MNEAUNEWLG,: SETS 11) Wt) hile o's slokslakinevaens faiiiaate 5

Persi ,

isin | oy MEIN CLUC ARS LOU we 0 will eleletotefeloletese loieteteieletctele) cs

fetidum.

China fragrans.

ssocnclooods rsrorevalsiecaietevejersieraie’« Syareiatevotovencts Sorat:

squamatum.

( Edematopodaignipicta, Btl. :

sits tr “Mm.

Japan “1 - leechil, Wism. richotomum

fortunatum.

PA clerodendronella,Stn.| | hastatum.

Larva drawing together terminal | | inerme.

. leaves of Clerodendron with | | infortunatum.

India: iss . isc a white web. { macrophyllums

Eretmocera impactella, W1k.

nutans (Sylhet).

Snellenia coccinea, W|sm. phlomoides.

5 tarsella, Wlsm. siphonanthus.

; viscosum.

Ceylon ....| Eretmocera impactella, W1k. infortunatum.

Singapore .. impactella, W1k.

be]

Java He ec cecevceses eevee cceccc cece {

Borneo ....| Snellenia bimaculata, Wism.

Celebes fie ora coke weiersiere Bie hesisie ca cereisleaian Boas

i :f lineata, W1k.

Australia ..|4 Eretmocera chrysias, Meyr. {

; | Pseudegeria squamicornis, F. & RB!

IMG so cone be ne squamicornis,F. & R. |...

Tinegeria basalis, Wlk.

a fasciata, W1k.

i) Ob ochracea, W1k.

Snellenia flavipennis, F. & R.

latipes, W1k.

S. America...

fallax.

paniculatum.

rumphianum.

bethuneanum.

illustre.

minahasse.

tomentosum.

costatum.

ee a |

A few species chiefly na-

tives of W. Indies and

Columbia.

One species broadly dif-

fused over the mari-

time regions of Tropi-

cal America [Petrea

volubilis, Vera Cruz.’

8 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera.

It remains to refer to two species which have been

placed by their authors in one of the genera here mono-

graphed, but which I have ventured to exclude :—

1. ? Staintonia fulgens, Erschoff, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,

MAT, 347,876:

The description is wholly inadequate to connect it

with the genus Hretmocera, or with the group of genera

to which it belongs; indeed, its shorter palpi and broader

hind wings serve at once to distinguish it from them.

It probably agrees with the genus Lepidotarphius, Pryer.

2. Staintonia? apiciguttella, Christoph., Bull. Soc. Imp.

Nat. Mose., LVII., 42—3 (1882) = Butalis sinensis,

EO & &., pl. exl., fig. 11, 1875 (me syn.)-

Of this species I have specimens in my own collection;

it is almost certainly a true Butalis.

The changes here suggested in the generic position of

certain species, and in the synonymy of the genera,

require a few words of explanation.

Tinegeria has been restricted to species of which the

antenne are thickly clothed on the basal half only;

these have the hind wings rather widened and almost

entirely transparent. Snellenia latipes, originally placed

in Tinegeria by Walker, differs from his type, 7’. ochracea,

in its antenne being clothed nearly to the ends, in its

narrower hind wings with nearly parallel margins, and

in the strongly-scaled spurs of the hind legs. For these

reasons it has been transferred to the new genus

Snellenia, with which it more nearly agrees. It is

possible that at some future time, when more material

may become available, it may be convenient to form a

new genus for its reception.

Snellenia lineata, also placed by Walker in Tinegeria,

agrees very closely in structure with S. coccinea, the type

of Snellenia, but differs in its longer and more slender

palpi; it differs from Tinegeria ochracea in the same

particulars as S. latipes, with the exception of the

strongly-scaled spurs.

After examining, in all details, the structure of

Arauzona basalis, Walker, I am unable to discover any

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 9

sufficient grounds for separating this species from the

genus Tinegeria.

(Edematopoda, Zeller, possesses all the structural

characters relied upon by Stainton in defining his genus

Atkinsonia ; the strong scaling of the spurs occurs again

in this genus, and in this character, as in the long

elevated fringe of the antenne, it is merely a question

of degree as between Zeller’s and Stainton’s types.

Eretmocera ignipicta, Butler, agrees entirely with

(Edematopoda, and is separable from the true Hretmocera

by the shape of the discal cell in the fore wings, as

well as by the characters mentioned above, which do not

occur in that genus.

In Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 271, I have °

already pointed out that Staintonia and Hxodomorpha

can only be regarded as synonyms of Hretmocera ; to

these must now be added Castorura, Meyrick. Without

committing Mr. Meyrick to any approval of the classi-

fication suggested in this paper, so far as regards the

affinities of the different genera, I may mention that he

quite concurs in regarding Castorura as identical with

Hretmocera.

Felder and Rogenhofer figure, in the ‘ Reise Novara,’

the following species under the name ‘‘ Hretmocera?”’:

—E. eneiceps, which is obviously Tinegeria ochracea ;

E.. sesioides, which is certainly Snellenia lineata; and

E. flavipennis, the figure of which differs from that of

sesioides only in its more yellow colour, in the dark

veining of the anterior wings being interrupted by a pale

space across the middle, and in the colour of the abdo-

men, which in sesioides is figured of a uniform dark

tinge, and in flavipennis is yellow, with the apex only of

a darker colour.

The figures are not satisfactory but they indicate

these points of difference with sufficient clearness; and

in the letterpress the locality for flavipennis is ‘‘ Amer. ?,”

of sesioides, ‘‘ Sidney.” Snellenia lineata = sesiordes is

from Sydney, Australia, and is so labelled in the British

Museum, as in my own collection; but, in describing

the species, Walker states that his specimens were from

‘Para, Bates’ coll.” This, although evidently an error

as regards the actual specimens now existing, seems to

increase the suspicion, founded upon Felder’s ‘‘ Amer. ?,”’

that a somewhat similar species does occur on the

10 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

American continent. If Felder’s species was truly

American, it was probably obtained by Lindig from

Bogota, approximately in the same region where Bates

collected.

_ Walker’s description seems to apply to the insect

figured by Felder as Hretmocera? sesioides, and it is

probable that two of the specimens in the British

Museum are rightly regarded as his types of lineata.

These two are distinctly and separately labelled ‘‘ Sidney,”

and as the other two specimens, to which Walker’s

manuscript name Pegella egeriella is attached, are also

both labelled ‘‘ Australia,” it seems impossible to account

for his error in stating that his types were collected by:

Bates at Para.

This paper contains descriptions of two new genera

and eight new species, and as it is intended as a mono-

graph, so far as it goes, the descriptions of the known

species are proposed to be republished, with such notes

and additions as may serve to facilitate their recognition.

Tinmenria, Wik. = Arauzona, WI1k.

Type. Tinegeria ochracea, W1k.

Antenne thickly clothed with long scales to half their length,

thence simple. Labial palpi recurved, ascending, very long and

slender; 2nd joint about equal in length to the apical joint, and

slightly straighter. Maxillary palpi small, drooping. Haustellwm

long, scaled at base. Ocelli present. Head and thorax smooth.

Fore wings elongate, the margins nearly parallel, rounded at

apex; newration, 12 veins, 7 and 8 from a common stem.

Hind wings partially transparent, widened in the middle, tapering

towards the base and apex, costal margin somewhat depressed

beyond the middle, apex rounded, dorsal margin evenly rounded ;

newration, 8 veins, 6 and 7 parallel, 3 and 4 separate at the base,

3 from, or near, angle of cell. Abdomen brightly coloured, not

fringed at the edges. Legs with long spurs not tufted at the

joints. [Wlsm.|

Tinmerrtia, W1k., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., VIII., 260 (1856).

Type. Tinegeria ochracea, Wlk. .

‘Corpus gracile. Proboscis brevissima.** Palpi graciles, arcuati,

ascendentes, thorace non breviores. Antenne setacex, graciles,

* 9 fracta.—Wlsm.

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 11

subpilose, corpore fere longiores. Abdomen lineare, gracile, apice

non fasciculatum. Pedes graciles ; tibiz postice calcaribus quatuor

longis. Ale peranguste; postice limpide.

**Body slender. Proboscis very short.** Palpi slender, curved,

ascending, as long as the thorax; third joint very slender.

Antenne setaceous, slender, slightly pilose, full as long as the

body. Abdomen linear, sessile, not tufted at the tip. Legs

slender; hind tibie with four long spurs. Wings very narrow.

Hind wings mostly limpid.

““This genus seems to connect the Tineites with the

Aigerude.”

= Arauzona, WIk., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., XXXI., 25—6

(1864), (n. syn.).

Type. Arauzona basalis, W1k.

‘*Mas.+ Corpus gracile, sublineare. Proboscis longa, valida,

Antenne alis anticis paullo longiores, fimbria brevi densa munite,

apices versus glabree. Abdomen alas posticas longissime superans.

Pedes leves, breves, robusti; tibiz postice subincrassate, calcari-

bus duobus apicalibus validis. Ale antic anguste, vestite ; pos-

tice vitrex.

‘‘Male.| Body slender, nearly linear. Proboscis long, stout.

Antenne a little longer than the fore wings, with a thick short

fringe along nearly two-thirds of the length from the base. Abdo-

men extending for nearly its whole length beyond the hind wings.

Legs short, stout, smooth; hind tibie slightly incrassated, with

"two long stout apical spurs. Wings narrow. Fore wings opaque,

rounded at the tip. Hind wings vitreous.

‘‘This genus seems to connect the A geriide with the

Gelechide.”’

Cer

3 2, ochracea, Wlk., Cat. Lip. Ins. B. M., VIII., 260

(1856).

“‘Ochracea, subtus argentea; caput nigro-cyaneum; antenne

nigre, apices versus albx ; thoracis disco et abdominis apice nigrum;

alee antice nigre, basi fasciaque subapicali ochraceis; postice

limpide, apud costam ochraceus, apice nigricantes.

‘‘Qchraceous, silvery beneath. Head dark blue. Disc of the

thorax and tip of the abdomen black. Fore wings black, ochra-

* 2? broken.—W1sm.

{+ The palpi are missing from the type, and the specimen is

unquestionably a female. —Wlsm. |

2 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

ceous towards the base, and with an ochraceous subapical band.

Length of the body, 24 lines; of the wings, 5 lines.

‘fa. b. Para; from Mr. Bates’ collection.”

[This species is identical with Hretmocera? eneiceps,

F. & R., from Bogota. —Wlsm.]

Antenne yellow at the base, thence thickly clothed with dark

purplish-fuscous scales to half their length, thence broadly banded

with white; apical one-third purplish fuscous. Labial palpi

recurved, long, slender, 2nd joint about equal in length to the

apical joint and slightly straighter; purplish at the extreme base of

the 2nd joint, the remainder of which is bright golden yellow

externally, whitish internally, the apex of the 2nd joint and the

apical joint tinged with fuscous. Mazillary palpi black. Head

smooth, metallic-purplish ; face lilac. Thorax shining purplish

fuscous, with two golden yellow lines slightly converging pos-

teriorly. Fore wings purplish fuscous, sprinkled with golden

yellow scales, especially along the middle of the wing; at the base

is a golden yellow band overspread at the extreme base of the

costa with purple; at the outer one-fourth of the wing is an ill-

defined golden yellow fascia, divided transversely by four or five

narrow lines of the dark ground colour, but extending inwards at

the middle and along the extreme costal margin; the cilia at the

anal angle are slightly ochreous; the whole apex of the wing and

the remainder of the cilia purplish fuscous. Hind wings trans-

parent, except a broad band along the costal margin, which is pale

straw-yellow, the veins immediately below it being marked with

bright golden yellow, which also extends narrowly around the

abdominal margin for one-third of the wing-length; below the

apex the veins and cilia are smoky fuscous, with green and lilac

iridescence upon the transparent wing-surface below them. Under

side of fore and hind wings yellow along the basal half of the

costal area, paler below and smoky fuscous beyond. Abdomen

vermilion, with a broad black band at the anal extremity, and a

greyish anal tuft. Under side yellowish. Legs: the upper side

of the upper half of the tibiz are tinged with vermilion on golden

yellow; spurs and under side pale straw-yellow; tarsal joints

broadly banded above with dark fuscous. Hp. al. 13 mm.

Imago.—October.

Hab. Bogota (Lindig), Santarem (Mr. J. H. Leech).

The above description is taken from a male in my

collection. The specimen figured on pl. cxxxviii. of the

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 13

‘Novara Reise’ is a female. Walker’s types in B. M.

are male and female (Wlsm.).

Pl cvaes tig. bl

3, fasciata, Wlk., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., VIII., 261 (1856).

‘““Nigre; pectus albideum; abdomen ochraceum, basi et apice

nigrum; pedes ochracei, nigro fasciati; ale postice sublimpide,

nigro marginate, apud costam testacee.

“Black. Pectus whitish. Abdomen ochraceous, black at the

base and towards the tip. Hind wings nearly limpid, bordered

with black, testaceous along the costa. Length of the body,

21 lines; of the wings, 5 lines (= 11 mm.).

“‘a, Para. From Mr. Bates’ collection.”

[Walker’s type in B. M. is a male.—Wlsm.]

[Pl. vi., fig. 2.]

@, basalis, Wlk., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., XXXI., 26 (1864).

‘‘Mas.* Nigro-cuprea; antenne fascia lata alba; thorax

ochraceo-bivittatus ; pectus et abdomen subtus alba; tibize postice

ochraceo-fasciate ; ale antice striga basali ochracea; postice

vitrez, venis fimbriaque nigris.

‘““Male.* Blackish cupreous. Antenne with a broad white

band above on the basal half of the slender part. Thorax with an

ochraceous stripe on each side. Pectus white. Abdomen white

beneath. Hind tibie with an ochraceous band. Fore wings with

a short ochraceous basal streak. Hind wings vitreous, colourless ;

veins and fringe black, the latter rather long. Length of the body,

33 lines; of the wings, 8 lines (= 17 mm.).

“a, Ega. From Mr. Bates’ collection.”

SNELLENIA, N. g.

Type, ¢. Snellenia coccinea, W1sm.

Antenne supra dense squamate. Palpi ascendentes, recurvi,

articulo apicali tenui, acuminato. Haustellum vestitum. Caput

et thorax leves. Ale antice anguste elongate, apice obtuso,

depresso, costa ultra medium aliquot arcuata; ven duodecim,

septimo et octavo a pedicillo communi, ceteris singulis. Alz pos-

tice prope basim subhyaline, apice rotundato, anguli abdominali

distincto, marginibus costali et dorsali subparallelibus; ven

octavo, tertio et quarto a pedicillo communi. Abdomen planum,

[* This is an error; the specimen is a female.—W1sm. |

14 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

fasciculis lateralibus et fasciculo anali conspicuis. Pedes supra

calcaria fasciculati.

Antenne thickly fringed on the upper side, the fringes tapering

to the apex. Labial palpi ascending, 2nd joint recurved, clothed

with coarse scales ; apical joint naked, slender, acuminate. Mazzl-

lary palpi very short. Hawstellwm thickly clothed. Ocell

present. Head and thorax smooth. Fore wings narrow, elon-

gate, rounded at apex; costa arched beyond the middle, depressed

before it; newration, 12 veins, 2 and 8 arising from near angle of

cell, 7 and 8 from a common stem. Hind wings semitransparent

at base, rounded at apex, abdominal angle well-developed, costal

and dorsal margins almost parallel; newration, 8 veins, end of cell

somewhat square, 3 and 4 from a common stem. Abdomen flat-

tened, slightly tufted at sides, anal tuft broad and well-developed.

Legs tufted at base of spurs, but not to the same extent as in

Atkinsonia.

This genus differs from Atkinsonia, Stn., in the greater

width of the hind wings, and appears to be more nearly

allied to Tinegeria, Wlk., and Arauzona, Wlk., in this

respect, partaking of the characters of Dasycera, Hw.,

and its allies, on the one side, and of Stathmopoda, Stn.,

Schreckensteinia, Hb., &c., on the other. Comparing it

with undoubtedly allied genera mentioned in this paper,

it seems: to form a connecting-link between the so-called

Gelechide and the Elachistide. I entirely agree with

the opinion expressed by Mr. E. Meyrick, in a letter to

me on this subject, that Snellenia lineata, W1k., from

New South Wales, which he regarded as probably allied

to Atkinsonia, is nearly related to Dasycera ; but the true

Atkinsonia from India seems to form a distinct con-

necting-link between this and the African forms de-

scribed by Zeller under the genera Gfdematopoda and

Eretmocera, which undoubtedly approach Butalis, Tr.

Tabulation of the species comprised in the genus

Snellenia :—

A. Neuration of fore wings more or less outlined with dark scales.

a. Fore wings orange-yellow.

ils = lineata, W1k.

2. = flavipennis, F. & R.

b. Fore wings red.

1. Tarsi with white rings —tarsella, Wlsm.

2. Tarsi without white rings — coccinea. Wlsm.

connecting Tinegeria with Hretmocera. 15

B. Fore wing spotted or fasciate.

a. Abdomen red, with dark bar and anal segment — latipes, Wik.

b. Abdomen yellow, with two dark bands = bimaculata, Wlsm.

[Blea]

coccined, 0. 8.

Ale antice coccinie, strigula discali post medium furcata nitide

violaceo-fusca; ciliis nigrescentibus. Ale postice nigre, costa ex

basi ultra medium anguste miniata. Capite, antennis, palpis,

thorace, abdomine et tibiis nigris.

Antenne black. Palpi black; the basal joint and inner side of

lower part of 2nd joint greyish. Head and thorax black, the

latter somewhat iridescent. Fore wings bright scarlet; a small

spot at the base of the costa and a more elongate small space at

the base of the dorsal margin black ; a violaceous-fuscous metallic

streak at the end of the cell, about equidistant between the costal

and dorsal margins, is bifureate outwards, and below this a few

black scales are traceable along the lines of the veins which run to

the lower half of the apical margin; cilia blackish. Hind wings

and cilia black, the costal margin from the base to beyond the

middle rosy pink. Under side of fore and hind wings bright

red, the apical margin and outer half of fore wings, except

the costal portion, obliquely suffused with fuscous, the hind wings

with a broad fuscous border extending from the base to the apex

around the abdominal and apical margins. Abdomen and legs

black. Hxp. al. 15 mm.

Hab. Sikkim.

A single specimen, for which I am indebted to the

kindness of Mynheer P. C. T. Snellen, was collected by

Mr. H. J. Elwes.

Type, ¢, Mus. Wlsm.

[Pl. vi., fig. 3.]

tarsella, n. 8.

Capite nigro. Antennis nigris ultra medium late squamatis.

[Palpi et abdomen desunt.] Thorace coccineo. Alis anticis

coccineis, nigro venatis, margine dorsali sub plica nigrescenti.

Alis posticis dilutioribus, nigro marginatis. Tibiis nigris, tarsis

albo annulatis, calcaribus nigris.

Antenne black, thickly fringed with long scales to beyond the

middle. Palpi |missing.] Head black. Thorax deep scarlet.

Fore wings deep scarlet, the veins marked with lines of blackish

16 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

seales; the dorsal margin below the fold also blackish. Hind

wings rather paler than the fore wings, a broad blackish border

wider posteriorly. Abdomen [missing.] Legs black, with white

rings on the tarsi, spurs and tufts black. Hap. al. 28 mm.

Hab. Darjeeling.

Type, 2, B. M.

[Pl. vi., fig. 4.]

lineata, W1k., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., VIII., 261 (1856).

“Nigra; palpi thorace longiores; thorax et abdomen basi

ochracea; ale antice ochraceo venose, postice basi lute.

‘Black. Palpi longer than the thorax. Thorax and base of

the abdomen ochraceous. Hind wings luteous towards the base.

Length of the body, 23 lines; of the wings, 5 lines (=11 mm.).

‘fa. b. Para. From Mr. Bates’ collection.”

[Walker’s types are male and female. The locality

Para is a mistake; the insects were purchased from

Argent’s collection, and are labelled ‘‘ Sidney.” Other

specimens stand in the British Museum collection under

the MS. name ‘“‘ Pegella egeriella”’; these are labelled

“Australia.” This species is identical with Hretmocera ?

sesioides, F. & R., also from Sydney.—Wlsm. ]

flavipennis, F. & R.

3, Eretmocera? flavipennis, F. & R., Reis. Nov.,

pl. exxxvili., 59 (1875).

“ g), Amer: 2?”

The only knowledge I have of this species is from the

published figure; the shape and general appearance

seem to indicate its near alliance to Snellenia lineata,

Wilk. I should propose to include it provisionally at

least in this genus.

(Pl. vi., fig. 5.]

latipes, W1k., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., XXXI., 25 (1864).

‘‘Mas. Viridis; caput subtus pectusque pallide flava; palpi

basi pallide flavi; antenne pubescentes ; pedes anteriores flavo

notati; tibiz postice rufe, apice nigre, calcaribus duobus anticis

fimbriatis ; ale antic lurido bifasciate; postice vitreex.

‘““Male. Dark metallic-green. Head beneath, proboscis and

pectus, pale yellow. Palpi smooth, slender, compressed, curved,

connecting Tinegeria with Hretmocera. 17

pale yellow at the base, rising high above the vertex ; third joint

longer than the second. Antennz pubescent. Coxe mostly, and

anterior femora and bie partly pale yellow; hind tibie long,

stout, bright red, black towards the tips; first pair of spurs red,

very unequal in length, with a black fringe, which is red towards

the base in the shorter spur; hind tibie compressed, slightly

dilated and fringed along the wholelength. Wings narrow, with a

broad fringe. Fore wings with two lurid bands; first band near

the base broader than the second, which is at two-thirds of the

length. Hind wings hyaline, colourless. Length of the body,

5 lines; of the wings, 10 lines (= 21 mm.).

“a. Para. From Mr. Bates’ collection.”

[Plovi., fe. 6.]

bimaculata, Wlsm., n. s.

Antenne yellow at the base, fringed with long deep purple scales

beyond (the ends being broken off it is impossible to say how far

this clothing extends). Palpi long, slender, recurved, yellow.

Head and thorax smooth, shining, bronzy purple. Fore wings

bright golden yellow, overspread with shining brownish purple at

the base; the apical portion of the wing broadly brown, with a

purplish lustre, this colour extending one-third along the dorsal

margin; a brilliant metallic lilac spot lies at the end of the cell,

and touches at its lower edge the inner extremity of the brown

shading; this spot is preceded by a smaller spot of the same

colour before the middle of the wing, both very conspicuous upon

the golden yellow ground colour. Hind wings bright golden

yellow, with a broad brown marginal band extending from the apex

nearly to the abdominal angle, which is slightly transparent.

Abdomen golden yellow, with a narrow brown transverse band

across the middle, and a wider one of the same colour near the

anal extremity. Hap. al. 16 mm.

Hab. Sandakan (Mr. H. J. S. Pryer).

Type, 2, Mus. Wlsm.

PsEUDMHGERIA, N. g.

Type. Ochsenheimeria? squamicornis, F. & R.

Caput levis. Palpi recurvi, articulo secundo equaliter vestito,

articulo apicali tenue, acuminato. Antenne dense vestit, squamis

elongatis, serrate congestis. Haustellum longum. Ale antice

elongate, marginalibus costali et dorsali parallelibus, apice de-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) C

18 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

presso; ven apicali fureata, ceteris singulis. Ale posticz lanceo-

late, margine costali in medio arcuato apice obtuso, dimidio dor-

sali subhyalinis; yvenis tertia et quarta a pedicillo communi, sexta

et septima simillimis. Tibi posteriores supra calcaria floccate.

Antenne thickly clothed with erect scales from near the base,

arranged in groups of unequal length, giving a strongly serrated

appearance. Palpi recurved, 2nd and apical joints about equal in

length, the former evenly clothed throughout, the latter slender,

erect, acuminate. Head and thorax smooth. Fore wings elon-

gate, margins parallel, apex depressed; newration, 12 veins, 7 and

8 from a common stem, the rest separate, 3 and 4 approximate at

base, 3 from or near angle of cell. Hind wings lanceolate, abdo-'

minal angle rather abrupt, costal margin slightly arched in the

middle, somewhat widened at the anal angle; somewhat trans-

parent about the dorsal and abdominal area; newration, 8 veins,

3 and 4 from a short stem, 6 and 7 from a common point, 2 from

outer third of cell. Abdomen somewhat flattened, fringed pos-

teriorly with projecting lateral scales. Legs strongly tufted above

the spurs.

(ee TS ne

squamicornis, F.& R.

2, Ochsenheimeria 2? squamicornis, F. & R., Reis. Nov.,

pl rexxxix.,00<@8i5).

”

‘“o , ins. vitiane, Australia ? (M. C.)

Capite nigro. Thorace nigro, sparse aurantiaco squamato, pata-

giis rufo-aurantiacis. Palpis nigris. Antennis nigris, dentate

squamatis. Alis anticis elongatis, dimidio costali rufo-aurantiaco,

dorsali nigro, margine apicali usque ad apicem anguste nigro ;

ciliis brunneis. Alis posticis apud marginem abdominalem albide

subhyalinis, apud costam dilute aurantiaco suffusis, margine

dorsali late brunneo; ciliis brunneis. Abdomine antice brunneo,

postice nigro, linea transversa angustissime post medium albida.

Tibiis nigris, calearibus albidis.

Antenne thickly fringed near the base with unequal tufts of long

glossy black scales with a purplish tinge, having a dentated

appearance. Palpi black, recurved, reaching wellabove the head ;

2nd joint evenly clothed throughout, apical joint about equal to it

in length, very slender and erect. Head and thorax glossy black,

the latter streaked with reddish orange, a collar of smooth blackish

purple scales extending over the anterior margin of the thorax;

patagia reddish orange. Fore wings reddish orange on the costal

half, glossy black on the dorsal half, a narrow semi-detached black

connecting Tinegeria with Hretmocera. 19

streak is scarcely divided from the black dorsal half, blending with

it beyond the middle, the black is continued around the apical

margin at the base of the cilia as far as the apex; cilia also dark,

but with a slight brownish gloss. Under side pale reddish orange,

suffused with brown within the anal angle. Hind wings whitish

about the base of the abdominal margin, inclining to transparency,

suffused with orange-yellow towards the costal margin, a broad

band of brown along the dorsal margin towards the apex; cilia

glossy brown. Under side pale reddish orange, suffused with

brown around the dorsal margin. Abdomen: the anterior portion

is dark brown, separated from the glossy black anal segments by a

very narrow whitish line behind the middle, posteriorly fringed

with projecting glossy brownish scales adjoining the anal tuft.

Under side blackish. Legs glossy black, with strong tufts of scales

above the spurs; spurs white. Hap. al. 21 mm.

Hab. Fiji (F. é& &.), Australia (B. M.), 66, 125.

This description is taken from the British Museum

specimen, which is also a ? .—Wlsm.

(HIDEMATOPODA, Z.= ATKINSONIA, Stn.

(EH DEMATOPODA, Z.

Eretmocera (A) Oedematopoda, Z., Handl. Kong. Svensk.

Ak., 1852, 96.

Type, 2. Gdematopoda princeps, Z.

“* Hretmocera.

“ Char. essent.—Caput leve. Antenne uno latere squamis pill-

formibus alate, apice nudo. Al elongate.

‘‘ Char. nat.—Antenne uno latere dense squamato-pilos, pilis

sensim longitudine acutis, apice nudo. Capilli appressi, fronte

rotundata. Palpi labiales mediocres, recurvi, articulo terminali

longiore, tenui acuto. Haustellum mediocre spirale. Alex elon-

gate ciliis longis, posteriorum angulo anali subnullo. Abdomen

breviusculum, crassum, planiusculum. Pedes robusti, tibiarum

spine longiuscule.

““(A) Oedematopoda.—Antenne apice breviter nudo, pilis longis.

Pedes medii et postici in articulorum apicibus squamato-nodosi,

spinis uno latere pilosis. Abdominis latera non squamis margi-

natum.

‘Genus hoe Oecophore eam partem, que esperellam, seleniellam,

chenopodiellam, ete. continet, cum EHlachistis eretella, modestella,

ete. conjungere videtur. Distinguitur ab utrisque antennis non

20 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

simplicibus, sed a basi ultra medium in latere exteriore pilosis,

palpis longioribus, abdomine latiove.”

= Arxrinsonia, Stn., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (n. s.), V.,

125 (1859).

Type. Atkinsonia clerodendronella, Stn.

‘‘ Head smooth, broad, flat; labial palpi long, slender, recurved,

terminal joint rather longer than the second joint. Antenne stout,

clothed on one side with long loose seales nearly to the tip.

Anterior wings broadest beyond the middle, the costa being at first

slightly concave; posterior wings narrow and pointed. Abdomen

broad, depressed, with long scales at the side. Legs, especially the

hind pair, with long tufts of scales.

“A singular and beautiful genus, belonging to the

family EHlachistide.”

Tabulation of the species comprised in the genus

didematopoda :—

A. Fore wings yellowish, with black apex = princeps, Z.

B. Fore wings unicolorous.

a. Fore wings cupreous = clerodendronella, Stn.

b. Fore wings red.

1. Head and antenne purplish — ignipicta, Btl.

2. Head and antenne red = leechi, Wlsm.

(PPT. av. |

princeps, Z., Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak., 1852, 96—7.

* Abdomine aurantiaco, apice nigro; pedibus chalybeo-nigris ;

alis ex basi aurantiacis, postice nigris, ciliis posteriorum a basi ad

medium aurantiacis (?). Magnitudine Oec. cuspidelle minoris,

sequentibus major. Caput violaceo-nigrum, fronte lata. Palpi

thoracis longitudine, recurvi, graciles; articulo primo et secundo

ochraceis, secundo squamis subincrassato, basim versus attenuato ;

terminali secundi longitudine, tenui, acuto, fusco. Haustelli

dorsum ad basim squamis exalbidis tectum. Antenne abdominis

fere longitudine, latere exteriore dense pilose, pilis nigris, chalybeo-

nitidis, paulatim magnitudine accrescentibus, ante antennarum

ultimam octavam fere partem abrupte desinentibus; hee pars

terminalis nuda est, nigra, subserrata. Thorax levigatus, niger,

nitidulus. Patagia miniata, margine exteriore latius violaceo

nigro. Pedes nigri, chalybeo-coerulei instar nitidi ; anticorum coxe

et posticorum tibiz ad basim miniate. Tibie tarsique pedum

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 21

posteriorum crassi; tibize posticee quater squamis setisque in-

erassatee, nodis apicem versus majoribus; spine uno latere pilis

ciliate, apice nudo, acuto; tarsi postici et ipsi in articulorum

apicibus squamis nonnihil tumidi, primo tumore reliquis dis-

tinctiore. Abdomen crassum, postice attenuatum, saturate auran-

tiacum; segmenta duo terminalia sicut venter nigra, violaceo-

nitida; segmentum anale subconicum, truncatum oviductum tes-

taceum exserit. Alze anteriores 33’ longe, ex basi angusta sensim

dilatate, apice subobtuse, aurantiace, majore parte postica nigre,

violaceo-nitidule. Color aurantiacus ad costam multo longius

quam ad dorsum propagatur, nusquam a nigro certis finibus

separatus. In humero macula parva nigra adest. Cilia nigricant.

Ale posteriores anguste lanceolate, dilutius aurantiace, circa

apicem acutum nigricant. Cilia ex basi ad marginis postici medium

alis concolora, deinde omnino fusco-nigra. Subtus iidem colores,

nisi quod aurantiacus in anterioribus alis majus spatium occupat

nec in basi macula nigra inquinatur.

‘* Habitat in terra Natalensi.” (Exp. al. 16 mm.).

It is worthy of notice that a specimen collected by

Woodford in the Solomon Islands, and now in the British

Museum, is so like this species as to be easily taken for it

by a superficial observer. It is, however, somewhat larger,

but possesses the same colouring, except that the dark

cilia of the hind wings extend more towards the base.

The body is rather black than yellow; the structure of

the legs, even to the conspicuous fringes on the spurs, is

precisely the same as.in Cdematopoda princeps; the

hind wings are certainly somewhat wider towards the

apex, but the following characters seem to me to suffice

to remove it, for the present at least, from the neighbour-

hood of all the genera treated of in this paper. Instead

of the long recurved palpi possessed by all of these, it

has extremely short, inconspicuous, drooping labial

palpi of entirely different structure ; moreover, the

apical vein of the fore wings is not forked.

ERIE vi, toe Tel

clerodendronella, Stn., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (n.s.),

V., 125—6 (1859).

** Alis anticis cupreo-rufis; alis posticis dilutioribus, griseo-

ciliatis. Exp. al. 6—6+ lin. (= 13—14 mm.).

‘‘Head and face purple. Second joint of the palpi reddish

22. Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

orange; terminal joint purple. Antenne purple-black, densely

clothed along one side with long purple-black scales. Anterior

wings brilliant coppery red, with the cilia greyish. Posterior

wings reddish orange, with grey cilia. Thorax coppery red.

Abdomen blue-black, with a slender whitish belt nearly in the

middle, Legs black spotted with white; the hind legs with the

spines replaced by thick tufts of black scales**; the tarsi also much

thickened with black scales.

‘** Larva dirty brown; head dark reddish brown ; second segment

black. It feeds in the tops of Clerodendron, drawing together the

leaves with a white web.

‘*The perfect insects made their appearance on the 27th July,

1856; the insect, when at rest, erects its beautifully plumed hind

legs above its back, behind the head, and keeps constantly vibrating

its incrassated antenne.

** Collected near Calcutta by Mr. Atkinson.”

[PI vi., ig. 8.]

ignipicta, Btl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, 593—4.

[Capite thorace et antennis purpureis. Alis anticis rubidis, sub-

purpurascentibus, basi et margine costali peranguste purpureo,

margine dorsali ante angulam analem latiore purpureo; ciliis

fuscis. Alis posticis brunneis; ciliis griseo-fuscis. Abdomine et

tibiis purpureis.—W1sm. |

‘“‘Purplish black; primaries with a very broad carmine subcostal

streak from near the base to the outer margin, where it meets a

narrow stripe of the same colour, which runs round the margin

half-way to the base; secondaries dark bronzy brown; head

shining, smooth, plumbageous; thorax showing fiery cupreous

points in certain lights; abdomen with extremely narrow orange

posterior margins to the segments; under surface bronzy brown ;

primaries cupreous towards the base, purplish towards the apex,

and with purple costal margin; pectus, as seen between the large

cox, brilliant opaline ; legs slightly opaline along the centre of the

inferior margins; the long setose antenne, and the spines and

bristles upon the legs, black ; expanse of wings, 8 lines (— 17 mm.)

“Tokei (Fenton).

‘A very beautiful little species of this singular

genus.”

Since this paper was written Mr. H. Druce has kindly

* See ante, p. 5.

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 23

given me a specimen of a species of (idematopoda

almost undistinguishable from ignipicta. It differs in

the more streaked appearance of the fore wings; the

dorsal margin is not uniformly black, the base of the

wing being also decidedly red, not black; two lines of

black scales are visible above the fold, but the specimen

is not in condition to be described as the type of a new

species. It was collected by Mr. W. Doherty at Perak,

thus extending our knowledge of the geographical distri-

bution of this interesting genus.

(Pl. vi., fig. 9.]

leechi, n.s.

Capite rufo, fronte violaceo-fusco. horace antice rufo, postice

violaceo-fusco. Antennis dense et late pilosis rufis, apice et basi

violaceo-fuscis. Alis anticis rufis, angustissime violaceo-fusco

marginatis; linea subdorsali ex basi per plicam violaceo-fusca ;

ciliis fuscis. Alis posticis cupreo-brunneis; ciliis dilute fuscis.

Abdomine fusco-purpureo. Tibiis posticis violaceo-fuscis.

Antenne red along the middle, but with the base and apex

purplish fuscous, with an erect fringe of very long scales, corre-

sponding in colour to the part from which it rises, the extreme

apical joints only naked. Palpi slender, recurved, pale bronzy

fuscous above, greyish fuscous beneath. Haustellwm greyish

fuscous. Head red above; face violaceous-fuscous. Thorax red,

tending to violaceous-fuscous posteriorly. Under side shining

greyish fuscous. Fore wings red, very narrowly margined with

purplish fuscous by a slender line along the extreme costal and

dorsal margins, but not reaching to the apex; a streak of similar

colour extends from the base across the fold, vanishing above the

anal angle; cilia fuscous. Under side violaceous. Hind wings

brownish cupreous, with fuscous cilia, the extreme base at the

abdominal angle transparent. Under side shining pale fuscous.

Abdomen deep purple, with a narrow paler spot at the base.

Under side purple. Legs tinged with purple, with long spurs, and

also fringed with purplish scales, having tufts of purplish scales

above at the joints, Hap. al. 15 mm.

Hab. Satsuma, Japan, May, 1886 (Mr. J. H. Leech).

Type, ¢, Mus. Wlsm.

This species differs from ignipicta, Btl., to which it is

nearly allied, in the beautiful red-fringed antenne, and

in the red head and thorax, which in that species are

24 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

purplish, and also in the brighter red of the anterior

wings.

ERetmMocera, Z.= Srarntonta, Sigr. = Exopomorpua,

Wilk. = Castorura, Meyr.

Eretmocera (B) Eretmocera, Z., Handl. Kong. Svensk.

Ak., 1852, 96.

(épeTwos, remus ; xépas, antenna).

Type, d 2. Hretmocera fuscipennis, Z.

“* Hretmocera.

** Char. essent.—Caput leve. Antenne uno latere squamis pili-

formibus alate, apice nudo. Al elongate.

** Char. nat.—Antenne uno latere dense squamato-pilose, pilis

sensim longitudine acutis, apice nudo. Capilli appressi, fronte

rotundata. Palpi labiales mediocres, recurvi, articulo terminali

longiore, tenui, acuto. Haustellum mediocre spirale. Alzx elon-

gate ciliis longis, posteriorum angulo anali subnullo. Abdomen

breviusculum, crassum, planiusculum. Pedes robusti, tibiarum

spine longiuscule.

**(B) Hretmocera.—Antenne paulo ultra medium usque pilose,

pilis brevioribus. Pedes squamis non nodosi. Abdomen utrinque

squamis marginatum.

‘* Genus hoc Oecophore eam partem, que esperellam, seleniellam,

chenopodiellam, ete. continet, cum Hlachistis eratella, modes-

tella, ete. conjungere videtur. Distinguitur ab utrisque antennis

non simplicibus, sed a basi ultra medium in latere exteriore pilosis,

palpis longioribus, abdomine latiore.”

= §rarnronia, Stgr., Stett. Ent. Zeit., XX., 250 (1859).

Type, ¢ 2. Staintonia medinella, Ster.

*Caput obtusum, squamis appressis. Ocelli nulli.* Antennae

crassae, in g\ pubescenti-ciliatae. Palpi labiales adscendentes, re-

curvi, acuminati. Haustellum longum, basi squamatum. Alae

anteriores elongatae ; posteriores angustissime lanceolatae, cellula

media aperta, costa media interiore tripartita, costa media exteriore

tripartita. Abdomen depressum, squamis lateralibus erectis.

“Dem genus Butalis am niichsten; besonders durch den von

oben nach unten sehr stark zusammengedriickten Leib, dessen

Rinder durch grosse seitlich abstehende Schuppen geziihnt

erscheinen, verschieden. Die Fiihler sind bedeutend dicker als

*'This is an error. I find ocelli present in my specimens

received from Dr. Staudinger.

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 25

bei allen mir bekannten Butalis-Arten. Der Rippenverlauf ist

gleichfalls verschieden, namentlich auf den Hinterfliigeln, wo die

Mittelzelle ganz offen ist. Die innere Mittelrandsrippe theilt sich

in drei, die iiussere in zwei Aeste. Genaueres werde Ich spiiter

geben.”

3 2° = Exopomorpna, WIk., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., XXIX.,

833 (1864).

Type. Exodomorpha divisella, W1k.

“ 99. Corpus robustum. Proboscis brevis. Palpi leves,

arcuati, ascendentes, capitis latitudine longiores. Antenne sub-

incrassate, apices versus subfimbriate. Abdomen ales posticas

longissime superans. Pedes leves, validi; tibize postice calcari-

bus longis approximatis. Als antice peranguste, apice rotundate ;

postice longissime fimbriate.

** Body stout. Proboscis short. Palpi smooth, curved, rising a

little higher than the vertex, longer than the breadth of the head;

third joint setiform, shorter than the second. Antenne shorter

than the fore wings, slightly incrassated, except towards the tips,

slightly fringed at the end of the incrassated part. Abdomen

extending for three-fourths of its length beyond the hind wings.

Legs stout, smooth; hind tibiw with four long approximate spurs.

Wings very narrow. Fore wings rounded at the tips; costa

straight ; exterior border extremely oblique. Hind wings with a

very long fringe.”

= Castorura, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2nd ser.),

1., 1047 (1887).

Type, 2. Castorura chrysias. Meyr.

‘* Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue well-developed. Antenne

almost as long as the fore wings, basal half thickened with scales,

becoming long and roughly projecting on back towards middle,

basal joint elongate, rather dilated terminally, without pecten.

Labial palpi moderate, curved, ascending, slender, loosely rough-

scaled beneath throughout, terminal joint almost as long as

second, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete.** Abdomen (in 2) very

broad, flattened; apical segment with lateral tufts of scales.

Posterior tibiz smooth-scaled, spurs long, tarsi somewhat rough

beneath. Fore wings elongate-lanceolate ; vein 1 simple, 2 from

3 of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 7 to costa, 8 absent, 9 from near 7, 11

** The maxillary palpi are so minute as to be easily overlooked,

but they are visible under a microscope.

26 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

from 3. Hind wings 3, elongate-lanceolate, cilia 2; costa towards

base with a fringe of rough scales drawn over wing; veins 2, 3,

4, 5 equidistant and parallel, 6 and 7 approximated at base.”

Tabulation of the species comprised in the genus

EHretmocera :—

A. Fore wings unicolorous.

a. Hind wings yellow = derogatella, W1k.

b. Hind wings red.

1. Fore wings brown — fuscipennis, Z.

2. Fore wings purple = carteri, Wlsm.

B. Fore wings 3-spotted = letissima, Z.

C. Fore wings with two spots and a streak.

a. Streak straight, medio-basal.

1. Streak clear and distinct, no black spot on anal segment

= basistrigata, Wlsm.

2. Streak indistinct, sometimes obsolete, a black band across

anal segment = scatospila, Z.

b. Streak taking the form of a dorsal lunule.

1. Hind wings red = miniata, Wlsm.

2. Hind wings yellowish.

a. With a dark bar across anal segment

= dorsistrigata, Wlsm.

8B. With dark lateral disconnected fascicules on anal seg-

ments = lunifera, Z.

D. Fore wings 4-spotted.

a. Spots distinct.

1. Hind wings brown = impactella, Wlk.

2. Hind wings yellow —chrysias, Meyr.

b. Spots indistinct, the basal pair blended = medinella, Stgr.

[Pl vi., fig. 10.)

fuscipennis, Z.,* Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak., 1852, 97—9.

‘* Alis anterioribus brunneis ; posterioribus supra fuscescentibus,

subtus puniceis, ciliis circa apicem fuscis, ceteris puniceis; abdomine

coccineo, macula baseos dorsali segmentoque anali fuscis (f 2).

‘** Var. b, ut a, sed colore flavissimo pro puniceo coccineoque 3.

“Que hic sub Hretmocera enumero quatuor nomina, utrum ad

species diversas vere pertineant an varietates solum unius speciei

denotent, persuasum mihi non est. Insectis his eadem omnibus

structura, nec differunt fere nisi pictura. Quum vero H. letissime

specimina quatuor inter se simillime maculata, saltem in alis,

comparem, consultius esse opinatus sum, in picture differentia

* fuscipennis, Z., is now restricted to the red form (var. a); the

yellow form (var. 6) = derogatella, W1k.

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 27

differentiam specierum agnoscere et tempori futuro relinquere ut

me aut confutet aut comprobet.

* Differt H. fuscipennis a sequentibus alis anterioribus omnino

immaculatis. Caput et thorax brunnea ; occiput squamis nonnullis

flavis ciliatum est. Palpi recurvi, thoracis longitudine, satis

graciles, ad basim et in dorso late albidi, subtus fuscescentes ;

articulus terminalis precedenti longitudini subequalis, multo

tenuior, acutissimus. Haustellum in basi crassum ibique ad latera

albo squamatum ceterum brunnescit et ad anum fere extendi

potest. Antenne abdominis longitudine, fusce, a basi ultra

medium in latere exteriore squamis approximatis incrassatum,

qu apicem versus longiores fiunt ac violaceo colore nitent; nuda

pars apicalis filiformis, pube tenera ciliata. Femine antenne

magis luteo-brunnez squamisque rarioribus tenuiores ; sed eas ut

totum animal nonnihil detritas esse adspectus docet; ceterum

earum structura eadem quam in mare. Pectus pallide flavum.

Pedes brunnei, femora subtus exalbida, tibize violaceo-nitide ; pos-

tice in dorso ante medium fasciculum pilosum modicum gerunt.

Abdomen planum, utrimque squamarum elongatarum ac piliformium

fasciculis marginatum, coccineum (in varietate b flavissimum) una

cum squamis; ad basim macula transversa fusca; segmentum

anale nigrum, squamis nonnullis ex ano eminentibus puniceis ;

valvularum analium margo ochraceus; venter pallide flavus,

squamulis fuscescentibus adspersus, macula utrimque ad lateris

medium fuscescens irregularis.

‘Ale anteriores g 3’, 9 23’ longer, brunnex, subnitidule,

cilia fusca. Subtus violaceo nitent; sub costa reflexa linea ex basi

attenuata flava ad mediam ale longitudinem procurrit, lineaque in

disco obsoleta supra angulum dorsalem in varietate a conspicitur,

que varietas 6 caret.

‘* Alee posteriores anguste lanceolate, valde acute, dilute brunnee,

basim versus dilutiores ibique squamis pallide puniceis (in var.

6 flavidis) immixtis. Subtus punicie (var. 6 flave), apice ipso

fusco. Cilia utriusque pagine in var. a@ punicea, in var. b flava, in

utraque varietate circa apicem latius fusca.

‘‘ Habitat in tractibus fluviorum Limpoponis et Gariepis.” (Exp.

al. 16 mm.).

= ¢$ 2, Exodomorpha inclusella, W1k., Cat. Lp. Ins.

B. M., XXIX., 834 (1864).

“ 3 9. Purpureo-cuprea; caput subtus pectorisque latera aurato-

flava; abdomen aurato-rufum, basi apice ventreque auratis, macula

basali fasciaque subapicali purpureo-cupreis ; ale postice aurate,

costa fimbriaque rufis,

28 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

‘‘Dark purplish cupreous. Head beneath and sides of the

thorax pale gilded yellow. Abdomen gilded red, with a purplish

cupreous spot near the base, which is gilded; a purplish cupreous

subapical band; tip and under side gilded. Hind wings gilded;

costa and fringe red, the latter blackish cupreous towards the tip.

Length of the body, 2 lines; of the wings, 5} lines (= 12 mm.).

‘“* H. divisella, var. ?

“a. Port Natal. From M. Gueinzius’ collection.

b. South Africa. From Mr. Argent’s collection.”

Type, ¢ ¢, B. M.

(Pls vies es 1

cartert, 0. 8.

Ale antice unicolores, subnitide, viride-purpurie, ciliis fuscis.

Ale postice cupree, ciliis ante medium coccineis, post medium

fuscis. Abdomine coccineo, macula basali purpureo, apicali nigro.

Capite, antennis, thorace, et tibiis purpureo-fuscis.

Antenne purplish fuscous. Palpi purplish fuscous, yellowish

at the base externally. Head purplish fuscous. Thorax greenish,

or purplish fuscous above, bright ochreous beneath. Fore wings

glossy green, or purplish; cilia fuscous. Under side brownish

fuscous, tinged with purplish, a slight ochreous streak from the

base reaching nearly half-way along the costal margin. Hind

wings coppery brown; cilia before the middle carmine, beyond it

dark fuscous. Under side carmine; cilia fuscous, except at the

base of the abdominal margin. Abdomen brilliant carmine, tinged

with ochreous about the basal portion, a patch at the base rich

purple, and the anal segments black fringed with carmine. Under

side ochreous. Legs dark purplish fuscous. Hap. al. 12mm.

Hab. Bathurst (Mr. G. T. Carter).

Type, ¢, Mus. Wlsm.

One of my three specimens from Bathurst, collected

by Mr. G. T. Carter, has the anal segments entirely

carmine, without any black whatever.

(Plo vi.jaig. 125

derogatella, Wlk., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., XXIX., 884

(1864).*

“. Cuprea; caput subtus pectorisque latera aurato-flava ;

abdomen aurato-flavum, apice nigrum; ale postice aurate.

* — fuscipennis, Z., var. b. (ante, pp. 26—7).

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 29

““Cupreous. Head beneath and sides of the pectus gilded yellow.

Abdomen gilded yellow; tip partly black. Hind wings gilded

tip and exterior part of the fringe gilded. Length of the body,

23 lines; of the wings, 54 lines (= 12 mm.).

“a. Port Natal. From M. Gueinzius’ collection.”

Type, ¢, B. M.

(Pl. vi., fig. 13.]

dorsistrigata, N. s.

Capite brunneo. Palpis subflavidis. Antennis violaceo-fuscis.

Thorace brunneo. Alis anticis brunneis, subenescentibus, lunula

dorsali ante medium, maculisque duabus post medium oppositis,

flavidis ; ciliis fuscis. lis posticis dilute brunneis, enescentibus,

in basi subflavidis; ciliis aurantiacis apud apicem fuscis. Abdo-

mine aurantiaco, in basi flavo, macula prope basim purpureo,

vittaque anali purpureo apicem non attingente. Tuibiis purpureo

fuscis.

Antenne purplish fuscous. Palpi pale yellowish above, brownish

fuscous beneath, except on the basal one-third. Head bronzy

brown, a few pale yellow scales separating it from the thorax at

the sides. Thorax bronzy brown. Fore wings bronzy brown,

with a pale, oblique, dorsal patch at the basal third, reaching

nearly to the middte of the wing, and two opposite on the outer

third about equal in size, the first on the costa, the second at

the anal angle, all pale lemon-yellow; cilia fuscous. Under side

bronzy brown, the extreme costal margin very pale ochreous, a

line of orange scales extending from the middle of the base to the

anal angle. Hind wings golden brown, tending to pale yellowish

on the upper part of the costal half, costal cilia pale yellow to

beyond the middle; orange-yellow on the dorsal margin for the

same distance, thence fuscous around the apex. Under side

orange-yellow, thickly sprinkled with vermilion scales; cilia

orange-yellow to beyond the base, thence fuscous. Abdomen

bright yellow at the base, near which is a deep purple bar, not

reaching to the sides; below this bar the abdomen is orange, with

a wide purplish fuscous band crossing the anal segment, which

leaves the anal tuft pale ochreous. Under side whitish. Legs

purplish fuscous, femora whitish, some wide pale ochreous bands

across the tibie and tarsi beneath. Hap. al. 15 mm.

Hab. Zanzibar (Mr. F. J. Jackson).

Type, ¢, Mus. Wlsm.

This species is apparently allied to lunifera, Z., figured

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, Pl. XIII., 41. It differs

30 = Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

in the bronzy-brown colour of the anterior wings, in the

larger oblique yellowish patch on the dorsal margin,

further removed from the base, in the yellow base of

the abdomen, followed by a dark band, and in the com-

plete dark bar crossing the anal segments ; whereas in

lunifera the lateral fascicules of scales only are dark.

(Pl. vi., fig. 14.]

lunifera, Z., Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak., 1852, 100.

* Alis anterioribus fuscis, lunula dorsali ante medium punctisque

duobus posticis oppositis flavis; posterioribus subtus cum ciliis

interioribus flavis ; abdomine flavo, ani subtus macula fusea (? ?).

‘*Speciminis tantum al anteriores probe conservate sunt. Hie

lunulam dorsalem punctaque duo opposita habent, quibus et a

scatospila et a letissima distinguuntur.

‘*Caput et thorax fusca, occipitis, margo flavo-squamatus. An-

tenne fusce (fracte), eadem ut in scatospila structura esse videntur.

Palpi in basi et in dorso flavidi, subtus fuscescentes. Pectus

ochraceum. Pedes fusci, femoribus subtus flavidis, tibiis posticis

violaceo-nitidis, fusco-spinosis. Abdomen flavum in basi fuscum ;

fasciculi laterales (plerique desunt) segmentorum postremorum

flavi, fasciculus segmenti analis niger apicem ani non attingit ;

venter pallidior quam dorsum dimidio basali segmentoque anali,

exceptis fasciculis lateralibus, nigris.

‘* Ale anteriores 23’"’ long, fuse, signis subcitrinis. Lunula

tenuis dorsalis longe ante ale medium, valde inclinata, dimidiam

ale latitudinem superat. Postice puncta duo perpendiculariter

opposita, majus angulo dorsali insidens, minus margini costali.

** Alwe posteriores brunnez, basim versus dilutiores flavoque

mixtz ; cilia flava, circa apicem late fusca.

*Subtus ale ant. fusce, linea flava sub costa replicata brevi.

Lunule flave apex in lineam plice transit, que supra angulum

dorsalem marginem posticum tangit ibique incrassata est. Pos-

teriores flav apice breviter fuso ; cilia ut supra.

‘* Habitat ubi precedens ” (in tractibus fluviorum Limpoponis et

Gariepis). (Exp. al. 12mm.).

[Pluvis, digestion

miniata, N.S.

Capite violaceo-fusco. Thorace violaceo-fusco, postice flavide

bimaculata. Alis anticis purpureo-fuscis, lunula dorsali ante

medium, maculisque duabus post medium oppositis flavidis; ciliis

fuscis. Alis posticis eneo-purpureis ; ciliis miniatis, circa apicem

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 31

fuscis. Abdomine miniato, in basi flavo, macula lunulari prope

basim purpurea, fasciculis duobus lateralibus segmenti analis

nigris. Tibiis violaceo-fuscis.

Antenne bronzy brown, fringed with purplish scales to beyond

the middle. Palpi fuscous, whitish at the base. Haustellwm

whitish at the base. Head bronzy fuscous, a few yellow scales at

the back. Thorax bronzy fuscous, with two pale yellow spots at

its posterior margin. Fore wings purplish fuscous, with three

pale yellow spots, the first obliquely curved, extending across the

fold from near the base of the dorsal margin to the upper half of

the wing; the second and third about the commencement of

the apical third of the wing, one costal, the other dorsal and

slightly nearer the base, both of equal size; cilia dark fuscous.

Under side tinged with golden yellow at the base, bronzy fuscous

beyond, with a vermilion streak running along the middle from

the base to the anal angle. Hind wings bronzy, tinged with

golden red at the base; cilia at the basal two-thirds of the costal

and dorsal margins carmine, beyond dark fuscous. Under side

vermilion ; cilia carmine, dark fuscous around the apex. Abdomen

vermilion, with a yellow band at the base, wider in the middle

than at the sides, followed by a dark purple crescent-shaped spot,

the anal segments with a tuft of black scales on each side. Under

side pale ochreous, with two square-edged lateral patches near the

base and a wide bar across the anal segments, purplish fuscous.

Legs bronzy fuscous above, spurs and under sides pale ochreous.

Exp. al. 14 mm.

Hab. Zanzibar (Mr. F. J. Jackson); Port Natal

(Gueinzius, B. M.).*

Type, ¢ 2, Mus. Wlsm.

HPS vas; figs i165]

Hretmocera scatospila, Z., Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak.,

tsa 2nod OO.

‘“‘Alis anterioribus brunneis, linea ex basi, maculis duabus

posticis oblique suboppositis lituraque apicis obsoletis lutescenti-

griseis; posterioribus subtus cum ciliis interioribus coccineis ;

abdomine coccineo, macula baseos dorsali segmentoque anali

nigris (9 ?).

‘Minor quam ¢ precedentis (fuscipennis). Differt ab ea specie

alis anterioribus maculatis, a sequentibus (lunifera and letissima)

maculis obsoletis Cee analis gee coccineo.

as + Thies species was confused are nena by Walker (68 p- >. 33).

32 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

**Caput et thorax brunnea, occipitis squame marginales non-

nulle flavide. Antenne ut in EH. fuscipennt, sed squamis longi-

oribus incrassate, fusco-nigre. Palporum basis et dimidium

basale articuli secundi sordide exalbida, reliqua pars in dorso

albida, subtus fuscescens. Pectus flavescit. Pedes luteo-brunnei ;

spine anteriorum pars a luce aversa et tarsorum posticorum articuli

subtus colore sunt exalbido ; tibiarum posticarum dorsum ex basi

ad medium usque flavidum. Abdomen in dorso coccineum; in

basi macula nigra, coeruleo-nitida, posterius coarctata segmenta

duo occupat. Segmentum anale nigrum, macula apicali vitellina ;

venter pallide ochraceus, vitta utrimque postice acuminata nigri-

canti; segmentum anale vitellinum, utrimque late nigrum.

‘** Ale anteriores 23’ longer, luteo-brunnee, opace, maculas

lutescenti-griseas squamis elongatis compositas gerunt. Linea

indeterminata hujus coloris e media basi procedens ante mediam

alam evanescit. Macule du postice ita opposite sunt, ut altera

angulum dorsalem impleat, altera costalis apici ale propior sit.

Apex ipse maculam parvam, parum distinctum habet. Preterea

squame grise nonnulle hic illic sparse.

‘‘ Ale posteriores brunnescentes, apice fusco. Cilia ex basi ad

medium usque coccinea, deinde fusca.

*Subtus ale ant. fusee. Linea flava sub costa reflexa ex basi

ad apicem ale fere excurrit. Linea altera aurantiaca plicam

sequens pone mediam alam incrassata cum dorsi colore flavido

coheret. Posteriores punicex, apice solo cum ciliis cireumdantibus

nigre.

“ Habitat in tractibus fluviorum Limpoponis et Gariepis.”” (Exp.

al. 14 mm.).

Lely]

Eretmocera basistrigata, n. s.

Ale antic purpureo-fusce, striga basali et maculis duabus mar-

ginalibus oblique oppositis ochreo-flavis; ciliis fuscis. Ale postice

puniciz, apice et ciliis apicalibus fuscis. Abdomine puniceo.

Antennis et tibiis purpureo-fuscis. Palpis ochraceis. Thorace

ochreo bistrigato.

Antenne purple. Palpi ochreous, with a fuscous line along the

under side of the apical joint, and at the apex of the 2nd joint.

Head shining bronzy fuscous. Thorax shining bronzy fuscous,

marked with two lateral bright ochreous streaks, and fringed pos-

teriorly with the same colour, blending with the crimson of the

abdomen. Under side shining yellow ochre. Fore wings purplish

fuscous, with a conspicuous basal streak extending nearly half-way

along the middle of the wing, followed by two spots, the larger of

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 33

which at the anal angle precedes the smaller on the costal margin ;

these markings are bright yellow ochre; cilia smoky fuscous.

Under side crimson, tinged with fuscous. Hind wings crimson,

tipped with fuscous; cilia smoky fuscous around the apex, bright

carmine along the basal two-thirds of the abdominal margin.

Under side similar to the upper. Abdomen crimson, the centre of

the anal segment sometimes tinged with fuscous, its lateral fringes

ochreous. Under side shining yellow ochre, tinged with purple at

the base. Legs purplish fuscous. Hzp. al. 138 mm.

Hab. Bathurst, West Africa (Mr. G. T’. Carter).

Type. ¢, Mus. Wlsm.

PIE vaste: 17.)

letissima, Z., Handl., Kong. Svensk. Ak., 1852, 100—1.

** Alis anterioribus brunneis, macula subdorsali ante medium

majore duabusque posticis oblique oppositis flavissimis; posteri-

oribus puniceis apice fusco (3).

‘‘Macule alarum anteriorum flavissime et majores hane a

priecedentibus distinguunt. Caput et thorax brunnea. Margo

occipitis posticus, patagiorum margo interior et apex, maculaque

eorum apici contigua flava. Antenne ut in scatospila, squamis

violaceo-nitidis. Palpi ut in prioribus. Pectus lete flavo-macu-

latum. Pedes fusci, ad femorum basim pallide flavi; posticorum

femora in uno latere, tibie in basi et sub primo spinarum pari

pallide flave; spine earum albide. Abdomen supra puniceum,

ad basim macula indistincta fusca. Venter flavus. Segmenti

analis fasciculis superne puniceus, subtus flavus, interne ater, quo

colore pili laterales in uno specimini late tincti sunt.

‘Ale anteriores 24—23'"’ long, obscure brunnee, sub apicem

violaceo-nitidule, maculis flavissimis ornate. Macula prima

oblonge ovata non longe a basi plicam ita occupat, ut major ejus

pars dorso ale quam coste adjaceat. Macule due relique minores

oblique oppositz, altera in angulo dorsali, altera in costa apici

vicinior.

‘“‘Alz posteriores punicie, apice fusco. Cilla punicea, circa

apicem late fusca.

‘‘Subtus ala punicie; anteriorum costa cum apice ciliisque

omnibus nigra, linea sub costa replicata brevis flava; posteriorum

color ut supra.

‘‘ Habitat in tractibus fluviorum Limpoponis et Gariepis.” (Exp.

al. 14 mm.).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRY I. (MARCH.) D

34 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

= $ ?, Exodomorpha divisella, W1k., Cat. Lip. Ins.

B. M., XXIX., 883—4 (1864).

“3 @. Obscure purpureo-cuprea; caput subtus pectorisque

latera aurato-flava; abdomen coccineum, basi ventreque aurato-

flavis, maculis tribus purpureo-cupreis, fasciis duabus ventralibus

purpureis; ale antice guttis tribus flavis; postice aurate, costa

fimbriaque rufis.

“Dark purplish cupreous. Head beneath and pectus on each

side pale gilded yellow. Abdomen scarlet, with a purplish cupreous

spot near the base, which is gilded yellow ; a purplish cupreous spot

on each side at the tip; under side gilded yellow, witb two purplish

bands; first band near the base widely interrupted; second subapical

entire. Fore wings with three pale yellow dots; first dot discal,

near the base ; second costal, opposite the third, which is near the

end of the interior border. Hind wings gilded; costa and fringe

red, the latter blackish cupreous towards the tip of the wing.

Length of the body, 23 lines; of the wings, 5} lines (= 12 mm.).

*“ a pb. Port Natal. From M. Gueinzius’ collection.

c—e. Sierra Leone. From Mr. Foxcroft’s collection.”

ype, o 2, BoM.

(Plevie he. 18%]

impactella, Wlk., Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M., XXIX., 687—8

(1864). (Gelechia, W1k.).

‘‘ Obscure cuprea, subtus albida; abdomen luteum, basi apiceque

cupreum; ale antice anguste, acute, lituris duabus posticis, una

diseali unaque exteriore albidis.

‘‘ Dark cupreous, slender, whitish beneath. Palpi slender, much

longer than the breadth of the head; third joint setiform, a little

shorter than the second. Antenne smooth, rather stout. Abdomen

luteous, dark cupreous towards the base and towards the tip.

Wings narrow, acute; fringe long. Fore wings with a whitish

streak along the base of the interior border, and with three whitish

elongated spots; first spot in the disk before the middle ; second

on the interior border beyond the middle; third costal nearer the

tip; exterior border very oblique. Length of the body, 83 lines;

of the wings, 9} lines (15 mm.).

“Ca. b. North Hindostan. From Mr. James’ collection.

* These two specimens are miniata, Wlsm., the description of

divisella being evidently taken from the Sierra Leone specimens.

+ This is apparently an error for 7'”’.

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 35

‘‘This species appears to have some affinity to the

Aigerude.”

Type, ¢, B. M.

A single specimen in the British Museum from North

India, not in sufficiently good condition for description,

is closely allied to impactella. It has a very faint

indication of two dorsal yellowish spots on its uni-

colorous brownish fore wings. ‘The purple band on the

yellow abdomen is wider than in impactella, and stretches

farther downwards.

(PS vi; digs 193)

chrysias, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2nd ser.), I.,

1047—8 (1887).

|Capite et thorace wnescenti-fuscis. Antennis purpureo-fuscis.

Alis anticis purpureis, maculis quatuor flavis, duabus dorsalibus,

tertiz subcostali, quarta costali ante apicem; ciliis fuscis. Alis

posticis enescenti-flavidis; cilis flavidis, partem griseo-fuscis.

Abdomine aurantiaco, fascia prope basim purpurea, segmento anali

purpureo-fusco.—W1lsm. |

“?,15 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs dark

purplish fuscous ; palpi yellow-whitish towards base; thorax with

posterior extremity orange. Abdomen orange-yellow, anal seg-

ment purple-blackish, except apex. Fore wings purple-black, with

four roundish yellow spots; first on inner margin towards base ;

second largest, in disc before middle; third on inner margin before

anal angle; fourth on costa Beyond third; cilia purple-black.

Hind wings yellow, apical fourth dark purple-fuscous; cilia dark

grey, towards anal angle yellowish.

‘‘Maryborough, Queensland; one specimen (coll.

Macleay).”

UBT vi. ig. 20:]

medinella, Ster., Stett. Ent. Zeit., XX., 250—1 (1859).

‘* Alis anterioribus aeneo-fuscis, fasciis duabus albidis ; alis pos-

terioribus fuscis; abdomine plus minusve lateritio, ano caeruleo-

nigro, ¢ 2, 10—12 mm.

‘** Vorderfliigel erzschillernd braun mit weisslichen Schuppen

mehr oder weniger gemischt, und mit zwei weisslichen, nicht

scharf begrenzten Querbinden, die eine bei }, die andere vor dem

Aussenrande. Letztere macht in der Mitte eine bedeutende

Biegung. Hinterfliigel dunkel. Der Leib roth, namentlich bei

pd 2

36 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

den Weibchen. Der After bleibt stets und die ersten Segmente

meistens nach oben blauschwarz.

‘* Kalisch entdeckte diese Art in Juni bei Chiclana auf den Bliiten

von Umbelliferen sitzend.”

INDEX.

TINAIGERIA, WIk.

Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. VIII. 260 (1856) ; Wlsm. ante 10—11 (1889).

Type Tinegeria ochracea W1k.

[= Arauzona WIk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXXI. 25—6 (1864); Wlsm.

ante 8—9, 11 (1889). Type Arauzona basalis W1k. }

3 & ochracea Wlk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. VIII. 260 (1856); Wlsm. ante

11—13, Pl. i. (1889).

= Eretmocera? ceneiceps F. & R. Reise Novara, pl. exxxviii. 62

(1875); Wlsm. ante 9, 12 (1889).

(Type 2 2? Vienna).

Imago, October.

Hab. S. Amertca—Para, Bogota, Santarem.

(Type § 2 B.M.)

S$ fasciata Wlk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. VIII. 261 (1856); Wlsm. ante 13,

Pl. vi. 1 (1889).

Hab. §. Amertca—Para.

(Type 3 B. M.)

@ basalis WIk.

Arauzona basalis, Wik. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXXI. 26 (1864) ;

Wlsm. ante 8—9 (1889).

Tinegeria basalis, Wlsm. ante 13, Pl. vi. 2 (1889).

Hab. 8. Amertca—Kga.

(Type Q B. M.)

SNELLENIA, Wism., g.n.

ante 13—15 (1889). Type Snellenia coccinea, Wlsm.

3S coccinea Wlsm sp. n. ante 15, Pl. ii. (1889).

Imago, July.

Hab. Invta—Sikkim.

(Type § Mus. Wism.)

9 tarsella Wlsm. sp. n. ante 15—16, Pl. vi. 3 (1889).

Hab. Inv1a—Darijeeling.

(Type @ B. M.)

connecting Tinegeria with Eretmocera. 37

3 ¢ lineata Wlk.

Tinegeria lineata Wik. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. VIII. 261 (1856) ;

Wlsm. ante 8, 9—10 (1889).

Snellenia lineata W1sm. ante 16, Pl. vi. 4 (1889).

= Eretmocera ? sesioides F. & R. Reise Novara, pl. exl. 22 (1875) ;

Wlsm. ante 9—10 (1889).

(Type @ 2? Vienna).

Imago, February.

Hab. Avustratia—Sydney.*

(Zype 3 @ B. M.)

3 flavipennis.

Eretmocera ? flavipennis F. & R. Reise Novara, pl. exxxviii. 59

(1875); Wlsm. ante 9—10 (1889).

Snellenia flavipennis Wlsm. ante 16 (1889).

Hab. (S. America °).

(Type 3 ? Vienna).

3S @ latipes Wk.

Tinegeria latipes Wik. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXXI. 25 (1864) ;

Wlsm. ante 8 (1889).

Snellenia latipes, Wlsm. ante 16—17, Pl. vi. 5 (1889).

Hab. S. America—Para, Maranon.

(Type 3 B. M.)

@ bimaculata Wlsm. sp. n. ante 17, Pl. vi. 6 (1889).

Hab. Bornro— Sandakan.

(Type 2 Mus. Wism.)

PSEUDZIGERIA Wlsm. g. un.

ante 17—18 (1889). Type, Ochsenheimeria ? squamicornis F. & R.

@ squamicornis F. & R.

Ochsenheimeria ? squamicornis F. & R. Reise Novara, pl. exxxix.

6 (1875) ; Wlsm. ante 18 (1889).

Pseudegeria squamicornis, Wlsm. ante 18—19, Pl. iii. (1889).

Hab. F1s1, AUSTRALIA.

(Type @ 2 Vienna).

CEDEMATOPODA Z

Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak., 1852, 96; Wlsm, ante 19—20 (1889).

Type Gdematopoda princeps Z.

[= Arxrysonia Stn. Trans. Ent. Soc. (n.s.) V. 125 (1859) ; Wlsm. ante

9, 20 (1889). Type Atkinsonia clerodendronella Stn. |

3 princepe Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak. 1852, 96—7; Wlk. Cat. Lp.

s. B. M. xxix. 707 (1864); Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 271:

ae 20—1, Pl. iv. (1889).

Hab. Arrica—Natal.

(Type 9 Stockholm Mus.)

* Walker’s locality ‘‘Para”’ is an error; the types are from Sydney,

purchased from Argent.

38 Lord Walsingham’s monograph of the genera

3 clerodendronella Stn.

Atkinsonia clerodendronella Stn. Trans. Ent. Soe. (un. s.) V.

125—6 (1859) ; Wlk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. 900 (1864) ;

Moore P. Z. $8. 1867, 672; Wlsm. ante 9 (1889).

(dematopoda clerodendronella Wlism. ante 21—2, Pl. vi. 7

1889).

eon Nore of Clerodendron, drawing together the leaves

with a web.

Imago, July.

Hab. Ixv1a—Calcutta.

(Type, Mus. Stn.)

3 2 ignipicta Btl.

Eretmocera ignipicta Btl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 593—4; Wlsm-

ante 9 (1889).

Gidematopoda ignipicta Wlsm. ante 22, Pl. vi. 8 (1889).

Hab. Jarpan—Tokei, Yesso.

(Type, B. M.)

Sd leechi Wlsm., sp. n., ante 23—4, Pl. vi. 9 (1889).

Imago, May,

Hab. Japan—Satsuma.

(Type 3 Mus. Wism.)

ERETMOCERA Z.

Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak. 1852, 96; Wlsm. ante 24, 26 (1889).

Type Eretmocera fuscipennis, Z.

[=Srarnronia Steger. Stett. Ent. Zeit. XX. 250 (1859); Wlsm. Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1881, 271: ante 9, 24—5 (1889). Type, Staintonia medinella

Stgr. }

[= Exopomorrna WIk. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 833 (1864); Wlsm.

Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 271: ante 9, 25 (1889). Type, Hxodomorpha

divisella W1k.]

j= Castorura Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2nd s.) i. 1047 (1887);

Wlsm. ante 9, 25—6 (1889). Type, Castorwra chrysias Meyr.}

3S @ fuscipennis Z.

Eretmocera fuscipennis (var. a) Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak.

1852, 97—8 ; Wlk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 707 (1864) ;

Wilsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 271—2; ante 26—7, Pl. vi.

10 (1889).

= Eretmocera inclusella, Wlk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX.

833—4 (1864); Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 271—2 ;

ante 27—28 (1889).

(Type § @ B. M.)

Hab. Arrica—Limpopo-Gariep District, Port Natal, Bathurst

(Gambia).

(Type 3 Q Stockholm Mus.)

o carteri Wlsm. sp. n. ante 28, Pl. vi. 11 (1889).

Hab. Arrica—Bathurst (Gambia).

(Lype g Mus. Wism.)

connecting Tinegeria with Hretmocera. 39

3 ¢ derogatella W1k.

Exodomorpha derogatella Wik. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 834

(1864); Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 271—2: ante 28—

29, Pl. vi. 12 (1889).

= Hretmocera fuscipennis (var. b.) Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk.

Ak. 1852, 97—8; Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881,

271—2: ante 26—7 (1889).

(Type & 2 Stockholm Mus.)

Hab. Arrica—Limpopo-Gariep District, Port Natal, Zanzibar.

(Type g B.M.)

3 dorsistrigata Wlsm. sp. n. ante 29—30, Pl. vi. 13 (1889).

Hab. ArricAa—Zanzibar.

(Type & Mus. Wism.)

(¢?) lunifera Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak. 1852, 100—1; Wlk. Cat.

Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 708 (1864) ; Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881,

272, Pl. xiii. 41: ante 30, Pl. vi. 14 (1889).

Hab. Arrica—Limpopo-Gariep District, Natal ?.

(Type ( Q ?), Stockholm Mus.)

3 2 miniata Wlsm. sp. n. ante 30—1, Pl. vi. 15 (1889).

Hab. Arrica—Zanzibar, Port Natal.

(Type f 9 Mus. Wism.)

3S 2 scatospila Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak. 1852, 99—100; WIk. Cat.

Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 708 (1864); Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soe.

1881, 272: ante 31—2, Pl. vi. 16 (1889).

Hab. Arrica—Limpopo-Gariep District, Bathurst and Accra

(Gambia).

(Type (2 2), Stockholm Mus.)

3S basistrigata Wlsm. sp. n.ante 32—33, Pl. v. (1889).

Hab. Arrica—Bathurst (Gambia).

(Type § Mus. Wism.)

3S ? letissima Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk. Ak. 1852, 100—1; Wlk. Cat.

Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 708 (1864); Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc.

1881, 272: ante 33, Pl. vi. 17 (1889).

= Exodomorpha divisella, Wik. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 833—4

(1864) ; Wlsm. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 272 : ante 34 (1889).

(Type 3 2 B. M.)

Hab. Arrica—Limpopo-Gariep District, Caftraria, Sierra

Leone, Bathurst and Accra (Gambia).

(Type g Stockholm Mus.)

3 Q impactella Wlk.

Gelechia impactella Wlk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 637 (1864) ;

Moore, Lp. Ceyl. III. 514 (1887) ; Wlsm. ante 34 (1889).

Eretmocera impactella Moore Lp. Ceyl. III. 514, Pl. ccix., 10

(1887) ; Wlsm. ante 34—4, Pl. vi. 18 (1889).

Imago, Apvil.

Hab. Asts—India, Dharmsala (Punjab), Barrackpore. Ceylon

Singapore.

(Type § B. M.)

40 Genera connecting Tinegeria with Lretmocera.

3 @ chrysias Meyr.

Castorura chrysias Meyr. Proc. Lin. Soc. N. 8. W. (2.8s.), I.

1047—8 (1887); Wlsm. ante 9 (1889).

Eretmocera chrysias Wism. ante 35, Pl. vi. 19 (1889).

Hab. Avstrrauia—Maryborough (Qd.), Sydney (N.S. W.)

(Type 9 Mus. Macleay).

3S 9 medinella Ster.

Staintonia medinella Stgr., Stett. Ent. Zeit. XX. 250—1 (1859) ;

Ster. & Wlk. Cat. (II.) No. 2704, p. 324 (1871); Wlk.

Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 701 (1864); Stn. Tin. 8. Eur.

142, 157, 340 (1869); Ersch. Fedtsch. Reis. in Turkst.

II. 106 (1874); Chr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XII. 230 (1876) ;

Wlsm. ante 9 (1889).

Eretmocera medinella Wism. ante 35—36, Pl. vi. 20 (1889).

Imago. June, on flowers of Umbellifere and Senecio.

Hab. Europr—Chiclana (Andalus).

Asta—Krasnowodsk (Persia), Samarcand (Turkestan).

(Type S 9 Mus. Stgr.)

Cae 8)

Il. The Rhynchophorous Coleoptera of Japan. By

Davin SHarp, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

Part I. ATTELABIDA ann RHYNCHITIDA.

[Read November 7th, 1888. |

Tue Rhynchophora brought by Mr. Lewis from Japan

fifteen years ago were examined by M. Roelofs, and

described by him in some papers that appeared in the

‘Annales de la Société entomologique de Belgique,’ 1874

and 1880. Since then Mr. Lewis has obtained a much

more extensive collection, and, as M. Roelofs is not at

present occupied with Entomology, | have undertaken

the task of revising the collection by the assistance of

this much richer material, and I now deal with the first

two families, Attelabide and Rhynclitide.

I was surprised to find, on examining the first of these

groups, that they form an exception to the other

Rhynchophora in the structure of the prosternum :

Leconte recently drew attention to the importance of

this part of the body as a means of separating the

Rhynchophora from other Coleoptera, and it is very

curious that he should not have noticed that this family,

which he correctly placed at the commencement of the

series, differs from his definition of Rhynchophora in

this important particular.

In order to define the structure of the prosternum in

these insects, I have been obliged to make use of a new

term, which I must explain. If the prosternum of one

of the larger Apostasimeride Rhynchophora be looked at

—Homalonotus, for example—it will be found that there

are three pieces in the antero-posterior direction of the

mesial line—1, the prosternum proper ; 2, a piece rather

small in size and usually rhomboidal form, for which I

find no existent name, and which I have called the

centro-sternal piece ; 3, the prosternal epimera, joined

on the mesial line by a suture more or less obliterated.

This same structure may be seen in the Synmerid

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT I. (MARCH.)

42, Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

Rhynchophora; here the prosternum is interrupted

behind by the cotyloid depressions, behind which may be

seen the centro-sternal piece, of variable size according

- to the genus examined, and behind this again the con-

joined epimera. In Attelabide the centro-sternal piece

is absent, and it is clear from what we may see in the

next family—Rhynchitide—that it is by this piece that

the apices of the epimera are widely separated, the

sutures, however, being greatly obliterated. In Rhynchi-

tide the structure differs by the centro-sternal piece

being nearly always very small, and placed just behind

the coxe, penetrating to a greater or less extent between

the apices of the epimera, and in some genera entirely

separating them. Thus this family shows that, so far

as the prosternal structure is concerned, no sharply-

marked distinction exists between Coleoptera with the

apices of the prosternal epimera conjoined and Coleoptera

with them separated. This exceptional character* in the

Attelabide and Rhynchitide, combined with the straight

antenne, and the absence of mechanical apparatus in

the gizzard (cf. Lindeman, Bull. Mose. li., 1876, p. 161,

&c.), indicate that these two families are correctly placed

at the commencement of the Rhynchophora.

The habits of the species of Rhynchitide are very

varied, and some of them exhibit very remarkable

instincts; and it is therefore interesting to find that the

details of their external structure are as varied as their

instincts. The fact that there exists so much discrepancy

in their structural details, however interesting it may be

from a biological point of view, certainly renders the

establishment of natural genera a very difficult matter.

The form of the rostrum, the structure of the ventral

seements and pygidium, and the structure of the hind

parts of the prosternum, all vary somewhat from species

to species; so that if the genera be founded on any one

of them exclusively, the line of division chosen will

necessarily be a more or less arbitrary one: by giving

attention to more than one character, the genera may,

I think, be perhaps made more natural, as it frequently

happens that in a species where one character diagnostic

of the genus is feeble, a second exists in undiminished

* I do not mean by this that these are the only Rhynchophora

in which this character exists; and indeed there are others in

which the apices of the epimera are not conjoined.

Coleoptera of Japan. 43

degree. Pascoe has frequently remarked that the genera

of Rhynchophora are very difficult to deal with on

account of the gradual variation of the minor structural

characters from which the generic definitions are drawn.

This is certainly true in the case of the Rhynchitide,

and, as we are acquainted with only a very small

portion of the species existing in the tropics, it is

difficult for us to guess where the lines of generic limita-

tion may ultimately best be drawn; so that it is

advisable to be cautious in establishing new genera at

present, though I fancy that ultimately the genera will

have to be considerably increased in numbers.

ATTELABID.

This family forms an exception to what is normal in

the Rhynchophora, owing to its prosternal epimera being

widely separated by an interposed piece, to which the

epimeral apices are soldered. In this respect it is some-

what similar to Baridivide, from which group it differs

strongly in other particulars, especially by the con-

tiguous and exserted front cox, and by the straight

antenne.

ApoDERUS, Olivier, Ent., No. 81, p. 2.

ArtEnasus, Bedel, Faune Col. Seine, vi., p. 22.

This genus is peculiar to the EKastern Hemisphere,

where it is largely represented by a great number of

species in the tropical regions from Madagascar to the

Philippine Islands; outside of the tropics the species

become less numerous: and Europe possesses no peculiar

species, though two or three of the Siberian and eastern

species have extended their range to geographical

Kurope. Japan has, however, fifteen species and several

varieties, so that its fauna is, in respect of this genus,

Oriental rather than Palearctic in character.

The species of this genus are very difficult to limit by

definition, owing to the variability in colour of many of

them, to the frequent great difference between the sexes,

and to the fact that some of the male characters vary

extremely in the degree of their development. The

Japanese species may, however, be grouped in a way

that considerably facilitates the determination of the

species,

44 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

I. Antenne of male provided at the apex with an acumi-

nate appendage; head of male of variable length,

according to the individual, and in all the species

(except A. fulvus) with a cylindrical portion in front

of the thoracic articulation.

This is the only group in which the antenne have an

acuminate appendage; it is very conspicuous in the

male sex, and even the females have the termination of

the antennz more acute than they are in the species of

the other groups.

Apoderus longicornis.

Apoderus longicornis, Roelofs, Ann. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

pel Be.

Mr. Lewis has brought back a series of twelve examples

of this elegant insect, but all are males; they were pro-

cured in several localities, and vary much in the

elongation of the head and antenne, but the coloration

of the latter part is constant. The females obtained by

Mr. Lewis on his previous journey, and assigned to this

species, | am quite unable to distinguish from A. fulvus ;

and the female of A. longicornis is perhaps unknown to

me. As the two species are extremely closely allied,

except in the male characters, it may prove that the

females are similar in nearly all respects; but I should

anticipate that the black basal joint of the antenne may

be a good diagnostic character.

Found on the main island.

Apoderus nigricollis.

Apoderus nigricollis, Roelofs, Ann. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p. 131

A. montanus, Roelofs (nec Jekel), Ann. Ent. Belg.,

XVll., p. 184.

A. nigricolls was described by M. Roelofs from three

male examples. Mr. Lewis has now met with the species

on white beech at Wada-toge, and also in other localities.

The male varies much as to the elongation of the head

and antenne, but the species may be readily dis-

tinguished in each sex from A. longicornis by the coarse

sculpture of the upper and under surfaces. A. montanus

was described from a single female example, and it

Coleoptera of Japan. 45

proves to be the other sex of the species whose male only

was described, as above mentioned.

Apoderus roelofst.

Apoderus roelofsi, Har., Deutsche. Ent. Z., 1877,

p. 358.

Extremely similar to A. erythropterus, var. atricolor,

but easily distinguished by the more elongate head and

antenne, and by the hind tibie being nearly straight

externally at the apex. The male varies greatly in size,

and in the elongation of the head and antenne, and in

the smallest specimens of this sex the head differs from

that of the female only in being less inflated, and in

being provided with a very short cylindrical neck behind.

Faust, in Deutsche. ent. Z., xxvi., p. 292, has described

an Apoderus coloratus from Wladiwostock, which he says

is closely allied to A. roelofsi, but differs in having the

hind body flavescent: that would scarcely be a sufficient

character to distinguish the two; and Lam in some doubt

about Faust’s species, because he further remarks that

the female can be distinguished from the female of

A. nitens, Roel., only by the flavescent hind body; but

if A. coloratus is allied closely to roelofsi, then it may

be distinguished with complete certainty from A. nitens

in each sex by the shape of the lower part of the hind

tibia.

A. roeiofsi was met with by Mr. Lewis at several

localities on the main island, and also at Hakodate, but

only in a few examples.

Apoderus fulvus.

Apoderus fulvus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p. 130.

The elongation of the head and antenne in the male

of A. fulvus is a variable character, and, as the slender

posterior portion of the head in the male is not abruptly

defined, but is only a gradual attenuation, the species is

very difficult to place, and forms, in point of fact, a quite

natural transition between Groups I. and II.

Found only in Kiushiu.

46 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

II. Antenne without acuminate appendage; hind tibie

nearly straight at the extremity behind; elytra

simply punctate-striate, without humeral denticles or

discoidal tubercles ; head slender, almost conical,

but little different in the two sexes.

These characters are chiefly negative, but the group

is a quite natural one.

Apoderus precellens, n.s.

Niger, politus, nitidus, antennis tibiis tarsis femorumque pos-

teriorum basubus flavis, corpore supra et infra variabiliter flavo-

variegato ; prothorace conico, elytris seriatim subtiliter punctatis.

Long. 7 mm.

Mas; pectore prominulo, mesosterno anterius in medio fisso et

utrinque tuberculo conico instructo; segmento ultimo ventrali

medio profunde impresso, impressione utrique cristato, crista

setosa.

Head similar in the sexes, conical, gradually narrowed from the

eyes to the articulation with the thorax, polished and shining.

Thorax very smooth and shining, almost conical, with the disc rather

more inflated and convex in the female than it is in the male.

Elytra very shining, with regular series of punctures that become

very fine behind, the interstices flat and without sculpture.

The remarkable male characters make the identifi-

cation of this species easy. Usually there is a series of

transverse yellow marks across the elytra, a flavescent

mark behind the eye and on the base of the thorax, and

the ventral segments are more or less flavescent in the

middle; but these yellow markings are variable: in

none of the specimens before me do they assume, how-

ever, the position they occupy in A. carbonicolor, Motsch.

According to Faust, in Deutsche. Ent. Zeit., xxvi.,

p- 293, A. carbonicolor must be a species allied to

A. precellens, and its male likewise presents a curious

conformation of the last ventral plate.

Oyama and Nikko, in shady places in the forests.

Apoderus balteatus.

Apoderus balteatus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XVl., p. 185.

I have seen but few specimens of this species, and

cannot speak as to its variation.

Found in Kaushiu.

Coleoptera of Japan. AT

Apoderus rufescens.

Apoderus rufescens, Roel., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xvii.,

p. 135.

This was described by M. Roelofs from a single female.

Mr. Lewis has now obtained a small series which I refer

to the species with very little doubt, although none of

the specimens quite agree with the type; they are all

considerably smaller, and nearly all are males; the two

or three females have the head slightly shorter than in

the typical example. I think it probable that all are

one species, the original specimen being a very large

individual. This being the case, I find there is very

little difference between the sexes of A. rufescens, but

the male has the head and antenne slightly longer. The

under surface is variable in colour, being more or less

streaked with black.

Found at various localities in the main island.

M. Roelofs gives Hakodate as the locality of his type,

but it is labelled Awomori.

Ill. Elytra with acute denticle at the sides just behind the

shoulders ; head short, scarcely different in the sexes.

The minute tubercle is the character of this group,

but the species are in several other respects quite

different from those of the other groups, being of short

form, with short antenne, and frequently having the

disc of the elytra furnished with a pair of prominent

tubercles. The group may be treated as equivalent to

Jekel’s subgenus Hoplapoderus.

Apoderus latipennis.

Apoderus latipennis, Jekel, Ins. Saund., ii., p. 179.

A. latipennis is apparently a common insect in the

main island of Japan, and was procured in several

localities.

Apoderus subornatus, Nn. s.

Brevis, latus, niger, sat nitidus, antennis pedibusque flavis,

femoribus posterioribus ad apicem nigris; prothorace disco sub-

tiliter rugoso, lateribus pone humeros denticulatis, disco tuberculis

duobus magnis, ad basin dense subtiliter punctatis, ad apicem fere

levigatis. Long. 7} mm.

48 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

Very closely allied to A. latipennis, but larger and broader, and

readily distinguished by the very large size of the tubercles on the

elytra, and the greater development of the sculpture both of the

upper and under surfaces.

Both A. latipennis and A. subornatus vary a little in

their sculpture, especially that of the thorax ; but, having

examined a considerable number of examples from

various localities, I have little doubt of the two being

distinct species.

Found at Sapporo and Junsai, on “‘a low plant,” in the

island of Yeso, and likewise inhabits East Siberia, as I

have a pair from Amurland in my own collection, and

there is an example in our national collection from

Siberia, labelled latipennis by Jekel. A. latipennis is

recorded in the catalogues of Siberian Coleoptera, but it

is probably in error for the present species, as it now

appears probable that A. latipennis is a more southern

insect.

Faust, in his paper on Siberian Curculionide, in

Deutsche Ent. Z., xxvi., speaks (p. 295) of A. latipennis,

Jek., with which he says A. flavimanus, Motsch. (Schrenck,

Amur Reise, p. 171) is identical. I have no means of

knowing whether Faust referred—as appears probable—

to the species I am now discussing ; but Motschoulsky’s

few remarks do not amount to a description, and do nut

apply very well to this species, as he says nothing about

the dense punctuation of the anterior parts of the wing-

cases and other peculiarities.

Apoderus vitticeps.

Apoderus vitticeps, Jekel, Ins. Saund., i1., p. 184.

Hoplapoderus Van Volxemi, Roelofs, C. R. Soc. Ent.

Belg., xviil., p. CXxxXl.

Apoderus tuberculatus, Harold, Deutsche Ent. Z., 1878,

p. 85.

This remarkable species is very variable in colour, no

two specimens being quite alike, and the upper surface

in extreme specimens has the yellow marks so reduced

that it may be described as quite black. The sculpture

varies but little, and I entertain no doubt as to the

correctness of the above synonymy.

Rare ; but occurs on the main island, and on Yezo.

Yokosuka, Miyanoshita, Junsai, and Sapporo.

Coleoptera of Japan. 49

Apoderus pardalis.

Apoderus pardalis, Vollenh., Tijd. Dierkunde, 11., 1865,

p- 164.*

A. tigrinus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p- 136.

This species, like so many others of the genus, varies

ereatly in colour; the black spots of the upper surface

extend and coalesce, so that it becomes nearly all black ;

the lower surface also varies in colour, but not correla-

tively with the upper, some examples that are quite

black beneath having the black spots on the upper

surface small.

Kiushiu and main island.

IV. Hind tibia strongly arcuate at the extremity.

The elytra in this group are regularly punctate in

strie, and the sexual disparity is but slight.

Apoderus erythropterus.

Attelabus erythropterus, Gmel., ed. Linn., 1788, p. 1809.

A. intermedius, Hellw., Schneid. Mag., v., p. 615.

A. politus, Gebl., in Humm., Ess. Ent., iv., p. 50,

No. 12 (fide Schonherr).

Var. elytris nigris.

Apoderus nitens, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p- 183.

A. erythropterus, var. atricolor, Faust, Hor. Ent. Ross.,

Ody Daeeteyy

Var. niger, pedibus abdomineque fulvo-testaceis.

Apoderus erythrogaster, Vollenh., Tijd. Dierkunde, i..,

1865, p. 165.

A. rujientris, Roelofs, t. c., p. 135.

Var. thorace ex parte rufo.

A. bicolor, Redtenbacher, Reise Novara, Col., p. 161.

Var. rufus, capite antennis pedibusque nigris.

A. minimus, Roelofs, t. ¢., p. 136.

Var. niger elytris cyaneis.

* The paper on Apoderus, in which this species was described

has escaped the notice of the authors of the Munich Catalogue or

Coleoptera, and of subsequent writers. It is recorded in Zoologica!

Record I., 1864, where, however, the date is wrongly given.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—paRT I. (MARCH.) &

50 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

After examination of a considerable series of speci-

mens, I can find no characters to distinguish the above

forms except colour, and this no doubt is variable, as it

is in the well-known 4A. coryli, which runs through an

analogous series of colour variations; intermediate

individuals are, however, rare, but still they do occur,

and I have several such before me.

A. bicolor, Redt., I am acquainted with only by the

description, and by Faust’s note in Hor. Ent. Ross.,

xxl., p. 28; this colour-variation has not occurred in

Japan as yet, but I mention it because it appears to be

the form intermediate between the typical A. erythrop-

terus and the Japanese var. minimus, Roel.; while the

variety recorded by Redtenbacher, with thorax entirely

red, is no doubt the same as A. minimus itself.

The typical form of A. erythropterus is very rare in the

parts of Japan visited by Mr. Lewis; he, however,

obtained two examples of it at Seba, July 30th, 1881,

acereeing entirely with: Siberian examples, and with

them he obtained two examples with the elytra inter-

mediate between black and red in colour.

A. erythrogaster differs strikingly in the colour of the

legs and ventral segments; the colour of the latter

parts is, however, very variable in the var. nitens, so

that I attach no importance to it; and the colour of the

legs is so variable in some other species of the genus

that I do not think it proper to rely on it alone as a

specific character.

Apoderus geminus, n. 8.

Niger, nitidus; elytris rufis, regulariter et fortiter seriatim

punctatis, interstitius subconvexis, crebre punctulatis. Long.

4—6 mm.

This 1s possibly only a variety of sculpture of A. erythropterus,

but deserves even in that case a separate name; the serial punc-

tures being as deeply impressed on the apical as on the basal

portion of the elytra, and the interstices more convex and closely

punctate.

A small series was obtained from Kiga, Nikko, and

Miyanoshita, on Lespedeza. :

Coleoptera of Japan. 51

V. Elytra with dense sculpture, amongst which are series

of coarse punctures, the third interstice broader than

the others, and possessing behind the middle an elon-

gate group of irregularly-placed coarse accessory

punctures. To this group belongs the well-known

European A. coryli.

Apoderus jekelir.

Apoderus Jekelii, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p- 182.

This species is variable in colour, the wing-cases

being sometimes concolorous with the other parts of the

body, so that the insect is quite black. The male

characters vary but little in the small series before me.

The species lives on oak, and has been found in Yezo, as

well as in the main island and Kiushiu.

Apoderus wniformis, N.S.

Niger, prothorace margine basali elytrisque rufis, his minus

nitidis, fortiter seriatim punctatis, interstitiis punctulatis tertio

pone medium lato punctis adjectis numerosis. Long. 8 mm.,

elytrorum 5 mm.

Very similar to A. jekelii, but smaller, and with the

elytra of a rather brighter red colour, and _ their

sculpture rather more regular and less coarse; but best

distinguished by the shorter thorax, and by the male

being scarcely different from the female. It is equally

close to the European A. coryli, but is rather more

slender than that species, and has the serial punctuation

of the elytra more definite, and the difference between

the sexes less. The male of A. wniformis has the head

just perceptibly longer than the female, and the thorax

considerably more conical; the female has the vertex

much more convex than it is in A. coryli.

The male is readily distinguished from the corre-

sponding sex of A. jekelii by the very short head; the

females of the two species are very similar, but that of

A. uniformis has a shorter, more globose, head, and a

narrower thorax, with the sides less constricted in front.

There is scarcely any difference between the antenne of

the two sexes of A. wniformis.

Found at Oyama and Nikko in May and June by

E 2

52 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

sweeping the undergrowth in shady glens. Hight

examples were obtained, six of them being males.

Species of uncertain position.

Apoderus cyanopterus.

Apoderus cyanopterus, Motsch., Et. Ent., ix., 1860,

p- 22.

This is unknown to me, but I expect will prove to be

a blue variety of A. roelofsi. The description agrees

with that species except in respect of this one particular.

Blue varieties of A. nitens occur rarely: at present

I have seen only very few specimens of A. roelofsi, but

think it probable that individuals with blue upper surface

may likewise occur in it.

ATTELABUS.

AttTELaBus, Olivier, Ent., No. 81, p. 4.

Cypuus, Bedel, Faune Col. Seine, vi., p. 23.

The origin of this genus is usually attributed to

Linneus, and in the Munich Catalogue of Coleoptera

(vul., p. 2479), the edition xii., 1767, is cited for it. The

genus was, however, to the earlier authors, nothing but

a name for an unnatural and heterogeneous group of

insects of diverse genera, and even families. It is better,

therefore, to credit the genus to Olivier, who was the

first to bring it into a satisfactory condition. This he

did in the year 1807, and since then his nomenclature

and characters have been universally accepted. Quite

recently Bedel has found in the fact that by the earlier

authors various genera were mixed under Attelabus a

pretext for changing the names, and rendering the

entomological literature of the last 80 years—so far as

it relates to these insects—useless, or worse than useless,

some hundreds of synonyms being created by this

apparently simple change. The 100 species at present

called Apoderus are each and all to become Attelabus ;

the 100 species of Attelabus are each and all to become

Cyphus ; and the thirty species of Cyphus are to become

Neocyphus (Bedel). In addition to this the numerous

genera and subgenera of Apoderus and Attelabus de-

scribed by Jekel will become a means of rendering the

confusion more confounded. Jekel adopted the plan of

Coleoptera of Japan. 53

naming many of these divisions by a prefix to the

common generic name, using, ¢e.g., Hoplapoderus as a

subgenus of Apoderus; Heterolabus as a subgenus of

Attelabus; and so on. But if Bedel’s change were

accepted, Hoplapoderus would be a subgenus of Attelabus,

and Heterolabus a subgenus of Cyphus. I reject the

change proposed by Bedel as being a source of the

ereatest confusion, and as offering no advantage what-

ever to compensate for this.

Attelabus is widely distributed in the warmer regions

of the world, and its species are specially numerous in

Tropical America. Japan possesses, so far as we at

present know, only three or four species, of which two

are Chinese insects, and the other two have their allies

in Kastern Asia far to the south.

Attelabus rufipennis.

Phialodes rufipennis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XVll., p. 188.

2 Attelabus rubripennis, Chevrolat, C. R. Soc. Ent.

Belg., Xx1.,, p. XXX1.

Var. thorace vel ex parte vel in toto testaceo.

Phialodes distinctus, Roelofs, 1. c.

This remarkable species appears to very variable in

the colour of the legs and thorax. Of the few examples

I have seen most are intermediate between the form

with quite black, and that with quite yellow thorax.

Mr. Lewis procured a single example at Miyanoshita

of a very small variety, with shorter antenne and more

obsolete sculpture ; and | have a specimen in my own

collection of another variety from Assam.

Chevrolat’s diagnosis accords with this species except

as regards the punctuation of the elytra.

Attelabus lewisw, n. 8.

Niger, vertice, thorace, elytris femoribusque anterioribus lete

rufis; oculis perconvexis, inter sese longius distantibus; thorace

parce punctulato; elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis. Long.

6—7 mm.

Mas, pedibus anterioribus elongatis, tibiis curvatis.

Antenne rather stout, with elongate, oblong, abrupt, compact,

but evidently three-jointed club; rather widely separated at their

54 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

insertion, the longitudinal elevations between them short and

slight; the eyes remarkably prominent, widely separated, in the

male rather nearer to the apex of the rostrum than to the front of

the thorax, the vertex in the female rather shorter, so that the eyes

are in it rather nearer to the thorax than to the apex of the

rostrum. Thorax but little punctate, with deep transverse channel

in front of the base. Scutellum rather elongate and large. Elytra

with regular series of punctures, coarse at the base, finer towards

the extremity, interstices without sculpture.

Of this distinct species a good series was obtained,

exhibiting no variation except that of the sexes. It is

allied to the Kast Indian A. discolor, Sch., though very

different in colour and sculpture. It also lives in Central

China.

Attelabus cupreus.

Attelabus cupreus, Roelofs, Ann. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p- 139.

This is apparently the nearest ally yet discovered to

the Indian T'rachelolabus whitei, Jekel.

Attelabus ceruleus.

Attelabus cwruleus, Jekel, Ins. Saund., i1., p. 202.

A mutilated specimen—not found by Mr. Lewis him-

self—is all the evidence I have seen to confirm this

species as Japanese. It is, 1 believe, a rather common

insect in Central and Southern China.

Evoprs.

Kvoprs, Schénherr, Gen. Curce., v., p. 318.

This genus is looked upon by Lacordaire as doubtfully

valid, the position of the eyes being, as he says, the only

character given to distinguish it from Attelabus. This

point is, however, not sufficiently constant either in

Attelabus (inclusive of Huscelus) or Euops to serve as a

means of distinguishing the two; but I find, on examining

a series of species, that the sexual characters are peculiar

in the female sex of Huops, so that the genus is a

natural one. In the other genera of Attelabide the

female is distinguished from the male by the possession

of a second uncus on each of the tibie, but in the female

of Huops this second uncus is not present. On the

other hand, this sex possesses, in all the species I have

Coleoptera of Japan. 55

seen, a very peculiar character in the presence of a

double row of erect pubescence on each of the basal

three ventral plates.

Euops is peculiar to the extreme East, where it

extends from Japan to Australia. The species are of

small size, but some of them of very beautiful colora-

tion.*

Euops splendens.

Attelabus (Euscelus?) splendens, Roelofs, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Belg., xvii., p. 139.

The female of this species possesses the curious double

ridges of pubescence on the middle ventral segments

that exist likewise in the same sex in the Australian

species of the genus. ‘The eyes are not quite contiguous

in . splendens. Found on an oak ; is not rare.

Huops lespedeze, n. s.

Attelabus lespedeze, Lewis, Cat. Col. Jap., No. 1601

(not described).

Niger, elytris violaceis, prothorace disco concentrice punctato,

elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis. Long. 3—3} mm.

The eyes in this species are not really contiguous, though at one

spot they are as closely approximated as possible; the vertex is

coarsely punctate; the prothorax is rather coarsely punctured in

an irregular manner, the punctures on the disc being, as it were,

elongated and arranged around a median space ; there is a trans-

verse impression across the middle more or less interrupted on the

disc, and the basal transverse groove is deep. The scutellum is

minute, viridescent. The elytra are of a beautiful dark violet

colour, and are deeply punctate with regular series of punctures,

which are deeper and coarser at the base than they are nearer to

the extremity.

The sexual characters are the same as in FI. splendens,

except that the front tibie of the male are not so

* The largest Huops I have seen is H. wallacei, n.s. 2. Lete

cyaneus, subtus viridi-cyaneus, valde convexus; prothorace parce

punctato, elytris regulariter seriatim punctatis, interstitiis paulo

convexis. Long. (rostro deflexo) 5mm. Hab. N. Guinea (A. R.

Wallace). Eyes contiguous, vertex subgibbous, club of antenne

elongate. Elytra of a very beautiful blue colour, the sides just

behind the shoulders with an excessively minute acute prominence.

56 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

elongate, and that the prominence on the inner margin

of the front tibiae of the female is more abrupt and

angular.

Lives on Lespedeza sieboldi.

Euops politus.

Attelabus politus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p. 140.

In the male of this species the eyes are at one spot as

nearly contiguous as can well be; in the female they

are very slightly more distant. The front tibie are

feebly bisinuous on their inner margin, and there is but

little difference between the sexes in this respect, the

male tibiz being, however, a little more elongate.

Euops phedonius, n. s.

Cyaneo-viridis, nitidus, prothorace parce punctato, elytris

seriatim fortiter punctatis. Long. 4 mm.

Closely allied to EH. politus, but of a darker colour above, larger

in size, with much broader elytra, and certainly distinguished by

the eyes being rather larger, so that they are quite confluent at

their inner margins. There is but little sexual difference in the

front tibiz ; in the female they are a little shorter and thicker, and

feebly bisinuous along the inner margin.

A fine series has been brought back by Mr. Lewis.

As in the other Japanese species of the genus, the

thorax varies a little in its sculpture, but it is finer in

E. phedonius than in any of the others.

2 Huops punctato-striatus.

2 Attelabus punctato-striatus, Motsch., Etudes Ent., ix.,

p. 22.

It would seem probable, from the size given by

Motschoulsky, that his species is a Huops of the EH.

splendens group, but I cannot reconcile his diagnosis

satisfactorily with either of the Japanese species before

me, and it is by no means improbable that it may prove

not to be a Huops at all.

Euops pustulosus, n. s.

Niger, supra eneo-niger; dense punctatus, thorace elytrisque

tuberculis plurimis subelevatis. Long. 4mm,

Coleoptera of Japan. 57

Very distinct from the other species of the genus by its peculiar

sculpture, which recalls that of a small Chlamys. The thorax

is densely punctate, but there are two large spaces in front of the

base that are somewhat elevated, and are less punctate, and in

front of these there are two or three obscure smaller elevations.

The punctuation of the elytra is irregular, and each wing-case

bears two longitudinal series of elevations that are not punctate.

The eyes are contiguous at one small spot in each sex. The male

has the front tibiz rather more slender and elongate than they are

in the female, and the truncature of the extremity of the middle

tibie remarkably elongate.

A good series of specimens on a species of evergreen-

oak.

RHYNCHITIDA.

This family, as well as the Attelabide, forms an

exception to the normal mode of closure behind of the

anterior coxal cavities. Nevertheless, in this respect it

is very different from the Attelabide. In the former

family the apices of the epimera are widely separated

by a piece that I have called the centro-sternal piece;

whereas in Lthynchitide the points of the epimera some-

times meet, but sometimes are separated by the centro-

sternal piece, which latter usually remains small, being,

however, larger in Aderorhinus than in any other genus

in which I have observed it. This character, though

variable in the family from species to species, appears

to me to offer a valuable means of separating genera.

Thus Rhynchites differs from Deporaus in having the

apices of the epimera joined, they being separated by

the interposition of the centro-sternal piece in Deporaus.

This character necessitates the separation of R. hungari-

cus and R. bicolor auct. from the other Rhynchites, as

they have the epimera separated at their apices, and I

propose for them the name of Merhynchites.*

** Merhynchites nov. gen. Rhynchitidis affinis, sed prosterni

epimeris apicibus a prosterno separatis. Rostrum elongatum.

Pygidium haud occultum. To include R. hungaricusand R. bicolor,

auct. The R. bicolor of Leconte, Rhynch. N. America, p. 7, con-

sists of more than one species, as, on examination of two of his

so-called ‘‘races,” I find there are good structural characters to

distinguish them,

58 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

Bycttscus.

Byctiscus, Thomson, Sk. Col., vii., p. 29; Bedel,

Faune Col. Seine, vi., p. 24.

This genus is valid, though the character on which

Thomson founded it is erroneous; the hind coxe are

not smaller than they are in Rhynchites, and the mode of

articulation with the side piece of the metathorax is

similar in the two genera; the first ventral plate is,

however, lobed so as to cover and conceal the outer part

of the coxe. The genus has, however, been correctly

defined by Bedel.

The genus seems most numerous in species in the

Oriental regions ; until comparatively recently it would

have appeared to be more specially European: there

are, however, only two species in Europe, whereas I

now record five from Japan, and am acquainted with

others from China, the Indo-Chinese Peninsula, and

Kast India.

Byctiscus is a most difficult genus as regards the

determination of its species. When I made my first

study of the Japan collection, I thought too many species

had been established in the genus; but a second study,

after examination of what has been done by Faust,

Roelofs, and others, has led me to believe that it is more

probable that the species are rather numerous, but very

variable as regards the colour of the upper surface. I

am, however, far from entertaining any strong opinion

on the point, as the specimens at my disposal are not

sufficiently numerous; and, moreover, observations in

the field are required.

Byctiscus motschoulskyt.

Rhynchites motschoulskyt, Lewis, Cat. Jap. Col.,

No. 1607 (not described).

2 R. betuleti, Motsch., Etudes Ent., ix., p. 21 (not

described).

Byctiscus congener, Faust, Deutsche Ent. Z., xxvi.,

p- 290 (nec Jekel).

Var. ?, elytris purpureo-plagiatis.

Rhynchites princeps, Solsky, Hor. Soc. Ross, viii.,

p. 284 (2).

R. regalis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg , xvii., p. 142.

Coleoptera of Japan. 59

IT have little doubt, from Faust’s remarks, that this is

the species referred to by him, l. ¢., as R. congener, but

it is not the R. congener of Jekel, of which typical

examples are in our national collection and my own

collection (from coll. Saunders) ; thus it seems possible

that the species may be in want of a description: this I

do not make at present, as the Japanese examples before

me vary so much that it is possible there may be more

than one species amongst them ; but the small series,—

mostly females,—does not guide me to a conclusion.

That the beautiful insect described by M. Roelofs as

R. regalis is the same species as the larger green

examples (congener, Faust) is not even quite certain to

me, though it is clear that the colour is not of importance

in distinguishing it. Under these circumstances I prefer

not interfering with the nomenclature.

Byctiscus venustus.

Fhynchites venustus, Pascoe, Ann. N. H. (4), xv., 1875,

p- 398.

fh. haroldi, Roelofs, C R. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxii., p. liii;

and Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxiv., p. 17.

This beautiful msect is extremely variable in the

colour of the upper surface, and some of its examples,

at first sight, appear almost similar to B. motschoulskyi,

but B. venustus may always be distinguished by the

purple-violet colour of the under surface, legs, and

scutellum. I have little doubt R. haroldi, Roelofs, is

this species, although it would be inferred from his

remarks as to the male characters, that the sex in

question is destitute of thoracic spines :—‘‘ La dent des

hanches, chez le male, que je n’ai observée chez aucun

autre Rhynchites, constitute le caractére le plus re-

marquable de cette espece. LHlle parait remplacer, dans

une certaine mesure, les épines si communes chez les $

d’autres espéces du genre,” /.c., p. 18. This, however, is

erroneous ; the tubercle on the coxe is not sexual, but is

specific, existing in the female as well as in the male.

Moreover, it is present in other species of the genus;

extremely slight in B. betuleti, so that it can only be

detected by a careful examination; it is well-marked in

B. motschoulskyi, and strongly prominent in B. regalis,

Roelofs. The discovery of this character is due to

60 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

M. Roelofs, and it is deserving of attention as an

assistance in the discrimination of the species of this

most difficult genus.

fh. venustus was found on a large-leafed acer; R. regalis

on a species of ampelopsis.

Byctiscus reversus, n. s.

&- Supra aurato-purpureus, subtus cum pedibus violaceo-

cyaneus ; thorace parce punctato, utrinque spina crassa, brevissima

armato, elytris fortiter irregulariter punctatis. Long. rostro por-

recto, 6 mm.

This is much smaller than B. venustus, and, though I

have only one example before me, I think it more than

probable it will prove to be a distinct species. The

very short spines on the side of the thorax, the sparing

punctuation of that part, and the fact that it is less

elongate, seem to me sufficient for its distinction; there

is very little angular dilatation of the rostrum at the

sides, and the submental plate is not produced over the

mouth. ‘Thus I have little doubt we have here a species

intermediate between B. venustus and B. populi.

Miyanoshita, May, 1880; one specimen.

Byctiscus fausti, n.s.

Minor ; infra pedibusque purpureo-cyaneus; supra colore varia-

bilis, vel, auratus vel purpureus vel cyaneus, nitidus fere absque

pubescentia, elytris fortiter punctatis, punctis subseriatis. Long.

4—5 mm.

Mas, thorace utrinque minute spinoso.

Similar to B. populi, but with a much shorter rostrum, with the

antenne inserted more on the upper surface of the rostrum, so that

it is compressed between them and very convex; the antenne also

are nearer to the eyes, and the surface between the eyes and the

antennal insertion appears somewhat depressed. In the male the

thoracic spines are very small, and the submental plate is not

produced. The species, therefore, is not at all closely allied to

B. populi. The antenne are very thick, and the basal two joints

of the club are transversely quadrate, their margins remarkably

rectilinear. The thorax is sparingly punctate, shining; the elytra

coarsely punctate, with a few finer punctures on the interstices.*

* The following species is allied both to B. fausti and B. popult :

—B. parvulus, nu.s. 3. Minor, infra nigro-eyaneus, supra aurato-

viridis, elytris absque pubescentia, fortius punctatis, thorace utrin-

que minutissime spinoso. Long. cum rostro,5 mm, Hab. Siberia

Coleoptera of Japan. 61

Named in honour of Herr J. Faust, of Liban, in Fin-

land, whose labours on the Rhynchophorous Coleoptera

are worthy of high praise.

Byctiscus lacunipennis.*

Rhynchites lacunipennis, Jekel, Ins. Saunders, 1i.,

p. 225; Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Belg., xvii., p. 140.

Attelabus ? cicatricosus, Motsch., in Schrenck. Reise

Amur, p.178.

Byctiscus cicatricosus, Faust, Deutsche Ent. Z., xxvi.,

Derroles

This species was described in the same year by

Motschoulsky and Jekel; and Faust, remarking this,

elected to use the name proposed by Motschoulsky ; but

he failed to notice that Roelofs had previously made the

same remark, and preferred the name given by Jekel.

The two names being thus both in use, and apparently

of simultaneous origin, I think it is proper to follow

M. Roelofs’ example.

RHYNCHITES.

Ruynouites, Herbst, Nat. Kaf., vii., p. 123.

Dicranoenatuus, Redtenbacher, Hug. Kaschm., iv., 2,

[ioe

This genus 1s numerous in species, and probably exists

in all the warm and temperate regions of the large con-

tinents of both hemispheres: but the exotic species as

yet described are not very numerous. Dicranognathus

is registered by Lacordaire and the authors of the

Munich Catalogue as distinct, but the characters given

orientalis. Allied to B. populi, but with shorter rostrum, slender

finely punctate thorax, armed in the male with only very minute

spines, and with the sculpture of the elytra rather more dense and

rugose. The submental plate is produced, and much the same in

shape as it is in B. populi, but is not so dependent and not so far

separated from the mouth.

* The following interesting species, allied to B. lacunipennis,

greatly extends the geographical range of the genus :—B. morosus,

n.s. @. Cyaneo-violaceus, haud nitidus, thorace dense rugoso;

scutello transversim lineare ; elytris regulariter, profunde, grosse-

que seriatim punctatis, interstitiis dense punctatis. Long. 53mm.

Hab. Laos (Mouhot).

62 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

for it apply completely to Rhynchites, and a specimen of

Redtenbacher’s species in our national collection 1s appa-

rently rather close to the Japanese R. wrsulus, Roel.

Rhynchites heros.

Rhynchites heros, Roelofs. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii,

p- 141.

Var. R. swnptuosus, Roelofs, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

KVIlle5 Ps CXMKIT

This is apparently a very variable species, but I see

no characters in the small series before me that would

make me suppose it consists of more than one species.

Mr. Lewis has not obtained the var. swmptuosus.

It is a remarkable fact that in this species the apices

of the prosternal epimera are slightly separated, the

point of the centro-sternal piece penetrating between

them at the base, and their hind margins not closing

behind this. Thus it will probably form a genus distinct

from Rk. auratus and bacchus, to which it is im many

characters so very similar.

Feeds on prunus and ertobotrya.

Rhynchites ursulus.

Rhyncehites ursulus, Roel., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii,

p. 142.

I have broken up a specimen of this remarkable species

in order to ascertain the structure of the prosternum,

which cannot very well be seen in an unbroken example

owing to the hair. It proves to be a true Rhynchites,

with the prosternal epimera larger than usual, and in

front of them a very minute centro-sternal piece. It is

a curious fact that in this insect, where the colour of the

exposed parts of the body is so different from that of

other species of Rhynchites, the dorsal plates of the hind

body when the wing-cases are opened display the blue

colour seen in other species on the outer surface.

Rare, and not recently met with Occurs on a short

mountain-oak.

Rhynchites sanguinipennis.

Rhynchites sanguinipennis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg., xvu., p. 144.

This has not been met with again, and the male is

Coleoptera of Japan. 63

unknown. The species is a true Rhynchites, with the

prosternal epimera joined behind the coxe.

Rhynchites plumbeus.

Rhynchites plumbeus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XVli., p. 148.

The British Museum collection includes a specimen of

this species from N. China.

Found on a species of Bryonia.

Rhynchites amabilis.

Rhynchites amabilis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

xvu. p. 145.

This was described from two individuals, and two

others have now been procured: the sexual differences

are very slight, but the male has a rather shorter and

thicker rostrum. The species is extremely close to

R. parallelinus, but the head is a little broader, and there

is a slight difference in the sculpture of the base of the

elytra; in R. parallelinus the sutural stria is continued

quite straight to the base; in R. amabilis it diverges a

little at the scutellum, and there is an additional large

puncture placed on the interstice just where it begins to

get broader.

Faust has described a species, R. hirticollis, from

Amur-land, which must be very close to R. amabilis.

Rhynchites placidus, n. s.

Cxruleus, pube depressa, pallida vestitus; elytris regulariter

seriatim punctatis, seriebus subtilibus, ad apicem obsoletis, inter-

stitiis dense punctatis, interstitio primo ad basin punctis nullis

(vel tantum uno) adjectis; prothorace dense sat fortiter punctato ;

capite lato oculis prominulis. Long. cum rostro, 5 mm.

This is closely allied to R. amabilis, but is easily dis-

tinguished by the more fine sculpture, and the pallid

depressed pubescence. MR. levior, Faust, from Kast

Siberia, must also be closely allied to R. placidus, but in

the Japanese species the thorax is quite as densely

punctate as it is in R. amabilis and parallelinus.

Three examples ; Tokio, Yokohama, Junsai.

64 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

Rhynchites funebris, n. s.

Latior, niger, capite brevi sat lato; prothorace densissime punc-

tato, opaco; elytris seriatim punctatis, seriebus subtilibus, inter-

stitiis parce punctatis, nitidis, interstitio primo ad basin punctis

nullis (vel tantum uno) adjectis. Long. absque rostro, 5} mm.;

rostri, 2 mm.

This also is allied to R. amabilis, but is of large size, entirely

black in colour, and has a much finer sculpture. The eyes are not

large ; the head between them is very deeply and coarsely punc-

tate. The thorax is much narrower than the elytra, rounded at

the sides, deeply and very densely punctate, subcarinate along the

middle. Elytra with short pubescence, very regular series of fine

punctures, and the interstices only finely and quite sparingly

punctate.

Sapporo; one example, probably a female.

Rhynchites pilosus.

Rhynchites pilosus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p. 145.

Described by M. Roelofs from two individuals. It

appears, however, to be the least rare of the Japanese

species of the genus, and I have now before me a fine

series of examples from various localities, amongst

which Yezo is included.

R. pilosus is remarkable from the elongate hairs

clothing the surface; these are erect, dark in colour,

and by no means dense. The species is not allied to

R. conicus, but is perhaps more similar to R. parallelinus :

but it has a narrower thorax, and more scanty punctua-

tion: the series of punctures on the elytra are not

placed in striz, consequently there is not the least

elevation of the interstices; the punctures of the inter-

stices are large but not numerous. The difference

between the sexes seems very slight: the punctuation of

the thorax is denser in some examples; except in this

the specimens exhibit little variety.

Rhynchites brevirostris.

Rhynchites brevirostris, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

xvi, p. 148.

This also was described from two examples ; a male of

Coleoptera of Japan. ~ 65°

it was, however, returned by M. Roelofs.as an undescribed »

species: his remarks, l.c., as to the: sexual distinctions

require correction. The male is rarely so large as the

female, and has a much narrower head, the distance:

between the eyes being much less than it is in the other

sex; the rostrum is more slender, and not at all dilated

at the tip, the mandibles being feeble, and the teeth on

their outer edge inconspicuous. These characters bri ing

the species very near to our R&R. ophthalmicus, but brevi-

rostris has the serial sculpture on the elytra coarser, the

setosity shorter, and the antenne more slender ; so that

I think it is a distinct species.

Rhynchites assimilis.

Rhynchites assimilis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

Xvil., p. 146.

This is nearer to R. alliarie than to any other of our

European species, but the setosity is shorter and the

sculpture finer: there are several intercalated punctures

at the base of the first interstice. The distinctions of

the sexes are slight.

Rhynchites cupreus.

Curculio cupreus, L., Syst. Nat., ed. xil., i., pt. 2,

p. 608.

Sapporo; one specimen. This insect has been re-

corded from Siberia as well as Hurope: the identity with

the European species is not quite certain on this single

example, the colour being more purple.

Rhynchites dybofskyt ?.

2 Rhynchites dybofskyi, Faust, Deutsche Ent. Z., 1877,

p. 289.

Cyaneus, elytris violaceis, parce breviterque pubescens; rostro

mediocri; prothorace parvo, subcylindrico, crebrius punctato ;

elytris seriatim fortiter punctatis, interstitiis subconvexis, fortiter

punctatis. Long. cum rostro, 64 mm.

_ Antenne rather slender ; rostrum about as long as the head and

the thorax, the latter only about half as broad as the elytra, the

punctures rather small, but deep and numerous, the interstices

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) F

66 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

shining, not rugulose. Elytra with series of large punctures, as

deep behind as in front; the interstices coarsely punctured.

The determination is by no means certain. R. dy-

bofskyi appears to have been described from a single

male, and was distinguished from R. cupreus by the

ventral segments not being densely punctate in the

male. In our English examples of R. cupreus I do not,

however, find any sexual difference in the ventral punc-

tuation, and I shall not be surprised if cupreus be found

to be more variable than has hitherto been supposed;

and it may then include perhaps these Siberian and

Japanese forms, but the specimens obtained are quite

insufficient to decide the question.

Four specimens in bad preservation: one from Tokio,

one from Sapporo ; also one without locality.

Rhynchites conicus.

Rhynchites conicus, Ilig., Mag., vi., p. 806.

Subashiri; Wada-togé, 1st August, 1881. Three

examples. This European species has also been found

in Siberia.

Rhynchites apertus, n. s.

Minor, viridi-cyaneus, elytris cyaneis; brevissime pubescens;

rostro brevi, capite haud lato; prothorace subcylindrico, crebre

punctato, sat nitido; elytris seriatim fortiter punctatis, interstitis

subconvexis, parce subtiliter punctatis. Long. cum rostro vix

3mm. ’

Rostrum short, in the male only about as long as the head, in

the female a little longer; head moderately broad, finely and

sparingly punctate. Thorax rather longer than broad, greatly

narrower than the elytra, nearly cylindric, rather closely punctate,

the punctures neither coarse nor rugulose, the interstices shming.

Elytra with series of coarse punctures, with very little punctuation

on the narrow subconvex interstices. Legs short and stout, basal

joint of the hind tarsi quite short.

This minute species is somewhat near R. conicus ; the

first row of punctures is quite regular at the base, and

there are no intercalated punctures.

Six specimens; on the main island, and on Yezo,

Kashiwagi, Nagasaki, and Chiuzenji.

Coleoptera of Japan. 67

Rhynchites apionoides, n. 8.

Minor, cyaneo-niger, brevissime pubescens; capite angusto ;

prothorace parvo, ruguloso; elytris subtiliter seriatim punctatis,

interstitiis haud convexis parce subtiliter punctatis. Long. cum

rostro, 84 mm.

Rostrum moderately stout, scarcely longer than the thorax ;

head narrow, rather long, coarsely and sparingly punctate. Thorax

much narrower than the elytra, a little rounded at the sides, about

as long as broad, rugose. lHlytra with series of rather fine

punctures—towards the apex quite fine—the interstices broad,

quite flat, sparingly almost seriately punctate. Legs short.

An obscure little insect, not closely allied to any other

species; the difference between the sexes seems very

slight.

Plain of Fujisan.

Rhynchites singularis.

Rhynchites singularis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XVli., p. 147.

Although so peculiar in colour and clothing, this

species seems structurally near R. conicus.

Rhynchites truncatus, un. 8.

Brevis, pube brevi, depressa vestitus, niger, prothorace sub-

eenescente, elytris plumbeo-cyaneis, capite letius enescente; dense

punctatus; prothorace lato, oculis prominulis. Long. cum rostro,

4 mm. ;

Antennsx black, with broad moderately long club. Rostrum

rather longer than the thorax. Head large, eyes prominent,

widely separated, distant from the thoracic margin, the vertex

rather closely punctate. Thorax broad, but much narrower than

the elytra, subcircular, densely punctate. Hlytra with very

regular series of moderately coarse punctures, the interstices

rather convex, sparingly punctate. Pygidium exposed; legs

rather short, the suture between the first and second ventral

segments excessively deep.

This is a very peculiar species, and appears to con-

nect R. tristis with the more typical forms of the genus.

Miyanoshita, May, 1880.

68 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

Rhynchites tristis ?.

Attelabus tristis, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., p: 454. .

Mr. Lewis obtained a single mutilated male example

of an insect closely allied to the European Rhynchates

tristis, but I think probably distinct therefrom. Faust

has described an allied species from East Siberia as

R. depressus, but I do not think our Japanese insect can

possibly be it.

Miyanoshita.

ADERORHINUS, N. g.

Coxe anteriores elongati. Prosternum post coxas minus breve,

epimeris a ligula triangulari separatis. Sutura prima ventrali

subobliterata.

This genus has the prosternum formed in a rather different

manner to what is usual, the coxe being placed quite in front,

while behind the coxe the prosternum is longer than usual; the

epimera are rather widely separated, and a ligula or tongue projects

backwards between them, but is connected with the epimera only

at the front part, so that there exists a deep narrow.separation, or

apparent excision, on each side of the middle. The elytra leave

only a portion of the pygidium exposed.

In other respects this insect is peculiar, the rostrum

being broad, short, and strongly curved; the maxille

very large, the submentum also very large, the mentum

itself very small: the first and second ventral segments

are anchylosed, and are large in comparison with the

following segments. There is only one species in the

genus, and I do not know any other of the Rhynchitide

that much resembles it. It is allied to Hugnamptus by

the slender club to the antenne, and by the ventral

seoments, but differs strongly from it in appearance, and

by the peculiar structure of the apices of the prosternal

epimera, as well as by the somewhat shorter basal joint

of the hind foot.

Aderorhinus crioceroides.

Rhynchites cricoceroides, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XVll., p. 147.

This is apparently a rare insect, but occurs in Yezo,

as well as in the main island, on an evergreen-oak,

| Coleoptera of Japan. 69

EUGNAMPTUS.

This genus has been distinguished from Rhynchites

hitherto by no very good character, the best being the

greater elongation of the basal joint of the posterior

tarsi; this is however variable in both of the genera,

and cannot be relied on to define the two genera

satisfactorily. Hugnamptus is, however, a valid genus,

and can be distinguished by other more important

characters. The centro-sternal piece of the prosternum

is very peculiar in form; it is triangular, with the sides

a little curvate, and is acuminate behind; it is inter-

posed between the epimera, with which it is soldered by

a very oblique suture on each side; the epimera do not

meet behind it, though they project farther back than it,

and the space separating their apices is of variable

width according to the species, being very broad in

EH. aurifrons, quite narrow in LE. flavipes.

In Hugnamptus the first ventral suture is nearly or

quite obliterated, and the pygidium is quite covered by

the wing-cases, except that it may be distinguished

between their rounded and somewhat divergent apices ;

the eyes are large, the club of the antenne elongate,

slender, and laxly articulated, and the basal joint of the

tarsi is elongate.

The genus will probably prove numerous in species in

the tropics of both hemispheres, but I do not think the

Eastern species will ultimately be associated in the same

genus with those of the New World.

Eugnamptus fragilis, n. s.

Subdepressus, lete cyaneus, nitidus, parce longius setosus, an-

tennis rostro pedibusque nigris; elytris seriatim punctatis, inter-

stitiis fere levigatis, primo ad basin punctis adjectis circiter sex.

Long. cum rostro, 5—53} mm.

Antenne very slender, club extremely elongate and loosely

articulated. Rostrum broad, expanded towards the tip, and nearly

as long as the thorax in the female ; in the male more slender, only

about as long as the head ; eyes very large, larger in the male than

in the female. Thorax slender, conico-cylindrical, shining, rather

sparingly and not coarsely punctate. Elytra elongate, with regular

series of punctures, and shining, flat, not punctate interstices.

Legs hairy; basal joint of hind tarsus scarcely so long as the three

following together. :

70 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

Osaka, July 7th, 1881; Miyanoshita, May, 1880. One

pair. Although not taken together, I have no doubt

they are the sexes of one species.

Eugnamptus flavipes, n. 8.

Niger, thorace subvirescente, capite lete cupreo, elytris an-

tennisque fusco-testaceis, harum clava pedibusque flavis; corpore

supra pedibusque minus dense setosellis. Long. cum rostro,

4+ mm.

The elongate joints of the club of the antenne are paler than the

other joints; the head is sparingly punctate, canaliculate in front ;

the thorax is subcylindric, longer than broad, coarsely but not

rugosely punctate. Elytra with very regular series of coarse

punctures, the interstices very slightly convex, impunctate. Ven-

tral segments shining, impunctate, with an elongate, erect, exces-

sively fine scanty pubescence.

Kobé and Fukushima in July, 1881; two specimens.

Eugnamptus aurifrons.

Eugnamptus aurifrons, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

Xvli., p. 151.

DEPoRAUS.

Deporavs, Samouelle, Ent. Comp., 1819, p. 201.

This genus is entitled to distinction from Rhynchites,

as has been already stated by Bedel and by Faust. The

character they rely on, viz., the exposure of the pro-

ygidium, as well as the pygidium, is, however, subject

to some exception, as in D. mannerheimii and some

others the male has only the pygidium exposed. There

exists, however, another more important character, for

in Deporaus the apices of the prosternal epimera are

separated by the centro-sternal piece.

Deporaus will probably prove an extensive and varied

genus, as I have seen species differing much from one

another in appearance and colour, found in the eastern

tropics, that must be placed in it.

Faust (Deutsche Ent. Z., xxxi., p. 163) places Rhyn-

cites tristis in Deporaus. The only certainly authentic

example of R. tristis at my disposal has the propygidium

and part of the pygidium covered by the elytra, and the

apices of the epimera are apparently joined; so I have

placed the species in Rhynchites,

Coleoptera of Japan. 71

Deporaus unicolor.

Rhynchites unicolor, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

Xvil., p. 149.

Deporaus affectatus.

Deporaus affectatus, Faust, Deutsche Ent. Z., xxxi.,

1887, p. 163.

Herr Faust describes this species from Hast Siberia,

and also records it from Japan on the authority of one

specimen. Mr. Lewis has procured two examples that are

distinct from D. unicolor, and may be Faust’s species ;

they are more elongate, have the punctures in the series

on the wing-cases smaller, and the interstices broader ;

the antenne are considerably longer and the eyes larger.

Kiga.

Deporaus fuscipennis, n. 8.

Angustus, niger, elytris antennarumque basi fuscis, antennarum

clava pedibusque flavis. Long. cum rostro, 4mm.

Quite similar in form to D. mannerheimi, but very different in

colour. Antenne very similar in form to those of mannerheimi ;

rostrum of the female slightly shorter. Head elongate, sparingly

punctate, with a large impression in front between the eyes.

Thorax very slender, cylindric, but a little narrowed in front,

sparingly punctate, disc slightly impressed. Elytra with regular

series of rather large deep punctures, interstices narrow, very

sparingly punctate. Legs clear yellow.

Chiuzenji, August 23rd, 1881. One specimen of the

female sex.

Deporaus mannerheimi.

Rhynchites mannerhermii, Hummel, Ess. ent., iii.,

p. 45, No. 3, pl. i., f. 4, a, b, et iv., p. 4.

R. megacephalus, Germ., Ins. Sp. Nov., p. 187.

Var. R. planipennis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

Xvil., p. 150.

M. Roelofs seems to have had some doubt as to whether

his R. planipennis was really distinct from the Kuropean

species. I can find no character of any importance to

distinguish the two, and unite them with but little

hesitation; the female of the Japanese form has the

rostrum rather longer, so that it may be considered a

variety.

According to Bergroth and Bedel the trivial name

72 Dr. Sharp on the Rhynchophorous

mannerheimit is older than megacephalus, although it has

been usually treated as subsequent.

Deporaus amurensis. —

Rhynchites amurensis, Faust, Deutsche Ent. Z., xxvi.,

p. 285.

Schonfeldt, in his Catalogue Sup., 1888, p. 49, states

he has a single example of this species from Tokio.

AULETES.

AuLETES, Schénherr, Gen. et Spec. Cure., i., 1, p. 248.

IT am not acquainted with the typical species, A.

tubicen, of this genus; it is said to have the claws

unappendiculate. If that be the case, the Japanese

species here assigned to it will have to be placed in

another genus.

Auletes basilaris.

Auletes .basilaris (Gyll.), Schén., Cure., v., pt. i,

p. 346.

This has not hitherto been recorded from Siberia, but

I have examples of it from Amur-land in my collection.

Mr. Lewis procured it very sparingly in Japan, at Fuku-

shima, on July 27th, and at Wada-togé on August Ist,

188i vox

Auletes puberulus.

Auletes puberulus, Faust, Deutsche Ent. Z., xxvi.,

1882, p. 283.

Faust’s description was made on an insect found in

Amut-land. I refer to it, with some doubt, two speci-

mens in bad preservation, found by Mr. Lewis at Oyama.

Though similar to A. wniformis in size and colour and

pubescence, the species is readily distinguished by the

insertion of the antenne being basal.

Auletes calvus, n. 8.

Niger, sat nitidus, fortiter punctatus, antennis minus elongatis,

articulis 202—8m rufo-obscuris. Long. cum rostro, 2} mm.

Rostrum slender, but rather short, with very little sculpture.

Antenne inserted quite at the base of the rostrum. Head shining,

coarsely and closely punctate. Thorax much rounded at the sides,

Coleoptera of Japan. 73

closely and coarsely punctate. Elytra also coarsely punctate, the

sculpture on the basal part slightly granular.

Ogura lake, July 1st, 1881 ; a single specimen.

This insect is without any pubescence on the upper

surface: it is possible, as I have only one example to

judge from, that this may be due to abrasion, but I do

not think so; even if that should prove to be the case,

the species may be distinguished from the preceding by

its smaller size, rather shorter rostrum, antenne, and

thorax. In A. calvus the ninth and tenth joints of the

antenne are transverse; in A. puberulus this is not the

case. ‘The prosternal epimera are, I think, connected

together behind the coxe.

Auletes submaculatus, n. 8.

Corpore subtus, capite rostroque nigris, thorace rufo-testaceo,

elytris testaceis, pube depressa subvariegatis. Long. cum rostro,

4} mm.

Rostrum slender ; antenne long and slender, blackish, the bases

of each of the middle joints largely yellow. Thorax excessively

densely punctate, so as to be almost rugose, but the punctuation is

not coarse. Elytra subasperately, but finely sculptured, clothed

with a depressed pallid pubescence over a broad space at the base,

then bare across the middle, and on each in front of the apex with

an irregular ring of pallid pubescence. Legs yellow, apices of the

tarsi fuscous. Claws appendiculate.

Of this very distinct species only a single example was

found; it issomewat immature. August 27th, 1881.

Auletes fumigatus.

Auletes fumigatus, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p. 151.

Auletes testaceus.

Auletes testaceus, Roelofs, U. ¢., p. 152.

AULETOBIUS.

DessrocHers, L’ Abeille, v., p. 396.

This genus appears to me entitled to distinction from

Auletes. The rostrum is broader, the antenne inserted

some distance in front of its base, and in addition, in all

74 Rhynchophorous Coleoptera of Japan.

the species I have examined, viz., A. politus, A. maculi-

pennis, A. pubescens, and A. uniformis, the prosternal

epimera do not meet behind, whereas in Auletes they do.

Ido not understand for what reason the author, when

establishing the genus, placed A. basilaris in it, as it

does not agree with the characters he ascribed to Aule-

tobius.

Auletobius uniformis.

Auletes uniformis, Roelofs, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvii.,

p. 152.

(45: )

III. Description of a variety of Ornithoptera Brookiana

(female). By the Rev. Francis Aucustus WALKER,

DED eS. 40C:

[Read December 5th, 1888.]

Tue variety of O. Brookiana (female) which I here

endeavour to describe resembles in some particulars the

ordinary type of the male, and has also some resem-

blance to the ordinary type of the female. I have named

it Hleanor, and it is the only variety of this singularly

handsome and elegant species that I have ever seen. It

is the more valuable as even the ordinary type of the

female of the species is singularly rare and difficult of

acquisition, probably 99 out of every 100 specimens

forwarded to this country being males.

Hewitson describes the male as being divided on the

anterior wing, below the middle, into seven hastate spots

pointing to the outer margin, which they nearly touch.

These seven hastate spots of metallic, or according to

Hewitson, golden green,—which might perhaps be more

appropriately designated triangular patches,—are repre-

sented in the variety Hleanor by five spots or patches,

the sixth, and especially the seventh, consisting of mere

streaks. In fact the seventh spot of the male is replaced

in this variety by a mere thread of green, only just

visible. It is noticeable also that the green patches

on the anterior wings are more distinctly divided by

a black line than in the male, corresponding in this

respect to the posterior wings of the male which

Hewitson describes as at the middle divided by the

nervures, which are black; and this description of

division by black nervures is applicable alike to the

posterior wings of the typical male and female, as well

as to those of this variety. As regards the metallic-

ereen colour on both the anterior and posterior wings

of this specimen, it is brighter than in the ordinary

female, being nearly, but not quite, as vivid as in

the male. Indeed, the ordinary female can hardly be

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889. PARTI. (MARCH.)

76 The Rev. Francis Augustus Walker on a

said to have patches, but only streaks converging to a

point on the anterior wings, and forming an edging to

the dark brown within, which in all the females replaces

the velvety black of the male. The shape and posi-

tion of the green markings on the posterior wings of

both the ordinary female and this variety are precisely

the same; but, as already indicated, by being brighter

in colour in the latter they appear to exceed in quantity

those of the typical female.

But the greatest difference between the ordinary female

and this variety consists in the total absence in the latter

of the dusky pencilling near the apex of the anterior

wings, and the very indistinct figuring of the row of

spots in the margin of the posterior wings that causes the

ordinary female in this respect to resemble a Diadema.

The ordinary female has three white spots on the

upper part of the border of the posterior wing, and

lower down four grey ones; the variety here described

has only two smaller white spots, and the grey ones are

decidedly more indistinct.

As regards the under side, this specimen is seen to be

unmistakeably a female by the dusky pencilling of its

anterior wings, in which respect it closely resembles the

ordinary female, the male having little or no pencilling

there; but in the whitish markings of the posterior

wings, it far more nearly resembles the male, possessing

less pronounced and smaller markings, and having a

less continuous scalloped band than in the ordinary

female. Indeed, it has even fewer markings than the

male, possessing very slight indications of the second,

inner, and fainter band which may be observed both in

the typical male and female.

All male specimens of O. Brookiana have a tinge of

blue within the green on the inner margin of the pos-

terior wings, and near the point of contact with the

body. Inthe ordinary female, and also in the specimen

here described, this blue tinge is replaced by a level

blue stripe. On the under side of the posterior wings

the blue markings of this variety appear to be precisely

similar to those of the ordinary female, whereas the

male has a third slight additional dash of blue that

neither the typical female nor this variety possesses.

On the anterior wings (underside) the blue in the male

is almost confined to one blue stripe beneath the

variety of Ornithoptera Brookiana. 77

markings of metallic green, and the slighter outer ones

of dusky pencilling, and there is also a narrow blue line

along that part of the upper margin of the wing nearest

the body. This line may be observed both in the type

female and in the variety also; but the point in which

the sexes differ, as regards the blue markings, is that

both females have a parti-coloured patch in the upper

segment of the anterior wing, golden green towards the

outer and blue towards the inner surface, which is

altogether wanting in the male; and also that on the

anterior wings of this variety the blue markings pre-

dominate, while on those of the ordinary female there

is rather more metallic-green. This specimen, which is

unfortunately rather worn, and has lost its antenne,

does not differ from the type as regards the red neck

collar, or in having, as Hewitson phrases it, ‘‘ the body

belted twice with crimson.”

CVRD)

IV. Incidental observations in Pedigree Moth-breeding.

By Frepreric Merririetp, F.E.S.

[Read December 5th, 1888.]|

*TuHE experiments in hereditary moth-breeding which I

reported last December are continuing. Of the broods

there mentioned the forced illunaria have come to an

end under circumstances I will deseribe ; the sleeved

ulunaria are continuing in the A and M lines only,

the Z line having failed, and the illustraria are con-

tinuing in all the three lines A, M, and Z. Without giving

any detailed account of these experiments,—an account

which will be more useful if deferred until they have

been continued for some generations longer,—I propose

on the present occasion to mention some facts, inci-

dentally observed in the course of them, which appear to

have a bearing on questions lately much discussed

among naturalists, and may be of interest to members

of the Society. I venture to hope also that my state-

ments may elicit suggestions which will be of assistance

in the further prosecution of these researches, and may

thus pethaps prevent time from being wasted in pursuing

them in directions not likely to yield valuable results, and

save me from doing what more qualified observers have

done before, or are doing much better than I can.

find of forced illunaria.—When my last paper was

read on the 7th December, 1887, 1 exhibited some

larve of the fifth generation of the year (reckoning the

first generation as ending with the moths captured in

the spring) of forced illunaria. At that time the larve

numbered about 250. Only about thirty emerged as

moths, and these appeared between 26th December and

* In some cases where the paper as read stated only

general results, I have instead of these given full details, so as to

enable others to judge as to the inferences to be drawn from them.

These, with some additional explanatory remarks, are distinguished

by brackets.

TRANS. ENT SOC. LOND. 1889. PART I. (MARCH.)

80 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

28th January. They showed unmistakable signs of

deterioration, being for the first time smaller than their

parents, and being poorer in colouring. All the eggs

laid were sterile except one batch, of which 179 turned

red. Thinking that the deterioration was probably, in

part at least, attributable to the unnatural conditions in

which they had been bred, which included continued

forcing, and a food supply of winter leaves of evergreen-

honeysuckle and rose,.I decided to keep back the eggs,

and consequently placed them out-of-doors from the

beginning of February to the 14th April, a period during

which the weather was cold, with much frost, and then

forced them. On the 17th April they began to change

colour, and in a few days all had turned black, and the

young larve could be plainly seen through the shells of the

egas, but not one hatched. ‘This experiment seems to

show that long exposure to a winter temperature is not

directly fatal to the eggs of this species, which under

ordinary natural conditions are exposed only to a spring

or summer temperature, and suggests the possibility

that under changes of climate the insect, which now

hibernates as a pupa, might come to hibernate as an

ege. It also appears to indicate that the formation of

the larva in the egg of this species is not gradual, but

awaits the proper conditions, the chief among them

being a sufficiently high temperature, and is then rapid.

In this deferred development of the latest stage, the egg

appears to bear some resemblance to the pupa, the

development of which is referred to later on.

Illunaria, spring emergence, male larger than female.—

It will perhaps be remembered that last year attention

was called to the fact that though the female of wlunaria

in the summer emergence exceeds the male in wing-

expansion, there was some reason to think that the

reverse was true of the spring emergence. The latter

Opinion is confirmed by measurements since made of

a great number of mothsof the spring emergence. [In

each of three broods, together numbering 86 males and

107 females, the average size of the male exceeded that

of the female, the excess on the average of the whole

being 0.26 mm., the largest male being 51 mm., and

the largest female 49.50 mm. This compares with an

excess on the part of the female in the summer

emergence,—arrived at by measuring seven broods

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 81

numbering 244 males and 242 females,—ranging from

1.78 mm. to 4.00 mm. There was an excess in each

of the seven broods, and the largest male was 41.93

mm., the largest female 44.68 mm. In dllustraria,

though there is a difference, it is not nearly so con-

siderable ; in each of six broods, three being of the spring

and three of the summer emergence, the female exceeded

the male in size. In thespring emergences, numbering

more than 3800 individuals, this excess on the part of

the female ranged from 1.76 mm. to 2.30 mm., the

largest male being 49.60 mm., the largest female 52.20 mm.

In the summer emergences of more than 300, the average

excess of the female ranged from 2.82 to 4.82 mm.,

the largest male being 39.50, the largest female 43.90

mm.} Inbrief, the spring female of wdlunaria is rather

smaller than the male, the summer female considerably

larger than the male ; in both the spring and the summer

emergences of illustraria, the female is considerably

the larger, the difference being, however, less in the

spring than in the summer emergence. The conjecture

was thrown out last year that the same cause which

tends to apterousness in the females of those of our

Geometre whose habit is to appear in the winter might

be at work in reducing the wing-expansion of the female

in one emergence only,—viz., that which takes place at

a cold time of year,—of a moth that has also a summer

emergence. With regard to measurement I have found

the expansion much more easy to measure accurately

than the single-wing length is, and therefore, I now

always measure the expansion. To convert the single

wing measurement into expansion, it should be doubled,

adding about 1-15th in illustravia, and 1-17th in

ulunaria. With reference to an inquiry made in my last

paper, I may mention that the other English species of

the genus Selenia, lunaria, rests in the position of

ulustraria, not of illunaria.

Influence of temperature on size, &c.—I hope the

observations which follow may add to the existing

materials for information on subjects that must often

have seemed perplexing to those who have bred Lepi-

doptera on a considerable scale; for example, the

differences between the spring and summer emergences

of illunaria and illustraria in size and colour; why in

some cases a pupa will yield almost immediately to a

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) G

82 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

high temperature, in others most reluctantly ; how far

the temperature affects the size, shape, markings, and

colouring of the perfect insect, and in what particular

period of development the change is caused. The

well-known work of Prof. Weismann, as translated and

annotated by Prof. Meldola, throws the greatest ight on

these questions, but cannot in the nature of things

exhaust so large a subject. So far as my experiments

on pup have gone, the results of them appear in close

accordance with those of Prof. Weismann, but other

experiments seem to indicate that the temperature to

which the larva is exposed in its growing stages has

much to do with the colouring of the perfect insect.

Difference of size,—a kind of difference associated with

seasonal dimorphism, may be supposed to depend on

the conditions to which the larva in its growing stages

is exposed, rather than on those to which the pupa is sub-

jected. I think this difference of size in the selenias

experimented on, as between the summer and spring

emergences, not overstated at three to four as tested by

weight, and five to six as tested by wing-expansion ; but

these proportions are by no means constant ; and, besides

the considerable difference in size between individuals of

the same brood, there are also great differences between

the same emergence, (i.¢., spring or summer) in different

years.

I will first mention such results obtained as bear on

the subject of size. It will be observed, on referring to

the table given in my paper of last December, that the

broods of tlunaria forced at a temperature of 75° to

80° or upwards, increased in size from the “‘ second ”’

generation (first summer emergence) to the ‘ third,”

and from the ‘‘third” to the “ fourth” (they fell off

in the next unhealthy generation); also, that of the

three sets of the “second” generation, the sleeved

were the smallest, the forced considerably larger, and

the ‘ bottled’? somewhat larger still; i.e., those which

had been bred at an ordinary temperature were con-

siderably smaller than the others, and of those others,

such as had the higher temperature were slightly the

smaller. 1887 wasa very fine, dry, sunshiny summer inthe

south of England, and June and July were rather above

the average in temperature, though all the other months

were somewhat below. The summer of 1888 will be

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 83

fresh in the recollection of all as a very cold and wet

one: in this year a brood of illunaria which I forced

was larger, in a greater ratio than in last year, than a

corresponding brood sleeved, the average expansion in

the forced being 89.08, in the sleeved 38.16: the

proportion of perfect moths emerging being also larger

in the forced brood than in the sleeved brood. In the

1888 summer broods of illustraria the difference is in

the same direction, but more marked. Though I did

not measure the forced brood, the average size was

obviously considerably larger than the corresponding

sleeved brood. This sleeved brood, as compared

with those sleeved last summer, is smaller and poorer

in colour in all three lines, A, M, and Z, and

has a larger proportion of cripples. I mention the

proportion of perfect moths emerging in connection with

size, because both seem greatly dependent on

healthiness. In the autumn of 1887, out of 359 larvee

hatched out and sleeved, I obtained 817 pupe, and bred

from them 310 moths, of which but seven were cripples.

In the summer of 1888, out of 415 pupe of the sleeved

summer emergence I bred 394 moths, but fully 87 of

them were cripples. The case was a great deal worse

with the autumn-feeding sleeved larvee of 1888. Of 394

illustraria larve hatched out belonging to the A, M,

and Z lines of descent, only 175 have pupated, and of

these many are misshapen, and will die as pupe or be

cripples, and the average weight of the pupe is less

than 2-3rds that of the corresponding brood last year.

Though I do not like to speak positively, I can think

of no sufficient cause for this deterioration other than

the extreme inclemency of the summer of 1888. The

deterioration extends to some pupe I have proceeding from

eges laid by a wild female taken in the New Forest last

August; of 26 recently hatched larve sent me from this

female in the second week of September, I liave only ten

in pupa, and the weight does not average much more

than 2-8rds of those of last year ; such superiority of

weight as they show over the others being, perhaps,

attributable to the circumstance, that owing to their

backwardness I forced them for a time in their earlier

stages. The pupe in the M line of my sleeved illus-

traria are remarkably small, and these happen to

have been sleeved on a tree in a particularly cold part

84 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

of my garden. During the very cold week at the

beginning of October, my sleeved larve seemed to

make no growth at all. On the 6th October I brought all

indoors and forced them gently, and they had all spun

up by the 29th. I may here remark that I shut up

some illustraria larvee with birch leaves that were quite

sere and yellow, and they ate them; the “‘ frass” was

of a yellow-brown.

While speaking of the coldness of the summer, | may

mention that Mr. Jenner of Lewes, to whom I gave

some illustraria eges in the spring, had fifty or sixty

pupate in July, the first of them on the 5th, and the

others slowly through the month. Two moths, a male

and a female, appeared in July, the rest remaining over.

I shall have something more to say of these presently.

One inference I should be inclined to draw from the

foregoing observations is that the temperature most

conducive to healthiness and large size in illunaria and

illustraria, is one a little higher than that of a warm

English summer. As to the cause of the usual

difference in size between the spring and the summer

emergence, [can at present suggest nothing beyond this,

—that the larva of the spring emergence is much longer

in feeding up than is the larva of the summer emer-

gence, and I think I have generally observed that where

there is no stunting or retarding from unhealthy

conditions, those larve of a brood which are longest in

feeding up are the largest.

As to the causes of variation in colour, markings, and

shape, the inquiry is a more complicated one, of course

embracing the pupal stage, though I am inclined to

think, for reasons I will give, that it should by no means

be confined to that stage. My experiments have been in

two directions, an artificially high temperature for larva

and pupa, and an artificially low one for the pupa, and

are concerned with three species, illunaria, illustraria, and

Einnomos autumnaria (the old alniaria). [In connection

with this latter it should be remembered that it does not

hibernate as a pupa, and is, I believe, everywhere a

a single brooded species; I have seen no indication to

the contrary after forcing it as larva and pupa, and then

forcing for several months the eggs laid by the forced

moths. |

Differences in appearance between spring and summer

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 85

emergences of illustraria.—This difference is easily seen,

but is perhaps not so easily defined. Besides size and

general look, the differences appear to be mainly these:

—(1). The contrast between the outer edge of the dark

transverse band and the light ground colour of the part

of the wing outside it is generally much stronger in the

spring emergence, and, indeed, does not usually exist

in the summer emergence. (2). The costa is more

rounded in the summer emergence, rarely becoming

slightly concave in the outer half of the wing, as it

often does in the spring emergence. (3). The wings are

longer, narrower, and more pointed, and generally,

more angulated in the spring emergence. (4). The

outer edge of the dark transverse band on the fore

wing of the spring emergence, before it curves, almost

always forms an obtuse angle with the line of the costa

beyond it ; in the summer emergence almost always an

acute or at most a right angle. (5). The same outer

edge, where it approaches the inner edge of the fore

wing, generally bends sharply towards the body in the

summer emergence: slightly so, or not at all in the

spring emergence. [(6). The transparent lunules are

generally bro ader and more conspicuous, when the

insect is held up to the light, in the spring than in the

summer emergence. (7). The body in the spring

emergence is more hairy.} Of all these I think Nos. 1

and 4 the most constant. It may here be observed that

in both wlunaria and illustraria, and in both emergences,

the female is more angulated, and has more pointed

wings than the male; this seems not unusual with

those of our Geometre which have any tendency to be

angulated.

‘he variety in markings and colour, and also, I think,

in size, I have found much greater in the summer than

in the spring emergence [as Prof. Weismann leads us to

expect that it would be]. I have endeavoured to increase

these differences by selection, and with a beginning of

success, as may be seen in the examples I have brought

of the extreme forms yet obtained. Some are of a

chestnut colour, with few markings above, and of a

bright orange, with faint lilac markings beneath.

Effect of forcing on wlunaria, ulustraria, and autum-

naria.—There is a difference of a general kind resulting

from the forcing of the larva or pupa, or both, a

86 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

treatment which seems in all three species to produce a

cenerally warmer and yellower hue, with a less amount

of dark spots. This is to be noticed in tlunaria. In

the illustraria bred by me this effect is masked by the

circumstance that the races I have belong mostly to

two very different types—a warmly-tinted one with few

markings, and a duskier one with conspicuous darker

bands and patches. In autumnaria the difference is

very conspicuous, as will be seen by comparing the

forced brood, of which 26 have been preserved out of 29

bred (8 having been sacrificed for eggs) with the

sleeved brood, of which 24 have been preserved out of

25 bred; and with the intermediate ‘‘ bottled” brood:

—(1), the general colouring of the forced is warmer ;

[ (2), in all the spots of the forced contrast less strongly

with the ground colour; (3), generally, if not always,

the spots and marks of the forced ones are less dusky,

and (4) not nearly so dark; (5), nearly all the males,

and all but one of the females, have fewer spots than

the corresponding sexes in the sleeved: on the under

side the differences are more strongly marked.) The

general result is that of the 26 forced there is only one

that comes up to the general standard of the 24 sleeved

in abundance and darkness of spotting and other marks,

and there are only 3 of the sleeved which in lightness

of spots and marks approach the general hue and

appearance of the 26 forced.

(Autumnaria.—The difference in appearance between

the forced and the sleeved being so marked, I give in

some detail the facts, which appear to indicate that in

this case the conditions to which the larvee were sub-

jected may have had much to do with the very striking

difference in the moths. One of two conclusions at all

events seems almost to follow from the experiments, viz.,

that the larval period was the critical one, or that the

colour of the perfect insect in this single-brooded and

summer-pupating species can be affected by exposing

the pup to a very moderate difference of temperature.

The eggs were kindly given to me by Dr. Chapman.

There were 4 batches from (1), dark full-sized parents

of British origin; (2), large-sized pale parents of un-

known origin ; (8), a cross between male (1) and female

(2); and (4), a cross between male (2) and female (1).

I took 10 from each of the 4 batches to make a batch of

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 87

40 for forcing at about 75°—80°, and similarly con-

stituted batches of 40 for bottling and sleeving re-

spectively.

Of the forced, 85 hatched from 21st to 29th May, and

29 emerged between 4th and 18th July, none cripples.

The forcing began 21st May, when the first egg hatched,

and of these I have a tolerably perfect record, having

taken the spun-up ones almost every day from the time

they began to spin—17th June—till they finished—Ist

July—and having recorded in the case of each pupa the

date of spinning and of emergence. There were

15 males and 14 females. The larval period averaged

29°8 days, the range apparently being from 27 to 34

days, or more. The pupal period was as follows :—

Males, average 16°37 days, range 13 to 18 days; females,

average 15°32 days, range 14 to 17 days; average of

both 15°86 days. (Pupal period with me commences

with the spinning-up, owing to the difficulty of

ascertaining when actual pupation begins with a larva

that is enclosed ina cocoon. The actual pupal period

is therefore several days shorter than that given by me ;

by 4 or 5 days in the sleeved pupa of autumnaria, and

the larval period is lengthened in a corresponding

degree).

The bottled were not so well attended to as the rest;

whether for that reason or not, only 12 emerged, one of

which was a cripple, out of 85 hatched between 21st

May and 4th June. They were kept as larve on a

table near the window, which generally stood open, and

as they spun up were transferred to a tray at the other

end of the room. About 24 spun up between 7th July

and 10th August. The pupz were forced from 12th

August (at which time 3 had emerged), and the moths

appeared from about 6th to 27th August, 7 males and

5 females, of which one was crippled. As nearly as

I can get at them, the larval and pupal periods together

averaged between 70 and 80 days, of which the pupal

seems to have been about 30 in the males and 28 in the

females; about 293 in both sexes taken together.

Ot the sleeved about 80 eggs hatched from 21st May

to 4th June. During this period they were kept on the

table above referred to. On the 5th they were trans-

ferred to a sleeve on a dwarf birch-tree in the garden,

which is a cuol one; 27 spun up from about 24th July,

88 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

to 29th August. The moths emerged from 17th August

to 13th September, having been gently forced (about

65°—70°) from 6th September, after which date 7 or 8

of them emerged. As nearly as I can tell, the larval

period averaged about 64, the pupal about 31 days.

There were 16 males and 9 females, none crippled.

The larval period can only be roughly estimated, as the

spun-up ones were only taken when the sleeve was

examined at considerable intervals. The first 5 were

found 26th July, the next 18 on the 9th August, and as

taken they were transferred to a tray indoors, which

stood far from the window; I remember that on these

occasions there were several that had only just begun

to spin up. At this time (9th August) there were

5 larvee feeding, and they were transferred to a bottle

indoors; 2 of them spun up on the 10th August, and

one each on the 25th and 29th August; these 4 were

also transferred to the tray as they spun up.

The sleeved larve were therefore exposed during over

60 days on the average to the cold summer, the

temperature of which, as taken about 8 a.m., averaged

barely 57°, up to 9th August, when most had spun up.

I do not think the temperature during this period ever

reached 70° at that hour, and I have no doubt it was at

night on one or two occasions near 40°. The tempera-

ture in the room where the pupz stood, taken about

8 a.m., averaged about 66° during the time they were

there, i.e., from 24th July to 6th September (often

higher, especially during the afternoon, when if must

frequently haye passed 70°), and rarely much lower.

I should doubt if it ever fell below 58°, and that only on

rare and brief occasions. I think it may therefore be

taken that the pupe of fully a quarter of the 25 moths

which emerged passed their whole existence as pup at

an average temperature of 66° or upwards, and that

nearly all of them passed much the greater portion of

their existence at that temperature. The larve and

pupe of those described as ‘‘ bottled,” the moths from

which in colour and markings are not far short of the

sleeved, were never at a lower temperature than that of

the room, which, however, averaged several degrees

lower for the 6 or 7 weeks preceding 24th July than

afterwards.

If the great difference between the forced and the

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 89

sleeved originated in the pupal period, it would seem

to follow that the difference between about 66° and about

75°—80° during an exposure of a very few weeks is

sufficient in this species for the purpose. It has been

suggested to me by Professor Weismann’s remarks

(pp. 73—5) on the insufficiency of a difference of 14°9° R.

(33°5° Fahr.) between the German winter and summer

temperatures to originate a climatic variety of P. poda-

lirius, while a difference of about 4° R. (= 9° Fahr.) be-

tween the summer temperatures of Germany and Sicily

is sufficient, and his inference that the cause is to be

found in the absolute temperature reached, that the

explanation of the difference between the forced and the

sleeved autwmnaria is to be sought rather in the upper

than in the lower part of the thermometric range, 7. ¢.,

in the high temperature to which the forced were

exposed, a temperature which, as it happens, closely

approximates to the summer temperature of Palermo,

19°4° R. (75°6° Fahr.), rather than the low temperature

to which the sleeved were subjected.]

Effect of cold on pupe of summer emergence. — The

observations made as to the effect of cold on the pupa

are as follows :—I begin with the effect of icing on pup

that would in due course emerge in summer. I had 174

sleeved illustraria A pupe, which had spun up from

the 4th to the 15th July. All but 39 were forced from

the 17th. Nearly all of these emerged, and they did so

from the 20th to the 25th July. The 39 (23 males and

16 females), taken indiscriminately, except that large

ones were passed over so as not to prejudice the heredity

experiments, were on the 17th July exposed to a steady

temperature of 33°—34°, and so kept until 1st August,

i.e., for 15 days, when they were forced, and all emerged

in the 3 days from the 4th to the 7th, except one, which

appeared on the 9th. Asa whole they are noticeably,

but not strongly, darker in hue than the others; in the

females especially there is a tendency to the contrast

between the dark inner and light outer portion of the

wings, which is so marked a feature in the spring

emergence.

The effect of icing on the rate of development of pup

preparing for summer emergence appears, so far as my

observations have hitherto gone, to be to arrest [or

rather to retard} the development so long as the icing is

90 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

applied and so long only, it being taken up again sharply

the moment the change is made from the low tempera-

ture to the higher one. [I add some detail on this

point, as it seems to indicate either that extreme cold

as applied to the pup of the summer emergence does

not absolutely arrest the development during the period

of its application, but allows it to go on slowly so as to

shorten the rest of the period, or else causes the

development to be more rapid after the icing ceases.

The first experiments, of which I have a full record,

were with clunaria, and the low temperature in this

case ranged only from about 40° to 44°, the pupe not

being close to the ice. On the 7th June I took for icing

11 males which had spun up at known dates from 30th

May to 7th June, and 3 females which had spun up at

known dates between Ist and 7th June. On the 16th

June I added to them 6 males and 9 females which had

spun up at known dates from 4th to 8th June. All were

of the same brood, and had been forced up to the time

of removmg them to the ice-box. The cooling in this

case did not produce any change of colour, or, if any, it

is a very slight one. As removed from the ice-box they

were replaced in the forcing-box. As compared with

those which had remained there all the time, the average

period in pupa, exclusive of the days in the ice-box, was

as follows :—

|No.| Not cooled. || No. -| Cooled 7 days. lf No. ‘| Cooled 16 days.

days. | days. days.

Males ..| 19} 12-500 | 6 11-666 | 11} 9-682

Females ..| 13 | 12°192 1) 10°833 | 3 | 8500

The record as to the illustraria is not so fully kept.

These were iced 15 days, and kept at a steady tempera-

ture of 383°—84°, the moths, as a result, being noticeably

darker in hue. I can only get a general average of the

time of spinning up, which I assume to be the same for

iced as uniced, the former having been taken pro-

miscuously ; and, though | have a record of the uniced

that emerged next day, my only record as to the iced is

that all emerged from the 4th to the 7th August, except

2, which appeared on the 9th. The figures therefore are

worth but little ; such as they are, they incline in the

same direction as those of the illunarta, but in a much

slighter degree.

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 91

No.| Not.iced. || No. Iced.

days. days.

Males ....| 73 13°042 23 12-652

Females ..| 64 13-031 16 12°719

The apparently more rapid development of the female

than of the male in illunaria (also, as will have been

noticed, in autumnaria) was unexpected, and probably

the experiment has not been on a sufficiently large scale

for this apparent result to be relied on. Where there is

a difference in priority of emergence of the sexes, | have

usually found it rather in favour of the male, so that if

the female develops more rapidly in the pupal stage,

that would perhaps involve a slower development of that

sex in the earlier stages.]

Effect of cold on pupe of spring emergence.—[{I should

premise that forcing these, except when it was deferred

until they had been some months in pupa, produced

very unhealthy results, as shown by the small percentage

of survivors and the great proportion of cripples.|

The observations which immediately follow have

relation to the effect of temperature on those pupe

which would in due course emerge in spring. In

1887 my second forced brood of mixed illustraria (off-

spring of about 10 pairs), all hatched between 4th and

10th August, and all treated exactly alike, instead of all

feeding up, as the illunaria had done, split into two

divisions; the first, consisting of 28, pupated rapidly

between the 22nd and 30th August, and all emerged in

perfect condition between 30th Aug. and 8th September,

i.e., infrom 8 to 9 days. Of the rest, a few died as

feeding larvee, more in pupating, which began 9th Sept.,

10 days after the others had left off; but the majority

of them became pupx, and would no doubt, under

natural conditions, have remained over until next spring.

[This splitting up of a brood into two seems plainly to

have been caused by an artificially heightened tempera-

ture; in other words, subjecting the larva to a heightened

temperature caused a portion of the brood, which would

otherwise have remained over and appeared as moths

in the spring and with the spring colouring, to appear

as moths in the same summer and with the summer

colouring; 7i.¢., the decisive point was in this case

reached in the larval stage, and reached by the appli-

cation of a high temperature. I am aware that Prof.

92, Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

Weismann’s experiments show the pupal stage to be

one specially affected by temperature. The subject is

too considerable to be discussed here, but I venture to

point out that two features associated with seasonal

dimorphism, viz., the important one of size, and, as it

would appear from Mr. W. H. Edwards’ experiments,

the very important one of shape, are determined in the

larval stage ; and that in the three species experimented

on by me the larval stage was in fact much shortened by

the high temperature applied (see this paper, passim,

also Trans. 1 1888, pp. 130, 131, 132—); whereas in those

experimented on by Prof. Weismann the larval period is

stated to have been very little shorter in one brood than

in the other, so that the duration would not,—and, it is

indeed stated, did not,—engage attention (Weismann,

by Meldola, p. 10).j Though kept at a forcing tem-

perature, none emerged until 11th November, a “period

of more than 2 months: ; a second appeared on the 12th

November ; and 5 more appeared between the 9th and

26th December. Six of the seven were cripples, and all

the 7 were of the summer type, but duller in colour, and

the latest of the 7 are no darker than the earliest. On

7th November, after gradually cooling them down for a

fortnight, | put 10 pupe out-of-doors, where they had a

good deal of frost before they were brought indoors on

1st January, a period of 9 weeks. One had come out in

the interval, and another appeared 3rd January. From

the 9th they were forced, and 4 more appeared between

22nd January and 28th February. All 6 were distinctly

of the dark spring type, though rather poor in colouring,

and 3 were cripples. In this case a marked effect seems

to have been produced on the colouring of the moth by

exposing the pupe to a freezing temperature, {and no

such effect produced by considerable retardation without

cooling. |

I mentioned some pup which Mr. Jenner had, and

which, with the exception of 2, would evidently have

been single-brooded had they not been subjected to

artificial treatment. He kindly lent half of them,

consisting of 10 males and 16 females, to me, and on

10th September, 1888, I placed them in a forcing-box,

which was kept at 75° 80°, except for the first fortnight

in October, when, for reasons connected with another

experiment, it stood at 60°-—65°.. Nine emerged, all

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 93

females, on the following dates: Sept. 27 (2), 30, Oct. 3,

7, 8, 14, 16, 19. The one which emerged 8th October

was accidentally destroyed, the remaining 8 (exhibited)

are of the same general colouring, which seems to be

intermediate between the spring and summer colouring,

and differs most materially from that of the 2 which

emerged in July. The later ones of the 8 are much

darker than the earlier ones, and, though the progressive

darkening is not quite regular, it is difficult to look at

them without thinking that retardation of development

has been the operative cause, the retardation in this case

not being associated with cold, as the pupe have rarely

or never been at a lower temperature than 60° [There

are some other facts which rather favour the view that

retardation without cold may be a cause of, or at least

be associated with, darkening. Thus the numerous

specimens I have preserved of wlunaria show that where

one or more of a brood have emerged several days after

the rest they are often in a marked degree different in

colour, generally darker. And a sleeved female illustraria

of the summer emergence of 1888 before mentioned,

which was rather behind the others in feeding up and

was not forced at the end, and which, instead of corre-

sponding with the average period of about 133 days (of

which 383 forced) remained from 20 to 22 days j in pupa,

makes as near an approach in general hue to the spring

emergence as do the iced ones of that brood. ]

Simultaneously with the offspring of the forced clus-

traria of the 1887 summer emergence, I brought up some

29 in a bottle at the ordinary indoor temperature, and

the pupz remained at the same. They showed no

tendency to split up, but, of the 20 that spun up, all did

so between 12th September and 5th October. Ten were

on 27th November put out-of-doors, and were brought in

1st January, and, after being gradually warmed, were on

9th January placed in the forcing- box, and kept there at

65°-—70°. These straggled greatly in their emergence,

We. Jane Zoek ebalosl4. 1d.) l6e(2), Lis 23 (2), rin 28 ;

5 others, without being frosted, were on 29th January

placed in the HOUEINE et these emerged Feb. 9 (8)

and Feb. 11 (2); 5 others, not frosted, were on 38rd

March placed in the forcing-box, and they emerged

March 9 (1), 10 (1), and 11 (8). All the 20 were perfectly

healthy specimens. Comparing the first 10 with the

94 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

second 5, it looks as if the frosting in this case had the

specific effect of causing the subsequent partial retarda-

tion and great irregularity in emergence, an irregularity

represented by a range of from 19 to 50 days, though

the facts as to the other 2 lots of 5 each which emerged

respectively in 11—13 days and 6—8 days seem to show

that the earliness of the date at which the forcing began

had something to do with this. All are of the spring

type, and there is no marked difference between those

which have been frosted and the rest. I have reason to

think the unfrosted pup were never at a lower tempera-

ture than 40°, which therefore, if and so far as lowness

of temperature is a cause of this dark colouring, appears

to be low enough for the purpose in illustraria.

Liffects of forcing in different cases.—It seems to be an

interesting question what are the causes which determine

whether the pupz of a double-brooded moth shall fall

into the category of those that will emerge in spring, or

into the category of those that will emerge in summer.

There is of course a very real distinction between the

two categories, one obstinately resisting for months a

high temperature to which the other succumbs in a few

days; and part of a brood will range itself in one

category, and the rest of it, though subjected to exactly

the same conditions, in the other. ‘The different

behaviour, with me, of the two species will be noticed,

illunaria yielding several forced broods in succession,

while illustraria gave one and part only of the next.

The case of allunaria proves, if proof were needed, that it

is not a case of alternative succession of the two different

forms, while the instance given of the forced illustraria

splitting into two shows that some other cause than a

difference of temperature must be concerned in occa-

sioning it. Though temperature appears to have so

little effect on a pupa that is not ripe for it, the effect of

it on a pupa which is ripe for its operation seems imme-

diate and tolerably regular, both with the spring and the

summer emergence. [I give a summary of the effect of

forcing on the pupz of some considerable broods :—

“sy

in Pedigree Moth-breeding.

SLEEVED ILLUNARIA.

Spring emergence (3 broods). Summer emergence (2 broods).

Apr. 16. Forcing | ¢ @ |Total. || July 17. Forcing| g @ | Total.

began began

fy aLSs Emer- | on) Wife. eomer-

eencerof || Os j= 1 gence tor |) 10) il) |= a1

” . ” 27 |+ 31 |= 58 LS: ” APE) = 1183

ees 4 | 56 =) 53) |= 109 wee LOE 3 Sy) 24s | AD

2k a | 18 + 126 |= 39 dec) ANP { 28 |+ 20 |= 48

ay 22s #5 Weed ttie 8. ile=t! 9 keane iis a SS a Sy

= wee ss ” 22 ” 8 |-++ 2h 0

intiivadwalsss.s. (9M 1a ION BIG. 23: és TL oes Dope vB

eae 48 Be O FE 29,

Individuals ....! 70 |+ 71 |=141

SLEEVED ILLUSTRARIA.

Spring emergence (3 broods). | Summer emergence (3 broods).

May 10. Forcing; g @ |,Total.|| July17. Forcing| g 9 | Total.

began began

» 11. EHmer- » 20. Emer-

genceof| 1|+ 0O/= I1| genceof|; 38/+ 38|— 6

seul2: a 59 |+ 6 i= 65|| ,, 21 af 56 |+ 31 |= 87

a lets a 94 |+ 97 |\=191 a 122 i 96 |+ 83 |=179

<i SPU ES Nap DE 52u ieee a2 90

selene ES Qi ile ab 3p ee 3 10 |+ 9 /= 19

=e SS | gine 2D ” OF ot lat

Individuals ....| 160 |+ 150 |= 310 || Aug. 4—6 (not

FOLGE). averetetes ele Tes = al

Individuals ....| 217 |+ 168 |= 385

It will be observed in the case of the sprig emergence

that when the winter was well over and the pupe may

have been supposed to be ripe for emergence on suitable

conditions presenting themselves, the ¢dlunaria nearly all

emerged in from 8 to 5 days after the forcing was

applied, more than half of them on the 4th day, and the

illustraria nearly all emerged in from 2 to 4 days after

the forcing was applied, more than half of them on the

3rd day.] It seems as if under the most favourable

conditions it took several days to go through the changes

that intervene between the comparatively torpid central

period of pupal existence and the winged stage, and that,

as the icing experiments appear to indicate, a ‘‘ cold

snap’ occurring during any part of this active later

period may suspend these changes for a time, but

produce no great effect besides. I suppose there is a

96 Mr. Merrifield’s incidental observations

point in the life of a pupa when it may be said that a

corner is turned, and that the last stage of development

has begun, a point that seems indicated in H. versicolora

by the pupa’s forcing itself out of its cocoon, the pupe

that do not thus come up remaining over till another

year. It is, I believe, a common observation in collecting

that it takes several warm days in succession to bring

out the moths that emerge in spring, and that after

such a succession they often become rather suddenly

plentiful. A passing remark on the usefulness of the

forcing-box will not be out of place here; with some

experience it should enable one who is breeding insects

to bring them out almost to the day [if in combination

with a sufficiently capacious ice-chest] at the time when

he may be able to attend to them; without such appli-

ances the heredity experiments as to size would be

rendered much more difficult, as in warm weather a

considerable percentage of moths, if kept a few days,

though in the dark, flutter so as to damage their wing-

tips, and make it impossible to measure them.

One general result of the experiments appears to be

that cold applied in the earlier stages (there being strong

indications that the larval period is one) in the life of

the 3 species experimented on, 2 of these species being

double-brooded, and one single-brooded, has a tendency,

operating possibly by retardation, to produce or develop

a darker hue in the perfect insect: if so, it may perhaps

throw some light on the melanism so often remarked in

north-country examples of widely-distributed moths.

In conclusion, | hope to be allowed to say that I feel

as strongly as any one can that the record of my experi-

ments would have been more satisfactory to others, as

it certainly would have been to me, had it been deferred

until they could have been brought nearer completion.

But I trust the reason which decided me to offer them

in this imperfect form may be thought a sufficient

excuse, the reason being that I hoped others might be

induced to follow them up in the various directions in

which they point, and that, as to such as I may be able

to prosecute, | may receive suggestions enabling me to

conduct them the better. I have a ereat many recorded

observations other than those I have made use of here,

and they are entirely at the service of any who are

interested in the subject; they give, in a tabular form,

in Pedigree Moth-breeding. 97

the parentage, birth, and life-history of considerably

more than a thousand individual moths, which have

been preserved. I have to thank the Editors of the

‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine’ and the ‘ Entomo-

logist’ for their help in drawing attention to my desire

to obtain living examples of illustraria from other

regions than the South and East of England (especially

from regions where it is single-brooded, as I believe it is

in Perthshire and in Scandinavia), as materials for the

inquiries I am desirous of prosecuting; this assistance

has not yet borne fruit, but the insect is not a common

one, and I hope it may some day find its way to me from

these distant parts.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—paRT 1. (MARCH.) H

pstoond-s eh SO) eG} nS

aa lid ganda

S 7— r b we a ;

iter .Scbiqies 4¢ Deanne Bs aie pros.

pas i ry keene a ‘ + : ; :

. ont) to Bioibek aad aye D che rEOROnY pica

4 ir 4 raiF Sai ee ae tes :

mEULY uit 1? ast et ya ela OE: shbveroden 1 ;

a ty Viet ie FEO eee § HTL, ‘aah iii CEL 941 GUN yay spvctant

Midi ALIS SHR CRY : slorieca Riise rian et -

i fas \) Dieta he 7 rs , ' ae

| 6) heuihoseh hire fiiyot. odd sod’ efoteas

a a re Chee Bie in = , : ‘ : "ane A

ati ad £ ei habe: lw anomer kov

wd ant o bob Ba wee - he Ee pot ey

; g bOL BISPES ant Bh tf be ne SF dailjva a Tek

7 Avitsiv sas ies ec bayer Pe pes 9 = -. text cece 1 BAorretars

9 a BOG. ml rik fm TO REGIE S MDEEUS ELE

frome a idee) doesnt alt tod ead orriad doy tort aaa.

f ; pe oe oh

ch OO] Were edd SE aly eit ie z ork 1 haw gore

e: fing | ii stat onartd

- =

=] -

; ‘

i.)

e i : i

& (Uodatt....1 resi Bek .duod 558. Yast eee

. a

= a a 1

, es

Di, 4 ical wed oot

( 99 )

V. On a collection of Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. By

JoHN Henry Leecu, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

F.R.G.S., &e.

[Read December 5th, 1888.]

Puates VII., VIII., & IX.

Tue materials for this paper were collected for me

during the months of April, May, June, and July, 1887,

by Mr. A. E. Pratt, in the neighbourhood of Kiukiang

(which is situated on the Yangzee River, about 500

‘miles from the sea). The collection is not rich in species,

probably only representing about one-sixth part of the

lepidopterous fauna; it contains, however, a fair pro-

portion of new species, and also many that have not

hitherto been recorded from that region. The larger

proportion of species are common to the eastern coast

of China, and Japan, but many occur also in the Hima-

layas. The chief point of interest in the collection is

the variation exhibited in so many species, especially in

Papilio Sarpedon and Melanargia halimede.

1. Euplea midamus, Linn. ; Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep.,

p. 15.

Two examples only.

2. Lethe butleri, n.s. (Pl. VIIL, fig. 3).

Wings in both sexes smoky brown, with their margins traversed

by a slender pale band intersected by a line somewhat darker than

the ground colour.

Male. Outer third of primaries rather paler than rest of wing.

One small ocellus near the tip. Towards the outer margin of

secondaries are two or sometimes three ocelli, that nearest to

the anal angle being the largest, and always having a white

pupil, though this varies in size, and is scarcely visible in some

specimens.

Female. Larger than the male. Outer third of primaries paler.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) H 2

100 Mr. Leech on a collection of

Often there are two ocelli situated one below the other near the

apex, and sometimes a third lower down towards the outer angle.

Ocelli on secondaries vary from two to four in number, and are

arranged along and parallel with the outer margin; the lower pair

always the largest.

Under surface of both sexes pale greyish brown, with a pale band

intersected by a dark wavy line, and bordered internally by a dark

serrated line running parallel with the outer margins. Venation

prominent. Outer third of primaries paler and separated by a

dark brown wavy line. Discoidal cell divided by a dark line.

Parallel to the outer margin are two, three, or four ocelli, that

nearer the apex being much the largest.

The markings on the secondaries are a dark basal streak from

costa to the submedian nervure; beyond this is another dark

streak starting from the costa, and, after skirting ocellus at

anterior angle, forms a deep elbow towards the outer margin, and

then strikes off in an oblique direction towards the anal angle.

Parallel with outer margin is a series of six ocelli, that near the

costa being the largest and nearly twice the size of No. 5, the next

largest. Nos. 4 and 6 are about equal, but the latter sometimes

exhibits a tendency to gemination. The costal ocelli can be

faintly seen on the upper surface.

Expanse, ¢ 58—62 mm., ? 68 mm.

8. Lethe naias, n.s. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 4).

Male. Blackish brown, apical third slightly paler, a pale band

intersected by a line of the ground colour on the outer margins of

all the wings, but most distinct on the secondaries. ‘Two faintly

outlined ocelli near apex of primaries and five on secondaries; of

these last the fourth and fifth are the most distinct, the white

pupils and pale irides being well-marked. The others are very

indistinct, and appear to be the ocelli of the under side showing

through the wing.

Female. Similar to the male, but larger and a shade paler in

colour. Fringes pale whitish brown.

Under surface: colour same as on the upper side in both sexes.

Primaries: two ocelli near apex with white pupils and yellow

irides well-developed, and on the outer margin are a greyish violet

wavy line and one of pale brown, narrowly separated by the

ground colour. Secondaries: a narrow transverse streak of greyish

violet, edged internally with dark brown before the middle of the

wing, and another of the same colour bordered externally with a

darker shade of ground colour beyond the middle of wing. This,

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 101

starting from the anterior margin in the direction of inner margin,

is suddenly diverted towards the outer margin, but after reaching

the 2nd subcostal nervule it resumes its original course, and

terminates at the anal angle. Six very distinct white-pupiled

ocelli: of these No. 1 on the anterior margin and No. 5 are the

largest, whilst that at the anal angle has two white pupils. Each

ocellus is placed within a ring of greyish violet; on the outer

margin lines similar to those on primaries. Fringes as above.

Expanse, gf 64mm., 2 68 mm.

A common insect at Kiukiang.

4. Lethe syrcis, Hew., Ex. Butt., iv., Deb., t. iii., figs. 18,

14; Oberth., Et. Ent., vi., t. vii., fig. 3.

I received a long series of this fine species.

5. Neope? muirheadit, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 28

(Jan., 1862).

? Debis segonax, Hew., Exot. Butt., ii., Deb., t. i,

fig. 5 (June, 1862).

Neope segonacia, Oberth., Et. Ent., vii., fig. 4.

Fairly common at Kiukiang, and is there a most

variable insect.

6. Melanargia halimede, Mén., Schrenk’s Reise, p. 37,

t. lii., figs. 6,7. Var. meridionalis, Feld., Wien.

Ent. Mon., vi., p. 29 (1862). (Pl. VIIL., figs. 5, 6).

“A M. halimede amurensi hee varietas circa Ningpo

proveniens colore differt fusco predominante fasciisque

albis idcirco angustioribus. Ad sectionem M. lacheseos,

Hubn., egregia species pertinet.”

As will be seen by Felder’s remarks quoted above, it

is expressly stated that the dark colouring predominates

in var. meridionalis. This is invariably the case with

specimens from Ningpo and Kiukiang, but not with

those from Amurland or Corea. The majority of Ningpo

examples are nearly, some entirely, black; the same

applies to those from Kiukiang. Figs. 5 and 6 represent

the palest and darkest examples selected from over 130

specimens from the last-named locality. Corean halimede

are darker than Amurland examples, but from neither

of these localities has anything dark enough for var.

102 Mr. Leech on a collection of

meridionalis been received; the form usually known by

this name is really only an intermediate between Felder’s

variety and the type, and such is Romanoff’s fig. 10,

pl. xvi., in ‘Memoirs sur les lepidopteres.’

Herr Honrath (‘Entomologische Nachrichten,’ xiv.,

p- 161) describesa variety of M. halimede from Kiukiang,

and there is little doubt the specimens he refers to were

some of my duplicates. The form he refers to as lugens

is an intermediate between the two examples I have

figured.

7. Paleonympha opalina, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1871, p. 404; Lep. Exot., p. 86, pl. xxxiii., fig. 3.

Of this rare species I received a long series; it seems

to be constant.

8. Satyrus dryas, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 158 (1763).

Satyrus bipunctatus, Motsch., Et. Ent., ix., p. 29.

Var. sibirica, Staud., Cat., p. 29.

Judging from the number of specimens sent this must

be one of the most abundant species in Central China,

9. Mycalesis regalis, n.s. (Pl. VIIL., figs. 2 3, 2a, 2).

Male. Ground colour of all the wings blackish brown with

violet reflections. Primaries traversed by a broad lilac-blue fascia

from the 1st subcostal nervule to the anal angle, its inner edge

touching the discoidal cell.

Female. Has the male colouring, but the violet reflections are

more subdued. Lilac-blue fascia much narrower and more curved.

All the wings with more rounded outer margins.

Under side of both sexes chocolate. Outer margins of primaries

broadly bluish grey, with a violet tinge, enclosing a row of five,

sometimes six, small ocelli, beyond which is an angulated double

line of the ground colour. Outer margin of secondaries bluish

grey, intersected by a wavy line of the ground colour. A sub-

marginal series of from five to seven ocelli with white pupils and

reddish brown irides, of which the second, third, and seventh,

counting from the anterior margin, are often very faint. Internal

to the ocelli is a series of bluish grey crescents.

Head, thorax, and upper surface of abdomen black. Legs and

under surface of abbomen dark chocolate. Antenne black,

Lepidoptera from 'Kiukiang. 103

chequered with white beneath; tips and under side of club deep

orange.

Expanse, gf 55—58 mm., ? 50—54 mm.

~ Except that the narrower blue fascia on primaries of

the female resembles the same character in Bicyclus

iccius, and that the general colour of the wings on upper

surface is something like that of Mycalesis martius,

Fabr., this insect is quite distinct from any known

species, and appears to be without any close ally.

_ [received 18 specimens (12 males and 6 females).

10. Mycalesis gotama, Moore, Cat. Lep. EK. 1. C., i., p. 282

(1857); Trans. Ent. Soc. Juond., 1880, p. 157.

Seems fairly common, and does not vary.

11. Mycalesis perdiccas, Hew., Exot. Butt., ii1., Myc.,

t. lil., fig. 15 (1862).

Mycalesis sangaica, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),

RIX... 90.

Much commoner than gotama. It agrees well with

the Japanese form. ,

12. Ypthima motschulskyi, Brem. & Grey, Schmett.

Nordl. China, p. 8; Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., 1.,

t. vi., fig. 5.

I received upwards of a hundred specimens of this

species, and these vary extremely both in size and

markings, as also in number and disposition of ocelli.

13. Ypthima sakra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., i., p. 286,

No. 508 (1857); Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

(3), i., p. 290, t. 18, fig. 18 (1865).

Constant in markings and easily distinguished from

motschulskyt by reference to the under surface, where

there is a double ocellus at the outer angle of hind

wings. ‘The species does not appear to be common.

14. Ypthima baldus, Fab., Syst. Ent., 323 (1793).

_Ypthima argus, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., ix.,

p- 55 (1866).

Y. zodia, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1871, p. 402.

Y. evanescens, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vii.,

p. 134.

104 Mr. Leech on a collection of

The specimens from Kiukiang show a remarkable

amount of variation in the size of the ocelli on the

under surface of the hind wings. All the forms enume-

rated above are represented together with the inter-

mediate connecting-links.

15. Acrea vesta, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., p. 14 (1787) ;

Don., Ins. China, t. 80, f. 1 (1799); Kirby, Cat.

Diurn. Lep., p. 135.

Appears to be very common and exceedingly variable.

16. Argynnis sagana, Doubl., Gen., t. xxiv., fig. 1,

(1850).

Damora paulina, Nordm. Bull. Mose., 1851, iv.,

p. 440, t. xil., figs. 1, 2, 2.

Very common, and does not differ in the least from

Japanese specimens.

17. Argynnis paphia, Linn.

2 var. valesina, Esp.

The specimens are rather larger than those from

Europe, and the females are all of the valesina form,

some, however, being darker than others.

18. Argynnis laodice, Pall., Reise, i., p. 470 (1771).

Var. japonica, Mén., Cat., ii., p. 152, t. x., fig. 8.

The specimens are of the japonica form, but larger.

Appears to be plentiful at Kiukiang.

19. Argynnis anadyomene, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p. 25 (1862).

Argynnis ella, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 94, t. viii.,

fig. 1 (1864).

Very common at Kiukiang.

20. Argynnis niphe, Linn.

Common, and does not differ from Japanese speci-

mens.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 105

21. Argynnis adippe, Linn.; P. Z.8., 1887, p. 42, 3,

No. 103.

I received a fine series of this species. The specimens

are larger than any I have seen from other localities,

but not so variable as those from Japan and Corea.

22. Argynnis nerippe, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p. 24 (1862).

Argynnis coreana, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), ix.,

p. 15.

Appears to be commoner than adippe at Kiukiang.

23. Melitea (?) maculata, Br. & Grey, Schmett. Nordl.

China, p. 7, t. i., fig. 8 (1853).

Argynnis leopardina, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. de France,

1866, p. 221, t. iii., fig. 3.

I received four specimens of this interesting species

from Kiukiang.

_ 24, Vanessa c-album, Linn.; P. Z.8., 1887, p. 420.

The Kiukiang form of this species is very large and

pale, and seems to occur abundantly.

25. Vanessa c-aureum, Linn.

Vanessa angelica, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., t. 888,

figs. G, H.

Appears to be a common insect.

26. Vanessa churonia, Drury, Exot. Ent., i., t. 15 (1773) ;

Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 18.

' Seems very common; none of the specimens, how-

ever, approach the var. glauconia, Motsch.

This species does not seem to be as plentiful as the

last at Kiukiang.

27. Pyrameis indica.

Papilio atalanta indica, Herbst.

Vanessa callirhoé, Fabr.

Some examples are very close to var. vulcania.

106 Mr. Leech on a collection of

28. Vanessa cardui, Linn.

A few specimens of the usual type.

29. Hestina assimilis, Linn.

I received a long series of this fine species from

Kiukiang.

30. Limenitis sydyi, Led., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1858,

a p. 357, t. i., fig. 3.

This species appears to be fairly constant at Kiukiang

and there is no tendency to aberration in the direction

of var. latefasciata, Mén.

31. Limenitis helmanni, Led., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges.,

1853, p. 356, t.1., fig. 4.

The specimens from Kiukiang are larger than those

from Amurland, Corea, and Japan.

32. Neptis aceris, Lep., Reise, i., p. 203, t. xvii., figs. 5, 6,

Var. intermedia, Pryer.

Seems very common at Kiukiang, and agrees perfectly

with the Japanese form.

33. Neptis eurynome, West. Don., Ins. China (2nd ed.),

p- 66 (1842).

Papilio leucothoé, Don., Ins. Chin., t. 35, fig. 8 (1798).

This species also seems common at Kiukiang.

34. Neptis pryeri, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1871,

p. 561; Lep. Exot., pl. 68, fig. 4; Jans., Cist.

Ent., ii., p. 155.

Limenitis arboretorum, Oberth., Et. Ent., ii., p. 24,

t. iii., fig. 3.

The Chinese specimens do not differ in the least from

Japanese and Corean. The species appears to be very

common at Kiukiang,

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 107

35. Athyma sulpitia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., t. 214, 1782.

Var. ningpoana, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 26.

A fairly long series of this species shows but little

variation of importance; the two white dashes in the

cell, however, are sometimes confluent.

86. Athyma fortuna, n.s. (Pl. VILL, figs. 1 3, 1a, 2).

Male. Upper surface smoky black, with a slight purplish

reflection in certain lights. Primaries: discal streak club-shaped,

entire; discal band represented by.a series of nine white or opaline

spots, of which the third, fourth, and fifth, as also the eighth and

ninth, are only separated by the nerves. Two small spots and a

faint curved linear mark at the outer angle are the only sub-

marginal markings. Secondaries: a broad and almost straight

central white or opaline band, interrupted only by the subcostal

nervule, and on the hind margin a white or opaline bar tapering

from the anal angle towards the costa, and intersected by the

nervules forming a series of six spots.

Female. Upper surface brownish black. Discal streak termi-

nates in a dot beyond the cell. Markings asin the male, but spots

smaller and of a creamy tint. Fringes white, chequered with

black at the extremities of the nervules.

~-Under surface of all the wings orange-brown. The discal area

and a quadrate spot at anal angle of primaries black. White

markings much as on upper surface, but more confluent, and the

streak terminates in a sharp point just outside the cell. There is

also a.whitish line bounding the lower two-thirds of outer margin,

and two small white spots, one above and the other directly below

the discal streak. A series of black crescent-shaped marks com-

mencing near the costa, and, skirting the external edges of apical

spots, runs parallel with outer margin to black spot at anal angle.

These marks are bordered externally with white. Markings on

the secondaries as on the upper surface, but with the addition of a

fairly broad basal streak, which is bluish grey in the male, but

white in female, and bluish grey abdominal fold. Expanse,

od 74mm. 2 84 mm.

This species is most nearly allied to Athyma jina,

Moore, from which, however, it can easily be distin-

guished by the narrower discal streak, and by the

absence of white abdominal belt. On the upper surface

i} also bears a superficial resemblance to .4. sulpitia,

Cram., but the character of the discal streak and the

108 Mr. Leech on a collection of

markings of the under surface at once separate it from

that species.

37. Apatura ilia, Schiff., 8. V., p. 172.

Apatura here, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 27 (1862).

All the specimens received from Kiukiang belong to

the form here, though individually they vary con-

siderably. I have forms of var. metis from 8. Russia,

which agree very well with some of the Chinese speci-

mens.

38. Apatura subalba, Pouj, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1885,

p. cevil.

Only five examples of this magnificent species were

sent me. The type, which is rather smaller and a very

bad specimen, is in the Paris Museum, and was taken

by the Abbé David in Thibet.

39. Charaxes narceus, Hew., Exot. Butt., i., Nymph.,

t. 1, figs. 1, 4 (1854).

Var. mandarinus, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep., iii., p. 487,

n. 710 (1867).

Both type and variety of this fine species seem to be

common at Kiukiang.

40. Polyommatus phieas, Linn.

Var. chinensis, Feld., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., xii.,

488 (1862).

Var. eleus, Fab.

Both varieties appear to be common at Kiukiang.

41. Lycena argiades, Pall.; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, p. 415.

Kiukiang representatives of this species vary greatly

both in size and colour.

42. Lycena fischeri, Eversm., Bull. M., 1848, iii., 587 ;

H.-S., 218, 9.

Lycena davidi, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Fr., 1884, p. cxxxv.

L. filicaudis, Pryer.

A few specimens, which do not differ from those taken

by me at Ningpo and Corea.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 109

43. Lycena argia, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., ii., p. 125,

Toko eee. A. Oy LSSt, DP. 420.

Lycena opalina, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1885, exliii.

Agrees well with Japanese specimens.

44. Lycena argiolus, Linn.

Lycena ladonides, de lOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 20.

L. levetti, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xi., p. 111.

Seems fairly common at Kiukiang.

45. Lycena moorei, n.s. (Pl. VIL, fig. 4).

Male. Upper surface: all the wings smoky black. Fringes of

primaries dusky, rather paler at anal angle ; those of the secondaries

white, with some darker scales at the extremities of the nervules,

giving a slight chequered appearance. Under surface pale grey.

Primaries with an elongated discoidal and a central series of six

black spots ; the last is linear, and all are surrounded with whitish.

On the outer margin is a series of black marks more or less V-like

in shape; these are bordered on each side with whitish, and

precede a black line interrupted by the nervules. Secondaries:

three basal spots, that on the anterior margin being large and

somewhat triangular in shape, whilst the third is dot-like, and

situated on the extreme edge of abdominal fold; an elongated

discoidal and a central series of seven spots, the initial one being

large and almost round, third and sixth oval,—these, as also one

between the discoidal and first spot of central series, are black. A

submarginal series of V-shaped black marks, a row of marks,

chiefly small and linear, but including one large round spot, edged

internally with orange, between the submedian nervure and first

median nervule. Fringes grey, with a black line at their base.

Female. Same as male in colour and arrangement of markings,

but spots on under surface are larger, especially those of central

series on secondaries.

Expanse, 29 mm.

Though not closely allied to any known species, this

insect has a superficial resemblance to Lycena fischeri,

Ky., but the absence of any caudal appendage at once

separates it from that species. The arrangement of

spots on under surface is also very different. From

Meletus hamada, Druce, which it agrees with on the

upper surface, it may be distinguished by the very

110 Mr. Leech on «a collection of

different under side maculation and the less chequered

fringes.

Only three examples (two males, one female) were

received from Kiukiang, but these show sundry modi-

fications in size and shape of the spots, and in one

specimen the spot between the discoidal and costal is

only present on the right secondary.

46. Niphanda fusca.

Thecla fusca, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. Nordl. China’s,

p. 9 (1858) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, 410, n. 31.

Seems common at Kiukiang.

47. Thecla w-album, var. eximia, Fixsn.

Kiukiange specimens agree well with the type of

Fixsen’s eximia, which is in the collection of the Grand

Duke Nicholas. That insect, however, has nothing

whatever to do with 7’. w-album, and is either a distinct

species or T'. grandis, Feld. Felder’s description seems

to apply to my insect, but as I have not seen an example

of 7’. grandis, and as there is no figure available for

comparison, I am unable to say positively whether it is

referable to that species or not.

48. Thecla micans, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s,

p. 9 (1858).

Thecla betuloides, Blanch., Compt. Rend., lxxii., p. 810

(1871).

Three or four specimens taken in May or June.

49. Thecla pratti, n.s. (Pl. VIL, fig. 4).

Male. Primaries black, with violet reflections over the discal

area. Secondaries black, with the exception of a violet suffusion,

bounded by two imaginary lines drawn from the base of wing, and

terminating respectively at the anal angle and the extremity of the

first subcostal nervule. Tails black tipped with white; anal

lunule red. Fringes of all the wings pale, but becoming darker

towards the apex of primaries.

Female. Uniformly smoky black. Anal lunule reddish orange,

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 111

bordered on its inner margin by a few bluish scales. Fringes of

all the wings white, merging into black at the apex of primaries.

Under side: all the wings whitish grey. Primaries with a short

darker transverse bar at the end of discal cell, beyond which

is a darker broken band running from the costa towards the inner

margin. Secondaries with two small dark spots near the base of

wing, and a short darkish discal bar; beyond this is an irregular

arrangement of darkish markings. Above the tail is a small

black spot surrounded with yellow, a slender streak of which

colour runs parallel with the hind margin to the black anal lunule,

and then, turning at a right angle, traverses a third of the abdo-

minal fold.

Expanse, 32 mm.

This species is variable on the under side both in

‘shade of colour and in the intensity of the markings.

In these respects four of the six specimens I received

from Kiukiang differ somewhat from the examples de-

scribed above. The anal lunule on upper surface of

secondaries is also subject to variation, as in one example

it is pale yellow, and in another bluish.

T took a few specimens of this insect at Foochau in

April, 1886.

Ree Curetis acuta, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),

xx., p. 50.

Occurs in July, and cannot be distinguished from

Japanese specimens.

51. Amblypodia rama, Koll., Hug. Kaschm., iv., 2, p. 412,

t. 4, figs. 1, 2 (1848); Hew., Cat. Lyc. B. M.,

vii., fig. 72 (1862). |

Amblypodia querceti, Moore, Cat. Lep. HE. I. C., i.,

p. 48, n. 64 (1857).

9. A. dodonea, Moore, l. c., n. 65, t. ia, fig. 8 (1857).

Seems to be fairly plentiful in July.

52. Amblypodia avidiena, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1877,

p- 108.

I only received one example of this interesting species.

112 Mr. Leech on a collection of

53. Terias leta, Boisd., Sp. Gén., i., p. 674.

Var. jegert, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., p. 84, t. 11., fig. 1

(1855).

Terias subfervens, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

xi., p. 278 (1883).

A few hybernated specimens, which do not show any

material difference from Japanese specimens.

54. Terias hecabe, Linn.; P. Z.8., 1887, p. 409, n. 26.

As plentiful and as variable at Kiukiang as in Japan.

Series includes most of the named forms.

55. Terias bethesba, Janson, Cist. Ent., ii., p. 272 (1878).

Two specimens (male and female) taken in July. I

believe this species has not been previously recorded

from China.

56. Pieris rape, Linn.

Pieris crucivora, Boisd., Sp. Gén., i., p. 522 (1836).

Var. orientalis, Oberth., Et. Ent., v., p. 18 (1880).

The specimens I received from Kiukiang are very

variable, and this is especially noticeable in the males.

These usually have one or two spots on the fore wing,

but in some examples the disc of the wing is immaculate.

The apical patch of fore wing may be either very faintly

indicated or strongly developed.

57. Pieris canidia, Sparrm.

Pieris gliciria, Cram., Pap. Exot., u., t. 171, fig. u, F.

P. clavipennis, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xix.,

p- 96.

P. sordida, Butl.

Black spots on fore wing two or one, sometimes

entirely absent. This species seems to be common at

Kiukiang.

58. Pieris napi, Linn.

Var. melete, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., ii., p. 118, t. x.,

figs. 1, 2 (1855); P. Z.8., 1887, p. 407, n. 16.

The examples of this species from Kiukiang are

larger and the markings more distinct than in any

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 113

specimens I have from Japan. Compared with female

napt from other localities, the under side of hind wings

are of a richer and much deeper yellow. Marking and

shape of wing variable.

59. Callidryas crocale, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 55,

figs. c, D.

Callidryas jugurtha, Cram., op. ¢., 1. t. 187, figs. B, F.

Only one example.

60. Rhodocera rhamni, Linn.

Rhodocera nipalensis, Doubl., Gen. Diurn. Lep., p. 71

(1847).

R. maxima, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885,

p. 407.

Specimens from Kiukiang are larger and deeper

coloured than any others with which I am acquainted.

Rhodocera acuminata, Feld. (Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p- 23, 1862), also occurs at Kiukiang. I am unable to

form an opinion as to whether it is a variety of R. rhamni

or a distinct species. The females are very easily

distinguished, but I have some males which appear to

be intermediate between acuminata and rhamnt.

61. Colias hyale, Linn.; P. Z.8., 1887, p. 408, n. 23.

Seems common, and is as variable as in Japan. The

yellow form of the female appears to predominate.

62. Sericinus telamon, Don., Ins. China, t. xxvii, fig. 1

(798) eo BA. 65, 1887, 404, ne 12.

Seems common at Kiukiang. I have received over one

hundred specimens, among which are individuals corre-

sponding in every particular with the named forms, and

also intermediates linking one form with another.

68. Papilio elwesi, n.s. (Pl. VII., fig. 1).

Male. Ground colour of all the wings black. Primaries and

anterior portion of secondaries thickly sprinkled with whitish

scales on each side of the nervures and nervules, which gives the

insect a grey and streaked appearance. Posterior portion of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) I

114 Mr. Leech on a collection of

secondaries black with a bluish tinge, ornamented with five deep

red crescent-shaped marks and an ocellus; the latter is bordered

with white on its external edge, and is situated at the anal angle.

Along the outer margin are four small red marks, bordered exter-

nally with white, that situated between the extremities of the first

and second median nervules being much the largest. Under

surface; colour, and ornamentation similar to these characters on

the upper side, but somewhat fainter. Head, thorax, and legs

black. Body bluish black.

Expanse, 156 mm.

This species can at once be separated from any other

known Papilio by its broad spatulated tails, which are

traversed to their margins by two (the 2nd and 8rd

median) nervules. (Pl. VIL., fig. 1a).

I only received two examples of this interesting species.

64. Papilio aristolochie, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 443 (1775).

Appears to be very common at Kiukiang. Extremely

variable in marking, especially as regards the spots on

hind wings, which may be either 2, 3,4, or 5 in number.

One female example has five of these spots on one hind

wing, and none on the opposite one.

65. Papilio pamnon, Linn.

Var. borealis, Feld., Wein. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 22 (1862),

This does not appear to be a common species at

Kiukiang. The specimens are larger than those I have

from Foochau and Hongkong, and the female has much

more red on the hind wings. The females from Kiukiang

(four in number) vary exceedingly.

66. Papilio bianor, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 103, fig. c

(1779); Lep. Jap. & Cor., P. Z.8., 1887, 404.

Appears fairly plentiful. The spring form, which

closely resembles the var. japonica, Butl., seems rarer

than the summer form. Over a hundred examples

were received from Kiukiang, and no two of these are

alike; the variation is greater than obtained among the

specimens from Japan.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 115

67. Papilio demetrius, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., t. 385,

figs. E, F (1882).

Var. carpentert, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), x.,

p. 318.

A single male specimen taken in June.

68. Papilio alcinous, Klug, Neue Schmett., t. 1. (1836).

Papilio alcinous, var., Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins., pl. iv.,

figs. 2, 3.

P. mencius, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 22 (1862).

P. spathatus, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vii.,

p: 139.

P. plutonius, Oberth., Et. Ent., ii., p. 16, t. ui., fig. 2

(1876).

After comparing hundreds of specimens from China

and Japan, I am unable to find sufficient differences to

separate the above forms. M. Oberthur, Et. Ent., i1.,

p. 16, mentions the shape and length of tails, shape of

hind wings, and red spots as characters by which the

forms may be distinguished. In an extensive series of

specimens, however, such as that before me, it is seen

that all these characters are subject to considerable

modification, so that it is not possible to place reliance

upon them.

69. Papilio sarpedon, L., var. (Pl. VIL., fig. 2).

The variety figured is the common form of P. sarpedon

at Kiukiang, and differs from the type in being without

the band-like series of blue spots on secondaries. Other

examples are intermediate,* and connect the variety

with the type. Ningpo and Ichang specimens exhibit

no tendency whatever to vary in the direction of this

form.

70. Papilio xuthus, Linn.

Var. zuthulus, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 4, t. 1., fig. 2.

Both forms, as well as intermediates, occur commonly.

* One of these has been named var. semifasciatus by Herr

Honrath, Entom. Nachr., xiv., p. 161 (June, 1888).

116 Mr. Leech on a collection of

71. Papilio machaon, Linn.

Var. asiatica, Mén., Enum., 1., p. 70 (1855).

Var. hippocrates, Feld, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien.,

Xiv., p. 314.

All the specimens received from Kiukiang belong to

the forms asiatica and hippocrates ; they are extremely

variable both as regards size, colour, and markings.

72. Papilio macilentus, Janson, Cist. Ent., ii., p. 158.

Papilio tractipennis, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

Vil:, p. 189.

P. scevola, Oberth., Et. Ent., iv., p. 37.

I received six specimens of this species, only one of

which was of the female sex. It does not differ in any

way from the Japanese form.

73. Ismene badra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1., p. 245

(1865).

One specimen, which agrees well with N. Indian

examples of this species, except as regards the anal angle

of hind wing, which in badra is rather more produced.

74. Pamphila mathias, Fabr., Ent. Syst , Suppl., 433

(1798).

Only three specimens of this species were sent me.

75. Pamphila oceia, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 31, n. 22

(1868).

Six or eight specimens, all agreeing with those bearing

this name in Mr. Moore’s collection.

76. Pamphila guitata, Murr., P. Z.8., 1881, p. 912.

Eudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. Nordl.

China’s, p. 10 (1855).

Goniloba guttata, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., i., t. v., fig. 4

(1857).

Seems to be rare at Kiukiang.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 117

77. Pamphila fortunei, Feld., Reise Nov., t. 72, fig. 11.

One specimen only.

This is probably a form of pellucida, Murray, but I

can form no definite opinion without a longer series.

78. Pamphila prominens, Moore.

Gegenes sinensis, Mab., Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1877,

p- 231.

In the Hewitson collection, amongst insects named

mohopaant, Wall., is a specimen agreeing well with my

Chinese examples. The specimen referred to bears two

tickets of locality, one N. India and the other W. Nile;

the former is probably the correct one.

I received eight or ten specimens from Kiukiang.

79. Pamphila mencia, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(4), xx., p. 52.

Four examples.

80. Gegenes hainanus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 703.

Two specimens received, which agree well with Mr.

Moore’s type.

81. Hesperia sylvatica, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 34,

be tio. 0:

Appears to be common at Kiukiang.

The specimens are somewhat darker than those from

Japan, but none approach the form leonina, Butl.

82. Syricthus maculatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. Nordl.

China’s, p. 11.

A few examples only. They differ in no way from

Japanese specimens.

83. Plesioneura bifasciata.

EHudamas bifasciatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. N.

China’s, p. 10 (18538).

Gonilobia bifasciata, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep., 1.,

t. v., fig. 3 (1855).

This seems to be a scarce insect at Kiukiang. The

118 Mr. Leech on a collection of

specimens do not differ from those which I took at

Ningpo and in the Corea.

84. Tagiades nymphealis, Speyer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1879,

p. 348.

About ten fine specimens of this large Hesperid,

which appears to be closely allied to Satarupa gopala,

Moore, from Sikkim.

85. Pterygospidea maculosa, Feld., Reise Nov., p. 528,

t. 78, n. 7 (1867).

A large number of very fine specimens of this beautiful

species.

86. Pterygospidea sinica, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p. 380 (1862).

Pterygospidea mooret, Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

(5), vi., p. clit. (1876).

Daimio felderi, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), vii.,

p- 140.

Appears to be common at Kiukiang.

87. Pterygospidea davidii, Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

(5), vi., p. 54 (1876).

A nice series.

88. Antigonus vasava, Moore, P. Z.S., 1865, p. 786.

A fine series, showing some slight differences in the

hyaline maculation of secondaries and towards base of

primaries. Agree well with specimens from Ningpo.

89. Acherontia atropos, Linn.

Acherontia styx, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., 88, pl. 42,

fig. 3.

A. medusa, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc., ix., 597 (1876) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ii., p. 3, pl. xli., fig. 5.

Five specimens, all of which agree with Japanese

examples in my collection. Absence of black bands on

the under surface of abdomen, by which it is claimed

medusa and styx may be separated from Atropos, is not

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 119

a trustworthy character, as in some Kuropean specimens

these bands are not present on the ventral surface,

whilst some Chinese and Japanese examples exhibit

distinct traces of such bands.

90. Acherontia morta. Hubn., Verz. Schmett., 140, 1496.

Acherontia atropos, var., Cram., Pap. Exot., iu., 74,

pl. 237, fig. a.

A. lethe, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., 87, pl. 42, fig. 2.

A. satanas, Boisd., Hist. Nat. Lep., pl. xvi., fig. 1.

Only one specimen, agreeing exactly with example

from Punjaub in my collection, taken by me at Murree.

91. Smerinthus ocellatus, Linn.

Smerinthus planus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viil., 254

(N. China).

S. argus, Men., Cat. Mus. Petr., p. 94, No. 1561.

Two specimens.

92. Smerinthus dissimilis, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 35,

ty tly, tig 2:

One example, much more rosy than specimens from

Amurland.

93. Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Brem. und Grey, Beitr. zur

Schmett. Faun. Nord. China, p. 52.

Appears to be fairly common at Kiukiang.

94. Clanis bilineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., v.,

1857 (1866); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. v.,

14, pl. Ixxxi., fig. 4 (1881).

Only one example.

95. Acosmeryx anceus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., 124,

pl. 355, fig. a.

One example only.

96. Daphnusa colligata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viil.,

238 (1856).

Metagastes bieti, Oberth., Lep. du Thibet, p. 29, pl. i.,

fig. 2 (1886).

A single specimen.

120 Mr. Leech on a collection of

97. Lophura sangaica, Butl., P. Z.S , 1875, p. 621.

One example only.

98. Diludia increta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., i.,

p- 36 (1864) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. iii.,

pl xl. hee? (i879):

Two examples differing greatly in size, as also in

colour of hind wings.

99. Cherocampa japonica, Boisd., Ins. Lep. Het., i., 241.

One example.

100. Cherocampa silhetensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii.,

p. 148 (1856); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. v.,

DG; Ole Laxixs tes:

Cherocampa bisecta, Moore, cf. Butl., l. c.

One example.

101. Cherocampa elpenor, Linn.

Cherocampa lewis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875,

p. 247.

Several specimens from Kiukiang.

Except that it is more rosy on hind margin of anterior

wings, lewisii, Butl., is not separable from typical C.

elpenor. Some European examples of C. elpenor in my

collection are quite as rosy as lewisii.

102. Pergesa mongoliana, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 622

(1875); TL Dyp: ep. Het. opt. a1.,, 2. ple axa;

fig. 5.

Four specimens differing in size and markings.

103. Leucophlebia lineata, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent.,

p..46; pl..xxne tie. 2.

One specimen.

104. Macroglossa pyrrhosticta, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc.,

1875, 242, pl. xxxvi., fig. 8.

Several specimens. Variable.

105. Macrogqlossa bombylans, Boisd., Ins. Lep. Het., 1.,

334 (1874).

Two specimens.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 121

106. Sataspes infernalis, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 61,

pl. 30, fig. 8 (1848).

One male example without the typical blue markings,

but with the basal half of all the wings blackish, and some

patches of bluish-grey scales, especially near the thorax.

107. Hemaris radians, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viil., 84 ;

Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., pt.ii., p.1, pl. xxi., fig. 2.

One specimen.

108. Sciapteron chinense, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 5).

Primaries purplish black, with a few brownish scales scattered

over the centre and on hind margin of the wing, and a small patch

of yellow scales at the base. Secondaries hyaline, slightly smoky

towards the margins; fringes and neuration black, as also are the

head, thorax, and abdomen, but the latter is encircled by three

orange bands of uniform width at equal distances apart. Collar

yellow, pectus marked with orange. Antenne black, slightly

pectinatedin the male. Legs black, tarsi of anterior pair paler.

Expanse, gj 30 mm., ? 39 mm.

This species may be distinguished from Sciapteron

regale, Butl., by its much longer and more slender body,

by the absence of orange markings on head and thorax,

and by the equal size and greater width of the abdominal

bands. From S. cuprealis, Moore, it may be separated

by the position of the bands, which in that species are

situated one near the junction with thorax, and other

two towards apex of body.

Two specimens, male and female, taken near Kiukiang

in June.

HyPERTHYRUS, 0. g.

Palpi projecting beyond the head, 2nd joint densely clothed with

hair, 8rd joint, which is one-fourth the length of 2nd, barely

scaled. Antenne filiform. Abdomen tapering sharply posteriorly.

Costa of primaries straight to apex, which is slightly curved, the

outer margin twice indented at angle. Secondaries half the

length of primaries, outer margin indented.

Something of the appearance of Thyris, but differing

in its much more elongate primaries. Type, Hyperthyris

aperta.

122 Mr. Leech on a collection of

109. Hyperthyrus aperta, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 7).

Primaries hyaline, golden brown at base, and with a triangle on

costa, submarginal band and the veins blackish; outer margin

fuscous tinged with golden brown, and sparsely scaled. Secondaries

hyaline, costa and wide outer border blackish; abdominal margin

blackish, with some patches of golden brown scales. Head and

thorax golden brown marked with fuscous, collar blackish. Abdo-

men fuscous.

Expanse, 28 mm.

One example only of this curious species.

110. Eusemia japana.

Chelonomorpha japana, Motsch., Etud. Ent., 1860,

p- 30.

Eusemia villicoides, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),

Xvi, p. U4e, plicany fie. 2(kS7o):

Only one example; this differs from Japanese speci-

mens in the smaller size of the cream-coloured spots on

fore wings.

111. Seudyra subflava, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

LST7 op. Ba:

One specimen only.

112. Retina costata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii., 489, n. 2

(1854); Butl., Ill. ‘Typ.. Lep. Het., i, p. 9,

pl. xlin., fig. 7 (1879).

Five specimens. Walker notes the species from N.

China.

113. Hterusia edea, Clerck, Icon., pl. 4, fig. 2.

Seems common at Kiukiang, and exhibits but little

disposition to vary.

114. Soritia elizabetha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii., 488.

One example only.

115. Histia flabellicornis, Fabr., Sp. Ins., i1., 168, 32 ;

Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii., 412 (1854).

One example, smaller in size than Indian specimens,

and with less blue on the wings.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 123

116. Epicopeia mencia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1874,

p. 578, pl. lxvil., fig. 8.

Two specimens, male and female.

117. Arachotia hyalina, n.s. (Pl. VIL, fig. 6).

Male. Primaries black, with four hyaline spots before and six

others beyond the middle. Secondaries hyaline with black borders,

narrow on the abdominal fold, but broad on other margins; the

border on outer margin projects inwardly as far as lower edge of

discoidal cell. Fringes black, except at apices of all the wings,

where they are white. Head and thorax bluish black, Abdomen

greenish black, collar and segmental divisions marked with white.

Antenne deeply pectinated, steel-blue, whitish towards the tips,

which are black. Under surface same as above, with the addition,

on secondaries, of a small white dash on the anterior margin, and

an oblong spot near the costa and beyond the middle. Legs black.

Expanse, 42 mm.

One very fine example.

118. Phauda fortunu, H.-8., Lep. Exot. Sp. Nov., Sér 1,

fig. 223.

Phauda triadum, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i., 257.

Two examples.

119. Syntomis mutrheadi, Feld., Wien., Ent. Mon.,

Vict ale

An interesting series of specimens, showing some

variation in the number and size of hyaline spots on

secondaries and towards apex of primaries.

120. Syntomis Pratti, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 8).

Allied to Syntomis muirheadii, Feld., to which species it bears

a strong superficial resemblance, but is separated therefrom by

having only two hyaline spots towards base of primaries, and

blackish margins to abdominal fold of secondaries. There is no

yellow patch on the posterior edge of thorax, but one is situated

band-like on first segment of abdomen, and this is followed by five

yellow belts in the male and four in female. These last are inter-

rupted on the back of the female by astripe of the blackish ground

colour. Antenne strongly pectinated in the male, a character

which at once distinguishes it from male S. muirheadii.

Expanse, fg 47 mm., 9 56 mim.

Two specimens, male and female.

124 Mr. Leech on a collection of

121. Syntomis pascus, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 1).

Closely allied to Syntomis acrospila, Feld., but wants the large

white apical spot of that species; the hyaline spots of primaries

are rather differently arranged, and that of the secondaries different

in shape. Felder’s figure* represents a male with five yellow belts

on abdomen, but the male of S. pascws has six abdominal rings,

and the female five.

Expanse, § 45 mm., ? 52mm.

Three specimens of each sex were received from

Kiukiang.

122. Syntomis thelebus, Faby.

Syntomis germana, Feld., Wein. Ent. Mon., vi., 37

(1862).

S. mandarima, Butl., J. L.8., Zool., xii., 849.

In size of hyaline spots and confluency of abdominal

bands this species varies greatly.

123. Syntomis torquatus, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 2).

In colour of wings, number, shape, and arrangement of hyaline

spots this insect is not separable from S. fortwnii, Boisd., but the

yellow collar, five broad and two narrow abdominal bands, together

with a small white patch in apical fringes of primaries, most

clearly defined on under surface, at once show it to be distinct

from that species.

Expanse, 34mm.

One example.

124. Alpenus flammeolus, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (4), xx., 89.

A single example (female), which does not differ in the

least from Japanese and Ningpo specimens.

125. Rhodogastria lactinea, Cram., Pap. Exot., il.,

pl. cxxxill,, 19...

Rhodogastria sanguinolenta, Fab., Ent. Syst , 11., 473,

206.

One female of this variable species.

* Reise de Novara, t. cii., fig. 11.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 125

126. Dionychopus niveus, Mén., Bull. Phys. Petersb.,

ili., 108.

One male, smaller than my Japanese examples.

127. Rhyparioides rubescens, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het.,

Lite es Oils

Var. amurensis, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 39, tab. iii.,

fig. 16 (1864).

Appears to be pretty common at Kiukiang.

128. Diacrisia subvaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii.,

p. 687, n. 2 (1855) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii.,

p. oi ple xxint, fig./3- (187s).

Only one specimen from Kiukiang. I have a long

series from Ningpo, taken by a native collector.

129. Cystidia stratonice, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., 234,

pl. 398, fig. x.

Vithora agrionides, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),

xv., p. 187 (1875); Ill.. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. 11.,

poo, pliixxiy fig. 3.

Two examples taken in June.

130. Hypercompa principalis, Kollar, var. regalis.

(PI EX, figs 4).

Kiukiang specimens differ from the type in the much

darker ground colour of primaries, and the spots on

primaries and ground colour of secondaries are deep

orange instead of pale yellow ; the proportion of black

in these last is also much greater, and the abdomen is

heavily marked with black down the centre.

Among over a hundred specimens of H. principalis,

which I took last year in the N.W. Himalayas, not one

individual exhibited any trace of aberration in the

direction of the Kiukiang form.

131. Trypheromera plagifera, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i1.,

p. 400 (1854).

Several specimens.

126 Mr. Leech on a collection of

132. Bizone sanguinea, Brem., Schmett. Nordl. China’s,

p. 14, tab. vi., fig. 4.

Five specimens.

133. Bizone hamata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i1., p. 549.

Six specimens.

134. Bizone phedra, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 6).

Female. Primaries white, a band near the base united—on the

costa, along the median nervure, and on the inner margin—to

another placed before the middle of the wing; three black spots

on the disk forming a triangle, and beyond these a broad angulated

band; all these bands, together with one on the outer margin,

which is deeply indented internally, are pale brick-red. Secondaries

pale pinkish, with a fuscous discoidal spot. Fringes white. Under

side pale pinkish, disk of primaries and central spot on secondaries

fuscous. Head and thorax white, collar and tegule pinkish.

Abdomen white, with some lateral tufts of pinkish scales.

Expanse, 46 mm.

Closely allied to B. sanguinea, Brem., but larger, and

the markings are different. Only a female specimen was

received from Kiukiang, but I have a male taken at

Ningpo. ‘The sexes are alike in colour and markings.

135. Hypoprepia delineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i1.,

p- 487 (1854).

Only one example.

186. Digama abietis, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 5).

Male. Primaries ashy grey, ornamented with black spots

arranged in irregular transverse lines. Secondaries and abdomen

pale orange. Head and thorax ashy grey, the latter spotted with

black. Under surface of primaries and thorax sooty black;

secondaries and abdomen as above. Legs sooty black.

Female rather larger, but in all other respects same as male.

Expanse, fj 26mm., ? 34 mm.

This species is closely allied to D. hearsayana, Moore,

but the colour of primaries is different, and the black

spots are more numerous and larger ; the abdomen is

unspotted, and there is no discal spot on the under

surface of secondaries.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 127

I have received but one example (male) from Kiukiang.

In April, 1886, I found D. abietis in the Snowy Valley,

near Ningpo, fairly plentiful at rest on the trunks of fir-

trees, from which they darted quickly when approached.

They flew wildly from tree to tree, and were difficult to

capture.

187. Eligma narcissus, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., 116,

pl. 73, figs. B, F:

One specimen.

138. Lithosia vetusta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1., p. 508

(1854).

Hight specimens, agreeing well with examples in my

collection from Corea.

139. Numenes disparilis, Staud., Rom. Mem. sur les

Lep., Tome iii., p. 200.

One female example.

140. Laria l-nigrwm, Muller, Faun. Fr., p. 40.

Kiukiang specimens have the L or VY mark on the

upper surface of the primaries replaced by a small round

dot, but agree in every other respect with the typical

form.

141. Porthetria dispar, Linn.

Iiparis dispar var. japonica, Motsch., Etud. Ent.,

1860, p. 31.

Porthetria umbrosa, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

LSSi pel:

P. hadina, Butl., l.c.

Kiukiang specimens come between hadina, Butl., and

japonica. Motsch., and these, together with wmbrosa, are

certainly forms of P. dispar. Seeing how subject to

variation P. dispar is in Europe, it is perhaps not matter

for surprise that the species should also vary in Asia,

and that the Asian forms and those of Kurope be con-

nected by intermediates.

128 Mr. Leech on a collection of

142. Leucoma salicis, Linn.

Four specimens agreeing with the European form,

only the wings appear to be more closely scaled, thus

giving the insect a more silvery white but less glossy

appearance.

143. Belippa horrida, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., i.,

509.

Only one specimen.

144. Attacus cynthia, Drury, App., i., Cram., Pap. Exot.,

1.,.62,, pl. 39, fig. A.

Attacus pryeri, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 387,

n.183 Tl. Typ. luep. Het., pt. ii., p- 11, pl: xiu.,

fig. 5 (1879).

A. walkeri, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 34.

A large number of examples, which, from their

splendid condition, appear to have been bred.

The specimens are for the most part of the Japanese

form (pryert, Butl.), but there are others which cannot

be separated from walkeri, Feld. Neither of these forms

appear to show specific differences from cynthia.

145. Actias sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi., p. 1264

(1855).

One specimen.

146. Actias selene, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., 152, 1588.

Actias ningpoana, Feld.

Tropea artemis, Brem.. Etud. Entom. de Motschulsky,

p- 64 (1852); Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 44, tab. ii., fig. 6

fier

T.gnoma, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xx., p. 480

(1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ii., p. 17, pl. xxv.,

fig. 1 (1878).

Four examples, three of which agree with the form

ningpoana, and the other with the type.

147. Antherea pernyi, Guerin, Rey. et Mag., Zool.,

1855—6, 297, pl. vi., fig. 1.

Antherea hazina, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

pee:

One female specimen only.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 129

147 a. Saturnia pyretorum, Boisduval MSS., Westw.,

Cab. Orient. Ent., 49, pl. 24, fig. 2.

One specimen bred by Pratt in March, 1888, from a

pupa obtained at Kiukiang in 1887.

148. Brahmea undulata, Brem., Schmett. Nordl.

China’s, p. 16, pl. v., fig. 3.

Five specimens of this fine species.

149. Clistocampa neustria, Linn.

Two specimens, male and female, identical with

European examples.

150. Odonestis leta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi., 1416,

n. 6 (1855).

Three specimens, which appear to have been bred.

151. Trabala vishnu, Lef., Zool. Journ., ii., 207 (1827).

Var. sulphurea, Kollar, Kaschmir, Von Hugel, 171, 1.

Trabala basalis, Walk., Lep. Het., vii., 1785.

One specimen of the var. sulphurea.

The type has been recorded from Hongkong and

Madras, and the variety from Silhet, Murree, and several

places in N. India.

152. Phassus sinensis, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(4), xx., 94 (1877):

One specimen in very imperfect condition.

153. Thyatira trimaculata, Brem., Bull. Acad. Sci. St.

Pet., iii., 570 (1861) ; Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 47, tab. v.,

fig. 5.

One example.

154. Acronycta rumicis, Linn.

Two specimens darker than those from Hurope, but

agreeing in this respect with examples from the Corea

and Japan.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) K

130 Mr. Leech on a collection of

155. Moma (Noctua) orion, Esp., 108, 4—7; Tr., v., 1, 54;

Dups, vi, 85; 5:9 rr. B-) 22>, Guen.1., ob.

Noctua aprilina, Wien. Verz , 70,6; Fabr., Mant. Ins.,

il., 172, 247; Hubn., Eur. Schmett. Noct., pl. 5,

fig. 22.

Diphtera orion, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ix., 33.

One example agreeing exactly with specimens from

Europe.

156. Mythimna turca, Linn.

Two examples.

157. Mythimna placida, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), i., 79 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt.i1., p. 21,

pl. xxviil., fig. 5 (1878).

One specimen.

158. Mythimna (Leucania) singularis, Butl., Ann. & Mag.

Nat., Hist.(5), 1., 80 (1878); Ml. Typ. Lep. Het,

pt. i., p. 22, pl. xxviil., fig. 11.

Mythimna formosana, Butl., P. Z.S., 1880. p. 673.

Two specimens.

159. Leucania decisissima, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl.,

ii., 624 (1865).

Leucania salebrosa, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

ete) (1878) ; a Typ- Lep. Het., pt. u., p. 22,

pl. xxviii., fig. 1

L. rujistrigosa, aes Pi Az Say A881, p.. 387:

Appears to be a very variable species.

160. Leucania extranea, Guen., Noct., 1., 77, 104.

A long and exceedingly variable series. Some of the

specimens appear to be identical with L. trifolit and

L. scacharivora, both of Butler, and from Chili.

161. Leucania simplex, n. s.

Primaries pale brown, with a reddish tinge, the median nervure

is but little, if any, paler, and there is no shade below it; a curved

series of minute black dots seated on the nervules towards outer

margin, and a dark oblique and rather indistinct streak from the

Lepidoptera from IKiukiang. 131

apex to middle of wing are the only noticeable markings. Fringes

rather darker. Secondaries fuscous, broadly pale along the anterior

and inner margins; fringes pale brown. Head and thorax pale

brown tinged with red; abdomen pale brown, shaded with fuscous.

Under surface of primaries pale greyish brown, with lustrous

reflections, and a small fuscous cloud on the disc; secondaries pale

lustrous grey; all the wings have a series of small black points on

their outer margins just before the fringes.

Expanse, 40 mm.

162. Cloantha polyodon, Clerck.

Cloantha perspicillaris, Linn.

C. orontii, Her.-Schaff., Schmett. Eur., u., pl. 36,

figs. 180, 181.

C. intermedia, Brem., Bull. de l’Acad., 1861, t. ili. ;

Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 53, tab. v., fig. 13.

A fine series, showing much variation in depth of

colour and intensity of marking.

163. Mamestra thoracica, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xv.,

p- 1684.

One example.

164. Mamestra dolorosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii.,

p- 667.

Only one specimen.

165. Perigea illecta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl.,

ii., 684.

One example, and this appears very like one of the

forms of A. didyma, Esp.

166. Hadena funerea, Hein., Schm. D., i., 828.

Xylophasia sodalis, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

isp. Go, 18795. Ul, Typ. Lep: Het.,-1., p. Xx1x.,

fig. 2.

Three specimens, agreeing with H. funerea, Hein.,

and also with some of the insects comprising a series in

the National Collection, labelled Xylophasia sodalis, Butl.

167. Caradrina ceca, Oberth., Diagn. Lep. Ask., p. 14.

One example.

K 2

132 Mr. Leech on a collection of

168. Hermonassa cecilia, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), i., 164 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. i.,

p. 14, pl. xliv., fig. 9 (1879).

Three specimens.

169. Agrotis ypsilon, Rott., Naturf., xi., p. 141.

Agrotis suffusa, Hubn., 184.

This appears to be a very common insect at Kiukiang.

The series received includes most of the forms occurring

in Kurope.

170. Graphiphora dahl, Hubn.

Graphiphora canescens, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

G),.1.; 165/878); Ti. Typ eep: lety pt. ie,

pe 28) pl.texx.,) esd.

Several specimens showing considerable variation in

tone of colour. Among them are examples exactly

identical with canescens, Butl.

171. Graphiphora brunnea, Fabr.

A short series.

172. Graphiphora pacifica, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(Cb), 1s; 165 (S87 8)e a Ul. yp. Gep.cklet., spb. ls,

p: 28, pl: xxx. igs 291879).

One specimen.

178. Aplectoides caligenea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 185, n. 66.

One example.

174. Polydesma vulgaris, Butl., P. Z.S., 1886, p. 881.

One example.

175. Hurois exclusa, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 9).

Male. Primaries greyish, with a tinge of blue along the inner

margin, and an ochreous shade over the disc; a short line at the

base, and one before the middle running from outer to inner

margins, blackish, the interspace slightly darker than ground colour,

an interrupted and much dentated blackish line commencing on

the middle of costa and terminating on inner margin near the

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 133

blackish submarginal line; this last is edged externally with

whitish, space between the two lines filled up with dark brown,

and intersected from the costa to below median nerve by an

angulated black line, a row of black dots, and a thin wavy black

line along the outer margin ; reniform stigma whitish, indistinctly

outlined, from its external edge, which is bordered with black, a

short black dash is projected in the direction of outer margin.

Secondaries greyish brown, central line and outer margin darker.

Fringes greyish, paler at their base. Head and thorax ashy grey,

collar darker; abdomen greyish brown, darker on the last seg-

ments. Under surface of all the wings greyish brown, shaded with

fuscous towards outer margins; discal spot and interrupted band-

like central shade fuscous.

Expanse, 46 mm.

Two male specimens.

176. Penicillaria geyeri, Feld., Reise der Nov., t. ex.,

fig. 23.

Two examples, each differently coloured.

177, Callopistria purpureofasciata, Piller, t. 6, 2 (1783).

Callopistria pteridis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 90 (1794).

C. exotica, Guen., Noct., 11., 294, 1097.

C. duplicans, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xu., p. 866, n. 14

(1857).

A variable series, among which are specimens exactly

identical with examples from Europe and others which

agree with exotica, Guen., and duplicans, Walk.

178. Aconua bicolora, n.s. (PI. 1X., diesa id, aig).

Male. Primaries: basal two-thirds canary-yellow, outer third

reddish brown, with a broad lilacine fascia-like patch extending

from the inner margin nearly to apex, parallel with outer margin ;

the boundary line separating the exterior portion from the basal is

rather darker, and projects into the latter for a short distance just

below the anterior margin. Fringes dark brown, with a patch of

whitish at the apex. Secondaries dark brown, fringes whitish, inter-

sected by a dark greyish line. Head and thorax canary-yellow ;

abdomen dark grey, segmental divisions paler. Under surface of

all the wings fuscous, with a patch of yellow on the anterior

margin of each wing near the apex, and an ill-defined yellow line

134 Mr. Leech on a collection of

on the outer margin of primaries; fringes of primaries dark brown,

chequered at the apex and near outer angle with whitish; of

secondaries whitish, intersected by a line of dark brownish.

Female. Primaries dark reddish brown, with two patches of

canary-yellow along the anterior margin, and some yellow scales

on the inner margin near the base and just below the middle of

outer margin, a broad lilacine fascia as in the male, fringes dark

brown, with some yellow scales at the apex and near the outer

angle. Secondaries dark brown; fringes yellow, intersected by a

darker line. Head and thorax blackish, irrorated with yellow.

Under surface as in male.

Expanse, f 24mm., ? 21 mm.

One female example only from Kiukiang; the descrip-

tion and figure of male are from a Japanese specimen.

179. Hecatera fasciata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 8).

Female. Primaries ashy grey, with a broad dark central fascia

margined with whitish, similar in shape to the same character in

H. serena; outer margin dark. Secondaries smoky. Head,

thorax, and abdomen grey. Under surface dusky, with a darker

band-like shade traversing each wing near their outer margin. A

dark discal spot on secondaries.

Expanse, 32 mm.

Only one example (female) received.

180. Dianthecia compta, Fabr., Mant., 169.

One example exactly like some European forms of this

species.

181. Plusia albostriata, Brem. & Grey, Beitr. zur

Schmett. Fauna des Nordl. Ch., 18, 97.

Three specimens.

182. Plusiodonta compressipalpis, Guen., Noct., 359, 1200.

Only one example.

183. Gonitis mesogona, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xiii.,

p. 1002.

Three specimens.

184. Gonitis albitibia, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xiii.,

p- 1001.

One example.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 135

185. Amplapyra pyramidea, Linn.

Amphipyra monolitha, Guen., Noct., i., 414, 1279;

Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xiii., p. 1018 (1857).

A. magna, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., ii., p. 868

(1865).

Var. obscura, Oberth., Etud. Entom., v., p. 85.

Two specimens only from Kiukiang, one of which is

the var. obscura and the other magna, Walk.

In a long and variable series of this species, taken by

myself in Japan, there are specimens which agree with

monolitha, Guen. Others with magna and one or two

examples with Oberthur’s variety. These forms are

connected one with the other and with pyramidea by

intermediates.

186. Amphipyra livida, Fabr., Mant., 138.

Amphipyra corvina, Motsch., Bull. Soc. Mose., xxxix.,

ee pe Loe:

A good series, mostly in fine condition.

187. Nenia contaninata.

Graphiphora contaminata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het.,

Suppl., i1., p. 710 (1865).

Several specimens.

188. Morme mucivirens, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(G)ie289 seal: yp lieps Het pts al, p..38i7,

pl. xxxil.; fig.id.

Several specimens. The Kiukiang form of this species

is something paler in colour, and is without the dark

central shade on fore wings so conspicuously defined in

Japanese specimens.

189. Orthogonia sera, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., 38.

Orthogonia crispina, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

1., 288 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ii., p. 36,

piesa, tes 6:

A long and variable series, among which are examples

of crispina, Butl., with “paler whity-brown tint and

darker central band” on primaries.

136 Mr. Leech on a collection of

190. Dichonia bipunctata, Motsch., Etud. Ent., 1860,

p- 32.

Appears to be fairly common at Kiukiang.

191. Toxocampa lilacina, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), 1., 289 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i1., p. 37,

PIOXXxIL, SieS.

Toxocampa recta, Brem.

Four or five specimens. This is probably only a form

of T’. vicie, Hubn.

192. Calpe excavata, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

1, 2025 fll. TypiLep. Hets, ptiis) p535 pl --xxmie,

fig. 4.

One specimen.

193. Lacera procellosa, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), iv., 8369 (1879).

One example.

194. Sypna achatina, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., p. 245

(1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pl. xlvii., fig. 7.

Two examples.

195. Sypna astrigera, Butl., Cist. Ent. i., p. 135.

One specimen only.

196. Sypna disiincta, mn. si) (Bl. TX.; fig-Al0).

Allied to picta, from which, however, it may be distinguished by

its pale brown ground colour, and the very different markings on

primaries. These consist of a short white basal line, double on

the costa, but broken up into dots and turned in to the base below

the median nervure ; beyond this an almost straight line formed of

white dots and irregular-shaped marks, reaching from anterior to

inner margins, and at about the middle of the wing is another line

of larger white spots or marks; this last starts from the costa,

almost immediately turns in the direction of outer margin, then

towards inner margin, and finally, after curving inwards again,

falls straight on the inner margin directly under its point of origin.

A central line of dark brown from the inner margin, but not

reaching the costa, and beyond on the outer third is a broad

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 137

stripe of dark brown, intersected by a wavy line of the ground

colour. Reniform stigma represented by a large round white spot,

preceded by three and followed by two smaller ones. Orbicular

white dot-like, and outlined with dark brown. <A row of white

dots edged internally with blackish on the hind margin. Secondaries

paler. A central wavy and angulated line from middle of anterior

margin, terminating in a small white dash at the anal angle; two

ill-defined dark lines parallel with hind margin, and a series of

white linear dots, ringed with dark brown at the base of the pale

brown fringes. Under surface pale grey; apices, basal half of

primaries, and whole of secondaries irrorated with fuscous. Outer

third of primaries, except at apex and anal angle, fuscous; the

transverse discal lines of the same shade. Secondaries with a pale

central space outlined with fuscous, and the ill-defined lines and

hind marginal band also fuscous. Head and thorax colour of fore

wings; abdomen colour of hind wings, but with darker dorsal tufts.

Expanse, 54 mm.

Ten examples of this species were received, all of

which are males. There are some slight differences in

the size, shape, and intensity of the white markings,

but on the whole the species appears to be fairly

constant.

197. Ophideres tyrannus, Guen., Noct., i1., 110, 1476.

Three specimens, two of which have olive-brown and

the other reddish-brown fore wings.

198. Ophideres fullonica, Linn.

Two specimens with brown fore wings, tinged and

spotted with green, but without white markings.

199. Ophideres salaminia, Cram., Pap. Exot., 11., 117,

pl. 174, fig. a.

Only one example.

200. Lagoptera dotata, Fabr.

Appears to be common at Kiukiang.

201. Lagoptera elegans, Van der Hoven, Lep. Nov., pl. v.,

fig. 6, a, b.

A long and most variable series of this interesting

species.

138 Mr. Leech on a collection of

202. Catocala esther, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., p. 243 (1877) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ti., p. 40, pl. xxxui., fig. 9

(1878).

Catocala numegeni, Staud.

Three specimens differing somewhat in colour.

203. Catocala volcanica, Butl., Cist. Ent., i., p. 244,

(1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. i1., p. 40, pl. xxxiil.,

fig. 10 (1878).

Five examples.

204. Chrysorithrum amatum (Brem., Ménétriés, Cat. Lep.

Mus. Petrop., ili., pl. xvil., fig. 4).

One specimen.

205. Patula macrops, Linn.

Patula boopis, Guen., Noct., ii1., 178, 1569.

An example of each sex.

206. Nyctipao crepuscularis, Linn.

Three examples.

207. Spiramia retorta, 2, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr., ii.;

Cram., Pap. Exot., 111., 146, pl. 274, fig. a.

Spiramia retorta, $ , Cram., Pap. Eixot., 11., 29, pl. 116,

fic. F; suffumosa, Guen., Noct., i1., 195, 1590.

S. spiralis, Fabr., Sp. Ins., i1., 211, 10.

S. japonica, Guen., Noct., 11., 195, 1591.

S. jinchuena, But]., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xi.,

ps LS, ns 28:

S. inequalis, Butl., l.c., n. 29.

A fine series, comprising all the named forms enume-

rated above.

208. Spiramia martha, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

i., p- 292 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. i1., p. 41,

pl. xxxiv., fig. 3.

Spiramia agrota, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

Peli. i. S6:

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 139

Several specimens, including both named forms of this

insect, and the intermediates connecting one with the

other.

Mr. Butler (l.c.), in his comparative description of

Spiramia agrota, says that it is paler, and has less pro-

nounced markings than S. martha; also that the first and

second lines are nearer together, and the third hardly

represented. In the series from Kiukiang are examples

much darker, and with more strongly-defined markings

than type of S. martha, whilst other specimens are much

less clearly marked than the type of S. agrota.

Altogether this appears to be a most variable insect

as regards colour and ornamentation of both the upper

and under surfaces.

209. Calliodes rectifasciata, Henety.

Spiramia interlineata, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), 1., 291 (1878) ; Dl: Typ. Lep. Het., u., p. 41,

plexxsdy.; fie22:

A variable series.

210. Cocytodes modesta, Van der Hoven, Lep. Nouv.,

plo vil, fic. 8:

Four examples.

211. Ophiusa falcata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

ps 71, plivic, fie. 14:

A fine series.

212. Ophiusa algira, Linn.

Ophiusa stuposa, Fabr.. Ent. Syst., ili., 2, 42, 112.

One example.

218. Ophiusa arctotenia, Guen., Noct., i1., 272, 1711 ;

Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xiv., p. 1481.

Five specimens showing some difference in width of

central fascia on fore wings.

214. Grammodes mygdon, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 156,

Gg. G:

One fine example.

140 Mr. Leech on a collection of

215. Remigia archesia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., 145,

pl. 278, figs. F, a.

Remigia virbia, Cram., l.c., fig. H.

A fine series, exhibiting some interesting variation.

216. Remigra annetta, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

1., 293 @87s); dll. Typ. liep. Het.,) pt. 41-5. pe 4s,

Dl. xxxdye iG. fe

Four examples.

217. Sonagara vialis, Moore, P. Z.S., 1883, p. 27, pl. vi.,

ng. 9.

One specimen.

218. Ophiodes triphenoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xiv.,

1358 (1858).

Ophiodes cuprea, Moore, P. Z.S., 1867, p. 74.

Eight specimens, differing somewhat in colour and

‘strength of marking.

219. Ophiodes tirrhea, Cram., Pap. Exot., i1., 15,

pl. 172, fig. z.

Ophiodes vesta, Esp., Schmett., iv., pl. 141, fig. 1.

O. olivacea, Vill., Ent. Linn., 334, pl. 5.

O. auricularis, Hubn., Noct., pl. 66, fig. 321.

O. hottentota, Guen., Noct., i1., 229, 1685.

O. separans, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xiv., 1357.

A long series. Variable in shade of fore wing, ground

colour, and in the width of black band on hind wing.

220. Serrodes campana, Guen., Noct., ii1., 252, 1675.

Five specimens, exhibiting much variation in the

character of basal markings on fore wing.

921. Ophisma gravata, Guen., Nuct., ui., 237, 1648.

One male specimen.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 141

222. Potamophora manlia, Cram., Pap. Eixot., i., 144,

pl. 92, fig. a.

Several specimens, varying considerably in the in-

tensity of the markings on fore wings. In one example

only the reniform and orbicular stigmata are visible, and

these are but faintly indicated.

223. Hulodes caranea, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., 140,

pl. 269, figs. 5, F.

Only one example.

224, Urapteryx delectans, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het.,

pt. u., p. 45, pl. xxxv., fig. 2 (1878).

One example of this species, which appears to be

closely allied to U. prewtoraria, Feld.

225. Odontoptera mandarinata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 18).

Female. All wings dingy green (probably faded), each with a

large dark brown discal spot surrounded with whitish, a narrow

dark line on their outer margin; a few dark scales scattered over

the upper third of secondaries. Fringes greyish brown, darker at

the extremities of nervules. Under surface fuscous, with a few

yellowish scales along anterior margin of primaries.

Expanse, 43 mm.

Except that the outer angle emargination of secondaries

is slightly different, the female example from Kiukiang,

described above, is identical with an unnamed male

specimen from N. India in the National Collection at

South Kensington. The difference referred to may be

sexual. The species is also closely allied to O. chaly-

beata, Moore, which, however, has distinct transverse

bands on the dark yellow under surface.

226. Geometra viridiluteata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxii.,

p. 515 (1861).

One male example.

227. Thalera strigata, Muel., Faun., Ins. Fr., p. 51

(1764).

Thalera (Hemithea) thymiaria, Guen., Phal., i1., 884.

One female specimen.

142 Mr. Leech on a collection of

228. Thalera crenulata, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), i., 899 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. i.,

pisi; plolytigne:

One specimen.

929. Ephyra grata, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879,

p- 438.

Two specimens.

930. Bizia exaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xx., 261

(1860); Buth;. Il. Typ. Lep. Het., m1., p.31, pl

xvi, weed (S79):

Eudropia mibuaria, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep., v.,

t. exxill., fig. 31 (1875).

Three specimens, differing considerably in size.

231. Elphos latiferaria, Walk., Lep. Het., xxi., p. 445

(1860) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ii1., pl. xlix.,

figs 11.

Three specimens, varying somewhat in size, colour,

and intensity of marking.

932. Boarmia picata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 408, n. 104.

Five specimens. ‘This appears to be a form of

B. repandata, Linn., of which species I have seen British

examples that agree exactly with these from Kiukiang.

2338. Boarmia consortaria, Fabr.

Boarmia conferenda, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

1., O99 (1878).

Three specimens.

934. Boarmia grisea, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

1., 396 (1878) ; Ill. Typ.Lep. Het., pt. iii., p38;

pl xix: To 32.

One male example.

Lepidoptera from Kiulkiang. 143

235. Boarmia ocellata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 11).

Male. All the wings whitish, sprinkled with brown and ochreous

scales, clouded with fuscous at the tips and angles, and with a

series of black points on edge of outer margins. Discal rings

blackish, conspicuous. Primaries: anterior margin narrowly

edged with dark brown, and with three dark brown marks, from

which emanate three transverse angulated lines; only one, how-

ever—that beyond the middle—is distinctly traceable; submarginal

line pale. Secondaries: central line blackish, serrated, and curved;

submarginal line ill-defined, represented at the extremities by a

darkish shade edged externally with whitish. Fringes greyish.

Head, thorax, and abdomen colour of wings. Antenne deeply

pectinated almost to their tips. Under surface whitish, with large

black discal spots, and broad black hind marginal bands inter-

rupted in the middle.

Female. Colour and markings as in male. Antenne slightly

serrated.

Expanse, ¢ 57—60 mm., 9 57 mm.

Very nearly allied to Boarmia selenaria, Hiibn.; in

the male of that species, however, the antenne are not

pectinated, but slightly setose only along their outer

edge, and the female has filiform antenne: therefore

the two species are readily separated by these characters

alone without reference to the wing-ornamentation,

which, though much alike in the two species, present

differences, such as the conspicuous discal rings above

and spots below of B. ocellata. These, together with the

black hind marginal band on under surface, at once

distinguish this species from B. selenaria, or any other

known Boarmid.

Three examples (one male, two females).

236. Stenotrachelys cinerea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.,

Lond., 1881, 409.

Two specimens.

937. Buzura abraxata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 14).

Female. Primaries white, with some yellow and brownish

markings at the base, the most distinct of which are a yellow

curved line from costa to inner margin, edged internally as far as

the median nervure and externally to the submedian nervure with

brownish; submarginal line yellow, edged externally with brownish,

144 Mr. Leech on a collection of

and bordered on each side with fuscous. There are several fuscous

spots, including a large central one, scattered over the disc, and a

band of the same colour tapering towards the inner angle traverses

the outer margin. Secondaries white, with a large central fuscous

spot and some smaller ones on all the margins; a yellow line,

edged with brownish and bordered with fuscous, runs from anal

angle parallel with outer margin as far as the third median nervule.

Antenne brown, slightly serrated. Head and pectus yellowish,

collar white, tipped with yellowish brown. Thorax white, orna-

mented with yellow and brownish. Abdomen white, tinged with

fuscous dorsally; tufts yellowish. Fringes grey, partly chequered

with white. Under surface: colour, and markings very similar to

those of the upper side, but the central spots are yellowish brown.

Expanse, 78 mm.

238. Pachyodes arenaria, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 12).

Female. All the wings whitish. Primaries with some fuscous

and brownish scales, sparingly sprinkled over the disc, more

thickly on the costa and towards outer margin, and forming a dark

patch on the anterior margin before the apex; before the middle

is a brownish curved transverse line, preceded by a small oval

mark and followed by a much larger one, both outlined in dark

brown, and filled up with paler ; beyond the middle a curved dark

brown line from the costa appears to terminate at the second

median nervule, but may be faintly traced from this point curving

in the opposite direction to the inner margin. Secondaries whitish,

sprinkled with pale brownish scales; submarginal line pale and

ill-defined. Under side whitish. Primaries with a round spot

above, a short bar near the base succeeded by a large oval spot,

and a narrow curved fascia, all dark brown in colour, and, excepting

the short bar, are reproduced on the secondaries. Head and collar

brownish, thorax and abdomen whitish.

Expanse, 59 mm.

939. Rhyparia jaguaria, Guen., Phal., 11., 198, 1246.

Several fine examples. They are paler and larger

than specimens from Japan.

940. Abraxas sylvata, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 220 (1768).

Abraxas ulmata, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 632.

A. miranda, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 1.,

p. 441 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ii1., p. 48,

ple li, wee 12:

Lepidoptera from Kinkiang. 145

An extensive series, including specimens exactly iden-

tical with miranda, Butl., and typical examples of sylvata,

with aberrations of the latter form leading up to mirandu.

241. Abraxas martaria, Guen., Phal., 11., 205, 1258.

Three specimens.

242. Abraxas junctilineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv.,

p. 1123, n. 18 (1862); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het.,

pt. il., p. 58, pl. xxxvii., fig. 5 (1878).

One example, agreeing exactly with specimens from

Japan.

243. Abraxas amplificata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv.,

p. 1124 (1862).

Four specimens, varying in size.

243a. Abraxas interruptaria, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon.,

1862, p. 89; Reise der Nov., pl. exxix., fig. 29.

Varies in the size and intensity of black markings ;

in one example these are confluent, the white ground

colour forming six spots on the primaries, and on

secondaries is shown as a spot and fascia at the base, a

central and two submarginal dashes.

244. Panethia hemionata, Guen., Phal., 11., 208, 1267.

Only one example.

245. Obeida vagipardata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv.,

p- 1189 (1862).

Appears to be common at Kiukiang. The specimens

differ greatly in the size of black spots ; especially is this

the case on the secondaries, where the spots are often

confluent, and form wide bands.

246. Aspilates mundataria, Cram., Pap. Exot., 400, u.

Aspilates tonghata, Feld., Reise der Nov., t. cxxix.,

fig. 12.

One example.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART I. (MARCH.) L

146 Mr. Leech on a collection of

247. Percnia foraria, Guen., Phal., i1., 217, 1280.

A fine series.

248. Acidalia strigilaria, Hubn.

Acidaha vagata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiii., 762.

Four specimens, differing from European examples

only in colour. The Kiukiang form is vagata, Walk.,

but is pale brown instead of grey.

249. Acidalia indicataria.

Argyris indicataria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxii1., p. 809

(1861); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii., p. 43, pl. li.,

fig. 8 (1879).

Only one example. ‘This insect appears to have

nothing whatever to do with the genus Argyris, Walk.

250. Asthena superior, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), 1., p. 400 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii., p. 89,

pl tie: 9) (USi79)-

Three specimens.

251. Timandra amataria, Linn.

Timandra comptaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi.,

1615 (1862); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. ii.,

pA, ples, dig. 2:

252. Macaria zachera, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),

1. p» 405 (878) > Ul Typ: duep. Het, mi, ps 45,

pl iu.; ig. 2) (1879).

Several specimens.

2538. Macaria sinicaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi.

Macaria proditaria, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 81, t. vii.,

fig. 7 (1864).

M. maligna, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), i., 405

(1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii., 45, pl. lii., fig. 3

(1879).

Four specimens, differing in size.

Lepidoptera from Kiukiang. 147

254. Carige duplicaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi.,

1632 (1862).

Macaria nigronotaria, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 80,

t. vil., fig. 6 (1864).

One example.

255. Melanippe procellata, Hubn.

Melanippe inquinata, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5), 1., p. 448 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., pt. 1i.,

peot, ple liv., fig.9:

I have but one specimen from Kiukiang, and this

agrees exactly with Butler’s figure of M. inquinata.

Among a most variable series of M. procellata, which |

obtained in Japan, are specimens identical with that

from Kiukiang and others in no way different from

European forms of the species, whilst of the remainder

several are exceedingly dark in coloration.

256. Melanippe (?) undulata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 15).

Male. Primaries with a black discal spot surrounded with

whitish ; basal patch, central fascia, and hind marginal band black,

separated from each other by pure white angulated lines, and

intersected by less distinct wavy whitish lines. A series of white

spots, of which that at the apex is the largest along the outer

margin. Secondaries black with whitish spots ; angulated and wavy

whitish lines as on primaries. Under surface of all wings similar

to above, but with broader lines of white. Head, thorax, and

abdomen black, the latter with whitish rings.

Expanse, 35 mm.

Only one example of each sex.

257. Micronia pontiata, Guen., Phal., i1., 29, 938 ;

Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiii., 819.

One example.

258. Cidaria mactata, Feld., Reise der Nov., t. exxxil.,

fie. 40.

Several specimens, varying in size.

148 Collection of Lepidoptera from Kiukiang.

EXPLANATION OF Puates VII., VIII., & IX.

PARE, VL.

Fic. 1. Papilio elwesi: 1a, neuration of hind wing.

Ws », sarpedon, Linn., var.

3. Lycena moore.

4. Thecla pratti.

5. Scvapteron chinense.

6. Aracotia hyalina.

7. Hypothyris aperta.

PLATE VIII.

1. Athyma fortuna, 3; la, A. fortuna, 2.

2. Mycalesis regalis, 3; 2a, M. regalis, ?.

3. Lethe navas.

4. ,, butlerc.

5, 5a. Melanargia halimede var. meridionalis, Feld.

PLATE IX.

1. Syntomis pascus.

2. a torquatus.

3. 7 pratt.

4. Hypercompa principalis var. regalis.

5. Digama abietis.

6. Bizone phedra.

7. Acontia bicolora, 3; Ta, A. bicolora, 2.

8. Hecatera fasciata.

9. Hurois exclusa.

10. Sypna distincta.

11. Boarmia ocellata.

12. Pachyodes arenaria.

3. Odontoptera mandarinata.

14. Buzura abracata.

15. Melanippe ? undulata.

(oT49;-~))

VI. A Monograph of British Braconide. Part III.

By the Rev. T. A. Marswatt, M.A., F.E.S.

[Read December 5th, 1888.]

Puates X. & XI.

XVI. CALYPTIDES.

Abdomen sessile. Fore wings with 2 cubital areolets, the Ist

separated from the prediscoidal; recurrent nervure rejected;

radial areolet lanceolate, not reaching the apex of the wing; pre-

discoidal areolet petiolated ; axillary areolet closed by an oblique

transverse nervure. Terebra elongate.

The two genera here brought together by authors are

so different in appearance that their association seems

hardly natural; the structure of their abdomen varies

in some important respects. They agree, however, in

the combination of a sessile abdomen with 2 cubital

areolets, characters not found united in any other sub-

family except the Blacides and Liophronides. These

two have the axillary areolet of the fore wing open; in

the Calyptides the same areolet is closed. On the other

hand, the Calyptides have the podiscoidal areolet of the

fore wing closed, while it is half open in the Blacides

and Liophronides.

Abdomen showing 8 segments above; the 1st much longer

than broad ae : Sc .. 1. Kupapizon.

Abdomen seldom showing more than 3 or 4 segments

above, the rest more or less retracted; the 1st not or

hardly longer than its apical breadth ae -. ii. CaLyprus.

i. Kuspapizon, Nees.

Eubazus, Nees, Act. Ac. L. C., 1819, p. 807.

EHubadizon, Sectio I., Nees, Mon., 1., 233; Hal., Ent.

Mag., i1., 181; Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p.164; S.v. Voll., Schets., ii., Braconiden,

tab. iv.

Charmon, Hal., Ent. Mag., i., 262.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) M

150 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

Elongate, slender. Labial palpi tri- or subquadriarticulate.

Abdomen linear, with 8 visible segments; suturiform articulation

obsolete in the middle; 1st segment striolated, much longer than

broad, slightly attenuated at the base; tubercles situated before

the middle. Legs long and slender. Terebra elongate.

Head transverse, broader than the thorax; clypeus separated

from the face by a curved impression, deeper at the sides, with 2

basal fover; mandibles bidentate; antenne slender, setaceous,

elongate, or, if shorter, subincrassated towards the apex ; maxillary

palpi 6-joimted. Abdomen with segments 1—3 elongate, the

others very short; 1st segment, and sometimes the base of the 2d,

striolated, the rest smooth; sutures visible (except the middle of

the suturiform articulation) ; belly of the 2 compressed, carinated.

The species are few in number, and only the first is

of common occurrence; Nees von Esenbeck described 5,

in two sections, the latter of which comprised only

E. trigonus, with 8 cubital areolets, now transferred to

the genus Microtypus, Ratz.; his first species, H. macro-

cephalus, belongs apparently to the next genus. Wesmael

and Haliday each added a new species, and another,

E. rufipes, is figured by Herrich-Schiaffer in Panz. I. G.,

154, 24.

These insects, so far as known, are parasites of

Lepidoptera.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(4) 1. Second abdominal segment smooth.

(3) 2. Scutellum and pectus more or less rufous; an-

tenne 9 longer than the body, slender,

setaceous, more than 40-jointed ne .. L. extensor, L.

(2) 3. Scutellum and pectus black ; antenne 9 shorter

than the body, incrassated towards the apex,

22-jointed ae Be .. 3. flavipes, Hal.

(1) 4. Second abdominal segment rimnndlose ate .. 2. pallidipes, Nees.

1. Hubadizon extensor, L.

Ichneumon extensor, L., Fn. Suec., 1613; §. N., 935;

Pimpla extensor, Fab., Piez., 115, 2.

Eubadizon pectoralis, Nees, Mon., i., 236; Hal., Ent.

Mag., iii., 132, 9; Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835,. ps 165, .0° 2 x Ratz.,, lehn..cd., Horst., 1.,

pl. i, f. 30.

Black; palpi and legs flavo-testaceous; mandibles, pectus,

pleure, scutellum, often the prothorax, disk of the mesothorax

British Braconide. — 151

partly, and sides of the metathorax, rufo-testaceous. Wings

hyaline; squamule, costa, and stigma yellow; nervures palo

fuscous. First abdominal segment rimulose. Terebra as long as

the body, or hardly shorter. g 9. Length, 2i—3; wings,

4>—6 lin.

Var.1, 2. Scutellum black. Wesmael.

Var. 2. Thorax mostly rufous; antenne rufous at the base.

Haliday.

Antenne 2 longer than the body, very slender, setaceous,

42—46-jointed, testaceo-fuscous, the Ist jot and apex of the 2d

paler; those of the § one-half longer than the body (broken in my

specimen); mandibles rufous, sometimes blackish, acutely biden-

tate; maxillary palpi very long, joints 1, 2, short, 4 longest.

Thorax attenuated at both ends; mesothoracic sutures impunctate ;

metathorax shining, with a medial oblong punctulate fovea, having

raised edges. Stigma ovate-lanceolate ; radial areolet acuminate,

not quite reaching the apex of the wing; radius sinuated; re-

current nervure far rejected ; pobrachial areolet of the hind wings

3 of the length of the prebrachial; axillary transverse nervure

distinct. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax, and narrower

than the latter; 1st segment less than 4 of its entire length, linear,

rimulose or sublevigated, with prominent tubercles near the base ;

the other segments smooth and shining; suturiform articulation

indistinct; segments 2—3 together as long as all the following.

Terebra rufous, with black pilose valves. g similar, but the

antennez and posterior abdominal segments are longer.

The Linnean Ichnewmon extensor was supposed by

Gravenhorst to be Pimpla roborator, Fab., but the type-

specimen having now been verified by Fitch, the name

is restored to the present insect. Described from 1 male,

7 females taken in Darenth Wood, and Devonshire ;

found by Bignell at Ivybridge; in Ireland, not un-

commonly, by Haliday; and generally distributed in

northern and central Kurope. First taken, according to

Nees, in the Sudetsch mountains of Bohemia; Ratze-

burg’s specimens were reared by Nordlinger at Grand

Jouan in the beginning of June from Sericoris Nérd-

lingeriana, Ratz., and Coccyx ? Mulsantiana, Ratz. ; by

Brischke and others from Tortrix rosana and viridana,

L.; crategana and diversana, Hub.; Phleodes immun-

dana, Fisch.; and in England by Colquhoun out of

Depressaria nervosa, Haw.

mM 2

152 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

2. Hubadizon pallidipes, Nees.

Eubazus pallipes, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1814, p. 215,

Eubadizon pallipes, Nees, Mon., i., 285, ¢ 2; Wesm.,

Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 167, 2.

E. coxalis, Nees, Mon., 1., 235, 3.

E. semistriatus, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 131, 3°.

Black; mouth, palpi, antenne at the base, and legs, testaceous ;

hind tibie margined at the apex with fuscous, their tarsi almost

entirely fuscous. Wings hyaline; squamule rufous; stigma and

nervures fuscous. First and second abdominal segments rimulose.

Terebra one-half longer than the body. g @. Length, 1{—2 lin.

Antenne 9 (broken); Ist joint beneath and apex of the 2d

testaceous. Mandibles testaceous in the middle. Metathorax

rugose, carinated at the base, with prominent posterior angles.

Wings less ample than those of extensor, and distinguished by the

dark stigma. Legs shorter and stouter. First abdominal segment

rimulose, dull, deeply excavated near the base, and with prominent

tubercles; from the middle to the apex faintly canaliculated ; 2d

segment also rimulose and dull, the following segments smooth

and shining. Wesmael.

&. Antenne slender, not much longer than the body, 28-

jointed, joints 1—2 testaceous beneath; mandibles small, nearly

concealed, flavo-testaceous. Mesothoracic sutures punctulate.

Metathorax thickly punctate. Radial areolet acuminate; po-

brachial areolet of the hind wings } the length of the przbrachial.

Abdomen hardly narrower than the thorax, linear, depressed;

1st segment occupying + of its length, } longer than broad;

tubercles situated before the middle; 2d segment shorter, rimu-

lose, the lateral margins narrowly levigated; the following seg-

ments successively decreasing in length, smooth, with incon-

spicuous sutures; segments 2—38 together somewhat longer than

all the following; anal forceps protruded, large, conchiform.

Haliday.

Described by Haliday from a specimen in the collection

of Curtis; he had not seen the ?, nor Wesmael the 9;

I have never met with the species.

3. Hubadizon flavipes, Hal.

Eubadizon flavipes, Hal., Ent. Mag., ili., 182, 9 ?.

Black, shining; legs flavo-testaceous ; 1st abdominal segment

British Braconidae. - 153

bicarinated, the rest very smooth. Terebra longer than the body.

3 @. Length, 13—13; wings, 23—8 lin.

Formed like extensor, but the antenne, legs, and abdomen are

shorter. 9. Antenne shorter than the body, filiform, 21-jointed,

the last joint enlarged, oblong. Palpi much shorter than those of

extensor. Mesothoracic sutures impunctate. Metathorax areated,

vaguely punctulate. Wings hyaline; stigma fuscous; radix and

squamule pale ferruginous ; pobrachial areolet of the hind wings

hardly as long as 3 of the prebrachial. Hind tibie at the apex,

and their tarsi almost entirely, fuscescent. Abdomen narrower

and scarcely longer than the thorax ; 1st segment occupying more

than 4 of its entire length; tubercles minute, situated between the

base and the middle; on the disk are two acutely elevated carine,

approximated posteriorly, the interstices hardly striolated; the

remaining segments very smooth; 2d and 3d hardly discrete,

together as long as the Ist; the following segments very short;

belly carinated, pale, pellucid. Terebra slender, less than half as

long again as the body. gi. Antenne 24—25-jointed, somewhat

longer than the body.

Inhabits north Ireland, but rarely. Haliday. An

English 2 specimen is in Fitch’s collection, having the

antenne 22-jointed, and somewhat incrassated towards

the tips; it presents some other characters not noticed

by Haliday; 1st abdominal segment piceous, its extreme

base testaceous; hind coxe above, and a line on the

4 posterior femora, piceous ; hind tibize broadly fuscous

at the apex; nervures, especially of the hind wings,

decolorous and hard to be seen. I cannot consider it

anything more than a variety of flavipes.

Obs. There is an obscure reference in Ratzeburg

(Ichn. d. Forst., ii., 65) to a parasite bred by Reissig

from Cryptorrhynchus lapathi, L., and which was never

properly examined. It resembled a Macrocentrus, but

had only 2 cubital areolets—the neuration of a Brachistes.

This is immediately suggestive of Hubadizon flavipes,

and of nothing else. ‘A hint,” says Ratzeburg, ‘ for

future breeders.”

il. Cauyprus, Haliday.

Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 128 (18385); S. v. Voll., Schets.,

u., Braconiden, tab. iv. (wing).

Brachistes, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835,

p. 109:

154 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

Shorter and stouter than Hubadizon. Labial palpi triarticulate.

Abdomen oblong or ovate, not longer than the thorax; usually

only 3 segments visible above in the 9, the rest retracted or very

short; suturiform articulation obsolete, so that segments 2—3

appear as one elongate segment; in the g the 4th and following

are less completely concealed; 1st segment broad, conical, trun-

cate, not or hardly longer than its apical breadth; tubercles

medial. Legs shorter thanin Hubadizon, the hind pair incrassated.

Terebra exserted.

Head broader than the thorax, not much narrowed behind the

eyes; vertex transverse; occiput distinctly margined; maxillary

palpi 6-jointed, the 4th joint longest; labial palpi consisting of

3 equal joints. Mesothorax elevated, gibbous, its sutures distinct.

Abdomen, ?, appearing biarticulate; segment 1 rimulose; 2—3

connate, and concealing the rest, not margined, smoothly reflexed,

so as to cover the sides and unite in a carina in the middle of the

belly; the truncate extremity of the 3d leaves a large posterior

cavity within which the remaining segments are withdrawn ; from

the centre of this cavity proceeds the terebra of the ?, and the

apex of the sexual organ of the $3 in the latter the posterior

segments are visible above in the form of 2 or 3 narrow rings

beyond the edge of the 3d segment ; rarely this is also the case in

the 9. Only the 1st segment of the ? is margined at the sides

beneath ; in the g sometimes the base of the 2d is also margined.

For the distinction between this genus and Sigalphus, see Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 104.

Of the Braconids described by Nees v. Esenbeck, only

Sigalphus fasciatus (Mon., i., 269) and perhaps Huba-

dizon macrocephalus (Mon., 1., 234) belong to this genus.

Haliday first established Calyptus with 3 species, in-

cluding Sigalphus fasciatus. In the same year appeared

Wesmael’s Brachistes with 4 species, one of which is

identical with a species of Haliday; a 5th species

was added in 1838 by Wesmael in his Supplement.

Ratzeburg, in the Ichn. d. Forst. (1844—52), increased

the number of species to 14, one of which is identical

with a species of Haliday, and another, Brachistes fag,

Ratz., belongs to the genus Sigalphus. Reinhard

informs us that Ruthe almost completed a MS. mono-

craph of these insects; it has never been published

in extenso, but a synoptical table by Reinhard, with

diagnoses of some new species, appeared in the Berl.

ent. Zeit., 1867, pp. 369—874.

British Braconide. - 155

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(6) 1. Hind tibie black or blackish, except at the

base.

(5) 2. Abdomen with only 3 segments visible above.

(4). 3. First abdominal segment not longer than its

apical breadth ; tubercles obsolete (Q un-

known) 1. puber, Hal.

(3) 4. First segment longer an ie sacal ieewaae

tubercles conspicuous ( g ? ) . 2. tibialis, Hal.

(2) 5. Abdomen with 6—7 feeueute visible ane

(@ unknown) é . 3. segmentatus, Nn. s.

(1) 6. Hind tibiz rufous or ietucsoabs

(8) 7. All the coxe black or fuscous, except some-

times on the under side oC At .. 4. fasciatus, Nees.

(7) 8. All the coxe testaceous Bc as .. 5. sigalphoides, n.s.

1. Calyptus puber, Hal.

Calyptus puber, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 180, 3.

Black; legs ferruginous, cox blackish at the base; hind tibie

and tarsi fuscous, the former ferruginous at the base; 1st segment

short, stout, punctato-rugulose. Body shining, covered with a

close whitish pubescence; mandibles black at the base. Antenne

81-jointed, longer than the body. Wings dull hyaline, stigma and

nervures fuscous, squamulze piceous with a rufescent margin.

Metathorax punctate, marked with elevated lines forming are, of

which the middle one is pentagonal. First abdominal segment

not longer than its apical width, which is twice that of the base;

basal angles obtusely carinated; tubercles obsolete; the remaining

segments irregularly punctulate, with whitish hairs; 2d segment

about twice as long as the Ist; 3d segment rugulose at the

extremity. Hind cox nigro-fuscous above; hind tibie fuscous,

broadly ferruginous at the base, their tarsi almost entirely fusces-

cent; the 4 anterior tarsi at the tips only. Female unknown.

Length, 13; wings, 4 lin. Haliday.

Taken sparingly by Haliday in woods on the banks of

the Shannon. Otherwise unknown, and not to be

identified with any of the continental species. The

synonym Brachistes nigricoxis, Wesm., given in my

catalogue, seems now too doubtful to be maintained ; so

also Reinhard’s conjecture as to the identity of B.

uncigenis, Wesm. However, the form of the 1st seg-

ment seems to be the only difference between this and

the following species, and it is quite possible that they

may be the same.

156 Rév. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

2. Calyptus tibialis, Hal.

Calyptus tibialis, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 1380, f 2.

Brachistes uncigenis, Wesm., Nouv. Mem. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 118, # 9; Ratz., Ichn. d.. Forst., 111.,

27, pl. i., f. 88 (abdomen).

Black, shining; thinly pubescent with short whitish hairs ;

mandibles rufous except at the base ; palpi and legs rufo-testaceous,

hind coxe black above, fuscous beneath; hind tibie and tarsi

blackish, the former testaceous at the base. Antenne 9? as long

as the body, with 80 cylindrical joints diminishing in length

towards the extremity ; 2d joint usually dull testaceous: antenne

3 one-fourth longer, 32-jointed. Face punctate, dull, with a deep

fovea on each side above the clypeus, and a shallow central de-

pression; clypeus transverse, rounded in front, punctate; under

each eye is a short, shallow groove ; cheeks emarginate close to

the base of the mandibles, forming on each side a dentiform

process flattened against the surface and not easily seen. Pro-

notum rugulose. Mesothoracic sutures strongly incised, punctate.

Scutellum small; ante-scutellar fovea large, punctate, bisected by

a carina. Metathorax as in the last species. Wings slightly in-

fumated, stigma and nervures fuscous, squamule testaceous.

Abdomen as long and as broad as the thorax, flattened above,

shining, with parallel sides, truncated at the end of the 3d seg-

ment, beneath which, in the ?, the remaining segments are con-

cealed; in the ¢ they project slightly. First segment rather

longer than its apical width, which is about 3 times that of the

base, rugulose ; tubercles obtusely prominent; two lateral carine

extend from the base nearly to the middle; 2d segment marked

with shallow punctures, often very indistinct. Terebra straight,

as longasthe body. Sizevariablee g¢ @. Length, 14—2; wings,

2—4 lin.

Described from 5 females and 19 males. Taken by

Haliday in the woods of northern Ireland; locally

common in England, and especially in a wood close to

my house at Nunton, Wilts; [ have also specimens from

Leicestershire and Herts. Wesmael possessed a series

taken on old palings and windows at Brussels; he

suspected them to be parasites of Anobiwm.

3. Calyptus segmentatus, n. s.

Niger, nitidus, abdomine nonnunquam picescente ; pedes cum

coxis pallide testacei; tibise postice cum tarsis preter basin fusce ;

British Braconide. - 157

tarsi 4 anteriores apice fusci. Maris antenne corpore longiores,

tote nigre, 27-articulate; palpi pallidi. Prothorax punctulatus,

nitidus. Mesothoracis suleuli impunctati. Metathorax a basi

inde declivis, postice haud truncatus, indistincte areatus, nitidus.

Alz hyaline stigmate fusco, nervis pallidioribus, ultra stigma fere

deletis; areola radialis subcultriformis, radio vix nisirecto. Abdo-

men depressum, thorace brevius, ovatum, lateribus rotundatis ;

segmentum lum latitudine sua apicali paulo longius, apice quam

basi sesquilatius aciculatum, carinis 2 longitudinalibus ante mar-

ginem posticum obsoletis, basi ipsa testaceum, tuberculis fere

inconspicuis; cetera levia, nitida; segmentum 2um lo haud

brevius, postice latius; 3um quadruplo brevius; sequentia exserta,

80 non breviora sed latitudine sensim decrescentia; 7um subito

angustatum. Femina latet.

Black, shining, abdomen sometimes inclining to piceous; legs

pale testaceous, including the cox; hind tibie and tarsi dusky,

except the base of the former; 4 anterior tarsi dusky at the tips.

Antenne § longer than the body. entirely black, 27-jointed. Palpi

pale. Prothorax punctulate, shining. Mesothoracic sutures im-

punctate. Metathorax inclined from the base, not truncate behind,

indistinctly areated, shining. Wings hyaline, stigma fuscous,

nervures paler, nearly effaced beyond the stigma; radial areolet

subcultriform, radius almost straight. Abdomen shorter than the

thorax, depressed, ovate, with rounded sides; 1st segment rather

longer than its apical width, which is only one-half greater than

that of the base, aciculated, with 2 longitudinal carine, effaced

before the hind margin; the extreme base testaceous; tubercles

indistinctly prominent; the remaining segments smooth and

shining ; 2d segment as long as the Ist, widest behind ; 3d only a

quarter as long; 4th—T7th exserted, as long as the 8d and succes-

sively diminishing in width; 7th abruptly narrower. Female

unknown. Length,14; wings, 23 lin.

Described from 8 males in Fitch’s collection, which

are there named claviventris, Ruthe; that author, how-

ever, describes only the ?, and says nothing about the

exsertion of the posterior segments, unusual in the

genus, and which may or may not be a characteristic of

the $ in this species. C. exsertor, Ruthe, has the pos-

terlor segments conspicuous in both sexes, but the

present insects cannot be referred to that species, the

1st segment of which is shorter than its apical width.

158 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

4. Calyptus fasciatus, Nees.

Sigalphus fasciatus, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816, p. 250;

Mon., i., 269 (? only); C. fasciatus, Hal., Ent.

Mag., ii., 129, 2. ;

Black, shining, minutely pubescent; abdomen often piceous;

legs piceo-rufous, with black coxe, short and stout. Palpi and

mandibles testaceous. Clypeus irregularly impressed. Antenne

? black, filiform, submoniliform towards the apex, as long as the

body, 20-jointed, the joints shorter than in the rest of the species ;

those of the only § at hand are mutilated. Prothorax smooth.

Mesothorax very gibbous, concave in front, and projecting over the

prothorax ; sutures distinct, scarcely punctate. Metathorax very

short, truncate, punctulate, somewhat shining, areated in 3 narrow

compartments beneath the scutellum, the medial compartment

rounded behind. Wings brownish hyaline, with an indistinct

transparent streak under the stigma, which, with the nervures, is

fuscous; radial areolet short, ovate, acuminate. Abdomen some-

what shorter and narrower than the thorax, flattened above, with

subparallel sides, truncated at the end of the 8d segment, which,

in the @, conceals the rest; in the § the posterior segments are

slightly exserted; 1st segment rugulose, dull, deplanate, rather

shorter than its apical width, which is twice that of the base; 1st

suture deeply incised; at the base are two short carinze; tubercles

not prominent; 2d and 3d segments smooth and very shining,

deplanate; 2d segment shorter than the 1st and longer than the

3d. Terebra stout, somewhat decurved, a little shorter than the

abdomen. 4G similar in all respects. Length, 1; wings, 24 lin.

The g described by Nees von Esenbeck, having the

1st segment smooth, the hind legs elongate, &c., clearly

belongs to some other species; the true 3, which I have

taken, resembles the other sex. Nees and Haliday

possessed each a single @, and the species is not

noticed by other writers. I have taken 5 females and

1 male on Umbellifere at Barnstaple, St. Albans, and

Nunton, Wilts.

5. Calyptus sigalphoides, nu. s.

Preecedente minor et gracilior. Piceus, capite nigro, palpis

pallidis, genis infra oculos longius descendentibus. Antenne 2

graciles, corpore longiores, basi obscure testaceze apicem versus

nigricantes, 23-articulate; articuli 10 priores lineares, sensim

longitudine decrescentes, cxteri submoniliformes. Thorax com-

pressus, capite angustior. Prothorax pallide piceus, punctuiatus,

British Braconide. © 159

obscurus; mesothorax gibbosus, suturis levibus; metathorax

sensim declivis, haud truncatus, areatus, lateribus bidentatus ;

aree superiores leves, nitide, inferiores obscure. Ale hyaline

stigmate magno piceo, nervis pallidioribus ultra stigma pene

obsoletis; areola radialis ovato-acuminata. Abdomen ovatum,

depressum, thorace brevius ; segmentum lum transversum, acicu-

latum, marginatum, rufescens, apice quam basi duplo fere latius,

disci carinis duabus longitudinalibus ante marginem posticum

deletis; sutura Ima profundissima; segmentum 2um 1mo equale,

8tio paulo longius, aciculatum, deplanatum; 3tium lateribus

parallelis, marginibus basin versus aciculatis; cetera levia, nitida;

segmentum 3tium medio obtuse carinatum, postice truncatum ;

4tum subexsertum, testaceum. Terebra abdominis trientem longi-

tudine equans, nonnihil decurva. Mas incognitus.

Smaller and more slender than the preceding. Piceous, the

head black; palpi pale ; cheeks descending considerably below the

eyes. Antenne 9 slender, longer than the body, obscurely testa-

ceous at the base, blackish towards the extremity, 23-jointed ; the

first 10 joints linear, gradually decreasing in length, the rest sub-

moniliform. Thorax compressed, narrower than the head. Pro-

thorax pale piceous, punctulate, dull; mesothorax gibbous, its

sutures impunctate ; metathorax not truncated behind, but sloping

gradually, areated, the superior compartments smooth and shining,

the rest dull; bidenticulate at the sides. Wings hyaline, stigma

large, piceous nervures paler, nearly effaced beyond the stigma;

radial areolet ovate, acuminate. Abdomen ovate, depressed,

shorter than the thorax; 1st segment transverse, aciculated,

margined, rufescent, almost twice as wide at the extremity as at

the base, with 2 longitudinal carine on the disk effaced before the

hind margin; 1st suture deeply incised; 2d segment as long as

the Ist and rather longer than the 3rd, aciculated, deplanate ; 3d

segment with parallel sides, aciculated laterally at the base only ;

the rest of the abdomen smooth and shining ; segment 3 obtusely

carinated down the middle, truncate behind; segment 4 sub-

exserted, testaceous. Terebra as long as } of the abdomen, some-

what decurved. Male unknown. @. Length, 1; wings, 2} lin.

The only specimen was taken in a meadow in North-

amptonshire.

Obs. The above may seem a meagre account of this

genus, of which 20 species are indicated by Reinhard ;

but I have seen no more than 5 of British origin,

though others in all probability exist. Some specimens

2¢ lines long have long stood in my collection for atri-

160 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

cornis, Ratz. They were taken in Mar Forest, Scot-

land; and to them have been added more recently

others found by Mr. G. C. Champion in the Highlands.

A closer examination than they had previously received

now shows them to be Allodorus semirugosus, Nees,

belonging to the Sigalphides, respecting which see Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 108. I can only regret that

they were not recognised in time to be inserted in their

proper place. This and other discoveries I hope to be

able to bring forward hereafter as a supplement at the

end of these papers.

XVII. BLACIDES.

Maxillary palpi 5—6-, labial 3—4-jointed. Abdomen sessile or

subsessile, with 8 visible segments above; suturiform articulation

obsolete. Fore wings with 2 cubital areolets, the 1st separated

from the prediscoidal ; radial areolet cultriform, extending nearly

to the apex of the wing; radius straight; axillary areolet not

divided by a transverse nervure; recurrent nervure evected or

interstitial ; cubital nervure more or less obsolete; podiscoidal

areolet not closed. Terebra of variable length, deflexed or straight.

The Blacides are nearly allied to the Liophronides,

with which Haliday associated the first genus, Pygo-

stolus. The most obvious distinctions are to be found in

the structure of the abdomen of the females, and in the

wings of both sexes. In the Blacides the radius is

straight, and its 1st abscissa distinct, being equal in

length to the thickness of the stigma, or nearly so; the

abdomen of the ? is never decurved at the extremity,

and the terebra is directed, as usual, backwards. In

the Liophronides the radius is curved, and its 1st abscissa

much shorter; the abdomen of the ? is decurved at the

apex, so that the terebra points forwards.

Nees von Esenbeck published in 1834 (Mon., i., 189)

a genus Blacus with two sections, but so indistinctly

conceived as to include in the 2d section three of the

Aphidiides ; while in the same work his genus Bracon

begins with two more Blacides, associated with two of

the Liophronides. The Blacus of Wesmael (1835) is

correctly defined, and coextensive with the present sub-

family. Haliday, in the same year, characterised the

genus Blacus, making two subgenera, Blacus and Gany-

chorus, and removed two aberrant species, the [chnewmon

British Braconide. ~ 161

sticticus, Fab., and Leiophron falcatus, Nees (which

Wesmael had regarded as Blact) to another subgenus

Pygostolus, arranged under Letophron. The step is toa

great extent justified by the transitional characters of the

two species, though they are unquestionably better

placed in the present group. Ruthe’s paper on Blacus

contained in the Berl. ent. Zeit. for 1861, confirms

Wesmael’s views as to the affinities of Pygostolus.

Haliday’s Ganychorus must be abandoned, for reasons

which will shortly appear; so also Goniocormus, Forst. ;

there remain, then, the two following genera, easily

distinguished :—

Prediscoidal areolet petiolated, not touching the para-

stigma; 1st eo of the ey shorter than the

2d i, Pycostous.

Rioaeceidal peace rat pouiglated: onus the para-

stigma; 1st joint of the flagellum almost always

longer than the 2d_ .. ais zt af .. ii, Buacus.

i. Pycostouus, Hal.

Hal., Ent. Mag., ii., 459; Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit.,

1861, p. 157.

Head transverse; face subquadrate ; clypeus gibbous ; mandibles

projecting, armed with 2 unequal teeth; maxillary palpi 5-, labial

4-jointed (at first sight 3-jointed, the penultimate joint being very

minute). Occiput margined on its lower edge only. Mesothorax

trilobate, with distinct sutures. Metathorax well-developed, regu-

larly convex, not areated. Recurrent nervure interstitial, or nearly

so; cubital nervure springing from the prebrachial transverse.

Of this very natural genus there are 3 known European species,

but only 2 have been found in the British Isles. Their ground

colour is testaceous, with a few blackish portions, which are

variable, but usually include the metathorax; there exists also a

dusky variety of P. falcatws. Head somewhat narrower than the

thorax; antenne longer than the body, setaceous rather than

filiform, 1st joint of the flagellum always a trifle shorter than the

2d; lower tooth of the mandibles shorter than the upper one, and

more inclined inwards. Mesothorax gibbous, its lobes separated

by deep sutures. Furrow of the mesopleure wide, shallow, faintly

rugose or crenate, and somewhat curved. Ante-scutellar fovea

wide and deep, geminated by a carina. Metathorax elongate, not

much depressed below the mesothorax, regularly convex, without

the horizontal and vertical portions seen in Blacws. Wings ample,

162 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

reaching in repose much beyond the extremity of the abdomen ;

nervures pale, with some dark portions (as in Ophion and other

testaceous insects); radius straight, originating usually beyond

(seldom from) the middle of the stigma; pobrachial areolet longer

than the prebrachial. Legs stout, proportionally shorter than

those of Blacus ; the hind tarsi, especially, are much shorter than

their tibiae. The British species may be recognised at a glance,

even by their size.

Antenne 33—34-jointed ; terebra scarcely half as long

as the abdomen, straight; length, 24 lines .. 1. sticticus, Fab.

Antenne 29—380-jointed; terebra as long as % of the

abdomen, faleate; length, 14—2 lines .. .. 2. falcaius, Nees.

1. Pygostolus sticticus, Fab.

Ichneumon sticticus, Fab., E.8., Suppl., 229; Cryptus

sticticus, Fab., Piez., 89, 2; P.. sticticus, Hal.,

Ent. Mag., ii., 459; Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit.,

LSOl pe 62) 23

Bassus testaceus, Fall., Spec. Hym. (not of Fab.), 2.

Blacus gigas, Wesm., Nouv. Mem. Ac. Brux., 1835,

Pecoses

Rufo-testaceous, smooth and shining; eyes, stemmaticum, occi-

put, variable portions of the mesothorax and pleure, the pectus

and sometimes the scutellum, also the metathorax, and base of the

Ist abdominal segment, fuscous. Palpi whitish. Antenne dull

ferruginous, darker towards the tips, each joint of the flagellum

annulated with fuscous at the extremity. Metathorax punctato-

rugose, without raised lines or aree. Wings hyaline, stigma

yellow; costa, radius, anal nervure and part of the prebrachial,

fuscous, the other nervures ferruginous; cubital nervure obsolete

for a great portion of its length. Abdomen shorter than the

thorax, and at its widest part not narrower, oblong-ovate above ;

if viewed laterally, obliquely truncate behind; the sides of the 1st

segment diverge as far as the obtusely prominent tubercles, which

are placed before the middle; thence to the apex the sides are

nearly straight and parallel ; 1st segment minutely aciculated, the

rest smooth; suturiform articulation faintly visible at the sides.

Valves of the terebra lanceolate, stout, black, pilose. Male

unknown. Length, 23; wings, 6 lin.

Not common; a solitary parasite of T'enthredinide,

and sometimes of Lepidoptera. It has been bred from

Nematus ribesu, Scop., and Macrophya ribis, Schr. In

Scott’s collection I saw one reared from Pterostoma

British Braconide. — 163

palpina, L., and another from Depressaria angelicella,

Hub. I obtained two specimens by beating an alder-

tree near Abergavenny, and a third by sweeping in a

marsh near Cornworthy in 8. Devon. Cameron’s col-

lection contains two, one taken at Kenmuir in Scotland;

the other he reared from a reddish-grey cocoon, rough,

dull, and felted, attached to the stalk of a plant on the

shores of Loch Awe. This cocoon differs in colour and

size from that of P. multistriatus, Ratz., of which I

possess an example, together with the perfect insect,

from Switzerland, presented to me by the kindness of

Mr. Bignell. The latter cocoon is white, and nearly

5 lines long; those observed by Ratzeburg were brownish

grey. P. multistriatus, Ratz., is likely to be found in

England ; it is 2—4 lines long, formed like sticticus and

falcatus ; antenne 84—36-jointed ; the colour of my

specimen and Ruthe’s is rufo-testaceous without any

mixture of fuscous; but others apparently vary like

their congeners. Ratzeburg’s three specimens were

hatched out of cocoons attached to the needles of fir-

trees; that author has figured the ¢, which seems to be

smaller than the ?. ‘The individual referred to by

Wesmael (Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1838, p. 144) under

B. falcatus, and which was sent from Liege by M. Carlier,

belongs undoubtedly to this species; it is preserved in

the Brussels collection.

2. Pygostolus falcatus, Nees.

Leiophron falcatus, Nees, Mon.,i., 44; Blacus falcatus,

Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 101, 2;

Tappes, Ann. Soc. Fr., 1869, pl. i., f. 16, 3;

P. falcatus, Hal., Ent. Mag., i., 20, @; Ruthe,

Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 158, 3 ¢.

Similar to the preceding, but much smaller. Rufo-testaceous,

unicolorous or varied with fuscous, viz., on the stemmaticum,

occiput, metathorax, and posterior portion of the pectus, together

with the base and apex of the abdomen. Antenne longer than

the body, filiform, 29—30-jointed (in 20 examples). Wings as in

sticticus, but the yellow stigma is often more or less infuscated,

and the recurrent nervure somewhat rejected, seldom interstitial.

Metathorax punctato-rugulose, sometimes with vestiges of 2 medial

and 2 lateral carine. First abdominal segment faintly aciculated

or nearly smooth, especially at the apex. Terebra decurved, with

164 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

stout black valves, pilose beneath. g similar; abdomen rounded

at the extremity, instead of being vertically truncate. Length,

13—2; wings, 33—4¢ lin.

Var. 1. Fuscous, palpi and legs testaceous; base of the antenne,

orbits of the eyes, face, anterior pleure and basal half of the belly,

rufous. Ruthe. Ihave taken an English specimen of this variety.

Var. 2. Entirely rufo-testaceous; cubital nervure obsolete to its

base, so that the 1st cubital areolet is no longer separated from

the prediscoidal. Ruthe.

Commoner than sticticus, but I can find no record of

its having been bred except that of Tappes (J.c.), who

obtained the 3 out of Cryptocephalus bipunctatus, L.

u. Buacvus, Nees.

Blacus, Nees, Act. Ac. L. C., 1819, p. 306 [this

reference shows nothing except the origin of the

name]; Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 39; Wesm., Nouv.

Mem. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 91 [including Pygo-

stolus] ; Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 182.

Head small, subglobose; occiput margined above and below ;

maxillary palpi 6-, labial 8-jointed. Antenne 2 17—24-jointed

(usually 17—20) ; those of the g 19—26-jointed (usually 19—21—

22); Ist joint of the flagellum generally longer than the 2d.

Thorax compressed; mesothorax trilobed, its sutures distinct;

metathorax not gibbous as in Pygostolus, but inclined posteriorly

almost from the base, partially areated by cariniform lines. Wings

sometimes abbreviated in the 9; recurrent nervure entering the

1st cubital areolet near its apex. Abdomen not shorter than the

thorax, and much narrower at the base, gradually widened behind

in the g, or compressed in the ?; subsessile or almost petiolated ;

1st segment oblong, tubercles ante-medial; anus truncated in the

2, rounded in the g. Legs more elongate and slender than in

Pygostolus, stouter in the 9; hind tarsi as long as their tibiz, or

nearly so. ‘Terebra variously exserted; anal forceps of the f

protruded.

About 19 European species are described, 9 of which

are British, and I have added one remarkable new form.

The insects are mostly slender and gnat-like, black or

piceous (rarely with some rufous portions), and with

testaceous legs. Blacus is here understood in the sense

of Ruthe’s monograph above quoted, not that of Wesmael,

British Braconide. . 165

whose description includes Pygostolus. Haliday divided

the genus into two subgenera, as follows :—

Antenne of the ¢ 19-, of the ? 17-jointed; claws simple Blacus.

Antenne g 9 with a greater number of joints; claws

pectinated .. ne ae ve S10 oe .. Ganychorus.

In the Synopsis at the end of Westwood’s ‘ Intro-

duction,’ he abandoned the character derived from the

antenne, for the reason that, from this point of view,

one species, hastatus, belongs to Blacus in the ? sex,

while its is a Ganychorus. There remains then only

the pectination of the claws to distinguish Ganychorus ;

this by itself is no foundation for a genus, and it seems

better to adopt the method of Ruthe and Reinhard, who

recognise only the genus Blacus. Goniocormus, Forst.,

is another artificial genus with which we may well

dispense.

The species of Blacus frequent damp shady places in

woods, where some of the commonest occur in great

numbers, associated like winged ants at the time of

swarming ; the males dance in the air like gnats; the

females are less active, and creep amongst moss and

herbage ; these latter may sometimes be found hyber-

nating. Their parasitism is rather conjectured than

known, but the few indications we have connect them

with small Coleoptera and Diptera. Some of the species

are most difficult to distinguish, especially in the & sex,

and I can scarcely hope that the following table will

always be found to apply satisfactorily. Haliday’s

divisions were made without uniform reference to the ¢

sex ; and Ruthe’s tabular sections, though in appearance

complete, will be found deficient in the same respect,

since in many cases he possessed only females. B. longi-

pennis, Nees, will be omitted here, although it was

inserted in my catalogue on the authority of Curtis’s

‘Guide’; it was not in his collection, and was unknown

to Haliday, and other writers since Nees; the only

mention of it is in a list of Russian insects by Kawall ;

it is perhaps a synonym of paganus, Hal.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(16) 1. Wings $ 9 fully developed.

(3) 2. Antenne 24—26-jointed te -. L. tuberculatus, Wesm.

(2) 3. Antenne with fewer than 24 joints.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART Il. (JUNE.) N

166 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

(7) 4. Posterior angles of the metathorax not

produced or dentiform.

(6) 5. Legs flavo-testaceous ; hind femora not

infuscated ae ahs we .. 2. ruficornis, Nees.

(5) 6. Legs rufo-testaceous ; hind femora in-

fuscated before the apex .. .. 3. maculipes, Wesm.

(4) 7. Posterior angles of the metathorax more

or less produced and dentiform.

(9) 8. Antenne 9 19-jointed; g 22-jointed 4. tripudians, Hal.

(8) 9. Antenne 9 17-jointed; J 19—20- (rarely

21-) jointed.

(11) 10. Length, 1 line or less; the smallest

species .. 5c 56 56 ats

(10) 11. Length, iz—1} lines, which is the usual

size.

(13) 12. Radial areolet about twice as long as

its greatest breadth; terebra 9 4

longer than the abdomen .. .. 6. hastatus, Hal.

(12) 13. Radial areolet about three times as long

as its greatest breadth; terebra 9?

much shorter than the abdomen.

(15) 14. g. Anterior angle of the prediscoidal

areolet complete, not being cut off by

the parastigma. 9 antenne not

longer than the head and thorax,

and not incrassated at the apex .. 7. paganus, Hal.

(14) 15. g. Anterior angle of the prediscoidal

areolet cut off by the enlarged para-

stigma. © antenne rather longer

than the head and thorax, incras-

sated towards the apex es .. 8. trivialis, Hal.

(1) 16. Wings abbreviated; females only.

(18) 17. Antenne 18-jointed .. os -- 9. aptenodytes, n. 5s.

(17) 18. Antennz 20-jointed.

(20) 19. Hind femora annulated with fuscous

before the apex ; terebra as long as

the abdomen .. ats 4p -- 10. ambulans, Hal.

(19) 20. Hind femora unicolorous; terebra

shorter than4 of the abdomen .. 2. ruficornis, var.

5. humilis, Nees.

1. Blacus tuberculatus, Wesm.

Blacus tuberculatus, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 98; Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861,

Peld2; io Se.

Ganychorus pallipes, Hal., Ent. Mag., ui1., 41, d ?.

Bracon barynoti and otiorhynchi, Boudier, Ann. Soc.

Fr., 1834, pp. 333, 334, pl. x1.

2 Blacus Florus, Goureau, Ann. Soe. Fr., 1851, p. 187,

British Braconide. . 167

Black, abdomen sometimes piceous in the middle; palpi and

legs pale ochraceous; oral parts dull rufous. Antenne @ 24-

jointed (rarely 25), as long as the body, ferruginous; scape, extreme

base of the following joints, and 5-6 apical joints entirely,

fuscous. Prothorax produced, forming a sort of neck, rugulose ;

mesothorax shining, with deep converging sutures; mesopleure

also smooth and shining, with a shallow punctate furrow; scutellum

subacutely elevated at the apex, slightly rugulose, distinctly mar-

gined; metathorax short, carinated longitudinally, finely rugulose,

almost reticulated ; 2 dorsal are faintly defined posteriorly and at

the sides, behind them are two less distinct aree. Wings hyaline,

as long as the whole body, nervures and stigma yellow. Legs

longer and more slender than in other species ; claws, and extreme

base of the hind coxw, fuscous. Abdomen @ subclavate; Ist

segment forming scarcely } of its length, linear, slightly dilated

behind, rugose; tubercles prominent, placed before the middle ;

the other segments smooth and shining. Terebra as long as } of

the abdomen. 4 similar; antenne longer, 25 —26-jointed, fuscous,

base of the flagellum usually ferruginous; parastigma and apex of

the stigma fuscescent; legs longer, last joint of the tarsi fuscous ;

abdomen linear, not subclavate. Length, 2; wings, 43 lin.

Described from 14 specimens. Found not uncom-

monly in woods throughout the kingdom. It is the

largest species, and distinguished by the greatest number

of joints in the antenns. Bred by Boudier from larve

of Otiorrhynchus ligneus, Ol., and Barynotus merens,

Fab., at Montmorency. The evidence of the identity

of Boudier’s parasites with the present species, though

much of it is of a negative character, seems tolerably

conclusive, and is borne out by the figures. With

Blacus Florus, Goureau, the case is different; but if

this belongs to the genus Blacus at all, it must be tuber-

culatus, Wesm., for the description is applicable to no

other species. Goureau records it as a parasite of

Agromyza nana, Meig., which mines the leaves of Iris

pseudacorus ; but the small size of the fly compared

with that of the parasite renders this incredible, as

indeed Goureau himself acknowledged.

2. Blacus ruficornis, Nees.

Bracon ruficornis, Nees, Mon., i1., 49, 3 2 (not his

var. 6).

n 2

168 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

Blacus ruficornis, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 92; Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., ii., 61 ; Ruthe,

Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 184, and Stett. Zeit.,

1857, p. 160 (ein Bracon-Zwitter), $ ?.

Ganychorus ruficornis, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 42, ¢ 2.

Dark fuscous, slender, abdomen sometimes piceous or testaceous

in the middle; mandibles and clypeus rufescent; palpi and legs

testaceous. Antenne ? stout, somewhat shorter than the body,

filiform, rufo-testaceous, 20—21-jointed (the 2 apical joints often

appearing to be united); scape and apical joints of the flagellum

usually fuscous, the others annulated with fuscous at the extremity ;

subapical joints longer than broad. Prothorax punctato-rugulose,

smooth at the sides above; scutellum less elevated than in the last

species ; metathorax short, finely rugulose and reticulated, almost

vertical posteriorly, divided into 4 are, and longitudinally cari-

nated. Wings broader than in most species, subhyaline; stigma

brown, more or less pale, or with pale spots; cubital and some

other nervures fuscous, the rest pale brown; parastigma yellowish,

smallest in the 2, so that the angle of the prediscoidal areolet is

not cut off. Last joint of the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen sub-

clavate; Ist segment narrow, hardly dilated posteriorly, more or

less distinctly rimulose, faintly margined, not canaliculated; the

following segments smooth, having each a transverse row of faint

punctures before the hind margin. Terebra about } of the abdo-

men. g. Antenne setiform, black, narrowly testaceous at the base,

as long as the body, 21—22-jointed; wings somewhat whitish,

elongate ; stigma stramineous; parastigma enlarged, cutting off

the angle of the pridiscoidal areolet; abdomen slender, hardly

subclavate; 1st segment canaliculated. Length, 133; wings,

33 lin.

Var. $ ?. Rufo-castaneous; head, apex of the abdomen, and

sometimes the lst segment and metathorax, fuscous.

Obs. I have a 2 with abbreviated wings, probably

belonging to this species. Antenne 20-jointed ; hind

femora not infuscated before the apex (cf. sp. 3); wings

very narrow, not reaching the apex of the abdomen;

stigma placed near the extremity ; radial areolet con-

tracted, not longer than the stigma; radius curved ; 1st

cubital areolet not separated. from the preediscoidal ;

metathorax vertical behind, not bidenticulate. Terebra

less than 4 of the abdomen. Length, 1; wings, 3 line.

Ruthe has described a hermaphrodite, either of this

species or the following, in which the antenne, wings,

&e., do not correspond, being of opposite sexes.

British Braconide. — 169

An abundant species throughout Europe, and found

eregariously on bushes in shady places; some of the

females live more than one season in this country, and

may be found in winter among dead leaves or moss,

especially at the roots of trees. Ratzeburg records the

breeding of a specimen by Dahlbom, at Lund, on Sept.

7th, from a pupa of Cionus fraxini, DeGeer.

3. Blacus maculipes, Wesm.

Blacus maculipes, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 94; Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 139,

d's

Bracon ruficornis, var. 8, Nees, Mon., i., 49.

Ganychorus dwwersicornis, Hal., Ent. Mag., i, 43,

3 2 (not of Nees).

Uniformly black, or with the 2d abdominal segment piceous ;

mouth and legs rufo-testaceous, hind femora infuscated before the

apex. 2 antenne shorter and stouter than in ruficornis, hardly

equalling 3 of the body, submoniliform, 20-jointed, rufo-testaceous,

the 1st and last joints, and sometimes more of the subapical

ones, blackish. Sides of prothorax finely rugulose, smooth above;

mesopleurze smooth, or hardly striated in the middle; scutellum

smooth; metathorax short, gibbous, subvertical behind, finely and

irregularly rugulose, with 4 are, of which the 2 dorsal are nearly

smooth. Wings somewhat infumated, shorter and narrower than

those of the §; stigma and most of the nervures brownish. Legs

stouter and shorter than in the $; 1st abdominal segment stouter,

wider behind; tubercles inconspicuous. Terebra somewhat longer

than 4 of the abdomen. g. antenne 21-jointed, longer than the

body, the 1st or Ist and 2d joints testaceous. Wings ample, as

long as the body, subhyaline, nervures stramineous, stigma more

or less brownish; parastigma pale, with a brown longitudinal

streak ; the stigma is darkest when the antenne are most broadly

pale at the base. Legs elongate, yellowish, with hardly a rufous

tinge; hind pair visibly granulated; tarsi infuscated towards the

apex ; so also the hind femora, and sometimes their tibiz, with the

base of their cox. ‘'Tubercles of the lst segment salient. Length,

+3 wings, 3 lin.

I have not met with this species, and the description

is taken from the authorities cited, with the synonymy

siven by Reinhard. ‘Taken formerly by Haliday in

Treland, less commonly than ruficornis.

170 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

4. Blacus tripudians, Hal.

Ganychorus tripudians, Hal., Ent. Mag., ii1., 41, ¢ ?.

Blacus rufescens, Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 141,

?. Nigro-piceous, 2d abdominal segment paler; legs pale

ochreous; mouth and clypeus rufescent. Antenne 19-jointed,

ferruginous, scape and apex fuscescent. Thorax as in B. tuber-

culatus, but the hind angles of the metathorax are dentiform.

Wings hyaline, stigma, radix, and squamul pale ochreous, most

of the nervures decolorous, the rest pale fuscous. Legs slender ;

last joint of tarsi (at least of the 4 anterior), and claws, fuscous.

Terebra hardly as long as 4 of the abdomen. J variable, fuscous,

or rufo-castaneous, with the head and posterior segments of the

abdomen fuscescent. Palpi pale, fuscous at the base. Antenne a

little longer than the body, 22-jointed, fuscous, ferruginous at the

base; 2 first joints of the flagellum almost equal in length. Pro-

thorax rufo-testaceous, punctato-rugulose; mesothorax more or

less brown or rufous ; pectus often rufescent ; scutellum not very

prominent, obtuse ; mesopleure punctato-rugulose, with a shining

medial space; metathorax not gibbous, almost straight from the

base to the apex, punctate, almost reticulato-rugose, tricarinated,

ferruginous; the 2 lateral carine end in dentiform processes.

Wings broad, greyish hyaline, nervures and stigma brown, radix

and squamule more rufous; Ist and 2d abscissa of the radius

straight, forming a right angle; Ist abscissa originating behind the

middle of the stigma, and longer than the intercubital nervure;

anterior angle of the prediscoidal areolet not truncated by the

parastigma. Legs elongate; hind tibie and tarsi somewhat in-

fuscated, the latter hardly as long as the former. Abdomen not

quite so long as the head and thorax, fuscous; the Ist segment

often rufous, impressed at the base, not much dilated posteriorly,

and there only striated. Length, 14; wings, 3} lin.

Not so common as rujicornis; according to Haliday

gregarious, frequenting willows (Salix caprea) in large

numbers ; the males sport together in airy dances on

warm, sunny afternoons, like the gnats of the genus

Chironomus. I have observed a similar habit in another

species—probably ruficornis—but of tripudians I have

only taken a few isolated examples. Ruthe conjectured

that his Blacus mamillanus might be the ¢ of this

species, but this is sufficiently disproved by the descrip-

tions.

British Braconide. uY(3)

5. Blacus humilis, Nees.

Blacus humilis, Nees, Mon., i., 191; Hal., Ent. Mag.,

ili., 121, ¢ 2; Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 95, partly ; Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861,

p- 148, 2.

B. exilis, Nees, l. c.

Dacnusa cerealis, Curt., Farm. Ins., 294.

9. Black or piceous: mouth paler, mandibles ferruginous ;

palpi fuscescent. Antenne 17-jointed, } shorter than the body,

incrassated towards the tips, blackish, paler at the base. Meso-

pleurz almost smooth, with a punctate longitudinal furrow ; meta-

thorax subtruncate behind, obtusely prominent, very finely rugu-

lose, almost smooth in the middle; posterior angles minutely

dentiform. Wings narrow, subhyaline, stigma and nervures pale

piceous, costa and squamule darker; anterior angle of the pre-

discoidal areolet complete in both sexes. Legs slender, piceous-

brown or ochraceous; tibize and tarsi paler, except at the tips; 4

posterior coxe infuscated. Abdomen compressed, hardly longer

than the thorax; 1st segment linear, oblong, convex, rugulosely

punctate, finely margined; the other segments smooth. ‘Terebra

as long as } or 3 of the abdomen, somewhat decurved. J similar;

antenne 19—20-jointed, filiform, longer than the body; abdomen

narrower, linear; legs more slender, but hardly longer. Length,

1; wings, 2 lin.

The smallest species, much resembling trivialis, Hal.,

but, besides the inferior size, it differs in the antenne of

the 2, which are longer, and incrassated towards the

apex ; the medial joints of the flagellum are also more

elongate ; the subapical joints ovate, decreasing gradually

in length. The dentiform processes of the metathorax

are very small, and only 2 in number, instead of 4, as

in paganus, Hal.

Var. 1. Only % of a line long; wings narrower; legs more

slender; metathorax hardly bidenticulate. The antenne of the

specimen here referred to were not a pair, the joints of either side

differing in length and form. Ruthe.

Var. 2. Length, 13; wings, 23 lines. 9. Abdomen hardly

compressed, subclavate; nervures of the wings stouter. Haliday.

Var. 3. Antenne not longer than the head and thorax, incras-

sated at the apex. Haliday.

This species is evidently a parasite of some insect

feeding upon ears of corn: it may be obtained by

sweeping in wheat-fields.

172 Rey. I. A. Marshall’s monograph of

6. Blacus hastatus, Hal.

Blacus hastatus, Hal., Ent. Mag., i., 121, ?.

B. terebrator, Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 142,

S2Q..

Black, mouth and legs rufo-testaceous, hind tibic and tarsi some-

what darker. @ antenne shorter than the body, rather stout,

filiform, 17-jointed, brown, darker towards the apex; Ist joint of

the flagellum half as long again as the 2d. Cheeks partly testa-

ceous; palpi brownish. Prothorax punctato-rugose, the sides

smooth above; scutellum obtuse, more or less rugulose ; meso-

pleure with a punctate furrow; metathorax short, truncate

posteriorly and bidentate, the posterior face much shorter than the

dorsal ; rugulose, tricarinated, the 2 lateral carine ending in an

obtuse angle. Wings infumated, narrow; radix, squamule, and

nervures fuscous; stigma somewhat paler; 1st abscissa of the

radius originating a little beyond its middle, much shorter than the

intercubital nervure; anterior angle of the prediscoidal areolet

complete; radius curved at the base. Legs darker than those of

the g. Abdomen shorter and narrower than the thorax, lanceolate

above, compressed towards the apex, and, viewed laterally, clavate ;

1st segment about 3 times longer than broad, scarcely widened

behind, minutely striated, margined, bicarinated at the base.

Terebra subarcuate, one-half longer than the abdomen. ¢ similar;

antennze as long as the body, or somewhat longer, setaceous,

20—21-jointed, the basal joints rufous beneath; legs paler; abdo-

men narrower. Length, 14; wings, 23 lin.

Not common; Curtis appears to have taken one 2,

which Haliday described; Ruthe possessed two pairs,

found near Berlin; and in my collection are 3 females,

1 male, taken in Northants, Leicestershire, and Wilt-

shire.

7. Blacus paganus, Hal.

Blacus paganus, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 122, 9.

B. brevicornis, Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 146, ? .

2 B. humilis, Wesm., Nouv. Mem. Ac. Brux., 1835,

p- 95 (partly), not of Nees.

@. Black or piceous; legs rufo-piceous; mandibles rufous ;

palpi piceous, the 2 last joints of the maxillary pale. Antenne

stout, moniliform, not longer than the head and thorax, not incras-

sated towards the apex, 17-jointed (the last joint consisting really

of two united). Thorax irregularly punctulate, pubescent ; pleure

rugulose, more finely beneath the wings and in the shallow furrow ;

British Braconde. ~ 173

seutellum punctulate ; metathorax short, inclined from the base to

the apex, rugulose, tricarinate, quadridenticulate at the sides.

Wings whitish hyaline, stigma and nervures fuscous, or ochreous,

and in that case the costa and parastigma are darker; squamule

piceous; parastigma somewhat enlarged, cutting off the angle of

the prediscoidal areolet. Legs short and stout, obscure, the fore

pair palest ; hind femora in the middle, their tibiz at the apex,

usually infuscated; coxe fuscous. Abdomen as long as the thorax,

compressed posteriorly, oblong above, triangular when viewed

laterally ; Ist segment subrectangular, twice as long as broad,

somewhat constricted at the base, margined, punctate-striate, with

Y faint medial carine; tubercles somewhat salient before the

middle; suturiform articulation visible; segments 2—3 together

longer than the Ist; segment 3 faintly punctulate. Terebra

decurved, the valves stout at the base, about as long as + of the

abdomen.

3. Similar; antenne slender, filiform, longer than the body,

19—20-jointed. Parastigma smaller, not cutting off the angle of

the prediscoidal areolet. Second abdominal segment sometimes

testaceous ; abdomen more slender; legs much longer. Length,

13; wings, 3 lin.

Not common; I possess a ¢ from Lastingham, York-

shire, and a ? from St. Albans. They are much larger

than B. humilis, Nees, and quite distinct; the want of

specimens seems to have caused a difficulty to Ruthe,

who had only one @. Wesmael’s humilis is probably

made up of the present species and humilis, Nees; but

the description of the latter is so concise that there

hardly remains anything to trust to except size.

8. Blacus trivialis, Hal.

Blacus trivialis, Hal., Ent. Mag., ii., 122, 3 °.

B.instabilis, Ruthe, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1861, p.149, 3 ¢.

Black; mandibles rufescent; palpi pale fuscous. 9% antenne

stout, subfiliform, about } as long as the body, incrassated towards

the apex, 17-jointed, the 4 ante-apical joints globose. Metathorax

punctato-rugose, tricarinate, more or less obtusely bidenticulate.

Wings ample, hyaline; stigma and nervures stramineous; costa,

radix, and squaimulz fuscous ; radius slightly curved in the middle,

making the radial areolet subovate; anterior angle of the prex-

discoidal areolet truncated by the enlarged parastigma., Legs

slender, rufo-testaceous ; hind coxe black, their femora usually

infuscated ; tarsi fuscous at the apex. Abdomen longer than the

174 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

thorax; 1st segment twice longer than broad, hardly widened

posteriorly, finely margined, punctato-rugose; tubercles incon-

spicuous. Terebra straight, half as long as the abdomen, or some-

what less. g antenne hardly shorter than the body, subsetaceous,

fuscous, 19-jointed, the basal joint rufous at the apex. Prediscoidal

areolet asin the 9. First abdominal segment linear; anal forceps

somewhat extruded. Length, 14; wings, 2} lin.

Very like humilis, Nees, but larger and stouter, with

longer antenne; the dentiform angles of the meta-

thorax, though short, are never quite obsolete; the

radius is not quite straight, and its areolet shorter in

proportion. It is, however, extremely difficult to dis-

tinguish otherwise than by the size. Gregarious, and

abundant throughout the country in shady woods.

9. Blacus aptenodytes, n. s.

@. Niger, prothoracis lateribus, mesonoto, scutello, rufis 3

abdominis segmento 8tio pedibusque cum coxis testaceis ; ungui-

culis fuscis. Antenne corpore paulo breviores, 18-articulate, rufo-

testacee, scapo et articulo ultimo obscurioribus; flagelli articulus

lus 20 duplo longior; ultimus oblongus, acuminatus, e duobus

conflatus, precedente duplo longior. Corpus subtiliter albido

pubescens; caput, mesothorax, scutellum, sicut in B. ruficorne

formata; metathorax deplanatus, rugulosus, medio carinatus,

areis dorsalibus duabus distinctis; postice fere in perpendiculum

declivis, angulis fortiter productis, obtuse dentiformibus. Al

angustissime (latitudine vix nisi longitudinis sextantem zquante),

abbreviate, ciliate, metathoracis apicem non excedentes; stigma

lineare, ale apici propinquum, et cum nervis fusco-testaceum.

Femora postica cum tibiis suis solito crassiora, subclavata. Abdo-

men deplanatum, apice compressum ; segmentum lum elongatum,

lineare, apicis latitudine circiter triplo longius, bicarinatum, rugu-

losum; cetera levissima. Terebra breviuscula, segmenti 1mi

longitudinem dimidiam haud superans. Mas latet.

@. Black; prothorax at the sides, disk of the mesothorax, and

scutellum, rufous; 3d abdominal segment, and legs together with

the cox, testaceous; claws fuscous. Antenne rather shorter

than the body, 18-jointed, rufo-testaceous, with the scape and the

last joint darker; 1st joint of the flagellum twice as long as the

2d; last joint oblong, acuminate, consisting of 2 joints united,

twice as long as the preceding. Body minutely and sparsely

pubescent with whitish hairs; head, mesothorax, and scutellum

formed as in B. ruficornis; metathorax deplanate, rugulose,

British Braconide. — 175

carinated in the middle, with two distinct dorsal arex ; almost

vertical behind, the apical angles strongly produced, obtuse, denti-

form. Wings very narrow, their breadth scarcely equalling } of

their length, abbreviated, ciliated, not reaching beyond the meta-

thorax; stigma linear, placed near the apex of the wing, fusco-

testaceous, together with the nervures. Hind femora and tibis

incrassated, subclavate. Abdomen deplanate, compressed at the

apex; 1st segment elongate, linear, about 3 times longer than its

apical breadth, bicarinated, rugulose; the other segments very

smooth. Terebra short, not longer than 3 of the lst segment.

Male unknown. Length, 14; wings, 1 lin.

A specimen was taken at Peckham by Billups, and

two more by Capron at Shiere, near Guildford.

10. Blacus ambulans, Hal.

Ganychorus ambulans, Hal., Ent. Mag., ii., 43, 2.

@. Pitchy black; 2d abdominal segment rufescent ; mouth and

clypeus dull ferruginous. Antenne 20-jointed, ferruginous, fuscous

at the apex, the subapical joints somewhat shorter, and the last joint

larger than in B. rujicornis ; yet the antenne resemble those of that

species rather than of maculipes, and are similarly coloured. Head

rotundo-cubic, less oblate than in other species. Metathorax sub-

cubic, truncate behind, thickly granulated. Wings abbreviated,

narrow, tinted with brown; stigma and nervures fuscous; radix

and squamul stramineous. Legs shorter than in ruficornis, of a

duller rufous; hind femora annulated with fuscous before the apex ;

last joint of all the tarsi and base of the hind cox fuscous. Abdo-

men shorter and more compressed; Ist segment hardly forming

+ of its length, stouter, and with less conspicuous tubercles.

Terebra as long as the abdomen. Male unknown. Length, 1};

wings, 14 lin.

Var. Mesonotum and scutellum rufo-piceous.

The description is that of Haliday. Specimens were

formerly in Curtis’s collection, but nothing more is

known of them. They are not, I think, the Dacnusa

cerealis of Curtis, as stated in my catalogue, for some

reason now forgotten; that synonym rather applies to

Blacus humilis, Nees.

XVIII. LIOPHRONIDES.

Maxillary palpi 5-, labial 3-jointed. Mesothoracic sutures dis-

tinct or obsolete. Abdomen subsessile, oval, convex ; suturiform

176 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

articulation obsolete, the other sutures distinct; apical segments

of the @ curved under the abdomen, so that the short terebra

points forwards. Wings nearly as in the last subfamily, but the

radius is curved, and its 1st abscissa much shorter than the thick-

ness of the stigma.

The genus Liophron of Nees v. Esenbeck, established

in 1819, indicates species with 2 cubital areolets, and

the abdomen of the @ decurved. In his monograph

(i., 43) he describes 8, which now belong to as many

different genera; L. falcatus is a Pygostolus, and is

referred to the Blacides; L. clavipes, from Italy, has

the abdomen margined, and belongs to some different

tribe; L. ater belongs to the present group. Wesmael

described 4 species of Liophron, taking what he sup-

posed to be the ZL. ater, Nees, for his type; the ater,

Wesm., however, is not identical with ater, Nees, but

with Bracon lucidator, Nees. The species known to

Wesmael belong to two genera which Haliday named

Ancylus and Centistes, but for Ancylus he afterwards

restored the original name Liophron. A notice of

Liophron and Centistes by Reinhard, accompanied by

diagnoses of the species, is to be found in the Berl. ent.

Zeit. for 1862. Forster, in his Synopsis, created some

confusion by substituting the name Liophron for Hali-

day’s Centistes, and quoting as a type L. ater, Nees,

which is Ancylus excrucians, Hal.; the type should have

been L. ater, Wesm. As for Haliday’s Liophron, or

Ancylus, i618 divided by Forster into two new genera,

Ancylocentrus, containing (for the second time) Ancyius

excrucians, Hal., with the claws bifid; and Allurus,

containing Ancylus muricatus, Hal., with the claws

simple. The character taken from the claws is here

reversed in the two genera; it is also a merely sexual

distinction. Another genus of Forster’s, Syrrhizus,

remains undescribed. With the Liophronides termi-

nates the series of Polymorphous groups characterised

by 2 cubital areolets in conjunction with a sessile or

subsessile abdomen. The perfect insects frequent fungi,

but their habits in the larval state are entirely unknown.

Mesothoracie sutures distinct Ss .. 1. LitoPHRON.

Mesothoracie sutures obliterated .. .. li. CENTISTES.

British Braconide. . LG,

i. LiopHron, Nees.

Leiophron, Nees, Act. Ac. L. C., 1819, p. 8303; Mon.,

atk: Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835,

p- 103.

Ancylus, Hal., Ent. Mag., i., 459 and 460.

Mesothoracic sutures distinct, only in one species vanishing

posteriorly. Abdomen subsessile, convex; terebra short, curved,

with broad cultrate valves, pointing forwards. Wings with 2

cubital areolets; podiscoidal areolet narrowly open at the apex.

Joints of the antenn cylindric, and closely conjoined. Abdomen

above ellipsoid; 1st segment short, tubercles placed near the base ;

segments 2—3 together much longer than the Ist, smooth and

shining; the following segments short, but not concealed; anus of

the 2 compressed, decurved. Stigma ovate, lanceolate; pre-

discoidal areolet not quite touching the parastigma; Ist cubital

areolet separated from the prediscoidal; recurrent nervure inter-

stitial ; cubital nervure faintly traced. The antenne and legs

offer no sexual peculiarities as in the Blacides. The species are of

rare occurrence, black and very shining, with hard integuments ;

the 2d abdominal segment is sometimes more or less red. We

have four species :—

(6) 1. First abdominal segment subquadrate, not

narrowed at the base; claws of the 9?

bifid, of the g simple.

(5) 2. Abdomen partly red.

3. Hind cox produced into a strong tooth;

ventral segments bidenticulate on their

hinder edge; 2d abdominal segment en-

tirely, 3d at the sides and beneath, red .. 1. muricatus, Hal.

(3) 4. Hind coxe only subdentate; ventral seg-

ments hardly bidenticulate; abdomen

wholly black above, dull red at the sides 2. litwratus, Hal.

5. Abdomen entirely black Oe 3: -. muricatus, var.

. First abdominal segment longer than broad,

narrowed at the base; claws simple, J ?.

(8) 7. Tubercles of Ist segment not salient: cox

red, or at most with a fuscous basal spot

above .. ae ae ge .. 3. ater, Nees.

(7) 8. Tubercles salient ; coxe black ae .. 4. edentatus, Hal.

1. Liophron muricatus, Hal.

Ancylus muricatus, Hal., Ent. Mag., i1., 460; Reinh.,

Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 3835, °.

Leiophron armatus, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 105, 2 (not var. 1).

178 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

?. Black, shining; legs and 2d abdominal segment rufous.

Body pubescent, on the under side rather thickly. Mandibles, and

sometimes clypeus, rufescent. Antenne more or less rufous at the

base, somewhat longer than the body, 30—31-jointed. Metathorax

convex, finely rugulose, dull, with an indeterminate smooth space

on each side of the base. Wings hyaline, stigma fuscous, nervures

paler, radix and squamule dull stramineous. Legs elongate,

stout; base of hind coxe, hind tibie at the tips, and their tarsi,

infuscated ; hind coxe armed underneath with a vertical and some-

what obtuse tooth; hind tarsi the longest; claws bifid. First

abdominal segment subquadrate or hardly longer than broad, with

a transverse impression on each side before the middle, dilated at

the base where the salient tubercles are situated, longitudinally

rugulose, especially towards the sides, the extremity smooth in the

middle ; 2d segment rufous, with or without a medial fuscous spot

on the disk; 3d segment black, rufous at the sides and underneath,

its ventral hind margin bidenticulate; the same denticulation is

repeated more and more faintly on the following ventral segments.

Terebra very short; valves ferruginous, pilose, rounded, squami-

form. Male unknown. Length, 1—13; wings, 14/—3 lin.

Var. Abdomen entirely black. Wesmael.

This species only differs from the following in the

more pronounced denticulation of the coxe and ventral

segments, and in the distribution of the rufescence of

the abdomen; it is therefore not unlikely that they

belong to the same species, as Wesmael supposed, and

that the species is moderately variable. Found rarely,

in woods; I possess 2 females, one taken in the Forest

Hills, Leicestershire, the other in Brittany, near Lok-

mariaker.

2. Liophron lituratus, Hal.

Ancylus lituratus, Hal., Ent. Mag., i1., 461, ?.

Leiophron lituratus, Remh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862,

p- 335, So.

L. armatus, var. 1, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 105, 2%

Only distinguished from the preceding as follows:—In general

larger, the red portions of a duller hue; antennze 31—383-jointed;

abdomen longer and more slender; 2d segment black or piceous

above; sides of all the segments, and the entire belly, rufous ;

denticulation of the ventral segments and hind coxe less distinct.

The $ (which I have not seen) differs, according to Reinhard, in

British Braconidae. . 179

having the claws simple; antenne 33-jointed; abdomen not de-

curved at the extremity. Length, 2; wings, 3# lin.

I have 3 old 2 specimens taken at Milford Haven, of

larger size, with 33-jointed antenne; and one from

Nunton, Wilts, which is rather smaller; antenne 31-

jointed. This last closely resembles muricatus.

3. Liophron ater, Nees.

Leiophron ater, Nees, Mon., i., 45; Reinh., Berl. ent.

Zeit., 1862, p. 335, ¢ 2 (not of Wesm.)

Ancylus ater, Hal., Ent. Mag., i., 21, ¢ 2.

A. excrucians, Hal., Ent. Mag., i1., 461, ?.

@. Smaller than the two foregoing species; abdomen entirely

black. Antenne 24—25-jointed, scarcely longer than the body,

more or less rufous beneath at the base. Mouth rufo-testaceous;

palpi paler. Wings as in muricatus. Legs rufo-testaceous ; hind

coxe edentate, more or less fuscous above; claws fuscous, not

bifid. First abdominal segment longer than broad, gradually

widened from the base, which is little more than half as broad as

the apex; finely aciculated; the other segments smooth and

shining; tubercles inconspicuous; ventral segments denticulate.

Terebra very short, curved, its valves testaceous. ¢ similar;

abdomen narrower; antennz longer, according to Nees 25- (¢.e., 24-)

jointed. Length, 13; wings, 3 lin.

Haliday himself (Ent. Mag., iii., 21) established the

above synonymy, and he is followed by Reinhard. I

shall not venture to disturb this; yet I have a difficulty

in explaining the fact that Nees, in describing the

thorax of his ater, calls it ‘‘ equalis,” which is his usual

mode of indicating the absence of the mesothoracic

sutures. This is a character of Centistes, and of Bracon

lucidator, Nees, the L. ater of Wesmael, who seems to

have taken note of the word ‘‘ equalis.” It is possible

then that Bracon lucidator, Nees = L. ater, Nees and

Wesmael, = Centistes ; and in this case the name of the

species above described should be L. excrucians, Hal.

Found among fungi in woods, but not common; I

possess 4 females, one taken near St. Albans, and three

at Nunton, Wilts. Nees captured the 3 2 in copuld, in

a garden at Sickershausen, in Franconia.

180 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

4. Liophron edentatus, Hal.

Ancylus edentatus, Hal., Ent. Mag., ., 461, 9; Leio-

phron edentatus, Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862,

p- 335, 2

@. Black; more robust than the preceding. Antenne 26-

jointed, dull ferruginous at the base beneath. Mandibles flavo-

rufous, fuscous at the tips; palpi paler. Wings dull hyaline,

stigma and nervures fuscous, radix stramineous, squamule piceous ;

radial areolet very little widened at the base, attenuated at the

apex, making a distant approach to the semicordate form of

Sigalphus. Legs flavo-rufous; coxe black, unarmed; tarsi fus-

cous, except at the base. Abdomen subdepressed: 1st segment

aciculated, stouter than in L. ater, Nees, attenuated at the base,

but its width across the large and prominent tubercles is nearly

equal to that of the apex; belly flattened, its segments edentate.

Haliday. g similar; antenne not longer than the body, in my

specimen 25-jointed. Mesothoracie sutures shallow, posteriorly

effaced. Metathorax short, subrugulose, somewhat shining. Four

posterior femora with a fuscous line above; hind tibia somewhat

infuscated at the apex. Radial areolet as in the 2. An inter-

mediate form, leading to Centistes. Length, 1}; wings, 3 lin.

The 2 seems not to have occurred since the time of

Haliday, who drew up his diagnosis from 2 old and bad

specimens; he remarks that their depressed abdomen

might be the result of rough handling. The ¢ I cap-

tured at Nunton, and refer it to this species with some

confidence, owing to the form of the radial areolet.

il. Centistes, Hal.

Centistes, Hal., Ent. Mag., ii., 462; Reinh., Berl. ent.

Zeit., 1862, p. 336.

Characters of Liophron, but the mesothorax is quite smooth,

with no trace of sutures. Antenne having the same number of

joints in bothsexes. Abdomen obovate, convex in the ?, decurved

at the apex, and with the belly compressed ; subdepressed in the

3; 1st segment longer “than broad, narrowed at the base ; tubercles

inconspicuous. Terebra short, subulate, pointing forwards.

Only two species are known in Europe :—

Legs flavo-rufous ; antenne peace as long as the

body, or longer ste Si .. 1. lucidator, Nees.

Lees brown; antenne 19- jointed: shen than the

body .. a6 56 5c oc oc .. 2. fuscipes, Nees.

British Braconide. 181

1. Centistes lucidator, Nees.

Bracon lucidator, Nees, Mon., i., 50, 3.

Centistes cuspidatus, Hal., Ent. Mag., u1., 462, 3 2.

Leiophron ater, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835,

p- 104, ¢ 2 (not of Nees).

@. Black, brilliant; mandibles and sometimes the clypeus

testaceous; palpi paler. Two or three basal joints of the antenne

testaceous beneath. Face carinated in the middle. Mesonotum

smooth and brilliant, gibbous. Metathorax slightly rugulose, with

a shining space on each side at the base, and another at the apex.

Wings hyaline, stigma and nervures reddish fuscous, radix and

squamule dull stramineous. Legs testaceous; hind tibie towards

the apex, and their tarsi, fuscescent. First abdominal segment

aciculated, with 2 lateral carinez, and a third in the middle which

reaches neither extremity; the following segments very smooth

and shining. Terebra as long as the 1st segment, but concealed in

repose ; its valves black, acute, lanceolate. The g differs only in

having longer antenne, and the abdomen not decurved at the

extremity. Length, 1—14; wings, 2—23 lin.

The g is common everywhere, and especially amongst

fungi in woods; the ? is seldom met with.

2. Centistes fuscipes, Nees.

Bracon fuscipes, Nees, Mon.,i.,50; Leiophron fuscipes,

Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 107, 2;

C. fuscipes, Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 336,

3 oe.

Shorter and stouter than the preceding. Black, shining;

mandibles rufous; palpi piceous. Antenne ? entirely fuscous,

stout, filiform, about half as long as the body. Mesonotum

smooth, gibbous. Metathorax slightly rugulose, transversely

bisected by a carina more or less distinct. Wings shorter than in

lucidator, somewhat infuscated, nervures and stigma fuscous or

rufescent, the latter short, broad, triangular. Legs stout, brownish,

fore femora and tibie sometimes rufescent, the 4 posterior always

dark coloured; knees somewhat paler; joints of the tarsi short.

Abdomen oblong-ovate; lst segment broader than in lucidator,

rimulose, the apex smoother in the middle; belly of the 2 com-

pressed. Terebra as long as 1 of the abdomen, but concealed in

repose; valves black, subcylindric, rounded at the end. The ¢ is

similar, with the usual sexual differences. Length, 1; wings,

2 lin.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889. PART II. (JUNE.) 0

182 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

Not common; I captured several of both sexes once

in Leicestershire, and a single specimen at Nunton.

XIX. ICHNEUTIDES.

Maxillary palpi 5-, labial 4-jointed. Mesothoracic sutures dis-

tinct. Abdomen sessile, depressed, subclavate or spathuliform,

showing 7—8 segments above. Fore wings with 3 cubital areolets,

the 1st receiving the recurrent nervure; 2d small, trapeziform,

about the size of the stigma (Ichneutes), or smaller (Proterops) ;

radial areolet very short, subtriangular, metacarpus not longer

than the stigma ; pobrachial areolet of the hind wings half as long

as the prebrachial. Terebra concealed, or nearly so.

The group is of very small extent, and completely

isolated; the shape of the radial areolet at once dis-

tinguishes the insects ; it resembles in some degree that

of Chelonus, but there the likeness stops. _Wesmael also

compares his genus Acampsis (a section of Spheropy),

but the similarity extends no further than the head and

thorax. Nees v. Esenbeck was acquainted with a single

species, for which he established the genus Ichneutes ;

Wesmael added two more, one of which he afterwards

suppressed, and made known a second genus Proterops,

with one species, perhaps described by Fabricius as a

Bracon, but subsequently neglected or misunderstood.

The insects are sluggish, and attack the exposed larve

of T'enthredinide, for which purpose they do not require

a long terebra.

First abscissa of the radius much shorter than the 2d;

2d cubital areolet broader than long, its upper side

much longer than the 2d transverso-cubical ner-

vure; radius of the hind wings obsolete; front of

the usual length, so that the foremost ocellus is

remote from the base of the antennse oe .. 1. IcHNEUTES.

First abscissa of the radius longer than the 2d; 2d

cubital areolet longer than broad, its upper side

shorter than the 2d transverso-cubical nervure ;

radius of the hind wings distinct ; front so abbre-

viated that the foremost ocellus is situated between

the antenne .. 6c 50 Ne $6 .. li, PRoTEROPS.

i. IcHNEUTES, Nees.

Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816, p. 275; Mon., 1., 156;

Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 195.

Head transverse, as wide as the thorax; occiput not margined ;

face quadrate ; clypeus rounded behind, straight on the front edge,

British Braconide. — 183

deplanate ; mandibles broad, bidentate. Antenne setiform, those

of the g hardly longer. Thorax short; mesonotum elevated.

Wings ample, hyaline; podiscoidal areolet almost as large as the

prediscoidal; the short triangular radial areolet remote from the

apex of the wing; in the hind wings the radial and cubital areolets

are not separated. Legs short, stout; hind tibie subclavate,

armed with very short spurs. Terebra not projecting beyond the

last segment; anus of the J obtuse, segment 6 much longer than

5, rounded behind, smooth and concave above; the ¢ is also

smaller and narrower than the ? , but not otherwise distinguishable.

Of the two known species I. levis has not yet been noticed in this

country.

1. Ichneutes reunitor, Nees.

Ichneutes reunitor, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816, p. 276,

pl. vii., f. 8; Mon.,i., 158; Wesm., Nouv. Mém.

Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 196, 3 2; S. v. Voll. Scheis.,

tab. v.

I. brevis, Wesm., lib. cit., p. 198, ¢ 2; of. Suppl.,

p.156%)Ratz., lchn..d.orst., u.,.70, pl. i, £..35.

Black, abdomen sometimes piceous in the middle. Body some-

what villose. Face rugulose, beset with greyish pubescence, and

with a short indistinct carina above. Cheeks, vertex, and front

granulated, dull; palpi and middle of mandibles testaceous.

Antenne ¢ ? as long as the body, 31-jointed. Thorax pubescent ;

pleure granulated; metathorax subrugulose, with an oblong

medial area enclosed between two carine which reach from the

base to the apex. Stigma and nervures fuscous; radius slightly

curved; 2d intercubital nervure very short, subobsolete; hind

wings sinuated near the base of their anterior margin; their

pobrachial areolet remote from the posterior margin. Legs pale

rufo-testaceous; cox black. Abdomen pubescent; 1st segment

rugose, dull, with 2 carine, separated at the base and converging

to the apex; 2d segment rugose; 3d and following sparingly

punctulate, shining. Valves of the terebra conical. Length,

3—24; wings, 3—6 lin.

Var. 1. Antenne, abdomen in the middle, and cox, testaceous ;

or antenne with a fuscous line above, and hind coxe partly

fuscous.

Var. 2. Smaller; facial carina more distinct ; metathorax with

no medial area; radius straight; pleure almost smooth; palpi

dusky ; hind femora piceous on the outer side. J. brevis, Wesm.

Not common, but widely distributed, from the Arctic

184 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

regions to the Mediterranean; the Rev. A. E. Eaton

brought a specimen from Spitzbergen, and others were

sent to me from Italy by Dr. Magretti. According to

Ratzeburg both sexes were bred in April from galls of

Nematus viminalis, L., on willows, by Hartig; also by

Brischke from (probably) Nematus septentrionalis, L. ; it

is also mentioned as a parasite of Nematus frigidus,

Boh., and Nematus salicis, L. I have several times

taken it in England on umbellate flowers, and at Nunton

a specimen occurred belonging to var. 1.

il. Proterors, Wesm.

Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 201.

Characters of Ichneutes; but the anterior ocellus is placed

between the antennz, the front thus almost disappearing; the 2d

cubital areolet is much smaller, contracted above; the radius of

the hind wings distinct, &c., as already pointed out. The insect is

much larger, with blackish wings and orange-coloured abdomen,

like a Bracon, for one of which genus it was formerly mistaken.

1. Proterops nigripennis, Wesm.

Bracon denigrator, Cur., B. E., pl. lxix., 3 (exclusive

of dissections and text) ; not of Fab.

Proterops nigripennis, Wesm., Nouv. Mem. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 202, ¢ 2; also Suite I., 1837, pl. f. P;

8. v. Voll. Schets., tab. v.

Black, shining, pubescent; wings dark brown; abdomen bright

orange. Face impressed with a deep fovea on each side of the

clypeus; palpi and mandibles black. Antenne + longer than the

body, stout, slightly incrassated towards the apex, 84-jointed in

one g¢ (Ihave no 2). Mesothoracic sutures deeply incised, im-

punctate. Metathorax short, rugulose, dull. Wings iridescent,

with a whitish streak below the stigma, which is black, as well as

the nervures; hind wings sinuated near the base. Legs entirely

black, pubescent, longer than those of Ichnewtes, and the spurs of

the hind tibiz longer. Abdomen smooth, shining, punctulate,

pubescent with reddish hairs; showing 8 segments above in the g,

7 in the 9; 1st segment widened from the base to the apex, where

its breadth is doubled; posterior margin deeply sinuated; disk

convex, with raised margins separated from the medial ridge by a

channel on each side; tubercles basal, salient; suturiform articu-

lation uncommonly deep, impunctate; abdomen widened to the

British Braconide. ; 185

end of the 4th segment; 5th and 6th narrower; 7th in the ?

protruding only as a blunt point; 7th segment of the J rounded,

and followed by the exserted apex of the 8th. Terebra concealed.

32. Length, 23; wings, 6 lin.

Very rare in this country; a parasite of Hylotoma

enodis, L. Wesmael possessed 4 specimens taken near

Brussels; Magretti has found it in Italy, at Canonica

d’Adda; Curtis records a # captured in Birch Wood,

Kent, and a ? taken by Kirby, now in the Stephensian

collection; Cameron has obtained more than one in

Scotland, and the 3 I possess is due to his liberality.

XX. HELCONTIDES.

Maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Front excavated, usually

armed with an erect tooth; head large, subconic, transverse.

Abdomen sessile or subsessile, articulated to the posterior face of

the metathorax near its upper edge, and much above the hind

cox; Ist segment usually elongate, forming even as much as

half the abdomen; but not so in Cenocelius. Fore wings with

3 cubital areolets; recurrent nervure rejected or interstitial ; 2d

cubital areolet trapeziform; radial areolet lanceolate, acute,

ending before the apex of the wing; metacarpus longer than the

stigma; prediscoidal areolet contiguous or petiolated. Hind

femora incrassated, in Helcon often toothed beneath. Terebra

elongate.

The species are parasites of Coleoptera.

The two genera to be here noticed are only distantly

related ; yet it is better perhaps to keep them together

for the present.

Abdomen sublinear, elongate; 1st segment forming

nearly half of its length; anterior margin of the

clypeus unarmed; recurrent nervure considerably

rejected 56 as AC ac ae -. i, Hetcon.

Abdomen elliptic, short; 1st segment scarcely forming

a third of its length; anterior margin of the

clypeus dentate; recurrent nervure interstitial, or

nearly so ae oC 00 se 06 .. ii. CeNoc@LIUs.

i. Heucon, Nees.

Nees, Act. Ac. L. C., 1819, p. 8307; Mon., i., 224.

Occiput margined. Mesothoracic sutures distinct, rugose. Pre-

discoidal areolet almost touching the parastigma. Abdomen as

186 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

long as the thorax, linear, sometimes incrassated and rounded

posteriorly, sessile.

Head large, subcubic, as wide as the thorax; face convex, vario-

lose; clypeus short, discrete, its front edge straight, 2 basal foves

distinct; eyes small, protuberant; cheeks not dilated. Antenne

placed at the edge of the large frontal depression, in both sexes as

long as the body, or longer. Prothorax produced, variolosely

punctate, its lateral margins elevated. Mesothoracic lobes very

convex, the medial one produced towards the head. Metathorax

truncated posteriorly, areated by 4—6 carine. Wings rather

small; stigma narrow, lanceolate; 1st cubital areolet receiving

the recurrent nervure a little behind the middle; 2d small, hardly

longer than broad; pobrachial areolet somewhat longer than the

prebrachial, sometimes emitting a spurious nervure from its

extremity to the hind margin (but not in H. annulicornis); po-

discoidal areolet completely closed; radial areolet of the hind

wings contiguous or petiolated; anal nervure distinct. Legs elon-

gate, especially the hind pair; coxze and hind femora incrassated,

the latter often dentate beneath; tibiz stout, but with small

spurs; tarsi elongate. Abdomen narrower than the thorax, de-

planate ; 1st segment very long, bicarinated; 2d and 3d together a

little shorter; the others transverse.

The large black species of Helcon are found in the

forests of Central Europe, usually on the trunks of trees,

or felled timber, where the females crawl slowly in search

of the burrows of longicorn beetles. Kawall, in Cour-

land, bred H. ruspator, L., from a larva of Strangalia

quadrifasciata, L. It is almost certain that Great

Britain possesses no indigenous species, and that the

occurrence of the following in some numbers on one

occasion was the result of their accidental introduction.

1. Helcon annulicornis, Nees.

Nees, Mon., i., 281; Ste., Dll..M., vii., Suppl. 4,

pl. xxxvii., f. 3¢,f.4 2; Hal., Ent. Mag., ii, 144,

Curee

Deep black, very shining; legs red; 4 anterior coxe and tro-

chanters, hind tibie and tarsi, black; antenne of the 9°, and 4

posterior tarsi in both sexes, annulated with white; hind femora

armed beneath with a stout subapical tooth. Face rugose; vertex

deplanate, transverse, smooth. Antenne 2 29-jointed, black;

joints 13—15 white. Mandibles and palpi fuscous. Thorax

punctate, with blackish pubescence. Metathorax reticulated, with

British Braconide. : 187

4 longitudinal carine, of which the two medial form an elongate

area, narrowest at the base; the lateral carine are twice inter-

sected by transverse carine. Wings fumato-hyaline; stigma and

nervures fuscous. Hind coxe rufous; fore femora and 4 anterior

tibie fuscous at the base; fore tarsi rufous, fuscous at the tips; the

other tarsi white, with the base of the 1st joint and the last joint

entirely, fuscous. First abdominal segment longer than the 2d and

3d together, scarcely widened posteriorly, with raised lateral mar-

gins and 2 parallel dorsal carine, the space between which is

punctulate and rugose; the 2 exterior channels smooth, as likewise

is the rest of the abdomen. ‘Terebra as long as the abdomen and

metathorax. g much smaller; antenne without a white ring;

abdomen narrower. Length 9 5; wings, 9 lines; gf 4; wings,

7d lines.

Taken in Germany by Gravenhorst, in France by

Villers, near Lyon. The pair excellently figured in the

work of Stephens are from several found, as that author

believed, in South Wales; more were in the collection of

the Entomological Club, supposed to have been taken by

HK. Newman near Leominster. <A 2, the gift of F.

Walker, isin my collection, and I presume it was one of

the same casual visitors. They might have been im-

ported in the larval state to Bristol or Cardiff in foreign

timber containing Coleoptera; it is certain that no more

specimens have since appeared in this country. I

possess also H. (Gymmnoscelis) tardator, Nees, from

Walker’s collection, but its British origin is altogether

doubtful.

ii. Cenocauius, Hal.

Cenocelius, Hal., in Westw. Int., ii, Gen. Syn,, 62;

Brullé in St. Farg. Hym., iv., 481; Westw.,

Tijdschr., 1881—82, p. 33; Smith, Nom. Brit.

Hym., pt. xiii., p. 27, and Proc. Lin. Soc., Zool.,

vi., p. 66; 8. v. Voll. Schets., tab. vi., f. 24

(wings by Haliday).

Capitonius, Brullé in St. Farg. Hym., iv., 544.

Aulacodus, Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadelph., 1865,

[Oper

Laccophrys, Foérst., Verh. d. pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 257 ;

Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1865, p. 265.

Occiput margined. Mesothoracic sutures distinct, punctate.

Preediscoidal areolet petiolated, not touching the parastigma.

188 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

Abdomen not longer than the head and thorax, subsessile. Terebra

exserted.

Head very large, transverse, broader than the thorax; face

convex; clypeus angulated in front, imperfectly discrete, with 2

indistinct basal fovee; eyes small; cheeks somewhat dilated ;

antenne inserted in a large shallow depression of the front;

between them is a compressed dentiform elevation; those of the g

as long as the body, of the ? hardly longer than the head and

thorax. Mesopleure punctulate, shining, with a crenate furrow.

Metathorax depressed, vertical behind. Second cubital areolet,

when measured along the cubital nervure, twice as wide as when

measured on the radial; its inner angle incomplete. Legs short,

stout; hind femora edentate. First abdominal segment sub-

triangular, striated, the rest smooth; 2d and 3d segments of equal

length; suturiform articulation visible.

The genus Cenocelius was established by Haliday

from a British sect which he named flavifrons but did

not describe; he left, however, a sketch of the wings,

reproduced in Van Vollenhoven’s ‘ Schetsen.’ Certain

exotic insects were recognised by F'. Smith and Professor

Westwood as nearly allied, and the name Cenocelius

was applied to them, while the British type of the genus

remained unknown, or received new names from authors

whenever it occurred. The first description of Haliday’s

insect is that by Nees v. Esenbeck, who placed it in the

genus Bracon ; in Ratzeburg’s work it figures as an

Opius, and is accompanied by a second congener ;

Forster created for them his genus Laccophrys, sub-

sequently adopted by Reinhard, Van Vollenhoven, and

others. The second species mentioned by Ratzeburg

was known long ago to Linné, and is ticketed in the

Linnean collection as Ichnewmon agricolator and secalis.

As there can be no doubt that the insect now to be

described is Haliday’s type of Cenocelius, I have

restored the proper generic name, leaving the exotic

forms to whatever fate may be in store for them ; one or

other of the names Capitonius or Aulacodus may perhaps

be conveniently applied to them, and their differences

from the British Cenocelius may be hereafter settled.

There seems to be a natural group of some extent to

which these insects belong; some are Asiatic and others

American; they are sufliciently different from Helcon,

and no doubt require generic division, though agreeing

in the mode in which the abdomen is articulated to the

British Braconide. 189

metathorax. This position of the abdomen tends to

break down the distinction between the Braconide and

Evaniide, and seems to have influenced the respective

authors of Capitonius and Aulacodus, who have arranged

those genera in the latter family. The wings and

general appearance of Cenocelius are those of a Braconid,

whatever difficulty may exist in determining its exact

location; Forster referred Laccophrys to the Diospilides,

and Reinhard to the Helcontides ; the second arrange-

ment is somewhat preferable, but in fact Cenocelius is

isolated, and the connecting-links, if any, which might

determine its position, must be looked for out of Europe.

Laccophrys Ville-nove and L. Medenbachi, Voll., seem

hardly to belong to this genus.

1. Cenocelius analis, Nees.

Bracon analis, Nees, Mon., 1., 68, ¢ @.

Optus cephalotes, Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., 11., 63, d 2

(not of Wesm.).

Laccophrys cephalotes, Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1865,

Ds 267, plo it... 6; o° 2.

Black ; mouth, femora towards the apex, tibie, and tarsi rufous,

as also the face, cheeks, and 4th and following abdominal segments

of the 9. Antenne 25-jointed, blackish, the extreme base rufous.

Palpi fuscous. Metathorax coarsely rugose, reticulated. Wings

fusco-hyaline, stigma and nervures fuscous ; beneath the former is

an indistinct pale streak. Legs rufous; coxe and basal half of the

femora more or less black. First abdominal segment deeply

striated, 3 times broader at the apex than at the base, with basal

tubercles; 2 of the medial strie elevated, cariniform; 2d segment

striated at the base, but often smooth, like all the following

segments. Terebra somewhat longer than the abdomen. ¢@.

Antenne as long as the body, the 3 first joints rufous. Sometimes

the posterior margin of the 2d segment, and all the following

segments, are dull rufous, asin the 2. Femora not always black

at the base. Length, 1}—13; wings, 3—3} lin.

Reared at Hohenheim by Nordlinger from branches of

apple-trees tenanted by xylophagous beetles ; by Bouché

from Scolytus rugulosus, Ratz, also on an apple-tree ;

the Scolytus, like its parasite, has the body red at the

extremity. In my collection are 2 females, one from an

unknown source, the other taken in the orchard of my

house at Nunton.

190 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

The second known species, C. rubriceps, Ratz., is likely

also to be found in England. It differs in being rather

larger ; antenne 31—84-jointed; head of the @? rufous,

with a black stemmaticum. Several times reared from

Magdalinus violaceus, L., on pine-trees. This is the true

Ichnewmon Banco Seen

secalis

as labelled in the Linnean collection, and not the

Perilitus secalis, Hal.; see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887,

p- 79. The meaning of the double name is hard to

understand ; perhaps agricolator and secalis were after-

wards found by Linné to be the same, for in Turton’s

translation of the ‘Systema Nature’ agricolator is

thus mentioned :—‘‘ Black; head ferruginous; abdomen

sessile. Inhabits Europe. Probably a variety of

Ichneumon secalis.”” The habitat of secalis, in the 12th

ed. of the ‘Systema Nature,’ is said to be “in larvis

spicarum,” in larve found on ears of corn, which is not

unlikely, although different from the origin assigned to

Ratzeburg’s insect.

XXI. MACROCENTRIDES.

Form elongate, slender. Head very transverse; front not or

hardly excavated; foremost ocellus not placed ina fovea; antenns

elongate; maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Mesothoracic

sutures distinct. Metathorax deplanate. Fore wings with 3

cubital areolets, the 1st separated from the prediscoidal; radial

areolet elongate, cultrate; metacarpus longer than the stigma.

Abdomen longer than the thorax, sessile, linear, or subsessile, and

then attenuated at the base; the segments discrete; tubercles

basal. Legs elongate, slender; hind femora not incrassated ;

spurs of the posterior tibie elongate. Terebra elongate.

The first attempt to discriminate these insects from

Bracon is due to Curtis, who in 1832 proposed the genus

Zele (but in such terms as partially to include Meteorus,

Hal.), and in the following year Macrocentrus. Nees v.

Esenbeck, in 1834, included the same insects in the

1st section of his genus Rhogas (Mon., 1., 200). Wesmael,

in 1835, again separated the 2 forms united by Nees,

giving to one of them (Zele) the name Phylax, which is

preoccupied in Coleoptera; and to the other (Macro-

centrus) the name Rhogas, in a limited sense, the genuine

Rhogades being called by him Aleiodes. The two forms

British Braconide. 191

are well distinguished by nature; it remains only to

eliminate their names from the confusion of synonymy,

which is best effected by adopting the two genera

Macrocentrus and Zele. The former involves no difficulty,

but Zele, Curt., could not be accepted without its further

interpretation by Haliday. Two more genera have been

proposed by Forster, Homolobus, a dismemberment of

Zele, and Amicroplus, a dismemberment of Macrocentrus,

but they are founded upon extremely trivial distinctions.

Occiput not margined; middle lobe of the meso-

notum gibbous; abdomen linear above, Ist seg-

ment not or hardly longer than the 2d; terebra

straight, at least as long as the abdomen, usually

much longer oe ore os 50 F

Occiput margined; middle lobe of the mesonotum

not more elevated than the 2 lateral; abdomen

subclavate above, lst segment much the longest ;

terebra faleate, much shorter than the abdomen ii. ZELE.

i. MAacRocENTRUS.

i. Macrocentrus, Curt.

Curt., Ent. Mag., i., 187 (1888); Hal., lib. cit., iii.,

136.

Rogas, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 170.

Head three times as broad as long; vertex narrow, elevated into

a transverse ridge. Radial nervure of the hind wings not

sinuated; radial areolet never geminated by a transverse nervure.

Spurs of hind tibie not half as long as the metatarsus. Second

abdominal segment canaliculated along the lateral margins.

Head as broad as the thorax, very oblate; occiput emarginate

above ; vertex transversely compressed, with a raised stemmaticum

on its hinder edge; front abruptly descending ; face broad, flat-

tened ; clypeus discrete, transverse, with a fovea on each side of

the base; mandibles acutely bidentate. Antenne slender, seta-

ceous, usually longer than the body, with 830—54 joints. Thorax

oblong, somewhat compressed ; mesothoracice lobes gibbous, espe-

cially the middle one; metathorax short, subtruncate. Stigma

ovate, protuberant outside the costa; radial areolet lanceolate,

ending not far from the apex of the wing; Ist cubital areolet

receiving the recurrent nervure beyond the middle; 2d small,

oblong, its hinder basal angle produced; radius of the hind wings

with a short petiole ; pobrachial areolet longer than half the prx-

brachial. Legs elongate; 2d joint of trochanters sometimes

ending in a minute spine on the outer side. Abdomen longer and

narrower than the thorax, linear, deplanate, compressed at the

192 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

apex in the 9; 8 segments visible above; 1st linear, elongate, with

basal tubercles; 2d and 3d a little shorter; the rest transverse;

belly carinated; anus 2 truncated; ventral valve produced, obtus-

angular. Terebra longer than the body, seldom shorter.

The species are black, with or without rufous or testa-

ceous markings; but M. abdominalis is often wholly

testaceous. The general form much resembles that of

Lissonota and Glypta among the Ichneumons. The

Macrocentri are parasites of Lepidoptera, and often

gregarious in large numbers; one species has been

reared from Anobium. The habits of three species are

noticed by Ratzeburg, and he has mentioned seven more

supposed to be different; but their descriptions are

incomplete, and some of them may be mere varieties.

Brischke found the larve of M. interstitialis, Ratz, in

small colonies between leaves of Pyrus aria (White

Beam-tree). Some individuals retired from the rest,

and made their cocoons separately. It is not stated

what insect had been their victim. On the 22d of July

these larve were 23 lines long, white, with a green

intestinal canal; on the 8th of August the perfect insects

appeared. The cocoons are narrow and elongate, brown,

silky, and when agglomerated together they are covered

with a whitish web common to the whole brood; but the

solitary cocoons are not so protected.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(6) 1. Antenne 45—54-jointed; maxillary palpi

elongate, 3d joint as long as the Ist of the

flagellum, or longer.

(3) 2. Third abdominal segment (like the 2 Ere

ceding) entirely rimulose .. . 1. abdominalis, Fab.

(2) 3. Third abdominal segment foals at ite

base only, or entirely smooth.

(5) 4. Thorax black ; stigma fuscous 56 .. 2. marginator, Nees.

(4) 5. Thorax rufous ; stigma yellow 56 . 3. thoracicus, Nees.

(1) 6. Antenne 30—37- jointed; maxillary pal:

short, 3d joint shorter than the 1st of the

flagellum.

(8) 7. Second abscissa of the radius as long as the

1st intercubital nervure; legs short, stout ;

mesonotum 9? black; terebra ne than

the body 3c é . 4. infirmus, Nees.

(7) 8. Second abscissa of the sean Tener Shorter

than the 1st intercubital nervure ; legs elon-

gate, slender; mesonotum ? rufous ; terebra

not longer than the abdomen x .. 5. collaris, Spin.

British Braconide. 193

1. Macrocentrus abdominalis, Fab.

Ichneumon abdominalis, Fab., E. §., 11., 188; Cryptus

abdominalis, Fab., Piez., 89; Grav., Ichn. Eur.,

iii., 1073, ¢.

Bracon linearis, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 18,

pl.i., f. 1; Rogas linearis, Nees, Mon., i., 200;

Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 178, and

1888, p. 150; Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., ii., 64,

pl. u., f.. 383; M. linearis, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii.,

LST DUS.

Rogas pallipes, Nees, Mon., 1., 203; M. pallipes, Hal.,

Ent. Mag., ii., 187, note, 2.

Elongate, slender, pubescent. Head, base of antenna, pro-

thorax, belly, and legs flavo-testaceous; stemmaticum fuscous ;

the rest variable; usually there is a dark transverse line below the

scutellum, and a fuscous shade towards the extremity of the meta-

thorax. Antenne g ? much longer than the body, about 45-

jointed. Metathorax thickly punctulate. Wings hyaline; stigma

yellow, often with a fuscous spot, or wholly fuscescent ; nervures

fuscescent; radix and squamule stramineous; 2d cubital areolet

not much narrowed outwardly. Legs elongate, slender. Abdomen

linear, not falcate ; segments 1—8 delicately striolate, not shining ;

1st segment canaliculated; 2d margined; 2—83 narrowly smooth

at the apex. Terebra longer than the body. ¢ similar; antenne

almost twice as long as the body. Length, 1{—23; wings, 3}—

43 lin.

Var. a. Piceous, head testaceous; antenne fuscous, pale at the

extreme base; prothorax and belly testaceous ; pleure and meso-

notum more or less varied with testaceous.

Var. 6. Testaceous; metathorax partly, and base of abdomen,

fuscous; or abdomen fuscous, the segments margined with testa-

ceous; stigma with hardly a fuscous spot.

Var. y. Entirely testaceous, except the stemmaticum ; stigma

yellow, immaculate.

Var. 6. Blackish; palpi, 1st joint of antenne, legs, and base of

the belly, testaceous; intermediate segments testaceous at the

sides. M. pallipes, Nees. Van Vollenhoven bred this variety,

mixed with typical specimens, from the same victim, thus proving

their identity: and of 60 specimens sent to me by Bignell, about

one-half were pallipes.

An abundant parasite of Lepidoptera, more or less

gregarious, according to the size of the infested cater-

194 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

pillar. The elongate brown cocoons are usually

agglomerated, and covered with a common web, of

thin texture and paler colour. Frequently bred both

here and on the Continent: first by Nees v. Esenbeck,

June 28th, from Calymnia trapezina, L., in Franconia ;

by Bouché from Hylophila prasinana, L.; in Holland,

according to Van Vollenhoven, from Noctua ditrapezium,

Bork., Tortriz podana, Seop., and T. corylana, Fab.; in

England by Dorville from Nephopteryx spissicella, Fab. ;

by Billups from Hpichnopteryx radiella, Curt.; by Elisha

from Depressaria alstremeriana, Clerck; by Porritt from

Tortrix heparana, Schiff., or ribeana, Hub., and very

numerously from Hyponomeuta evonymellus, L.; by

Bignell from Hydrecia petasitis, Doubled., and Tortriz

viridana, L.; and by Scott from Vanessa Atalanta, L.

2. Macrocentrus marginator, Nees.

Bracon marginator, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 14;

Rogas marginator, Nees, Mon., 1., 205; Wesm.,

Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 176; Ratz.,

Ichn. d. Forst., ii., 65; M. marginator, Hal.,

Ent. Mag., i1., 1388, 3 2.

Rogas nidulator, Nees, Mon., i., 204, 3 2.

R. obscurator, Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., i1., 65, 2.

Stouter than Sp. 1. Black, shining; palpi testaceous or dark,

more or less; the maxillary elongate, pilose. Antenne 3 ? longer

than the body, about 45-jomted. Thorax and scutellum faintly

punctulate; metathorax rugose. Wings fusco-hyaline; stigma

fuscous, paler at the base, ovate-lanceolate, narrower than in Sp. 1;

nervures, radix, and squamule fusco-rufescent ; 2d cubital areolet

elongate, not attenuated exteriorly. Legs rufous; upper tro-

chanters, 4 anterior cox, and apex of the hind pair, black; hind

tibis and tarsi more or less dark, except at the base ; in large

specimens, black; all the tarsi dark. Abdomen shorter and

broader than in other species; segments 1—2 rugulose, sometimes

very faintly ; 2d smooth at the apex, margined at the sides as far

as the middle; 3d slightly rugulose at the base, or sometimes

smooth; the rest smooth and shining. Terebra longer than the

body. g$@. Length, 23—41; wings, 5—8} lin.

Var.a. Palpi black; 2d segment smooth. Rogas nmidulator,

Nees. SQ.

Var. 8. Antenne rufous in the middle. @.

British Braconide. Ave 195

The variations are trifling, and depend chiefly upon

size, and the degree of rugosity observable upon the

first two abdominal segments.

Not so common as the preceding species. Bred by

Billups from Sesia culiciformis, L.; a ¢ of var. nidulator,

and of the largest size, from S. spheciformis, Fab., by

Tugwell, at Greenwich; according to Van Vollenhoven,

from S. formiciformis, Esp., and tipuliformis, Clerck.

Also by Scott from Depressaria angelicella, Hub. Hali-

day found it in Ireland and the Hebrides, and remarks

that he frequently saw the ? vaulting over and settling

upon sand-hills inhabited by burrowing Hymenoptera.

A 3 sent to Ratzeburg by Bouché was reputed to have

issued from a gall of Dryophanta folii, L.; but here

some error seems probable.

3. Macrocentrus thoracicus, Nees.

Bracon thoracicus, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 14;

Rogas thoracicus, Nees, Mon., i., 204; Wesm.,

Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 172, ¢; M. tho-

racicus, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 188; Ratz., Ichn. d.

Bonshe 1s OT eG ke

Macrocentrus bicolor, Curt., Ent. Mag., i., 188, ?.

Elongate, slender, black; thorax rufous, sometimes obscure

above. Mouth and clypeus rufous. Maxillary palpi elongate,

yellow. Head very transverse, 3 times broader than long.

Antenne § 9 much longer than the body, very slender, 49—54-

jointed, fuscous, the 2 first joints testaceous. Prothorax black

above; metathorax subrugulose, not shining, fuscescent towards

the base. Wings hyaline; stigma, costa, radix, and squamule

yellow; nervures pale fuscous; pobrachial areolet much longer

than the prebrachial, so that the podiscoidal becomes } shorter

than the prediscoidal. Legs elongate, slender, flavo-testaceous.

Abdomen linear, slender, pubescent, much longer than the head

and thorax; segments 1—2, and base of 3, striated; Ist deeply

canaliculated; 2d finely margined as far as the middle; 3d

smooth at the apex; posterior segments of the ? compressed.

Terebra longer than the body. ¢ similar; antenne 223 times as

long as the body. Length, 3—3}; wings, 6—7 lin.

Not very common; Nees v. Esenbeck captured a 2 in

Franconia, and Curtis another in England; Wesmael

possessed 4 males from Belgium, and I have a ¢ taken

in Darenth Wood, and a 2 from Pré Wood, St. Albans.

196 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

The species is recorded by Van Vollenhoven as a parasite

of Depressaria applana, Fab., and D. cherophylli, Zell. ;

and, by Ratzeburg, of D. nervosa, Haw. Bred by

Bignell out of Noctua triangulum, Hufn., and Xylina

ornithopus, Rott. Mesochorus fuscicornis, Brischke, is its

hyperparasite.

4. Macrocentrus infirmus, Nees.

Rogas infirmus, Nees, Mon., i., 208, °; Wesm., Nouv.

Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 178, and 1838, p. 151 ;

M. infirmus, Hal., Ent. Mag., 1i., 139, d 2.

Black; palpi pale testaceous, the maxillary short, not longer

than the head; mandibles testaceous. Head subdepressed ; face

short, very broad, transverse. Antenne fuscous, with the base of

the flagellum testaceous; shorter than in spp. 1—3; in the ?

rather stout, shorter than the body, 30—83-jointed; in the g 387-

jointed, longer than the body. Mesothorax less gibbous than in

the others, its sutures punctulate ; metathorax not shining, granu-

lated. Wings dull hyaline; stigma fuscous, pale at the base;

nervures fuscous; radix and squamule dull stramineous; 2d

abscissa of the radius as long as the 1st intercubital nervure.

Legs shorter and stouter than in any other species; pale testaceous,

femora and tibie generally infuscated towards the apex ; hind coxe

sometimes fuscous at the base; femora subclavate. Abdomen

linear, segments 1—2 and base of 3 very faintly and partially

aciculated, hardly less shining than the rest; 1st segment oblong,

not narrowed at the base, obsoletely canaliculated; tubercles

obtuse; 2d margined laterally at the base; belly pale at the base.

$ similar; antennez longer, entirely black; palpi obscure; abdo-

minal segments 1—3 almost smooth; 1st segment attenuated at

the base ; tubercles more acute; legs dull rufous, coxe and femora

at the apex more broadly infuscated. Sometimes the antenne and

legs are more slender, approaching the structure of the next

species, but the wings remain distinct. Length, 1;—2}; wings,

23—4 lin.

Common; a gregarious parasite. Bignell bred 2

females from Eupecilia curvistrigana, Wilk.; and 172,

all females, from a single caterpillar of Hydracia

petasitis, Doubled., on Sept. 9th; at the time when he

communicated this fact to me all the parasites were not

disclosed. I have frequently captured both sexes.

British Braconide. 197

5. Macrocentrus collaris, Spin.

Bracon collaris, Spin., Ins. Lig., u., 140; Rogas

collaris, Nees, Mon., i., 204, 2; Wesm., Nouv.

Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 179; Ratz., Ichn. d.

Forst., iii.,67, ¢ 2; M. collaris, Hal., Ent. Mag.,

iz, 1405-9).

Bracon ebeninus, Nees, Mon., 1., 67, 3.

Macrocentrus picipes, Hal., l.c., 3.

More slender than M. infirmus, with longer legs and antenne.

2. Black; clypeus, palpi, mandibles, prothorax, mesonotum, and

legs rufo-testaceous. ¢@. Only the clypeus and mandibles rufo-

testaceous; legs fuscous or blackish. Maxillary palpi short, not

longer than the head. Antenne ? as long as the body, 31-jointed ;

of the § longer, 35-jointed. Metathorax punctulate. Wings hya-

line ; stigma fuscous with a pale spot, or flavo-testaceous with a

fuscous spot; nervures, radix, and squamule fuscescent; 2d

abscissa of the radius much shorter than the 1st intercubital ner-

vure. Legs elongate, slender; 2d joint of trochanters fuscous at

the base in the 9; femora not subclavate; hind tarsi much longer

than those of M. infirmus. Abdominal segments 1—2 hardly

rugulose; the rest quite smooth; 1st segment attenuated at the

base; tubercles obtuse in the 2, more salient in the ; 2d segment

laterally margined at the base, sometimes piceous in the ?.

Common; Wesmael captured 8 females and 6 males

near Brussels on the flowers of the dwarf elder, Sambucus

ebulus ; it was a frequent species in Wiltshire, where I

obtained a good series; found in Ireland on a sandy

coast by Haliday. A parasite, according to Ratzeburg,

of Anobium pertinax, L.

ll. ZELE, Curt.

Zele, Curt., B. K., 415 (1882); Hal., Ent. Mag. iii.,

140.

Phylax, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 159.

Head twice as broad as long; vertex convex, but, not ridged

transversely. Radial nervure of the hind wings sinuated ; radial

areolet sometimes geminated by a transverse nervure. Spurs of

hind tibie as long as half the metatarsus, or longer. Second

abdominal segment not canaliculated on each side.

Head as broad as the thorax; occiput margined, slightly con-

cave ; ocelli protuberant, contiguous; eyes large ; face subquadrate,

flattened ; clypeus semicircular, discrete, with a fovea on each

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) P

198 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

side of the base; mandibles acutely bidentate; maxillary palpi

elongate, 3d joint dilated on the inner side, 4th longest; 2d joint

of the labial palpi strongly dilated, obliquely truncated. Antenne

setaceous, longer than the body, about 50-jointed. Mesothoracic

lobes not gibbous; sutures distinct. Metathorax short, subtrun-

cate posteriorly. Wings ample; stigma lanceolate ; radial areolet

oblong, lanceolate ; radius subsinuated, reaching the apex of the

wing; 1st cubital areolet receiving the recurrent nervure beyond

the middle; 2d smaller, oblong, its lower interior angle produced,

acute ; podiscoidal areolet closed. Legs elongate, the hind pair

scarcely stouter; spurs elongate. Abdomen longer than the

thorax, subsessile, subclavate, faleate, compressed posteriorly in

the 2, and truncated at the extremity, with 8 segments visible ;

1st linear, forming } of the entire length of the abdomen, widened

close to the base, where the tubercles are situated; the following

segments shorter; 2d not margined laterally ; posterior segments

transverse ; anal forceps of the 3’ subexserted, compressed, obtuse ;

terebra short, compressed, recurved.

The insects are solitary parasites of Lepidoptera.

They are among the largest of European Braconids,

and much resemble the Panisct among the Ichneumons,

as well as some of the larger Meteori. This is owing to

their testaceous colour; one, however, of our species is

almost black. The likeness to Meteorus is enhanced by

the similar neuration; even the radial areolet of the

hind wings is similarly coarctate, and in two species

divided by an accessory nervure. The structure of the

abdomen offers the readiest means of distinction; in

Meteorus there is a real petiole, and the spiracles of the

1st segment are removed further from the base; in Zele

the Ist segment, however slender, is not petiolated but

subsessile, and the spiracles are quite close to the base.

TaBLE oF SPECIES.

(2) 1. Radial areolet of the hind wings not

geminated by a transverse nervure .. 1. testaceator, Curt.

(1) 2. Radial areolet of the hind wings gemi-

nated.

(4) 3. Colour rufo-testaceous .. =f .. 2. chlorophthalma, Nees.

(3) 4. Colour black a oe Be .. 3, discolor, Wesm.

British Braconidae. 199

1. Zele testaceator, Curt.

Zele testaceator, Curt., B. E., 415; Hal., Ent. Mag.,

im. 141, d\2.

Rogas annulicornis, Nees, Mon., i., 201, ¢; Phylax

annulicornis, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 160, and 1837, pl. f. N, 2 (spur of tibia).

Rufo-testaceous; tarsi whitish; 2d and following abdominal

segments of the f sometimes infuscated above. Palpi pale; man-

dibles dark at the tips; stemmaticum blackish; eyes green.

Antenne ? fuscescent towards the apex. Above the radix of the

wings is a black dot. Metathorax obsoletely punctulate, in-

distinctly areated. Wings dull hyaline, with an indistinct trans-

parent streak beneath the stigma, passing through the 2d cubital

areolet; nervures fuscous; costa in the @ testaceous; stigma,

radix, and squamule yellowish; radial areolet of the hind wings

contiguous, coarctate owing to a sinus of the cubital nervure, but

not geminated. Abdomen obsoletely punctulate at the base; Ist

segment smooth anteriorly, longitudinally elevated in the middle.

Terebra as long as the 1st abdominal segment. g. Antenne

stouter, more broadly fuscous, } longer than the body, the articu-

lations annulated with fuscous; abdomen often fuscous above.

Length, 4—5; wings, 9—10} lin.

Moderately common with us; more abundant, and

widely distributed, on the Continent ; numerous Belgian

examples are in Wesmael’s collection. Bred by Fransen

at Rotterdam out of Leucania obsoleta, Hub.

2. Zele chlorophthalma, Nees.

Rogas chlorophthalmus, Nees, Mon., i., 202 (excluding

the synonym); Z. chlorophthalmus, Hal., Ent.

Mag., iii., 142; Phylax chlorophthalmus, Wesm.,

Nouy. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 162, 3 2.

Rufo-testaceous; tarsi concolorous, as well as the abdomen of

the g. Very like the preceding, but more slender; wings more

ample, stigma and radial areolet broader; radial areolet of hind

wings petiolated, coarctate, and geminated by a transverse ner-

vure ; legs more slender; abdomen shorter, clavate, less com-

pressed. Terebra shorter, not surpassing the apex of the abdomen.

Length, 3—3; wings, 74—9 lin.

This species and the next constitute Forster's genus

Homolobus, having the radial areolet of the hind wings

p22

200 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

divided, but not otherwise distinct. Z. chlorophthalma

was supposed by Nees v. Esenbeck to be the Bracon

chlorophthalmus, Spin. ; but this cannot be proved, and

the description applies equally to Meteorus chrysoph-

thalmus, Nees.

Rare ; taken near Turin, Vienna, and Friburg ; Wes-

mael had a pair found near Brussels and Liége; Hali-

day’s specimen was from Scotland, and I beat one out of

a nut-tree near Abergavenny.

3. Zele discolor, Wesm.

Phylaz discolor, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835,

Dp: to, 2

Similar in structure to the two preceding; black, or nigro-

piceous; mouth and legs testaceous; hind tibie fuscous, except at

the base. Mandibles dull testaceous; palpi whitish. Antenne

much longer than the body. Pectus and pleure usually rufous

posteriorly ; metathorax sometimes rufous at the sides. Wings

ample, dull hyaline; stigma and nervures fuscous, radix and

squamule testaceous; radial areolet of the hind wings petiolated,

coarctate, and geminated by a transverse nervure. Four anterior

legs pale flavo-testaceous ; hind legs somewhat darker, their tibize

and tarsi blackish, the former pale at the base. Terebra shorter

than the truncated extremity of the abdomen. Male unknown.

Length, 3—3}; wings, 7—8 lin.

Rare; Wesmael first captured 8 specimens in June,

near Brussels; Capron discovered the species to be

British, by taking it at Shiere ; Bignell has since bred

several at Plymouth from Cabera pusaria, L., one of

which he communicated to me, and I have since taken

a specimen on the wing, in Wiltshire. It has also been

bred by Fransen at Rotterdam from Hugonia alniaria,

L. The cocoon is elongate, oval, white, and thin, with

a medial zone of denser texture forming a whiter band.

XXII. DIOSPILIDES.

Occiput margined; head transverse; vertex not excavated ;

middle ocellus not placed ina fovea. Fore wings with 3 cubital

areolets; radial areolet elongate, metacarpus longer than the

stigma ; axillary areolet with an incomplete transverse nervure.

Hind femora simple. Abdomen sessile or subsessile, ovate or

oblong, not longer than the thorax, or very little longer. Terebra

elongate.

British Braconide. ) 201

Maxillary palpi 5—6-, labial 3—4-jointed; mandibles bidentate ;

clypeus in front rounded, sinuated or acuminate. Mesothoracic

sutures distinct. Metathorax sometimes areated. Second cubital

areolet rhomboid, trapeziform, or triangular; recurrent nervure

variously inserted; prediscoidal areolet sometimes petiolated.

Abdominal sutures indistinct, the 2d obsolete.

The genera Aspidogonus, Wesm., and Microtypus,

Ratz., must be regarded for the present as belonging to

this subfamily ; they are exceptional in several respects ;

the former from the clavate antenne of the 3, the latter

from the triangular 2d cubital areolet; but neither of

them is yet known as british. Forster has also placed

here his genus Laccophrys, otherwise Cenocelius, already

discussed among the Helcontides. Anostenus, Forst.,

differs from Diospilus, Hal., too slightly to be here

adopted. My new genus Dolops, with 2 species, cannot

enter into any other subfamily. Haliday’s Dyscoletes,

with the recurrent nervure evected, must also be pro-

visionally included in the group.

The species are black, rarely piceous, of small or

moderate size, and parasites of Coleoptera; only a few

of the genus Diospilus have been reared in England ;

but a fine pair of Aspidogonus diversicornis, Wesm.,

lately sent to me from France, were bred from Melandrya

caraboides, L.

TABLE OF GENERA.

(2) 1. Preediscoidal areolet touching the parastigma,

not petiolated ; head subcubic .. ae -- 1. Drospinus.

(1) 2. Prediscoidal areolet remote from the parastigma,

petiolated ; head contracted behind the eyes.

(4) 3. Metathorax completely areated; 1st abdominal

segment striated; pobrachial areolet of hind

wings divided by a transverse nervure; their

radial areolet contiguous ale -» ili. Dotoprs.

(3) 4. Metathorax not areated (or very sbaclétely) : Ist

abdominal segment smooth ; pobrachial areolet

of hind wings not divided ; their radial areolet

petiolated .. ae as 50 a -. ll. DyscoLeres.

i. Drospruus, Hal.

Diospilus, Hal., Ent. Mag., 1., 262, and ii, 138;

Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 329.

Tapheus, Wesm., Nouv. Mem. Ac. Brux., 1835, p. 189;

Ratz., Ichn. oy Forst., ii., 56, and iii., 60 (fig.).

202 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

Maxillary palpi 6-, labial 3-jointed. Clypeus truncated or

rounded in front, with 2 deep basal fovee. Metathorax not

areated. Second cubital areolet rhomboid or trapeziform; re-

current nervure much rejected; prdiscoidal areolet not petiolated ;

1st abscissa of the radius very short; radial areolet lanceolate,

ending before the apex of the wing. Legsshort. Abdomen short,

sessile, rounded at the sides. Terebra elongate.

Form short, stout, with large head and small abdo-

men ; body black, shining; the deep impressions at the

base of the clypeus, and the rhomboid or subquadrate

form of the 2d cubital areolet, are marks which dis-

tinguish this genus among the Polymorphi ; one species,

D. speculator, Hal., is aberrant, having the 2d cubital

areolet contracted on its upper side. To the genus

Diospilus belong several Bracons of Nees v. Esenbeck

(Sectio IV., Tribus i., Macrocephali, Mon., i., 60—67),

viz., melanoscelus, dispar, filator, capito, and ephippium.

Of the others there described, nobilis is a Doryctes ;

analis a Cenocelius ; flavicornis an Aspidogonus : ebeninus

a Macrocentrus ; dissimilis and gagates remain still un-

known. EHubadizon trigonus, Nees, is a Microtypus.

This disposes of the list of difficulties given by Haliday

in his description of Diospilus (Ent. Mag., iii., 184); he

was acquainted with 8 species, but considered one of

them, capito, Nees, a variety of the common oleraceus ;

Wesmael published 5 species, and Reinhard, in his

paper on Diospilus, in the Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, has

raised the number to11. Five British species will be

noticed here, of which one is new; they are not easy to

identify.

TaBLE OF SPECIES.

(4) 1. Palpi testaceous.

(3) 2. Second cubital areolet subquadrate .. .. 1. oleraceus, Hal.

(2) 3. Second cubital areolet much narrowed ante-

viorly .. ah ate eo 33 .. 5. speculator, Hal.

(1) 4. Palpi blackish.

(8) 5. Radius ending nearer to the tip of the wing

than to the stigma.

(7) 6. Metathorax smooth; terebra longer than the

abdomen a0 OC 20 are .. 2. capito, Nees.

(6) 7. Metathorax rugulose; terebra not longer than

the abdomen .. ob 56 a .. 3. ovatus, 2. 8.

(5) 8. Radius ending nearer to the stigma than to

the tip of the wing .. a af .. 4. morosus, Reinh.

British Braconide. : 208

1. Diospilus oleraceus, Hal.

Diospilus oleraceus, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 184 (not the

varieties) ; Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 331,

SEPi, pla teatta Oo (wane):

Tapheus conformis, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 191, 3 &.

Black, shining; palpi pale; mandibles rufous. Face broad;

2 deep impressions above the eclypeus, which is convex between

them. Antennze testaceous beneath at the base; those of the ?

24—25-jointed, filiform, hardly longer than the head and thorax ;

of the ¢ 26—29-jointed, subsetaceous, as long as the body. Meso-

thoracic sutures impunctate. Metathorax rugulose, with 2 smooth

basal aree. Wings broad, hyaline; squamul testaceous; stigma

black, large, triangular; nervures fuscous, paler towards the base;

2d cubital areolet longer than broad, its angles right angles; pra-

discoidal areolet touching the parastigma; cubital nervure of the

hind wings straight. Legs testaceous; hind coxe and tips of hind

tibie often more or less blackish. Abdomen ovate, depressed,

shorter and narrower than the thorax; 1st segment rugulose,

rather longer than broad, narrowed at the base, striated in the

middle; the other segments smooth; sutures subobsolete ; lateral

margins reflexed, embracing the ventral surface. Terebra as long

as the body without the head. $@. Length, 1}—1}; wings,

22—3} lin.

Var. 2. Antenne 23-jointed; length, 1 line.

Common in gardens; taken by Haliday on Brassica

rapa and Sinapis nigra. Bred by Giraud out of galls on

the roots of Lepidium draba formed by Ceuthorrhynchus

rapé, Gyl.; by Reinhard from similar galls of C.

assimilis, Payk., on Sinapis arvensis; by Billups from

the earthy cocoons of C. sulcicollis, Gyl., found at the

roots of Brassica oleracea.

2. Diospilus capito, Nees.

Bracon capito, Nees, Mon., i, 64, 2; D. capito,

Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 382, ¢ °.

Diospilus oleraceus, var. 6, Hal., Ent. Mag., iii., 185.

Tapheus fuscipes, Wesm., Nouv. Mem. Ac. Brux.,

1835, p. 192; Ratz., Iehn. d. Forst., iui., 60, fig.

Smaller than the preceding; palpi blackish. Antenne 21—23-

jointed; 2d joint often testaceous or piceous; 3d testaceous at the

204 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

base. Metathorax shining, smooth, or hardly rugulose, indis-

tinctly areated. Wings as in oleraceus. Base and upper edge of

femora, and tibie at the apex, fuscous; sometimes the legs are

almost entirely black. First abdominal segment smooth in the

middle, rimulose at the sides. Terebra as long as abdomen and

metathorax. Otherwise like oleraceus. gf 9. Length, 3—1;

wings, 2—232 lin.

Obtained plentifully by Brischke on the wood of an

old bathing-machine, and supposed to be a parasite of

Anobium (Ratz., l.c.). I have taken it in Leicestershire

and Yorkshire, and not uncommonly on Umbellifere

near Teignmouth; Billups has also found it at Peckham.

3. Diospilus ovatus, n. 8.

Niger palpis concoloribus. Facies punctulata nitida; clypeus

convexus; mandibule basi rufe. Utriusque sexus antenne 23-

articulate, articulo 3tio basi anguste testaceo. Metathorax rugu-

losus, obsolete areatus. Areola radialis stigmate paulo longior et

latior, inter stigma aleeque apicem in medio desinens; radius cur-

yatus; areola cubitalis 2da lateribus parallelis. Pedes testacei

femorum latere externo tibiarumque posticarum apice fuscis, tarsis

fuscescentibus. Femine abdomen rotundatum, maris ovatum,

breve ; segmentum lum postice latiusculum, feminz transversum,

maris latitudine apicali non longius; medio et apice levigatum,

lateribus rimulosis. Terebra abdomine non longior.

Black, with black palpi. Face punctulate, shining; clypeus

convex; mandibles rufous at the base. Antenne ¢ 2 23-jointed,

3d joint narrowly testaceous at the base. Metathorax rugulose,

obsoletely areated. Nadial areolet rather longer and broader than

the stigma, ending half-way between the stigma and the apex of

the wing; radius curved ; sides of the 2d cubital areolet parallel.

Legs testaceous, outer edge of the femora and apex of the hind

tibie fuscous; tarsi fuscescent. Abdomen ? rounded, g ovate,

short ; 1st segment much widened behind, transverse in the ?, in

the J not longer than its apical width; smooth in the middle and

at the apex, rimulose at the sides. Terebra not longer than the

abdomen. Length, 14; wings, 23 lin.

The ¢ differs from the two preceding and from morosus

in the shortness of the terebra; the ¢ is distinct from

oleraceus by the colour of the palpi and legs, the shorter,

narrower radial areolet, and the number of joints of the

antenne ; from capito by the radial areolet and the

British Braconide. 205

greater size; from morosus by the greater size and 23-

jointed antenne. D. robustus and inflexus, described by

Reinhard, have the terebra not longer than the abdomen,

but in both of them the cubitus of the hind wings is

angulated near the base, which is not the case with the

present species.

Described from a ¢ and ¢? taken by Billups at

Peckham, in September.

4. Diospilus morosus, Reinh.

Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 382, ¢ 2.

Black, with black palpi. Face punctulate, almost dull; clypeus

rounded. Antenne 3g 2 21-jointed; 3d joint narrowly testaceous

at the base. Distinguished from oleracews and capito by the

radial areolet, which is shorter and narrower, not longer or broader |

than the stigma, and ending a little nearer to the stigma than to

the apex of the wing; 2d cubital areolet shorter, its inner angle

somewhat produced, and hence the sides are not quite parallel.

Fore femora at the apex, and tibie, rather pitchy-testaceous ; tarsi

and apex of hind tibiew fuscous. Otherwise like capito. ¢ 9.

Length, 1; wings, 2} lin.

Billups has found this species at Peckham, and I have

taken it at Niton in the Isle of Wight.

5. Diospilus speculator, Hal.

Diospilus speculator, Hai., Ent. Mag., i., 135, ?;

Reinh., Berl. ent. Zeit., 1862, p. 333, ¢ ?.

Tapheus irregularis, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux.,

1885, p. 193, 3 2.

Form more slender. Black; prothorax rarely, and abdominal

segments 2—3 frequently, piceous or testaceous; mouth, clypeus,

and base of antenne broadly, testaceous. Face punctulate.

Antenne filiform, 27-jointed, those of the ? as long as the body, of

the § much longer. Metathorax finely rugulose, reticulated.

Wings narrower than in other species, fumato-hyaline; stigma and

nervures fuscous; radix and squamule rufous; 2d cubital areolet

contracted above, forming a truncated triangle; radial areolet

much longer than the stigma; radius straight. Legs testaceous ;

hind pair more obscure, generally with a fuscous spot or line on

the upper edge of their femora near the apex; all the tarsi tipped

with fuscous. Abdomen obovate, lanceolate, hardly longer than

the thorax; 1st segment reticulato-rugulose, bicarinated at the

206 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

base, the apical angles smooth, depressed. Terebra as long as the

body without the head. g¢ 9. Length, 14; wings, 33 lin.

This species serves as a connecting-link between

Diospilus and Aspidogonus; it forms the genus Ano-

stenus, Forst., characterised by the shape of the 2d

cubital areolet.

Common in many places, especially in a wood near

my house at Nunton, Wilts; taken once by Haliday in

Ireland; also noticed in Belgium and Germany.

ii. Dowors, n. g.

Palpi maxillares 6-, labiales 4-articulati. Clypeus brevis, trans-

versus, antice elevatus, bisinuatus, foveis 2 ordinariis prope basin

distinctis. Metathorax regulariter areatus. Areola cubitalis 2da

magna, trapeziformis; nervus recurrens interstitialis ; areola prx-

' discoidalis petiolata; radii abscissa 1ma elongata, 2d fere eequalis ;

areola radialis lata, cultriformis, ale apicem attingens. Pedes

crassi, longiusculi. Abdomen oblongum, ovatum, sessile, lateribus

rotundatis, reflexis. Terebra elongata.

Maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Clypeus short, transverse,

bisinuated on the front edge, and elevated; with 2 basal fovex.

Metathorax regularly areated. Second cubital areolet large,

trapeziform; recurrent nervure interstitial; prsdiscoidal areolet

petiolated ; 1st abscissa of the radius almost as long as the 2d;

radial areolet broad, cultrate, reaching the apex of the wing. Legs

stout, of moderate length. Abdomen oblong-ovate, sessile, rounded

at the sides. Terebra elongate.

Head somewhat transverse, not wider than the thorax, produced

behind the eyes; occiput concave, margined. Mandibles retracted,

a space being left between them and the clypeus, which is raised

on the front edge, as in the case of certain Optides. Front

slightly excavated. Prothorax produced. Mesothoracic sutures

distinct. Mesopleure smooth, shining, with a crenate fovea.

Outer side of the 2d cubital areolet decolorous ; pobrachial areolet

longer than the prebrachial ; anal nervure not interstitial. Radial

areolet of the hind wings contiguous; pobrachial areolet bisected

by a transverse nervure; pobrachial nervure obsolete. Abdomen

elongate-ovate, not longer than the thorax; Ist segment broad, a

little longer than its apical width, bicarinated, striolated; the other

segments smooth and shining; segments 2—3 forming together

half the length of the abdomen; suturiform articulation obsolete ;

apical segments very short. Terebra as long as the body, or longer.

Sexes similar.

British Braconide. 207

These insects differ from Aspidogonus in their neura-

tion, and in the structure of the clypeus; I know

nothing else with which they can be compared. Bracon

dissimilis, Nees (Mon., i., 65) and B. gagates, Nees (Mon.,

i., 67) seem to be congeneric, but hardly identical with

the species here described. Their habits are not known.

Antennx 9? 37-, g\ 40-jointed; terebra as long as the

body ; hind legs not much longer than the middle

pate har Se we 50 ole oc -. L. hastifer, n.s.

Antenne 9 27—33-, gj 38-jointed; terebra longer than

the body; hind legs elongate, much exceeding the

middle pair .. ae a ss es .. 2. aculeator,n.s.

1. Dolops hastifer, n.s.

Niger, nitidus, ventre antice piceo, pedibus cum coxis rufis,

tarsis obscurioribus; palpis rufis, maxillarium articulo 1mo fusco ;

antennarum scapo subtus et ore rufis; mandibulis apice nigris.

Caput thoracis fere latitudine; vertex transversus ; frons levissime

excavata; occiput concavum, marginatum. @. Antenne fili-

formes, corpore longiores, 37-articulate. Prothorax humilis,

transverse striatus. Mesothorax antice fere in perpendiculum

truncatus, lobi medii angulis porrectis, suturis crenulatis in spatium

cancellatum ante scutellum conniventibus. Metathorax brevis,

subrugulosus, postice subito declivis, carinis 4 longitudinalibus

duabusque transversis in areas 7 partitus ; area media cancellata.

Ale subfumato-hyaline, longius ciliate, squamulis rufis, stigmate,

nervis, fuscis, areole cubitalis 2d latere externo decolori. Pedes

cum coxis omnibus rufi, tarsis obscurioribus. Abdominis seg-

mentum Imum latitudine sua apicali vix longius, marginatum,

bicarinatum, medio reticulato-rugulosum, utrinque fortius striatum,

tuberculis parum conspicuis ; segmenta cetera levissima. Valvula

ventralis anum non excedens. Terebra corpore non brevior. ¢.

Paulo minor, antennis longioribus, 40-articulatis, segmento Imo

angustiore.

Black, shining, belly piceous at the base; mouth and under side

of the scape rufous; mandibles black at the tips; Ist of joint of

maxillary palpi fuscous, the rest rufous. Head almost as broad as

the thorax; vertex transverse, front slightly excavated; occiput

concave, margined. 9. Antenne filiform, longer than the body,

37-jointed. Prothorax situated low down, transversely and irregu-

larly striated. Mesothorax elevated, almost vertical in front,

angles of the middle lobe prominent; sutures crenulate, con-

verging into a cancellated space before the scutellum; ante-

seutellar fovea cancellated. Metathorax short, abruptly sloping

208 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

behind, subrugulose ; 2 longitudinal carine spring from the middle

of the base, and diverge to the declivity, from whence they are

nearly parallel to the apex, the enclosed space is cancellated ;

2 lateral carine, connected with the preceding by transverse

branches, form a system of areation as complete as in most

Ichneumons: hinder angles of the metathorax obtusely prominent.

Wings subfumato-hyaline, ciliated; syuamule rufous; stigma and

nervures fuscous; outer side of the 2d cubital areolet decolorous.

Legs rufous, including all the coxe; tarsi somewhat obscure.

First abdominal segment hardly longer than its apical breadth,

margined, bicarinated, rugulose in the middle, more deeply striated

at the sides, the extreme base smooth, excavated; posterior angles

depressed ; in the middle of the hind margin is a smooth tubercle,

with a deep triangular fovea on each side, including the suture,

and therefore common to segments 1—2; 2nd and following

segments very smooth; 2—3 connate, and together much longer

than 1; 4 short; 5—6 annuliform. Ventral valve not surpassing

the anus. Terebra as long as the body. g somewhat smaller ;

antenne longer, 40-joimted; Ist segment narrower. g' 2. Length,

2—21; wings, 4—4} ln.

My specimen was taken in Leicestershire; Bignell

found one in §. Devon, and several more, including the

3, have been collected by Capron near Guildford.

2. Dolops aculeator, un. s.

Precedenti proxime affinis, minor, gracilior. @. Ater, niti-

dissimus, ventre maximam partem pallide piceo, pedibus cum coxis

rufis, coxis posticis nonnunquam basi fuscis; etiam femoribus

4 posterioribus supra vel apice, tibiisque posticis apice cum tarsis

fuscescentibus. Antenne femine 27—33-articulate. Metathorax

ut in precedente, sed levior, carinis mediis propius distantibus,

area inclusa angustiore, profundius cancellata. Ale precedentis.

Abdominis segmentum lmum apicis latitudine nonnihil longius,

utringue marginatum, bicarinatum, ubique concinne striatum,

tuberculis prominulis; cetera levia, nitidissima. Terebra corpore

paulo longior. g. Antenne 38-articulate ; tibie postice preter

basin fuscescentes.

More slender, and smaller than the last species, with longer

hind legs and terebra. 92. Deep black, very shining, belly almost

entirely pale piceous; legs rufous, together with the coxe; hind

coxe sometimes fuscous at the base; 4 posterior femora more or

less fuscescent above or at the apex; hind tibie at the apex, and

tarsi, fuscescent. Antenne ? 27—383-jointed. Wings and meta-

British Braconide. 209

thorax as in the preceding, but the latter is smoother, its medial

carine more approximated, including a narrower space more

deeply cancellated. First segment rather longer than its apical

breadth, margined, bicarinated, regularly striated ; tubercles some-

what prominent; the other segments smooth, very shining.

Terebra somewhat longer than the body. ¢. Antenne 38-

jointed; hind tibie fuscescent, except atthe base. gf @. Length,

1i—13; wings, 24—33 lin.

Bracon gagates, Nees, must be very near the 3 of this

Species; it seems to differ only in having black legs.

One ? taken among nettles on a treeless down at the

top of the cliffs near Teignmouth; and a pair at Corn-

worthy, S. Devon, the @ of which is of much smaller

S1Ze.

ili. DyscontetEs, Hal.

Dyscolus, Hal., Ent. Mag., iv.,39; 8. v. Voll., Schets.,

II. Braconiden, tab. vi. (wings).

Dyscoletes, Hal., in Westw. Int., i1., Gen. Syn., 62.

Elongate, slender. Maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Clypeus

straight on the front edge, above which is a semicircular elevation,

projecting over the anterior margin. Metathorax not areated.

Second cubital areolet narrow, trapeziform, very obliquely placed,

the inner lower angle strongly produced; recurrent nervure

evected; prediscoidal areolet petiolated ; 1st abscissa of the radius

almost as long as the 2d; radial areolet narrow, cultrate, not quite

reaching the apex of the wing. Legs elongate, slender. Abdomen

linear, lanceolate, subsessile. Terebra elongate.

Head transverse, wider than the thorax, abruptly rounded

behind the eyes. Occiput concave, margined. Clypeus touching

the mandibles, and closing the mouth. Antenne placed on a

protuberance of the front; behind each is a shallow depression.

Prothorax produced. Mesothoracic sutures visible. Mesopleure

smooth, shining, with a crenate fovea. Second cubital areolet

narrow, oblique, its inner angle much produced; the Ist inter-

cubital nervure if completed would be 3 times as long as the 2d,

but both are incomplete; pobrachial areolet longer than the pre-

brachial. Radial areolet of the hind wings petiolated ; pobrachial

areolet not divided. Abdomen as long as the thorax; 1st segment

twice as long as its apical breadth, bicanaliculated, smooth, with a

medial longitudinal ridge; suturiform articulation obsolete ; seg-

ments 2—3 nearly reaching the apex of the abdomen ; the following

segments very short.

210 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s monograph of

1. Dyscoletes lancifer, Hal., undescribed.

Piceus, palpis et thoracis disco saturatioribus; capite, antennis,

abdominis dimidio apicali, terebreque valvis nigricantibus. An-

tenn® @? 28-articulate, corpore longiores, apicem versus sub-

incrassate ; flagelli articulus basalis sequentibus duobus simul

sumptis longitudine equalis. Prothorax rugulosus. Mesothorax

punctis magnis distantibus impressus; punctorum intervalla sub-

tilissime exarata. Metathorax subtilius at confertius punctulatus,

elongatus, deplanatus; in uno tantum specimine, eoque minimo,

arearum vestigia «gre discernenda. Ale subfumato-hyaline,

anguste, elongate; stigma piceo-testaceum fusco circumditum ;

nervi pallidi, fusci. Pedes cum coxis piceo-testacei. Abdomen

totum leve, nitidum. Terebra quam corpus quadrante longior.

Mas latet.

Piceous; palpi and disk of thorax darker; head, antenna,

apical half of abdomen, and valves of terebra, blackish. Antenne

? 28-jointed, longer than the body, somewhat incrassated towards

the extremity; 1st joint of flagellum nearly as long as the two

following together. Prothorax rugulose. Mesothorax beset with

large distant punctures, between which are a few minute longi-

tudinal scratches. Metathorax elongate, deplanate, punctulate,

more thickly than the mesothorax, but with smaller punctures ;

the smallest specimen has some traces of arez on the metathorax ;

not so the others. Wings subfumato-hyaline, narrow, elongate ;

stigma pitchy testaceous, with a fuscous circumscription ; nervures

pale fuscous. Legs, including the coxe, pitchy testaceous. Abdo-

men wholly smooth and shining. Terebra + longer than the body.

Male unknown. Length, 13—2; wings, 3—8} lin.

This insect has remained unknown since the time of

Haliday, who published no description of it, but made a

sketch of the wings, reproduced in Van Vollenhoven’s

‘Schetsen.’ From this source Dr. Capron and I

succeeded in identifying four females in his collection

taken at Shiere, near Guildford. I have since seen two

more, taken near Brussels, among the unexamined

specimens of Wesmael’s collection.

British Braconidae. 211

EXPLANATION OF Puates X. & XI.

PLATE X.

Fic. 1. Hubadizon flavipes, Hal., 2.

2. Calyptus tibialis, Hal., 2.

3. C. fasciatus, Nees, 2.

4. Pygostolus sticticus, Fab., 2.

5. Blacus tuberculatus, Wesm., ? .

6. B. hwmilis, Nees, 2.

7. Liophron muricatus, Hal., 9.

8. L. edentatus, Hal., J.

PLATE XI.

. Centistes fuscipes, Nees, 2.

. Ichneutes reunitor, Nees, var. ?.

. Cenocelius analis, Nees, 2.

. Zele discolor, Wesm., ?.

Macrocentrus abdominalis, Fab., ? .

. Diospilus oleraceus, Hal., 2.

. D. rreguiaris, Wesm., 2.

. Dolops hastifer, u.s., 2.

. Dyscoletes lancifer, Hal., 2.

ODAIAMA WD

(eA)

VII. Descriptions of new or little-known species of Glenea

wn the collection of the British Museum. By

Cuartes J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S., Assistant,

Zool. Dept., British Museum.

[Read February 6th, 1889.]

Glenea speciosa, n. 8.

Capite nigro, ceruleo-vittato ; prothoracis dorso sparse punctato,

nigro, ceruleo-trivittato; prothoracis lateribus, corpore subtus, et

femoribus, flavo-ferrugineis, leviter aureo-ochraceo-pubescentibus ;

scutello et vitta suturali apicem nec attingenti, fulvo-brunneis ;

elytris valde punctatis, nigris, maculis viginti cxeruleis ornatis,

humeris prominulis antice paullo productis, apicibus emarginatis

quadri-spinosis. Long. 22 mm., lat. 6} mm.

Hab. Java.

Head black; with two narrow pale blue vitte on the front, and

two on each side, of which one, beneath the eye, curves backwards

below to meet the second, which runs somewhat obliquely down-

wards on the side of the head; with four pale blue vitte on the

vertex—-two in the middle closely approximated and posteriorly

slightly diverging, two at the sides continuous with the lateral

vitte on the disk of the prothorax. Prothorax on the sides and

underneath of a yellowish red colour, similar to that of the rest of

the under side of the body. A narrow border at the base of the

prothorax, the scutellum, and a sutural vitta, which extends about

three-fourths of the length of the elytra, with a rusty brown,

somewhat silky pubescence. The remainder of the elytra black,

with about twenty pale blue spots, arranged in transverse rows,

the first of four, the remaining eight rows of two spots each,

alternately nearer to and farther from the suture. The shoulders

very prominent and projecting forwards a little. The apices each

with two well-marked spines, of which the outer is longer than the

sutural. The tibie (a small portion at their bases excepted) and

the tarsi black, with a bluish grey pubescence. The middle tibie

longitudinally sinuate, but without a groove.

This very distinct and beautiful species is the Colo-

bothea speciosa of Dejean’s Catalogue. In the single

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT 11. (JUNE.) Q

214 Mr. Gahan’s descriptions of

female specimen in the collection the antenne are

damaged; they are black, with a bluish pubescence on

the two basal joints.

Glenea Bowringt, n. 8.

3. Cyaneo-chalybeata; capite albo-pubescente; prothoracis

dorso vittis tribus, latis, albis; scutello, vitta suturali, fascia

obliqua ante apicem et maculis quatuor singulo elytro albo-

pubescentibus, humeris elytrorum prominentibus, acutis ; apicibus

truncatis breviter quadri-spinosis ; pedibus fulvo-ferrugineis ; tibiis

anticis mediisque et antennis nigris. Long. 24 mm., lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Java.

Head sparsely punctured in front, with a whitish pubescence,

except at the sides, behind the lower lobes of the eyes. Prothorax

with a whitish pubescence below, and three rather broad longi-

tudinal white vittz above, of which the two lateral widen out a

little at the base so as to be approximated to the median vitta ;

punctured somewhat in patches between the vitte. Scutellum

white. Elytra of a fine metallic-blue, strongly and rather closely

punctured, with the punctures in regular rows towards the sides,

and more irregular along the middle of the disk; with a small

oblique linear white spot on each side of the scutellum, and a

sutural white vitta, which terminates behind at the point where

it is joined by an oblique white fascia running outwards and back-

wards across each elytron; with, on each elytron, four distinct

white spots, of which the most anterior and largest is somewhat

elongated, and placed at the base midway between the suture and

shoulder; the second, oval, a little behind the first and nearer to

the suture; the third, at about the middle of the length of the

elytron, almost touching the sutural vitta; the fourth, the smallest

and most external, close to the uppermost lateral carina; the

apices truncated and spinose, with the outer spines scarcely longer

than the sutural. The body underneath steel-blue, with the sides

spotted with white. The first two joints of the posterior tarsi

reddish brown, the remaining two black; the tarsi and tibie of

the anterior and middle legs black.

Glenea albomaculata, n. 8.

?. Chalybeato-violacea; pube squamosa, atro-fusca induta

capite albo-bi-vittato; prothorace albo-tri-vittato, vitta mediana in

medio interrupta; singulo elytro maculis quinque magnis et

duabus minimis, albo-tomentosis, ornato; humeris prominulis ;

new or little-known species of Glenea. 215

apicibus oblique truncatis breviter quadri-spinosis; pedibus ferru-

gineis, tibiis anticis mediisque et antennis nigris; corpore subtus

albo-maculato. Long. 27 mm., lat. 9 mm.

Hab. Borneo.

Head sparsely punctured in front, with two whitish vittee, which

are widely separated at the base, closely approximated above

between the upper lobes of the eyes, and slightly divergent on the

occiput. Each cheek with a white spot, whose upper border is in

a line with the upper border of a white patch on the side of the

prothorax immediately above the coxal cavity. The lateral vitte

of the thorax rather broad and visible from above, the median

dorsal vitta interrupted in the middle, with its anterior part narrow

and linear, its posterior or basal part spot-like. Scutellum with a

rounded white spot behind. Elytra strongly but very sparsely

punctured, each with five large white spots, of which the first, oval,

is placed on the middle of the disk a little behind the base; the

second, smaller and rounded, in a line with the first, and at some

distance behind it; the third nearer the suture and behind the

middle of the elytron; the fourth touching the uppermost of the

two lateral carine ; the fifth, oblong and oblique, a little in front

of the apex; in addition two minute white points, one external to

and behind the second spot, the other close to the suture between

the fourth and fifth spots. The sides of the breast spotted with

white. Each of the first four abdominal segments with two white

spots, the fifth with one spot, on each side. Legs reddish brown,

with the tibiz and tarsi of the anterior and middle legs black.

In the collection there is a single damaged female

specimen of an undescribed species from Sumatra,

which resembles very much the present species in its

markings, but differs by the following characters :—

Head, disk of thorax, and elytra more closely punctured; the

vittze on the vertex of the head not joined to those on the front ;

a white spot on each side of the head above, in addition to the

spot on the cheek below; the lateral vittz on the prothorax

narrower; the posterior white point absent from the elytra; the

apices of the elytra transversely truncate, with the sutural spines

obsolete. The pubescence much fainter, and of a brownish grey

colour.

Glenea bimaculiceps, n. 8.

Violacea; capite punctato, maculis duabus supra rotundis,

niveis, distantibus ; prothoracis disco vitta media nivea, in medio

interrupta; elytris violaceis, valde punctatis, maculis octo rotun-

datis et fascia, transversa, pre-apicali, niveis, ornatis, apicibus

Q 2

216 Mr. Gahan’s descriptions of

truncatis, angulis minutissime dentatis; corpore subtus niveo-

maculato, femoribus totis, tibiis posticis versus apicem, et tarsis

posticis, rufo-fulvis; antennis nigris. Long. 27 mm., lat. 7 mm.

Hab. Moulmein (Burmah).

Head violet-black, rather thickly punctured, with two snow-

white rounded spots above, one behind the constricted part of each

eye. Prothorax dark violet, with a large snow-white patch on

each side just above the coxa, and a single median white vitta on

the disk, the vitta interrupted a little in the middle, with its

posterior part broadening out towards the base in the form of a

spatula. Scutellum white. Elytra of a deep violet colour, with

eight rather large rounded snow-white spots arranged in four rows

of two each, which are alternately nearer to and farther from the

suture, the third row at about the middle, the fourth a little behind

the middle, of the elytra. With, a little before the apex, a trans-

verse white fascia extending from the outer margins and slightly

interrupted at the suture. The apices transversely truncate, with

a very minute and scarcely perceptible tooth at each angle. The

sides of the meso- and meta-sterna spotted with white, and each

of the first four abdominal segments with a single large sub-

semicircular white spot on each side. The femora reddish yellow

and glossy; the tibie and tarsi of the anterior and middle legs

greyish black, the posterior tibie (their bases excepted) and tarsi

fulvous-brown. Antenne black, with a faint greyish pubescence.

The spots on the elytra are arranged as in G. lepida,

Newm., and G. aphrodite, Thoms., but the two round

white spots on the upper side of the head distinguish

the present from any other species of the genus known

to me.

Glenea flavocincta, n. s.

@. Capite nigro, fronte flavo-bivittato; prothorace flavo-

pubescente, dorso antice nigro; elytris nigris, valde punctatis

usque ad medium, fascia lata, flava sub-mediana, lateribus obtuse

carinatis, carinis pone medium evanescentibus, apicibus late trun-

catis quadri-spinosis pedibus et corpore subtus flavo-testaceis

leviter ochraceo-pubescentibus; tibiis mediis nee emarginatis ;

antennis nigris. Long. 15—17 mm., lat. 54—6 mm.

Hab. Burmah.

Head black, minutely and sparsely punctured, with two parallel

and rather widely separated yellowish vitte on the front, and a

fainter yellowish vitta on each cheek. Prothorax yellowish pube-

scent, with a narrow black pubescent patch at the anterior border

new or little-known species of Glenea. 217

of the disk. Elytra deep black, with a faint velvety black pube-

scence, strongly punctured from the base as far as the anterior

border of a pale yellow transverse band, which is situated partly

in front of but mostly behind the middle, and which gradually

narrows from the suture to the external margins. The outer

spines at the apices a little longer than the sutural. The legs and

under side of the body yellowish testaceous, with a faint ochraceous

pubescence. Middle tibia somewhat longitudinally sinuate towards

the base, but without any trace of a groove.

Two female specimens in the collection.

Glenea modica, n. 8.

Capite prothoraceque supra fusco-nigris, lateraliter albo-flavis ;

elytris fusco-nigris cum parte basali et fascia transversa ante

apicem, luteo-pubescentibus ; apicibus truncatis, spinis suturalibus

minutis, spinis externis validis. Long. f 10, 2? 1383 mm.

Hab. . Burmah.

Front of the head sparsely punctured, with a pubescence faint

and greyish in the middle, closer and yellowish white at the sides,

and continuous below with the yellowish white pubescence on the

cheeks. Prothorax brownish black above, with a yellowish white

pubescence at the sides, which gradually extends higher up from

before backwards, and, towards the base, becomes visible from

above. Elytra with their declivous sides entirely dark brown,

with the basal part of the disk, for nearly half its length, covered

with a close buff pubescence, and with a similarly coloured trans-

verse band at some distance from the apex. The latter truncate

and spined, with the outer spines very strong, the sutural spines

minute. The sides of the first four abdominal segments and two

spots on the fifth yellowish white. Legs yellowish testaceous.

Antenne black.

This species has a close general resemblance to

G. udetera, Thoms., and other allied species, from which

it may be distinguished by the close buff pubescence

covering the anterior part of the disk of the elytra, and

almost wholly concealing the punctures on that part.

The posterior border of this area is strongly convex

behind.

Glenea distinguenda (Dej. Cat.), n.s.

Capite et prothorace supra atris; hoc linea media cinerea;

elytris dimidio basali cervino, macula transversa utrinque ad

218 Mr. Gahan’s descriptions of

medium, alteraque quadrata utrinque ad apicem ochraceis; pedibus

flavo testaceis, antennis nigris. Long. J 11, 2 138;mm.

Hab. Java.

The sides of the head and thorax and the whole of the under

side of the body with a dull greyish pubescence. The upper side

of the prothorax black, with a line along the middle and a very

narrow border at the base and at the apex dull ashy or tawny.

The basal half of the elytra fawn-coloured, sparsely punctured; a

slightly oblique spot on each elytron at the middle, a larger

quadrate spot on each at the apex, and a minute dot midway

between the middle and apex, ochraceous; the rest of the elytra

dark brown. Legs yellowish testaceous, antenne black.

This species resembles G. anticepunctata, Thoms., and

other allied forms.

Glenea Dejeani, n. 8.

Nigro-fusca; eapite albo-bivittato; prothorace punctato, dorso

albo-trilineato et lateribus bivittatis; elytris punctatis, disco lineis

obliquis quatuor albis,;—duabus antice et duabus postice,—et

maculis tribus, parvis, utrinque ad medium; linea alba utrinque

inter carinas laterales; corpore subtus, medio excepto, albo-

pubescente. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Java.

Head rather sparsely punctured, with a whitish pubescence on

the sides, with two white vittz on the front, which are continuous

above with two white lines on the vertex. Prothorax rather thickly

punctured, with three white lines on the disk—the middle line

complete and continuous with a median white line on the scutellum,

the lateral lines incomplete; with a white vitta on each side in

addition to the white patch above the coxal cavity. Hlytra rather

strongly punctured throughout, with three small white spots on

each—one median, the remaining two external to this, with one in

front of, the other behind it, and with three white lines on each—

one at the side between the lateral carine, and extending nearly

the whole length of the elytron, another arising at the middle of

the base, running a little obliquely towards the suture, and

terminating before the middle, the third beginning a little behind

the middle close to the suture, passing in a somewhat curved

manner outwards, and ending just at the base of the external

spine. Legs and antenne dark brown, like the rest of the body ;

the tarsi with a greyish pubescence above; with, in the anterior

and middle tarsi of the male, the first joint broader and distinctly

new or little-known species of Glenea. 219

longer than the following joints, and with the first joint of the

posterior tarsus as long as the three succeeding joints taken

together.

This species, of which there are two specimens—a

male and a female—in the collection, is the Sphenura

interrupta of Dejean’s Catalogue, and is quite distinct

from the Glenea interrupta of Thomson, with which it is

placed as a synonym in the Munich Catalogue.

Glenea lecta, nu. 8.

Fusco-nigra; capite punctato, nigro; prothorace supra albo-

pubescente, macula magna, nigra, punctata, in medio disci;

scutello albo; elytris fuscis antice albo z-notatis, postice albo

bimaculatis; corpore subtus lateraliter albo-maculato; pedibus

antennisque nigris. Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Silhet (N. India).

Head with a very faint greyish pubescence. Prothorax having

a whitish pubescence above, witha transversely oval, black, strongly

punctured spot on the middle of the disk, and a somewhat similar

but much smaller spot on each side just above the outer angle of

the coxal cavity. Elytra bicarinate on each side, and strongly but

rather sparsely punctured; with two oblique spots near the base,

connected by a short sutural vitta with two larger transverse spots

at the middle, and forming on the elytra an ashy white figure

somewhat resembling the letter x; with, in addition, a white oval

spot at about the beginning of the apical fourth of each elytron.

The apices transversely truncate, with the outer angles spined, the

sutural angles acute, but not spined. With a large white spot on

each side of the hind breast, and a transverse white spot on the

side of each of the three intermediate abdominal segments.

Glenea signaticollis, n. s.

Rufo-brunnea ; capite punctato, in medio frontis leviter—circum

oculos dense—albo-pubescente, vertice vittis duabus albis; pro-

thorace supra albo-pubescente, maculis duabus longitudinalibus

leviter arcuatis, ad medium conjunctis et antice marginem attin-

gentibus, rufo-brunneis; scutello albescente; elytris rufo-brunneis,

punctatis, maculis decem albo-pubescentibus, lateraliter utrinque

bicarinatis, apicibus truncatis angulis externis spinosis, angulis

suturalibus minute dentatis ; pedibus antennisque testaceis. Long.

12mm.

Hab. India (Bombay ?).

220 Mr. Gahan’s descriptions of

Prothorax with two slightly arcuate longitudinal spots or fascie,

which reach the anterior margin, but do not reach the base, and

which meet together on the middle of the disk; these spots reddish

brown and punctured. LElytra light reddish brown, bicarinate,

and serially punctured on each side, more irregularly punctured on

the disk, with ten pubescent rounded white spots, of which six

smaller, and arranged in a hexagonal manner, are on the basal half,

two larger behind the middle almost touch the suture, and two of

intermediate size between the large spots and the apex are placed

close to the lateral carine. Apex with a faint ashy border. Body

underneath reddish brown, with white pubescent spots at the

sides.

Glenea sex-notata, 0. 8.

Capite et prothorace fulvo-cinereo-pubescentibus ; hoc vittis sex

nigris ; elytris fulvo-testaceis subtiliter fulvo-pubescentibus singu-

lisque maculis tribus transversis, quadratis, nigris,—duabus ante

medium, tertia pone medium ; corpore subtus cinereo-pubescente,

nigro-maculato; pedibus fulvo-testaceis; antennis testaceis et

versus apicem fuscis. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. §. India.

Head with a median line and a spot on the front black. Pro-

thorax with six equidistant longitudinal black vitte, of which four

are visible from above; sparsely punctured along the black vitte.

Scutellum black, with a tawny line in the middle. Elytra pale

testaceous, with a faint tawny pubescence, and with three black

transverse quadrate spots in the same longitudinal line on the disk

of each, with two of these spots placed in front of, the third at

some distance behind, the middle; the base of the elytra sparsely

punctured, the shoulders prominent and acute, the apices quadri-

spinose, with the outer spines longer than the sutural. Body

underneath with an ashy grey pubescence, which is somewhat

darker along the middle; the sides of the breast spotted with

black, and each of the abdominal segments, the fourth excepted,

with an oblique black spot on each side.

This species somewhat resembles G. scapifera, Pase.,

but is readily distinguished from it by the colour of the

antenne, as well as by the number and position of the

spots on the elytra.

Glenea punctata, n. s.

Nigra; capite sparse punctato; prothorace subrugoso-punctato ;

elytris rufo-testaceis, subnitidis, grosse et creberrime punctatis,

lateraliter utrinque bicarinatis. Long. 10—14 mm,

Hab. §. India,

new or little-known species of Glenea. 221

Head and prothorax dull black and faintly pubescent. Scutellum

black. Elytra brick-red, somewhat glossy, very strongly and

thickly punctured, with two carine on each side in addition to the

marginal carina, with four very minute tufts of short whitish

hairs on each elytron; the apices truncate, with the outer angles

spinose, the sutural angles dentate. Body underneath black,

somewhat glossy, faintly pubescent, with a greyish white spot at

the apex of each post-episterum, and a similar white spot near the

postero-lateral angle of each of the abdominal segments. Legs

and antenne black.

A large series of this species has recently been brought

from the Nilghiri Hills by Mr. Hampson. In many

specimens the minute white tufts have entirely dis-

appeared from the elytra.

Glenea socia, n. 8.

Sulphureo-pubescens; capite nigro-maculato; prothoracis disco

maculis quatuor nigris, in medio conjunctis; elytris macula

suturali pone scutellum, singuloque macula parva ad medium,

plaga irregulari pone humerum, et fasciis duabus transversis

versus apicem, nigris; pedibus testaceis ; antennis nigris. Long.

10—12 mm.

Hab. Ceylon.

With a sulphur-yellow pubescence. The front of the head with

a black spot in the middle below joined to a broader somewhat

squarish spot above, which again is united by a short line with a

broadly triangular black space on the vertex. Prothorax with four

petaloid black spots above—two anteriorly and two posteriorly—

all united together on the middle of the disk; with a small black

spot high up on each side, and a larger black spot just above the

coxal cavity. Elytra with a single carina on each side, extending

about half their length from the shoulder; with a single sutural

black spot just behind the scutellum, and each with a small spot at

the middle, two transverse fascie (which do not reach the suture)

towards the apex, and an irregular figure behind the shoulder,

black. The apices truncate, with the outer angles spined. Body

underneath with a sulphur-yellow pubescence spotted with black.

Legs testaceous. Antenne black.

This species seems closely allied to the species which

bears the manuscript name Glenea sulphurella, White,

and which is, I have little doubt, the Glenea multi-

guttata of Guérin, though the length (20 mm.) given for

222 Mr. Gahan’s descriptions of

the latter is much greater than that of any of the

specimens in the collection, the largest of which is not

more than 14 mm.

Glenea 14-maculata.

Saperda 14-maculata, Hope, Gray’s Zool. Miscellany,

1831, p. 28.

‘* Sulphurea, thorace 6-maculato elytrisque octomaculatis pedi-

busque testaceis.” Long. 10 mm., lat. 3 mm.

Hab. N. India.

Head and prothorax with a rather close sulphur-yellow pube-

scence; the latter with four black spots, in two rows, on the disk,

and one, smaller, on each side. Elytra reddish testaceous, with a

sulphur-yellow pubescence ; with a single distinct carina on each

side, which is not continued quite up to the external apical spine,

and with four black spots on each elytron forming a longitudinal

row nearly midway between the suture and the lateral carina.

Body underneath yellowish pubescent. Legs yellowish testaceous.

Middle tibie without a groove. Antenne black.

M. Thomson, in the Appendix to his ‘ Systema,’

p- 566, has placed G. 14-maculata, Hope, as a synonym

of Glenea maculifera, Thoms. The latter species is

unknown to me, but it can scarcely, I think, be identical

with Hope’s species, seeing that M. Thomson, in his too

brief diagnosis, makes use of the expression “ elytra

16-maculata.” In any case, Hope’s is a much older

name.

Glenea crucifera, Ni. 8.

gS. Sulphureo-pubescens; capite linea mediana et macula parva

utrinque ad basin antenne nigris; prothorace cum vitta media

longitudinali et linea transversa paullo ante medium, nigris ;

elytris supra nigro fuscis, singuloque maculis sex magnis sulphureo-

pubescentibus, lateribus brunneis, unicarinatis; apicibus per-

oblique truncatis, angulis externis productis; corpore subtus

sulphureo-pubescente ; pedibus antennisque ferrugineo testaceis.

Long. 13 mm., lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Bhotan (N. India).

Head, prothorax, and body underneath with a thick sulphur-

yellow pubescence. The head with a median line and a small

spot on each of the antennal tubers black. The prothorax with a

median longitudinal black vitta, crossed a little before the middle

by a transverse line reaching from side to side. Scutellum yellow,

new or little-known species of Glenea. 223

with a line inthe middle black. Elytra light brown at the sides ;

with a faint yellowish pubescence below the shoulders; dark brown

above, with six large sulphur-yellow spots in a single row on the

disk of each—the basal spot smallest, the third and fourth largest

and almost reaching the suture, the sixth spot touching both the

suture and the apical margin. Legs and antenne reddish testaceous.

Middle tibiw longitudinally sinuate towards the base, but not

grooved.

A single male example in the collection.

Glenea ornata, Ni. s.

Sulphureo-pubescens ; prothorace dorso maculis duabus oblongis

nigro-fuscis ; elytris lateribus rufo-brunneis, subnitidis, disco nigro-

fusco, sulphureo-ornato ; pedibus flavo-testaceis; antennis fusco-

testaceis. Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Darjeeling (N. India).

Head with a median line and a spot on the front black. Pro-

thorax with two large oblong black spots on the disk, and two

small black spots on each side. Elytra, reddish brown and bare of

pubescence at the sides, dark brown above, ornamented with spots

and patches of yellowish pubescence arranged thus :—a somewhat

T-shaped common basal patch, a round spot on each behind this,

a large common ante-median somewhat lozenge-shaped spot, with

its outer angles obtuse and slightly produced, a large common

post-median #-shaped patch, and a transverse spot on each at the

apex. Apices of the elytra transversely truncate, with the angles

faintly dentate. Body underneath with a yellowish pubescence.

Legs yellowish testaceous. Middle tibiz devoid of a groove.

Antenne somewhat fuscous.

This species is allied to G. S.-marie, Thoms.

Glenea T-notata, n. 8.

Sulphureo-pubescens; prothorace dorso maculis tribus nigro-

fuscis [-formantibus; elytris versus basin fasciis duabus inter-

ruptis valde arcuatis, fascia transversa subsinuata ad medium,

singuloque versus apicem maculis duabus transversis, nigro-fuscis 5

pedibus flavo-testaceis; antennis testaceis, versus apicem fuscis.

Long. 11—14 mm.

Hab. Silhet (N. India).

With a sulphur-yellow pubescence. Head with a median black

line. Prothorax with a rounded black spot on each side, with, on

the disk, three linear black spots together resembling the letter T ,

224 Mr. Gahan’s descriptions of

Elytra with a yellow pubescence ; with an oblique spot on each

near the base, so placed in relation to an obliquely curved linear

spot behind it, that the two together form a strongly arcuate

interrupted fascia, with its convexity towards the suture; with a

narrow, transverse, somewhat sinuate fascia at the middle reaching

from the carina of one side to that of the other; with two narrow,

transverse spots or fasciz on each towards the apex, and with a

linear fuscous spot passing obliquely downwards and backwards on

the deflexed side of each elytron behind the shoulder. The lateral

carinfe—one on each side—disappearing a little beyond the middle.

Middle tibiz without a groove. Body underneath yellowish pube-

scent, with an arcuate spot on each side of the breast and the

anterior borders of the first three abdominal segments black.

This species, which is possibly the Glenea sulphurea

of Thomson, is also closely allied to G. S.-marie. It

differs from the latter by the spotted sides of the thorax,

the pubescent sides of the elytra, and the strongly

arcuate fasciz towards the base.

Glenea? Amelia, n. 8.

Parce pilosa; capite, prothorace, et corpore subtus cinereo-albo

dense pubescentibus ; capite supra pone oculos et macula parva in

medio frontis, nigris; prothorace maculis quatuor nigris; elytris

cervino-pubescentibus cum maculis fasciisque nigro-fuscis; pedibus

flavis, unguiculo antico singuli tarsi bifido, unguiculo postico

simplice; antennis nigris.

Hab. Siam.

Head with a close ashy white pubescence, with the upper side

behind the eyes, the occiput, and a small spot on the middle of the

front, black and visibly punctured. Prothorax with a similar

pubescence, and with four rounded or somewhat oval black spots

—two larger above, one smaller on each side. Scutellum whitish.

Elytra with a fawn pubescence, with the shoulders, the deflexed

sides, a spot on each near the base, a large rounded or subquadrate

spot on each before the middle, an elongated, posteriorly outwardly

bent spot on each behind the middle, and an apical transverse

fascia, dark brown; the sides serially punctate, and indistinctly

carinate ; the apices broadly and somewhat obliquely truncate.

Sides of the breast ashy white, spotted with black. Abdomen

with its sides and the posterior border of each of the first four

segments ashy white, with a triangular depression at the apex

($2). Legs pale testaceous, sparsely pilose. Antenne black,

sparsely pilose below, about half as long again as the body.

new or little-known species of Glenea. 225

This pretty little species, which resembles Daphisia

pulchella, Pasc., I refer with doubt to Glenea. It ought,

perhaps, to be regarded as the type of a distinct genus.

The claws present a character which, as far as I know,

is not met with elsewhere among the Lamiude. The

anterior claw of all the tarsi is ‘‘ bifid,” with the inner

division a little longer than the outer; the posterior

claw is, in each tarsus, simple. Thischaracter I find in

each of three specimens belonging to the same sex,

which is probably the male. Mr. Bates has, in Glenea

ocelota, described a structure of the claws which he could

not find alluded to in any generic description, but which

is, if I follow his description correctly, of the kind

existing in most of the N. American and a few of the

European species of Saperda. This character—the

presence in the male of a tooth on the outer side of the

base of the anterior (or inner) claw of the anterior and

middle legs—was first pointed out by Leconte. Lacor-

daire, while admitting it as far as the N. American

species are concerned, has denied the existence of this

character in any of the European species. It is present,

however, in S. carcharias, S. punctata, S. octopunctata,

and other species.

Notes.

M. Thomson having given the same name, Glenea

Mouhotii, to two distinct species, I propose to substitute

for the last described of these the name Glenea mutata.

Its synonymy will therefore be—

Glenea mutata, n. 8.

= Glenea Mouhotii, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie,

1879, p. 24, nec Syst. Ceramb., p. 566.

Gleneajucunda, Thoms., is synonymous with G. giraffa,

Dalm.

The genus Glenea will, I think, include all the species

placed under Volumnia in the Munich Catalogue, with

the exception of V. apicalis, Chev., V. Westermanni,

Thoms., and V. guinensis, Chevr.—the last two being

little more than varieties of V. apicalis.

i : on 2 4 F

nd a Ht

- me -

10 Cw r a ¥ ¥ ant ohh, am

a es sPOston 1 FG We ee doers bust ho BURA Gh ey TA

uel ge, igs ' isnti ha

UD ACs ABS ptcrgyraany'y nen walsh aL age CA’

Phrashih 4]

Pew el ds areas Lh Oy

ree WB Bed weld =

tee

AB via aieg .

ie eek od

dutta ricialyy Pacha: 7

ae |

' 2 ; ie

Wel, Guidi afyti iy ye qa

: e

Fb Ps ‘ j } aie

4 #7 EF ue : ) ji

it ores { til ' 62

J Noe ie bei yy ¥ 7 j

8 '

} i} pitt i

et > ot UE i :

b fy a 4 ; j . E

! "| if ij ~

4 =|

ai (& ; j Ls

=% } J i maT?

: h = : 4 7 } j

y aie

s ' vir

; ait ' bill

1 ay,

j : i)

° 4 i ;

: r

Ves P a i f We 1 | ,

ve TITS Te

’

i $ ? I :

4 ,

: ; ; a.

: { ' L JR

aT, Lm CF { A

‘ :

my ; ytkD,

( rey + \8y VW

tae ‘

tay to. H »7 Ps

1 - ‘ :

} ] i; f : rah be on

7 ‘ .

: { t

2itgitl i sii

i amnas) Lore

t ‘

' : ) j ’

| OVW SHI if ert \ Da;

A . 4 - 4

ey ) if Bolt ; pert 6 ‘

eM iPsieeg e 4 OC RULOITSY Bi Sty Br

i a=

= 3

rs +

y! >» a

(A227 a: )

VIII. On the Pyralidina collected in 1874 and 1875 by

Dr. J. W. H. Trail in the Basin of the Amazons.

By Wiuuiam Warren, M.A., F.H.S.

[Read February 6th, 1889.]

Tue insects treated of in the accompanying paper were

collected in 1874 and 1875 by Dr. J. W. H. Trail in the

Basin of the Amazons. The Rhopalocera and larger

Heterocera were worked through and described by

Mr. A. G. Butler in papers published in the ‘ Trans-

actions’ of the Entomological Society of London for the

years 1877, 1878, and 1879. The remainder, namely,

Deltoids and Pyralidina, were about the same period

cursorily inspected, and in some cases identified, by the

same gentleman; but from pressure of work and other

causes were not exhaustively worked out and made the

subject of a fourth paper. This unfortunate delay is

all the more to be regretted, inasmuch as the collection

contains not only several species at present unrepre-

sented in the British Museum Collection, but likewise a

considerable number of curious and aberrant forms.

The specimens themselves are 293 in number, be-

longing to 125 different species, about 50 of which I

have been unable to identify as previously described or

figured, while in several cases the formation of new

genera has seemed necessary.

For the circumstances under which the collection was

made, and the precise localities explored, it will be

enough to refer to Mr. Butler’s first paper, published in

the ‘Transactions’ of the Entomological Society of

London for 1877, p. 105.

There are, however, a few species to which special

reference seems called for. And first, there are two very

remarkable species of Pseudo-deltoids, viz., an example

of Tortricodes alucitalis of Guenée, described by him

from a single damaged specimen, and a new species

more closely allied to Walker’s Gaberasa ambigualis, in

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (JUNE.)

228 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

both of which a fissure occurs in the hind margin of the

fore wing, which thereby becomes bilobed, and at first

sight appears fractured; but on closer inspection the

marginal fringe is seen to be continued along both sides

of the fissure. As might be expected, the neuration is

modified and distorted ; the nervules, which, were it not

for the fissure, would run straight to the hind margin,

are deflexed round its extremity, and curved down-

wards into the inner margin of the upper lobe. So

unusual a departure from ordinary wing-structure would

seem to warrant the separation of the species thus

modified as a separate family.

The next group to which I would direct attention is

that to which Azamora penicillana, W1k., of the present

collection, and Lederer’s Amblyura corusca belong. The

members of this group are all characterised by the

possession of a membranous scale-clad pouch on the

upper surface of the fore wing of the male near its base,

extending usually half across the wing, but in one

species embracing its whole width.

The number of species is probably very considerable ;

the British Museum Collection possesses as many as

thirteen, and several more are figured in Felder’s work ;

but the main point on which I wish to insist is that

these species present us with every variety in the form

of labial palpi that occurs in the Pseudo-deltoids: and

I therefore come to the conclusion that the proper place

for the family is in that group, and not, where Lederer

would locate them, among the Pyralidina.

In conclusion, I will just call attention to the peculiar

genus Diastreptoneura, in which the neuration is curved

and distorted ; and to the four new genera, Dysglyptogona,

Hrebostrota, Triommatodes, and Atopomorpha, the species

of which, both from their superficial appearance and

their neuration, arouse a suspicion that, just as the

Noctuids pass into the Pseudo-deltoids, so these may in

reality be nothing but abnormal Geometride. One thing

is certain, that hke the Rhopalocera, the Heterocera of

South America are among the most variable and erratic

in the world.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 229

ERASTRIADA.

1. Hrastria amazonia, n. s.

Fore wing glossy, ochreous grey, with a dark blotch at the base

of the costa, and another towards the apex beyond the second line,

which is whitish. Hind wing dark fuscous. Expanse of wings,

20 mm.

The specimen is so much worn that it is impossible to

give an exact description. It comes near Hrastria (’)

basistigma, Wlk., xv., 1762, from the West Indies, and

to an unnamed species from Madagascar.

One g. R. Jutahi, February 5th, 1875.

REMIGIADA.

2. Isogona inferior, n. 8.

Fore wings sandy brown, dusted with paler atoms, with two

white transverse lines; the first straight before the middle, the

second starting from the middle of the costa, at first runs obliquely

outwards, forming a small sharp point, and then, slightly sinuous,

inwards to the inner margin below the reniform stigma, the base of

which it touches; both stigmata large and distinct, slightly darker

than the ground colour, and finely bordered with paler; an oblique

white streak from the apex nearly unites with the angle of the

second line ; three whitish costal dots before the apex; submarginal

line represented by an indistinct series of dark blotches; a row of

brownish lunules along the hind margin, festooned with lighter ;

the veins towards the hind margin paler. Hind wings with the

reniform stigma, second line, and submarginal row of spots

repeated. Head, thorax, and abdomen all sandy brown; the base

of the abdomen bearing a short blackish tuft; under side dull

sandy, unmarked, except by the submarginal row of spots. Ex-

panse of wings, 24 mm.

One ¢?, taken at the mouth of KR. Sapo, Dec. 18th,

1874.

The species is considerably smaller than Isogona

continua, Gn., of which Walker’s Massava scissa is a

synonym, and the coloration is different, but I think

there can be no doubt that it is congeneric.

THERMESIADA.

3. Dagassa marginata, 0.8.

Fore wings slaty fuscous, with four brown,—when fresh reddish

brown,—transverse lines; the 1st, curved, near the base; the 2nd,

angulated, before the middle; the 3rd, outwardly curved and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART II. (JUNE.) R

230 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

sinuous, just beyond the middle, and followed closely by a fascia-

form dark shade; the 4th submarginal, very indistinct, consisting

of a series of wedge-shaped paler-edged dashes; orbicular stigma

a dark dot between lines 1 and 2; reniform stigma a faint dark

lunule between 2 and 8; costa narrowly cream-coloured from the

base to the 8rd line, on which pale ground the origin of the first

three lines appears blackish; four cream-coloured dots before the

apex; fringes dark, with the extreme tips cream-coloured, except

at the elbow above the anal angle, where they are wholly dark.

Hind wings more brown, without the slaty tinge, with two straight

transverse lines, the basal one brownish red, single; the central

double, with a paler line between; fringes bright pale cream-

coloured, with a central darker line towards the anal angle, pre-

ceded there by a curved cream-coloured mark. Palpi pale fuscous,

the tips of 2nd and 8rd joints paler; head, thorax, and abdomen

slaty fuscous; tip of the abdomen cream-coloured. Under side

smooth, fuscous; fore wings with the 2nd and 3rd lines and both

stigmata, hind wings with both lines, and a basal spot, dark; a sub-

marginal row of dark blotches more or less distinct on all the

wings. Expanse of wings, 30 mm.

Three females, one from R. Jurua, Nov. 12th, 1874,

the others from R. Jutahi, 25th and 27th of January,

1875.

HYPENIDA.

4, Hypena obditalis.

Hypena obditalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvi.,

p. 48.

One 3, without any note as to capture or locality.

In Walker’s description “ marginal lunules white with

black points” should read ‘‘ black with white points.”

5. Hypena munda, n.s.

Fore wings dark mouse-coloured, with two transverse lines, the

Ist slightly oblique, the 2nd straight, nearer each other on the

inner margin than on the costa, the former edged internally with

bluish grey and externally with brown, the latter externally with

bluish grey and internally with brown; submarginal line sinuous,

consisting of dark spots with white dots externally; marginal

lunules black, with white dots internally; a minute black dot,

often obsolete, represents the orbicular stigma; hind wing dull

fuscous. Head, thorax, and abdomen the same. Under side pale

fuscous, with two whitish spots showing through from the sub-

marginal line near the costa. EExpanse of wings, 30 mm.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 231

Three examples, all females, taken at light in different

localities, viz., Rio Mamellos, a tributary of Rio Madeira ;

Juruena, on Rio Purus; and Rio Jurua: the respective

dates being June Ist, Sept. 24th, and Nov. 7th, 1874.

Akin to H. hemonalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

xvi., p. 228, from Brazil, but smaller; the wings

narrower and paler, and wanting the white apical

lunule, which is so conspicuous a feature in that species ;

the palpi also differ. In H.hemonalis they are blackish,

the 8rd joint fringed with black to the apex; in /7/.

munda they are greyish fuscous, the 8rd joint slender,

white, with a laterally flattened brush of dark brown

scales in the middle projecting above and below.

6. Hypena fuscipennis, n. 8.

Fore wing dark fuscous, dusted with lilac-grey scales, especially

in the spaces beyond each of the three transverse lines. First

line oblique, 2nd sinuous, forming two rounded projections exter-

nally, and approaching the Ist on the inner margin; the inter-

mediate space darkest, edged with fulvous lines; beyond the 2nd

line is a greyish curved fascia, then a dark brown one; sub-

marginal line pale, wavy, most distinct towards the anal angle ;

fringes dark fuscous, with a strong black basal line of dashes,

which scarcely form lunules. Hind wing dark fuscous, as are the

head, thorax, abdomen, and legs. Under side dark fuscous, with-

out markings. Expanse of wings, 30 mm.

One g. R. Madeira, May 24th, 1874, at light.

7. Hypena exoletalis.

Hypena exoletalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 29, 21.

One $ at light. Serpa, Feb. 13th, 1875.

The specimens in the Brit. Mus. Collection are from

Rio Janeiro and St. Domingo.

flyPHYPENA, Nn. g.

Fore wing short and broad; costa arched from base to apex,

which is slightly produced; hind margin very slightly incurved

below the apex, and somewhat projecting above the anal angle;

inner margin straight. Hind wing rounded. Neuration: cell

extending beyond the middle, rather broad, and situated nearly

midway between costa and inner margin; first subcostal branch

starting before the middle of the cell; second at about one-fifth

R 2

232 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

before the end; fifth just before end; third out of the fifth near

its origin, the fourth out of the fifth just before the apex, these last

two embracing the apex; radials from the ends of the disco-

cellular ; first median branch at one-fifth before the end, curved ;

second and third from the lower angle of the cell; interno-median

fold strongly expressed. Hind wing with the costal free ; the sub-

costal with two long branches; first median branch at two-thirds ;

second and third on a short stalk from the lower end of the cell,

along with the radial. Antenne with angulated joints, ciliated

beneath. Palpi long, upcurved, hairy; the second joint curved,

cut off sharply at its apex; the third only half the length of the

second, with a fine small point; forehead rough ; tongue present.

This genus, as illustrated by the single species below

mentioned, is characterised (1), by the abnormally large

palpi compared with the size of the insect, these organs

being half as long as the fore wings; and (2), by the

absence of all the usual markings of the fore wing,

which superficially somewhat resembles that of a

Fortriz.

8. Hyphypena bipunctalis, n. s.

Fore wing ochreous-yellow, mottled with yellowish brown, and

suffused with the same colour along the hind margin, and at the

base and centre of the costa; a small black spot in mid-wing

before the middle, and a double brown-black spot beyond the

middle, both surrounded by paler; fringe pale, more or less varied

with dark brown, especially towards the anal angle and the apex.

Hind wing pale ochreous, with only the hind margin diffusely

darker; fringes pale, with a reddish dividing line. Head, face,

palpi, and thorax reddish ochreous; abdomen whitish ochreous.

Under side: fore wing reddish ochreous, with the costa and fringes

varied with brown-black ; hind wing pale ochreous, the costal half

speckled with brown, and a series of brown dashes at the base of

the fringes. Expanse of wings, 16 mm.

Five males, all from R. Jurua, Oct. 31st, Nov. 1st and

6th, 1874.

The species bears a superficial resemblance to Hypena

obagitalis, Wlk., from Hea, and to Bucinna divisalis,

W1k, xxxv., 1983 (= Betousa divisalis, WI1k., xxxiv.,

1209) also from Ega; but may be distinguished at once

by its very large palpi and the absence of any transverse

lines: besides which the neuration is quite different.

in the Basin of the Amazons. — 233

Before describing the next species it will be convenient

to draw attention to an oversight of Walker’s. In the

Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xv., p. 1640, he instituted the

genus Chadaca for the single species atrosignata, repre-

sented by a 2 from Venezuela. In vol. xxxiil., p. 10038,

he erects a new genus Rhosologia for a species porrecta,

represented by a ¢ from Mexico. This last is evidently

the g$ of C. atrosignata, and is slightly larger than the

?. As Walker’s description of the genus was taken

from a ? only I append a fuller one.

Cuapaca, Walker.

Fore wing broad; costa straight; apex slightly produced and

acute; hind margin bulging out above the anal angle, and faintly

incurved below the apex; hind wing rounded. Abdomen of 9?

short and blunt, not reaching beyond the hind wings; of ¢ longer,

with more or less pronounced anal tuft. Palpi with the second

joint ascending, convex above; third half as long as the second,

rostriform, porrect, pale above and externally dark; forehead with

a projecting tuft, pale, which, when the palpi are erect and con-

tiguous, forms one surface with the terminal joint; tongue ill-

developed. Antenne with a longer lateral bristle on each segment,

and slightly pubescent beneath in the ?, densely pubescent in the

&. Fore legs, like the outside of the palpi, alwaysdark. 9 rather

smaller than $.

On p. 1641, loc. cit., Walker remarks that ‘‘ this genus

has not much of the characters of the Thermesiide, and

more of those of the Poaphilide, and may help to con-

nect the two families.” Its proper place, however, would

rather seem to be before Rivula, from which I doubt

whether it can be satisfactorily separated. Like it,

Rivula has the frontal tuft concolorous with the terminal

joint of the palpi; the outside of the latter and the fore

legs dark; the ? smaller than the g, and the neuration

identical. It differs apparently only in size and colora-

tion.

Other species which should, I think, be referred, if not

to the genus Rivula itself, at all events to its neigh-

bourhood, are Hcregma dametesalis, Wlk., xvi., 252

(=Glympis eraconalis, W1k., x1x., 852), from Villa Nova;

Hyamia palpitatalis, Wik., from Ega; Alinzia incon-

spicua, Butler, from Natal; EHgnasia argillacea, Butler,

from Japan; and Hgnasia fallax, Butler, from Japan.

234 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

9. Chadaca modesta, n. 8.

Fore wing pale mouse-colour, with all the markings very

indistinct; a minute black dot at the base; a wavy dark line

before, and another just beyond, the middle ; submarginal line con-

sisting of a series of lunate black spots between the veins; reni-

form stigma dark, conspicuous ; a faint trace of dark lunules before

fringe, which is concolorous. Hind wing, like fore wing, without

markings. Head, palpi, face, thorax, abdomen, and legs all pale

mouse-colour; outside of the palpi and fore legs brown. Under

side without markings. Expanse of wings, 30—32 mm.

One 3, Prainha, Noy. 14th, 1873; one ?, Solimoes,

Nov. 24th, 1874.

An inconspicuous-looking insect, the 2? smaller than

the gd.

10. Chadaca concatenalis, n. 8.

Fore wing whitish grey, dusted with minute dark dots, witha

small black spot at the base, a subcontiguous loop of four or five

black blotches, suspended from one-third to two-thirds of the

costa; a row of black spots at base of the fringes, which are con-

colorous with fore wing. Hind wing paler white, without any

dark frecklings, darker towards the hind margin, and with a dark

line at the base of the fringes. Under side dull cinereous, with

darker costa, dark base to the fringes, and alarge dark central spot

on each wing; outside of the palpi and fore legs blackish; head,

face, thorax, and abdomen whitish grey. Expanse of wings,

24 mm.

One 3 from R. Jamunda, April 11th, 1874.

11. Hpizeuxis marginata, n. s.

Fore wing ochreous, tinged towards the hind margin with

reddish; costa narrowly dark at the base, and with several dark

spots, of which three in the middle are larger; a small black dot

at the base in the middle, and a grey patch on the inner margin;

a curved transverse line before the middle, and a sinuous denticu-

lated one beyond, which approaches close to the first on the inner

margin; each line rises from a dark costal spot; reniform stigma

large, dark, lying in an obscure central shale, which also starts

from a black costal spot. A zigzag pale submarginal line, preceded

and followed by dark grey shading; fringes ochreous, with a series

of fine curves along their base, the ends of which are produced so

as to form a dark V-shaped mark internally between each curve,

in the Basin of the Amazons. © 235

by which the appearance of a festoon is produced. Hind wing

ochreous, suffused almost entirely with fuscous, except a diffuse

patch near the anal angle. Some irregular black lines and spots

along the centre; fringes as in fore wing. Head, palpi, and thorax

ochreous; abdomen ochreous, with the middle segments greyer ;

terminal joint of the palpi with a broad black ring. Under side

dull ochreous ; fore wing more suffused with grey; all with a dark

central spot; hind wing showing traces of two or three irregular

bands. Expanse of wings, 24 mm.

One 3. RK. Jurua, Oct. 26th, 1874.

PARAMIMETICA, N. g.

Fore wing with straight costa, acute apex, and curved hind

margin. Hind wing rounded. Markings a succession of sinuous,

alternate, pale and dark lines and shades, the same on both wings ;

the second line always preceded by a dark shade. Palpi laterally

compressed, porrected, slightly ascending, the second joint roughly

fringed above, the last joint short, upeurved, widened with scales

in the middle, the whole having a feathery appearance ; antennie

finely ciliated in both sexes. Neuration: Fore wing, Ist median

branch from very little beyond the middle of the median; 2nd

before the end; 3rd and 4th from the lower angle of the cell; 1st

subcostal branch from the middle of the subcostal; 2nd just beyond

it, running close and parailel to the 1st; 4th, and 5th short-stalked

from upper angle of cell; 8rd out of the 4th just before the apex ;

radial from near the upper angle of cell. Hind wing: costal vein

free; the two subcostal branches from the upper angle of cell; 1st

median branch starting quite near the base before the middle of

the median; 2nd and 3rd short-stalked from the lower angle of

cell; radial from the lower part of the disco-cellular; the cells of

both wings short. —

I propose this genus for the reception of two or three

species of small size and delicate structure, geometri-

form in appearance, having the markings of the fore wings

reproduced on the hind wings, which do not agree well

with any other Hypenide. Besides the two species here

described, Hypena sotiusalis, Wlk., xix., p. 840, the type

from St. Domingo, and Megatomis (?) judicatalis, W1k.,

also from St. Domingo, must be included in the genus.

12. Paramimetica subrufa, n. 8.

Fore wings pale ochreous, suffused with yellow, and with deeper

ochreous or reddish brown markings; first line undulating, white,

236 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

edged with darker; 2nd white, unculating and denticulated,

starting from the middle of the costa -and running out very

obliquely towards the apex, then curving inwards and running

parallel to first line; the space between these two lines is darker

than the rest of the wing, and the second line is always preceded

by a broadish brown fascia. Reniform stigma large, consisting of

two dark spots surrounded by lighter; submarginal line white,

undulating, parallel to the others; a marginal row of black spots.

Hind wings with all the markings reproduced, and with a distinct

black central spot. Head, thorax, abdomen, and palpi yellowish

ochreous; under side sandy; all the wings with a black central

spot, and a row of black marginal dots; a broad paler band beyond

the middle. Expanse of wings, 18 mm.

Four females, one male; one female from Juruena,

R. Purus, Sept. 24th, 1874; one female from Gaviao,

R. Jurua, Nov. 10th, 1874; a female from the same

river, Noy. 7th, and a pair in cop. on Nov. Ist, 1874.

Closely allied to Megatomis (?) judicatalis, WIk., which

has a dark brown apical spot, and also to Hypena

sotiusalis, Wlk., both from St. Domingo. Indeed, the

only difference is that P. subrufa has the three lines

more or less edged with pale ochreous, the ground colour

paler and clearer, and the fascia before the second line

much more conspicuous.

The species, however, varies much in itself; two of

the five specimens are ochreous, with the markings

brown, and approaching much nearer to H. sotiusalis,

though still paler; the other three have a pale yellow

sround, and the markings pink.

13. Paramimetica imtatriz, n. 8.

Fore wing ochreous, suffused with darker ; first line thin, curved,

brown, before the middle; second curved outwards, slightly

dentated near the costa, then curving obliquely basewards, pre-

ceded by a broad brown fascia, which is followed by a paler one, in

the middle of which lies a blackish-brown blotch; submarginal line

indistinct ; a marginal row of black dots, preceded by a dark grey

fascia; fringes ochreous mixed with fuscous; orbicular and reni-

form stigmata represented by two black dots. Hind wings with

the markings of the fore wings repeated. Head, thorax, and

abdomen all ochreous, the dark fascia of the hind wings being

represented across the abdomen. Under side ochreous, with

in the Basin of the Amazons.’ 237

indistinct lines; the two stigmata and the central spot on the hind

wing large and dark. Expanse of wings, 16 mm.

One ¢ from Papunha, R. Jurua, Nov. 5th, 1874.

The species differs from P. subrufa in having the

margin of all the wings scalloped, while in P. subrufa

they are plain. The specimen is damaged about the

head, and the final joint of the palpi (or rather palpus,

as there is only one left), is denuded of scales and thin ;

so that possibly a better series of examples will justify

its separation from the genus.

PARAMACNA, N. g.

Fore wing very broad, almost triangular; costa curved at the

base, then straight to the apex, which is pointed; hind margin

slightly bent inwards below the apex, then broadly convex, and

again bent in a little before the anal angle, which is well-marked ;

hind wing rounded, with the hind margin slightly elbowed in the

middle; wings with fine scaling, and with unusual markings.

Labial palpi with second joint obliquely ascending, as high as the

top of the head, clothed above and below with fine hairs, laterally

compressed ; third joint horizontally porrected, not more than one-

third the length of the second, small, pointed, with closely appressed

scales; forehead with a horny ridge between the antenn; these

in 2 simple, laminated, subserrated towards the apex; the basal

joint long and swollen; tongue present, but not large; maxillary

palpi invisible; on the under side the cell in the fore wing is

clothed with fine hairs ; abdomen robust, with ovipositor exserted.

Neuration: Fore wing, first median branch at one-fifth before the

end of the median, which is curved upwards towards the end of

the cell; second median branch a little before the end; third and

lower radial from the end, which is very acute; disco-cellular

strongly incurved basewards; upper radial from its upper end;

third, fourth, and fifth subcostal branches on one stem, the fifth

leaving soon after its rise and curving into the hind margin, third

out of fourth shortly to the costa, fourth running into costa just

before the apex. Hind wing with the costal and subcostal approxi-

mating in the centre, and united there by a short oblique trans-

verse vein: costal with two branches; subcostal single; median

branches and disco-cellular as in fore wing.

This genus agrees in many points with Walker’s genus

Macena, the only species of which, however, comes from

Singapore. In neuration it accords entirely with the

genus Tamyra, H.-S., to which, among others, Lametia

238 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

ignitalis, Wlk., from Ega, Hypena abrasalis, W1k., from

Mexico, and Hypena illapsalis, Wlk., from Para, belong;

but the palpi are much shorter and simpler, and the

colouring and markings wholly different.

14. Paramacna arnea.

Phalena-Geometra arnea, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1., p. 59,

pl. 36, fig. a.

Fore wing pale green, with the costa broadly dull purplish

brown, and a blotch of the same colour occupying the costal half

of the central area to below the median vein ; two obscure, brown,

transverse lines, also extending the same distance below the

median vein, the first before the middle at about one-fourth of the

costa, the second starting from the middle of the costa, and run-

ning outwardly in a series of curves, concave outwardly between

each nervure, showing more plainly in its lower part, where it

traverses a pale ochreous blotch which lies obliquely below the end

of the cell, and is bounded by a diffuse, curved, brown shade ;

reniform stigma distinct, brown; a brownish shade along the inner

margin in the centre; fringe greenish. Hind wing and fringes

silky ochreous, with a narrow brownish shading before the fringes.

Head, thorax, and palpi pale greenish; terminal joint of palpi

brownish; abdomen ochreous. Under side glossy ochreous, the

darker tints of the fore wing showing through; a fringe of long

silky hairs along the median vein of the fore wing. Expanse of

wings, 86 mm.

One @. Fard, April 10th, 1874.

In a note to the figure of Botys (?) linalis, Felder, its

close affinity to Phalena arnea, Cram., is mentioned,

and the remark added that perhaps it was really a

specimen of that insect, of which the original green

colouring had faded, as a result of damp. Felder’s

example was, like the present, from the Amazons. It is

possible that in some cases the violet-brown tinge over-

powers the green. At any rate, if the two are separate

species, they are very closely related ; but we must wait

for a larger number of specimens before a really satis-

factory conclusion can be arrived at.

AZAMORIDA.

Under this family I include all the genera, the species

of which are characterised by a peculiar, membranous,

scale-covered pouch, which occurs near the base of the

in the Basin of the Amazons. 239

fore wings of the g. Azamora was Walker’s earliest

name for any of these insects.

15. Azamora penicillana.

Torda penicillana, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxviii.,

p- 437.

One ¢. Boa Vista, R. Jutahi, Feb. 1st, 1875.

Closely related to Amblyura corusca, Ld., which,

according to that author, belongs to the Pyralidina, but

placed by Walker, along with several other abnormal

genera, among the Tortricina. ‘This latter position

is clearly wrong; and when we consider that the

various species characterised by the costal pouch possess

all the different forms of labial palpi occurring among

the Deltoids, we shall not, I think, be very far wrong in

locating them here, in close connection with the genus

Tamyra, H.-S.

HERMINIADA.

16. Bocana pharusalis.

Bocana pharusalis, Wik., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvi.,

Deodsed i.

B. orionalis, W1k., ib., p. 186, ¢?.

One ? at light. Marapatd, Rio Negro, Dec. 380th,

1874.

The fawn-coloured fore wing has two indistinctly-

marked sinuous darker lines, one before, the other beyond

the middle; both stigmata are represented by a small

round silvery-grey spot, which in the specimens of

B. pharusalis in the British Museum Collection are not

visible. Walker gives 16 lines as the expanse of B.

pharusalis and 17 of B. orionalis; the present speci-

men, however, measures only 14 lines, zt. ¢., about

00 mm.

17. Bleptina albidiscalis, n. s.

Fore wings deep fuscous, with two pale dark-edged sinuous

transverse lines, each slightly bent just beneath the costa; the first

close to the base, the second beyond the middle; reniform stigma

linear, white; submarginal line scarcely visible. Hind wing deep

fuscous, with one pale straight line; fringes concolorous. Head,

thorax, and abdomen deep fuscous. Palpi with second joint long,

curved; the third half as long as the second, securiform, with a

minute acute apex, bright orange on the sides, especially externally,

240 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

fringed above and below with fuscous. Under side dull fuscous ;

fore wing with white central spot, and the second and submarginal

lines showing whitish, especially near the costa; hind wings with

a single pale line. Expanse of wings, 39 mm.

One ? at light. Tabatinga, Nov. 29th, 1874.

Akin to Bleptina pentheusalis, W1k., xvi., 128, from

Venezuela.

18. Bleptina hirtipalpis.

Bleptina hirtipalpis, W1k., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvi.,

p- 242.

One g¢. R. Jamunda, April 12th, 1874; at light.

Walker’s type is from Venezuela.

19. Bleptina prunescens, n. 8.

Fore wings with a dull purple flush; with a curved brownish

line near the base, and another beyond the middle; the latter pre-

ceded by a broadish brown-black shade, with which it coalesces on

the inner margin; another still broader brown-black fascia comes

before the submarginal line, which is indicated only by white

points on the nervules ; the reniform stigma consists of two white

dots, one under the other, lying in the dark central shade; mar-

ginal lunules black, fringe purplish. Hind wings with the same

series of markings as the fore wings, but with the basal half wholly

dark. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish fuscous. Under side

ochreous-grey ; each wing with a black central dot and two dark

bands. Expanse of wings, 32 mm.

One 2 atlight. Jutahy, Jan. 31st, 1875.

Akin to Bleptina (Bocana) hypenalis, Wlk., from

Ceylon, and Bleptina (Bocana) incongruens, Butler, from

Japan ; but the apex of the fore wings is more rounded

than in those species ; the second line is not denticulated,

but simply curved, and the reniform stigma consists of

two dotsinstead of a solid white spot.

20. Bleptina olivescens, n. 8.

Fore wings dull olive, with deep purple lines; the first curved

and sinuous before the middle, with a deep indentation basewards

between the subcostal and median veins ; the second sinuous and

dentate beyond the middle; an indistinct central shade between

them, nearer the second, and passing just outside the reniform

stigma, which is represented by a small bluish-white dot; sub-

in the Basin of the Amazons. | 241

marginal shade sinuous, distinct only near the costa; a marginal

row of minute dark dots. Hind wings rather browner, with the

markings of the fore wings repeated; fringes of both wings uni-

colorous. Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous; palpi paler,

fuscous, finely mottled with ochreous. Under side dull brownish

grey, with the two outer lines alone showing darker, and a dark

central spot in the hind wing. Expanse of wings, 30 mm.

Two specimens only, both females; one from Trom-

petas, Feb. 28th, 1875; the other from Guara, R.

Solimoes, Nov. 22nd, 1874.

21. Bertula biciliata, n.s.

Fore wings dull fuscous, with traces of two sinuous dark lines,

one before, the other beyond the middle, and a darker central shade

between them; also of a blackish orbicular and reniform stigma,

and of a submarginal line, beyond which the exterior margin of

the wing seems to have been paler. Hind wings like the fore

wings. The example is too much worn to admit of any exact

description, as far as its markings are concerned; but the last

joint of the palpi unfolds like that of B. Talausalis, from Vene-

zuela, into a large fan-like tuft of hairs. The species, however,

may best be distinguished by the peculiar antennex : these, instead

of being, as in B. Talausalis, armed with long thin pectinations,

are thickly bipectinated, each pectination resembling a short claw,

and bearing at its apex a fine hair of the same length as the claw

itself; the stem of the antenne is finely serrated above between the

base of the pectinations. Expanse of wings, 42 mm.

One sg. Gaviao, Nov. 10th, 1874; at light.

The constitution of the terminal joint of the palpi in

the ¢ of this genus is very singular. It consists of a

piece of thin membranous tissue, bearing fine scales on

its outer surface, but with its inner surface clothed with

long silky ochreous hairs, which can be expanded so as

to form a large fan-like tuft.

EREBOTHRIX, N. g.

Fore wing short and broad; costa gradually curved, slightly

hollowed beyond the middle; hind margin nearly straight; inner

margin curved at the base. Hind wing rounded, with the anal

angle somewhat produced, and a broad flap along the inner mar-

gin clothed with bristly hairs. Palpi moderately hairy, curved

upwards, and reaching only a little above the head; third joint

242 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

only half as long as the second; antenne with basal joint swollen,

the first third stout and swollen, apparently without ciliation, then

bent inwards, with a hollow on the outer side, in which are some

strong cilia; the remaining two-thirds ciliated ; legs strong; fore

legs more densely scaled than the rest, but without a tuft. Neura-

tion: Fore wing, first subcostal branch from about the middle,

second one-fifth before the end, curved towards the stem of the

third and fourth, which separate shortly before the apex; their

stem along with the fifth subcostal from the upper angle of the

cell; radials from the disco-cellular; first median branch at two-

thirds; second and third from the lower end of the cell. Hind

wing with the costal and subcostal united for a space, the subcostal

with two branches; first median branch at one-third; second and

third stalked from the lower angle of cell; radial from the disco-

cellular, a little above the angle.

22. Erebothrix semiusta, n. s.

Fore wing pale ochreous dusted with brown, with no visible

markings, except a coal-black, pear-shaped mark on the inner mar-

gin near the base, reaching half-way across the wing. Hind wing

like the fore wing in colour, but with the whole inner half coal-

black, and the anal flap beset with black bristly hairs ; under side

the same; fore legs, antenne, and palpi tinged with brownish.

Expanse of wings, 25 mm.

One ¢, from Lago Cerrada, R. Jurua, Oct. 80th, 1874.

This specimen is much damaged, and the markings have

evidently been worn away.

PHYSULODES, N. g.

Fore wing costa very slightly convex, the apex scarcely pointed ;

hind margin oblique and rounded at the anal angle. Hind wing

rounded ; palpi long, curved, ascending; the second joint well

clothed with scales, the third thinly scaled, slender, as long as the

second, and curved back over the head; antennex finely pubescent

beneath, with two longer cilia on each segment, and with a small

tuft of hair-like scales at two-thirds, below which the stem is

slightly hollowed out; fore tibie with an expansible tuft of hairs.

Neuration: Fore wing, first subcostal from about the middle of

the cell; second, third, and fourth on a common stem from about

one-fifth before the end, the second soon separating, the third and

fourth parting half-way to apex; the fifth and upper radial from the

end of the cell: first median branch from the middle; second and

in the Basin of the Amazons. 248

third stalked, from the end ; radial from the disco-cellular, a little

distance above the end.

Allied to Physula, Gn., but distinguished by the tufted

antennx of the g, and the peculiar clothing of the

under side of the fore wings.

23. Physulodes eupithecialis.

Physula eupithecialis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 87, 116;

WIk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvi., p. 141.

Fore wing sandy ochreous dusted with brown, especially along

the costa and towards the hind margin; two fine dark but in-

distinct transverse lines, one before and one beyond the middle, the

latter wavy; orbicular stigma hardly visible ; reniform consisting

of two spots; a submarginal row of distinct black spots; fringes

concolorous, with a line of darker scales down their middle. Hind

wing more thickly dusted with darker, with an indistinct inter-

rupted darker central band, and a paler one towards the hind

margin; the row of submarginal dots as in the fore wing. Under

side straw-colour dusted with brownish; the submarginal row of

dark spots very plain; fore wing with the disc and the base of the

costa more or less overrun with very fine powdery-looking hairs.

Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, dotted with brown

atoms.

One ¢. Pupunha, R. Jurua, Nov. 1st, 1874.

There is no example of this insect in the British

Museum collection, but it agrees well with Guenée’s

description. Differing as it does in the structure of the

$¢ antennx from the other two species of Physula, Gn.,

I have placed it in a genus by itself.

24, Megatomis bidentalis, n. s.

Fore wing fuscous, with a purplish reflection in certain lights,

dusted all over with ochreous atoms; the lines and stigmata also

ochreous; first line near the base indistinct, curved, edged with

darker ; second line beyond the middle straight, oblique, suddenly

reflexed just before reaching the costa; it is edged internally with

dark ; submarginal line indistinct, ochreous, zigzag, forming two

prominent angulations ; orbicular stigma small, oblique, reniform

stigma lunular, both with ochreous centres and dark margins ;

marginal lunules black; fringe fuscous, with a narrow ochreous

basal line. Hind wing fuscous, dusted with ochreous over the

inner half; the costal half plain; the second straight line and the

244 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

zigzag submarginal line of the fore wings are reproduced in the

hind wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull fuscous; antenne

and palpi rather paler towards their apex. Expanse of wings,

30 mm.

One ¢. Sapucaia Croca, R. Madeira, May 15th,

1874.

The under side is ochreous dusted with fuscous; fore

wing with the inner margin broadly whitish ; hind wing

showing traces of two bands; both wings with distinct

black central spots.

In the single specimen captured the right hind wing

shows the markings of the fore wing both on the upper

and under sides, while the left seems to be without them.

25. Hipoépa raptatalis.

Bertula raptatalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvi.,

p. 164.

Gonitis pusilla, Butler, Ann. N. H., 1875, pt. 2, p. 405.

Two females, taken at light; one at Curimaba, R. Jurua,

Dec. 30th, 1874; the other on the R. Javary, Dee. 3rd.

The third joint of the palpi of the ¢ is more pilose

than in ?, fringed to the end, and the tuft of long hairs

is found only in the fore legs of the ¢. Mr. Butler’s

examples of G. pusilla were from Natal.

26. Chabora nealcesalis.

Megatomis (?) nealcesalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

XI. 0. OOo.

Chabora tauralis, W1k., ib., xxxiv., p. 1185, 3.

The indentation, which Walker mentions near the anal angle in

the fore wing of the %, occurs only in that sex ; it is repeated and

exaggerated in the hind wings, of which the apex is also strongly

rounded, while in the 2, on the contrary, the apex is produced

into a point. Fore wing cinereous, tinged with pink ; markings

fawn-coloured, deepening into brown; costa with six white dots ;

a pale brown basal line from the first, slightly angulated in the

middle externally; from the second dot, in the 4, there starts an

oblique line, internally broadly brown-shaded and externally pale-

margined, which runs to above the anal angle, where it turns and

runs straight to the inner margin; contiguous to the centre of the

oblique upper arm stands a triangular dark brown spot. In the ?

this second line runs nearly straight across the wing to the inner

in the Basin of the Amazons. 245

margin some distance before the anal angle, and is followed along

its lower half by a pinkish grey space. From the third white

costal dot a curved brown externally pale-edged line runs to the

middle of the wing towards the angle of the second line, before

which it vanishes. Submarginal from the fifth white dot, very

indistinct. In the ? the submarginal line is conspicuously dis-

tinct, denticulated, internally pale-edged, before which it is preceded

by a broadish brown shade. In both sexes is a marginal line of

lunules; fringes in § grey, in 9 whitish, with a double basal dark

line. Hind wings in the $ whitish, pellucid, tinged with fuscous ;

dark fuscous along the hind margin; fringes whitish mixed with

grey ; in the 2 entirely dark fuscous, darker still towards the hind

margin; fringes mottled dark and light. Under side cinereous

freckled with darker, with the apex of the fore wing diffusely, and

all the margins of the hind wing concisely, bright orange-brown or

brick-red; the lines in the 9 very distinct. Head, face, and palpi

rufous ; the tips of the latter brown; thorax and abdomen grey

and fuscous mixed; the last four or five segments yellowish above,

each segment ringed with whitish.

Two males, Serta, April 21st, 1874, and one female,

Fazinda, near the rapids of the R. Tapajos, March 14th,

1874.

Allied to Sarmatia divisalis, Wlk., xxxiv., p. 1131,

from. §. Africa (of which Bertula subcupralis, W1k.,

XXxxiv., p. 1167, from Natal, is a synonym), and also to

Rhesena transcissa, W1k., xxxv., p. 1974, from Australia.

I may here mention that, as the type of Sarmatia is

S. interitalis, Wlk., a totally distinct insect from S.

divisalis, and as further B. subcupralis is not a Bertula,

the generic name Rhesena must be adopted for the

species, and the synonymy will be as follows :—

Rhesena divisalis.

Sarmatia divisalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1131.

Bertula subcupralis, W1k., ib., 1167.

PARACHABORA, 0. g.

Fore wing with a nearly straight costa, slightly concave along

the centre; hind margin obliquely curved; hind wing rounded.

Scaling fine and iridescent. Head and thorax more roughly

and coarsely scaled; palpi with second joint long, erect, laterally

compressed, rather broad; terminal joint short, blunt; tongue

strongly developed; eyes large and prominent. Antennx in

finely pubescent beneath, each joint with two longer cilia; abdo-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) 8

246 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

men in $ rather long, with anal tuft. Neuration: Fore wing,

cell two-thirds the length of the wing; first subcostal at two-thirds

of the cell, the next three on one stem starting from the upper

angle of the cell, the second and third running short to the costa

out of the fourth; the fifth, much curved at its origin, also from

upper angle of the cell, upper radial from below the end; first

median branch at two-thirds; second, third, and lower radial

all close together, one above the other, at the lower angle. Hind

wing: costal and subcostal united at the base, the costal then

straight to the apex; the subcostal with two branches; first

median branch only a short way before the end of cell; second

and third on a short common stem from the lower angle; radial

curved from the same point ; disco-cellular invisible.

The genus has affinities with Chabora, Wlk., also from

S. America, and with Rhesena divisalis, Wlk., from

S. Africa, and R. transcissa, Wlk., from Australia ; while

Plusiodonta anartoides, W1k., xxxiil., p. 848, is still more

closely related, but differs by its much longer palpi.

27. Parachabora abydas.

Noctua abydas, H.-S., Samml. Auss. Eur. Schm., ii.,

fic. 565.

Omiodes ? tortola, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. 120, fig. 9.

One 3, R. Solimoes, near Santa Cruz, Dec. 9th, 1874.

Herrich-Schiffer’s type, evidently a ?@, was from

Venezuela; Felder’s, a 3, from French Guiana. I think

there can be no doubt that both figures are intended to

depict the same insect. In the absence of any previous

description I append the following :—

Fore wing a mixture of pinkish and tawny, tinged in certain

lights with violet and bronzy, especially towards the hind margin ;

all the markings very indistinct; the first line runs obliquely from

the costa to the middle, then straight to the inner margin, the basal

area enclosed being browner than the central, which is more pink,

but with the two stigmata indistinctly tawny brown; second line

fine, dark, a little denticulated and incurved below the reniform

stigma ; hind margin burnished, with the submarginal line faintly

perceptible. Hind wing pearly white, with the veins towards the

hind margin, and the hind margin itself broadly, fuscous, the latter

fading off towards the anal angle. Fringes of fore wing dark

bronzy; of the hind wing white. Palpi pinkish grey, the third

joint darker ; head and thorax and the anal tuft in the g orange-

tawny ; abdomen greyish ochreous, paler beneath. Under side of

in the Basin of the Amazons. 247

fore wing dull fuscous; of hind wing whitish; both without

markings. Expanse of wings, 27 mm.

28. EHgnasia dorcanderalis.

Megatomis dorcanderalis, W1k., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

x1x., 883.

One 2. R. Purus, Sept. 30th, 1874.

Walker’s type of the species is a 3, with the antenne

pectinated; the ° hasthem crenulated.

29. Hgnasia (2) albipunctata, n. s.

Fore wing pinky brown, with faint traces of a curved dark brown

line before the middle, immediately followed by a small white

orbicular stigma; a much serrated blackish line starts from the

middle of the costa, is much bent outwards, and forms three sides

of a square, enclosing the reniform stigma, which is large yellowish,

and finally terminates in the middle of the inner margin; the space

between this elbow and the reniform stigma filled up with dark

brown; submarginal line hardly perceptible ; a row of black dots

before the fringes. Hind wing with traces of two darker bands,

and the row of submarginal spots. Under side dull pinkish fuscous ;

without markings. Abdomen and legs concolorous. Head, &e.,

absent. Expanse of wings, 20 mm.

One ¢. R. Manhes, April 29th, 1874.

In the absence of the head, with all its organs, this

insect can only provisionally be referred to Hynasia.

RHODODACTYLA, N. g.

Fore wings falcate, deeply concave below the apex, and with a

prominent projection above the anal angle, in which the third

median branch terminates. Hind wings square-cut with an

angulation in the hind margin towards the inner angle. Forehead

with projecting tufts of scales; antenne minutely ciliated beneath ;

palpi drooping ; second joint densely fringed and concealing the

third. Femora and tibie of legs pilose. Neuration: Fore wing

with a strongly-marked fold between the submedian and first

median branch; second and third median branches and lower

radial from the lower end of the disco-cellular ; upper radial from

the top angle of the cell; second, third, and fourth subcostal

branches stalked, the second, very short, out of the third just before

the apex. Hind wing: first median branch at two-thirds; second

8 2

248 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

and third stalked from the lower end of the cell ; radial from below

the middle of the disco-cellular; cell divided longitudinally by a

fold, which also reaches beyond the disco-cellular towards the

hind margin; subcostal branches from the upper end of the disco-

cellular ; costal free.

30. Rhododactyla elicrina.

Colobochyla (2) elicrina, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. 120,

hig:

(2) Achantodes semirosea, H.-S., Samml. Auss. Hur.

Schm., p. 68, fig. 454.

Fore wing pinkish, tinged with ochreous and grey; without dis-

tinct markings ; the stigmata paler, roundish; the reniform large ;

an obscure dentate pinkish transverse line beyond the middle ; five

black submarginal spots, three in the upper concavity, two above

the anal angle. Hind wing yellowish ochreous, darker towards

the hind margin. Head, thorax, and palpi pinkish brown. Under

side ochreous; the costa of both wings dusted with grey. Expanse

of wings, 26 mm.

One g. Itatoro, R. Madeira, June 2nd, 1874.

The figure of Felder, which most certainly represents

the present species, gives another transverse line before

the middle, which, owing to its condition, cannot be

made out in the specimen from Itatoro. Herrich-

Schaffer’s figure may be intended to depict a pale un-

marked example, but more probably represents another

species of the same genus. ‘The latter author proposes

to refer the genus to the Notodontide, as Mr. Butler

has, in fact, referred the type-species, Achantodes cerusi-

costa, Gn., from Venezuela. The locality for A. semi-

rosea, H.-S., was not known. Felder’s C. elicrina was,

like the present example, from the Amazons.

DysGLYPTOGONA, N. g.

Fore wing with the costa abruptly curved at the extreme base,

then straight, and only convex just before the apex, which is

slightly produced and acute; hind margin concave below the apex

and elbowed in the middle, thence running obliquely to the anal

angle, which is itself bluntly elbowed. Hind wing with the costa

strongly arched at the base, and very convex towards the apex,

which is decidedly pointed ; the hind margin, in the 2? , resembling

that of the fore wing, viz., falcate on the upper half and elbowed

in the Basin of the Amazons. 249

in the middle; in the 3 sharply cut off straight from the apex to

theanalangle. Palpi of § very hairy; second joint long, obliquely

ascending ; third short, consisting of a double tuft, the base of which

is hidden among the projecting scales of the second ; tongue present}

palpi of the 2 shaped like the J, but with appressed scales, not

hairy themselves, but concealed by the hairiness round them.

Antenne with two fine lateral bristles on each joint, densely and

shortly pubescent beneath throughout; in the § thickened out and

flattened at the base. Head and face rough-haired; patagia in the

& remarkably long, upcurved and crested, reaching half-way down

the abdomen ; in the 2? much less marked. Legs long and stout,

with long spurs; all the femora hairy, especially in the . Neura-

tion: Fore wing, costal into the costa at quite three-quarters from

the base; first subcostal branch at two-thirds of the cell, about the

middle of the wing at about one-sixth before the end of the cell two

branches rise from the same point, the upper one curving upwards,

the lower running close alongside of, and scarcely distinguishable

from, the subcostal itself to the end, then curving upwards, and

uniting with the upper; from this point of conjunction the fifth sub-

costal branch runs straight to the hind margin some little way below

the apex, and the fourth curves into the apex itself, emitting at one-

third of its course the second, and the third just before its termina-

tion in the apex. Disco-cellular inwardly curved, scarcely angu-

lated, with a strong recurrent vein, the cell itself long, extending

nearly two-thirds of the wing; upper radial from a little below the

top angle, lower from a little above the bottom angle of the cell; first

median branch at two-thirds of the cell; second and third from

the lower end; interno-median fold strongly expressed, and curved

towards its base. Hind wing with the costal and _ subcostal

anastomosing for a very short distance near the base, the costal

thence running sinuously to the apex; the subcostal with two long

branches; first median branch arising quite close to the base of

the median ; second and third short-stalked from the lower end of

the cell; cell short and broad, with a well-marked free recurrent

vein from the radial. On the under side the base of the costa and

the basal portions of all the nervures beset with hairs, more

especially in the ?.

31. Dysglyptogona dissimilis, n. 8.

Fore wing ochreous, dusted all over with black-tipped scales ;

with three transverse brown lines, which are all more undulating

in the g than in the 9; the first, near the base, forms a subcostal

angulation pointing outwards, and then runs sinuously to the

250 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

inner margin, more or less parallel to the hind margin in the 2;

after the subcostal angulation it runs straight; second line central,

with a subcostal angulation similar to the first, and then running

irregularly sinuous, more or less parallel to the first, but diverging

from it on the inner margin; in the @ this line is nearly straight

throughout, with a slight subcostal angulation pointing inwards ;

third line from the costa before the apex to the inner margin before

the anal angle simply sinuous in the g, with a paler external

edging; in the ? nearly straight; there are traces, in both sexes,

of a zigzag submarginal line, and a submarginal row of black

spots; in the § the lower half of the second line is followed and

that of the third line both preceded and followed by brown shading;

a white-centred, dark-outlined spot obliquely below the subcostal

angulation of the first and second lines, representing the two

stigmata. Hind wing ochreous, dusted, like the fore wing, with

dark-tipped scales; with a central, slightly curved brown line

(which in the ? is geminated), a dark spot between it and the base ;

in the $ the apex is brownish, and inthe 9? the row of submarginal

black dots is visible, but not in the §; abdomen dull ochreous

mixed with grey; head, face, palpi, and thorax dull ochreous in

the ?, bright ochreous in the g. Under side dull ochreous, dusted

with darker ; with all the markings more or less showing through.

Expanse of wings, 45 mm.

One 2. R. Jurua, Oct. 27th, 1874; one 3 from

Juruapuca, R. Jurua, Noy. 11th, 1874.

The ¢ specimen is in better condition than the @,

though both are without fringes. Notwithstanding the

different configuration of the hind wings, and the dis-

similarity in the markings of the fore wings of the two

sexes, the peculiar identical neuration shows the two

examples to be sexes of one and the same species.

Ensipia lamusalis, Wlk., xvi, p. 208, is evidently related

to it.

EREBOSTROTA, 0. g.

Fore wing with straight costa, becoming convex before the apex,

which is blunt; hind margin curved, slightly scalloped, and

faintly elbowed in the centre. Hind wing with costa straight ;

hind margin with a rather prominent angular projection below the

costa, beneath which it is strongly indented, and then runs straight

to the anal angle. Tongue present, patagia rather long, suberect

(palpi and antenne, as well as the abdomen, gone) ; legs with the

tibie and femora densely hairy. Neuration: Fore wing, cell

broad; disco-cellular angulated; the upper arm only half the

in the Basin of the Amazons. 251

length of the lower; first and second subcostal branches parallel,

starting at about two-thirds and four-fifths respectively ; third,

fourth, and fifth on a short stem from the top angle of the cell,

third out of the fourth shortly before the apex; upper radial from

the upper angle of the cell; first median branch at two-thirds,

strongly curved at its origin ; second from lower end of cell, which

is blunt ; third from a little above, and lower radial from a little

above this last. Hind wing: cell short and broad; costal and sub-

costal anastomosing near to base; costal thence straight, subcostal

with two long branches from the upper end of cell; first median

branch from near the base of the median ; second from lower end

of the cell; third and radial from a point a little above the second.

82. Hrebostrota albocincta, n. 8.

Fore wing ochreous, tinged slightly with fulvous, and overrun

with fine sinuous fleckings of dark scales; the costal margin

broadly black-brown, with a slight purplish tinge, and the nervures

themselves showing blacker; the costa itself with ochreous patches

and dots. First line very faint, brownish, with a white dot on the

median and submedian nervures; second line beyond the centre

angulated but indistinct, its course denoted by three whitish dots

on the submedian and two lower median branches respectively,

and by a broad oblique white dash above towards the apex ; centre

of the hind margin rather darker; a distinct black dot in the

centre of the wing. Hind wing ochreous tinged with fulvous, and

speckled with darker, with a minute dark dot in the middle; fringes

ochreous only slightly chequered with darker. Under side: fore

wing dull greyish ochreous, thickly dusted with darker, and with

traces of two darker bands and two blackish spots towards the

apex; the central dot of the upper side and the three angles of the

cell also black. Hind wing pale straw-colour with dark frecklings,

confined to the costa and hind margin; a black central spot; an

indistinct central band, and a darker, more distinct, submarginal

one ; fringes ochreous, with strong black dashes at the ends of the

nervures. Face and palpi ochreous; collar dark brown; patagia

ochreous, with greenish-grey bases; abdomen ochreous; legs

bright ochreous, with femora and tibie densely hairy. Expanse of

wings, 44 mm.

One g. Laranjal, R. Manhes, May 3rd, 1874.

TRIOMMATODES, N.. g.

Fore wing broad; costa straight; hind margin slightly elbowed

in the middle; hind wing rounded, broad, with the anal angle

252 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

somewhat produced. Antenne (of $) strongly pectinated, the

pectinations themselves swollen towards their apex, and ending

each in a fine bristle; all the pectinations so finely and closely

ciliated as to appear almost membranous. Palpi laterally com-

pressed, ascending, suboblique, twice as long as the head; third

joint half the second, the tips of both blunt; tongue hairy; maxil-

lary palpi invisible; forehead hairy; patagia well-developed,

extending beyond the thorax; legs with the fore and middle

femora (and probably the hind ones also) hairy.

33. T'riommatodes plumosa, n. s.

Fore wing dull ochreous, with indications of three irregular

curved transverse lines; the first near the base; the second before

the middle, followed between the subcostal and median veins by a

black patch; the third beyond the middle, preceded and followed

below the costa by blackish shading, and followed only by a similar

shading towards the anal angle. Hind wing with this dark blotch

at the anal angle reproduced, and with two curved bands. Under

side ochreous, with central dark dot. Head, face, and thorax

ochreous; abdomen pale ochreous, with blackish anal tuft. Ex-

pause of wings, 40 mm.

One ¢, from Gepatiny, R. Purus, Sept. 29th, 1874.

The single specimen is in poor condition, and the

markings can only be made out indistinctly.

ATOPOMORPHA, N. g.

Fore wing very long and narrow; costa at base nearly straight,

with a shallow concavity in the middle, and very convex at the

apex; hind margin very oblique, sinuous, the upper half convex,

the lower concave ; the anal angle somewhat square. Hind wing

broad; the costa strong, arched at the base and sinuous, like the

fore wing, but more exaggerated ; hind margin with a prominent

blunt projection occupying the upper two-thirds, then sinuous to

the anal angle, which is rather prominent. Abdomen very long

and thin; the head with its organs is damaged; hind tibie with

two pairs of spurs, the inner of each three times as long as the

outer. Neuration: Fore wing, cell reaching quite three-fifths of

the wing, its basal half underneath beset with hairs; first median

branch from the centre of the cell; the second, third, and lower

radial from the lower end of the cell; the third slightly arched, the

radial considerably ; upper radial from below the upper angle of

cell; first subcostal branch from the middle; second just before the

end; third, fourth, and fifth stalked, the fifth soon leaving the

in the Basin of the Amazons. 258

common stem, the third and fourth separating half-way. Hind

wing: costal and subcostal uniting at a point close to the base,

then diverging again; costal straight to the apex ; subcostal with

two branches ; first median branch from before the centre ; second

and third from lower end of cell; disco-cellular very obscure ;

radial from its centre.

34. Atopomorpha singularis, n. 8.

Fore wing pale ochreous, varied with grey, brown, and yellowish ;

a curved blackish line near the base more strongly marked on the

inner margin; a sinuous oblique dark line beyond the middle,

running nearly parallel to the hind margin, preceded by a broad

brownish shade, and followed by a white line; all three more

strongly marked on the inner margin; submarginal line narrow,

whitish, sinuous, most distinct towards the costa, preceded and

followed in its upper half by a brownish shade, preceded in its

lower half by a sinuous, ochreous, curved blotch, and followed by

a dark patch; a dark blotch at the apex, underneath which is a

triangular ochreous-white spot; orbicular stigma yellowish, out-

lined with darker; reniform stigma hemispherical, with a darker

centre. Hind wing grey-brown, darker throughout the basal half;

the pale edging of the second line in the fore wing continued across

the hind wing, but straight, not sinuous; hind margin dark fuscous

towards the costa, towards the anal angle ochreous yellow mottled

with darker, and with two dark brown patches. Fringes of both

wings (apparently) ochreous mottled with darker ; abdomen greyish

ochreous, the segments darker. Under side whitish ochreous,

dusted with yellowish ; both wings with a dark central spot and

fascia; the hind wing with a diffuse second fascia towards the

hind margin, containing a darker blotch towards the anal angle; a

series of marginal lunules before the base of the fringes more

distinct than above. Expanse of wings, 30 mm.

One ¢, from Para, March 10th, 1875.

A very peculiar-looking insect, resembling in some

respects a distorted Macaria ; the junction of the costal

and subcostal nervures of the hind wing near the base

is likewise characteristic of the Geometrina; on the

other hand, the presence of the two stigmata is more

indicative of a Pseudo-deltoid. In the absence of all

the mouth-parts, however, its proper position must be

left undecided.

254 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

PTEROPRISTIDA.

I propose this family to include all the species in

which the hind margin of the fore wing is fissured, that

is to say, the three genera, Tortricodes, Gn., Gaberasa,

WIk., and Pteroprista, n. g.

385. Tortricodes aluciialis.

Tortricodes alucitalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 78, 92; Wlk.,

Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvi., p. 181.

One 3, from Teffé, Oct. 18th, 1874.

As Gueneé’s single 3 was in such bad condition that

he was unable to give an exact description of it, I here

append one, as well as a more detailed account of the

structure and neuration of the genus (as derived from

this species), which latter seems to me not quite cor-

rectly given by Guenée :—

Fore wing with costa straight for one-third, then excavated for

another third, the cavity being filled up with a fringe of hairs,

which projects a little beyond the costal outline; apical third

strongly convex, almost elbowed, appearing, as Guenée expresses

it, as if cut off with a pair of scissors; hind margin for one-third

vertical, or even almost sloping outwards, then carved out, with a

deep incision running inwards quite one-third towards the base,

and curved upwards at its end, thus forming two lobes; the edges

of the incision with fringes like the rest of the hind margin.

Under side: Costa with a strong fold from the base fringed with

long hairs, which extend also along the edge of the central con-

cavity; the median vein is fringed with long hairs, which termi-

nate in a raised funnel-shaped tuft before the upcurved end of the

incision; hind wing rounded. Neuration: Fore wing with the

costal nervure hidden under the fold, and forming beyond it the

margin of the costal concavity; first subcostal branch starting

half-way down the cell, just beneath the beginning of the costal

cavity ; second half-way between the first and the end of the cell ;

third, fourth, and fifth from a common stem just before the end;

the fifth leaving very near the base of the stem; the fourth half-

way towards the apex. Submedian running straight to the anal

angle; interno-median fold strongly developed; first median branch

at one-third before the end of the cell, strongly curved at its origin,

and running into the top of the lower lobe; second just before the

end, apparently running round the end of the incision, and termi-

nating shortly on the inner margin of the front lobe ; third median

in the Basin of the Amazons. 255

branch and lower radial curved, apparently from the same point at

the end of the median; disco-cellular absent; upper radial from

the end of the subcostal nervure, which is slightly bent down-

wards and running much further than usual from the costa. Hind

wing with the costal and subcostal nervures united for a short

distance at the base; subcostal with two branches; median with

three branches; no transverse vein; the first and third median

branches starting together from where the lower end of the cell

should be; the second out of the third. Palpi very long, recurved,

the last joint expanding internally into a brush; tongue strongly

developed ; maxillary palpi not visible. Antenne short but stout,

slightly swollen near the middle, and with the first joint enlarged ;

each joint with two long sharp-pointed lateral bristles, and finely

but shortly pubescent beneath. Fore leg with the tibiz and upper

part of the tarsi roughly clothed with long hairs.

The genus is distinguished from Gaberasa, Wlk., and

Pteroprista, with which it agrees in the incision in the

hind margin of the fore wings, by the excavated costa

and tuft of scales. Guenée enumerates four species,

viz., pterophoralis, alucitalis, orneodalis, and sueralis,

which appear to represent different degrees of departure

from typical wing-form. Thus P. sweralis has no distinct

incision in the hind margin, but only a simple indenta-

tion, and the costal cavity small and filled up with a

fringe of hairs just level with the costal outline. Aluci-

talis has the incision strongly-marked, but the costal

cavity small, with a fringe projecting slightly beyond

the costal outline. In orneodalis and pterophoralis,

besides the deep incision in the hind margin, the costa

is strongly concave from the base, and the crest of hairs

in the centre assumes a much greater prominence. It

is worthy of notice that all the examples at present

known of the three genera, Tortricodes, Gn., Gaberasa,

Wi1k., and Pteroprista are males.

The British Museum Collection at present possesses

no species of Tortricodes. But besides the single 3 of

T. alucitalis here mentioned from the Traill collection,

there is a single ¢ of YT. orneodalis in the Zeller

collection. ‘J’. pterophoralis and sueralis are still un-

represented. The Zeller collection also contains two

perfect males of Walker’s Gaberasa ambigualis. I now

give the description of 7’. alucitalis, Gn. :—

256 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

Fore wing dun-colour, with a slight purplish tinge; markings

olive-fuscous ; basal area pale, edged by an oblique line from the

basal end of the costal cavity to the inner margin; this line is

followed by a diffuse fuscous-olive shade ; from the apical end of

the costal concavity a sinuous, rather dentate, brown line runs just

inside the end of the incision, while between the two lines is a

slightly darker central shade; a dark spot of scales at the end of

the incision; submarginal line curved, indistinct, but preceded by

darker shading throughout; fringes concolorous, darker at their

base. Hind wing dull fuscous, the margin faintly scalloped. Head,

thorax, and abdomen all dun-colour. Under side paler, more

ochreous, with greyish suffusion, the funnel of hairs somewhat

ochraceous ; hind wing dusted with dark grey, with a dark central

spot and traces of three curved bands.

PTEROPRISTA, N. g.

Fore wing with costa straight ; hind margin obtusely angulated

in the middle, and with a slit below the angulation, running in

towards the base of the wing for about one-fifth of its length, the

edges fringed like the hind margin itself. Hind wing rounded.

Neuration: first and second subcostal branches running parallel

to each other from about the centre of the subcostal; third, fourth,

and fifth from the same stem, rising just before the end of the cell,

the third out of the fourth half-way before the apex. Submedian

to anal angle; interno-median fold strongly developed; first

median branch at one-third before the end of the cell, running

into the hind lobe; second from just before the end of the cell,

curving upwards into the front lobe; third and lower radial from

the same point at the end of the cell; upper radial from below the

upper angle. Hind wing: Costal and subcostal united at the base

for a short distance; subcostal with two branches, median with

three ; the second and third on the same stem. Palpi laterally

compressed, long, recurved over the head, the third joint twice the

length of the second, bluntly pointed ; roughly scaled externally,

internally clothed with long pale hairs, as in 7. alwcitalis and the

genus Berbula; tongue well-developed ; maxillary palpi absent.

Antenne thin, the joints angulated and finely pubescent, but with-

out the two longer bristles that occur in Tortricodes. Legs with

the base of all the femora hairy.

Akin to Gaberasa, Wlk., and Tortricodes, Gn., with an

incision in the hind margin of the fore wings; differing,

like Gaberasa, from Tortricodes by the absence of any

costal concavity.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 257

36. Pteroprista metallica, un. 8.

Fore wing pale liver-colour, with the markings darker; the tips

of all the scales metallic; a faint brown sinuous line before the

middle, and a straight oblique one beyond the middle, the latter

preceded by diffuse brown shading, and followed by a more distinct

broadish bronzy-purple shade; subterminal line slightly curved,

brown, indistinct; fringe darker, with some black spots before

their base. Hind wing without markings, except a trace of a

curved submarginal line, forming a bronzy purplish patch at the

anal angle; fringe darker with paler bases, preceded by darker

dashes. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous; inside of palpi

and anal tuft ochreous. Under side paler, somewhat ochreous, but

withal metallic ; fore wing without markings. Hind wing speckled

with dark grey, with faint indications of a submarginal band, and

&@ more conspicuous series of dark lunules before the fringe.

Expanse of wings, 27 mm.

One ¢. R. Mamellos, R. Madeira, Jan. 6th, 1874.

Distinguished at once from Gaberasa and Tortricodes

by the metallic scaling and pointed apex of the fore

wing.

PYRALIDINA.

CHRYSAUGIDS.

In this family I also include the genera of Lederer’s

other two families, Homalochroide and Semniade, all the

species of which are marked by the abnormal position of

the first subcostal branch of the fore wings. It seems

absurd to consider slight deviations in the direction of a

single nervure adequate grounds for constituting separate

families. Walker’s genera Dastira, Nachaba, and Arouva

must also be included: all the species are characterised

by the very much elongated basal joint of the antenne.

37. Arouva mirificana.

Arouva mirificana, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxx.,

p- 963.

Semnia egaealis, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. 184, fig. 19.

One @. R. Madeira, June 8rd, 1874.

Walker’s type, a ¢, from Ega, is from Mr. Bates’

collection. Felder’s example, from the Amazons, was

likewise from the same collection. The antenne of the

258 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

$ are without the subapical tuft of scales which charac-

terises the genus Semnia, to which Felder, judging from

the superficial resemblance of the ¢ , referred it.

There is a very peculiar characteristic in the ¢ which

Walker seems to have quite overlooked. This is a

raised lappet of scales running from the base of the

fore wing along the subcostal nervure on the upper side.

Before proceeding to describe the next species I pro-

pose to discuss the constitution of Walker’s genus

Locastra. This genus comprises four species, described

from males alone, and is characterised by similar

antennal processes to those which occur in that sex

throughout the Hpipaschiade, of which family Locastra

must certainly form a genus.

In his typical species maimonalis, Walker describes

the palpi as ‘‘ short, stout, ascending, closely applied to

the head, densely clothed with squamose hairs”; and

the legs as ‘‘ stout, densely pilose.” Now this descrip-

tion applies to none of the remaining three species: his

second species, phereciusalis, is identical with Stericta

divitalis (Glossina divitalis, Gn.), and his fourth, haraldu-

salis, which I have not seen, is most probably another

Stericta; certainly not a true Locastra: the third,

sagarisalis, in which he describes the costa of the fore

wing as ‘“‘notched and thickened at a little beyond the

middle,” evidently belongs to a separate genus of the

same family, to which also must be referred Stericta

(Glossina) achatina, Butler, from Japan. Of Walker’s

original four species of Locastra, there will therefore

remain only the first, maimonalis ; and even in this case

the specific name must give place to another of Walker’s

own, for Hurois (2) crassipennis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het.

B. M., xi., 558, is a 2 of the same species.

EPIPASCHIADA.

38. Locastra pilosa, n. s.

Fore wings pale ochreous-yellow, with brownlines and markings ;

a small brown spot close to the base on the subcostal; before the

middle a zigzag brown line approaching the base on the inner

margin, followed about the centre by a dark dot, which stands in a

small brown blotch; second line denticulated, starts from the

middle of the costa, making a small sharp angle basewards, then

running outwards for a short distance, and afterwards parallel to

in the Basin of the Amazons. 259

the hind margin, followed, after a narrow ochreous interval, by a

broad indistinctly bordered brownish band; a row of dark brown

spots along the hind margin, and four dark costal streaks before

the apex. Hind wing more fuscous, without markings. Head,

thorax, and legs all ochreous; abdomen the same, but dusted with

brownish; palpi, antennal processes, and an erect tuft at the back

of the thorax brighter ochreous, tinged with brown towards their

extremities. Under side pale ochreous, dusted with fuscous,

especially in the fore wing, which shows traces of the submarginal

dark band near the costa; hind wing with distinct black central

spot, and faint traces of two dark slender curved bands. Fringes

probably ochreous, but the specimen is much worn along the mar-

gins of the wings. Expanse of wings, 28 mm.

One 3. R. Javary, Oct. 5th, 1874.

Though considerably smaller than Locastra crasst-

pennis, Wlk. (maimonalis, Wlk.), the peculiar pilosity of

the legs and thorax, and the shape of the palpi, are

enough to prove it congeneric.

39. Locastra funerea, 0. 8.

Fore wings ochreous, more or less suffused with fuscous, with

three denticulate, transverse, dark lines, the first before the middle,

the second beyond; these two dark edged with lighter; the third

submarginal pale; a distinct dark spot at the end of the cell, and

an obscure smaller one between it and the base ; arow of strongly-

defined black lunules along the hind margin; hind wing dark

fuscous, without markings. Head, thorax, and palpi ochreous ;

abdomen fuscous. Under side dull ochreous, more or less mixed

with fuscous, with a central dark spot on both wings, and on the

hind wing faint traces of a central dark band and broader sub-

marginal one. Expanse of wings, 28 mm.

Three specimens. One 2, R. Javary, Dec. 7th, 1874;

one ?, R. Jutahi, above Curnem, Jan. 29th ; and one &

from Santarem, R. Jutahi, Feb. 1st, 1875.

All three examples are in bad condition, neither having

an antenna left, and, as might be expected, the antennal

processes inthe g are gone. The amount of the fuscous

suffusion seems to vary much: one @ has the whole

wing dark; the other pair have only irregular isolated

patches; the fringes and colouring of the head, palpi,

and thorax vary according to the suffusion of the wings ;

thus giving the insects a very dissimilar appearance:

the hind wing, however, is dark in all.

260 Mx. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

40. Homura nocturnalis.

Homura nocturnalis, Ld., W. E. M., vii., p. 339, pl. 7,

fign 7:

One ?, from the south bank of R. Negro, June 16th,

1874.

Lederer’s type was a 3; the ? is without any of the

characteristics of that sex.*

41. Deuterollyta conspicualis.

Deuterollyta conspicualis, Ld., W. E. M., vii., p. 359,

Distress le

One 3, from R. Sapo, Dec. 13th, 1874.

PYRALIDIDA.

42. Ugra parallela.

Ugra parallela, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxvii.,

p. 189.

Fore wings entirely dull red, with two vertical yellowish lines,

which exactly trisect the wing; fringe dull red, with yellowish

apices. Hind wing ochreous-white, rather transparent, tinged

towards the costa with reddish grey, but without markings. Head,

thorax, and antenne dull red; abdomen greyish. Under side pale

pinkish grey.

One ¢, R. Javary, Dec. Ist, 1874, at light, in very

poor condition; an unnamed brightly-coloured male

example, but without a body, is in the British Museum

Collection, from Espiritu Santo. This is properly

placed among the typical Pyralidina. The position of

Ugra parallela among the Crambideé is, of course,

erroneous.

43. Hemimatia atramentalis.

Hemimatia atramentalis, Ld., W. E. M., vil., pp. 347,

459, pl. 7, fig. 14.

Two females from Curimata, R. Jurua, Oct. 80th, 1874.

44. Anemosa (?) roseobrunnea, n. 8.

Fore wing glossy, semidiaphanous, varying from rosy-red to

reddish brown, with two more or less distinct darker transverse

* This insect, I have since found, is not the ? of H. nocturnalis,

but of the following species, D. conspicualis.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 261

lines, one before the middle simply curved, the other beyond

slightly sinuous; a dark central dash between them at the end of

the cell; fringe glossy, with the base darker, the extremities light,

in some examples pearly white. Hind wing oleaginous, in the

rosy-red specimens with the hind margin more or less broadly

reddish ; in the browner examples merely brown; sometimes also

showing an obscure darker line near the anal angle ; fringes as in

fore wing. Head, thorax, and antennz concolorous with the fore

wings ; abdomen more cinereous, with rosy or brownish anal tuft.

Under side glossy yellowish, tinged with rosy or brownish ; tongue,

under side of abdomen, pectus, and legs pearly white ; first joint

of the fore tibie brown on the outside. Expanse of wings,

18—20 mm.

Kight males, taken, it would seem, more or less

throughout the year: the first at Gepatiny, R. Purus,

March 29th, 1874; the second, R. Madeira, May 17th,

1874 ; the third, Sept. 2kth, 1874, at Mannia, R. Purus ;

the fourth from R. Javary, Dec. 7th, 1874; the fifth

from Boaventura, R. Jutahi, Jan. 24th, 1875; the sixth

from R. Jutahi, Jan. 27th, 1875; the seventh from

R. Jutahi, near R. Curnem, Jan. 29th, 1875; and the

eighth and last from Santarem, also on R. Jutahi,

Feb. 2nd, 1875.

It seems strange that of a species thus taken on and

off throughout the year no females should have been

met with, nor any previous record of its occurrence be

discoverable.

SICULODIDA.

45. Iza nebulosa, n. 8.

Fore wing shining ochreous-grey, with darker markings forming

a basal patch, the outer edge of which is most distinct towards the

costa, but fades gradually away towards the inner margin. An

angulated central fascia as in I. nwbecula, but more indistinct, and

an indistinct submarginal fascia; extreme apex paler, more glossy.

Hind wing dark ochreous with darker reticulations, which in the

centre become brownish, and form a disconnected fascia. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and fringe dark ochreous. Under side pale straw-

colour, with all the markings plainer. Expanse of wings, 45 mm.

Two males from R. Jutahi, near the mouth of R.

Curnem, Jan. 29th, 1875, and one ? from Lages, mouth

of R. Negro, Aug. 4th, 1874.

This species belongs to Guenée’s ninth group, which

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—paRT Il. (JUNE.) T

262 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

Walker erected into the genus Jza. In his preliminary

remarks on the family Siculodide in general, Guenée

states (Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, ser. v., vol. 7, 1877)

that they are entirely destitute of a frenum. ‘This is

certainly not the case. In the three specimens of Iza

nebulosa it is quite plain and strongly developed, being,

as usual in the ?, divided into three branches. It is

also present, though finer and less conspicuous, in the

2 of Siculodes rhomboidea. In the fore wing the costal

nervure is armed at its base with a large curved tuft of

scales, but this is quite distinct from the loop further on,

which is clear enough. Along the centre of the cell

beneath is a double row of short, curved, glistening

hairs.

46. Siculodes rhomboidea, n.s.

Fore wings glossy ochreous, mottled with darker, and with brown

markings; these form two narrow curved fascie near the base,

which coalesce on the inner margin; an irregular central fascia,

narrow on the costa and inner margin, where it approaches the

two basal fasciz, broadening out into an angle towards the apex,

where it joins an angulated narrow submarginal fascia ; in it at its

widest part are two or three brown flecks; extreme apex lighter.

Hind wings ochreous with darker mottlings, with three irregular

dark brown fascize, honeycombed with paler; in the paler space

between the central and submarginal fasciew is an isolated brown

spot. Apex of the hind wing prominently blunt. Head, thorax,

and abdomen mottled light and dark ochreous. Fringes dark.

Expanse of wings, 32 mm.

One @. Laranjal, R. Manhes, May 5th, 1874.

The species belongs to Guenée’s second group, in

which the palpi are upcurved, the terminal joint fully

as long as the second, erect and narrow, the top of the

second joint even reaching as high as the summit of the

head. The fore wings are narrow and elongated, and

the hind wings have the apical angle prominently but

bluntly produced, with the hind margin beneath it some-

what indented.

MARGARONIAD AL.

47. Hoterodes nervosa, n. 8s.

Fore wing white, semidiaphanous; with the nervures fuscous,

and with some fuscous furry sealing along the nervures towards

the base of the wing; costa broadly white to the apex ; hind wing

in the Basin of the Amazons. 263

like the fore wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen all whitish.

Expanse of wings, 44 mm.

One @ from Uananaa, north bank of R. Solomoens ;

R. Purus, Sept. 6th, 1874.

48. Pachyarches lustralis.

Margarodes lustralis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 806, 324.

Margaronia lustralis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

Xvili., 520.

One ¢ from R. Javary, Dec. 8th, 1874.

Walker seems to have confounded this species and

P. imitalis: of the seven examples of this latter men-

tioned by him, four are really P. lustralis. This latter

is larger than P. imitalis (88 mm. as compared with

28 mm.), and has glaucous-green fore wings, while those

of P. imitalis are milk-white.

49. Pachyarches aurocostalis.

Margarodes aurocostalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 805, 322.

2 Geometra costata, Fab., E.S., i1., 2, 287.

One ¢ from Boa Ventura, R. Jutahi, Jan. 24th, 1875.

Guenée’s type was from Guadaloupe; there are no

examples in the British Museum Collection. The present

specimen, which is in perfect condition, has the fore

wing shot with shining grey, especially along the inner

margin (where it is interrupted by a white spot), and

along the hind margin and fringes of both wings; a

small dark spot at the end of the cell; the marginal

points of both wings black and distinct. With these

exceptions the example answers well to Guenée’s de-

scription.

50. Hyalitis bajulalis.

Hyalitis bajulalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 291, 294.

Seven examples. Five males from R. Javary, Dec.

2nd and 4th; one male from R. Purus, Sept. 13th, 1874;

and one ¢ from Serpa, Feb. 18th, 1875.

Guenée’s types, a male and female, were from Cayenne.

264 Mi. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

51. Hudioptis emeusalis.

Phakellura emeusalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

xvil., 513.

Nine specimens, all males. One from R. Madeira,

May 24th ; one from Guajaratuba, R. Purus, Sept. 11th ;

five from R. Jurua, Oct. 29th, Nov. 8rd, 5th, 7th, 8th ;

two from R. Javary, Nov. 30th and Dec. 3rd, 1874.

Walker’s type, in Mr. Fry’s collection, was from Rio

Janeiro.

52. Hudioptis nitidalis.

Phalena-Pyralis nitidalis, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., 160,

Dig oil, Tow soy, ol.) 220d. LO.

Nine specimens, all males. One from the west bank

of Rh. Madeira, May 16th; one from Curimata, R. Jurua,

Oct. 30th; one below Tabatinga, Nov. 28th; one from

R. Javary, Dec. 2nd, 1874; three from R. Jutahi, Jan.,

1875 ; and two in February from the same locality.

53. Eudioptis exclusalis.

Phakellura exclusalis, Wik., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

XEEIV.,, De Cool.

One ¢ from Itatoro, R. Madeira, June 2nd, 1874.

The specimen in Mr. Birchall’s collection, from which

Walker made his description, was from Bogota.

54. Hudioptis lucidalis.

Eudioptis lucidalis, Hiib., Verz. Schm., 359, 3440.

Two specimens, both males. One from Jamiry, R.

Madeira, May 28th, and one from R. Javary, Dec. 2nd,

1874.

55. Hudioptis latilimbalis.

Phakellura latilimbalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 296, 801.

Twelve specimens, all males. Four taken on R.

Madeira, May 24th, 1874; two on its tributary, R. Mar-

mellos, June Ist; three on R. Jurua, Oct. 29th; one on

the R. Javary, Dec. 2nd; and two on the R. Jutahi,

Jan. 25th, 1875.

Guenée’s type was from Brazil; this also was ad.

There are no examples in the British Museum Collection.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 265

56. Hudioptis hyalinata.

Phalena-Geometra hyalinata, L. 8. N., i., 2, 873, 279.

Phalena-Pyralis marginalis, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., 160,

Dl OL, ae. Di; Y.5 Pl. 2a tle.0.

Phakellura gigantalis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., 1875,

p. 204, pl. Ua, gs. 7,8.

Four examples. Three males from Fonte Boa, R.

Solomoes, Nov. 16th, 1874, Manhes, April 27th, 1874,

and Hyntanaham, R. Purus, Sept. 28th, 1874, respec-

tively; one female from P. m. de Salois, April 19th,

1874.

Snellen’s gigantalis appears to be merely a large form

with narrower band to the hind margin. The fifth

example in the British Museum Collection (marked h in

Walker's Catalogue) from the West Coast of 5. America

is this variety, and the ¢ above mentioned from Fonte

Boa is another.

57. Mudioptis arguta.

Phakellura arguta, Ld., W. E. M., vil., pp. 401, 478,

Diets. fe,

Two specimens, both males; that from Tunantins,

Nov. 28rd, 1874, the other from Lages, Jan. Ist, 1875.

Lederer gives N. America as a locality. Snellen,

Tijd. v. Entom., 1875, p. 232, records two males taken

in January, 1871, near Puerto de Ocaiia, on the R.

Magdalena.

58. Glyphodes sibillalis.

Glyphodes silillais, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het., B. M., xviii.,

p- 506.

G. Batesi, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. 135, fig. 29.

Four males. One from Jamiry, R. Madeira, May

28th, 1874: one from Itatoro, on the same river, June

2nd; one from Ilha das Araras, June 8rd; and one from

R. Javary, Dec. 8th.

Felder’s specimen is a 2 from the Amazons; in the

note to the figure are the words ‘‘ very much like G.

stbillalis, Wik.” To me it seems identical.

266 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

ZEBRONIADS.

59. Zebronia perspicata.

Phalena perspicata, Fab., Mant., ii., 213, 240.

Spilomela perspicalis, Gun., Delt. & Pyr., 280, 273;

Jud.,W.. His. M:, vii., p., 442.

Zebronia perspicalis, Wik., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii.,

471.

Phalena-Pyralis strigialis, Stoll, pl. 12, fig. 7.

One 3. Nearthe mouth of R. Jurua, Nov. 14th, 1874.

60. Zebronia ledalis.

Zebronia ledalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii,

p. 474.

One ¢ from Pupunha, R. Jurua, Oct. Ist, 1874.

Walker’s types were from Ega.

The species is evidently closely allied to Zebronia

(Ochlia) pantheralis, Hub., Zutr., iv., 20, 337, figs. 673,

674, from N. America; but the ground colour of this

last is given as straw-yellow.

Zebronia phenice = Phalena-Pyralis phenice, Cram.,

Pap. Exot., iv., 185, pl. 382, fig. a.= Zebronia federalis,

Hub., Verz., 361, 8456=Spilomela phenicealis, Gn.,

Delt. & Pyr., 281, 275 =(?) Spilomela podalirialis, Gn.,

Delt. & Pyr., 281, 274, seems entirely to have escaped

Lederer’s observation, though it forms the type of

Hubner’s Zebronia. I see no reason why this name

should not be restored to the genus in place of Guenée’s

far more modern Spilomela.

61. Synclera jarbusalis.

Samea jarbusalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii,

p. 352.

Four males, R. Madeira, May 26th, 1874 ; one female,

R. Javary, Dec. 6th, 1874: all at ight. Walker’s types

are from St. Domingo.

Very closely allied to Synclera traducalis, Z.=Gly-

phodes wnivocalis, W1k., which occurs in 8. Africa, Syria,

and Hindostan ; but this last has the pale spaces along

the hind margin and the segments of the abdomen

pearly white.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 267

62. Conchylodes bunusalis.

Zebronia bunusalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xix.,

967.

One @?. Boa Ventura, Jan. 24th, 1875; at light.

Walker’s types were from Rio Janeiro.

63. Leucochroma minoralis, n. s.

Fore wings pearly white, with the extreme base yellow; three

subcostal dark-edged yellow spots, the second and third representing

the two stigmata, and obliquely below them, and nearer the base,

three others, forming with the upper series three interrupted fasciz ;

a blackish spot obliquely below the reniform stigma, followed by

two diffuse yellow curved fascie, the inner one of which is bifurcate

towards the costa. Hind wings pearly white, with a central

abbreviated dark-edged yellow band, an internally dark-edged

yellow submarginal fascia, bifurcate at the apical angle; a fine

yellow line at the base of the fringes. There is no trace of a dark

denticulated submarginal line, such as occurs in L. splendidalis,

and it is about one-third smaller. Head and thorax white, dusted

with yellow; abdomen whitish, yellow at the sides. Expanse of

wings, 19 mm.

One 2, of which the locality and date are both illegible.

64. Homophysa sulphuralis.

Phalena-Pyralis sulphuralis, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,

113, pl. 348, fig. x.

Homophysa sulphuratalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 865, 448.

One @. Itatoro, R. Madeira, June 2nd, 1874.

Lederer made a separate family, Homophyside, to

include this genus and Scybalista, solely because the

first subcostal branch of the fore wing is not free, but

rises out of the second. This single peculiarity in

neuration hardly seems sufficient reason for forming a

new family, adequate though it may be for generic dis-

tinction.

DESMIADZ.

65. Desmia lauralis.

Salbia lauralis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii.,

p. 358.

Two males taken at light. One at Lages, Jan. 5th,

268 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

1875; the other at Miriti, on the River Madeira, May

21st, 1874.

The antenne of the g show this insect to be a true

Desmia.

66. Salbia pellucidalis, n. s.

Wings semidiaphanous, ochreous-white, with pale olive-brown

shading, deepening into purple towards the base and hind margin.

Fore wings at the extreme base bronzy purple; before the middle

a thin dark curved line, before which on the inner margin the wing

is whitish hyaline; second line beyond the middle forms two curves

and a rounded projection externally between them, is interrupted

before reaching the anal angle, and terminates near the centre of

the inner margin underneath the dark lunular cellular spot;

beyond the second line are oval hyaline spots between the nervules,

and one before and another below the cellular spot. The space

between the lines is suffused with olive and brown, the costa itself

being fulvous; the whole apical region is bronzy purple, darker

before the purplish fringes. Hind wings hyaline, with a broad

olive fascia near the base, a narrower broken one beyond, and the

hind margin broadly olive, black at the anal angle ; fringe whitish,

with a dark basal and medial line. Head and thorax dark olive-

brown; abdomen fulvous, the two first segments pale, the last

segment with two narrow white streaks; under side of abdomen

and legs white. The above description applies to the g; the ? is

smaller and darker, without the brown and olive tints. Expanse

of wings, ¢ 24, 2? 20 mm.

Three males, R. Madeira, May 26th, 1874. A @? from

Espiritu Santo, unnamed, is in the British Museum

Collection.

67. Salbiomorpha ancidalis.

Salbiomorpha ancidalis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., 1875,

XVill., p. 216, pl. 12, figs. 11, 12.

One 3. Itatoro, R. Madeira, June 2nd, 1874.

Hasily distinguished by the peculiar fold on the inner

margin of the ¢ fore wing.

CROCIDOCNEMIS, 0. g.

Fore wing with the costa curved throughout; apex rounded ;

hind margin obliquely curved; hind wing triangular, the anal and

apical angles rather prominent. Antenne short, thick, laminated,

strongly pubescent beneath; palpi short, diffusely scaled, hardly

in the Basin of the Amazons. 269

projecting beyond face; terminal joint invisible ; tongue present;

legs stout and strong; abdomen with dark anal tuft, and with a

flock of black hairs at the base of the hind femora. Neuration:

Fore wing with the costal and first subcostal branch very long;

second, third, and fourth on a common stem rising from the upper

angle of cell; second and third short and very oblique; upper

radial curved at its base, also from the angle of the cell; first

median branch at four-fifths; second and third from lower angle

of cell; lower radial just above them, submedian strongly forked

at base. Hind wing: Costal suddenly bent in middle towards the

subcostal, then curving away again, with two short branches; sub-

costal simple; first median branch at two-thirds; second, third,

and radial, one above the other near the lower angle of cell.

68. Crocidocnenus pellucida, n. s.

Fore wing sand-coloured, dusted with brownish along the costa

and hind margin, and in the basal area with three short semi-

hyaline transverse fasciz, which do not reach the costa, and widen

out and more or less unite along the inner margin; orbicular

stigma before the centre, flattened between the subcostal and

median veins, with curved darker lateral edges; beneath it and

contiguous just such another spot between the median and sub-

median, these both preceded and followed by a narrowish hyaline

space; reniform stigma very broad, trapezoidal, its edges darker,

and with a broader hyaline fascia beyond it and below it, traversed

by one or two slender brown lines; towards the inner margin is a

short brown line, and beyond it a brownish blotch; four darker

spots on the costa before the apex. Hind wing with the basal half

more or less hyaline, with a brown central spot, two sinuous brown

lines, and a sandy brown hind margin. Palpi white beneath,

brownish above; thorax and abdomen mixed sandy and whitish;

anal tuft dark. Under side of wings glossy ochreous, the markings

faintly visible. Expanse of wings, 30 mm.

One g. Pupunha, R. Jurua, Nov. Ist, 1874.

Related to Samea, but distinguished by its larger size,

rounded costa and apex, and by the tuft of hairs attached

to the base of hind femora.

69. Hymenta perspectalis.

Pyralis perspectalis, Hub., Exot. Schm., Pyral., fig.

1002

Zinckenia perspectalis, Ld., W. E. M., vi., p. 487.

One ¢?. Miriti, R. Madeira, May 21st, 1874.

270 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

70. Gidiodes sepulchralis.

Desmia sepulchralis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 190, 123.

One 3, without any notice of locality or date, and in

very poor condition. It differs from the other species of

(diodes by the smallness of the first hyaline spot,

which Guenée calls comma-shaped. His type,a 2, was

from Cayenne. Lederer seems to have ignored the

species altogether. The ciliated antenne, without the

nodosity of Desmia, prove it an C¥diodes.

71. Lamprosema lunulalis.

Lamprosema lunulalis, Hub., Zutr., u., 21, 152, figs.

303, 304; Moeschler, Surinam, iv., p. 40 (480).

Asopia lunulalis, Gu., Delt. & Pyr., p. 205; Wlk., Cat.

Lep. Het. B. M., xvii., p. 368.

(Eidiodes (2) lunulalis, Ld., W. E. M., vii., p. 434.

Desmia pelealis, W1k., l. c., Xvil., p. 338.

D. canacealis, W1k., l.c., xvil., p. 842.

Botys dorisalis, Wlk., l. c., xvill., p. 616.

B. codrusalis, W1k., xviii., l. ¢., p. 616.

B. enippealis, W1k., l.c., p. 619.

One 2, R Jutahi, Jan. 31st, 1875 ; in poor condition.

In the British Museum Collection there are five examples

of Desmia pelealis, three of Botys, and one unnamed

without abdomen, but otherwise very perfect, from

Espiritu Santo.

The type of Walker’s D. canacealis differs slightly

from L. lunulalis, the upper surface being more mottled

with fuscous, and all the wings having a more strongly-

marked marginal metallic line; the white costal spot at the

base of the second line is much more visible on the under

side, but I doubt if it is really distinct. In fresh speci-

mens of L. lunulalis the second line is followed, especially

on the hind wing, by a lustrous metallic band.

72. Samea ecclesialis.

Samea ecclestalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 194, 132.

S. castellalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 195, 133.

S. disertalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxxiv.,

p- 1302.

S. discessalis, W1k., ib., xxxiv., p. 1302.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 271

One male, Jamiry, R. Madeira, May 26th, 1874, at

light; six females, Faro, April 11th; Saviao, R. Jurua,

Nov. 10th; R. Madeira, May 16th, 1874.

Walker says of S. castellalis that it is hardly distinct

from S. ecclesialis, and that S. discessalis is very near to

S. disertalis. The only difference is in the size and

extent of the pale spots, owing to the greater or less

diffusion of the darker tints.

MEGAPHYSIDA.

73. Agathodes monstralis.

Agathodes monstralis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 209, 165.

A. designalis, Gn., ib., 209, 166.

Two males. One from Obydos, March 8th, 1874; one

from R. Javary, Noy. 30th, 1874: both at light.

Guenée gives N. America for A. monstralis, Brazil and

N. America with a query for A. designalis. The A.

desiqgnalis in the British Museum Collection is from

Mexico, the A. monstralis from the United States and

St. Domingo. The only difference seems to be in the

narrower white costal streak of A. designalis, but this is

merely relative.

Lederer, without any reason, substitutes the name

Stenurges for Agathodes, because Guenée had already

used Achatodes.

*74, Leucophotis lybialis.

Botys lybialis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii.,

p. 624.

B. amatalis, W1ik., ib.

One 2. R. Jurua, Nov. 7th, 1874.

Mr. Butler established the genus Leucophotis for a

species of comparatively large size (49 mm.), L. pulchra,

from Fiji. Ths appears to be distinctly related to the

genus Leucinodes by the neuration, the ground colour,

and the markings of the wings; and notwithstanding

* The location of this species in the genus Leucophotis I have

since found to be incorrect : it should probably form the type of a

separate genus intermediate between Aphytoceros, Meyr., and

Azochis, Walker.

272 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

the pectinated antenne, I cannot hesitate to refer to it

the present species, Botys lybialis, Wlk., and the next

succeeding species, B. amatalis, Wlk., which is certainly

the same. The greater development in the constitution

of the antenne is not uncommon in conjunction with an

increase in the size of an insect; indeed, there is an

example in the British Museum Collection, at present

not named, of an insect which approaches L. pulchra in

size, and has the antenne subdentate, forming an inter-

mediate ink between L. pulchra with its decided pecti-

nations, and L. lybialis with its simply laminated

antenne. ‘The species referred to is from Goya, in the

Argentine Republic. Another unnamed and still smaller

species, from Burmah, is probably referable to this

genus also.

75. Leucinodes wmperialis.

Leucinodes imperialis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 228, 186.

One ¢. Obydos, Feb. 14th, 1874. Guenée’s type

was from Hayti.

76. Leuctnodes discerptalis.

Leucinodes discerptalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

Xxxiv., p. 13138.

One 2. Cararaucu Lake, April 18th, 1874.

The type in the British Museum Collection is from

Limas, Honduras.

DEUTEROPHYSA, Ni. g.

Fore wing about twice as long as broad, with the costa for the

most part straight, but suddenly convex before the apex, which is

slightly but bluntly produced ; hind margin faintly indented below

the apex, and bulging out above the anal angle. Antenne short,

thick, laminated, as in Lepidoceras. Palpi damaged, but appa-

rently the same as in Cyclocausta. Neuration: Fore wing with

the first median branch starting from the median before the middle

of the wing, second from about the middle; third and fourth from

the same point, at the same distance beyond the second as that 1s

from the Ist. No disco-cellular. A little beyond the middle of the

wing the subcostal is swollen, and from the swelling the first,

second, and fourth subcostal branches rise one after the other ; the

third short, running out of the fourth before the apex. Above the

in the Basin of the Amazons. 273

swelling the costa itself is somewhat thickened, while below it

there is a bladdery semihyaline space, across which the two radials

can be seen running, and apparently uniting within the usual

cellular space. Hind wing: Costal with two short branches; sub-

costal running very close to it, and having a single branch ; median

nervure curved; the first median branch starting before the middle

of the wing; second about the middle ; just beyond this last point

a neryure is thrown back in the direction of a small bladdery

space, which appears to correspond with that on the fore wing;

third and fourth median branches short, from a long stalk.

In shape, coloration, and markings of the wings, as

well as in the form of palpi and antenne, the genus

Deuterophysa corresponds well with Adena, Wlk.; but

the neuration is totally distinct. Im Adena the cell of

the fore wing reaches to quite two-thirds of its length,

and the disco-cellular is well-marked and vertical ; in

Deuterophysa, on the other hand, the cellis short, barely

extending to half the wing, with the disco-cellular in-

distinct and oblique, the third subcostal branch and

lower radial being stalked. Adena sericea, Butler, from

Japan, corresponds more closely in the matter of neura-

tion with Deuterophysa, having, like it, a very short cell,

but the third subcostal branch and lower radial are not

stalked. At all events, its position will be near Adena.

Walker’s only species of Adena (for it is but one

species, though he gave it three names, viz., Scopula (?)

paronalis, xvili., 797, Scopula hybreasalis, xviil., 797, and

Adena xanthialis, xxvii., 198) is from New Zealand, and

varies considerably.

Mr. Butler, Ann. N. H., 1879, pt. 1., p. 451, alters

Walker’s name Adena into Deana, to avoid any clashing

between it and Hadena; and Mr. Meyrick (Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 330) sinks it altogether, and substi-

tutes Nesarcha: I must own that I cannot see the

necessity for either alteration or substitution.

77. Deuterophysa costimaculals, n. s.

Fore wing dull fawn-coloured, without markings ; a pale yellow

spot on the costa just beyond the middle, and below it an oblique

pear-shaped white blotch, without scales, but edged with darker ;

fringes, as far as can be made out, whitish. Hind wing whitish,

with darker hind margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen fawn-

274 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

coloured. Under side of fore wing dull fawn, of hind wing whitish.

Expanse of wings, 17 mm.

One ¢ from Boa Vista, R. Jutahi, Feb. 1st, 1875.

The only specimen is unfortunately much damaged,

but the peculiar swelling of the subcostal vein and the

semihyaline space below are good characteristics.

CYCLOCAUSTA, 0. g.

Fore wings narrow, nearly three times as long as broad, with

the costa straight, the hind margin oblique. Antenne short, thick,

laminated, the joints overlapping each other above and smooth,

but finely angulated beneath. Palpi porrected, drooping, the

second joint thickly clothed with hairs, the terminal joint thin and

nearly bare, but they are somewhat denuded in the solitary speci-

men in the collection, and when intact probably resemble Lepto-

steges. Maxillary palpi short, feathery. Scaling of wings fine and

thin. Neuration: Fore wing, interno-median fold visible towards

the hind margin; first median branch leaving the median at about

the middle of the wing, the second a little beyond, the third lower

radial still further, the latter forming the continuation of the

median, which is slightly undulated in the middle; no disco-

cellular discernible; first subcostal branch starting from the sub-

costal before the middle ; the fourth and fifth from the same point

where the upper angle of the cell should be; the second and third,

one after the other, out of the fourth; radial free from the upper

part of the disco-cellular region. Hind wing: Costal free, with two

short branches; subcostal closely approximating, if not quite

anastomosing, with a single branch; no visible disco-cellular ; first

median branch from before the middle of the wing; second from

about the middle; third and radial beyond from the same point;

the radial as in the fore wing, forming a curved continuation of

the median.

78. Cyclocausta trilineata, n. s.

Fore wing white, slightly shining, with a dark brown costal

streak, which thins out towards the apex; hind margin and two

transverse lines parallel to it brown. Hind wing white, with the

last three markings of the fore wing repeated. Head, thorax, and

abdomen white; palpi brownish. Under side clear white. Ex-

panse of wings, 18 mm.

One $ from the R. Jutahi, near R. Curnem, Jan. Ist,

1875.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 275

The only specimen is so much worn that only a partial

description of it can be given.

It is a well-known fact that the use of the term Botys

for a genus of Pyralidina has been all along an error,

the type of Botys, as ultimately restricted by Schrank

himself, being the Geometer now known as Lythria

purpuraria. This being the case, no good can be done

by perpetuating the blunder. Mr. Moore, in his work

on the Insects of Ceylon, vol. iii., has adopted, from

Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss,’ the generic name Hapalia as a

substitute for Botys, and it will, I think, avoid confusion

if we call the family Hapaliade.

HAPALIADAS.

Puostria, Hib.

This genus was placed by Hubner, along with Thyris,

next to the Sesie. Although this position was wrong,

the name of the genus will stand for a group of Pyrali-

dina, for which I herewith give the following diagnosis :—

Fore wing narrow, elongate, the costa two-thirds as long again

as the inner margin ; costa straight till shortly before apex, where

it becomes suddenly convex. Apex acute; hind margin very

oblique, with a slight elbow in the middle, which is also reproduced

in the hind wing; fore wings with three rows of dull white semi-

diaphanous spots ; hind wing with two rows. Palpi short, rounded,

not reaching above the eyes; first joint beneath white; second

triangular, ascending, concolorous with the fore wing; third joint

very minute, blunt. Tongue well-developed, scaly at base; face

smooth, forehead rough; patagia rather long, extending beyond

thorax. Antenne simple, finely pubescent. Femora and tibie

hairy inside ; all the tarsi and the middle tibiez white. Neuration:

First, second, and third subcostal branches apparently all free, and

running closely parallel to each other; fourth and fifth from end

of cell; first median branch near the end of cell, second from the

end, third and lower radial close together, a little above the lower

end of cell; upper radial from a little below the upper end; in-

ternal vein curving round, and forming a loop by coalescing with

the submedian. Hind wing: Costal bent, with two branches ;

subcostal approximating to costal in the middle, then divergent ;

first median branch one-fifth before the end of cell, second only

just before it; third along with the radial from the lower angle

of cell.

276 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

79. Phostria temira.

Phalena-Pyralis temira, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., p. 160,

plo iio.

? Hyalitis temira, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., p. 289.

2? Glyphodes temiralis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.,

EV DOT:

Wings reddish ; fore wing with a minute yellowish blotch at the

end of the cell, and six hyaline white spots; one basal between the

median and submedian; three central, two of irregular shape, one

above the other, and a minute one obliquely outside them; three

submarginal, one large and two small, obliquely below it. Hind

wing with two irregular curved hyaline blotches; in the space

between them are two smaller yellowish blotches, and a single

white spot; fringes of both wings white, chequered with dark

towards the centre. Under side purplish pink, with the costa,

central, and apical region yellowish. Head, palpi, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous; anal tuft ochreous; under side of the

abdomen, together with the tarsi, creamy white.

One ¢ from R. Curnem, a tributary of R. Jutahi,

Jan. 29th, 1875.

Akin to Botys (2) oajacalis, W1k., xxxiv., p. 13898, and

to B. pelialis, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 185, fig. 46, both

from Mexico, in which also the under side of the abdomen

and all the tarsi are snowy white. Akin also to

Phalena-Pyralis tedea, Cram., iv., p. 48, pl. 312, fig. a,

of which there are two unnamed examples in the British

Museum Collection from Duenas, Guatemala; but this,

though having the tarsi white, has the under side of the

abdomen dark brown, like the ground colour of the

wings.

80. Phostria persiusalis.

Botys persiusalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B.M., xviii.,

p. 623.

Two females. One from R. Jutahi, Jan. 31st, 1875;

the other from §. Antonio, R. Negro, July 5th, 1874.

Walker’s type was from Rio Janeiro, and is in Mr.

Fry’s collection. There are no examples in the British

Museum.

Besides the two species here mentioned as occurring

in this collection, there are several others which must

in the Basin of the Amazons. 277

be included in the same genus, of which it may be

useful here to give briefly the names and synonymy :—

Phostria tedea.

Phalena-Pyralis tedea, Cram., iv., p. 48, pl. 812,

fig. a.

Desmia (?) tedea, Ld., W. E. M., vil., p. 433.

Hyalitis (?) tedea, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., p. 289.

Glyphodes ? tedealis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii.,

506.

Phostria tedea, Moschler, Surinam, iv., p. 40 (480).

Habitat. Surinam. Two examples in the Brit. Mus.

Collection.

Phostria oajacalis.

Botys oajacalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B.M., xxxiv.,

1393.

Habitat. Mexico. One specimen in the Brit. Mus.

Collection.

Phostria pelialis.

Botys pelialis, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. 135, fig. 46.

Habitat. Mexico.

Phostria confluentalis, n. 8.

Habitat. Rio Janeiro. One example in the Brit.

Mus. Collection.

81. Astura elevata.

Phalena elevata, Fabr., KE. S., ii., 2, 216, 325.

Astura elevalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 319, 345.

One 2. Pupunhazinho, R. Jurua, Nov. 8th, 1874.

The examples in the British Museum Collection are

from Para and Ega.

82. Omiodes leporalis (?).

Omiodes leporalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 357, 428.

One 2. Prainha, Nov. 11th, 1873.

The example is very much worn: owing to this circum-

stance, and the fact that there is no example of Guenée’s

insect in the British Museum Collection, I can only make

a probable identification. The shape of the fore wings

is evidently that of an Omiodes.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889. PART II. (JUNE.) 6

278 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

83. Hulepte concordalis.

Eulepte concordalis, Hiub., Exot. Schm., i., B. 1;

Moéschler, Surinam, iv., 38 (428).

Botys concordalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 845, 399; Wlk.,

Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii., 608; Ld., W. E. M.,

Wiles econ Oe

Phalena-Pyralis socialis, Sepp., Surinam, iii., pl. 114.

Botys gastralis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 346, 400; WIk.,

Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii., 570.

Acrospila gastralis, Ld., W. E. M., vil., p. 392, pl. 18,

fig. 5.

Botys ogmiusalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii.,

Dera te

One ¢ from Obydos, March 8th, 1874.

Guenée’s types—two females—of B. gastralis were

from Haiti and Guadaloupe; of B. concordalis—one

male, two females—from Brazil: he himself says B.

gastralis is closely allied to B. concordalis, but is larger,

expanding 35 mm. in contrast to the 27 mm. of B. con-

cordalis. The single example of B. gastralis in the

British Museum Collection is, like Guenée’s, from St.

Domingo; those of B. concordalis from Venezuela, Kga,

and Villa Nova. The locality for B. ogmiusalis, W1k.,

was not known.

According to Méschler, J. c., Lederer himself, though

in his treatise he had separated the two species, sub-

sequently reunited them in the Vienna Museum.

84. Trithyris fenestrinalis.

Trithyris fenestrinalis, Ld., W. E. M., vii., p. 410.

Botys fenestrinalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 341, 389, pl. 5,

fig. 8.

Three examples. One 2, R. Jurua, Nov. 3rd, 1874,

and a pair from Gaviao, also on the R. Jurua, Nov. 10th.

Guenée’s two females were from Brazil, as was

Walker’s male. Guenée’s description gives a far more

exact idea of the species than Walker’s.

85. Microthyris sectalis.

Botys sectalis, Gu., Delt. & Pyr., 353, 421.

Microthyris scotalis, Ld., W. EK. M., vii., p. 3538.

One ?, from Lages, at the mouth of R. Negro, Aug.

5th, 1874. Guenée’s type, a o, was from Brazil.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 279

The genus was instituted by Lederer, and characterised

by a peculiarly produced anal angle of the hind wing

in the 3.

86. Microthyris prolongalis.

Botys prolongalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 3853, 420, 3.

B. eurytalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviil.,

PAdDTOS IS.

One ?, from Pupunhazinho, Nov. 8th, 1874.

Guenée’s male was from Brazil. The three males in

the British Museum Collection, which form the types of

Walker’s B. eurytalis, are from Jamaica and St. Domingo.

The descriptions both of Guenée and Walker apply, of

course, only to the males. In the females the hyaline

spots are much larger and more conspicuous, and the

course of the lines can be clearly traced. In both sexes

the palpi are unicolorous fuscous. In M. sectalis, on

the other hand, they are distinctly parti-coloured.

DIASTREPTONEURA, Nn. g.

Fore wing short, broad, triangular; costa strongly arched at the

base, slightly concave before the middle and convex before the

apex, which is rounded ; hind margin and inner margin forming a

single curve, almost semicircular, with a slight indentation before

the anal angle. Hind wing narrower, with the centre of the hind

margin produced, but rounded off. Antenne long, strongly pube-

scent beneath; palpi ascending, smooth, compressed; third joint

short, blunt, not rising above head; tongue present ; abdomen in

3 with a long tuft of hair. Scaling glossy. Legs stout, with

femora and tibiw hairy. Neuration: Fore wing, costal thin to the

middle of the costa; subcostal strongly developed ; first subcostal

branch at one-half of the cell, the other four on one stem rising

from the upper angle of the cell; the fifth leaving the stem a little

above the angle, the second and third starting from the fourth

about the middle; first median branch at two-thirds of the cell,

running sharp down into the anal angle; second and third from

lower angle of cell, the second running parallel to the first; radials

from the disco-cellular, the upper a little below the upper, the lower

a little above the lower, angle of the cell. In the lower half of the

cell, about half-way, the membrane of the wing beneath is

puckered and raised, and a strong fold runs longitudinally from it

through the cell, thence between the lower radial and upper median

branch to the hind margin, before which it is suddenly deflected

u 2

280 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

downwards; median vein swollen, with a glossy tuft of scales near

the base ; submedian very stout, running near the inner margin ;

interno-median fold distinct, the membrane puckered and distorted

along its course. Hind wing with the cell short and broad; disco-

cellular angulated internally ; costal free; subcostal with two long

branches; first median branch just before the end of the cell;

second and third on a short common stem from the end; radial

from the angle of the disco-cellular; a similar fold to that on the

fore wing through the cell to the hind margin.

87. Diastreptoneura distorta, n. 8.

Fore wing glossy ashy grey, spotted and varied with blackish,

especially at the base of the wing, and in the middle of the costa.

There are also traces of darker transverse sinuous lines, but the

fore wings in both examples are denuded of scales to such an

extent that an accurate inspection of the markings is impossible.

Fringes shining grey, with a series of long dark lunules at their

base; three or four whitish spots along the costa before the apex.

Indistinct traces of a pale zigzag submarginal line beyond a dark

costal blotch. Hind wing entirely dark grey, with the series of

dark lunules before the fringes. Under side shining cinereous,

without markings. Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous,

mottled with darker; antenne wholly dark. The scales of the

fore wing are broad, and appear as if attached in more or less

vertical lines. Expanse of wings, 24 mm.

One ¢ from R. Jurua, Nov. 6th, 1874, and another

from Gaviao, on the same river, Nov. 10th.

Distinguished by the peculiar shape of the fore wings,

as well as by their distorted neuration. Its position

will be near Phryganodes plicatalis, Gn.

88. Pilocrosis amissalis.

Botys amissalis, Gu., Delt. & Pyr., 851, 415, 3.

B. agavealis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii,

Ds, i459

2 B. lysanderalis, W1k., ib., xvili., 608, 3.

Pilocrosis ramentalis, Ld., W. E. M., vi., p. 480,

pl. 46, fig. 13.

P. amissalis, Ld., ib.

Two females. R. Madeira, May 24th, 1874.

These two examples are not in quite so good a con-

dition as Walker’s type of B. agavealis, and another

in the Basin of the Amazons. 281

specimen in the British Museum Collection from Espiritu

Santo, and as a consequence, the white edgings of the

dark lines are more conspicuous. The species will

probably prove a variable one: I am not sure that

Lederer’s Botys pruinalis, W. E. M., vil., pp. 373, 469,

pl. 9, fig. 6, is not the same insect. Walker’s type of

B. agavealis was from St. Domingo, from Mr. Tweedie’s

collection.

Lederer had not seen Guenée’s B. amissalis, and it

seems to me that there is but little difference between

Guenée’s description of that species and Lederer’s own

jigure of P. ramentalis. It should be noted that Lederer

gives no real detailed description of P.ramentalis. Lederer

again was unacquainted with the @ of either species,

but a comparison of the palpi of Walker’s B. agavealis

with those of his (B. ?) lysanderalis shows them to be

identical. The ? is somewhat more densely scaled, and

the basal line is quite plain, not being obscured, as in

the ¢, by the basal fold and scales. Besides the

example from Espiritu Santo above mentioned, there is

a second ? from the same place, of rather smaller size,

and in poorer condition. I have quoted Walker’s

synonym, lysanderalis, with a query, because his descrip-

tion does not tally either with our present species or with

the example from Venezuela, which is placed in the

British Museum Collection under that name. It is

possible that Walker described B. lysanderalis from

specimens from Rio Janeiro, and subsequently, thinking

that he identified the specimen from Venezuela in Mr.

Dyson’s collection, placed it in the cabinet accordingly.

89. Prenesta scyllalis.

Botys scyllalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii.,

p- 566 (1859).

B. delicatalis, Ld., W. E.M., vii., 376, 478, pl. ii.,

fig. 10.

Prenesta fabialis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., 1875, xviii.,

p- 220, pl. 12, figs. 15, 16.

P. sinualis, Snellen, ib., figs. 17, 18.

One ¢. Tunantins, Nov. 23rd, 1874; at light.

Snellen’s specimens were taken in January on the R.

Magdalena. The type in the British Museum Collection

282 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

is from Mexico. There are also three more—one male,

two females—unnamed in the same collection from

Espiritu Santo.

Var. castanealis.

Wings deep fulvous-brown, the lines and markings

indistinctly darker; head, thorax, and abdomen con-

colorous; the last segment with a large blackish anal

tuft and two smaller lateral ones. In size, shape, and

markings exactly like Prenesta scyllalis, of which I take

it to be a brown suffused variety. Snellen’s figures of

P. fabialis and P. sinualis would then represent inter-

mediate forms.

One go. R. Javary, Dec. 4th, 1874.

90. Acharana pheopteralis.

Botys pheopteralis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 349, 409.

Acharana pheopteralis, Moore, Ceyl., i., p. 285.

? Botys siriusalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii.,

p- 563.

2 B. dicealis, W1k., ib.

B. vestalis, Wk, ib., p. 579.

2 B. plebejalis, Ld., W. HE. M., vii., 373, 469, pl. 10,

fig. 8.

B. grisealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1875, xviii., p. 198,

pl. 11, f. 8.

Nine specimens. One ? from Manaos, Jan. 6th; one

$ from R. Tapajos, March 16th; one ¢ from R. Manhes,

May 1st; two females from R. Madeira, May 16th ; two

females from Ilha das Araras, June 38rd; one 2 from

Gaviao, on R. Jurua, Nov. 10th, 1874; and one ¢ from

Santarem, R. Jutahi, Feb. 4th, 1875.

Of B. pheopteralis Guenée says, ‘‘ Common through-

out Central America”? (Walker erroneously translates it

Southern) ; Walker’s vestalis were from Jamaica. Lederer,

in the W. EH. M, vii., p. 873, puts forward B. plebejalis,

but at p. 469 withdraws it, as being only a dark form of

B. pheopteralis, which he states occurs also in the Kast

Indies, ‘‘ probably introduced there by ships.” Mr.

Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 230, would

make B. licarsisalis, Wlk., from Borneo, a synonym of

B. pheopteralis, Gn.; but it seems to me that Mr. Moore,

in his ‘ Ceylon,’ vol. iii., p. 285, is right in considering

in the Basin of the Amazons. 283

that the insect called B. pheopteralis by Mr. Meyrick is

identical with B. otreusalis, Wlk., occurring in Africa,

Hindostan, and Borneo, and not with B. pheopteralis,

Gn.; but B. licarsisalis, Wlk., from Borneo, should be

added as a synonym. This is probably Lederer’s im-

ported Kast Indian species; B. siriusalis, Wlk. (of which

B. licealis, Wlk., seems to be only a faded example), from

N. America and St. Domingo, and his B. plebeialis, from

Honduras, are both nearly-allied forms, but may be dis-

tinguished from B. pheopteralis, the former by the

darker more opaque scaling, and large diffuse reniform

stigma, as well as by the strongly-marked dark band and

stigma on the under side; the latter by its much

smaller size and yellow-brown tint, and by the ochreous

outer margin of the exterior line. I have, however,

marked B. sirtusalis and B. licealis as possibly synonyms

of B. pheopteralis. In fact, the only real difference

between the species occurring in the Old World and in

America seems to be in the larger size of the former,

and we must wait for a knowledge of their larval states

before finally accepting their identity or distinctness.

91. Hapalia spoliatalis.

Botys spoliatalis, Ld., W. HE. M., vii., pp. 875, 478,

pl. Lt, fis. 8,

One g. R. Jutahi, Feb. 5th, 1875; at light.

Lederer’s type was from N. America. As it was a 2

he could make no mention of the dark anal tuft, which

is very conspicuous in the ¢. Also the under side of

the palpi, thorax, and abdomen are distinctly and

strikingly whitish.

92. Hapalia cernalis.

Asopia cernalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 2038, 152.

Lygropia ? cernalis, Ld., W. HE. M., vii., p. 381.

One do. R. Javary, Dec. 8th, 1874; at light.

The specimen in the British Museum Collection is

from Villa Nova.

93. Hapalia principialis.

Botys principialis, Ld., W. EK. M., vii., pp. 375, 471,

pl. 10, fig. 17.

284 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

Closely allied to Botys cernalis (Asopia cernalis, Gn.),

which Lederer had not seen, but placed with a (?) in his

genus Lygropia. B. cernalis has paler yellow more

transparent wings; a pale-centred, dark-bordered, reni-

form stigma, and a fine dark marginal line running

parallel to the basal line of the fringes all round both

wings. In B. principialis this marginal line becomes

nothing more than an irregular shade, the reniform

stigma is wholly black, and the lower half of the second

line is wavy.

One 2. R. Jutahi, Feb. 2nd, 1875. Lederer gives

N. America for habitat.

94. Hapalia pyrenealis.

Botys pyrenealis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii.,

p:,580, 2.

B. medonalis, W1k., ib., xvili., p. 599, 3.

Three specimens, all males, in good condition. One

from R. Purus, Sept. 9th, 1874; one from R. Javary,

Dec. 8th, 1874; and one from R. Jutahi, Jan. 21st,

1875.

Walker’s B. pyrenealis was from St. Domingo, and his

B. medonalis from Honduras.

In the fresh specimens the two transverse lines are

very faintly perceptible, and the white markings, espe-

cially along the hind margin, more vivid.

95. Hapalia superbalis.

Botys superbalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxxiv.,

p. 1397.

B. incalis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., 1875, xviii., p. 202.

Three specimens. One ? from R. Madeira, May 26th,

1874; one gf from R. Purus, Sept. 15th; and one 2

from R. Jurua, Nov. 6th.

Walker’s type was from Cuenca, from Mr. Frazer’s

collection. Snellen’s three males were taken Jan. 25th,

1871, near Conejo, R. Magdalena.

96. Hapalia fatualis.

Botys fatualis, Ld., W. E. M., vi., p. 475, pl. 11,

fig. 15,

in the Basin of the Amazons. 285

One ¢. R. Jutahi, above R. Curnem, Jan. 24th,

1875.

Very closely allied to Botys (Samea) ebulealis, Gn.,

Delt. & Pyr., 196, 1386, but with only the yellow fascia

beyond the exterior line reaching the costa. Also akin

to Botys matutinalis, Gn., and B. adipalis, Ld., but much

smaller than either.

97. Hapalia pallidipennis, nu. s.

Fore wings semihyaline, whitish, with a faint yellowish tinge,

with the costa concisely and the hind margin broadly and diffusely

bronzy grey; the lines brownish; the first curved, the exterior

slightly denticulated, but not bulging outwards in the middle of its

course as in B. detritalis. A very strong brown lunular mark on

the disco-cellular, and a minute dot immediately beyond the first

line representing the orbicular stigma. Hind wings like the fore

wings, bronzy grey along the hind margin, with a distinct central

brown spot, and the exterior line of the fore wings repeated. All

the fringes with a bright line at their base, followed by a darker

one, beyond which they are lighter, and in the hind wings white.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish ochreous; abdomen with

a darker ochreous anal tuft, the last segment wholly blackish

above, the two preceding segments blackish only at the sides; the

second segment with a black dot above. Under side of the abdo-

men glossy white. Expanse of wings, 25 mm.

One ¢, from R. Jurua, Nov. 7th, 1874.

Very closely related to B. detritalis, Gn., but purer

white, without the yellowish colouring; also to B.

rhipheusalis, W1k., from Borneo.

98. Hapalia sublutalis, n. 8.

Wings greyish ochreous, with a pale bronzy or purplish tinge ;

semihyaline ; the ochreous scaling denser along the costa, inner

margin, and hind margin, the latter also greyer; fringes con-

colorous, shining. There are no clear markings of any kind, but a

short basal and a curved exterior line are sometimes faintly

perceptible, and there is a darkening above the disco-cellular, but

not a distinct spot. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs ochreous,

glossy; in the ¢ the anal tuft contains some darker hairs. Under

side without markings, glossy ochreous-grey. Expanse of wings,

33 mm.

Six examples. Three males and three females; the

286 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

former from Cachocirimbo, R. Madeira, May 17th,

Itatoro, R. Madeira, June 2nd, and Pupunha, Nov. 11th,

1874; the latter from R. Madeira, May 16th, R. Jurua,

Nov. 7th, and R. Javary, Dec. 6th, 1874.

The species bears great superficial resemblance to

Botys illutalis, Gn., but the eyes and legs are not dashed

with white, nor have the wings a submarginal dark line;

besides which the palpi are curved, ascending, not por-

rected. In this respect it approaches B. belialis, W1k.,

from Villa Nova, but that is more yellowish, and has

white legs.

There is also an unnamed example in the British

Museum Collection from Espiritu Santo.

99. Hapalia pactolalis.

Botys pactolalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 346, 403.

Seven examples, all males. Three from R. Madeira,

May 17th, 21st, and 24th, 1874; one from R. Marmellos,

a tributary of R. Madeira, June 1st; one from Itatoro,

also on R. Madeira, June 2nd; one from Curimata, on

R. Jurua, Oct. 380th; and one from the same river,

Nov. 3rd.

Guenée’s types came from Guadaloupe. There are

no examples in the British Museum Collection.

100. Hapalia inanitalis.

Botys inanitalis, Ld., W. EH. M., vil., pp. 371, 460,

pl. 9, fig. 3.

One ?, from Mabidiry, R. Purus, Sept. 30th, and

another from Gaviao, R. Jurua. Nov. 10th, 1874.

Lederer gives Amboina, in the East Indies, as habitat ;

so that, if the identification be correct, the species must

be one of wide distribution.

101. Hapalia damonalis.

Botys damonalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii.,

p. 617.

One ?, from Caruraucu, April 18th, 1874.

The types in the Saunders’ collection are from Villa

Nova.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 287

102. Hapalia elathealis.

Botys elathealis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviii,

p- 615.

Three females. One from Aramia, R. Purus, Oct.

Ath, the others from the R. Jurua, Oct. 31st, and Nov.

26th, 1874.

Walker’s type, in Mr. Saunders’ collection, also came

from the Amazons district.

108. Hapalia sylviahs.

Botys sylvialis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xviil.,

p- 615.

One @?, from Serpa, April 22nd, 1874.

The type, in Mr. Saunders’ collection, came from

Brazil.

104. Hapalia vitrealis, n.s.

Wings white, diaphanous, with the veins darker. Expanse of

wings, 36 mm.

Two males. R. Jutahi, Jan. 24th, 1875; Feb. 5th,

1875.

105. Hapalia flavidensalis, n. s.

Fore wing rather glossy, densely scaled; deep yellow, rather

darker or more densely scaled along the costa and hind margin;

the veins slightly darker; the curved inner line and denticulate

outer line, together with the reniform stigma, only just discernible ;

hind wing paler, with only the hind margin yellow, and a very

faint trace of a submarginal line. Head, thorax, and abdomen

yellowish ochreous; palpi very short; middle tibiw largely de-

veloped, broadly white laterally. Under side pale shining yellow ;

the fore wing with both stigmata clearly marked; fringes all

yellow, Expanse of wings, 85 mm.

One 2. Gepatiny, R. Purus, Sept. 30th, 1874.

106. Hapalia expansalis.

Botys expansalis, Ld., W. HK. M., vii., pp. 376, 474,

ple di, fig. Eo.

? B. opalisans, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. 185, fig. 28.

Fore wing pale yellowish brown towards the base and along the

inner margin, darker brown with a slight iridescent purplish

288 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

tinge towards the hind margin; the costa, especially along the

centre of the wing, broadly ochreous-yellow; a black transverse

line close to the base; a second nearly straight before the middle,

starting from a black spot on the costa, which interrupts the pale

costal streak; the exterior line also starting from a black costal

spot, curving outwards for one-third, then forming three teeth,

running in basewards along the first median branch, and then

reaching the inner margin as a broader curve; orbicular stigma

brown edged with darker, quadrangular in shape, with a minute

whitish spot between it and the second line; under it another

roundish brown spot, also preceded by a paler one; reniform

stigma kidney-shaped, with dark margin and ochreous centre,

followed by two whitish patches; between the two stigmata, and

also broadly below them, the wing is pale ochreous-white, semi-

hyaline; the exterior line is followed by two subcostal oval patches

of the same colour, one beneath the other, and is edged with paler

throughout its course between each vein. Fringe glossy grey,

chequered with darker, with a paler basal line, which is itself pre-

ceded by a row of nearly contiguous dark dashes. Hind wing

rather sparsely scaled, fuscous, with the costa pale; acentral dark

dash and an indistinct denticulate submarginal line; fringes as in

fore wing. Under side glossy, pale straw-colour, with all the

markings neatly and darkly conspicuous. Palpi ochreous with the

tips of allthree joints dark brown. Thorax, patagia, and abdomen

greyish ochreous ; abdominal segments whitish; the penultimate

and ante-penultimate segments with a streak of black. Legs

ochreous; the fore legs with dark brown spots at the joints of the

tibie and tarsi. Antenne finely pubescent.

Two males. R. Madeira, May 16th, 1874.

Lederer’s description is from a 2, habitat unknown.

As the sexes appear to differ slightly, and a few points

are not noticed by Lederer, I have given a full descrip-

tion of the ¢. Felder’s figure of B. opalisans, from

St. Domingo, may possibly also be intended to represent

the present species.

107. Anania florella.

Phalena Tinea florella, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., p. 114,

pl. 348, fig. 4.

Syngamia florellalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 187, 118.

Anania quinqualis, Hub., Zutr., ii1., 27, 176, figs. 851,

352,

in the Basin of the Amazons. 289

One female and three males. The female from R.

Madeira, May 26th, 1874; the males from R. Madeira,

May 26th, Serpa, April 22nd, R. Manhes, May 2nd,

1874.

108. Hyalea aurantiacalis, n. 8.

Wings bright orange; fore wings with the costa and hind

margin narrowly bronzy purple, and a straight fascia beyond the

middle and wider on the costa of the same colour; this fascia

contains a spot of the yellow ground colour just below the costa,

and a smaller one on the inner margin; also at the base of the

bronze costal streak is a small yellow dash; a minute bronzy spot

lies contiguous to the costal streak in the middle. Hind wing with

a broad curved bronzy border, traversed throughout by a narrow

yellow band. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, the latter with

the penultimate segment and one or two rings before it dark.

Under side yellow, with all the markings reproduced ; the costal

dot is isolated; sides of the tibie bronzy fuscous. Expanse of

wings, 18 mm.

Two males near Porto Salvo, R. Purus, Oct. 8rd, 1874,

and one male at Gepatiny, R. Purus, Sept. 26th, 1874;

all at light.

109. Epichronistis (?) albiguttalis, n. 8.

Fore wing yellow, tinged with brown at the base, along the costa,

and hind margin; a brown nearly vertical line near the base, pre-

ceded by a faint whitish spot ; a brown, double-curved, submarginal

line running inwards along the first median branch, and curving

again into the inner margin just beyond the middle; this line is

edged externally by a series of semicircular white blotches lying

between the veins, which are followed by a brown shade that fades

away into the yellow ground colour before the fringes; the three

stigmata all large, roundish, distinct, brown-edged; a white spot

between the orbicular and reniform stigmata. Hind wing yellow,

without any brown suffusion; with the submarginal line exactly

reproduced, and with a large brown central spot. Under side

shining whitish, with the markings showing through. Head and

thorax pale yellowish ; abdomen darker yellow, the incisions of the

segments whitish. Extreme tip of the palpi brown. Fringes of

both wings, as far as can be made out, yellowish spotted with

brown. Expanse of wings, 20 mm.

Three females. One from Boa Vista, one from Pariti,

Oct. 5th, 1874, and one from Guajaratuba, Sept. 12th,

1874; all on R. Purus.

290 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

STENIADA.

110. Crochiphora testulalis.

Crochiphora testulalis, Hub. (Geyer), Exot. Schm., iv.,

12, 315, figs. 629, 680.

Stenia testulalis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 247, 230.

S. testulalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvil., p. 420.

Maruca aquatilis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii.,

p- 540.

Siriocauta testulalis, Ld., W. E. M., vii., p. 424.

Kighteen specimens, of which fourteen vary more or

less in one particular from the examples in the British

Museum Collection, having the orbicular stigma elon-

gated and amplified, so as almost to touch the smaller

spot beneath. In the other four specimens, and in those

in the British Museum Collection, the orbicular stigma

is truncated basewards, and separated from the smaller

spot by an appreciable interval of dark ground colour.

The costa of the hind wing is dark, with two black spots,

and there is a single wavy-brown transverse line across

the centre. Lederer omits to mention either of these

points in his description of Siriocauta testulalis, but as

he calls the hind wings and the hyaline patches of the

fore wings pale yellow, his specimen was in all proba-

bility greasy, and the markings more or less effaced.

The species appears to be of general distribution :

coming from the Punjaub and Ceylon in India; from

Borneo ; from the Congo, in Africa; from Moreton Bay,

in Australia ; and from a variety of localities in South

America.

Of the eighteen specimens contained in the Collection,

sixteen are females. One male and one female from

Aveyros, March 14th and 17th; one female from Faro,

April 10th; seven females from R. Madeira, May 24th

and 26th; one female from San Bonté, R. Negro, June

16th; five females from R. Jurua, Oct. 28rd, 24th, and

29th; one male from R. Javary, Nov. 30th; one female

from Santarem, Feb. 2nd, 1875. In these fresh speci-

mens the markings of the under side are much more

vivid, and the hyaline patches iridescent pinkish.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 291

111. Sozoa obscura, n. 8.

Fore wing rather shining, dingy grey, without any markings,

except an obscure dark spot at the end of the cell; hind wing a little

darker; fringes concolorous; head, thorax, and abdomen grey ;

legs paler; under side of abdomen paler; pectus silvery white ;

under side of wings shining grey, with an indistinct dark central

spot on each, and a curved exterior line. Expanse of wings,

20 mm.

One g. Pupunha, R. Jurua, Nov. 5th, 1874.

The only other species at present named is Walker’s

original type, Sozoa costalis, from Bogota and Venezuela,

which in appearance mimics a Margaronia ; there is a

third species in the British Museum Collection unnamed

from Espiritu Santo, which superficially very much

resembles Lederer’s Bradina selectalis, from Amboina.

So, too, the present species must be very much like

Hymenoptychis sordida, Z., from Caffraria; but the

structure of the antenne and the neuration are quite

different.

112. Blepharomastyx colubralis.

Stenia colubralis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 242, 216.

S. colubralis, W1k., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii., p. 418.

Botys electralis, W1k., ib., xviil., p. 601.

One ¢ from Pupunha, R. Jurua, Nov. 5th, 1874; one

3 from Lake Arapecu, R. Trombetas, March 2nd, 1874.

Guenée’s types of S. colubralis were from Cayenne,

Walker’s, of B. electralis, from Ega.

LEPTOSTEGES, N. g.

Fore wing nearly three times as long as broad; costa slightly

convex throughout ; hind margin oblique ; anal angle rounded off ;

hind wing also narrow, with both angles rounded off. Scaling of

wings thick and coarse, not glossy; markings alike on both. Eyes

large; antenne of the gf smooth above and pale, beneath with

each joint angularly produced, and finely but densely ciliated

throughout with brownish hairs. Palpi porrected, slightly ascending,

clothed with diffuse rough hairs, which entirely conceal the joints,

asin Cledeobia. Maxillary palpi slight, feathery; tongue feeble;

legs long; first joint of the tarsi of the fore legs thickly clothed

with dark hairs. Insects of small and delicate build. Neuration:

Fore wing with the interno-median fold strongly expressed

292 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

throughout, running parallel to the submedian into the hind

margin above the anal angle; the disco-cellular angulated, so that

the end of the cell is wedge-shaped; first median branch from the

middle of the wing; second from the lower angle of the cell;

third and fourth from the angle of the disco-cellular; second and

third subcostal branches short, out of the fourth, which ends in the

apex; fifth and radial from the upper angle of the cell. Hind

wing with the cell remarkably short, the end wedge-shaped ; first

median branch a little before the end, second from the lower angle,

third and fourth from the angle of the disco-cellular; subcostal

branch from the upper angle; costal free, with two branches.

113. Leptosteges pulverulenta, n. 8.

Fore wing whitish, diffusely dusted with brownish atoms, espe-

cially beyond the second line; with two transverse brown lines ;

the first at one-third, curved, and somewhat indistinct; the second

distinct, broad, straight, running obliquely from the costa before

the apex to the anal angle; costa brown half-way from the base.

Hind wing white, with the markings of the fore wing repeated, but

the first line represented only by a small brown dash, the second

strongly expressed, the brown dusting beyond it still thicker than

in the fore wing. Fringes whitish, dotted with brown. Head,

thorax, and abdomen whitish; palpi brown; antennge whitish

above, but brownish underneath ; legs whitish, but the fore tarsi

brown outside. Under side whitish; in the fore wing more or less

suffused with pale brown. Expanse of wings, 16 mm.

One ¢ with the date and locality obliterated.

A small and delicate species, quite unlike any other

in the scaling and markings.

ASOPIADA.

114. Asopia acestealis.

Samea acestealis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii.,

p- 352.

Salbia pherusalis, W1k., ib., xvii., 868.

One ¢, R. Javary, Dec. 3rd, 1874, and one ¢, Araras,

Noy. 15th.

Walker’s two types, both males, are from St. Domingo;

another example in the British Museum Collection from

Kspiritu Santo, alsoa g, agrees with them. The two

specimens above recorded are paler and clearer yellow,

the dark shading being less expressed.

in the Basin of the Amazons. 293

Asopia moninalis, Wlk., from Borneo, is a closely-

allied form; and Samea medealis, Wlk., from St.

Domingo, and Samea commixta, Butler, from Japan,

must also belong to the same genus.

115. Pterygisus flavalis, n. 8.

Fore wings straw-colour, with bright fulvous or orange shading,

and dark fuscous lines; an orange fascia close to the base, dark

grey on the costa; a fulvous fascia before the middle, followed by

a double blackish transverse line; a black-edged pale streak from

the costa, pointing towards the anal angle, before the apex, and a

pale dark-edged reniform mark; submarginal line dark, parallel to

the hind margin, followed by a fuscous marginal band before the

fulvous fringes, which have a dark basal line. Hind wings with

the markings of the fore wings repeated and intensified, the fulvous

and dark markings being all more distinct. Head, thorax, and

abdomen ochreous, mottled with yellowish, the latter ringed with

yellow. Expanse of wings, 12 mm.

Three females from R. Jutahi, Jan. 21st, and Feb.

4th, 1875.

Akin to Guenée’s P. ochropteralis, Delt. & Pyr., 230,

250, or possibly identical ; but Guenée’s description was

made from one imperfect specimen.

116. Synchta gurgitalis.

Synclita gurgitalis, Ld., W. Hi. M., vii., pp. 449, 483,

ple Heels 3.

S. modestalis, Ld., ib., pl. 18, fig. 1, 2.

eee 3 from Lages, mouth of R. Negro, Aug. 4th,

117. Voliba mqgjor, n. 8.

Fore wing pale ochreous, rather glossy, with three dark lines,

two simply curved; one close to the base, the second a little

beyond; the third post-median forms first a bracket-shaped mark

thus + nearly reaching the anal angle, then a double curve base-

wards, the upper convexity touching the lower end of the reniform

stigma, and finally another angle like the first before it reaches the

inner margin about the middle. Reniform stigma outlined with

brown; marginal line brown. Hind wing with the reniform

stigma and curved external line reproduced. Head, thorax, and

abdomen ochreous. Expanse of wings, 18 mm.

TRANS. ENT. 800. LOND. 1889.—PART II. (JUNE.) X

294 Mr. Warren on the Pyralidina collected

One ¢. Hha Cuxinara, R. Solimoes, Oct. 13th, 1874.

Hvidently closely allied to Voliba scoparialis, W1lk.,

Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxxv., 1983 = Gabrisa scoparialis,

Wi1k., ib., xxxiv., 1266. Walker himself altered the

generic name, haying already used Gabrisa for another

genus. His type of G. scoparialis is from Sydney.

HYDROCAMPIDA.

118. Aulacodes eschmialis.

Aulacodes eschmialis, Gn., Delt. & Pyr., 258, 243.

One ? from Urucuri, R. Purus, Oct. 2nd, 1874; two

females and one male from R. Jutahi, Feb. 5th, 1875.

Guenée’s types were from Cayenne.

119. Hydrocampa tortalis.

Hydrocampa tortalis, Ld., W. E. M., vii., pp. 432, 484,

ply 16; fees.

One 3, from R. Javary, Dec. 3rd, 1874.

One of the smallest species of the genus.

120. Paraponyx distinctalis.

Paraponyx distinctalis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., 1875,

p- 261, pl. 14, fig. 14.

One ?, from Manaos, June 138th, 1874.

Marking for marking the species is like (Oligostigma)

Paraponyx pallida, Butler, from Rockhampton, but is

only half the size.

121. Paraponyx flavimarginalis, n. 8.

Fore wings fuscous, paler along the costa, with a narrow, in-

distinct, pale discal streak, elbowed near the anal angle, and thence

whiter to the middle of the inner margin ; followed by a fuscous

fascia, which becomes narrowed towards the anal angle, and is

there suffused with yellow; a yellow marginal streak, continued

beyond the anal angle, finely edged internally with fuscous, and

preceded by a narrower white streak. Fringes with two narrow

dark parallel lines. Hind wings broadly dark fuscous at the base,

with a broad white central transverse fascia, followed by a fuscous

fascia shot with yellow, and altogether yellow at each end,

separated by a narrow white band from the yellow marginal fascia ;

fringes with two fine dark parallel marginal lines, forming below

the apical angle, the inner one three arrow-headed marks, the

in the Basin of the Amazons. 295

outer three black spots. Under side pale, all the markings

showing through. Head and thorax fuscous; abdomen and legs

pale ochreous. Expanse of wings, 22 mm.

One ?, from Barreira bianca, R. Jutahi, Feb. 8rd,

1875.

122. Cataclysta trilinealis, n. 8.

Fore wings with a pale ground, which is almost entirely suffused

with brown atoms and fulvous shading, by which all the usual

markings are more or less lost. We can discern a central dark

fascia through both wings; a yellow streak along the hind margin

preceded by a leaden streak, and that again by another tawny one;

a tawny spot at the anal angle. In the hind wings, before the

marginal row of steel spots, are three curved parallel black lines,

and the centre of the wing is sprinkled with lustrous scales.

Expanse of wings, 16 mm.

Six females. One from Prainha, Nov. 14th, 18738;

one from Aveyros, March 11th, 1874; two from Faro,

April 10th, one from Sapucaia Croca, R. Madeira, May

15th, one from Lages, mouth of R. Negro, Aug. 4th,

1874.

123. Cataclysta divisalis.

Cataclysta divisalis, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxxiv.,

p. 1836.

Three specimens, all females. Two from Aveyros,

June 11th, 1874, and March 11th, 1875 ; the third from

Prainha, Noy. 14th, 1878.

The single example from which Walker describes the

species came from Para, from Mr. Bates’s collection.

124. Cataclysta callistoalis.

Cataclysta callistoalis, W1k., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xvii.,

p. 442.

One 3, from R. Jurua, Noy. 7th, 1874.

CHOREUTIDA.

125. Simethis amatana.

Simethis amatana, Wlk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., xxviii.,

p- 451.

One ¢. Ilhadas Araras, R. Madeira, June 4th, 1874.

The North American genus Brenthia, Clemens, should

certainly be placed among the Choreutide.

artic wild Uae » ; ys Weed

rate Detar i) pt onan seo, haa tdi prvit

vi £0 vegut ae ie as : ri

‘ :

rfl aca vacant anne moe

" cre Wars 4)

us | e lit Pic aniieed arenes SEL.

‘Seine yhortinen: ama ee nti tiers stag 0 ritive aiab ot

fant old Sha Woteine “ti Schule wpey let Bre init coyote dtiw

unl Las utrgonitt rite VE Awe eal a GN a nalaee

tna nerce facial piit qinla tamer way ey ee aie dyer aigall a

api pre do phalirger Tit rye fash Grn; Fite ter pein A, =

wi syolad ae her: trie! ny, ha sh ieerth Ave fat wed &,

Atal taal Paik ava fivaie Wonle ath. Wenn biti h mein Cove”

* mately wire ass! flim faba kere a arity at Yo Oaere. Gal oe

or ! = Tp ae

Ate r athe wOMe. ditatirtt Wait i avislal

ee a

Rare cept” gel ee mite! ilodahtt Perera ron. Au

, Hdl apsalra lh oa nooy Seinen as eytal airy OF, =

- vin tA vera yatle Yo slepeitin sean, paul etaty

| ye alae wrawonin®: «OSL :

nnn oe AD atatl aga liad al ear scien

enh hyn, eel ook ceed fla =a oye oie

‘iadavtl Sygtshoatiid 14 va! abtik chee te Pee, bike sila ote, ,;

| | Ait ttes ate «sade tig

~ rl dadients: vata font ve (rcs) glee AS aati

; -Huihiq lio a waloth Alf. nner ce mond sutets Me |

: x Jptlateaan, Dae aa noe “a

gly BU ne tok eon ol as Sousesllny a ea

aM eae

By Oe

| TEE ans eth sates eo 88

cee "barks ele

a insitvomne ra ea a |

oni hata aA BF ae

wires ltd 9th I ini ie tng gidlang

is niin 18168 Pe lin ‘lua

vet it bent fi sali Ase pee ;

Alvor steers cana AAP}

me SONY WO ys

( 297 )

IX. Notes on Aulacophora and allied genera. By JosEPn

8. Baty, M.B.C.S., F.L.8., &c.

[Read February 6th, 1889. ]

A paPER of mine appeared in the Linnean ‘ Journal,’

vol. xx., p. 1 (1886), in which I diagnosed those then

known to me of the Indian and African species of

Aulacophora, drawing up the characters, as far as

possible, on the structural differences of the anal seg-

ment of the abdomen, thorax, and other parts; in

the autumn of last year (1888) a second paper was pub-

lished in the same Journal, vol. xx., p. 156, which

contains the descriptions of other species, which in the

interim I had been able to study. In the third part of

the French ‘ Annales,’ December, 1888, a Synopsis of

this group, together with Diacantha and Hyperacantha,

has been published by M. Allard. This paper bears

marks of hasty compilation and of insufficient study of

the various specific forms ; numerous errors have con-

sequently crept in.

Having for several years made a special study of the

group, I shall in the present communication endeavour

to point out these errors, feeling sure that if allowed to

remain they will add greatly to the difficulties of future

students.

M. Allard has drawn his diagnoses almost exclusively

from colour alone, ignoring the characters (so valuable

in the present group) derived from structural differences

in the anal segment of the abdomen.

Paridea, a genus characterised by myself (Journ.

Linn. Soe., xx., p. 26), is not noticed in the Synopsis ;

it differs from Hyperacantha, Chapuis, in having all the

tibiz armed with a short spine.

In my two papers on Aulacophora I endeavoured

as far as possible to retain the names of the older

authors, only rejecting those which, from the short

and imperfect diagnosis, and from the destruction or

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (JUNE.)

298 Mr. J. 8. Baly’s notes on

inaccessibility of the type-specimens, could not be

recognised.

The numbers attached to the species in the present

paper correspond with those used in the Synopsis; the

names in italics are those given by M. Allard as

synonyms of the insects under which they stand.

Genus AULACOPHORA.

Sp. 1. coffee, Horns.

M. Allard appears to have drawn his short description

of the above species from the dark form of A. similis,

Oliv:, &.

Sp. 2. pubescens, Allard.

Judging from the short description, and from the

pubescence on the elytra, this insect probably belongs to

another genus.

Sp. 8. abdominalis, Fabr.

M. Allard has evidently made his diagnosis on

argyrogaster, Perroud, a New Caledonian form. Perroud’s

insect differs from abdominalis in its larger size and

black legs; excisa, mihi, of which I only know the 2,

has an emarginate apex to the pygidium, in the two

other species the pygidium is entire.

Sp. 5. delata, Erichs.

foveicollis, Kuster.

Overlooking the peculiar sculpture of the head in

Erichson’s species, Allard has placed together the above

distinct forms; delata is a Tropical African insect ;

foveicollis, formerly confounded with abdominalis, Fab.,

has the front simple in both sexes, and is spread over

Asia, Southern Europe, and Northern Africa. It is

more than probable that M. Allard has not had the true

delata under examination ; Erichson, in his very. clear

description, makes no mention of any pubescence on

the upper surface of the body ; the thoracic sulcation is

also straight, not curved, as described by the author of

the Synopsis; the coloration of the under surface in

delata varies from black to entirely flavous.

Aulacophora and allied genera. 299

Sp. 7. similis, Oliv.

flavipes, Jac.

M. Olivier, in his description, gives the labrum as

sometimes black, and has apparently mixed up the

present species with coffee, Horns, in which latter the

labrum is always black ; in similis, on the other hand,

it is constantly flavous. He also describes the sulcation

of the thorax as straight; this is the case, or nearly so,

in the 2 of similis, but in the g its middle third is

curved backwards and more deeply impressed ; in coffee

the groove is nearly straight and of equal depth in both

sexes. The scutellum in this species varies from black

or nigro-piceous to flavous.

Sp. 8. detrita, Fabr.?

The true detrita, Fabr., belongs to the genus Mala-

cosoma.

Sp. 9. cornuta, Baly.

In the short description given in the Synopsis, men-

tion is made of a long protuberance on the labrum, no

notice being taken of the horns on the clypeus, present

in the g of my species; M. Allard must therefore have

had another insect under examination.

Sp. 10. plicaticollis, Allard.

This insect is probably a variety of similis, Oliv.

Sp. 12. dilatata, Jac.

One of the numerous varieties of luteicornis, Fabr.

Sp. 18. unicolor, Jac.

flavescens, Chap.

Chapuisi, Duv.

Chapuisi, Duv. (flavescens, Chap.), is less than half

the size of wnicolor, and is a quite distinct specific form.

Sp. 22. bicolor, Weber.

sexnotata, Chapuis.

M. Allard has drawn up his specific characters from a

pale variety of this species, not mentioning either the

typical coloration, as described by Weber, or the spotted

300 Mr. J. S. Baly’s notes on

variety (A. seanotata, Chap.), although he has placed

this latter name as a synonym of the species. In my

diagnosis of bicolor, l.c., p. 19, I described the ground

colour of the elytra as black, whereas it ought to have

been nigro-ceruleous. In A. semiopaca, Jac., which does

not differ except in colour from the parent form, the

ceruleous tint is absent.

Sp. 28. relicta, Boisd.

Duviviert, Baly.

In Boisduval’s description the legs are given as flavous,

the hinder pair alone being stained with fuscous; in

Duvivieri the four hinder legs are black. Not knowing

Boisduval’s type I am unable to give any structural

differences, but relicta is an Australian insect, whilst

Duviviert is a native of Java and Malacca.

Sp. 25. scutellata, Boisd.

palustris, Perroud.

Wallacei, Baly.

Boisduval’s description, ‘‘ Lutea; scutello nigro; abdo-

mine pectoreque nigro-fuscis,” is too brief and vague in

the absence of the actual type (now probably destroyed)

to be applied to any one given species of the genus:

palustris, Perroud, a common New Caledonian insect,

belongs (as I have ascertained both from M. Perroud’s

full description and from the examination of authentic

specimens) to the genus Monolepta: Wallacei, mihi,

has the four hinder legs black. In the absence of

Boisduval’s type if is impossible to give any structural

differences.

Sp. 27. nigroscutata, Baly.

Var. Mouhoti, Baly.

These two species, which M. Allard has placed together

as varieties of one specific form, are perfectly distinct;

in nigroscutata, a 2, the apex of the anal segment of the

abdomen is produced into a long acute process; in the

same sex of Mouhoti the apex is deeply trilobate.

Sp. 28. bicornuta, Allard.

This insect is only a dark variety of cornuta, mihi.

Aulacophora and allied genera. 301

Sp. 82. marginicollis, Allard.

A black variety of luteicornis, Fabr., in which the

antenne and sides of the thorax are flavous.

Sp. 87. ioptera, Wied.

Boisduvali, Baly.

It is difficult to understand on what grounds M. Allard

united my species with that of Wiedeman ; that author

describes the elytra as subnitidous and deep violaceous ;

in Boisduvali they are shining black. I omitted to

mention in my description of this insect that the apex

of the pygidium is distinctly emarginate in both sexes ;

the apex of the anal segment is also faintly sinuate

in the ?.

Sp. 82. nigrivestis, Boisd.

@ Lewisit, Baly.

In my first paper on Aulacophora I suggested that

Lewisit might possibly be the @ of nigrivestis; since then

I have received both sexes of my species, and have

characterised the ¢ in my second paper, p. 179.

Sp. 40. cyanoptera, Boisd.

antennata, Baly.

I did not adopt Boisduval’s name for my species for

the following reasons: in the first place, the author’s

diagnosis, ‘‘ D’un rouge jaune, avec les élytres dun noir

profond et luisant: pattes novres,” would apply equally

well to half-a-dozen other species of the genus; secondly,

no mention is made of the dilated apical joint of the

antenne in the ¢; lastly, the name cyanoptera is mis-

leading, the colour of the elytra in my insect, and also

(from the description) in that of Boisduval’s, being jet-

black.

Sp. 45. luteicornis, Fabr.

simplicipennis, Clark.

2 apicalis, Jac. ?

A. simplicipennis is a pale variety of luteicornis ;

apicalis, Jac., has jet-black antenne and appendiculated

claws; it must be placed in Paridea.*

* This genus, although characterised in the former of my

papers on Aulacophora, l.c., xx., p. 27, is not noticed in Allard’s

Synopsis.

302 Mr. J. S. Baly’s notes on

Sp. 51. circumdata, Blanch.

Stevenst, Baly.

Blanchard, in his description of circumdata, gives the

elytra as rufo-flavous, with a sublateral line and the

apex black, omitting all mention of the black suture,

present in all the specimens that I have seen of Stevensi.

In the latter the ground colour of the elytra, as well as

that of the whole body, is pale flavous. Not knowing

Blanchard’s species [ am unable to point out any

structural differences, but am decidedly of opinion that

the two insects should be left apart. Allard, who has

apparently drawn up his diagnosis of circwmdata from a

specimen of Stevensi, gives Sierra Leone as its habitat.

Boisduval’s species is a native of New Guinea; Stevensi

is found in India and Ceylon.

Sp. 57. robusta, Duviv.

A dark form of cornuta.

Sp. 62. dorsalis, Boisd.

propinqua, Baly.

In my description of propinqua I pointed out my reasons

for separating it from dorsalis, Boisd., with which insect

it is placed by Allard. I may add that in propinqua the

yellow band on the elytra is much more regular, scarcely

or not at all dilated on the suture, and extending nearly

(in some specimens quite) to the lateral margin. The

two species, although closely allied, are without doubt

distinct. Mr. Wallace met with both insects in the

Malay Archipelago.

Sp. 63. wnifasciata, Oliv.

Having appendiculated claws, this species must be

placed in the genus Hyperacantha. The 3 (quadri-

fasciata, Allard) differs from the other sex in having, on

each elytron towards its apex, a second flavous patch,

on the middle of which is placed a large acute tubercle.

Sp. 67. Cartereti, Guér.

instabilis, Baly.

The above species are united under one head in the

Synopsis. In Cartereti the medial lobe of the anal

Aulacophora and allied genera. 303

segment in the ¢ is much more deeply excavated, whilst

the apex of the same segment in the ? is broader and

more obtuse; the arrangement of the flavous colora-

tion of the elytra differs also in the two species; in

Cartereti it forms a broad transverse band, which occu-

pies, or nearly occupies, the middle third of the elytron ;

in instabilis, on the other hand, this band is interrupted,

and in some specimens entirely obsolete on the sides.

I possess a $ specimen of Cartereti from Port Moresby,

in which a small fulvous spot is placed at the apex of

each elytron; a ? from the same locality has the

legs and under surface of the body pale piceous.

Sp. 70. hilaris, Boisd.

nigrosignata, Baly.

? Var. insularis, Jacoby ?.

2? pectoralis, Jacoby.

The description of Boisduval (whose type is now, I

believe, lost), ‘‘ Lutea, utrinque nigro bicincta,” is too

brief to be assigned with the slightest degree of certainty

to any of the above species. I will therefore only add

that whilst hilaris and pectoralis are Australian forms,

nigrosignata and insularis are natives of the Malay

Archipelago; the name pectoralis has, however, already

been used by Chapuis for a Philippine Island species,

and must be changed. I therefore propose to alter it

to Borrét.

Sp. 73. analis, Weber.

The Australian species described and figured by

Olivier, and usually standing in collections under this

name, is an entirely distinct specific form, which I have

described in my second paper, l.c., p. 184, under the

name of Olivieri. Ihave also, l. c., p. 176, recharacterised

the true analis, pointing out the structural and other

characters which separate the two species: analis,

Weber, is a native of Sumatra and the other islands of

the Malay Archipelago, whilst Oliviert is found in various

parts of Australia.

The type and varieties of A. varians, Chapuis, belong,

I believe, to the present species.

304 Mr. J. S. Baly’s notes on

Sp. 76. afinis, Montrouz.

Deplanchet, Perroud.

approximata, Baly.

The words used in the Synopsis, ‘‘ Poitrine et abdomen

dun noir de poix,” are not used by Montrouzier, who

says, ‘‘ T’éte et corselet rouges,—bouche, antennes et yeux

noires,—elytres lisses, rouges avec deux boudes novres, une a

la base Vautre a Vextremité, jambes rembrunies.” The two

species joined with affinis by Allard differ (judging from

the above description) from his insect in having the

hinder band on the elytron replaced by a large sub-

rotundate patch ; in Deplanchei the tibie, breast, and

abdomen are black; approximata is paler and much

larger in size. A. approximata is found in New Guinea;

the two others are natives of New Caledonia.

Sp. 89. perplexa, Baly.

A recent examination of this insect has shown me

that its claws are not bifid, but appendiculated ; it must

therefore be placed in my genus Paridea.

Sp. 96. bidentata, Fabr.

impressa, Fabr.

The error into which Allard has fallen in uniting these

two species, one an African, the other an Indian form,

may be explained by the fact that Fabricius, having

already described several species of Halticine and Galeru-

ciné under the common name of impressa, subsequently

(in Ill. Mag., ii., p. 293) altered one of them, the present

insect, into bidentata; this change was adopted by

Schonherr and some of the older writers, but subsequent

authors, finding that the insects belonged to different

genera, restored the original name; it thus stands in

Harold’s catalogue, bidentata being placed as a synonym,

and the same locality, Tranquebar, being placed against

each. Fabricius had, however already (Spec. Ins.,

p. 151) described a species of Galerucine from Tropical

Africa as Crioceres bidentata ; this is the insect from

which Allard has evidently drawn his diagnosis, and

confounded with the true wnpressa. It is placed in

Harold’s catalogue in the genus Diacantha; but Mr. C.

O. Waterhouse, who has kindly examined the type-

Aulacophora and allied genera. 805

specimen in the Baukeian collection now in the British

Museum, informs me that the claws are appendiculated ;

it must therefore be removed to Hyperacantha, Chapuis.

Sp. 101. serena, Boh.

This species is not an Aulacophora, but must be placed

in Mimastea, or some nearly-allied genus.

The following species, placed in Aulacophora by M.

Allard, have appendiculated claws, and the anterior pair

of tibie unarmed; they must therefore be removed to

the genus Hyperacantha :—

Sp. 86. melanoptera, Thoms.

», 41. rubrocastanea, Allard.

», 68. unifasciata, Oliv.

» 78. granulata, Allard.

» 79. oculata, Karsch.*

», 92. Deusserii, Karsch.

», 96. bidentata, Fabr.

», 95. msignipennis, Thoms.

», 96. quadrifasciata, Allard.t

», 98. flavo-niger, Thoms.

The four species below are here characterised for the

first time :—

Aulacophora armigera.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore

abdomineque, ano piceo excepto, nigris; pedibus posticis piceis,

intermediis piceo-fulvis; antennis, basi exceptis, fuscis; thorace

sat fortiter transversim suleato; elytris tenuissime punctatis.

Fam.—Pygidii apice dente acuto armato; abdominis segmento

anali late truncato. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Murray Island, North Australia; a single

specimen.

Labrum and eyes black. Three lower joints of antenne flavous,

the following piceo-fuscous, the rest broken off. Thorax nearly

* The female of this species has two additional black spots on

the thorax, one on either side; there are also two others on the

vertex ; these markings are constant in all the female specimens

that I have seen.

+ This species is evidently the male of wnifasciata, Oliv., de-

scribed by Fairmaire in the French ‘Annales’ for 1866, p. 252.

306 Mr. J. 8. Baly’s notes on

twice as broad as long; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging

from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging

and slightly rounded towards the apex; upper surface distinctly

punctured on either side in front; discoidal groove deeply impressed,

obsoletely sinuate on its middle third. Elytra narrowly oblong,

dilated posteriorly, convex, not depressed below the basilar space,

very minutely punctured.

The tooth at the apex of the pygidium will separate

this species from its allies.

Aulacophora apicicornis.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufa, subtus rufo-fulva, nitida,

antennis flavis; thorace profunde transversim sulcato; pedibus

elytrisque nigris, his infra basin transversim depressis, tenuiter

punctatis.

Mas.—Antennarum articulo ultimo ampliato, ovali, apice acuto,

integro abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio con-

cavo.

Fam. — Abdominis segmento anali apice trisinuato. Long.

$—4 lin.

Hab. Sumatra.

Labrum concolorous with the upper face; antenne filiform,

four-fifths the length of the body in the ?, rather shorterin the 3’,

the apical joint in this latter sex compressed and dilated, ovate,

its apex acute; the basal joint piceo-fulvous, the extreme apex of

the terminal joint nigro-piceous. Thorax twice as broad as long ;

sides straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle,

thence obliquely converging towards the apex, the anterior angles

slightly thickened; disk deeply impressed immediately behind the

middle with a nearly straight transverse sulcation; surface shining,

finely punctured on either side in front. Elytra broadly ovate,

convex, distinctly depressed transversely below the basilar space,

minutely punctured.

The entire apical joint of the antenne in the ¢ will

separate this species from the same sex of antennata ;

the trilobate apical segment of the abdomen in the other

sex distinguishes it from its congeners with black elytra.

Aulacophora dwersa.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-fulva, nitida, antennis

flavis ; labro, elytris, tibiis tarsisque nigris; thorace sat profunde

transversim suleato; elytris infra basin transversim impressis,

tenuiter punctatis.

Aulacophora and allied genera. 307

Mas.—Antennarum articulis 2do, 3tio, 4to, 5toque compressis,

paullo dilatatis et extus carinatis; abdominis segmento anali tri-

lobato, lobo intermedio subquadrato, plano.

Fam.—Abdominis segmento anali bilobato, lobis planis. Long.

3—4 lin.

Hab. Borneo.

Antenne two-thirds the length of the body, pale flavous, the

extreme apex of the terminal joint nigro-piceous; the second,

third, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints in the ¢ compressed and very

slightly dilated, the second trigonate, the third twice its length, its

outer margin carinate, distinctly sinuate, the fourth, fifth, and

sixth also carinate, each rather shorter than the third. Thorax

twice as broad as long; sides nearly straight and parallel, emargi-

nate just behind the anterior angles, the latter subacute; the hinder

angles obtuse; upper surface impressed just behind the middle with

a deep, nearly straight, transverse groove ; surface distinctly punc-

tured, the punctures coarse and more crowded on either side in

front. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly ; convex, trans-

versely depressed below the basilar space, distinctly and rather

closely punctured.

The dilated antenne in the g, together with the

bilobed apical segment of the abdomen in the ?, will

separate this species from its congeners with similarly

coloured elytra.

Aulacophora buplagiata.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-testacea, nitida,

antennis flavis, apice nigro-piceis; tibiis, tarsis elytrorumque plagis

sub-humeralibus duabus, nigris.

Mas. — Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio

plano, sulco longitudinali leviter impresso.

Fam.—Abdominis segmento anali integro, apice extremo obtuse

truncato. Long. 4—4} lin.

Hab. Solo-Sula.

Antennx nearly four-fifths the length of the body, filiform in

both sexes, flavous, the basal joint rufo-fulvous, the apex of the

terminal one nigro-piceous, the second and two or three following

joints sometimes stained with piceous. Thorax twice as broad as

long; sides rounded anteriorly, obsoletely sinuate and slightly

diverging behind the middle; upper surface impressed just behind

the middle with a deep transverse groove. Elytra broadly oblong-

ovate, convex, deeply excavated transversely below the basilar

308 Mr. J. S. Baly’s notes on

space, the latter slightly thickened, the surface between it and

the humeral callus rather deeply excavated; disk minutely punc-

tured; each elytron below the shoulder with a large black patch,

attached to the lateral margin, but terminating on the inner disk

at some distance from the suture.

Genus HyprracantHa, Chapuis.

It will be seen that I have removed some insects,

placed in M. Allard’s paper under Aulacophora, into the

present genus. In some of the species that I have

examined, as well as in some of those belonging to

Diacantha, the elytral epipleura is not abbreviated before

reaching the middle, but is continued downwards nearly

to the apex as a narrow grooved line, usually impressed

with a single row of punctures.

Genus PsrupocopHora, Jacoby.

Four new species are characterised by M. Allard in

his paper. Unfortunately the descriptions are so short

that they are practically useless, and will, I fear, be found

rather a hindrance than a help to any student of the

genus. The author has also omitted all notice of

P. brunnea, mihi, although that species was published

in my first paper on Aulacophora, p. 26. Inthe autumn

of last year (Journ. Linn. Soc., xx., p. 168) I gave a

synopsis of all the species known to me; of these (ten

in number) six were described as new. It is more than

probable, from the short time that elapsed from the

publication of my paper to the appearance of that of

M. Allard’s, it had not come under his notice.

Genus Hopnosoma, Jacoby.

M. Allard, in giving his list of the species, has omitted

two species, ventralis and ornata, described by myself in

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., March, 1886, p. 27: he has

also passed over one of Mr. Jacoby’s, celebensis, charac-

terised in the ‘Annals of the Genoa Museum’ for October,

1886, p. 81: ventralis, mihi, is, I believe, identical with

both celebensis, Jac., and corniculata, Allard, and, having

been the earliest described, must stand as the name of

the species.

Aulacophora and allied genera. 309

Genus Manaxia, Fairm.

Glyptolus, Jacoby.

In a short paper of mine in the Ent. Month. Mag. for

1887, vol. 23, p. 268, I pointed out that these two names

had been applied by their respective authors to two

different species belonging to the same generic form.

In this paper I also stated that Mr. Jacoby was correct

describing the claws as appendiculated. One of M.

Allard’s species, Alluardi, has, I believe, already been

described by Falderman under the name of Auchema ?

thalapina. Apophylia nobilitata, Gerst., and chloroptera,

Thoms., African forms, both must be placed in the

present genus.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART II. (JUNE.) Y

Grol)

X. Descriptions and life-histories of new species of

Rhopalocera from the Western Pacific. By GERVASE

EF. Maruew, Staff-Paymaster, R.N., F.L.8., F.Z.8.,

&e.

| Read March 6th, 1889.}

Melanitis ponapensis, n. 8.

Male and female: Upper side dull sepia-brown; primaries

slightly paler on the costa, and with a darker blotch towards the

end of cell and at apex; a black oeellus inwardly bordered with

fuscous, and with a small white pupil between second discoidal and

second median nervules near the apex; above this, between first

and second discoidal nervules, a linear black dash outwardly

enclosing an oval white spot much larger than the pupil of ocellus ;

secondaries, a small ocellus at anal angle between first and second

median nervules, and sometimes a very minute ocellus between

second and third median nervules. Under side umber-brown,

inclining to fuscous, and more or less mottled or irrorated with

darker lines; fore wings, a broad transverse reddish-brown fascia

from beyond middle nearly to inner margin; apical region some-

what paler; four ocelli, the fourth between second discoidal and

second median nervules the largest, the others, two of which are

near the apex, very small; secondaries, basal half the darkest and

outwardly bordered by a reddish-brown fascia from middle of costa

to inner margin; five ocelli, those between first and second sub-

costal nervules and first and second median nervules the largest,

the one at anal angle the smallest. The under sides vary con-

siderably. Exp. 54 mm.

Hab. Port Metalanim, Ponape, Caroline Islands.

Obs. This, although probably only a small local race

of M. leda, appears to differ so much in various par-

ticulars as to entitle it to a specific name.

Lampides phaselt, n. 8.

Male: Upper side dull violet-blue suffused with brown, with

rather broad brown hind marginal borders; secondaries, some indis-

tinct blackish lunules in marginal border. Under side light brown ;

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1889.—parT Il. (JUNE.) Y 2

312 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s descriptions and

primaries, two white lines at end of cell, beyond which are two

waved transverse white lines, followed by a row of indistinct sub-

marginal lunules; secondaries crossed by a series of waved white

lines, and a series of submarginal brownish lunules encircled with

white ; a small orange dot at anal angle, preceded by a large black

spot inwardly margined with orange.

Female: Upper side brown; primaries, a pale blue triangular

blotch at basal lower half entering cell, extending to inner margin,

and subdivided by nervures ; secondaries, a narrow dark brown

hind marginal line, preceded by a submarginal row of indistinct

lunules inwardly bordered by blue; wnder side same as male, but

paler. Exp. 28 to 31 mm.

Hab. Claremont Islands, N.E. coast of Queensland.

These little butterflies were very numerous and very

ctive, flying with great rapidity among the flowers of a

leguminous plant, allied to our common garden scarlet-

runner, which was climbing in masses over bushes and

on the rough ground, and in the flower-buds of which I

discovered their larve.

The full-grown larva is onisciform, short and plump,

and of a clear rosy brown colour; head very small,

pale straw-yellow, and retractile within second segment ;

segmental divisions well-defined ; a few scattered umber-

brown blotches upon dorsal area of first four segments,

and one or two upon the remaining segments; second

segment blackish anteriorly, which makes the larva

appear as if it was withdrawing its head into a black

collar ; indistinet dorsal and subdorsal stripes; ventral

area with a central bluish green stripe.

Larva a quarter grown pale greenish, with indistinct

dorsal and spiracular stripes, and clothed with fine pale-

coloured hairs, especially upon the posterior segments.

Lycena lulu, n. 8.

Male: Upper side dull purplish blue; primaries, hind marginal

border rather broad, dark brown, broader at apex; secondaries,

costa and hind marginal border dark brown,

Female: Upper side ashy brown; primaries, a somewhat

triangular-shaped blotch composed of bright metallic-blue atoms

on disc, extending sometimes into lower part of cell and subdivided

by the nervules; secondaries dusted with blue atoms at base and

on inner margin. Under side: Both sexes ashy grey, a very

narrow dark brown hind marginal line, and a submarginal series

life-histories of new species of Rhopalocera. 313

of indistinct pale lunules, the one preceding that at anal angle of

secondaries sometimes having a black spot in its centre. Fringes

pale grey. Exp. 22 to 24 mm.

This little butterfly was very common at Tongatabu,

and it also occurred at Fiji, Samoa, and the New

Hebrides ; and I have a worn specimen from Cooktown,

Queensland, which I believe is referable to the same

species.

I obtained the first larve by beating. The butterflies

were very local, and only to be found in the neighbour-

hood of certain papilionaceous shrubs. I afterwards

discovered that the larvee were easy to find by simply

examining the clusters of flower-buds at the extremity

of a branch, for wherever there was a larva, there were

sure to be half-a-dozen or more red ants crawling over

it, and thus betraying its position. Moreover, the larve

took no pains to conceal themselves, but fed quite

exposed among the buds. They were also accompanied

by numbers of small black aphides.

The full-grown larva is from 12 to 14 mm. long,

onisciform, not much thickened in the middle, but almost

of uniform stoutness throughout, is slightly pubescent,

and has a few short scattered bristles ; head very small,

retractile, pinkish brown, witha dark V-shaped mark on

face and black ocelli; segmental divisions finely though

clearly defined; the colour varies from pale peda-green

to a warm pinkish green; a conspicuous purple dorsal

stripe bordered on each segment by crescent-shaped

purple marks, which are broadly margined below with

whitish yellow, forming a pattern down the back;

spiracular line pale yellowish pink, bordered above and

below with purple; space between the dorsal and

spiracular lines slashed with short obscure purple

stripes ; ventral area and claspers paler; whole surface

more or less irrorated with minute black and white

dots, scarcely visible to the naked eye; legs very small,

pale pinkish green. Upon each side of the anterior

part of the thirteenth segment, a little above the

spiracular line, there is a small whitish tubercle, from

which the larva can at pleasure emit a short fleshy

tentacle, which is crowned at its summit by a fascicle,

or whorl, of fine white bristles. The larvae would not

protrude this organ when they were breathed upon,

touched, or otherwise annoyed, but only occasionally as

314 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s descriptions and

they crawled along, or when they were feeding with

their heads deeply buried in the flower-buds. While so

engaged they shot them out frequently and rapidly.

The fascicle of bristles was not expanded until the

tentacle was extended to its entire length, and was closed

again before it was withdrawn. This organ is possibly

a protective weapon against ichneumons, but I do not

remember having previously observed it in any other

Lycena larva.

The chrysalis is 8 mm. long, rather stumpy and

obese, covered with a fine short pubescence, of a light

pinkish buff colour tinged with green, and mottled all

over with dots and small blotches of dark brown. It is

attached to a leaf or among the flower-heads of its food-

plant. At first it very much resembles the larva,

so much so that one can hardly believe that any change

has taken place. A short time before the butterfly

emerges it becomes of a deep lead-colour. I bred about

fifty butterflies.

Obs. This species is rather sluggish in its habits, so

“lulu,” which is the native word for an owl, seems rather

an appropriate name for it.

Papilio megasthenes, n. 8.

Female: Upper side deep olive-brown; primaries, base dusted

with fine yellowish atoms; a marginal band of seven round pale

yellow spots, their edges rather clouded; a large lunular-shaped

spot at upper end of cell, and a square-shaped spot on costa

towards apex, both bordered above by yellow; a somewhat oval-

shaped spot outside lower upper end of cell, followed by a broad

transverse band to inner margin, and across secondaries nearly to

anal angle; all spots and band a beautiful bluish green ; secondaries,

band white on the costa; a marginal row of indistinct spots com-

posed of yellowish atoms ; inner margin and base thickly clothed

with fine brownish hairs. Under side: Primaries, spots paler,

the one towards apex greenish yellow; the three marginal spots

at the apex almost obsolete, and in a patch of silvery pinkish

atoms, the remaining four much larger than upon upper side, and

in the form of lunules. Secondaries, the blue-green band bordered

outwardly by an interrupted dark reddish-brown fascia, which

terminates at the anal angle; beyond this some silvery grey to

apex and upper third of hind margin; lower portion of hind

margin dark reddish brown; inner margin clothed with fine light

life-histories of new species of Rhopalocera. 315

brown hairs; all the nervures near base of wings and legs green;

palpi densely hairy. Exp. 61 mm.

Hab. Noumea, New Caledonia.

Obs. Near P. gelon, but the transverse band is much

wider, and the spots are larger.

Papilio Tryont, n. 8.

Male: Upper side black; primaries with a marginal band of

five creamy-white spots between the nervules, the one at the anal

angle being much the largest, the others gradually decreasing in

size towards the apex ; secondaries not tailed, scalloped; a broad

outwardly dentate pale greenish white band across the disc, its

inner margin slightly impinging on lower part of cell, and its upper

portion occupying the space between the costa and the subcostal

nervure nearly to base; a marginal row of five creamy-yellow

spots, the one at the anal angle the largest, the others small and

clouded with black atoms. Under side black; secondaries, ao

marginal band of seven somewhat square-shaped spots between

the nervures, the three nearest the apex the smallest; above these

a row of ill-defined lunules composed of pale bluish atoms, those

towards the apex being almost obsolete. Exp. 145 mm.

Hab. Ugi, Solomon Islands.

Obs. This fine species, which I have named after

Admiral Sir George Tryon, K.C.B., lately Commander-

in-Chief of the Australian Station, is closely allied to

Papilio Bridgei, Math., from Treasury Island, but may

at once be distinguished by its greater size and the dis-

position of the spots in the marginal bands.

Cali)

XI. Notes on the genus Erebia. By Henny J. Ewes,

ELS., H.Z.5., 0c.

[Read February 6th, 1889.]|

Wirn the object of making the butterflies of the pale-

arctic fauna better known to English entomologists, I

have in recent years reviewed the genera Colias and

Parnassius, and I now propose to make some remarks on

the genus Hrebia, which is, on account of its tendency

to great variation and remarkable distribution, a most

interesting and at the same time difficult genus.

Though our knowledge of many of the Arctic and

Asiatic species is still too slight to make a monograph of

the genus possible, yet so many additions have been

made to the Erebias in the last ten or twelve years, by

Russian collectors especially, that a large number of

species are not included in Staudinger’s Catalogue of

1870. Another reason for revising this genus is that a

paper on it, by Herr von Gumppenberg, has appeared in

the last number of the ‘Stettiner Hntomologische

Zeitung,’ which does not seem to be founded on a good

knowledge of any but the European species; and as this

arrangement of the genus is, in my opinion, not so

natural as that of Staudinger, it should not be allowed

to pass without criticism. At the same time I wish to

show that some of the varieties which are defined by

short Latin descriptions, both by Von Gumppenberg and

Staudinger, cannot, in my opinion, be so defined as to

include many specimens which occur.

It very frequently happens both in this and other genera

that a number of variations exist which are not constant,

and though it is sometimes possible to limit and define

them in words, yet more often the attempt to make

such a key to the genus as has been attempted by Von

Gumppenberg, proves a failure when applied to a large

number of specimens.

Though keys have been of late years very much in

fashion among ornithologists, and are now being adopted

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—-PART II. (JUNE.)

318 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

by some systematic lepidopterists, yet I cannot say that

I have found them satisfactory as a means of discrimi-

nating species of butterflies. It seems to me that,

though they answer very well when applied to typical

specimens, yet there are so many specimens in a large

and well-selected collection which vary in some character

or other, that even the short diagnoses which have been

used for named varieties in Staudinger’s Catalogue will

not always apply; and, as far as my experience goes,

we are reduced at last to rely upon a more or less

indefinite opinion, based on examination of a large

number of specimens, and upon our knowledge of the

extent of variation found in other species of the genus.

It is supposed by some that we may eventually arrive at

a more accurate systematic arrangement, by a knowledge

of the preparatory stages and the life-history of a

species; or again, by an anatomical examination of

the sexual organs, scales of the wings, or other parts.

But though it is not so easy to observe variation in

characters which require such minute examination as

these, yet I do not doubt that variation exists; and

though in the genus Parnassius I have found anatomical

characters of the greatest assistance; in Hrebia I have

at present not been able to do so.

There is no doubt that the systematic arrangement of

Staudinger’s Catalogue, which I look upon as one of the

most accurate and careful works ever produced, based as

it is on his unrivalled knowledge of species, is incom-

parably better than the one adopted in the British

Museum, where the idea seems to have been,—in the

ceenus Hrebia at least,—to find a specimen to match, or

which is assumed to match, almost every name or

description ever published, quite overlooking the fact

that the authors of many of these names and descriptions

were at the time very imperfectly acquainted with either

the forms they were attempting to discriminate, or with

their allies. And I think it is most detrimental to the

value of such a Museum, which should be of use to all

students who wish to have their own collections in good

order, that the peculiar views which Mr. Butler holds in

opposition to those of almost all other lepidopterists,

should be developed to such a pernicious extent in the

arrangement of this and many other genera.

It is true that when he published his Catalogue of

the genus Hrebia. 319

Satyride in the British Museum, in 1868, that collection

was so poor in European species that there was some

excuse for the numerous incorrect or doubtful identifi-

cations and omissions which are found in it, though a

very little care would have avoided the still more

numerous incorrect localities given for many well-known

species. But when a few years ago the rich and correctly-

named collection of Zeller was acquired by the Museum,

a good opportunity was afforded of correcting these mis-

takes, and of rearranging the genus in a manner which

would make it of great service to the number of English

entomologists who had previously no good collection of

European Lepidoptera available for reference.

And, if Mr. Butler had not been satisfied with, or had

’ disagreed with Zeller’s ideas, which, however, were based

on a much greater personal knowledge of this fauna than

his own, it might have been expected that he would have

taken some pains to study the latest opinions of the best

authorities before rearranging the Collection. It appears,

however, that so far from this, he has not even taken

the trouble to write new labels, but has, as far as

possible, endeavoured to make the new specimens fit in

with the old names, and has in some cases separated the

correctly-named specimens of Zeller, and placed them

under several different so-called species ; whilst in others

he has united several perfectly well-known and distinct

species under one head, distinguishing them as “local

form” or ‘“var.,’’ without apparently the least idea as

to what their local or general distribution is.

I am quite ready to admit the difficulty of correctly

identifying many of the figures of Esper, Hubner, and

others, and also of ascertaining with certainty the

exact dates of publication of these plates, by which

alone their priority can be determined. It really

matters little or nothing now whether, for instance,

melas of Herbst has two years’ priority over maurus of

Ksper, as Staudinger thinks, or whether, as Butler

believes, maurus has nineteen years’ priority over melas.

As, however, Esper distinctly states that his maurus

came from Hungary, I fail to see why Butler should give

its locality as ‘‘ Pyrenees,” or why he should mix up

with it such perfectly distinct and well-known species as

nerine, Frey., stygne, Ochs., alecto, Hubn. (so marked by

Zeller, a variety of glacialis, Esp.), and scipio, Boisd.,

320 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

excepting that they were so mixed up in the Catalogue

and Collection in 1868.

When all these questions of priority and identification

have been, it is hoped, for ever set at rest by the almost

universal acceptance of the nomenclature of Staudinger’s

Catalogue, which, if not in all cases certainly correct, is

a most praiseworthy and careful attempt to settle these

difficult questions, I fail to see how Mr. Butler can

expect his nomenclature of EKrebias, which, on the other

hand, has from the first been almost absolutely ignored,

to be now accepted. And if he does not expect this,

what can be the use of turning order into chaos, as he

has done here ?

As an additional proof of his peculiar ideas, I will

give one instance only, that of EH. lappona, Esp. This

is a species about which there can be no question. It

varies wherever it is found, but none of the varieties are

known to be constant, or peculiar to one place, and

therefore I think none are deserving of even varietal

names. In the British Museum they are arranged as

follows :—

E. manto, Denis.

E. castor, Kisp.

EK. castor, var.

E. lappona, Esp. (In the Catalogue this is treated as

a synonym of manto.)

E. pollux, Esp.

FE. mantoides, Butl. (Merely a Lapland specimen of

lappona, which can be exactly matched in the

Alps.)

E. sthennyo, Grasl. (Merely an inconstant var. from

the Pyrenees.)

Thus making five species and two varieties out of one,

whilst he had just before united five species into one.

The result is that, so far as I have had occasion to

consult it, the value of Zeller’s Collection is for the

time seriously impaired, and it would be better for

Science that it should not have come to the British

Museum in Mr. Butler’s time, than that it should be the

means of confusing and misleading those who might wish

to obtain correct information on a subject which has

hitherto been too little studied by British entomologists.

It will be unnecessary for me to go in detail through

the genus Erelia. 321

the Catalogue of Erebias in the British Museum, but I

may say generally that it appears to illustrate a general

desire to find specimens to fit names rather than to

apply names to species ; and in several instances where

Staudinger and others have named varieties with more

or less justice as varieties only, Butler has adopted the

name as specific without indicating that the author of

the name did not so consider it. This, of course, is a

matter of opinion only, which is not of vital importance,

but it is as well that a name given by an author should

not be adopted in a different sense to that intended by

him, or one may be led to suppose that such names as

sudetica, Ster., pyrrhula, Frey., polaris, Ster., uralensis,

Stgr., were used specifically by their authors, when it is

really Mr. Butler who has so applied them.

In classifying the species of Hrebia I am unable to

follow Von Gumppenberg, who divides the genus into

groups by the under side of the hind wing, especially in

the female sex. The colour and banding of this wing is

no doubt of much more value in determining the species

than the colour or form of the bands or ocelli on the

upper side, but it leads to the grouping of species which

are otherwise but little related.

I think that the number of ocelli is of little account

as a specific character, for in almost all species we

find great variation in the number and size, but

rarely in the position of the ocelli. The colour of

the disk of the fore wing, especially on the under side,

seems to be a more constant and useful character than

any other, and often enables one to identify species when

other characters vary.

There are no doubt some more or less natural groups

within the genus, which I have tried to indicate by the

sequence of the species; but none of them, I think, are

as yet shown to be capable of such exact definition as

would allow the formation of subgenera.

Butler has adopted asa separate genus Oreina of West-

wood, including in it such little-allied species as theano,

melampus, glacialis, and others, though I can see no

reason for so doing. He also uses the generic name

Maniola, Schrank. (which by Kirby is adopted for the

whole of what I call Erebia), for some species which

seem to have little affinity for each other, and, as far as

I know, without indicating what he considers typical of

322, Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notés on

Maniola. These are epistygne, Hub., afer, Esp., from

which he separates both phegia and dalmata, parmenio,

and ocnus, whilst kalmuka at the end of the series is not

assigned to any genus.

I am unable to find any exact limit between Hrebia and

the genus Callerebia of Butler, which appear to be con-

nected by some of the Himalayan and Mongolian forms,

yet the typical Callerebias are easily separable by their

larger size, differently-shaped hind wings, and different

style of marking on the under side.

My own collection, though not so complete as I could

wish, includes specimens of all the known species, except

E. sofia, Streck., EH. tundra, Stgr., H. dabanensis, Krsch.,

E. ero, Men., E. patagonica, Mab.: all of which are

only known from single or very few specimens in the

collections of their describers. As I have had the ad-

vantage of examining the very fine series in the collections

of Dr. Staudinger, M. Oberthur, and Messrs. Godman,

Leech, and Strecker, I do not think I have overlooked

any undescribed forms of importance. The distribution

of the genus, as here accepted, is confined to the

Palearctic region, in which I must include all those

parts of North America in which Erebias occur ; and it

is a curious fact that though they are present in almost

every other part of the region except North Africa,

there are none in the United States east of the Rocky

Mountains.

There seem to be two principal centres of distribution.

First and most important, the Alps of Central Kurope,

which have about 25 species, or if eriphyle and euryale

are not considered good species, 23, of which 6, namely,

arete, pharte, mnestra, scipio, goante, and glacialis are con-

fined to this group of mountains, though areteis only found

in their extreme eastern, and scipio in their extreme south-

western district. In the Pyrenees we have 12 species,

of which all are found in the Alps except melas; and

there are two others, namely, epistygne, which is found

in the lower mountains of Southern France, and zapateri,

confined to Eastern Spain, which do not occur either in

the Alps or Pyrenees.

In all, therefore, 27 species are found in Central and

South-western Europe, only 2 of which extend to Great

Britain, and 8 to Arctic Europe. Of the alpine species,

2 only extend to the higher mountains of Central Europe,

the genus Erebia. 323

namely, melampus, which occurs in Silesia, and epiphron

in Silesia and the Hartz Mountains; whilst 3 others,

namely, medusa, ethiops, and ligea, are found not only

in the plains and lower hills of Central Germany, but

extend far east into Siberia and Amurland, where they

are the only European non-arctic species which occur.

In South-eastern Europe and the Balkan Peninsula

we find no peculiar species except afra and melas, the

former a lowland or steppe, the latter a high-mountain

insect; both of them extend into Western Asia.

In the Caucasus we have no peculiar species at all,

and none of the Siberian or Turkestan species occur.

This is very remarkable when we consider the great

elevation, extent, and isolation of the Caucasian Moun-

tains, which would seem to be admirably adapted to the

habits of the genus. Hither there is some geological or

other condition which has prevented the development of

high alpine species in the Caucasus, or else the higher

parts of the range have been greatly neglected by

entomologists, for in the Grand Duke Romanoft’s Cata-

logue of the Butterflies of the Caucasus I find an almost

total absence of alpine butterflies peculiar to the range,

Parnassius nordmanni and Satyrus alpina being perhaps

the only exceptions; whilst the high mountain species

of Central Europe are only represented by three or four,

namely, Pieris callidice, Argynnis pales, Hrebia tyndarus,

and a form of Lycena orbitulus. As none of the alpine

forms found in Turkestan or the Himalayas extend so far

west, we have what seems to be a unique instance of a

creat chain of high mountains almost devoid of true alpine

Lepidoptera. I see no means of accounting for this

but the extreme isolation of the range, which is bounded

on the east and west by sea, and on the north by a steppe

of more or less desert character and immense extent.

In the whole of Europe, therefore, including arctic

species, we have 29 species of Hrebia,—about half the

genus,—of which only about 6, namely, medusa, ? me-

lampus, tyndarus, lappona, ethiops, and ligea, extend to

Siberia, and one, H. afra, to Turkestan.

In Turkestan and the Altai regions, but with two or

three exceptions confined to the mountain ranges, we

have another quite distinct group of species, about 14 in

number, of which only tyndarus is found in Europe, and

none apparently in Eastern Siberia, the remainder

being, as far as we know, peculiar to the region.

324 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

In Amurland and Northern Siberia we have 10 or 12

species, of which 3 or 4 are of arctic character ; parmenio

extends to Central Siberia, cyclopius west to the Ural,

and one is found in Japan. None except tristis, dabanensis,

ero, and edda are peculiar.

In Arctic America we have 4, or perhaps 5, of which

sofia and fasciata are peculiar ; and discoidalis extends to

Eastern and Northern Asia.

Lastly, in the Rocky Mountains we have 4, of which

magdalena and epipsodea are peculiar; while tyndarus

extends to EKurope and Asia; and Disa, as yet found

only in the north, is a circumpolar species.

Synopsis oF THE GENUS EREBIA.*

1. Eprpnron, AKnoch., Beit.,111., 131,t.6 (1783); Hartz; Siles.; Blk.

H.-S., 92—4. Forest ; Vosges.

var. pyrenaica, H.-S., 5835—8 (inconstans, Pyr. or.

nomen Vix conservandum, transitus

ad cassiopem in partem.

var. casstope, Fab., Mant.,42 (1787); Meyer- Alps; Pyr.; Hung.

Diir, u., figs. 4, 5, 7, (inconstans, mont.; Scot.

forme intermedi adsunt).

ab. nelamus, Boisd., Gen., p. 26 (1840) ;

Meyer-Diir, i1., fig. 8, (ab. vix fascia-

ta et fere inocellata).

?var. kefersteini, Ev., Bull. Mosce., 1851, ii, Svb. cent. mont.

610; H.-S., 617—18 (forma dubia

mihi natura ignota).

2. TunpRa, Stgr., Rom. Mem., i1i., p. 148, t. Irkutsk.

vili., 1 (1888).

3. Mevampus, Fwessl., Verz. Schw. Ins., p.31, Alp.; Hung. alp.

fig. 6 (1775) ; Esp., 103, 1.

var. sudetica, Steger. Cat., p. 10 (1861), (var. Szlesiamont.; Alp.

mac. ruf, majoribus, nomen vix con-

servandum).

4, ERIPHYLE, Frey.,1i., p. 150, t. 187, 38,4(1836); Helv.; Styr.; Aust.

Meyer-Diir, p. 154, t. 11. 8; cf. Roth., «f.; Carn. ; Car.

Mitt. Schw. Ent. Ges., i., p. 110 (1863); mont. et alp.

Christ, l.c., vi., p. 281 (1882): (sp. dubia

an melampus var., an melampus et

pharte hybrida.)

** In this Synopsis I have, to save space, in many cases used the

same abbreviations as are used in Staudinger’s ‘ Catalogue’; but

I have omitted the greater part of the synonyms and references

given by him as no longer necessary.

the genus Hrebia.

5. ARETE, Fab., Mant., 42 (1787) ; Hiib., 231—2.

6. mnesTRA, Hib., 540—8 (1802); Esp., 120, 3,

4 (post 1802 2).

7. MAURISIUS, Hsp., 113, 4,5; Forts., p. 106

Car. alp.

Alp.; Gal. alp.

Sib. cent.; Altai

mont.

(1802 2).

? pawlowskyi, Men., Bull. Phys. Math., xvii.,

p. 217; En. iii., p. 145.

?var. haberhaueri, Stgr., S. EH. Z., 1881,

p. 268 (minus distincte notata, ? in-

constans).

Tarbagatai; Ala-

taw mont.

8. KINDERMANNI, Stgr., S. E.Z., 1881, p. 269 Altat mont.

(2 bona sp. an mawrisii var.).

Fort Churchill

Hudson Bay.

9. sorta, Streck., Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

1881, p. 35 (mihi naturaignota, mauwrisio

proxima fide Strecker).

Sib. cent.; Altai;

? Amur sup.

10. THEANO, Tausch., Mem. Mosc., i., p. 207,

t. 18, 1 (1809).

stubbendorfi, Men., Bull. Acad. Petr., v.,

p. 262 (1847).

Alatau, Namagan,

Thian-shan, 3000

—10,000 ped. alt.

11. TuRANICA, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., vol.

xul., 1876, p. 386; Alph., l.c., p. 80 (in

separata), t. xv., fig. 22.

var. leta, Stgr., 8. EK. Z., 1881, p. 275

(punctis paucioribus ; nomen vix

conservandum).

12. pHaRTE, Hib., 491—4 (1802 2). Alp. Tyrol; Styr.

13. MANTO,* Hsp., 70, 2, 3 (1781), ii., p. 106, Alp.; Pyr.; Hung.

120, 1. alp.

pyrrha, Fab., Mant., 42 (1787); Hiib.,

235—6.

* The synonymy of H. manto, Esp., and H. lappona, Esp., are

disputed points, and require some explanation, but I have followed

Staudinger, whose views, I think, are correct. He says that

Schiffermuller’s names, having no means of identification by de-

scriptions or figures, do not give priority. Therefore, as Esper’s

plate of manto (1781) is unmistakeable, it has priority over pyrrha

of Fabricius, Mant., 42 (1787) ; whilst pyrrha of Fabricius, Syst.

Ent. (1775), though older, is a different species. Manto being thus

preoccupied in 1781, the name cannot be used for another species

(No. 27 in my synopsis) by Fabricius and Hiibner, and gives place

to lappona, Hsp., t. 108, 3 (1798?). Esper had previously named

varieties of the same species Castor and Polluz, t. 67, 2,3 (1781),

but these names had also been pre-occupied for other butterflies

by Fabricius in 1777.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) Z

326

14.

15.

16.

18.

var. vogesiaca, Christ, Mitt. Schw. Ent.

Ges., vi. (1882), p. 9 in separata

(inconstans, nomen haud conser-

vandum.)

var. cecilia, Hiib., 213—14; Text, p. 35;

H.-5S., 584—5, var. supra fere vel

tota nigra infra vix vel infasciata ;

(trans. ad cme ?).

var. pyrrhula, Frey, Lep. Schw., p. 37

(1880). (var. minor, alpestris; an

bona species ?).

crTo, Hiib., 578—9 (1803).

var. vel ab ? phorcys, Freyer, 193, 2, iii.,

p- 4 (nomen vix conservandum).

GME, Hiib., 530—33 (1803); Esp., 120, 2

(post 1803).

var. spodia, Stgr. Cat. 1871, p. 24, psodea,

Freyer, 121, 3, u., p. 44; H.-S.,

165—7 (forma major, ocellis major-

ibus, transitus ad hippomedusam).

MEDUSA, Fabr., Mant., p. 40 (1787); Hub.,

t. 45, 1083—4.

var. hippomedusa (Ochs., Meiss. N. Anz.

Schw., n. 12, p.15, fide Meyer-Diir)

(var. alpestris inconstans, transitus

ad spodiam.)

var. psodea, Hiib., 497—9; Text, p. 34.

(var. inconstans ocellis pluribus

majoribus).

var. polaris, Ster., Cat., p. 10 (1861). (mi-

nor obscurior subt. subfasciata).

var. wralensis, Stgr., Cat., p. 10 (1861):

(minus ocellata subt. fasciata, an

polaris var. vel transitus ad se-

quentem.)

EPIPSODEA, Butl., Cat. Sat. Brit. Mus., p.

80, t. 2, fig. 9 (1868).

rhodia, W.H.Edw., Trans. Am. Ent.

Soe., iii., p. 273 (1871).

? var. brucei, Elwes (minor, absque ocel-

lis, fascia rufa fere obsoleta).

STYGNE, Ochs., 1., 1, 276 (1807); H.-S., 90,

SOR

ptrene, Hiib., 223, 4 (1800 ?).

Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

Vosges mont., 3500

—4000 ped.

Alp.; Pyr.

Graubunden, T—

8000 ped.

Alp.; Hung. alp. ;

Gal. alp.

Alp.; Gal. mont. ;

Lei

Austr. et Styr. alp.

et mont.

Germ. cent. et mer.;

Belg.; Gal. or.;

Helv. ad 4000 ped.

Aust. Styr. et Helv.

mont. et alp. (3700

—6000 ped. fide

Meyer-Dur).

Hung. or.; Bulg.;

Ross. mer.; Pont.

Arm. (fide Stgr.).

Lap.; Norv. bor.;

Finmark.

Ural mer.; Oren-

burg; Kirg. steppe

(Mus. Stgr.) Sib.

c. (Krasnoyarsk).

Colorado alp., ad

9500 ped.; Mon-

tana, Idaho, 2—

7000 ped.; Brit.

Columbia.

Summit County

Colorado, 12,000

ped.

Germ. mer. et Gal.

mer.mont.; Pyr.;

Daghestan (fide

Romanoff).

19;

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

the genus Hrebia.

NERINE, Freyer, 13, 8, 4 (July, 1831);

Boisd., Ic., 31, 6, 7 (1832).

recchlint, H.-8., Corr. Ins. Nr., i., p. 5;

Speyer, S. E. Z., 1865, 243.

var. stelviana, Curo., Bull. Ent. Ital., iii.,

p- 3847 (1871): (inconstans, nomen

haud conservandum ?).

var. morula, Speyer, S. E. Z., 1865, p. 248

(minor obscurior subtus unicolor).

scip10, Boisd., Ic., 30, 1—6, i., p. 152

(1832).

EPISTYGNE, Hub., Verz., p.62 (1816); Hiib.,

855—8.

MELAS, Herbst, 210, 4—7, viil., p. 191

(1796).

maurus, Esp., 107, 3, 4 (1798 ?).

forma pyrenea, Ober., Ent., viil., p. 22;

God., ii., t. xvii., 1,2, 3.

forma astur, Ob., l.c., p. 22, t.i., 12, 2

(forme vix vel haud distinguende,

melas proxime).

var. lefebvrez (? Boisd., Ind., p. 28, 1829) ;

Duy to Xxxvey oy 4) G5 clear,

88, 9 (forma major ocellata, tran-

situs ad hewitsont.)

hewitsoni, Led., Wien. Mon., 1864, p. 167,

t. 3, 6,7; Stgr., Hor. Ent., 1870,

p-. 65 (?lefebvrev var., vel tran-

situs ad eviam).

Evias, God., Tabl. Meth., p. 21 (1822) ;

Lef. Ann. 8. Lin., Paris, 1826, 488

Uy LI:

bonellii, Hiib., 892—5 (1827).

GLACIALIS, Hsp., 116, 2 (ante 1800?) ; H.-S.,

173—4.

pluto, Esp., 121, 1.

var. vel ab. alecto, Hiib., 528—9 (1802 ?),

persephone, Esp., 121, 5, 6 (1805 ?).

MAGDALENA, Séreck., Bull. Brook. Ent.

Soe., iii., p. 35 (1880); Edw., Butt.,

N.Am., ii, pt. v.; Er., 1, 1—4 (1888).

META, Stgr., 8. E. Z., 1886, p. 237.

gertha, Stgr., l. c. (var. inconstans ?; fase.

magis distincta, nomen vix con-

servandum).

Germ. mer. or.

Tyrol mont.

Téat. bor.

(Stelvio).

alp.

Tyrol mer. ; Alp.

Gall. alp. mer. or.

(Digne).

Gall. mer. or.

Hung. mer. mont. ;

Carn.; Grecia

mer.mont.; Dalm.

Pyr. or., 7T—9000

ped.

Asturias mont., 6

—8000 ped.

Pyr. cent., 6B—8000

ped.

Georgia; Swane-

tia; Persia bor.

mont.

Val. Ped. et Gal.

alp.; Pyr.; Hisp.

centr.

Helv. et Tyr. alp.

Colorado, 12,000—

14,000 ped.

Namagan mont.

(Turkestan).

x 2;

328

27.

28.

29.

30.

bl.

32.

O38.

34.

callias, W. H. Edw.,

Soc., li., p. 274 (1871).

dromus, H.-8., 168—9, 275, vi., p. 8 (var.

inconstans cum trans. ad tyndarum

typicum et ad hispanicam ; fasciis

Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

var. alexandra, Ster., l. c., 1887, p. 55.

issyka, Ster., l. c.,nom. vix conservandum 5

(ocellis majoribus, al. ant. rufe-

scens, transitus ad mopsos).

punctis indistinctis).

LAPpoNA, Esp., 108, 3 (1798 ?).

manto, Fab., Ent. Syst., 281 1798 nom.

var. mopsos, Stgr., S. HE. Z., 1886, p. 239

(@ al. ant. rufescentibus.

Set Q

preoce.); Hiibn., t. 45, 107—8.)

indistinctis).

mantoides, Butl., Cat. Sat., p. 87, t. 2, 6.

ab. polluw, Esp., 67, 8 (nom. proce.)

var. sthennyo, Grasl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1850, t. 10, 1—8 (inconstans, no-

men vix conservandum ; fase. ala-

rum supra et infra obsoletis vel

ocnus, Hv., Bull. Mose., 1843, 11., 588,

t. 8, 5, a, 6; H.-S., 291—2.

sino, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (ex Hor. Ent.

Ross., 1881), p. 83, t. xv., 20 f', 21 2.

thianshanica, Stgr. MSS.

tartarica, Ersch. MSS.

piscomipaLis, Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am., iv.,

p. 298, t. iii., 2,3; Graeser, Berl. Ent.

Zeit., 1888, p. 96.

DABANENSIS, Hirsch., Hor. Ent. Ross., viii.,

p- 315; Rom., Mem., ii, t. xvi., fig. 1.

KALMUKA, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (Hor. Ent.

Ross.; 1881), p. 81, t. 18 #, 19 ¢.

RADIANS, Stgr., S. H. Z., 1886, p. 240.

TYNDARUS, Lisp., 67, 1 (1781); cf. Ob., Et.

Ent., vill., p. 25.

Trans. Am. Ent.

latis rufis, ocellis majoribus).

Alexander Mnts.

(prov. Samar-

cand); Issykkul

(Turkestan).

Prov. Samarcand ;

Kuldja.

Alp.; Pyr.; Scand.

mont.; Lap.; Alt.;

Balk. ?

Pyr. centr.

Sib.mer.alp.; Ala-

tau; Ural.

Kuldja alp.; Thi-

anshan; Transili

mont.

Am. bor. (Hud.

Bay’; Brit. Col.)

(Lord) ; Asiabor.,

MOS” IN. (Bryb.);

Amur. sup. (Grae-

ser) ; Ougan, N.E.

Asia (Maack).

Irkutsk.

Kuldja mont.

Kuldjamont.; prov.

Ferghana mont.

Alpe Pye Lee

Hung. et Gal.

mont.

Colorado.

Bars “Canes aot.

mont.; Arm.

30.

36.

37.

the genus Erebia.

var. hispania (rect. hispanica), Butl.,

Cat., 86, t. ii., 7 (major, ocellis

maximis, subt. unicolor).

var. ottomana, H.-S., 876, 3879—80, vi.,

Peo ter, lore liS7Ol p06"

(maxima, fascia fere obsoleta, subt.

unicolor).

var. sibirica, Ster., 8. E. Z., 1881, p. 270

(? nomen vix conservandum trans.

ad ottomana et dromus).

GoRGE, Hsp., 119, 4, 5 (ante 1800?) ; Hiib.,

50, 2—5.

var. triopes, Speyer., S. E. Z., 1865, p. 248

(al. ant. ocellis 8 apicalibus).

var. gorgone, B., Ic., 29, 5—8,1., p. 150;

H.-8.,75, 76 (major, # subt. minus

variegata, @ venis albicantibus,

? transitus ad goantem).

var.? gigantea, Ob., Kt. Ent., viii., t.i., 7.

GOANTE, Hsp., 116, 1 (ante 1800 ?); H.-S.,

Ute Bee

PRONOE, Hsp., 54, 1 (1780) ; Hiib., 215—17.

var. pitho, Hib., 574—7 (? inconstans,

obscurior, fasciis rufis subnullis).

var. pyrenaica, Stgr. (inconstans, nom.

haud conservandum).

? var. (mihi nat.ignota) melancholica, H.-5.,

38.

39.

40.

41.

276—9, vi., p. 10.

HTHIOPS, Hsp., 25,1, g (1777), 68, 1, 2.

medea, Hiib., 220—2.

blandina, Fab., Ent. Syst., 286 (1798).

var. vel bona sp., neoridas, Boisd., Ind.,

p- 23; Ic., 29, 1—4 (pallidior, $

subt. minus fasciata).

ZAPATERI, Ob., Ann. Soc. Esp., iv., p. 370,

ts 175 Us 2s875).

SEDAKovu, Hv., Bull. Mosce., 1847, ii1., 70,

t.1., 5,6; H.-S., 591—2.

niphonica, Jans., Cist. Ent., ii., p. 153, t.

V.9/0 (1877).

LIGEA, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., 473; Hiib.,

225—8.

var. ajanensis, Men., En., ii., p. 104, 1855.

eumonia, Men., Schrenk’s Reise, p. 34,

ter lies) 4

329

And. mont. (Sierra

Nevada).

Greciamer.mont.;

Bith.; Arm.mont.

Tarbagatat.

Sum. Alp. Pyr.

Sum. Alp. (cum

formatyp.mixta).

Sum. Pyr. cent.

Asturias mont.

Alp.

Alp.; Styr.; Gal. It.

et Hung. mont. ;

Cauc. ; Bith.

mont.; Arm.; Svb.

Alp., etc. ; Pyr.

Ararat; Arm.mer.

oce.

Eur.c.; Angl. sept.

Tao. ; “Pure. 3: 07. 5

Cauc.; Alt.

Gal. mer. alp. et

mont,

Catalonia; Ara-

gon; Albarracin.

Sib. or.; Amur sup.

et inf.; Japan

mont.

Eur. cent. et sept.

mont.; Bulg.;

Caue. ; Sib. ;

Scand. mt.

Amur. inf.

330

var. (trans. ad ewryale) adyte, Hiib., 759—

60 (subt. magis albo-fasciata, supra

fasciis luteis); ef. Schilde, 8. E. Z.,

1873, p. 179.

var. eneseiensis, Trybom, Ofver. Vetensk.

Akad. Forh., 1877, p. 46 (? var.

constans et distincta; non vidi).

var. lwonica, Teich., S. HE. Z., 1866, p.

133 (al. post. subt. unicoloribus

brunneis).

var. ewryale, Esp., 118, 2, 3; Hiib., 789—

90; cf. Meyer-Diir, p. 177.

ab. vel var. inconstans ocellaris, Stgr.,

Cat., p. 11 (‘* supra maculis parvis

[non fascia] rufis, nigro-punctatis’’).

var. ewryaloides, Tengstr., Cat., p. 5

(ocellis subnullis).

42, EMBLA, Thwnb., Diss. Ent., ii. (Dec., 1791),

p. 38, t. f. 8, 8.

43. pisA, Thunb., l.c., p. 87; Freyer, 416,

i, 2s

griela, Hiib., 228—9.

2? var. mancinus, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di.

Lep., ii., p. 880; Atlas, t. 54 (1850

—52).

? var. vel bona sp. rossz, Curt., App. Ross.

Voy., p. 67, t. A, 7 (1835).

Aurivillius Ins. Vega Exp., iv., p. 75, t. 1,

4, 1885 (minor obscurior minus

ocellata).

44. FASCIATA, Butl.,

t. 2, 8 (1868).

Cat. Sat. B. M., p. 92,

var. ? minor minus fasciata.

45. cycLopius, Hv., Bull. Mosce., 1844, i11., 590,

t. 14, 8, a,b; H.-S., 607—8.

var. intermedia, Trybom, Ofver. Vetensk.

Akad. Forh., 1877, p. 46 (‘‘al. post.

subt. puncto medio ac tribus sub-

marginalibus albis”’); forma inter-

media an tristis referenda ?

46. AFRA (afer), Hsp., 83, 4, 5 (1783).

Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

Lap.; Fen.; Alp.,

etc.; Scand. sept.

Jenesei flum. 62°—

68° N.

Liv.; Finland; Ty-

rol (coll. Zeller).

Alp. Pyr.> Sas;

Hung. et Gal. mt.;

It. cent. mt.; Alt.

Alp. ; Sib.(Irkutsk)

Fen.; Ross. occ. et

bor.

Scand. cent. et bor.;

Ross. sept.; Sib.

bor. ad: TOS Nae

Amur. sup. et inf.

Lap.; Ross. bor. ;

Sib. bor. ad 70° N.

Am. bor.; Alaska;

Brit. Columbia.

Am. arct. 67°—68°

N., Boothia felia.

St. Lawrence Bay,

N.EH. Asia.

Am. arct. (Winter

Cove, Cambridge

Bay, exp. Collin-

son).

Hudson Bay, fide

Strecker ex Geffc-

ken.

Sib. cent. et or.;

Am. sup. et inf. ;

Ural.

Yenesei, 65° N.

Ross. mer.;

Tarbagatat.

Sib ;

47.

48.

49.

50.

the genus Hrebia.

var. ? dalmata, God., Enc. Meth., p. 530

(major, subtus magis unicolor, ? in-

constans).

PARMENIO, Boeb., Nouv. Mem. Mose., i1.,

p- 306, t. 19; H.-S., 421—2, 464—6.

var. (vel. ab.?) winocellata, Graes., Berl.

Ent. Zeit., 1888, p. 96.

TRISTIS, Brem., Bull. Acad., 1861, t. iii.

wanga, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 20, t.1i., 1.

ERO, Brem., l.c., p. 20, t. 11., 2; Trybom,

l.c., p. 48 (2? bona sp. vel var. disa

affinis; al. post. subt. punctis albis dis-

tinguenda).

EDDA, Men., Midd. Reise, p. 58, t. iii.,

11 (1851): Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeit.,

1888, p. 96.

331

Dalmatia; Aska-

bad, N. Pers. (fide

Christoph.).

Sib. cent.; Amur.

sup.

Amur. sup. (Poch-

rofka).

Amur.

Amur.; Yeneset,

78° N. (Trybom).

Amur. sup. et inf.

Species incerti sedis; transitus ad genus Callerebia :—

51.

52.

53.

54.

50.

56.

myoprs, Stgr., S. E. Z., 1881, p. 296.

var. tekkensis, Stgr., S. E. Z., 1886, p.

241,

?maracandica (apud Christoph., Rom.,

Mem., 1., p. 105).

? bona sp. vel trans ad maracandica.

MARACANDICA, Ersch., Lep. Turk., p. 17,

t. i., 13 (1874).

KALINDA, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 301, t.

xxx., 5, 9; Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt.

Ind., p. 241.

SHALLADA, Lang, J. As. Soc. Beng., xlix.,

pt. ii., p. 247 (1880); Marsh. & de Nice.,

Butt. Ind., p. 241, t. xv., 42, 3.

MANI, de Nicé., J. As. Soc. Beng., xlix.,

pt. ii., p. 247 (1880); Marsh. & de Nice.,

Butt. Ind., 1., p. 242, t. xv., 43, 3.

var. jordana, Stgr., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1882,

p- 171 (major, fascia lutea al. ant.

minus extensa).

var. ? roxane, Grum-Grsh. Rom. Mem.,

iii., p. 401, 1888 (an bona sp. al.

post. supra distincte rufo-fasciata,

subtus punctis albis subnullis).

HADES, Stgr., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1882, p. 172.

Alatau mont.

Kial Arvat,

Persia.

Alaimer.; Pamir ;

Karategin.

Him. oce.9—138,000

ped. alt.

Him. occ. 6—8000

ped. alt.

Ladak.

Namagan ;_ Kho-

kand mont.

Pamir.

Alat mont.

332 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

57. sAxicoLa, Ob., Et. Ent., ii, p. 32, t.iv., Ourato (Mongolia).

1. (1876).

Erepia pataconica, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Patagonia.

Phil., 1885 (7), ix., p. 55 (non vidi, an

hujus generis ?).

I will now give some short notes on the various

species, to explain the synopsis; as it must be observed

that many of these conclusions are doubtful, and cannot

be looked upon as settled until more complete information

is obtained about the species.

E. epiphron.—After examining a very large number of

specimens, I can only say that though the form cassiope,

which represents the species in the Alps, is very different

in typical examples from epiphron of the Hartz Mountains

and Silesia, yet it is so variable that in the Pyrenees

especially, and also in Scotland, it cannot be looked on

asconstant. ‘The varieties vogesiaca and pyrenaica connect

it with epiphron, and the form nelamus is an extreme

variety or aberration in which the ocelli have almost or

entirely disappeared. In the Balkans and Carpathians,

from whence however I have seen but few specimens, the

type is rather that of epiphron than cassiope.

E.. kefersteinii | only know from Eversmann’s description

and Herrich-Schiiffer’s figure, which shows no characters

by which it may be distinguished ; and it may turn out

that tundra, which Staudinger says comes between casstope

and melampus, is the same, though the band on the

under side of the hind wing, which is clearly shown in

the figure, seems to distinguish it clearly, and to indicate

some affinity with lappona. Tundra has only been found

near Lake Baikal, where a form of melampus is also said

by Staudinger to exist.

Ei. melampus is a small species, which extends to the

Carpathians and Riesengebirge; the var. sudetica, from

the latter range, does not seem sufficiently well marked

to bear a separate name, though typical specimens from

Silesia can be recognized.

EE. eriphyle remains, after all that has been written by

Meyer Dur, Christ, Rothenbach and others, a somewhat

doubtful species. All those who have seen it alive, how-

ever, consider it to be a distinct one, and though the

characters are difficult to describe, and seem somewhat

liable to vary, there is no difficulty in recognizing what

the genus Erebia. 333

are called typical specimens, and there may be occasional

hybrids between melampus and pharte, which are taken

for it. Christ says it is nearest to pyrrhula, which is a

somewhat local high alpine form of manto. LE. eriphyle,

though extending from Central Switzerland to Carinthia,

seems much more local than any other alpine Hrebia, and

it 1s to be hoped that now it is better known, further

observations will be made on it.

Of arete, mnestra, and pharte little need be said, as

they are species little subject to variation and of limited

distribution.

E.maurisius, pawlowskyi, haberhauseriand kindermanni,

form, with theano, a group apart, distinguished by the

pale colour of the cell of the fore wing. The name

maurisius Was given a century ago, by Esper, to a species

from Siberia which has never been certainly identified.

EH. pawlowskyi 1s also unknown except by description,

and haberhauert is almost certainly a mountain form of

it. H. kindermanni is described from a pair in Lederer’s

collection from the Altai, and the description agrees

well with specimens I received from Herr Tancré from

the same mountains, which have, however, been since

identified by Staudinger with mauwrisius. Iam inclined

to think that these four names represent one species,

though I do not know it well enough to say so with

certainty. HH. sofia is described by Strecker as being on

the upper side an almost exact counterpart of kefersteinit

(probably he meant haberhauert, which was sent out by

mistake under this name).

E. manto is a variable species in which the female differs

more from the male on the under side than any other.

In the commoner alpine form it is marked above

with a distinct band of rufous spots containing ocelli,

and the female has a distinct yellowish or sometimes

whitish band at the base of the hind wings below, as well

as an outer band of the same colour; but in the form

called cecilia these bands in the males are quite obsolete,

and the colour is a very dark unspotted brown. I cannot,

however, see that the form called vogesiaca by Christ, of

which I have specimens from himself, is at all different

from those which I have taken at Kandersteg in Switzer-

land, and which I at first took for a variety of pharte.

There is also a small form called pyrrhula, Frey, which

is referred to manto and considered by him to be a high

334 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

alpine form of it. This seems rare and local in Switzer-

land. Meyer-Dur considered cecilia to be a form of

glacialis, but in this I cannot agree with him, as I have

taken it both in the Alps and Pyrenees in localities

quite unlike, and widely separated from, the stony slopes

which glacialis inhabits.

E. ceto and eme are both distinct species. Gumppen-

berg says that the var. hippomedusa connects ceto with

medusa, and var. spodia connects ceto with wme; but I

have seen no specimens of either that I should consider

doubtful, though the variation in the ocell 1 1s very great

in both these species.

EH. medusa.—This is a very wide-ranging species, which

extends from Germany to the Upper Amur and the

North of Scandinavia. It is supposed by Strecker, who

quotes Staudinger in support of his opinion, to be

inseparable from epipsodea, Butl., aspecies which inhabits

the Rocky Mountains and extends north to British

Columbia. I have no specimens of medusa from Siberia for

comparison, but all my Huropean specimens may be easily

distinguished from the American species by the absence

of the band on the hind wings below; this band is more

or less present in the vars. wralensis, Stgr., and polaris,

Ster., and it may be that specimens of these forms occur

which connect medusa with epipsodea, though I have not

seen them.

Von Gumppenberg separates polaris specifically from

medusa on account of the difference in the hind wings

below, and makes wralensis a variety of it, placing them

next to epipsodea; but I am not at present able to

concur in this opinion.

I have a single specimen and Mr. Godman has a similar

one collected by Bruce in Cashier Valley, Summit County,

Colorado, at 12,000 feet, which are considered by Bruce

and W. H. Edwards to be a variety of epipsodea, though

it is so different from it that had I more specimens I

should be inclined to consider it as a different species,

more especially as epipsodea does not appear to extend

to such great elevations or to vary much; though its

range of altitude is very great. I have taken it in

Idaho at about 2000 feet elevation, and in the Yellow-

stone Park at 5—6000 feet, and have it from Colorado,

taken by Bruce as high as 9500 feet.

The specimens above mentioned are somewhat smaller

the genus Hrebia. 335

and with rounder wings than the average of epipsodea,

but are best marked by the entire absence of ocelli on

either wing or on either surface and the partial disap-

pearance of the red band. Though I do not attach great

importance to ocelliin the Hrebias as a specific character,

yet these specimens are certainly a well-marked variety,

and among thirty specimens of medusa and sixteen of

epipsodea I have none in which the ocelli on either fore

or hind wing are wanting.

E. psodea, Hibn., which by Staudinger is treated as a

form of medusa, confined to South-eastern Europe, but

which is recorded also from Monte Baldo, in Italy, is

separated specifically by Von Gumppenberg, but the

characters which he relies on are not visible in my

specimens from Eperies, in North Hungary.

E. stygne.—This species, though it has not a very wide

range, is extremely variable, but none of its varieties

seem sufficiently fixed to have received names. It is

extremely abundant in the Pyrenees, where some of the

females have a pale band, almost white, on the under side

of the hind wings; and both sexes have the bands

and ocelli wider and more conspicuous than is usual in

the Alps, where both are sometimes almost, if not quite,

obsolete. Some Pyrenean specimens come so close to

evias, which occurs with it, but has a rather higher range,

that I can hardly distinguish them except by the under

side of the hind wing; and others are somewhat like

some specimens of nerine, which apparently represents

it in the Eastern Alps.

E. evias, in Switzerland, occurs in the hot parts of the

Valais, at a low elevation, and flies early in the season ;

in the Pyrenees it ascends to 6000 or 7000 feet, and is

found also in the mountains of Central and Hastern Spain.

E. melas is a species which varies extremely, and may

perhaps be separated into two or three forms, of which the

typical melas is found in the Pyrenees, andin South-eastern

Kurope from Carniola to the Carpathians and Greece.

The variety lefebvrei, Boisd., with much larger ocelli,

and in some specimens, especially the females, with a

broad band on the fore wings, occurs in the Central

Pyrenees, and again, as hewitsoni, in Armenia, Georgia,

and Suanetia. ‘This last is separated specifically by Von

Gumppenberg, and seems to me as near to evias as to

melas; but strange to say, neither form is found in the

336 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

Alps or in the mountains of Asia Minor, and the Central

Pyrenean and Armenian forms resemble each other as

much as those of the Central and Eastern Pyrenees. A

more remarkable case of interrupted distribution without

apparent cause, and of similar variation in the extreme

points of the range, is hardly to be found in any other

species. It occurs also in the mountains of Asturias

(var astur, Ob.) and in Central Spain. The only female

from Greece which I have examined has the under side

of the hind wing mottled in a different way to any of the

females of either Pyrenean form.

E. meta and its var. gertha, Stgr., from Osch and

Namagan, in Hastern Turkestan, are not nearly allied to

any European species, though they seem to me too close to

i. mopsos, Stgr., which comes from the same mountains.

Staudinger, however, after comparing large numbers of

both, thinks them distinct. Alexandra is another form

from the same region, which Staudinger places as

a form of mopsos, but Von Gumppenberg calls a synonym

of meta. I expect all these four will have to be united

as one species eventually, though my materials are not

sufficient to enable me to do so with certainty at present.

EH. turanica, Ersch., and var. leta, Stgr.—A very dis-

tinct species, which Staudinger places between pharte

and theano, is found in the Alatau, Namagan, Kuldja,

and other parts of North-Eastern Turkestan, and has no

near allies either in Kurope or Asia as far as we know

yet. The series of white spots, sometimes coalescing into

a band on the under side of the hind wing, distinguish it

at a glance.

FE. glacialis is a very distinct species of the high alps,

which is almost entirely without ocelli, though aberra-

tions rarely occur in which they are present. It has no

near allies in Europe or Asia, but in the highest peaks

of Colorado, frequenting the same stony rocky slopes as

glacialis, is found a species which considerably resembles

it, namely, ’. magdalena, Streck. An excellent account

of this rare species, of which I have lately received spe-

cimens from Mr. Bruce, is given, with figures, in a recent

part of Edwards’ ‘ Butterflies of North America’; and

I may here note that H. haydeni, which he figures with

it, and of which I have both sexes from the Yellowstone

Park, is, | believe, a Cenonympha and not an EHrebia.

E. scipio, Boisd., and epistygne, Hub., are two species

the genus Hrebia. 337

confined in their range to the mountains of Southern

and South-eastern France. The former seems most

nearly allied to nerine, the latter to evias, but both are

well-marked species, and seem to be subject to little

variation.

E. afra, Esp., and dalmata, God., are by Von Gumppen-

berg considered distinct from each other, but Staudinger

places dalmata as a variety of afra, and the specimens I

have seen from the Mutzell collection differ only in their

rather larger size and less distinct marking below. It

must be either very local or very rare, as so good a

collector as Josef Mann never got it in three summers

which he spent in Dalmatia, but it is said to occur at

Sebenico and Obrova in that country. Christoph also

notes its occurrence in the mountains near Askabad, in

North Persia, and treats it as a var. of afra; afra,

however, is a very distinct species from any other, and

is foundin South-eastern Russia, as well as in Turkestan

and North Persia. Its nearest ally seems to be

E. parmenio, Boeb.—A large and distinct species, which

is found in Eastern Siberia as far south as Kiachta and on

the Upper Amur region. It seems, like afra, to be an

inhabitant of lowland and not of alpine districts. A

form of it without ocelli is described by Graeser as

inocellata.

FE. lappona is one of the most distinct and commonest

species in the high Alps, Pyrenees, and Scandinavia,

and occurs also in the Altai, but not in any intermediate

mountain ranges, or in Arctic America or Asia. This is

a curious instance of sporadic distribution with general

but no marked local variation, for the two named forms

of this, pollux, Esp., and sthennyo, Grasl., are hardly

worthy of separation. Though the latter seems to be

the typical form in the Central Pyrenees and not to

occur elsewhere, it is not as yet a fixed variety, as

ordinary specimens of lappona are found with it. I have

also a specimen of lappona labelled ‘‘ Balkan,” but I do

not know on whose authority, and can find no published

record of its occurrence there.

EE. dabanensis is a species described by Erschoff from a

single specimen in his collection taken near Irkutsk.

From the figure it seems nearest to lappona, but with

ocelli on the hind wings, and may be a form of it ora

distinct species.

338 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

E. discoidalis, Kirby, is a very peculiar species, which

extends from Pochrofka on the Upper Amur to the

banks of the Yenesei River, in lat. 70° N., and also

occurs on the western shores of Hudson Bay, from

whence I have specimens. It will probably be found

in other parts of North-eastern Asia and North-western

America, but I have not had the opportunity of com-

paring Asiatic with American specimens. Though placed

by Staudinger, who perhaps had never seen it, after

disa, it seems to me most nearly allied to ocnus.

Next we have a group of so-called species from the high

mountains of Turkestan, namely, ocnus, Ev., tartarica,

Ersch., sibo, Alph., thianshanica (? Staud. MSS.).

Of these I have ocnus, from the Alatau and Tarbagatai,

which I cannot agree with Von Gumppenberg in treating

as a var. of lappona, and what were sent as thian-

shanica, from Kuldja and Transili, by Staudinger, which

differ in their greater size and the absence of the

reddish brown on the fore wings, which is distinct in

ocnus.

This thianshanica is exactly represented by Alpher-

aky’s plate of sibo male, whilst his figure of sibo female,

which is much smaller and more distinctly banded below,

represents exactly what I received as tartarica from

Erschoff (but of which I can find no published deserip-

tion), and in both sexes as sibo from Alpheraky himself.

It seems from this rather scanty material that ocnus

is a good species distinct from lappona, and that sibo,

tartarica, and thianshanica are another, which is

variable both in size and in the colour of the under side,

and that both of them should be placed, as Staudinger

has done, in close proximity to lappona.

Near to ocnus, but well distinguished by the shape of

the wings, in the male especially, and probably belonging

to a different group, we have HL. radians, Stgr., with var.

usgutensis, from Osch and the South-eastern Altai; and

E. kalmuka, Alph., from the Kuldja district. Both of

these seem quite distinct, especially the latter, which

has the costa and margins of both wings of a silvery

srey colour, quite unique in the genus.

E. tyndarus.—This species has the widest range of

any non-arctic species, and occurs abundantly in the Alps,

Pyrenees, Spain, Greece, Caucasus, Central Asia, and

in the mountains of Colorado. It has been divided by

the genus Hrebia. 339

Von Gumppenberg into three species, namely, tyndarus,

of which he makes callias, Kdw., the Colorado form, a

variety ; dromus, H.-S., of which he makes hispanica,

Butl., a variety; and ottomana, H.-S. Staudinger

makes both dromus, ottomana, hispanica, and sibirica

simple varieties of tyndarus. My own collection of this

Bpecies is very rich, comprising 80 specimens selected

out of hundreds from the Alps, 30 from the Pyrenees,

18 from the Sierra Nevada of Spain, 3 from the moun-

tains of Asturias, 4 from Greece and Asia Minor, 5 from

the Caucasus, 1 from Siberia, and 12 from Colorado.

After a careful study of them I am unable to separate

any except ottomana, as a variety, which is sufficiently

fixed and invariable to be constantly recognised; though

hispanica is easily distinguishable from the alpine form,

and only connected with it through the very variable

forms of dromus which occur in the Pyrenees. I can

give no opinion as to the variety sibirica from Tarba-

gatai, which Staudinger says forms a transition to otto-

mana, and if this is so, it may be that even ottomana is

not capable of exact definition, though it is certainly

very unlike the typical tyndarus, and would, without the

intermediate forms, be considered abundantly distinct.

As to callias, I feel confident that it is at best but a

variety, the only character by which I can recognise it being

that the reddish patch on the fore wing below is extended

inwards parallel to the costa in a manner which is only

occasionally seen in other forms; though this character

is found in some specimens from Asturias, Greece, the

Caucasus, and Siberia. Von Gumppenberg gives as a

character, ‘‘ Alis post. subtus nigro-punctatis,” but this

is not constant in Colorado specimens, or always absent

in Huropean ones.

E. gorge is another very variable species confined to

the Alps and Pyrenees, in both of which it frequents

only high elevations. Von Gumppenberg separates

triopes as a species on account of the supposed difference

in its habitat and habits, but I have taken both flying

together both in the Engadine and on the Albula Pass.

As to the variety gorgone from the Pyrenees, I must

repeat what I said in these ‘ Transactions,’ 1887, p. 398,

viz., that though typical gorgone seems fairly distinct,

yet it seems to be connected with gorge, also found in

the Pyrenees, by intermediate forms.

340 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ notes on

The next group consists of five or perhaps six species,

all nearly allied to each other.

Of these pronoe and ethiops are the best known and

most widely distributed, the former extending from the

Pyrenees to Eastern Armenia, the latter from England

to Hastern Siberia. Both of them vary considerably.

EF. neoridas, Boisd., which Staudinger treats as a distinct

species, Von Gumppenberg makes a variety of ethiops,

and perhaps he is right in this; but sedakovi, Ev., from

the Amur and Japan, which he treats in the same

manner, is, I think, constantly separable, though I have

no Siberian specimens of ethiops for comparison with it,

and intermediate forms may occur. Neither Ménétries,

Bremer, or Graeser seem to have found ethiops in Amur-

land, and I do not know Staudinger’s authority for its

occurrence there.

E. zapatert is a species which seems quite distinct,

and is confined to the mountains of Aragon and Catalonia

in Spain.

E. melancholica, H.-S., is unknown except from the

figure, and has been found by no recent traveller.

Staudinger thinks it may be a var. of neoridas or rather

ethiops, and the figure given by Herrich-Schaffer might

well represent a form of pronoe which occurs in the

same region.

E. sedakovi is the eastern representative of @thiops,

to which it is nearly allied, and is not distinguishable

from the Japanese form which has been called niphonica ;

it extends to the Upper Amur region, and may be found

farther west.

The next species on the list is H. ligea, a very wide-

ranging and variable species, which occurs in almost all

parts of Central and Northern Europe and Asia. Huryale

is by many considered a distinct species, and in the Alps

seems to be so, and found at a higher elevation than

ligea ; but intermediate forms occur in Northern Kurope

under the name of adyte which seem to make an exact

definition of the two species impossible; and both

Lederer, Herrich-Schaffer, and Schilde have held the

same opinion as I do. In Asia it takes other forms, of

which ajanensis, occurring in the Amur region, is one,

and jenesciensis another. I have not seen any typical

euryale from Asia, though it is reported to occur in the

Altai Mountains.

the genus Hrebia. 341

E. embla, E. disa, and E. fasciata are boreal forms

of wide range, and though nearly allied and variable in

size and ocelli, are distinguished by constant characters,

so far as Ihave seen. EH. rossi may be distinct, but it is

so rare that I cannot say so, and the only specimens I

have seen look like an arctic variety of disa, to which

also mancinus seems to belong.

E. cyclopius and tristis are excluded from the genus

Erebia by Von Gumppenberg, who says they are nearer

to Satyrus dryas and actea, but I do not see any reason

for separating them myself.

EH. ero and edda are two little-known species from

Eastern Siberia, of which I know too little to speak with

certainty. They are both distinguished by white spots

on the under side of the hind wings. J. ero, from the

figure, might be perhaps a form of disa, but I have

never seen a specimen.

We have now a small number of eastern species which

appear to form a transition to the genus Callerebia,

Butl., which represents the genus in the Himalayas and

China. They are principally distinguished by the

different shape of the hind wings, but I have not been

able to detect any structural characters upon which a

subgenus could be defined, and they are not very nearly

allied among themselves.

E. myops is a very distinct species, which differs in

the colour of the hind wings below from any other ; it

seems to occur both in the mountains and in the steppe

or low hills which border it in North Persia.

E. maracandica, E. kalinda, and EH. shallada form a

group which, from the material at present existing,

seem distinct species, but maracandica and kalinda may

be connected by other varieties which probably occur in

the region of the Pamir.

E. mani is another inhabitant of the highest regions

of Central Asia, and is inseparable, I believe, from the

form named jordana by Staudinger ; but roxane, of which

I have only seen three specimens, though closely allied,

has ared patch on the hind wings, which may indicate a

distinct species or variety.

E. hades is another fine species, which might perhaps

be placed near tristis.

Whether saxicola is a good species or not I cannot

TRANS. ENT. 800. LOND. 1889. paRTII. (JUNE.) 2A,

342 Mr. Elwes’ notes on the genus Erebia.

say. It may be a Callerebia, but all these newly-

discovered Central Asiatic species are at present so rare

that their classification must be deferred till we know

them better.

E. patagonica, Mabille, is unknown to me, and may

belong to another genus, but if not, it will be the only

species in South America, as EH. vesagus, Doubl., and

E. boisduvalit, Blanch., from Chili, are not Erebias, but

belong to the genus Neosatyrus, Wallengren.

(jnote {5}

XII. Note regarding Delias sanaca, Moore, a Western

Himalayan Butterfly. By Lionen pe Nice&vi.e,

BREE: "CMeEZ Sis ce.

[Read April 8rd, 1889. |

On page 161 of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ fifth series, vol. xvil., 1886, it will be found

that I have given expression to the opinion that there

are three good species of the genus Delias allied to

belladonna, Fabricius, viz.:—‘‘D. belladonna, West

China to Kulu; D. sanaca, Western Himalaya; D.

belucha, Beluchistan.” I wrote the latter name from

memory; it should be D. flavalba, Marshall, from

Kunawar.*

I have lately had reason to modify this view; when

I wrote the above I had but a single specimen of

D. sanaca before me. Through the kindness of Mr. P.

W. Mackinnon I have received fourteen males and

five females of D. flavalba and D. sanaca from Masuri ;

and I have also before me six males of these two

species also from Masuri, and five males and one

female of D. flavalba (which constitute the type speci-

mens of that species) from Kunawar, contained in the

collection of Colonel A. M. Lang, R.E., captured by

himself many years ago. As regards these latter epeci-

mens, Colonel Lang in discriminating them, and Major

Marshall in describing them as distinct species, were

quite justified ; though both the Masuri and Kunawar

groups of specimens are very variable in the amount of

black markings they exhibit on both surfaces, there is

no connecting link between them. My fresh specimens

from Masuri supply this link. When arranged in a

sraduated series from the lightest-marked specimen to

the darkest, at no point can you draw the line dividing

them into two species. Regarding these specimens, Mr.

Mackinnon (who is an old collector, and has known the

** Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1882, page 759.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—paRT Il. (JUNE.)

344 Mr. Lionel de Nicéville’s note

species in life for many years) writes me:—‘‘I am

sending you ten more [D. sanaca} of five different

shades as near as I can manage. I am sure the dark

and light-coloured ones belong to the same species, as I

got dozens of all shades in one place, and in one

forenoon; they were all chasing each other, at times

six or seven together. Mr. Angus Campbell has also

captured some of them in Masuri, where it is not very

rare: he got them ont he flowers of the horse-chestnut

in May. Mine were all caught on open spaces in forests

of the Mouroo Oak, Quercus dilatata. [Ticketed Nag

Tiba, near Masuri, 8500 feet, latter half of May and

beginning of June, and Tehri Gurhwal, near Masuri,

8500 feet, 10th to 20th June.] I have seen them often

in Masuri, but captured them very seldom.” I should

remark of the female from Masuri, that none of them

are as light-coloured as the palest male specimen of D.

flavalba ; in fact they vary too, but not as much as the

males, the lightest specimens equal D. flavalba (type

female), the darkest equal D. sanaca.

Major Marshall writes me on the subject :—‘‘ I am

returning to-day your paper on 7’. belladonna. I think

you are right in the matter. I would never have

separated D. flavalba unless I had believed it to be

confined to the dry western zone of the Himalayas,

where the climate is that of Kunawar. Its occurrence

at Masuri makes it climatically and geographically in-

separable, though of course climate has a large effect in

producing the prevalence of black or of white in the

coloration of butterflies.”

I will now leave the matter, only adding that it is

more than probable that there is only one species of this

croup, D. belladonna, and that to prove it, it is only

necessary to bring sufficiently large material together to

connect all the described forms, of which I give a list

below :—

D. belladonna, Fabricius, habitat of typical specimens

unknown, probably occurs in Western China.

D. ithiela, Butler, described from Penang, but occurs

in Sikkim and Assam.

D. berinda, Moore, figured on plate xu., vol. 1, of

Waterhouse’s ‘ Aid,’ occurs in the Khasia Hills,

probably a synonym of the last.

regarding Delias sanaca. 845

. hearseyi, Butler, described from Barrackpore! True

habitat unknown.*

. boylee, Butler, Sikkim.

. horsfeildi, Gray, Nepal.

. sanaca, Moore, Western Himalaya, but recorded by

Mr. Moore in Cat. Lep. Mus. EH. I. Co., from

Darjeeling ! +

D. flavalba, Marshall, Kunawar.

SSiSi ee

[I must apologise both to Mr. de Nicéville and

to the Society for the delay in the publication of this

note, which was sent to me just as I was leaving

England last year. As Mr. de Nicéville asked me to

make any comment upon it which might seem useful,

I may now say that his views entirely concur with my

own as expressed in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’

and in this Society’s ‘ Transactions ’ of last year.

But I do not think it can be any longer doubtful that

whatever views may be still held as to the specific dis-

tinctness of D. ithiela, Butler, and D. sanaca, Moore,

from D. belladonna ; D. berinda, Moore, is a synonym of

ithiela, whilst D. boylee and D. hearseyi, Butler, are

both synonyms of horsfeildi. As I have now had

an opportunity of seeing a large number of belladonna

collected near Ichang, in China, by Mr. Pratt, which

are in Mr. Leech’s collection, I may further add

that they have the broad yellow abdominal patch and

white inner margin on the hind wing of horsfeildi,

with something of the duller black and less white

markings of ithiela; but they may be distinguished

from Himalayan forms, in common with my specimens

from Tsekou, in South-east Tibet, by the more elongated

spots on the under side.

In this case, as in many others, the light which is

thrown on the question by increased numbers of speci-

mens from fresh localities, all goes to prove that a very

wide range tends to produce variation; and that the

greater our knowledge of wide-ranging and variable

species, the greater becomes our difficulty in defining

the varieties.—H. J. EKuwes.]

* Almost certainly from Sikkim.

+ This is a mistake. It is the form known as horsfewldi which

occurs in Sikkim.—H. J. E.

aco ) s

- aad ; 1 a v o 7

7 Or e ve ow pres Np

; H Peanet * Aas

a i}

J '

{ , :

‘

‘ Fy 4 3

. ‘s ’

. fs

’

(

‘

;

' s

. Mt (

_ 1

(847 1)

XIII. Notes on Indian ants. By Grorcz ALEXANDER

James Roruney, F.E.S.

[Read April 3rd, 1889. ]

Tue following notes (which I have been encouraged to

offer to the Society by the kind assurance of my friend

Mr. Edward Saunders that they might be of some

interest to hymenopterists) are confined to my written

memoranda of a few only of the more conspicuous or

interesting of the Indian species which have been con-

stantly under my observation from March, 1872, to

March, 1886.

Now that I have left India, I often feel sorry I did not

turn to better account such a splendid field for the study

of these most fascinating insects, but the calls and

duties of a business life and the necessity of spending

much of one’s spare time in outdoor sports, which in

India means not only relaxation but health, very greatly

reduce the leisure available for steady entomological

work, and, as these notes will show, almost restrict

one’s observations to Sundays and holidays; still there

have been many neglected opportunities, and I shall

always regret having failed to find the female of Dorylus,

and to dig up a satisfactory nest of Holcomyrmesx indicus.

Looking back on Indian ants generally, it is strongly

impressed upon my mind by many an unrecorded

observation that not only do different species vary as

widely in habits and character as do the numerous and

distinct nationalities inhabiting this wonderful country,

but that individuals of the same species will occasionally

exhibit, when under apparently similar conditions and

circumstances, different little traits and dispositions, so

that if you attempt to fix any hard and fast lines as to

ant-conduct you are apt to find your calculations and

theories somewhat upset.

Mr. Edward Saunders has kindly assisted me in

determining some of the ant-puzzles, and I am happy

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART II. (ocr.) 2B

348 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

to say that my Indian collections of Hymenoptera are

now in Mr. Cameron’s abie hands for description.

Camponotus compressus, Formica compressa, Fabr. The

Black Ant of India.

This species is very common in Bengal, and can be

seen in numbers almost everywhere, but it becomes

comparatively rare as you get up-country to Oudh, the

North-west Provinces, and the Punjaub, where its place

seems to be taken by Myrmecocystus viaticus ; the two

species can be taken in the same locality, but as viaticus

becomes common, compressus is seen less frequently :

Benares, Agra, and Lahore are good illustrations of this.

Compressus is very common in Madras, and I| have also

taken it in Bombay. The nests are formed in the earth

at a depth of several inches, generally under the shelter

of trees, and are very populous. The sexes swarm in

May or early June, and take flight as soon as the sun

goes down. Stray specimens of the sexes, however,

may be taken at light from the commencement of the

hot weather to the end of the rains (April to September).

The workers-major are very fierce and strong, and attack

when disturbed with the greatest courage ; if you allow

them to fasten on your hand they can draw blood with

ease, their strong mandibles cutting like a pair of nail-

scissors; and when once they get a good hold, unless

you unlock their jaws, they will leave their heads fixed

in the wound rather than loosen their bull-dog grip.

It is amusing to watch the havoc these big workers

will play with the white ants (Termites) whenever they

get the chance. Very probably the trunk of the tree

under which compressus has formed its colony will be

plastered with the covered ways of Termites; take a

stick and uncover these, and compressus will immediately

rush in and carry off the soft helpless Termites to their

nest; but they never have the sense or industry to open

up any of these prolific finds for themselves, even when

the key or start is given them, although with their

immense strength they could very easily do so.

It is a very common occurrence to find evidence of

deadly family feuds between these warriors, such as two

lying dead, locked together, and another walking about

with a big head fixed to a leg or antenna: but of many

on Indian ants. 349

observations of a similar character, I will relate the

details of a particularly desperate fight that took place

in the verandah of my bungalow in Barrackpore between

a worker-major (not a very big specimen) and a nest of

that pungently stinging ant, Solenopsis gemminatus. One

afternoon in May, 1880, at 4.30 p.m., I noticed a worker

of compressus very busy skirmishing round a column of

the verandah, in which was a strong colony of Solenopsis ;

she contented herself for some time in cutting off and

snipping in two the stragglers from the nest, but by-and-

bye she became bolder, and came closer to the nest,

seizing and cutting away with the most systematic

determination; by stooping down a little you could

distinctly hear the snip, snip of the mandibles as they

severed heads and bodies of the apparently unoffending

gemminatus. This went on till 5.80, when compressus

commenced an attack on the main entrance to the nest

itself; and now the fight became more general. After

a rapid dash at the entrance compressus would retreat,

covered with these little red ants; some would be jer ked

off, but the more pertinacious required individual

clearing, and I noticed compressus adopted a very clever

plan of freeing her legs from the enemy: say one or

more ants were holding on to her leg, she would then

encircle that limb with her mandibles above the hold of

the red ants, and then, instead of moving the jaws,

would draw the leg through, a process very like shredding

currants; of course gemminatus would often get a hold

where this process could not be applied, but compressus

always managed to free herself at last, and then off to

the entrance again for a fresh attack. Twice while

watching, compressus, covered with red ants, rolled from

the base of the column to the steps below, but as soon

as she freed herself, up she mounted again and renewed

the fight. At 6 o’clock I went for the usual evening

drive, and left my friend hard at it. On my return at 8

the fight was still going on, although it was then dark,

and compressus was showing evident signs of exhaustion.

At 9.80 I went out again to see how matters stood, and

found compressus still alive, but covered with foes and

almost done to death. I picked her up, cleaned off the

red ants, brought her indoors, put her in a comfortable

open box, and prepared some syrup of sugar and sherry,

but on going to the box the next morning I veeucuad

350 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

to find her stiff and dead. I have always regretted I did

not mix her syrup with brandy or port instead of sherry,

but I fear she was past recovery. After bringing her in

the night before, I went back with a light and gathered

up some of the dead from the battle-field, and of the

odds and ends of heads and bodies. I made out next

day some 58 slain, but the total must have been much

ereater, as I did not succeed in picking up in the de-

fective light of a wall-lamp anything like the whole of

the killed. I should be inclined to estimate the total as

nearer 150 to 200. I did not observe any wounded ;

compressus did her work too effectively for that.

Beyond a pure love of a good scrimmage I can offer

no suggestion as to any reason or cause for this fight ;

gemminatus was wholly unoffending, and compressus

might have left the battle-field with colours flying any

time from 4.80 up to8 p.m. Ihave seen many instances

of compressus’ pugnacity when coming across other ants,

or crossing close to another nest, but never such a

systematic, determined affair as the one described. I

have this Hereward of ants in my collection now, with

a few odds and ends of the slain. I have examined a

great many nests of compressus, but have never suc-

ceeded in finding in them any other species of ants,

Coleoptera, Aphide, or indeed insects of any kind.

Myrmecocystus viaticus (Fabr.).

Cataglyphis viatica.

This ant is common in the North-west Provinces,

Oudh, and the Punjaub. I have also taken it in Tirhoot,

but never in the Calcutta district. It forms its nests in

the hard-baked earth in the most exposed situations,

and seems to revel in the hot dry air and fierce sun of

these parts. You can always find plenty of nests in the

broken ground about Agra, and also in the pathways of

the gardens at Benares. The workers, which vary

immensely in size, can be found busy and active all the

year round, but the sexes I have only obtained in May.

The workers have a strong propensity for marching

about in irregular lines of a dozen or twenty together ;

they march at a great pace, but I have never been able

to detect any particular object in these excursions, and

have never seen them attacking other ants, or bringing

on Indian ants. 851

home any plunder. The workers-major, however, are

very fond of carrying their smaller brethren when on the

march, which they do by striding over and holding them

clear of the ground with their mandibles ; if you disturb

them the big worker drops the little one, and each makes

off on its own account, but if left alone, and you watch

quietly for a little time, you may see the big ant pick up

the little one and march on again in a great hurry, and

as if to make up for the delay. I have examined many

of the nests of this species, but never found any slave-

ants or insects of any kind in them. The big workers

are powerful ants, but do not possess the immense

strength of the giant workers of compressus.

Camponotus sylvaticus, Oliv.

This is a common species in Bengal, and can be found

on most tree-trunks; it delights in shade, and forms its

nests (which are never populous) in the ground under

leaves. The workers are very active and extremely

fragile, and it is difficult to secure perfect specimens.

Specimens even from the same nest will vary greatly

in colour.

Polyrhachis levissimus, Sm.

This ant forms its nests in the decayed wood of trees,

covering the entrances to its burrows with a_ thick

papyraceous material, which might be best described as

a ‘‘small-hands ” made in the substance of a ‘‘ tissue”’ ;

it is by no means a common ant, and I have hardly

found half-a-dozen nests during my residence in India,

and these have all been in Bengal. My finest nest is

situated in a tree (a species of Acacia) in Barrackpore

Park, on the south side of the tennis-ground, close to the

Chirya Khana (aviary). This nest has a web stretched

across a portion of the decayed trunk fully 18 inches

broad by 2 feet in length, and is very populous; this

nest swarms about the commencement of the rains,

June 15th to July 7th. It is a strikingly handsome

species, with its shining jet-black head and body, relieved

and set off by the red legs. It often reminded me of

our English F’. fuliginosa in general appearance and

habits, and always seemed like an old friend, but

though I spent many hours for many years watching

352 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

this nest, I never detected any special trait or character

worth recording. I never found any other species in the

nest nor Aphid, and, as far as I could observe, the ants

derived their nourishment from the rich, black, moist

mould of the decaying wood. ‘They are a gentle species

of ant, and can be handled without inconvenience.

Polyrhachis Schrinax, Roger.

This ant forms its nest by binding together with one

or two silky threads a couple of leaves of a shrub; it

only contains a few individuals, and is decidedly rare.

The same remarks apply to Polyrhachis bicolor, Smith.

Polyrhachis spiniger, Mayr.

This is a common species in Bengal, but the nests are

not easily found; they are formed by web-work binding

together a few twigs of a spiny shrub like a dwarf

babool, and I have not found them in any other plant.

This species was described from specimens taken in the

Botanical Gardens, Calcutta.

Pseudomyrma bicolor, Guér., Sm.

Sima rufo-nigra (nigrum), Jerdon.

This species (the female of which is figured and de-

seribed by Frederick Smith in the Entomological Trans-

actions for March, 1875, from my specimens taken at

Barrackpore) is very common in Bengal ; it forms its

nests in the dead (but not decayed) wood of trees, and it

can always be met with scouring over the trunks,

particularly of fruit-trees lke the mango (Mangifera

undica), baél (digle marmelos), and lychee (Nepheliwn

Lichi). Though so generally common, the nests are

not easy to find, and I only met with two thoroughly

well-established colonies that could be visited and

watched year after year (the first was situated in a tree

in Barrackpore Road, opposite the Park-gates, just

where the trunk-road turns off by the Club; the other

in a small tree in the Park, in some waste ground by

the viceregal kitchen-garden. These nests I have spent

hours in watching from 1874 to 1886). It is a very

pugnacious species, and attacks almost any insect that

on Indian ants. SDS

comes in its way; I say almost, for I have seen it dis-

tinctly avoid the big workers of compressus, and on one

or two occasions also the workers of Gicophylla smarag-

dina, when placed at a slight disadvantage in the way

of position and numbers; it is armed with a very

powerful sting, which inflicts by far the most painful

and lasting wound of any hymenopterous insect I am

acquainted with, and I have had experience of the stings

of most Indian bees, wasps, andants. It is very possible

this may be considered by many who know the ant as

too high an estimate of its stinging powers, but there

are stings and stings. I have had hundreds of casual

ones, and thought no more of them than of the stings

of a Polistes or Pompilus ; but once allow this ant to get

a firm hold with its mandibles, and then, doubling its

body, plunge its sting, so to speak, up to the hilt, and

go on stinging, and the result is an entomological

experience that few would care to tryagain, I have had

several of these little experiences, and will give the

following details of the worst :—

I was out collecting in Barrackpore Park, and one of

these ants got on my left hand and stung me just under

a heavy snake-ring I was wearing. Iwas foolish enough

to allow it to operate im the above-mentioned thorough

fashion before I brushed her off, and never thought of

removing the ring until the finger was too swollen to do

so. On my return home I tried to reduce the swelling

with ice, but without success; the whole hand puffed

out, the inflammation extending right up the arm to the

shoulder; the finger itself turned blue, and looked and

felt like bursting. I spent a wretched night, and the

first thing in the morning sent to the bazaar for a native

jeweller (Johari), who cut the ring off for me, but it was

a painful operation, and it was two days before I was

quite right again. I was in perfect health at the

time, and in football training, which will give some

idea of the effect of the poison when rufo-nigra has

sufficient time to make a really deliberate and well-

sustained sting.

In my compound at No. 45 Cantonment, Barrackpore,

I had a very fine baél-tree, covered every year with fruit,

of which my mali (native gardener) was especially fond ;

but the tree was much frequented by Pseudomyrma, and

little ‘“‘Adjun-mali’’ never went up to pick the fruit

354 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

without expressing many anathemas on this particular

species of ant.

I have never found any swarming time for this species,

but have taken specimens of the winged female at

different times during the hot weather and rains, but

generally in May; but altogether I have not captured

more than about twenty specimens. From May 20th

to 24th, in 1879 to 1882, I captured each year a single

female sitting on a leaf of the mussel-shell creeper,

Clitoria ternatea, on the east side of the Chirya Khana

(aviary), Barrackpore Park, and in almost the same

position. What the attraction for this particular spot

was I could never make out, and there were no nests in

the immediate neighbourhood.

Wherever you find this species in any numbers, if you

watch a few moments, you will see a mimicking spider,

Salticus, running about amongst the ants, which it very

closely resembles in appearance, much more so in life

than in set specimens placed side by side; in my two

favourite nests I haye seen numbers on the most friendly

footing with the ants, though I have never seen them

enter their burrows. I have never seen these spiders

doing anything, or capturing any fly or other insect,

though they are always very busy and in a great hurry ;

they are very quick in their movements, and are difficult

to capture, and, being very fragile, good specimens are

not very easily obtained. I have at times fancied I have

seen them imbibing some of the moisture from the bark

where it has been bruised or chafed, but I cannot be

certain ; they are evidently on a special footing with the

ants, and are, I should say, the only friends Pseudomyrma

has, with the exception of a sand-wasp, a new species of

Rhinopsis since described by Mr. Cameron, which also

very closely mimics rufo-nigra, and which, on first

observing amongst the workers, I took to be the male.

It is very active; I have seen three specimens (but only

captured one), two at the nest in the Barrackpore Road,

and one at the nest in the Park.*

S. rufo-nigra appears to be fairly omnivorous, preying

* It is perhaps curious and worthy of remark that a species of

Ampulez should so exactly mimic this ant and mix with it on

friendly terms, whilst another species, the handsome compressum,

should behave towards it in the somewhat overbearing and rough

manner I have elsewhere described.

on Indian ants. 855

on live insects, such as flies, moths, other ants, or any-

thing it can capture ; it is also very fond of over-ripe

fruit, and there is a species of fig in the Park, the fruit

of which (about the size of a medlar) is always riddled

with these ants. I have not, however, found it on

carrion, as I have the workers of Dorylus and Solenopsis.

I have never observed the workers fighting amongst

themselves in the immediate neighbourhood of their own

nest, but on other trees it is not an uncommon occur-

rence to find little parties of six or eight engaged in

deadly battle. In May, 1883, I found five couples locked

in a death struggle on the trunk of a casuarina-tree ; I

secured them, and they did not let go their hold on being

put in the collecting-bottle, but died as they fought. It

seems probable that these were workers from different

nests engaged in hunting, and a common object had

brought them into collision.

S. rufo-nigra and Cicophylla smaragdina, Fabr.—In

1883 smaragdina, which had never for the previous ten

years been a very common ant in Barrackpore, appeared

in large numbers, and advanced from tree to tree along

the trunk-road ; it came up opposite the Club and the

Park-gates, where the road turns round to the parade-

ground and Pulta. I watched the position of affairs

with much interest, as smaragdina had only the road to

cross,—one big tree and one telegraph-post,—and they

would be on to my favourite nest of rufo-nigra. This

was in March, but it was not until April that smaragdina

crossed the road, and I observed the workers gathering

in numbers about the end big tree and the telegraph-

post, but my tree was still unmolested. On Sunday,

April 29th, however, the fight commenced ; smaragdina

were clustering round the tree, and making futile efforts

to ascend, for rufo-nigra mustered in strength in a ring

round the base of the trunk, and successfully repelled

every effort of smaragdina to effect a lodgment. Ant for

ant rufo-nigra was far more than a match for smaragdina,

and the yellow ants were routed by the red and black.

There were (as far as I could see) no killed on either

side, and when I left, after watching some hours, rufo-

nigra was master of the situation, and smaragdina

retiring to the big tree and telegraph-post.

The next Sunday, May 6th, I again visited the tree,

and to my surprise a great change had taken place in

356 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

the position of the two species. There were no yellow

ants round the base of the tree, but smaragdina appeared

in great numbers high up on the trunk on the north

side, and were descending towards the red and black in

the shape of a wedge, the base spreading almost across

the north side of the trunk, then tapering off to a point,

the apex being formed by a single ant supported by two,

the two by a line of three or four, and so on. When I

arrived this spear-head of ants was about two feet above

the entrance of Pseudomyrma’s nest (which was a little

on the west side of the tree) ; it was not advancing, but

almost stationary, the only movement being made by

the few forming the apex: rufo-nigra clustered in

numbers round the entrance to their nest, but did not

attempt any counter move in force or combined effort ;

they contented themselves with light skirmishing with

the point of the smaragdina formation, but here, though

they tried many times, they could make no impression ;

rufo-nigra invariably engaged yellow ant No. 1, the

apex ; No. 1 instantly backed on Nos. 2 and 3 in the

second line, which brought an enemy on either flank,

which was too great odds, and rufo-nigra would have

much difficulty in disengaging herself. This went on

for some hours, till I had to leave. I never saw any

killed, but the apex of the yellows was once or twice

relieved from the rear: rufo-nigra was evidently much

alarmed, crowding round the entrance to their nest

with a restless unmeaning action and generally scared

look.

I could never make out how smaragdina arrived at the

upper part of my tree; either they must have ascended

on the south-east side (which was not so much fre-

quented), when rufo-nigra was not on the alert, or they

must have gone up the telegraph-post and travelled

along the wires, which just at one point touched a few

of the leaves of my tree. The trees on the right and

left of my tree did not touch.

On Sunday, May 18th, I again visited my tree,

expecting to find smaragdina in possession, but the

reverse was the case; there was not a single yellow ant

on it, rufo-nigra being in sole charge, and the work of

the colony going on as usual. What had happened in

the meantime I had no means of telling, but I think

on Indian ants. 357

smaragdina must have left the tree of their own accord,

and were not driven off.*

On Sunday, May 20th, I again went to my tree, to

find another invasion of smaragdina, and the wedge-

shaped column of yellow ants advancing as on May 6th ;

this time rufo-nigra hardly offered any opposition, and

there was a very apparent diminution in their numbers.

On Thursday, May 24th, smaragdina had again de-

serted the tree, and rufo-nigra was to the fore.

On Sunday, June 10th, another invasion: smaragdina

all over the tree, some workers being close to the entrance

to rufo-nigra’s nest; very few of rufo-nigra workers

about, and these all small-sized specimens ; the red and

black ants almost suppressed.

On Sunday, June 24th, smaragdina occupied the upper

portion of the tree, rufo-nigra the lower, and had regained

their nest.

On Sunday, July 22nd, I found smaragdina strongly

in the ascendant: very few workers of rufo-nigra about.

After this date I left off taking written notes, but

smaragdina gradually deserted my tree, and passed on

to others ; rufo-nigra was left in undisputed possession,

but the colony was never so populous and prosperous

again, and on my leaving India, in 1886, had not entirely

recovered from these invasions of the yellow ants.

In the ‘Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine’ for 1876,

pp. 87, 88, I have very fully described a curious phase

in the history of this ant, and the beautiful sand-wasp,

Ampulex compressus ; how, on the 1st June, 1876, on

the trunk of an old peepul-tree (Ficus religiosa), on the

road to Pultah and Barrackpore, I found a number of

these wasps and ants engaged in a series of battles, or

what really describes it more accurately, wrestling-

matches, the wasps jerking the ants clear off the tree

one after the other ; there would be a little fencing and

* It is possible that as the spear-head formation of yellow ants

advanced to a level with rufo-nigra’s nest, the red and black ants

may have retired; it would be impossible for smaragdina to follow

them up, as their size would not permit them to enter the burrows.

The yellow column may have then passed on, and rufo-nigra,

issuing in a body, taken them in flank, and by this skilful

manceuvre snatched a victory from defeat; but of course this is

mere conjecture, though more unlikely things do happen in ant-

life.

358 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

dodging for a hold, especially when two ants at the same

time faced a wasp, but Ampulex always succeeded in

jerking them off the tree. The ants did not appear to

be hurt, and I watched several reascend the tree and try

another fall with their too-powerful opponents. This

tree was always much frequented by both Ampulex and

Pseudomyrma, but I have never seen any ‘‘ tummasha,”’

as the natives would call it, of this sort going on there,

either before or since; but on May 20th, 1883, on a

peepul-tree in Barrackpore Park, I observed a single

specimen of Ampulex jerking ants off the trunk, mostly

rufo-nigras, but in this case there was some apparent

reason; both ants and wasps were attracted to the same

spot by some sort of sticky secretion exuding from the

bark, and ants and wasp consequently collided, with the

result that the former were jerked off as described ; only

a few of the rufo-nigras offered any opposition or made

any fight, and as before, none of the ants appeared to

be much the worse for their falls.

Pseudomyrma carbonaria, Smith.

Sima carbonaria, Smith.

This species is not uncommon in Bengal, and forms

its nests in trees, as with rufo-nigra. I have only found

one or two nests, and these were not populous; my best

one was situated in an india-rubber tree (Ficus), on the

drive from Government House to the Outram Statue,

Calcutta. Ihave only taken one specimen of the winged

female. The sting of this ant is sharp and pungent, but

not to be compared in power to rufo-nigra. There is a

species of Salticus which mimics this ant, but it is very

rare, and there is another spider which also frequents

tree-trunks, and closely mimics a Camponotus.

(Hcophylla smaragdina, Fabr.

This well-known ant is common in Bengal, and forms

its nests in trees by drawing together the living leaves

with a fine white web, as described in Jerdon’s ‘ Madras

Journal.’ In 1883 immense numbers of this ant appeared

in Barrackpore, advancing from tree to tree along the

trunk-road from Calcutta, and they soon took up a

strong position in the Park; some of the trees were

on Indian ants. 359

covered with nests, which are very populous. I noticed

that the various nests on any one tree appeared to form

one colony, and to live on friendly terms, whereas the

ants on a neighbouring tree would be inimical; this I

proved by keeping a nest in my verandah for several

weeks at a time, and trying a few simple experiments, I

found that ants brought from any nest from the same

tree as my captive nest were immediately recognised as

friends, and received with evident signs of satisfaction ;

but specimens brought from nests from any other tree

were immediately attacked, and unless rescued were

killed in the most savage manner. The longest test was

only three or four weeks, for by that time my captive

ants always began to show signs of failing health, so

that I never had the heart to keep them shut up for a

longer period. I tried to keep them healthy by a daily

supply of fresh leaves, and fed them with sugar, plan-

tains, and other fruits; but they took most kindly to

green Geometra larve taken from newly-made nests of

Ewmenes conica, which were generally handy in the

verandah, but either captivity did not agree with them,

or I failed in my mode of treatment, for after the third

week my captives invariably became more or less

feeble and sickly. The following are extracts from my

diary :—

May 6th. Brought home with me (with considerable

difficulty) a fine strong nest of Gicophylla smaragdina,

and arranged a comfortable home for it in a large open

box in my verandah, isolating it by standing the box on

a tin pot resting on a large brick, the brick standing in

a large earthenware saucer of water.

May 24th. Introduced four ants taken from another

nest, but from the same tree; these were at once

received with marked signs of pleasure, were caressed,

and entered the nest with their friends as if perfectly

at home.

May 27th. Introduced ten specimens taken from a

different tree: these at once showed signs of alarm, and

endeavoured to escape; but most of them were seized,

and would have been pulled to pieces had I not rescued

them.

June 8rd. Introduced some more strangers, who

showed alarm and immediately made off till stopped by

the water; the captive smaragdina, though showing

360 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

signs of hostility, were too feeble to make any serious

attack.

I repeated this experiment many times, varying the

intervals of introducing friends and strangers from a

few days up to the three weeks, but always with the

same result. I then altered the conditions somewhat,

and on June 10th cut a fine populous nest from a tree

and placed it on the trunk of one a few hundred yards

distant, inhabited by another colony. The ants from

my nest immediately took possession of the fork where

I had placed the nest, overpowering the few ants that

happened to be about ; but others came streaming down

to repel the invaders. My nest continued to pour

forth its swarms, and soon the trunk was covered with

masses of struggling yellow ants. It was, as far as I

could judge, a drawn battle.

I then withdrew my nest, and hung it up to the trunk

of a tree frequented by Pseudomyrma rufo-nigra. Out

sallied the yellow ants, and rufo-nigra in alarm made off,

and in doing so showed a great amount of discretion ;

they had not the numbers to make a stand-up fight, but

their superior individual strength enabled the few that

were attacked to deal out some rapid and effective strokes

with mandibles and sting, to wrench themselves clear

and escape without injury. I then took the nest of

smaragdina back to the tree from which I cut it, and the

ants were at once received with every sign of pleasure ;

and, although hundreds must have been left behind on

the two trees, the nest appeared to be as populous

as ever.

On another occasion I hung a nest of smaragdina to a

small Palmyra palm in my compound, which was occu-

pied by a strong nest of the yellow wasp, Polistes

hebreus, but the ants and wasps did not come into

contact in any way, although they were only separated

about two feet. In this my observations did not agree

with the late Mr. Chas. Horne’s, who found that

cophylla had a great antipathy to Polistes ; and in his

paper on Hymenoptera from the North-west Provinces

gives a very interesting account of the attacks of the

yellow ant on the yellow wasp; but in my case the ants

were not quite under natural conditions, which may

easily account for their leaving the wasps alone. And I

was never able to find Qcophylla and Polistes inhabiting

on Indian ants. 361

the same tree; but I think the observation is of interest

as tending to show that ants under slightly altered con-

ditions will often show different traits of character or

instinct.

During the time I kept Gcophylla in confinement I

found they were very stupid in any efforts they made at

escape; they would occasionally tumble off the brick

island into the water, although within an inch would be

a bridge purposely arranged for their use. When

(Hcophylla did fall in the water they collapsed and

drowned at once, and seemed incapable of making any

attempt to save themselves by swimming an inch or two.

Some nests I kept in a large open tin-lined box, which

held them securely until the tin lost its smooth surface

from exposure, and allowed the ants a foot-hold, but

even then they were very slow to escape.

Diacamma vagans, Sm.

This species is very common in Bengal. You never

find it in large numbers, but generally singly, or two or

three together ; its nests, which are never populous, are

usually formed under bricks, stones, or in brick-work,

and always in shady situations. It appears to have no

recular time for swarming; its sting is sharp, but the

pain does not last more than a few seconds.

In the verandah of my bungalow at Barrackpore I had

a nice little nest in the brick-work, which I watched for

several years, and used to feed the workers with sugar

and other sweets. I arranged a little island by means

of a brick placed in the centre of a large plate filled with

water, covered the brick with sugar, and then with a

piece of bamboo made a bridge from the floor to the

brick. I left this the whole of one Sunday, but no ants

found out the treasure. The following Sunday I cap-

tured a vagans, marked her with paint, and put her to

the sugar ; she immediately seized a grain, crossed the

bridge, and made off home to her nest, distant about

35 f{t., in a fairly direct line. After depositing the sugar

she was out again in a few seconds, made her way back

to the island, took another grain of sugar (she usually

selected the largest), then back to the nest. I watched

about a dozen journeys, and after the first two her track

was as near a straight line to the sugar as couldbe. A

362 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

few workers came out from her nest and stood about the

entrance, but she took no notice of them. I do not

know how many journeys she made that day, as I had

to leave for the evening drive.

The next Sunday I arranged the sugar island in the

same place. There were a good many ants of different

species walking about, but none found the way to the

sugar. In about an hour out came my marked ant, and

after a little wandering about found the bridge, and then

followed the rapid journeys to and fro with the sugar.

She never appeared to eat any herself, her great desire

being to get all she could stored in her nest.

The next Sunday the same process went on, but with

this slight difference: this time some of her own fellow-

workers seemed inclined to follow her and watch her move-

ments, and my marked ant, after going one or two direct

journeys, then altered her mode of travelling to a very

irregular and zigzag course, and generally assumed a

casual and uncertain air. I watched her closely, and

am quite certain she wished to bamboozle her friends,

and keep all the credit and ‘‘kudos”’ of bringing home the

treasure to herself. Shekept up these roundabout journeys

to and from the island until I left for the usual drive.

I carried on these experiments for many successive

Sundays, but no other ants from this nest found out the

island. A small species of Tapinoma did, and came in

numbers every Sunday, and at last a worker of vagans

from another nest at the other end of my verandah,

distant about 50 ft., found out the bridge, [ think by

accident, but had the enterprise to cross, seize a piece of

sugar, and off to her nest. After this I always had a

marked ant going backwards and forwards with sugar on

the left side, and an unmarked ant doing the same on

the right side, and little T’apinoma swarming all over the

place with the grains, but no other ants found out the

sugar island. Sometimes the two workers of vagans

met on the brick or bridge, but never took any notice of

each other ; they were too much wrapt up in their work

for that.

I should mention that I always arranged my island

within a few feet of the same spot, and now I often

wonder why I never changed the position completely,

and then watched the result.

After reading Sir John Lubbock’s most charming

on Indian ants. 363

work on ants, I thought I would try a few simple experi-

ments to see if I could influence my ants by means of

colours. I first scattered sugar about my verandah for

a day or two, by which means I attracted considerable

numbers of ants of different genera and species, par-

ticularly Diacamma, Solenopsis, and Tapinoma. I then

placed sugar on different coloured cards (subsequently

substituting the intensely briluant colours of surface-

papers for the cards), making various changes from

time to time according to my judgment. These experi-

ments I kept up for a good many weeks, but I could

never find that colour influenced my ants in any way.

I do not attach any value to this, as my experiments

were very crude, and generally interrupted by the gaps

of from Sunday to Sunday, and I only mention the

circumstance as affording some traits of ant-character.

Tapinoma was always first at the sugar, and swarmed

indiscriminately over anything alike.

Diacamma vagans was fairly quick at the sugar, but

appeared to be influenced chiefly by the card nearest

her nest, and perhaps in some degree by the one with

the finest grains.

Solenopsis gemminatus seemed only to blunder on the

cards by accident, and without, as far as I could observe,

any particular signs of intelligence. Tapinoma ate sugar

on this spot, and also carried off grains. Diacamma

carried off the sugar as fast as possible, but ate none.

Solenopsis ate sugar on the spot, but did not carry any

away.

By alarming the ants by striking the cards, shaking

the paper, or dropping fine powdered sugar on them,

Diacamma vagans and Tapinoma would give a little start,

but, recovering themselves instantly, would seize the

nearest and biggest grain, and make off at express speed.

Solenopsis would start, sometimes tumble over one

another, and then make off in alarm and without any

method or precision. According to my ideas, Diacamma,

by a number of little traits which I cannot describe, but

which as a whole made a great impression on me, showed

the most intelligence, Tapinoma the most audacity.

Solenopsis I do not like to judge rashly from an im-

perfect human point of view, so will only say I was

disappointed with them generally. I never succeeded

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—parT II. (ocT.) 2c

364 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

in frightening my ants by noise alone; noise had always

to be accompanied by an earth tremor or wind.

I several times endeavoured to keep workers of vagans

in captivity, but never with any success; they swarmed

up the sides of my highly polished tin-box with ease,

and in my island arrangement, which kept smaragdina

in perfect security, they found their way with wonderful

rapidity to the brick surrounded by the moat, and then

took to the water without a moment’s hesitation, and

with one or two strokes with their legs they got over the

two or three inches of water with almost the ease and

dexterity of a water-boatman.

On one occasion I put two workers in with smaragdina.

One escaped at once ; the other was seized, but fought

her way clear, and followed her companion with splendid

determination and quickness. It would require much

ingenuity to make a receptacle that would safely and

conveniently confine this clever ant.

In Barrackpore Park, on the river-drive half-way

between ‘‘ Scandal-point” and Tittaghur Bridge, at one

of the prettiest spots in the most beautiful park in

Bengal,—I might almost say in India,—is a fine old

banyan-tree (Licus indica), with foliage almost touching

the ground; it stands on the green slope below the

drive, and the breeze, blowing straight up from the

broad Tittaghur Reach, makes the shade of this tree

delightfully cool in even the heat of May or June. There

is in this spot a stone culvert running under the road,

the mouth of it opening in the deepest shade of the tree,

and on the stones of this culvert you can find almost

all the year round, but particularly in the hot weather

and rains, numbers of the workers of Diacamma vagans

congregated together in couples, and engaged in what I

take to be a process of shampooing. ‘Two ants will face

each other, and fence about and caress with their

antenne, now advancing, now retiring a little; at

last one will give a little spring on to the back of the

other, and gently and tenderly hold her with her

mandibles; then the caressing with the antenne is

renewed, and the legs are also brought into play, and

used in much the same way; and lastly, the mandibles

will be run gently up and down the limbs. During this

operation the ant under treatment will keep time with

her antenne, and stretch out her limbs with evident

on Indian ants. 365

delight and pleasure: there can be no doubt they

thoroughly enjoy themselves. You may watch couples

in various stages of this process, which is varied at

times by three ants taking part, or by one affecting a

kind of coy resistance.

Ihave mentioned that, although vagans is a common

ant, you cannot find it in large numbers; neither can

you start out from your bungalow collecting with an

absolute certainty of finding it; but for ten years a visit

to this culvert under the shade of this banyan-tree on

the river-bank always rewarded you with an interesting

group of playing, caressing, shampooing ants. During

these ten years I only twice found nests of this species

within the radius of this banyan’s shade or its immediate

vicinity, so that, as a rule, my ants must have travelled

some distance in order to enjoy and disport themselves

in this delightful retreat.*

I must leave my favourite vagans now, for I have no

more written notes, but from numbers of unrecorded

observations extending over the years from March, 1872,

to March, 1886, I always look back on this species with

much affection, and as an old friend who, under any

circumstances and tests, has never disappointed me.

Judged from a human point of view (which, however,

may not be always strictly fair), I certainly place

D. vagans as the most intelligent ant it has been my

pleasure to observe, and I consider Chlorion lobatum the

most intelligent amongst sand-wasps.

Solenopsis gemminatus, Fabr.

Solenopsis geminata, Fabr.

This species is one of the very commonest in Bengal ;

you can come across it everywhere. It is the red ant of

India, as compressus is the black, and smaragdina the

yellow. It forms its nests, which are very populous, in

the ground, under bricks or stones in brickwork, or

almost anywhere. It appears to swarm several times

in the year from March to October, and I have even

* J could never find out if the ants that frequented this culvert

at any one time were all from the same nest, but I am inclined to

think, from their numbers and the smallness of the colonies of

vagans, that sometimes they were not. I have observed this

shampooing going on in other similar situations, but never with

the regularity and certainty of this favoured spot.

2c2

366 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

found the winged sexes in the cold weather from

November to February. The workers vary greatly in

size, some of the workers-major having immensely-

developed heads, but you seldom meet these big fellows

walking about; they seem to keep to the nest a good

deal, and all my finest specimens have been found by

opening up a nest. These ants are very fond of forming

covered ways from one point of a colony to another, or

in crossing a road, and they both tunnel and build up

and are very clever in availing themselves of any little

irregularities in the ground, by which they can save

themselves labour. For instance, on a piece of smooth

even ground they will build up a covered way, but if

their track comes across a stone they will tunnel under

it ; if a big brick they will skirt the side of it. They do

not completely cover in their ways along the whole line ;

a great part of the track will generally consist of two

walls only. The medium-sized workers, as well as the

small, take part in these works, but the giant-headed

fellows I have never found engaged.

These ants will come into your bungalows and clear

off any loot that may be about, and they seem particularly

fond of meat, or any insect you may kill. Supposing

you have a flight of cockroaches (B. orientalis) come

into your room at dinner-time, and in self-defence and

to preserve say your soup or glass from being used as a

bath you kill one or two, and leave the bodies on the

ground, in a very short time, long before you have

finished your meal, you will see their bodies apparently

become endued with a new life, and travelling at a quite

rapid pace across the floor; it is swarms of the little

workers of Solenopsis carrying off the body to their nest.

In one bungalow at Barrackpore I had a colony in my

verandah formed in one of the masonry columns, and

divided into two parts, one in the base and one in the

capital, and up and down the column between was a

continual stream of ants passing. It occurred to me

one day to cut off this passage, which I did by soaking

a punkah-cord in kerosine oil, and tying it tightly round

the centre of the column. ‘The ants on either side soon

surged up in masses to within an inch of the cord, but

none could cross the oily barrier. I then formed a little

bridge with a piece of bamboo, and fixed it in the

brick-work, making a clear span over the cord, and the

on Indian ants. 367

ends being fixed well in the crowd of ants. I then

watched for an hour, but no ants found their way across.

I then conducted two or three over, and waited an hour ;

one of the led ants recrossed, but no others availed

themselves of the bridge. I then went for the usual

evening drive, and on my return after a couple of hours

I found the ants crossing the bridge in numbers. I

repeated this experiment many times with exactly the

same result. Say barrier fixed at 8p.m.; bridge erected

at 4 p.m., and a few ants led over; at 6 p.m. no ants

had availed themselves of the bridge, but at 8 p.m., on

my return from my drive or tennis, the bridge would be

in general use ; but never while looking on did the ants

avail themselves of this passage, except as mentioned by

a led ant recrossing.

On one or two occasions I captured a worker of

Diacamma vagans, and placed her above the kerosine

cord; without a moment’s hesitation she ran up the

column to the capital, made her way rapidly through

the red ants, then along a beam to the next column,

then down to the floor of the verandah, and off to her

nest without a pause.

Solenopsis offer many strange contrasts of character ;

they are very clever in making their covered ways, and

in finding their own booty, such as described, but when

you apply artificial tests of intelligence they altogether

fail, and seem to be strangely slow and disappointing.

Holcomyrmex indicus, Mayr.

This ant does not appear to be generally common in

Bengal. I have taken it at Nischindipore Nuddea, and

in Barrackpore Park, but never in Calcutta or its

immediate neighbourhood. It is very plentiful in

Barrackpore Park, in the private grounds close to

Government House, where it delights in making its

nests in the red kunka (ballast) roads, or on any hard

dry patch of ground that can be found amongst the

erass. The ants swarm early in June, and during the

hot months from middle of March to the middle of June

you can easily find the nests by the great mounds heaped

up round the entrance of empty seed-vessels or husks

of grass-seed, I may call it chaff; these mounds will

more than fill a pint measure, and I have seen some

368 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

which I think would fill a quart. If you watch you will

see a continuous but straggling stream of ants dis-

appearing down one of the small round entrances to

their nests, each carrying a grass-seed, which they bring

from the neighbouring grass, and another stream will

be seen emerging with the chaff, which they heap up

round the entrance in irregular mounds: when these

mounds begin to assume any dimensions the labour of

piling up the husks is divided; the ant that brings one

out will throw it down just outside, or will mount a

short distance up the mound, when another will meet and

take on the husk and add it to the top, or when the

mound is a certain height, will shoot it down on the far

side to prevent its tumbling back on the entrance of the

nest. Sometimes three or four ants will be engaged in

this process, bringing out, passing on, piling up, and

shooting down. ‘he ants bringing in the full seeds

collect them amongst the grass, which at this time of

the year is dry and ripe, and consequently much of the

seed is on the ground. I have never observed them

ascending the grass-stems to collect the seed. As soon

as the rains commence—about June 15th—the ants

seem to disappear, and although you can find specimens

about up to October, they are decidedly scarce.

I have tried very many times to unearth one of these

nests, but never (except in one instance) with any

success. Directly you dig down a few inches in the

hard bricky soil you seem to lose all trace of ants and

nest. I have tried various instruments—a garden-knife,

a long bodkin, and a kourpi (a very handy native tool)—

but have always failed; the way the ants disappear is

almost like magic. No doubt I ought to have tried a

kodali (native spade), but extensive excavations where

these ants formed their nests were hardly practicable

without obtaining the permission of the Park authorities,

which I never took the trouble to do at the time, though

now I have left India I never cease to regret that I did

not dig down several feet deep and a yard or two square.

The one exception I have alluded to was a very small

nest, situated in the viceregal kitchen-garden part of

the Park, and where the soil was a sort of stiff clay

instead of brick-rubble; the tunnels were very small

and fine, and there was nothing peculiar about their

formation, but in the centre, a few inches from the

on Indian ants. 369

surface, was a small oval chamber, perfectly smooth and

dome-shaped; in this were arranged a number of little

round seeds, set out like cheese-cakes on a baker’s tray.

From the habits of this species I should be inclined to

call it the ‘‘ harvesting ant of Bengal.”” It was described

by Dr. Mayr from my first specimens, which were taken

at Nischindipore, having been kindly forwarded by my

old friend the late Mr. Frederick Smith.

Pheidologeton laboriosus, Smith.

This species can generally be found in the neighbour-

hood of Calcutta or Barrackpore, but it requires a little

searching, and I do not think it would attract the notice

of any one but an entomologist. ‘The workers vary

most immensely in size, the workers-major running

through several distinct grades, and no one who had

not observed the nest itself could suspect any connection

between the noble, handsome, rich red-brown giants of

the first grade with the little insignificant yellow workers-

minor. These ants form their nests under bricks,

stones, flower-pots, rock-work, or any spot offering

shelter and shade of this nature. You occasionally

meet with them on the march, probably changing their

head-quarters, and when doing so they invariably form

elaborate and carefully constructed covered ways. The

little yellow workers-minor and the smaller grades of the

workers-major you may meet with in the open, but the

giant workers I have never found except by opening up

a nest or covered way. All the workers are pugnacious,

and when handled attack you freely, and the small

yellow workers and the smaller grades of the workers-

major with some effect, but the giants are perfectly

harmless, and it makes one feel quite sorry to watch

these huge, brave, conscientious, handsome fellows doing

their very utmost to grip you with their mandibles, and

doubling in their body, as if with the intention to sting,

but with absolutely no result.

In forming their covered ways the workers-minor and

the smaller grades of workers-major work together most

industriously, carrying and piling up the little pieces of

soil with great quickness and dexterity, but I have never

observed the giants of the first grade so engaged; they,

I think, have a special work to perform, which I will

describe.

370 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

On the river-drive in Barrackpore Park between Scandal

Point and Titaghur Bridge, and close to the latter, I

found, in the first week of the ‘‘rains” in 1883, a

splendid covered way in course of construction across the

road, which at this point is about 20 ft. wide. There

were a large number of ants at work piling up the little

red pieces of soorki (ballast; the soil anywhere about

Calcutta or Barrackpore seems to be largely composed of

brick and ballast)—and I noticed several of the giant

workers also very busy, not carrying or building up, but

slowly making their way along the line, and here and

there stopping and rearing themselves up against the

walls, pressing together, and smoothing out in a way

which their great size gave them special facility for doing.

They used themselves much in the same way as I have

seen my mali smooth over the earth with a board when

doing a little gardening with belatee (Europe) seeds, or

as some of the local rajmistris will also use a board in

building a wall. I visited this covered way on a good

many successive days, and always found the giants busy

in this work; they would stand on their hind legs,

spread themselves out, and bind together with an even

kind of pressure the little blocks or grains of building

material. If you picked one up she immediately

attacked you in the same thorough, loyal, but perfectly

impotent, manner, and when you replaced her she

resumed her consolidating form of work. I had (until

finding this covered way) often wondered what special

use these big fellows served, but I now feel certain this

battening process is one. ‘This covered way was cut to

pieces and destroyed by the carriages driving up and

down every evening, and as regularly repaired by the

ants in the early morning. This went on for several

weeks, when the ants seemed to pass on, and I lost sight

of them. The workers, in traversing their covered way,

carried about with them quite an assortment of odds

and ends, amongst which I have noticed the larve of a

Rhyparochromid bug in considerable numbers, sundry

other larvee unknown, a species of weevil, small shells

(Bulimus) in some numbers, bits of stick or twigs, seeds,

head of an ant, &c.

on Indian ants. OTL

Dorylus (longicornis ?).

Before leaving for India, in 1872, my kind old friend

Mr. Frederick Smith gave me specimens of the workers

and male of Dorylus, and thoroughly imbued me with the

necessity of discovering the female, and I started for the

East with the most perfect confidence of doing so. On

my way across from Bombay to Calcutta I stopped at

Jubbulpore to visit the Marble Rocks, and while at

dinner at the hotel a male flew in to the light; this was

my first introduction to this ant, March 6th, 1872.

I had not been long in Calcutta before I found a very

promising-looking nest under a large stone at the bottom

of an empty tank on the Alipore side of Fort William.

I visited this nest two or three evenings a week for some

months, feeling certain that some evening my persistence

would be rewarded by finding the ants swarming and

capturing the female; but I was doomed to disappoint-

ment, for on going to the tank one evening I found the

water had been let in, and it was being filled for military

purposes. I next took the workers in some considerable

number in a purchase of pot-plants made at an auction

sale at Mackenzie Lyalls; but my next real nest was at

Scandal Point, Barrackpore Park, in the earth, and

sheltered by one of the wooden seats which are erected

there. I examined it very carefully, probing the burrow

with a straw, but, though the workers sallied out in some

numbers, there was no sign of a female. Iwas uncertain

whether to dig the nest up then and there, or to watch

it for some indication of swarming before disturbing the

ants. I unfortunately decided on the latter course, for

when I went to the spot the next evening there was not

an ant to be seen.

My next nest was found in a small brick culvert

leading from the old bear-pit, Barrackpore Park, and

was formed under a lot of rubbish made up of bits of

brick and decayed leaves. This was a fairly populous

little colony, and looked a very likely find, and I visited

it for several weeks, until one of the Park malis

(gardeners), seized with an extraordinary fit of industry,

took it into his head to clear out and tidy up this old

drain, which had not been disturbed for years. After

this I did not find what might be considered a genuine

nest until 1886, but stray lots of the workers could often

372 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney’s notes

be found about the Park, particularly at the back of the

lions’ and tigers’ cages, where the old bones were thrown,

and which you could generally count on finding covered

with the workers ; indeed, an old bone or piece of meat

seemed to be an irresistible bait to the workers of Dorylus.

The males are never found with the workers, but come

into your bungalow at night, attracted by the light,

generally at dinner-time, when the lamps being turned

up the white cloth forms a special attraction; they

come buzzing in and blunder about the room much like

a Scarabeus beetle, and when handled they work

vigorously about with their bodies and clip you with

the strong claspers of their genital armature. They are

by no means uncommon, but what is very curious is

that they usually appear at the end of the cold weather

or the commencement of the hot, that is, from middle of

February to middle of March, when winged ants of other

genera can hardly be found.

My last nest of Dorylus was found on the Esplanade,

Bombay, on January 29th, 1886; it was my last visit to

India, and I was starting for an evening walk, when not

a hundred yards from the clock-tower of the University

I noticed a strong body of the workers very busy round

the entrance to a burrow just at the edge of the turf,

and a second glance showed me they had some object in

this burrow that they were particularly anxious and

jealous about, and, stooping down, I pulled out what

from the colouring of the head, legs, and antenne (so

exactly like the workers of Dorylus), if I did not actually

believe, I at least fondly hoped was the female, which I

had been looking for for so many years. I rushed back

to the Esplanade Hotel, got my collecting-bottle and a

knife, returned to the spot, and this time dug up the

nest without waiting. JI found two more of these

suspicious-looking insects, and from the curious, fussy,

jealous, and at the same time half-respectful, behaviour

of the workers, my hopes as to the genuineness of my

find considerably rose. I got three nice little bottles

filled with rum, and by the next mail sent them off to

Professor Westwood and Mr. Edward Saunders, who

kindly wrote me by return of post that my capture was

only the ‘larva of some Lamellicorn beetle.’ What

Dorylus does with these larve I should much like to

know; but my fondest hopes were dashed to the ground,

on Indian ants. 873

and after fourteen years of careful search I left India, I

fear for good, without finding the female of Dorylus.

Lobopelta diminuta, Sraith.

This ant is common enough in Bengal, but I have

never found any nest; it is always on the march, and

moves in lines two deep, and from a few feet to many

yards long. The longest column I have met with was

in the Botanical Gardens, Calcutta, and measured a

little over thirty yards. It marches at a great pace,

and seems to prefer shady and damp situations; a

number of the workers will always be seen carrying

their pup with them, which they do by holding them

under their bodies, and walking as it were over them.

Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr.

A common ant in Bengal, but only found in small

numbers at a time, sometimes only single specimens,

and generally crawling about drains or damp shady

ground.

Meranoplus bicolor, Smith.

This pretty little species is common in Bengal,

although you only find it sparingly as to numbers ; it

forms its nests in the earth at a depth of a few inches,

and these seldom contain more than twenty to thirty

individuals. I have only once found the winged sexes

in the nest, viz. in May, 1873, in the Eden Gardens,

Calcutta, when I took one female and several males

(as described and figured in Frederick Smith’s paper in

the ‘ Entomological Transactions’ of March, 1865). I

have since taken one or two specimens of the female,

but always singly. The workers walk about singly or a

few together, and very much resemble, both in appear-

ance and habits, the females of some of the small species

of Mutilla: indeed, I have at times captured a worker of

rather above the average size, thinking I had something

new in that genus.

Plagiolepis gracilipes, Smith.

Query also Hypoclinea gracilipes, Mayr.

This ant is common in Bengal, and can generally be

found running about between the stems of the smaller

374 Mr. Rothney’s notes on Indian ants.

species of bamboo, or behind jaffri (trellis-work), and

similar shady situations. The workers are very active,

and always seem busy carrying about various species of

insects. I have some specimens before me taken with

a species of Pediopsis (Homopteron) and Nysius (Hemip-

teron), which appear to form a very favourite form of

capture.

Aphenogaster.

There are two species of this ant, which are not

uncommon in Barrackpore Park in the hot weather ;

they form their nests in the dried-up grass-covered

ground of the open and most exposed positions. One

Species covers the entrances to its nest with the fallen

leaves of the tamarind, acacia, and a thorny shrub like

the babool. The other makes tiny mounds of the little

pink and blue flowers of a weed that grows amongst the

grass; these little mounds, about the diameter of a

rupee, and perhaps from one-eighth to one-fourth inch

high, are very pretty objects, and from their bright

colour easily catch the eye.

Cremastogaster Rothneyt, Mayr.

This pretty little species, which was described from

specimens taken in the Eden Gardens, Calcutta, also

occurs in Barrackpore Park, but does not appear to be

generally common in Bengal; it frequents the trunks

of trees, but I never succeeded in finding the nest.

The Mushroom Ant.

There is a species, one of the Poncride, the males

of which come in numbers to light, and settle on the

white cloth at dinner-time, or fly about the lamps; it is

common from the beginning of the hot weather in March

to the beginning of the cold season in November, but I

have never been able to find either the workers or

females to which it belongs,—that is, knowingly. From

the very strong smell which it has when handled, and

which exactly resembles mushrooms, I have given it the

above MS. name.

Gaeco a)

XIV. Synonymic notes on the moths of the earlier genera of

Noctuites. By Antuur G. Butusr, F.L.S., F.Z.5.

[Read June 5th, 1889.]

Durine a recent re-arrangement of the genera Agrotis,

Mamestra, and allies, I have discovered a considerable

number of synonyms, which I now propose to record.

In my re-arrangement I have in the main followed the

classification employed in A. R. Grote’s ‘Check List of

North American Moths’ of 1882, as being on the whole

more natural than that of Lederer (adopted by Staudinger

and Wocke); at the same time I have, to a certain

extent, broken up the very heterogeneous group Agrotis,

and, on the other hand, have amalgamated the homo-

geneous material separated under the names Mamestra,

Apamea, Hadena, &c. In some instances, as in the

case of Triphena, I have adopted the generic name

rather as representing a well-marked and easily recog-

nised group than because it actually possesses any

strictly generic value ; but, as a rule, I have endeavoured

to use only such names as appear to represent groups

differing structurally from their nearest allies, though

occasionally the structural distinctions are slight, and

such as might be considered by some lepidopterists

insufficient. It should, I think, always be borne in

mind that the object of genera is to simplify as much

as possible the study of nature, and therefore, that in

the arrangement of such unwieldly genera as Agrotis,

any single structural character ought to be considered

sufficient, if it enables the student to break them up into

groups of more manageable dimensions.

Acrotis, Ochs.

I have restricted this genus to species the males of

which have either pectinated or serrated antenne, the

serrations terminating in short cilia-like pencils. The

type of the genus is A. segetis.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—pPparT UI. (OCT.)

376 Mr. A. G. Butler’s synonymic notes on the

Synonyms To AGROTIS.

1. Agrotis segetis, Gmel.

Agrotis marginalis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 339,

n. 77 (1856).

A. obliviosa, Walker, 1. c., p. 340, n. 78.

A. dwidens, Walker, l.c., p. 842, n. 86.

A. aversa, Walker, l.c., p. 845, n. 92.

A. correcta, Walker, l. c., n. 98.

A. repulsa, Walker, Suppl., 2, p. 696 (1865).

A. conspurcata, Walker, l.c.

A. certificata, Walker, l. c., p. 697.

Of the above synonyms, A. marginalis, obliviosa, and

dividens are from South Africa; A. aversa, correcta, and

repulsa from India; A. conspurcata from Ceylon ; and

A. certificata from Shanghai. Mr. Walker has selected

chiefly the dark female specimens of the species for

description; A. dividens, however, is a dwarfed pale

female with pinched-in abdomen and male colouring ; it

is described as a male.

2. Agrotis biconica.

Agrotis biconica, Kollar in Hugel’s Kaschmir, iv.,

p. 480 (1842—44).

A. exigua, Kollar, I. ¢., p. 481.

A. spiculifera, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 266, n. 425 (1852).

A. aristifera, Guenée, l. ¢., n. 426.

A common and widely distributed Indian form, inter-

mediate between A. segetis and A. munda. A. exigua is

a name given to a starved specimen.

3. Agrotis munda.

Agrotis munda, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 848, n. 99

(1856).

. basinotata, Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1686 (1858).

. aneituma, Walker, Suppl., 2, p. 701 (1865).

. turbulenta, Walker, l. c., 2, p. 703.

. injuncta, Walker, l. c.

common Australian species, easily distinguished

from A. segetis and biconica by the blackish apical patch

on under surface of secondaries.

rma pp

moths of the earlier genera of Noctuites. 377

4. Agrotis interjectionis.

2? Agrotis interjectionis, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 281,

n. 454 (1852).

2 A. orbicularis, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 700

(1865).

3 A. significans, Walker, l. c.

Java.

5. Agrotis corticea, Schiff.

Agrotis fraterna, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

p- 116 (1882).

The Indian specimens differ in no respect from speci-

mens in the Zeller series taken in Hurope.

6. Agrotis ignobilis.

Mamestra ignobilis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 239,

n. 89 (1856).

Agrotis rubrilinea, Walker, l.c., x., p. 851, n..105

(1856).

A. recondita, Walker, l. c., n. 106.

A. dorsicinis, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1701 (1858).

A slightly variable Australian species.

7. Agrotis subgothiea, Haw.

Feltia ducens, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 203, n. 1

(1856).

An example from Orilla.

8. Agrotis jaculifera, Guén.

The A. tricosa of Lintner is typical A. jaculifera, and

A. herilis appears to me to be a very slight variety only

distinguishable by its greyer coloration and the grey

instead of dull whitish ‘‘orbicular”’ spot of primaries;

at the same time, as we have a good series of the latter,

and its specific identity with A. jaculifera is unproved,

I have retained it as a distinct species in the collection.

Owing to the difficulty of collating the many scattered

references to the descriptions of North American species,

and the time which would be occupied in so doing,

I cannot attempt here to look them up; a mere quotation

378 Mr. A. G. Butler’s synonymic notes on the

of the synonyms will be enough for those who make a

special study of the N. American fauna.

9. Agrotis vancouverensis, Grote.

The A. semiclarata of the same author appears to me

to be the female of A. vancouverensis.

10. Agrotis venerabilis.

Agrotis venerabilis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 328,

n. 49 (1856).

A. incallida, Walker, I. c., p. 380, n. 52.

A fairly common N. American species, near to A.

volubilis of Harris.

11. Agrotis annexa, Treit.

Agrotis anteposita, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 278, n. 449

(1852).

A. decernens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 333, n. 60

(1856).

A very common New World species.

12. Agrotis bipars.

? Agrotis bipars, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 884, n. 62

(1856).

3 2 A. consueta, Walker, l.c., n. 63.

The types were all taken by Dyson in Venezuela.

18. Agrotis bilitura.

Agrotis bilitura, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 285, n. 467

(1852).

A. deprivata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 789 (1857).

A Chilian species, the males of which have the serra-

tion of the antennz less pronounced than in any of this

group of New World forms.

14. Agrotis hostilis.

Agrotis hostilis, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 737 (1857).

A. consueta, Walker, l. c., p. 738.

Graphiphora sobria, Walker, l.c., p. 744.

moths of the earlier genera of Noctuttes. 379

Agrotis incommoda, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 692

(1865).

The types are from New Grenada and Venezuela.

15. Agrotis spissa.

Agrotis spissa, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 261, n. 415 (1852).

An example of this species in the Grote collection is

labelled as A. cochranwi of Riley; the latter, however,

though nearly allied to A. spissa, is possibly distinct ; it

is much darker.

16. Agrotis admirationis.

Agrotis admirationis, Guenée, Ent. Month. Mag., v.,

p- 388 (1868).

2 Chersotis inconspicua, Butler, Cist. Ent., i., p. 545,

n. 14 (1880). .

Var. Chersotis sericea, Butler, l. c., p. 490, n. 9 (1879).

New Zealand.

If our examples of A. admirationis are rightly identi-

fied I think the above must be considered synonyms ;

A. sericea is the more distinct form, the markings of the

primaries being almost wholly absent, but it may well

be a variety.

17. Agrotis moderata.

Agrotis ? moderata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,

p- 705 (1865).

Spelotis inconstans, Butler, Gist. Ent., i, p. 545

(1880).

New Zealand.

We now possess nine examples of this species, and I[

find it impossible to separate the above, which varies

not a little.

18. Agrotis insignata.

Agrotis insignata, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 330, n. 53

(1856).

A. tritici (part), Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 288, n. 471 (1852).

Mamestra declarata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2

p- 663 (1865).

Agrotis campestris, Grote (vide Check List, p. 25,

nm. 25)

A common N. American species allied to A. tritici.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889. parr il. (ocT.) 2D

880 Mr. A. G. Butler’s synonymic notes on the

19. Agrotis dwergens.

Agrotis divergens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 827, n. 46

(1856).

Agrotis versipelis of Grote is indistinguishable from

this species.

20. Agrotis spina.

Agrotis spina, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 269, n. 483 (1856).

A. capularis, Guenée, l.c., p. 271, n. 437.

Mamestra tenebrosa, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,

p. 669 (1865).

A common Australian species.

The genus Pachnobia appears to me to be a mere

eroup of Agrotis; I restrict it to P. carnea, rubricosa,

imperita, geniculata, and salicarum.

Prriproma, Hiibn.

Differs from Agrotis in the finely ciliated (neither

pectinated nor serrated) antenne of the males. ‘Type,

P. saucia (ypsilon, Rott.).

Peridroma ypsilon, Rott.

Noctua saucia, Hiibner, Samml. Europ. Schmett.,

fig. 378.

Agrotis differens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 336, n. 67

(1856).

A. ambrosioides (Morrison), Walker, Lep. Het., xi.,

p. 738 (1857).

Var. Spelotis stictica, Blanchard, in Gay’s ‘ Fauna

Chilena,’ vil., p. 78, n. 1; pl. 6, fig. 8 (1854).

Var. Agrotis impacta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 387,

n. 71 (1856):

A. intecta, Walker, l.c., p. 338, n. 72.

An example in the Grote collection corresponding with

the variety A. impacta is labelled ‘‘ Agrotis turris” ; the

variety A. stictica is the most extreme variegated form of

the species.

Trracoua, Moore.

A strong-bodied Sphingiform genus, the males of

which have simple antenne.

moths of the earlier genera of Noctuttes. 381

Tiracola plagiata.

Agrotis plagiata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 740 (1857).

A. plagifera, Walker, l.c., p. 741.

Var. Agrotis spectabilis, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 704

(1865).

- Java, Borneo, Ceylon, Canara, Darjiling, and Moreton

ay.

The Canara specimens are labelled ‘‘ sphingiformis,”

apparently a MS. name proposed by Adam White ; the

variety from Moreton Bay is simply a dark-coloured

example. Mr. Druce has the same variety from Mexico

and Rio Janeiro.

The genus Spelotis (type S. ravida) consists of a few

oblong-winged species, the males of which have simple

antenne ; I think it doubtful whether this group should

be kept separate from the Noctua of authors, which it

greatly resembles.

SpmyoTis, Boisd.

Spelotis ravida, Schiff.

Noctua clandestina, Harris, Ins. inj. veg., 3rd ed.,

p- 448 (1862) ; 1st ed. (1841).

Mamestra unicolor, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 233

(1856).

Graphiphora valida, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 8, p. 711

(1865).

G. caliginea, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist., 5, vol. 1., p. 165

(1878).

A somewhat variable common and widely-distributed

species; the European examples are, as a rule, smaller

than those from other parts of the world. In the Grote

collection I found a female of this species labelled as

‘* A. pastoralis, Grote.”

Most of the species hitherto placed in Spelotis will

have to be removed to Chera.

Cuera, Hiibn.

Chera birivia, Hub.

Iecannot distinguish the Agrotis dolis of Grote from

this species.

382 Mr. A. G. Butler’s synonymic notes on the

GRAPHIPHORA, Ochs.

This genus, of which G. augur is type, must be

restricted to a small group of broad-winged species ; it

will include G. sverre, augur, haruspica, and major.

G. haruspica, though very closely allied to G. augur,

differs in being constantly much darker and usually

larger.

‘Amatues, Hiibn. (Noctua, auct.).

The type of this genus is A. baja; Spelotis, Boisd.,

may have to be sunk as a synonym of it.

Amatues, /Tiibn.

1. Amathes phyllophora, Grote.

Agrotis phyllophora, variata, varix, and alternata are

all colour variations of one species; under A. phyllophora

there are specimens indistinguishable, even in colour,

from others labelled ‘‘ A. alternata” by Grote, whilst all

intermediate gradations exist between the reddest A.

phyllophora and the blackest A. alternata.

2. Amathes jucunda, Walk.

Graphiphora jucunda, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 899,

n. 27 (1856).

This is the Agrotis conflua of Grote’s collection, but

not of Europe.

8. Amathes comma.

Mamestra conma, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 239, n. 40

(1856).

Graphiphora implexa, Walker, l.c., x., p. 405, n. 42

(1856).

Hadena plusiata, Walker, 1. c., Suppl., 3, p. 742 (1865).

Xylina collaris, Walker, l. c., p. 752.

Nitocris bicomma, Guenée, Ent. Month. Mag., v., p. 4

(1868).

A common New Zealand form, the sexes of which are

very dissimilar.

4. Amathes atra.

? Agrotis atra, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 272, n. 488 (1852).

3 A. hydrecioides, Guenée, 1. c.

moths of the earlier genera of Noctuttes. 383

Graphiphora reclusa, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 403

(1856).

G. instipata, part Walker, l.c., p. 404.

? var. Agrotis testaceicollis, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 278

(1852).

Mamestra lucifera, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 668

(1865).

The Australian representative of the preceding species.

5. Amathes instipata.

Graphiphora instipata, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 404,

n. 40 (1856).

Hadena congregata, Walker, l.c., xi., p. 598, n. 94

° (1857).

Orthosia ? lunifera, Walker, l.c., p. 747.

An Australian species allied to the preceding.

6. Amathes velata.

Graphiphora velata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3,

p- 710 (1865).

Agrotis cupida of Grote is this species; A. brunnei-

pennis is a brownish variety, and A. placida a variety of

the female, in which the hind wings are dark brown.

7. Amathes parentalis.

Agrotis parentalis, Grote, is a species nearly allied to

A. cuprea of Kurope, of which A. decipiens is probably

only a dark variety; we have one pale example of

A. cuprea from Washington Territory.

8. Amathes bicarnea.

Noctua bicarnea, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 829, n. 546

(1856).

Mamestra plagiata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,

p- 664 (1865).

A common North American species.

OcHROPLEURA, Hiibn.

This is a mere section of the preceding genus, in

which the secondaries are shining white.

384 Mr. A. G. Butler’s synonymic notes on the

Ochropleura plecta.

Phalena-Noctua plecta, Linneus, Syst. Nat., p. 2851,

rile EO (2

Ochropleura vicaria, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 409,

n. 7 (1856).

O. costalis, Moore, P.Z.8., 1867, p. 56.

I can discover no difference whatever between European,

African, North American, Japanese, or Indian examples

of this species.

Anytus, Grote.

This genus seems to me much more like Pharetra

(which I refer to the Arctitde) than to the Noctuide,

but for the present I have left it where Grote placed it. *

Anytus privatus.

Polia privata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 521, n. 19

(1857).

This is the Xylina sculpta of Grote from N. America.

EvucorrocNnEemis, Grote.

A small genus of broad-winged species with deeply

pectinated male antenne.

Eucoptocnemis fimbriaris.

Heliophobus fimbriaris, Guenée, Noct.,1., p. 172, n. 271

(1852).

Graphiphora obvia, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1707

(1858).

N. America.

TreTrapyretia, Walk.

: Tetrapyrgia graphiphorides.

Tetrapyrgia graphiphorides, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl.,

3, p. 712 (1865).

Elegarda summa, Walker, l.c., p. 718.

Tasmania.

The first type is a worn example. The antenne of

males in this genus are extremely long, tapering, and

pectinated strongly to near the tips, which are naked.

moths of the earlier genera of Noctuttes. 385

Tetrapyrgia pectinata.

Spelotis pectinata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl. 8,

p. 707 (1865).

Elegarda orthosioides, Walker, J. c., p. 712.

Moreton Bay.

A rather variable species.

SemropHona, Steph.

Very similar to Amathes (Graphiphora, auct.), but the

males with antenne strongly pectinated, as in the genus

Eucoptocnemis ; several of the species hitherto referred

to Agrotis, Graphiphora, and Teniocampa belong rightly

to this genus.

Semiophora elimata.

Graphiphora elimata, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 883, n. 556

(1852).

The Agrotis dilucida of Morrison is indistinguishable

from this species.

Mamestra, Ochs.

The bulk of the species hitherto referred to Apamea

and Hadena are structurally identical with Mamestra ;

the same pattern also runs through the species.*

1. Mamestra dissimilis, Knoch.

I cannot distinguish the M. atlantica of Grote from

this species.

2. Mamestra thalassina, Hufn.

M. nevade of Grote is this species.

3. Mamestra cristifera.

Acronycta cristifera, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1654

(1858).

This is the Mamestra lubens of Grote.

* The lashed or smooth eyes of species otherwise closely allied

do not in my opinion constitute a safe generic character.

386 Mr. A. G. Butler’s synonymic notes on the

4. Mamestra gemina var. remissa.

Noctua remissa, Hubner, Schmett. Eur. Noct., pl. 90,

fig. 423.

Xylophasia indocilis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 178,

n. 19 (1856).

N. America.

5. Mamestra modica.

Apamea modica, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 207, n. 327

(1856).

Celena subcedens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 204, n. 11

(1856).

New York.

6. Mamestra instructa.

? Hadena instructa, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3,

p. 7383 (1865).

3 H. rubescens, Walker, l. c.

Cape (T'rumen).

7. Mamestra egens.

Celena egens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 263, n. 10

(1856).

Hadena ? stricta, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3, p. 728

(1865).

This is the Mamestra cinnabarina, var. ferrea, of

Grote, which it will supersede.

8. Mamestra consanguis.

Hadena consanguis, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 97, n. 810

(1852).

Apamea undicilia, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 251, n. 18

(1856).

A common Indian species.

9. Mamestra renisigna.

Celena renisigna, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 267, n. 20

(1856).

Hadena depulsa, Walker, l.c., xi., p. 590, n. 75 (1857).

H. ficita, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 3, p. 784 (1865).

H. contracta, Walker, l. c., p. 735.

Cape of Good Hope.

moths of the earlier genera of Nocturtes. 387

10. Mamestra thoracica.

? Mamestra thoracica, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1684

(1858).

$ Hadena languida, Walker, 1. ¢., p. 1728.

Natal (Gueinzius).

As I continue the arrangement of the general collection

of Noctuites, it is certain that numerous other synonyms

will be discovered. As regards tropical New World

forms, it is certain that I shall overlook many, from

lack of sufficient material; but probably most of these

will be cleared up by Mr. Druce, whose series of Central

and South American moths is so ample that in some

variable genera the most astonishingly dissimilar forms

are clearly seen to be mere sports.

yee AUT, TG. be use a) SME Va iain

+ 7 :

she onsoily ge rian mah OE 25

rT Afi NE gl 41k Wad sey Ls i mine, plenty. 2

ee ; ABCA Th »

* Herr sf i yl fhe sl ja ty. Pr Sets bagel \; M Pe.

} f _ ‘eben! i

‘yd WAL ET OAS AD Lien

ron tip teria ot lodeconmsra tio oaetotpd wh 5)

breads “OM arr uiltitedd eropns:, af DP RRO ae

biti sae, ent: Ra ad Sovyoneey a Lie

a _ , tt way rer '

Glide VITA Ab yee? Change Le 3 i J 61 j mii ver ty

dents yo tad” vbfetendr tad + bere aoe drafts tes iy

ran nie cee 2 oath vallaee bo uate tel Thee

ter} eis rey MB Os ei thy) severe iets ii tir rte.

= '

it Midis OEY

oT ee BOOT BioOs Bisse A toby! ota:

(389) )

XV. Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera-Heterocera

in the collection of the Hon. Walter de Rothschild.

By Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Read June 5th, 1889.]

Puats XII.

Tue following five new species have recently been

received from the Solomon Islands and the neighbour-

hood of Mombaza, E. Africa.

SPHINGIDA.

Cephonodes woodfordii, n.s. (Pl. XII., fig. 1).

Size of C. apus, upper surface almost exactly similar to C. hylas,

the thorax bright olive-green, the abdomen ochreous, with the

posterior half of the third and fourth segments black; anterior

half of the fourth segment bright chestnut-red; fifth segment

divided by a central longitudinal black-brown bar and edged with

black; terminal segment glossy black, with ochreous extremity ;

lateral and anal tufts black: below the body is wholly different ;

the white colouring, with the exception of a streak bounding the

eyes behind the palpi, being wholly absent; the palpi clear

ochreous, the pectus and legs deep ochreous; venter dull black,

transversely barred down the centre with decreasing ochreous

bands, and at the sides with less prominent narrower bands; base

of the wings below ochreous instead of white. HExpanse of wings,

80 mm.

Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands (Woodford).

LITHOSIIDA.

Exotrocha securizonis, n.s. (Pl. XIL., fig. 2).

@. Nearly allied to H. miles from Alu, but larger; the scarlet

band on the primaries hatchet-shaped, being narrower, and

emitting a broad streak (on or below the costa) to the base; its

outer edge less incurved at inner margin; in highly coloured

examples the outer border and veins adjoining are shining steel-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT II. (0OCT.)

390 Mr. A. G. Butler’s descriptions of

blue ; the black basal patch of the secondaries is larger, sometimes

of three times the width. Expanse of wings, 39—43 mm.

Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands (Woodford).

Scaptesyle cerulescens, n.s. (Pl. XII, fig. 8).

Primaries with the basal fourth prussian-blue, followed by a

tolerably broad band of clear bright chrome-yellow; the anterior

part of this band is narrowed, its inner edge being very oblique ;

outer half of primaries occupied by a large almost semicircular

patch of bright chestnut-red with black borders; secondaries

dark sepia-brown, with a broad almost central cuneiform band of

bright chrome-yellow from costa almost to anal angle; thorax

prussian-blue; abdomen sepia-brown; wings below nearly as

above ; body below dark brown; anal segment dotted and tipped

with pure white; legs paler brown; anterior tibie and tarsi for

the most part white in front; knees of posterior legs white.

Expanse of wings, 29mm.

Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands (Woodford).

CERATOCAMPIDA.

Brahmea ocelligera, n.s. (Pl. XIL., fig. 4),

Nearest to B. swanzti ; smaller, the primaries rather less pro-

duced, the colouring richer, no distinct whitish transverse line

towards the base; the black lines across the basal third forming

much less acute angles; the large triangular costal patch red-

brown instead of black, and marked with three unequal ovoid pale-

bordered black spots; its posterior angle is also extended down-

wards so as almost to unite with the internal patch, which is black,

opaque, and subquadrate, the outer limitation of the belt thus

formed is of less than half the width of the white post-median

band in B. swanzii, but the intervals between the three succeeding

lines are white; the black-centred apical ocellus is smaller; the

second and third spots are oval, distinctly pale buff internally and

shaded with olivaceous, externally dull pink bordered with white ;

the fourth to sixth spots are wider than in B. swanzw and more

ocelloid, being black with pale buff internal and olivaceous external

borders; the two last submarginal spots are also more ocelloid,

broader, with their centres deep olivaceous; the fringe of apical

third of primaries pale buffinstead of olivaceous, and the remainder

of the fringe darker than in B. swanzii: in the secondaries the

basal area is blacker, more distinctly angular, not denticulated

externally, and bounded by a considerably narrower white band ;

four instead of two only of the succeeding intervals between the

some new Lepidoptera-Heterocera. 391

black lines are whitish or pale buff, the brown area occupied by the

succeeding eight black lines is broader; the submarginal ocelloid

spots are more uniform both in size and colour, those towards the

anal angle not being relieved by white as in B. swanziv; the

external border is decidedly darker; the thorax is uniformly

blackish piceous; the antenne and connecting band cream-

coloured; the abdomen is tawny, with slightly paler margins to

the segments; the dorsal white line is absent; on the under

surface both wings and body are much darker than in B. swanziv ;

the central white band on the wings is very narrow, as on the

upper surface; the legs are much paler. Expanse of wings,

122 mm.

About 50 miles inland from Mombaza.

SATURNIIDA.

Saturnia wallengreni, Felder.

3. Differs from the female chiefly in the much more acutely

zigzag outer edge of the central belt of primaries, and the smaller

and less prominent marginal white spots on all the wings. Ex-

panse of wings, 89 mm.

About 50 miles inland from Mombaza.

I cannot think that the above distinctions have more

than a sexual value; at any rate, it would not be safe to

separate the Mombaza insect specifically without seeing

the female.

Ceranchia mollis, n.s. (Pl. XIL., fig. 5).

?. Primaries soft greyish brown; the basal, costal, and post-

median areas suffused with ash-grey ; a transverse oblique snow-

white band just before the middle from subcostal vein to inner

margin, its inner edge sharply defined and slightly wavy, its outer

margin diffused; an oval transverse ocellus, black edged with

whitish, and encircled by a rose-coloured line immediately beyond

the cell; secondaries with a similar ocellus, but encircled with

brownish instead of rose-colour; external two-fifths ash-grey,

shading into brown towards outer margin; body white, antennze

black ; wings below greyish brown, with white internal areas; the

ocelli of the upper surface represented by white-bordered black

spots; palpi and pectus brown; venter white. Expanse of wings,

94 mm.

About 50 miles inland from Mombaza.

The pectinations of the antenne are less regular in

length in this species than in the other described forms

of Ceranchia.

392 Descriptions of new Lepidoptera-Heterocera.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XII.

Fia. 1. Cephonodes woodfordti.

2. Ezxotrocha securizonis.

3. Scaptesyle cerulescens.

4. Brahmea ocelligera,

5. Ceranchia mollis.

( 398 )

XVI. An account of Prof. Plateau’s recent experiments

on the vision of Arthropods. By Davip SuHarp,

MB.) 1 US... FZ...) wc.

[Read June 5th, 1889.]

PuatEe XIII.

Pror. PuatEau, who is so well known by his numerous

researches on the physiology of Arthropods, has recently

published a series of five memoirs, giving details of

experiments he has carried on with the object of ascer-

taining what are the actual powers of vision possessed

by insects and other Arthropods. The experiments are

of great interest, and, as they are published in a work

that does not come into the hands of many entomologists,

I have thought that a brief account of them would be of

interest to the Fellows of the Entomological Society of

London. The memoirs in question are called :—

‘Recherches expérimentales sur la vision chez les

Arthropodes.”’

‘‘Premiere partie: a, Résumé des travaux effectués

jusqu’en 1887 sur la structure et le fonctionnement des

yeux simples; b, Vision chez les Myriopodes.”’

‘Bulletin de Académie royale de Belgique,’ 1887,

Nos. 9 and 10.

** Deuxiéme partie: Vision chez les Arachnides.” Op.

Cit. Nos 01e

‘‘Troisiéme partie: a, Vision chez les chenilles; ),

role des ocelles frontaux chez les Insectes parfaits.” Op.

cit., 1888, No. 1.

‘““Quatrieme partie: Vision 4 l’aide des yeux composés.

a, Résumé Anatomo-physiologique ; b, Expériences com-

paratives sur les Insectes et sur les Vertébrés.”

Memoires couronnés, publies par l’Académie royale de

Belgique, 1888, vol. xlii.

**Cinquiéme partie: a, Perception des mouvements

chez les Insectes; b, Addition aux recherches sur le vol

des Insectes aveuglés; c, Résumé général.” ‘ Bulletin

de |’Académie royale de Belgique,’ 1888, No. 11.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART III. (OCT.)

394 Dr. Sharp's account of recent experiments

The first chapter is of an introductory nature, being

devoted to a review of the actual condition of anatomical

and physiological knowledge as to simple eyes, and

speaks in very favourable terms of Patten’s recent

researches.

In the second chapter he passes to an account of his

own experiments on Myriopods, commencing with

Lithobius forficatus. By placing specimens in a box

lighted in certain parts but obscure in others he found

that this species is very sensitive to light; but this

sensitiveness he considers is not necessarily due to the

eyes, for other Myriopods, such as Geophilus and

Cryptops, which are destitute of eyes, display almost as

great a sensitiveness to light, and this he considers is

due to a dermatoptic faculty. After this he proceeded

to test the capacity for perceiving objects by putting the

Tithobius in a maze or labyrinth formed by placing

pieces of wood, card, or other such materials in a circle

interrupted by gaps, and then forming other circles

outside this (see Pl. XIII., fig. 1). Any creature possessed

of the sense of sight would escape from such a labyrinth

by passing between the gaps by means of a slightly

zigzag course, while an animal not able to see might be

expected to run against the pieces forming the “inter-

rupted walls of the labyrinth. The Lithobius, on being

placed in the centre of the maze, walks straight up to

the obstacles till it comes against them with its antenne,

and then turns to one side, passes through a gap, and

repeats this process with the next series of obstacles,

and so on until it escapes, the rate of progress being

about one inch per second. The eyes of the Lithobius

were then covered with impervious black dye, and it was

found that the insects then escaped in an exactly similar

manner, and quite as rapidly as those whose eyes were

not covered. Experiment was then made with speci-

mens of Lithobius from which the antenne had been

removed ; these proceeded in a similar manner to those

that were intact, but, not being warned by their antennz

of the proximity of the objects, they actually ran against

these, then turning to one side, knocked against another

object, and so on (Pl. XIIL., fig. 1, track c).

Similar experiments were then made with Cryptops, a

naturally blind Myriopod, and as a result of a com-

parison, Professor Plateau concludes that in Lithob.u;

on the vision of Arthropods. 395

there if scarcely anything of the nature of true vision

(‘‘la vision proprement dite doit étre a peu prés nulle,”

Part I., p. 28).

Next he placed Lithobius on the floor of a room lighted

at one end, and found that the rule was that the creature

walked in lines parallel with the direction of the light,

either towards it or away from it. Some moveable

obstacles were constructed out of sheets of cork fastened

to the end of a stick, so that it was easy to place one of

these small walls at any spot in the way of the insect;

where this was done it was found that the Lithobius

invariably walked against the object till it touched this

with its antenne, and this proceeding was repeated even

one hundred times in succession. By using instead of

the plain cork a piece of white cardboard, a different

result was obtained; if the white cardboard was so

illuminated as to form a strong contrast to the floor of

the room, then the Lithobius was aware of the presence

of the obstacle, and changed its direction so as to pass

to one side of it. By using a piece of cork with white

paper on one side of it, the other being left of a natural

colour, the above results were completely demonstrated ;

similar experiments were then made with other colours,

the result being that the Lithobius was aware of the

presence of an object when much light was reflected

from it.

A similar set of experiments with other Myriopods

(Scolopendra subspinipes, Julus londinensis, Glomeris

marginata), and also a few other plans for testing their

perceptions were employed; and Professor Plateau thus

summarises the results of his observations on Myrio-

ods :—

é 1. Myriopoda distinguish between light and darkness.

2. As this capacity exists in blind species, as well as

in those possessed of eyes, the perception of light may

even in the latter be in part due to dermatoptic sensa-

tion.

3. Myriopods see very badly, and supplement the in-

efficiency of their sight by the sense of touch, which is

located chiefly in the antenne.

4, Species possessing eyes are but little better off in

vision than those that do not possess eyes.

5. Myriopods endowed with visual organs perceive the

existence of an object placed on their line of route only

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889. PaRT UI. (ocT.) 25

396 Dr. Sharp’s account of recent experiments

when it reflects much white light, or light belonging to

the more refrangible region of the spectrum. This per-

ception is probably in part dermatoptic.

6. Myriopods do not perceive the form of objects.

7. Some of them appear to perceive considerable

movements.

Part II.

The second portion of Professor Plateau’s researches

is devoted to Arachnides (Araneides, Scorpionides, and

Phalangides). Spiders, it would appear, do not see their

prey well, if at all, and without giving details of the

experiments, it will be sufficient to give the learned

Professor’s summary of their results (Part II., p. 85) :—

1. Spiders in general perceive at some distance

changes of position of voluminous bodies.

2. Hunting-spiders (Attides, Lycosides) are probably

the only ones that perceive the movements of small

objects.

3. They perceive these movements at a distance

varying, according to the observers and to the species

observed, between 3 in. and 8 in.* (2 to 20 centimétres).

4, The distance at which the prey is seen sufficiently

well for its capture to be attempted is only from 2 in. to

2 in.

5. Even at this slight distance vision is not definite,

since hunting spiders make numerous mistakes.

6. Web-making spiders have a vision that at all

distances is contemptible; they are only aware of the

presence and position of their prey by the vibrations of

their snares, and endeavour to catch objects quite dis-

similar from insects when these objects cause shocks and

vibrations in the webs similar to what would arise from

the movements of winged Arthropods.

Part ITI.

In the third memoir Plateau passes to the true Insecta,

but still confines his observations to the functions of

simple eyes: this part of his memoir consists of two

distinct portions, viz., a, vision in caterpillars; b, the

function of frontal ocelli in perfect insects.

** In a note Prof. Plateau says that he thinks this limit should

be reduced to 44 in.

on the vision of Arthropods. 397

In observing caterpillars the methods used were those

I have already mentioned in the case of the Myriopoda,

in addition to another that I have not yet alluded to,

viz., placing a caterpillar on an apparatus somewhat

like a parrot-perch, a transverse rod supported by a very

slender upright stem, such as a stick held in the hori-

zontal position by a needle. When placed on such an

apparatus the caterpillar seeks to escape, and when it

arrives at one end of the rod extends itself in various

directions to find another object on to which it can pass.

When the caterpillar was in this position Prof. Plateau

placed objects near to it with a view to ascertaining if

they were perceived by the eyes of the insect, and if so,

at what distance. He found that the hairs on the cater-

pillars were very important aids to them in detecting the

proximity of objects, so that it was necessary to pay

attention to their existence and see that they were not

touched ; he found the distance at which the existence

of an object was perceived by the caterpillar to vary

from something less than a + in. to $in.; no caterpillar

experimented with perceived a rod } in. in diameter at

a distance of 8 centimétres (14 in.). Under similar

circumstances a Julus distinguished nothing, and Prof.

Plateau considers therefore that we are justified in

attributing to caterpillars formation of an image on the

retina, and as a consequence a true vision.

(This, however, is, I think, going too far. Professor

Plateau’s experiments have shown that a stick is per-

ceived by a caterpillar at a short distance, and render it

highly probable that it was perceived by the aid of the

ocelli; but in what way the ocelli operated there is no

evidence at all, and that the perception was by means

of an image on a retina is rendered improbable by the

extremely short distance at which alone the existence of

an object was detected.—D. §8.]

Professor Plateau gives a summary of the results of

his observations on caterpillars, which I translate as

follows :—

1. Hither the structure of the eyes in caterpillars is

still imperfectly known, or the deductions made from it

are partly erroneous, for the eyes have a more important

function than that of simply distinguishing between

light and darkness. Caterpillars see, but see badly.

2 m2,

398 Dr. Sharp’s account of recent experiments

[The latter part of this thesis I do not think is

established by the investigations.—D. 8.] ;

2. As was supposed by Cornalia, Landois, and Maurice

Girard, the limit of distinct vision is short; according

to my observations it is generally about a centimetre

(2 in.).

8. At greater distances caterpillars can perceive the

existence of large objects, but they do not distinguish

their nature; they no longer see, using the word in an

exact sense.

4, They do not perceive movements of objects in their

neighbourhood at a greater distance than their limit of

distinct vision.

5. Many caterpillars that are more or less pubescent

bear, on the first segments, tactile sete, by which they

are immediately warned of the presence of objects when

these are touched by the sete.

6. All caterpillars make constant use of their antenns

for exploring the surface of the object they are moving

on, and that of such bodies as they may meet during

their advance.

The next subject treated by Prof. Plateau is one that

has been previously much discussed, viz., the function of

the ocelli of perfect insects.

He proceeded by obscuring the ocelli and compound

eyes, 1 alternately, 2 conjointly, and then observing to

what extent the movements of the insects were effected.

The modes used for obscuring the optical organs were

also two in number—l1st, and chiefly, by covering the

ocelli or compound eyes with a mixture of oil and black

pigment ; 2nd, by severing the nerves of the organs by

means of a cataract-knife.

[As regards this part of Prof. Plateau’s subject, I

would remark that I think the question discussed is

psychologically considerably more complex than those

who have written on the subject have perceived. A first

objection strikes one: it is that the function of the optic

organs generally being doubtful, or at least very ill-

known, it is not probable that the more special question

as to what is the particular function of the ocelli can be

satisfactorily dealt with. To this may be added a

second criticism, that the methods of observation that

have been used bear only on the question as to what

on the vision of Arthropods. 399

influence the ocelli have on the locomotive faculties, or

even more limitedly, what influence they have on the

guiding of flight. It is not therefore a matter of

surprise that the function of the ocelli in insects pos-

sessing also compound eyes has not yet been deciphered.

There are also some serious objections arising from

the imperfections of the methods used. It is admitted

by the experimenter that the black oil is not quite

effective (‘que les insectes dont les yeux sont enduits

percoivent encore un peu de lumiére ” (pt. 8, p. 29) ), and

it is evident that this perception may possibly have an

important influence on their movements. The method

of incising the nerves is open to still more serious

objections, for, according to Plateau, it usually kills the

insect, or so stuns it that satisfactory observations are

difficult to make. It is true that he states that large

Diptera bear the mutilation better than other insects,

but when he comes to detail his observations on them it

is evident from his remarks that this method is not

trustworthy. When three specimens of Hristalis (pt. 3,

p- 81), on being released, after having the nerves of

their ocelli and compound eyes incised, refused to fly and

fell to the ground, he says it may be because they had

been too violently treated. On the other hand, when

incised specimens flew away in an upward direction,

there is, of course, no sufficient evidence that the incision

had been carried out in a quite perfect manner: in such

a case the insect should have been recaptured, killed, and

submitted to a careful post-mortem examination in order

to ascertain whether all the four incisions made had

completely severed the nerves.

Taking all these points into consideration, I must Jook

on this part of Plateau’s observations as of minor value,

and shall therefore not give the details of his experi-

ments, but merely translate his summary of their

results.—D. §.]

From the attempts of the earlier naturalists, Hooke,

Swammerdam, Reaumur, Marcel de Serres, Duges ; from

the researches of Forel, and from my own numerous

experiments, two sets of results may be deduced; the

first are facts, not lightly to be contested; the others are

hypotheses of a plausible nature. The results in the

first category are :—

1. Winged diurnal insects—Hymenoptera, Diptera,

400 Dr. Sharp’s account of recent experiments

Lepidoptera—that have been made blind, either by

covering the whole of the eyes with black pigment, or by

severing the nervous cords, and that are afterwards

released in the open air, rise vertically in the atmosphere

to a great elevation.

2. When the function of the compound eyes is de-

stroyed, the ocelli remaining intact, insects (Hyme-

noptera, Odonata, Diptera) behave exactly in the same

manner as they do when the ocelli are likewise destroyed.

That is to say, when liberated in the open air, they rise

upwards vertically, and when flying in a room lighted by

windows situated on one side only, they also present the

same peculiarities as are seen in individuals all of whose

eyes have been either covered over or incised.

3. If the function of the ocelli be alone destroyed, the

compound eyes remaining intact, diurnal winged insects

are apparently not aware that they have been deprived

of any organ of sensation, and to all appearance behave

exactly like insects in their natural state.

4. In diurnal insects furnished with compound eyes,

the simple eyes are of almost no use, and in every case

only afford to their possessors feeble sensations of which

they are unable to make use.*

The results that we may consider as plausible hypo-

theses supported by a certain number of previously

ascertained facts are :—

1°. Diurnal insects, in which the effectiveness of all

the eyes has been destroyed, still possess dermatoptic

perceptions :

2°. They must be pretty nearly reduced to the use of

these latter perceptions when their frontal ocelli still

remain to them:

3°. Dermatoptic perception must be the chief cause of

the ascending flight of blinded insects liberated in the

open air:

4°. The ocelli cannot be of use either for perceiving

movements of neighbouring objects, nor for distinguishing

light in comparatively gloomy conditions.

* This conclusion is only correct so far as focomotion is con-

cerned, no experiments having been made with a view of testing

to what extent the ocelli may be useful in industrial occupations,

or actions other than those of locomotion.—D. S.

on the vision of Arthropods. 401

Part IV.

Vision by means of compound eyes. a. Anatomico-physio-

logical summary. b. Comparative experiments on

unsects and on Vertebrata.

In this fourth section Prof. Plateau passes to the

subject of compound eyes. Discussing in a prefatory

manner the present state of anatomical and physiological

knowledge, he inclines to adopt the views of Patten, that

the perception of the compound eye is by means of a

retinidium located in the crystalline cone, or in a corre-

sponding situation in such insects as do not possess a

true crystalline cone; and he considers if this be the

case there can be no true perception of form or image

because of the great extent in the vertical direction of

the retinidium.

After this more than sixty pages are devoted to an

account of his own experiments, and to descriptive and

critical remarks on the observations of other naturalists

as to the powers of visual perception of insects with

compound eyes.

Plateau’s first series of experiments was conducted in

the room lighted on one side only, and consisted of

placing small moveable objects—more especially vertical

sheets of cork of white or neutral colour—in the way of

insects to see if they were avoided, and also of placing

the insects in the centre of the labyrinth or maze already

alluded to, and observing their ways of making their

escape from it.

Gryllotalpa vulgaris, when placed in the maze, actually

ran against each piece that was in its way, whether the

piece were light or dark, shaded or illuminated. The

same insect, when placed on the floor of a room, did not

apparently see the pieces placed in its way, even when

these were of white colour and fully iluminated.

Peviplaneta orientalis was tested, and it was found that

it proceeded with its long antenne extended, and walked

directly towards the obstacles until these were touched

with the antenne: when this occurred the object was

explored by the antenne, and when its limits were deter-

mined by these it then passed the obstacle, the track

being of the nature indicated by ccc, fig. 1. But this

insect distinguishes between a dark object and an object

reflecting much light, for it explores the latter delicately

402 Dr. Sharp’s account of recent experiments

by means of its antenne, but walks in a stupid manner

against black obstacles, which Plateau says it probably

takes for dark cavities where it may conceal itself.

When, instead of placing a comparatively large obstacle

in the way of the insect, Plateau made use of some

small object, such as a pencil or the handle of a knife,

so that the antenne did not come into contact with it,

but projected on each side of it, then the insect invariably

knocked against the obstacle.

Similar results were obtained with Forficula auricu-

laria: the insect apparently did not at all perceive black

obstacles, or such as were of a neutral colour, but it did

perceive at a distance of 5—10 centimétres (2—4 in.) an

obstacle of white colour fully illuminated, and turned to

one side sufficiently to avoid it.

Locusta viridissima, when placed in the middle of the

maze, walked straight up to the first obstacle, explored

it with its antenne, then climbed on it, but when on it

did not perceive even the ground on the other side, but

likewise ascertained the existence even of this by the

aid of its antenne.

Carabus monilis was then tried; it walked against the

objects, and then used its antenne to explore them,

then circumvented the object, and proceeded in a similar

manner with the next obstacle, following, however, some

particular direction. When the eyes were obscured

with black pigment, though it acted in a similar manner

with its antenne, it did not follow any general direction,

but wandered about at random. Carabus nemoralis

acted ina similar manner, there being, however, this

difference, that in the latter the general direction of its

movements is towards the light, while in C. monilis it is

away from the light. Carabus auratus was apparently

even more stupid. And similar results were obtained

with other Carabide.

Cicindela campestris was then tried: this insect is

very active, and in order to prevent it using its wings

these were clipped; it then ran with great rapidity.

Another specimen that was not fond of flying was used

without any mutilation: both gave similar results. The

chief difference from Carabide was found to be that the

Cicindela evidently distinguished the streaks of light

that passed through the gaps between the obstacles, but

there was no indication of the species perceiving the

on the vision of Arthropods. 403

obstacles. Necrophorus vespillo and Telephorus lividus,

when tried, knocked against all the obstacles in their

way. Geotrupes sylvaticus explored objects it came

against by means of its antenne, and when these were

cut off, used one of its front legs for the purpose of

exploring an obstacle.

Hymenoptera were tried, and gave most instructive

results. I shall translate literally Professor Plateau’s

remarks (Part IV., pp. 39, 40), on these clever and

active insects :—

‘My first experiments on Hymenoptera, both deprived

of their wings and unmutilated, whether moving in the

maze or tested by means of the vertical obstacle at the

end of a stick, astonished me profoundly.

‘These insects appeared to guide themselves amongst

the obstacles with remarkable certainty, avoiding the

barriers when these were at a distance, and apparently

behaving in every respect like creatures possessing good

powers of sight.

“Certainly, if I had contented myself with a few

superficial observations, I should have been persuaded

that Hymenoptera are an exceptional group possessed of

definite vision.

“This illusion—a very pardonable one—was due to

the rapidity of action of the creatures on which I made

my first observations. The strangeness of the results

haying induced me to make fresh experiments, I dis-

covered some species whose ambulatory movements were

less rapid. This enabled me to analyse the details, and

to detect the explanation, as simple as it was certain, of

the facts.

“This explanation may be thus summarised: The

hymenopteron directs its course, with but few exceptions,

straight towards the light, that is, towards the windows.

In such conditions the obstacles forming the maze, or

those placed at the end of a stick, give rise, according

to their position, to a shadow cast in front of them, a

shadow which is, in fact, of a double nature, a faint

one, or penumbra, and a darker and narrower shade

(Pl. XIII., fig. 2).

“Tf in pursuing a straight course the creature haps

on a gap between the obstacles, it naturally takes advan-

tage of this, as indeed a beetle would do; but if across

its road there intervenes an upright obstacle, the

404 Dr. Sharp’s account of recent experiments

hymenopteron continues to direct itself towards it,

evidently without perceiving it, or, at any rate, without

perceiving it distinctly, until the insect’s body, or a

portion of its body, has penetrated into the shadow.

Instantly the insect receives a general impression (im-

pression that may be either dermatoptic or visual,

possibly both) ; it then hesitates for a very brief instant,

then alters its course in a right angle, makes literally a

half-turn to the right or to the left, proceeds parallel to

the outline of the shadow, then again resumes its course

towards the source of light, making again a similar

change of direction when it again passes into the shadow

of a fresh obstacle.”

Thus he concludes that Hymenoptera are largely

guided by sensations arising from the distinctions be-

tween light and shade.

After describing a number of other observations on

insects and on Vertebrata, these latter made for the sake

of comparison, Prof. Plateau passes to the account of

his last series of observations.

Part VY.

a. The perception of movements in insects. b. Supplement

to the experiments on the flight of insects rendered

blind. c. General summary.

He reminds us that if we walk about in a field or

garden the insects fly from us in all directions, but that

if we stand still they are no longer frightened, and not-

withstanding our presence pursue their occupations.

Thus we may conclude that it is our movements, not

our bodies, that they perceive. If movements are made

slowly he found that after gaining some experience he

was able to actually touch insects with his finger once,

twice, or even oftener, without disturbing them. He

accordingly made a series of observations and tabulated

the results, so as to show the distance at which insects

perceived the movements of the body or arm of the

observer, and whether they allowed themselves to be

touched or not. Commencing with Hymenoptera, he

gives a list of 28 species, and found that they perceived

movement at a distance which on an average may be

said to be about eighteen inches or two feet, and all the

on the vision of Arthropods. 405

species observed he was able to touch, except two species

of Ichneumonidae, of the genus Pimpla.

Twenty-eight species of Diptera were observed; the

distance at which they perceived movement was found

to be rather greater than in the case of Hymenoptera,

being on the average about 26 in.; seven or eight species

he was not able to touch.

Diurnal Lepidoptera were found to be still more

acute; the average distance at which they perceived

a movement of the body of the observer being four or

five feet: of the fourteen species tabulated he was able

to touch twelve.

Odonata, or dragon-flies, are endowed with magnificent

optical organs, and are most active creatures; hence

entomologists assign to them acute powers of sight.

Plateau discusses this reputation, and decides that it is

exaggerated ; the larger species perceive movement at a

distance of three to six feet, rarely did they seem to

detect it at a distance of nine or ten feet.

Amongst Coleoptera, Cicindela campestris and hybrida

were found to be as well endowed as Diurnal Lepi-

doptera, while species of Carabus were very stupid, and

Dytiscus dimidiatus did not apparently perceive move-

ment at all.

We have next a series of interesting observations

made in a room lighted by two windows at one end:

these windows were closed by shutters, in one of which

there was, for the admission of light, a square orifice of

about four inches in each direction ; while in the other

shutter there was a similar orifice so arranged that it

moved round in a circle by means of a revolving

apparatus. The size of the orifices was capable of

variation, either separately or together, and by these

means the Professor ascertained some interesting facts.

Insects, when set at liberty in the room, flew towards

these lights ; they perceived that the one of them moved,

but they did not object to this, and directed their flight

towards it as much as towards the stationary orifice; so

perfect, indeed, was the perception of movement, that

the motion of the insect in flight was controlled by the

movement of the orifice to such an extent that the

direction of the flight became spiral. The results of

this series of observations may be thus arranged :—

406 Dr. Sharp’s account of recent experiments

A. One orifice being stationary and the other, of the same

size, mm motion.—The insects directed themselves in-

differently to one or the other, no preference being

observed.

B. The two orifices of the same size, but one arranged

so as to admit a greater quantity of light than the other.—

The insects directed their flight most frequently to that

where the light was most intense, whether this were the

stationary or the moving one.

C. The two orifices of unequal size, one being four

inches each way, the other two inches.—The insects then

preferred the larger orifice, whether stationary or moving.

The final series of experiments recorded by Plateau

refers to a curious phenomenon, viz., that winged insects,

whose eyes are covered by pigment, when they are set

at liberty, fly vertically upwards to a great elevation.

Plateau had previously considered that this was due to

their still perceiving the light, partly perhaps because

the pigment did not completely blind them, and perhaps

partly because of a general dermatoptic sense. Some

objections having been made to this conclusion by Forel

and others, he undertook a fresh set of experiments with

Nocturnal Lepidoptera: the specimens were released

when it was quite dark, and after their eyes had been

covered with black pigment. The result was found to be

that the insects under these conditions did not rise

vertically, but either flew away horizontally or descended

to the ground.

[In Prof. Plateau’s account of this set of experiments

I do not find any statement as to whether the com-

pound eyes and the ocelli were both covered with pig-

ment or only the former.—D. 8.]

In concluding this imperfect réswmé of Prof. Plateau’s

interesting researches, [ cannot refrain from expressing

my thanks to him for having given himself so much

trouble in the matter. His observations, I think, show

conclusively that whatever may be the other functions

of the optical organs, their relation to light is the chief

mode by which the insect is guided when on the wing:

when walking it seems, however, probable that tactile

sensations and specific habit are the chief factors in

deciding a particular direction.

on the vision of Arthropods. 407

There are one or two points as to which, I think,

further and more special experiments are needed. I may

mention that I think a set of observations should be

made to test to what extent the covering the optic organs

with pigment is effectual in excluding light from them.

It is admitted that it is only partially effective; and it

appears to me that when this is the case there is not

sufficient ground for concluding that the insect is guided

by a dermatoptic sense.

I think, too, that observing and delineating the actual

tracks made by particular species when escaping from

the labyrinth would be of considerable value; the tracks

shown by Prof. Plateau in his figures being, as he tells

us, diagrammatic.

The question of the actual direction taken by insects

in flight appears to me by no weans a simple matter. It

must be looked on as a resultant of several conditions.

Different species have different habits in regard to the

height and direction of their ordinary flight, and this

must very greatly influence the direction they take when

endeavouring to escape. When an insect has been

subjected to such an unpleasant experience as being

captured and having its eyes covered with blackened oil,

it is only natural to assume that it would, when the

bonds were taken from it, attempt to simply get away.

The habitual direction in which an insect would start to

fly away when it was liberated in a natural condition

must be taken into consideration. If the usual way of

a particular species be to rise a little and then change

its direction in accordance with influences of light and

shade that may come into play after it has started, it is

not surprising that it should continue to rise when (the

function of its eyes being interfered with by pigment)

the normal sources of orientation do not affect its

nervous system.

Perhaps I may be allowed, in conclusion, to summarise

the general impressions I have derived from the study

of Prof. Plateau’s valuable experiments as follows :—

1. That insects in motion are guided largely by the

direction of light and the existence of ights and shades.

That when walking they are guided by a combination of

light-impressions, with specific habit (that is, going

upwards or downwards, towards the light or away from

the light), and by tactile impressions; these latter not

acting when the insect is in flight.

408 Experiments on the vision of Arthropods.

2. That there is at present no evidence at all that the

light-perceptions are sufficiently complex to be entitled

to be called seeing; but that, as the large development

of the compound eye permits the simultaneous perception

of movement, its direction, and of lights and shades

over a certain area, a dragon-fly may pursue and capture

another insect without seeing it im our sense of the

word seeing.

EXPLANATION OF PuatEe XIII.

Fie. 1. Plan of the maze used by Plateau. a,a,a, the undu

latory track of an animal with good sight (vertebrate) when

escaping; b,b,b, zigzag track of an insect that detects the presence

of the pieces by means of their shadows (Hymenoptera) ; ¢,c, ¢,

track of an insect that runs against the objects (Coleoptera, e.g.).

Fic. 2. Some of the pieces of the maze, with the shadows and

penumbre cast by them. 0, 0,0, track of a hymenopteron turning

aside only when it enters the deep shadow; p,p,p, track of a

hymenopteron sensitive enough to perceive the penumbra.

Fic. 3. General view of the maze as used by Plateau.

Copied by permission from Professor Plateau’s memoirs.

( 409 )

XVII. Further additions to the Rev. T. A. Marshall’s

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. By Joun B.

Bripeman, F.L.S.

[Read July 3rd, 1889. |

Tur increasing interest taken by British lepidopterists

in the parasites they may unfortunately breed is shown

by the length of these papers of additions to the British

list. Ichneumons new to Britain or Science are con-

tinually being sent to me. I have already sufficient

material for another paper had I but the time to work it

out. Since my last paper hymenopterists have sustained

a severe loss by the death of A. E. Holmgren, the

eminent Swedish entomologist, one who perhaps has

done more for the portion of Hymenoptera he studied

than any previous author. Gravenhorst, in his three

volumes of ‘Ichneumonologia EKuropez,’ while he accu-

rately described an enormous host of ichneumons, gave

far too little description of structure. This defect was

greatly remedied by the numerous papers of Wesmael,

principally as far as the family of Ichneumon was con-

cerned. A. EK. Holmgren still further improved on the

very excellent work done by Wesmael, when he pub-

lished the first two parts of ‘ Ichneumonologia Suecica’ ;

the third part, which was to have contained the

Ichneumones Pneustici, has not been published, and I

fear never will now; he was engaged on it at the time of

his death. I received a letter from him the end of last

November, asking to borrow the new species I had

described. Besides these monographs he published

monographs of the Swedish Ophionides, Tryphonides,

Pimplides, and of the genus Campoplex, with good clear

descriptions both of structure and colour, the former of

which was very much needed; the Cryptides was the

only family he had not monographed. Besides these

he wrote several papers in various magazines ; the date

of his first paper is given in ‘ Literatura Hymenopter-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART III. (OcT.)

410 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall’s

orum, Moesary,’ as 1855. His descriptions leavenothing

to be desired, unless it is that the full descriptions of

his monograph of the genus Campoplex was not written

in Latin or German instead of Swedish.

Ichneumon culpator, Sch.

Mr. W. J. Cross, of Ely, gave me a variety of the

female, which had the legs and abdomen black.

Ichneumon insidiosus, Wesm.

Wesm., Tent., 46, °.

I took a female at Brundall, August, 1878.

Ichneumon tempestivus, Holm.

Holm., Ich. Suec., 74.

This species appears to be not uncommon, but has not

been previously recorded as occurring in this country.

Ichneumon macrocerus, Thom.

Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, 1886.

This insect was identified for me by Prof. Thomson,

and was taken at Brundall, August, 1880.

Ichneumon emancipatus, Wesm.

Wesm., Tent., 46, 2; Holm., Ich. Suec., 98, f 2.

I took a male of this many years ago in the neigh-

bourhood of Norwich.

Ichneumon vulneratorius, Lett.

Holm., Ich. Suec., 118.

Taken by Mr. P. Cameron in Scotland, and by Mr. G.

C. Champion in Ireland.

Ichnewnon Haglundi, Holm.

Holm., Ich. Suec., 129.

A male of this was bred by Mr. T. R. Billups in 1886

from Arctia fuliginosa, and kindly given to me.

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 411

Ichneumon plagiarius, Wesm.

Wesm., Mant., 47, 2.

The male in structure is like the female, and differs

only in coloration, in having a white spot on each side

of the clypeus, facial orbits to the vertex, and a line

before the wings, white; the line below the scutellum is

sometimes white; there is no white at the apex of the

abdomen; the cox are a little darker, and antenna

quite black.

I have taken both sexes in the neighbourhood of

Norwich, in August, a few years ago.

Ichneumon pulchellatus, n. s.

Niger, abdomine pedibusque maxima ex parte rufis; scutello

flavo.

Shining punctate; head transverse; behind the eyes scarcely

narrow; clypeus punctate, apex truncate; teeth of mandibles

unequal, superior much the longer; antenne of male about three-

fourths the length of the body, of the female but little longer than

the head and thorax ; 1st joint of flagellum about twice as long as

wide, penultimate joint quadrate in the male, the 11th quadrate in

the female, apical joints transverse except the last. Mesonotum

rather closely and somewhat coarsely punctate; scutellum some-

what rounded, punctate; metathorax shining, rather coarsely

rugose, deeply notched behind, with five very distinct aree ;

supero-medial area transverse, very narrow, the posterior in-

distinctly tridivided; spiracles of female ovate, and more elongate

in the male. Abdomen of the female almost cylindrical, about as

wide as the thorax; apical half of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments of

equal width, the 2nd segment rather longer than wide, 8rd trans-

verse ; in the male the apex of the 2nd segment is the widest, and

from this to the apex it gradually tapers, slightly narrower than

the thorax ; Ist segment shining, petiole punctate, middle are of

post-petiole obscurely rugulose, smooth at the apex, lateral arex

slightly rugosely punctate; 2nd and 8rd segments in the female,

2nd to 4th in the male, punctate on a finely reticulate ground ;

apical segments almost free from sculpture; sides of abdomen

pilose ; gastroceli on the 2nd segment moderately shallow in the

female, rather deeper in the male, the space between them about

equal to the middle area of the post-petiole ; the post-petiole of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaART III. (o0T.) 2F

412 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

the male is more distinctly sculptured than the female; aculeus

projecting. Areolet of wings pentagonal, open above; transverse

anal nervure divided one-third from the bottom. Legs moderate.

?. Black; palpi brownish red; base of mandibles and a spot

above yellowish red; antenne dark brown, the 9th, 10th, and 11th

joints of the flagellum above slightly paler; a mark on the inner

orbits and a spot on the vertex, a short line before, a longer one

beneath the wings, and scutellum, yellow, the latter black at the

base; apex of 1st segment of the abdomen, 2nd, 8rd, and 4th, and

sides of 5th segments, red. Legs red, coxe black, trochanters

somewhat browner ; femora brownish, base and apex paler ; joints

of middle and hind tarsi slightly brownish in the middle, and the

apical joints of all the tarsi brownish. Stigma piceous, tegule

black.

3. Black; palpi, mandibles, a spot above them, clypeus,

middle of face, facial orbits, a mark on each side of the vertex,

scape beneath, a line before and beneath the wings, another line on

the lower part of the prothorax above the front coxe, scutellum

and a faint mark beneath it, yellow. Abdomen as in the female,

but the 5th segment sometimes entirely red. Legs red, coxe

and trochanters black, the anterior and middle pair with a

yellowish mark beneath, front and middle femora yellowish in

front, hind femora red, front tibie and tarsi palish, apex of tarsi

slightly fuscous. Length, 7—8 mm.

Male and female bred by Mr. J. E. Fletcher from

Eupithecia pulchellata. Ihave another male sent to me

by Mr. Bignell bred from the same host.

It belongs to Section 7. B. b. of Holmgren’s Ich.

Suec. ; it is evidenly like Jchnewmon eupithecie, Brischke,

Ich. d. Prov. W. u. O-Preuss, but differs in the shape of

the metathoracic spiracles, which Brischke says are

elliptic, almost circular; but in this species they are

far from circular, and the gastroceli are evidently

narrower.

Platylabus transversus, n. 8.

Niger, facie et scutello albo-picta, femoribus tibiisque anticis

rufis.

Face and clypeus punctate, the latter truncate at the apex,

which is shining; forehead almost shining and free from punc-

tures, behind the eyes slightly narrow. Mesonotum finely punctate,

rather shining; scutellum somewhat elevated, marginated to

beyond the middle; metathorax rather shining, feebly rugose ;

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 413

supero-medial area transverse, lunate; postero-medial area wide,

imperfectly tridivided; mesopleura finely punctate, rather dull

below, smooth and shining above. Abdomen subovate; 1st seg-

ment smooth and shining, remainder transverse, somewhat

shining; 2nd segment finely punctate, interstices alutaceous, the

base almost free from punctures; gastrocceli small, space between

them about equal to the width of the central area of the post-

petiole; 8rd finely punctate, interstices alutaceous, remainder

more sparingly punctate; genitalia rather stout. Legs moderate,

femora stout. Areolet of wings closed above; recurrent nervure

received in the middle.

Black; a narrow streak on each side of the orbits from just

above the antenne to below the eye on to the cheek and side of

clypeus, and two small dots beneath the antenne, scape beneath,

scutellum, post-scutellum, and tegule, whitish yellow. Front and

middle legs reddish ; cox and trochanters black, hind legs black;

femora only red, and these are black at the knees. Stigma black,

and a piceous spot in the middle of the tegule. Male. Length,

75 mm.

This belongs to the P. pedatorius group, but differs in

. the colour of the hind tibiez and transverse segments of

the abdomen; the scutellum and post-scutellum are

pale, as in P. iridipennis. Two males were bred by

Mr. W. J. Cross, of Ely, from the larve of Cidaria

saggitata, in July, 1888.

Pheogenes varicolor, Wesm.

Diadromus varicolor, Wesm., Tent., 211, ¢ 2; Mant.,

D. intermedius, Wesm., Tent., 211, 3.

This seems to be a very variable insect. I took four

males at Gunton, by Cromer, on August Ist, 1887; of

these four, one is the variety with the middle of the

abdomen red and legs partly dark, which Wesmael

originally described as D. intermedius ; the other three

have the abdomen black, two have the coxe red, and

the other has the hind coxe black; the mesonotum is

shining, with rather coarse punctures; the metathorax

is shining, rugose, the sculpture varying in strength ;

the supero-medial area pentagonal, rather longer than

wide.

Q2Fr2

414 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

Phygadeuon flavopunctatus, n. 8.

Niger ; abdominis medio pedibus anticis et tibiarum posticarum

basi rufis, tarsis posticis annulo albo, facie scutelloque flavo macu-

lato.

Head narrow behind the eyes, not concave in the middle, apex

of clypeus rotundate, forehead punctate, interstices finely reticu-

late; antenne about as long as the body; 1st joint of the flagellum

almost four times aslong as wide. Mesonotum shining, somewhat

coarsely punctate; transverse fovea at base of mesonotum con-

sute; scutellum slightly gibbose, shining, somewhat sparingly

punctate ; metathorax shining ; posterior portion of superior surface

rugose, not coarsely so; supero-medial area elongate, longer than

wide, not closed above, lateral aree not divided; posterior face

rather coarsely rugose, not subdivided; spiracles large and oval.

Abdomen smooth and shining, longer than the head and thorax,

and narrower than the latter; 1st segment slender, spiracles

placed beyond the middle, post-petiole longer than wide, very little

wider at the apex than at the base, petiole bicarinated, feebly

longitudinally rugose; 2nd segment one-third longer than wide;

8rd a little shorter; remainder transverse. Legs slender; tibie

somewhat spinulose. Areolet of wings pentagonal; posterior -

inferior angle of discoidal cell obtuse; transverse anal slightly

anti-furcal, divided below the middle.

Black; clypeus, a squarish mark below the antenne, a spot on

the scutellum and sometimes a minute dot beneath it, and base of

wings, yellow. Apex of Ist segment, 2nd, 8rd, and 4th, red,

Front and middle legs reddish yellow; coxe and trochanters

black ; hind legs black; apex of trochanters, the extreme base and

apex of femora, less than the basal half of tibiw and calcarie,

fulvous-red; 8rd and 4th joints of hind tarsi white. Tegule and

stigma dark brown; wings slightly yellowish. Male. Length,

8—10 mm.

I took these males on Mousehold, near Norwich, on

October 8rd, 1881. They come very near P. perspicillator

and arrogans, but differ from perspicillator in having the

apex of the abdomen black. In this respect it is like

arrogans, but differs from this latter in having a pale

spot in the middle of the face, and orbits black, and

only the 8rd and 4th joints of the hind tarsi white.

These two species Prof. Thomson first placed in his

subgenus Plectocryptus (Opus. Ent., 599), and afterwards

in Microcryptus (l. c., 850), the former having large oval

metathoracic spiracles, and the latter small circular

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 415

ones; but one division of the latter subgenus is given

with large spiracles, and into this these two species are

placed.

Phygadeuon (Microcryptus, Th.) rufoniger, n. 8.

Niger; abdominis basi et pedibus rufis, posticis femorum et

tibiarum apice fuscis, antennis tricoloribus.

Head and thorax somewhat shining, punctate. Head behind

the eyes not narrow, almost narrower than the thorax, slightly

concave behind; antenne rather more than half the length of the

body, almost filiform ; 1st joint of the flagellum about three times

longer than wide; 6th quadrate; metathorax somewhat rugulose,

with three superior aree; supero-medial area small, about as

broad as long, narrower in front than behind; lateral are not

divided, the transverse ridge deeply concave in the middle;

spiracles small, almost circular. Abdomen elongate-ovate, as wide

as the thorax, smooth and shining; Ist segment without promi-

nent keels; remaining segments transverse; 2nd and 3rd of equal

lengths, the 8rd the widest; aculeus about one-third the length of

the abdomen. Legs rather slender. Areolet of wings pentagonal,

outer nervure more or less incomplete ; posterior-inferior angle of

discoidal cell rectangular; transverse anal nervure of hind wings

scarcely anti-furcal, divided below the middle.

Black ; flagellum tricoloured ; joints 1—8 red, 4 and 5 fuscous,

6—9 white, the 6th and 9th partly brown, remainder black; 1st to

3rd segments of the abdomen red, and also the 4th laterally at the

base obscurely so, remainder black; apex not white-marked. Legs

red; the hind ones have the tarsi and apex of femora and tibie

fuscous. Stigma and tegule fuscous. Wings fusco-hyaline.

Female. Length, 5 mm.

Several females were taken by Mr. Billups in Ash-

down Forest on November 10th, 1885, I suppose dug up

from the roots of grass, &c.

It is very like P. improbus, Tasch., but has shorter

antenne and aculeus, thinner legs, and no white on the

apex of the abdomen.

Leptocryptus, Th. (Hemiteles, Gr.) ruficaudatus, m.

In the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society for 18838, p. 149,

I described the female of this insect. It appears to be

not uncommon: I have taken it in the neighbourhood

of Norwich, and have seen it from other collectors. The

416 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall’s

Rev. T. A. Marshall on one occasion took both sexes in

great numbers. The male differs only from the female

in the colour of the legs; the hind coxe are more or less

dark, generally dark, apex pale, trochanters pale, hind

femora, tibie, and tarsi darkish brown, extreme base of

femora pale ; the middle segments of the abdomen have

sometimes dark blotches on the sides. ‘The male is very

like the male of H. fragilis, Gr. (this Thomson says is

also Leptocryptus, Th.), but differs in having the hind

tibia uniformly coloured; the face is almost smooth,

with scarcely any pubescence, and converges towards

the mouth, the parapsides only extending to just beyond

the middle of the mesonotum. In Leptocryptus fragilis

the middle of the hind tibie is red, face densely pube-

scent and not converging, the parapsides more deeply

impressed and extending almost to the fovee in front of

the scutellum.

Hemiteles nitidus, n. 8.

Niger; abdominis medio pedibusque rufis, aculeo abdominis

dimidio longiore.

Shining, smooth; mesothorax very finely punctate; Ist segment

of abdomen very finely aciculate. Head transverse, slightly

narrow behind the eyes, viewed in front triangular; apex of

clypeus somewhat truncate; face finely punctate; a deep fovea

above the antenne, these about three-fourths the length of the

body, almost filiform, slightly thickened before the apex; the first

three joints of the flagellum about the same length, nearly three

times as long as wide; parapsides of mesonotum distinct ; meta-

thorax with distinct are; supero-medial subtriangular, quite as

long as wide or a little longer; basal area transverse, triangular,

apex terminating laterally in a short obtuse spine. Abdomen

elongate-ovate ; apex of the 2nd segment the widest; apex some-

what compressed; 1st segment twice as long as the width of

the apex, this three times as wide as the base; 2nd segment

rather wider than long, and a little wider than the thorax;

aculeus slightly more than half the length of the abdomen, slightly

curved downwards. Legs moderate. Areolet of wings pentagonal,

with outer nervure absent; posterior-inferior angle of discoidal

cell acute; transverse anal nervure ante-furcal, divided one-third

from the bottom.

Black. Legs red; greater part of hind trochanters black ; tarsi

partly pale fuscous. Abdomen : apex of 1st segment, 2nd entirely,

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 417

and 8rd red, except the black apex and sides; margin of apical

segments membranaceous. Stigma black; tegule pale piceous.

Female. Length, 5 mm.

One female was bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher from

cocoon found at Chesil Beach, April 24th, 1884.

It is very like H. ridibundus, Gr., but the head and

thorax are smoother and more shining, the coxe are red,

and the stigma has not a white base.

Hemiteles longicauda, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., fase. x., 980.

I detected a female of this species among a lot sent to

me to name by Mr. C. W. Dale. The card on which it

was fixed bore no locality. The legs were almost entirely

red; 1st segment of the abdomen and part of the 2nd

were red.

Apterophygus (F'st.) ? paradoxus, 0. 8.

Thorax with rudimentary wings, the upper face of the meta-

thorax as long as the posterior face, with moderately distinct aree ;

abdomen ovate; the 2nd segment narrow at the base, the width of

the apex equal to the length; the 8rd almost longer than the

width of the base, apex narrower than the base; remainder trans-

verse ; aculeus very short, only just projecting. This genus is

very near to Cremnodes, but the metathorax is of a different

shape, the Ist segment of the abdomen is broader, the 2nd

narrower at the apex. It differs from Foester’s description of his

genus, which is very short and as follows:—‘‘ Metanotum not

slanting from the base; the 1st joint of the flagellum not longer

than the 2nd.” In Mr. Marshall’s insect the Ist joint is longer

than the 2nd. It seems a connecting-link between Cremnodes and

Apterophygus, having the antenne as in the former, and meta-

notum as in the latter.

Shining; head almost cubical, smooth; antenne subclavate,

about three-fourths the length of the body, with 20 joints; 1st

joint of the flagellum about twice as long as wide, the 2nd about

one-fourth shorter than the Ist, the 5th quadrate. Thorax one-

third longer than high, narrower than the head, depressed ; meso-

notum smooth, parapsides only present in front; wings rudi-

mentary, scarcely extending beyond the base of the scutellum,

which is smooth; metanotum with regular aree; supero-medial

pentagonal, as broad as long; lateral are divided, terminated

418 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

laterally by a slight obtuse projection. Abdomen as wide as the

head ; 1st segment somewhat narrow, curved, gradually increasing

in width from base to apex, not quite three times as long as

the width of the apex; spiracles placed just behind the middle,

this and the 2nd segment with faint indications of reticu-

lation; the remainder smooth; the second segment about as long

as the width of the apex, narrow at the base, sides almost straight;

érd as long as wide, narrower at the apex than at the base;

remaining segments transverse; abdomen at the sides with fine

rather scattered pubescence. Legs moderate.

Black; scape beneath and apex of 1st joint of flagellum reddish.

Legs dull red, base of hind coxe and middle of hind femora

piceous, middle and hind tarsi piceous ; 2nd segment of abdomen

castaneous ; 3rd segment black, base castaneous. Female. Length,

3mm.

One female was taken by the Rev. T. A. Marshall at

Nunton.

Pezomachus pulicarius, Gr.

gd. Niger, segmentis 1, 2, 3 rufo-marginatis.

Subopaque, finely granulate; head rather stout, slightly con-

tracted behind the eyes, rather wider than the thorax ; antenne as

long as the body; 1st joint of the flagellum about four times as

long as wide, longer than the 2nd; clypeus somewhat distinctly

separated from the face, rounded at the apex; space between the

eyes and the mandibles about equal to the width of the base of the

latter; face transverse, rather prominent in the middle. Thorax

longer than high ; parapsides faintly impressed in front ; scutellum

somewhat gibbose, suture at the base finely consute; metathorax

a little longer than wide, with only a faintly defined supero-

medial area, which is about as broad as long; the superior surface

separated from the posterior by an angulated costa, which permits

the postero-medial area to run almost half-way up the superior

surface. Abdomen elongate-ovate; 1st segment rather narrow,

without projecting spiracles, only about one-fourth narrower at the

base than at the apex, sides more parallel, and the base wider than

usual; 2nd segment about as long as wide; remainder transverse ;

apex of the 3rd the widest part, this is as wide as the thorax.

Legs slender. Wings with a pentagonal areolet; outer nervure

absent; the cubital nervure with one and the recurrent nervure

with two clear spots; stigma triangular, about one-third longer

than wide}; radial cell rather short, outer nervure slightly curved,

exterior-inferior angle of discoidal rectangular; transverse anal

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 419

nervure of lower wing ante-furcal, distinctly divided one-third

from the bottom.

Black; apex of 1st segment and base of 3rd narrowly yellowish

red, the 2nd yellowish red, with a large black central blotch

leaving only a narrow pale border all round the segment. Legs

black; base of front tibie and joints of tarsi piceous; middle and

hind legs, apex of trochanters, base of tibie, and base of joints

of tarsi, piceous. Squamule and nervures blackish brown.

Stigma black, white at the base. Wings slightly fuscous, with a

white patch just in front of the stigma.

This male, together with the female, were sent to me

by Mr. G. C. Bignell for identification, having been bred

by Mr. b. A. Bower from Coleophora vibicella.

2 Ophion longigena, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., 1191, 2.

This species, as well as the next, is most likely mixed

up in our collections with O. luteus, Gr., but the head is

not at all narrowed behind the eyes, and ocelli are far

removed from the eyes; it has a head the shape of

Paniscus cephalotes, Holm., and, in the specimen I have

seen, quite free from any yellow marks. It was bred by

Mr. Bignell from Cucullia scrophularie, June 11th, 1888.

The descriptions of Prof. Thomson are generally too

short to be able to identify species with certainty.

2 Ophion distans, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., 1191, 3.

I have a female of this species, given to me by Mr.

W.J.Cross, of Ely. The cocoon is pale uniform brown:

the host is unknown. It differs from luteus in having

the face wider, cheeks longer, and head more dilated

behind the eyes, and the ocelli do not touch the eyes.

Bred also by Mr. Bignell from Dianthecia irregularis.

Parabatus nigricarpus, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., 1196, 1, 2.

I have a female, given to me by Mr. E. A. Atmore,

which I believe to be this species. It differs slightly

420 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

from Thomson’s description in two points: the abdomen

is not dark at the base, and the abdomen is not very

much compressed at the apex. Parabatus is one of

Foerster’s genera which Thomson defines as differing

from Paniscus in having the transverse ordinary ner-

vure interstitial, and the head behind not bordered by a

ridge: virgatus, Gr., and tarsatus, Brischke, belong to

it; nigricarpus has the outer nervure of the areolet

imperfect.

Parabatus cristatus, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., 1197, 4, 2.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher has bred a female, host un-

known, from Stornoway.

Campoplex lapponicus, Holm.

Holm., Mon. Oph. Suec., 87, 8, ¢ 2; Scand. Art. Af.

Oph. Camp., 51.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher has bred this from Melanippe

hastata from Stornoway.

Holmgren says that the hind tibie are more frequently

red in the middle. Mr. Fletcher bred two females and

five males, but all have the hind tibiew entirely dark.

The black streak at the base of the sides of the 8rd

segment is absent. in both the females, sometimes

present and sometimes absent inthe males. The cocoons

are palish brown, sometimes ashy and uniform in tint.

This species is very distinct; the 8rd segment convex

below, black legs, and aculeus about as long as the Ist

segment easily separate it.

Campoplex incompletus, n. s.

Abdominis medio rufo, pedibus posticis nigris, stigmate nigro-

fusco.

This insect has the metathorax entirely free from aree, and

comes next to C. fatigator, Fst., and C. Tschekw, Holm., but

may readily be distinguished from these by the dark stigma, the

two latter having the stigma yellowish.

Head transverse, sides behind the eyes almost parallel, forehead

without keel or furrow. Thorax opaque; mesonotum closely

Catalogue of British Ichnewmonide. 491

punctated, interstices reticulate; scutellum keeled at the sides as

far as the middle, with punctures larger and more scattered than

on the mesonotum; mesopleure opaque, densely punctate, without

a crest behind the front cox; metathorax opaque, finely rugose,

central furrow not deep, without a trace of aree, with rather dense

white pubescence at the sides. Spiracles of 1st segment of abdo-

men not prominent, petiole gradually sloping into the post-petiole,

which has slightly rounded sides, and is about twice as wide as the

petiole; 2nd segment about one-fourth longer than the 3rd, lower

margin of the latter convex. Areolet of wings petiolated; recur-

rent nervure received just beyond the middle; the Ist division of

the radius of hind wing a little longer than the transverse cubital ;

transverse anal nervure not divided.

Black; palpi fuscous. Apex of 2nd abdominal segment, the 8rd

and 4th, entirely red. Front legs yellowish red, coxe black, tro-

chanters fuscous; middle legs black; apex of femora and tibie

entirely yellowish red; hind legs black. Tegule black, stigma

nigro-fuscous. Male. Length, 8 mm.

One male was taken by Mr. T. R. Billups at East-

bourne, June 6th, 1888, who very kindly gave it to me.

Sagaritis wncisa, m.

Mr. Fletcher has bred both sexes of this insect from

Eupithecia campanulata from Sussex, and | find that the

transverse incision on the 2nd segment varies, and is

sometimes altogether absent. The male is like the

female, but has the trochanters showing a little more

yellow ; the middle of the mandibles of both sexes is

yellow, and sometimes there is a pellucid transverse

streak at the side of the 2nd and 8rd segments, some-

times on the 2nd segment only.

Casinaria morionella, Holm.

Holm., Mon. Oph. Suec., 48, 2, 9 2.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher has bred two specimens from

Eupithecia expallidata, taken in Abbott’s Wood.

Casinaria claviventris, Holm.

eC AO oe is

Bred by Mr. G. T. Porritt from Scodiona belgiaria.

422 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall’s

Inumneria (Omorga, Thom.) fasciata, n. s.

Niger, scapo subtus pallide, segmento secundo rufo-marginato,

pedibus anterioribus rufis, posticis nigris, tibiis rufis apice et ante

basin fuscis, aculeo abdominis dimidio paulo breviore.

Scarcely shining; head transverse, slightly rounded behind the

eyes; antenne a little shorter than the body, filiform, scarcely

attenuated at the apex; teeth of mandibles equal length ; apex of

clypeus rounded; face rather longer than wide, sericeous, a little

wider than the forehead; eyes against the antenne, not at all

indented. Mesonotum very finely punctate; coste of metathorax

very prominent; supero-medial area pentagonal, about as long as

wide, sides parallel, often obtuse in front, not closed behind;

postero-medial area with rather faint transverse ruge, lateral arex

subdivided; metathorax rather shining. Mesopleura finely punc-

tate below, striate above in front, smooth and shining behind.

First segment of abdomen almost straight; post-petiole longer

than wide, sides slightly rounded in the female, scarcely so in the

male, longer and wider than the petiole, this and the rest of the

abdomen rather shining ; 2nd segment almost one-third longer than

wide; remainder transverse; aculeus rather more than one-third

the length of the abdomen. Legs moderate. Stigma rather

narrow; wings with a petiolated areolet; recurrent nervure

received beyond the middle, inferior-posterior angle of discoidal

cell acute, transverse anal ante-furcal, slightly geniculated nearly

at the bottom, emitting nervure very indistinct.

Black; scape beneath, mandibles, and palpi pale, varying from

reddish yellow to piceous; tegule, base of wings, and a spot

beneath, stramineous; stigma fusco-testaceous; extreme apex of

2nd segment of abdomen more or less obscure red, generally

distinct but narrow, sometimes obsolete, ventral fold stramineous.

Front legs red, intermediate ones red; coxe black, apex sometimes

reddish; trochanters fuscous-marked; femora more or less black

at the base; hind legs, coxe, and trochanters black, the latter

reddish at the apex; hind femora varies from almost red to

entirely blackish brown (the latter appears to be the commonest

form); base and apex of tibiew fuscous, middle and sometimes

slightly at the extreme base brownish red; tarsi fuscous, extreme

base paler; in the male the front and middle coxe beneath are

marked with yellow, and in one specimen entirely yellow. Male

and female. Length, about 5 mm.

Bred by Mr. W. H.B. Fletcher from Trycheris aurana

from Steyning, and Psyche intermediella, and also from

Catalogue of British Ichnewmonide. 423

either Hysipetes ruberata or Grapholitha campoliliana

from Stornoway.

This species appears to me to belong to Section A. aa.

of Omorga, Thom. (‘Opuscula entomologica,’ p. 1128),

and differs from the only one there described in the red

margin of 2nd segment; the length of the aculeus is not

given by Thomson.

Limneria (Omorga, Thom.) submarginata, n. 8.

Niger, pedibus rnfis, basi nigris, aculeo abdominis dimidio longi-

tudine.

Subopaque; head transverse, behind the eyes sides almost

straight ; antenne about two-thirds the length of the body, slightly

attenuated at the apex, rather stout; face quadrate; teeth of

mandibles subequal. Thorax opaque; metanotum scarcely shining,

rather smooth; cost very distinet; supero-medial area penta-

gonal; sides parallel, rather longer than broad, not closed behind ;

lateral ares subdivided; postero-medial scarcely concave, obsoletely

transversely rugose; mesopleura somewhat shining, speculum

smooth and shining, very finely punctate. Abdomen of the female

about as wide as the thorax, narrower in the male, the first two or

three segments subopaque, with apical margins shining ; remainder

shining, especially so at the apical margins ; first segment almost

straight, post-petiole longer than wide, and longer than the petiole ;

2nd segment of the female a little longer than wide, of the male

one-third longer than wide; the 3rd and remaining segments of

the female transverse, the 3rd of the male subquadrate ; remainder

transverse. Aculeus half the length of the abdomen, slightly

curved. Legs tolerably slender. Wings with an areolet, petio-

lated; posterior-inferior angle of discoidal cell hardly rectangular ;

transverse anal nervure feebly geniculated; emitting nervure

obsolete.

Black; palpi brownish red. Legs red, coxe black; trochanters

black, apex narrowly pale; extreme base of all the femora black ;

hind tibix, apex, and before the base fuscous, paler in the female

than in the male; tarsi fuscous, base pale, only slightly so in the

hind pair. Apical margin of posterior segments of the abdomen

obscurely piceous, ventral fold yellow. Tegule black; stigma

fusco-testaceous; base of wings stramineous. Male and female.

Length, 5°5 mm.

This comes very near to L. faunus, if it is not a var.

of that species; but Mr. Fletcher has bred three females

424 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

and two males (from Hupithecia pygmeata, from Cam-

bridgeshire), and there is no variation; the scape

beneath is black, and the hind tibize have two fuscous

rings; the tegule and mandibles are black, not yellow.

Timneria (Angitia, Th.) annulipes, n. s.

Niger, pedibus posticis nigris, tibiis basi et medio albidis, aculeo

subexserto; areola nulla.

Slightly shining; head somewhat narrow behind the eyes, wider

than the thorax; face subquadrate, covered with white pubescence ;

apex of clypeus rounded; cheeks not buccated; antenne filiform,

searcely attenuated at the apex, somewhat shorter than the body.

Thorax rather long; metathorax somewhat smooth and shining,

with five distinct superior arew; supero-medial area pentagonal,

longer than wide, distinctly closed behind. Abdomen slender, as

long as and narrower than the head and thorax. Post-petiole of

abdomen subglobose, about one-third wider than the petiole;

remaining segments of about equal width; the 2nd one-third

longer than wide, and as long as the 1st segment, these scabri-

culous; remainder smoother ; the 8rd subquadrate; aculeus only

just projecting. Wings without an areolet; external radial

nervure curved; transverse anal nervure of hind wings not

divided.

Black ; palpi and mandibles yellow, teeth of the latter reddish ;

cox black, trochanters yellowish white, basal joint of hind pair

black ; front and middle femora, tibiew, and tarsi yellowish red, the

latter more or less fuscous at the extreme apex ; hind femora black ;

hind tibie whitish, apex and before the base black; tarsi black,

extreme base pale. Tegule yellow; stigma substramineous.

Male and female. Length, about 3°5 mm.

A single female was bred by Mr. E. A. Atmore from

Bucculatriz cidariella. This comes very near L. Hlishe,

m., but differs in having the 2nd and 8rd segments of

the abdomen longer, and aculeus shorter and stigma

paler. It is also, from the description in H. M. M.,

xli., 194, very like L. croceipes, Marshall. This comes

next to L. Hlishe in Opus. Ent., p. 1165.

One male was bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher from

Bucculatrix cidariella.

This insect is very like L. transfuga, Gr., but the

stigma is broader and shorter, as well as the radial cell ;

the posterior-inferior angle of transfuga is decidedly

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 425

acute, the supero-medial area of metathorax has almost

parallel sides, and the post-petiole is shining ; while the

other has the sides of the supero-medial area converging,

and post-petiole opaque. Thomson has placed L. trans-

fuga in the genus Nemeritis, but Holmgren, who made

the two genera Limneria and Nemeritis, has placed it in

the former.

Limneria (Angitia, Th.) crassa, n. 8.

Abdominis medio rufo-maculato, pedibus pallidis, coxis posticis

nigris, scapo antennarum flavo, areola nulla, aculeo segmento

primo breviore.

Subopaque, finely punctate; antenne slightly attenuate at the

apex ; female about three-fourths the length of the body, as long

as the body in the male; head transverse, scarcely narrowed

behind the eyes; face quadrate, covered with fine white pubescence;

forehead rather wider than the face; eyes slightly emarginate

against the antenne; apex of clypeus widely rotundate; teeth of

mandibles subequal. Thorax longer than high; supero-medial

area of metathorax pentagonal, about as long as wide or rather

longer ; lateral aree imperfectly subdivided. Abdomen somewhat

compressed; Ist segment rather stout, post-petiole subquadrate,

rather longer than wide, petiole a little longer than the post-petiole,

and rather more than half the width of the post-petiole; 2nd

segment of the female rather longer than wide, 8rd transverse;

these segments are longer in the male; the 3rd quadrate; aculeus

about two-thirds the length of the Ist segment, or about one-

seventh the length of the abdomen. Legs moderate. Wings

without an areolet; external radial curved; transverse anal of

hind wings not divided.

9. Black; palpi, mandibles, and scape yellow, the latter

fuscous above; antenne fuscous, yellowish at the base beneath ;

cox of front and middle legs yellow, the latter slightly fuscous at

the base; hind coxe black; all the trochanters yellow; femora,

tibiz, and tarsi pale yellowish red; hind tibie paler; apex and

before the base and articulations of hind tarsi pale fuscous, as well

as extreme apex of front and middle tarsi. Second segment of

abdomen red, fuscous on the back; 3rd red at the sides; the 4th

shghtly so. Tegule yellow; stigma pale.

3. Differs only from the female in having the scape entirely

yellow, and a red spot on the side of the abdomen extending from

the apex of the 2nd almost to the apex of the 38rd segment. Male

and female. Length, about 3mm.

426 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

A male and female were bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher

from larve of Bucculatriz cidariella taken in Abbott’s

Wood.

This is not unlike Meloboris pusio, H., which Thom-

son has placed in Angitia. It differs in the colour of the

scape and front and middle coxe; the 1st segment of

the abdomen is stouter than usual in the genus Limneria.

It would come after No. 48, p. 1165, of Thomson’s

Opus. Ent.

LTimneria (Angitia, Th.) scotie, n. 8.

Niger, pedibus posticis nigris, tibiis posticis basi et medio albidis,

aculeo segmento primo breviore.

Head subopaque, finely reticulate, behind the eyes scarcely

narrow ; face with fine white pubescence, subquadrate, or a little

longer than wide; antenne filiform, in the male about three-

fourths the length of the body, shorter in the female. Thorax

subopaque, finely punctate; metathorax rather shining, finely

reticulate, with a few irregular short transverse costz; supero-

medial area almost triangular, wide, not closed behind; lateral

aree not subdivided. Abdomen rather shining; petiole of 1st

segment about half the width of or a little less and rather longer

than the post-petiole, which is rather longer than wide, sides

parallel; 2nd segment one-fourth longer than wide; 3rd sub-

quadrate, or a little wider than long; remainder transverse,

laterally subecompressed ; aculeus about one-fifth the length of the

abdomen, shorter than the Ist segment. Stigma not more than

three times as long as its greatest width; external radial nervure

very much curved, areolet petiolated; recurrent nervure received

behind the middle; transverse anal nervure of hind wings not

divided.

Black; palpi and mandibles yellow, teeth of latter dark; cox

black, extreme apex of front pair of male yellow, front trochanters

yellow, middle pair of male yellow, base black; female black,

apex yellowish, hind pair black, apex yellowish; front femora

yellowish red, middle pair stained with brown at the base and

behind, hind pair black; tibize yellowish white, hind pair, apex,

and before the base dark; front and middle tarsi pale, apex fuscous,

hind pair fuscous, base pale; tegule yellow; stigma sordid

stramineous; ventral fold dark. Male and female. Length,

4mm.

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 427

Bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher from Heydenia auro-

maculella from Shetland.

This comes very near to L. lugubrina, H., but differs

from his description in the length of the aculeus, the

2nd and 8rd segments of the abdomen, colour of the

stigma, and are of the metathorax.

Limneria (Angitia, Th.) albonotata, n. s.

Niger, pedibus anticis flavo-testaceis, coxis et trochanteribus

pallide stramineis, posticis coxis nigris, femoribus rufis, tibiis albis,

basi apiceque nigris, tarsis nigris, basi albis ; aculeo brevissimo.

Head transverse, wider than the thorax, narrowed behind the

eyes, seen in front, subtriangular; apex of clypeus rotundate ;

mandibles rather stout, teeth equal; face longer than wide, rather

narrower than the forehead; antenne rather shorter than the

body, attenuated at the apex; eyes slightly emarginate against the

antenne. Thorax opaque, longer than high; metathorax with

three indistinct superior aree ; the lateral ares with hardly an

indication of the transverse costa; supero-medial area elongate,

narrow, finely rugose, posterior face rather more coarsely rugose,

not depressed in the centre. Abdomen longer and narrower than

the head and thorax; 1st segment almost straight, post-petiole

about twice as wide as the petiole, longer than wide, sides almost

straight; 2nd segment about one-third longer than wide; 38rd

subquadrate; remainder transverse; aculeus of female very short.

Legs slender. Wings with a petiolated areolet; recurrent ner-

vure received almost at the apex; radial nervure almost straight,

curved at the apex; transverse anal of hind wings not divided.

Stigma very narrow.

Black; mandibles pale stramineous; front and middle legs

reddish yellow; coxe and trochanters pale stramineous; hind

legs: cox black, trochanters pale, base black, femora red, tibie

white, base and apex black, calearie white, more than half the

length of the metatarsi, tarsi black, base of 1st joint widely white,

ventral fold partly pale fuscous. Tegule pale stramineous; stigma

piceous. Male and female. Length, 8 mm.

These insects were taken by Dr. Capron in the neigh-

bourhood of Shiere, and are very like L. interrupta, H.,

but are much larger, and the base of the hind tarsi is

white. They belong to the genus Limneria of Holm-

gren, and Angitia of Thomson.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT Ill. (ocT.) 24

428 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall's

Limneria (Angitia, Th.) aculeata, n.s.

Niger, pedibus rufis, coxis nigris, tibiis posticis apice et ante

basin fusco-notatis, tarsis posticis apice fuscis, aculeo dimidio

abdominis longiore.

Head subopaque, transverse, sides behind the eyes slightly

slanting; face subquadrate, punctate, narrower than the forehead,

slightly emarginate against the eyes; clypeus separated from the

face by a shallow groove, apex rounded; mandibles moderate,

teeth equal; head, seen in front, subtriangular ; antenne about

half the length of the body, attenuated at the apex. Thorax

longer than high, rather shining; mesonotum punctate, interstices

not reticulate; metathorax smooth, shining, with hardly any

sculpture, rounded, with five superior are; supero-medial penta-

gonal, about as long as broad or scarcely so; mesopleura shining,

punctate; disc smooth and shining. Abdomen longer thar the

head and thorax, and about as wide as the latter, smooth and

shining; petiole about or very little longer than the post-petiole,

this stout, with almost straight sides, and rather more than twice as

wide as the petiole; 2nd segment about one-third longer than

wide; 8rd slightly transverse; 6th and 7th deeply notched above ;

aculeus quite two-thirds the length of the abdomen, curving

upwards. Legs rather slender. Wings with a subsessile or sub-

petiolated areolet; recurrent nervure received almost in the

middle; external radial nervure almost straight; stigma not

narrow; transverse anal not divided.

Black; palpi testaceous ; apex of mandibles reddish; legs red,

coxe and base of front trochanters black, hind trochanters black,

extreme apex red; tibiew pale whitish yellow above, apex and

before the base of the hind ones above pale reddish brown;

calcarie pale, rather more than half the length of the metatarsi ;

hind tarsi fuscous; Ist joint almost entirely pale reddish yellow,

base of remaining joints slightly so; claws with two or three

rather coarse teeth at the base (pectinated). Nervures black ;

stigma yellow testaceous ; tegule whitish yellow. Female. Length,

7 mm.

Two females were bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher from

Lycena alsus, August, 1883. It is easily distinguished

by the long aculeus, the 6th and 7th dorsal segments of

the abdomen being deeply notched, and the colour of

the legs,

Catalogue of British Ichneumonidae. 429

Tamneria (Anilasta, Th.) teuertt, n. 8.

Segmentis mediis rufo-cingulatis, pedibus rufis basi nigris, tibiis

albicis, posticis apice et ante basin nigris, tarsis fuscis basi pallidis.

Head transverse, slightly narrowed behind the eyes; antennz

of male about as long as the body, female about three-quarters,

almost filiform, slightly thickened in the middle; face subquadrate,

a little narrower than the forehead, covered with fine white

pubescence. Thorax longer than high, opaque, finely punctured ;

mesopleura dull, punctate below, striate in front of disc, which is

rather smooth but not shining; metathorax with three superior

are ; supero-medial area pentagonal, as long as broad, sometimes

almost triangular, sometimes the lateral aree are imperfectly

subdivided ; postero-medial area somewhat shining, transversely

rugose. Abdomen longer and narrower than the head and thorax ;

1st segment slightly curved, post-petiole longer than wide, sides

almost parallel; 2nd segment of female a little longer than wide,

of male one-third longer than wide; 3rd segment of female almost

quadrate, of male longer than wide ; remainder transverse ; aculeus

of female about one-sixth the length of the abdomen. Wings with

an areolet; recurrent nervure received sometimes before and

sometimes behind the middle; external radial slightly curved ;

transverse anal nervure not divided. Legs moderate; claws of

hind tarsi distinctly pectinated at the base.

Black; mandibles, palpi, and scape beneath yellow; 2nd seg-

ment of abdomen towards the apex chestnut, extreme apex black;

8rd segment chestnut, apex broadly and base narrowly black ; apex

of 1st segment of the female obscurely red; the red on the male is

often very obscure. Front legs reddish yellow, coxe black, tro-

chanters yellowish ; middle and hind coxe black ; middle trochan-

ters yellowish, more or less black at the base; hind trochanters

black, extreme apex pale; femora red; tibie and tarsi yellowish

white; middle tibize brownish at the apex; hind tibie, apex, and

before the base above fuscous, apex reddish beneath; apex of

tarsal joints fuscous, apical joints almost entirely fuscous. Ventral

fold of abdomen yellowish, stained with brown. Stigma fuscous,

slightly paler at the base; tegule yellowish white. Male and

female. Length, 5°5 mm.

Bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher and Mr. Bignell from

Pterophorus teucrii; its transformation takes place in

the inflated skin of that larva, or it makes but a very

slight transparent cocoon within it.

2a2

430 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall’s

It is very like L. tricincta, Gr., but the hind tibie is

differently coloured, and the front coxe are not pale.

Since the above was written, Mr. Fletcher has bred,

from Pterophorus baliodactylus, an Anilasta which differs

from the above in having the scape black beneath. This

is probably only a variety.

Cremastus decoratus; Gr.

Gray., I. E., iii., 784, 151, ¢ 9; Holm., Mon. Oph.

Suec., LOT, 1. of .2:

Bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher from Depressaria

badiella from Shoreham, August, 1887.

Thersilochus nitidus, n. s.

Niger, nitidus, pedibus pallidis, aculeo dimidio abdominis longi-

tudine.

This very small insect might almost form a separate genus: the

1st segment of the abdomen is shorter and thicker than usual.

Shining; head transverse, wider than the thorax, behind the

eyes subdilated; antenne about three-fourths the length of the

body; flagellum subclavate, with 14 joints; 1st joint one and

a-half longer than wide, about one-fourth shorter than the 2nd;

all the joints longer than wide. Mesonotum obsoletely punctate,

shining; metathorax without any trace of area. Abdomen scarcely

so long as the head and thorax ; 1st segment short, about two and

a-half times as long as wide, almost straight, rather narrower at

the base than at the apex, spiracles distinct, about in the centre ;

2nd segment transverse, as wide at the apex as the thorax; apical

segments slightly compressed; aculeus scarcely longer than the

1st segment, slightly curved. Legs somewhat slender. Wings:

external radial curved.

Brownish black; scape of antenne and part of basal joints of

flagellum and legs fulvous; stigma and nervures palish brown;

squamule black. Female. Length, 1-5 mm.

One female, taken by the Rev. T. A. Marshall.

Thersilochus carinatus, n. 8.

Niger, abdomine pedibusque maxima ex parte rufis, aculeo

abdominis dimidio longitudine.

Head and thorax subopaque; head transverse, narrow behind

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 431

the eyes; antenne about two-thirds the length of the body, 28

joints; three first joints of the flagellum of equal length, about

one-half longer than wide, joints not distinctly separated. Meta-

thorax with a distinct longitudinal keel on the superior surface.

First segment of abdomen slightly curved, almost straight, post-

petiole gradually sloping from the petiole and but little wider ;

remainder subcompressed ; 2nd segment longer than wide ; aculeus

nearly one-half the length of the abdomen,

Black ; legs red, coxe black, trochanters brownish. Abdomen

red; 1st segment black; back of remainder scarcely fuscous-

stained. Stigma and squamule piceous. Female. Length,

4mm.

A single female, taken at Norwich, July, 1880. Some-

what like jocator, but metathorax with a central keel.

Thersilochus minutus, m.

Niger; tibiis rufis, aculeo abdominis longitudine.

Head and thorax subopaque; head wider than thorax, rather

stout, sides scarcely slanting behind the eyes; antenne of female

about as long as the head and thorax with 12 joints, the male a

little longer with 16 joints ; first three joints of flagellum of female

of about equal length, quite twice as long as wide; 1st joint in the

male the same length; the remainder submoniliform. Supero-

medial area of metathorax longer than wide, narrower behind than

in front. Abdomen compressed, shining; 1st segment curved

towards the apex, post-petiole one-half wider than the petiole;

aculeus as long as the abdomen.

Black; front and middle femora reddish, black at the base;

extreme apex of hind femora red; tibie reddish, slightly fuscous

towards the apex; front tarsi red. Male and female. Length,

2°5 mm.

Taken by Dr. Capron at Shiere.

Thersilochus flavicornis, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., 1891.

I bred one male from the galls of Nematus gallicola,

and took another in the same neighbourhood (near

Norwich) the galls came from.

432 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T’. A. Marshall’s

Holomeristus tenuicinctus, Fst.

Fst., Ueb. d. Gatt. u. Art. d. Fam. d. Plect., 80, ?-

Dr. Capron has taken this in the neighbourhood of

Shiere in 1887.

2 Plectiscus tener, Fst.

TEC 2 807.98.

Dr. Capron has taken a Plectiscus (male and female),

which agrees very well with Forster’s description of

P. tener; but as his description is only ‘‘ 2nd segment

smooth, aculeus not longer than the abdomen, body not

entirely yellow, prothorax at the sides not entirely red-

yellow, antenne with 19 joints, 1st segment of abdomen

with projecting tubercles,” it is quite impossible to say

with certainty that this is the above species.

Plectiscus canaliculatus, Fst.

fy. C87!

Last year I sent my insects of the Plectiscus group to

Prof. C. G. Thomson, and on their return I found what

I considered P. zonatus, Gr., Prof. Thomson had named

P. canaliculatus, Fst. The insect agrees very well with

Gravenhorst’s species, which Forster did not know: his

description of P. canaliculatus differs only from P. tener,

F., in the “1st segment of abdomen without projecting

tubercles.”

Mesoleptus glacialis, Wolds.

Wolds., Bidr. t. kann. af. Finl. Tryph., 1874, 38, °.

Two specimens were taken by the Rev. T. A. Marshall

near Abergavenny.

Perilissus fumatus, m.

Entom., xuli., 54.

I believe this is Tryphon scotopterus, Gr.

Perilissus lutescens, Gr.

Holm., Mon. Try. Suec., 125, 9, 3 2.

Mr. Bignell has taken a male at Bickleigh, near

Plymouth, May 8rd, 1886.

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 433

Perilissus erythrocephalus, Gr.

Grav., I. E., ii., 220, 3.

I found a specimen in a box of ichneumons, mostly

very old, sent to me to name by Mr. Dale; it has no

date or locality with it.

Thymarus compressus, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., fase. ix., 909, ¢ 2.

Dr. Capron has taken this species in the neighbour-

hood of Shiere.

Mesoleius facialis, Gr.

Mesoleptus facialis, Gr., Ich. Kurop., i1., 12, 4, 3.

This species has been taken both by Dr. Capron in the

neighbourhood of Shiere and also by Mr. Billups.

Adelognathus dorsalis, Gr.

Hemiteles dorsalis, Grav., Ich. Eur., ii., 838, 266, 3 2.

Adelognathus dorsalis, Thom., Opus. Ent., ix., 880, 12 ;

do Ope taped AY ta ld sb

Dr. Capron has taken a female and several males in

the neighbourhood of Shiere.

Polyblastus unicinctus, n. s.

Niger, pedibus anticis ex parte rufis; segmento secundo cas

taneo.

Smooth and shining; head and thorax with fine white pube-

scence. Head subquadrate, a little wider than the thorax ; antenne

about as long as the body. Thorax about as long as high ; parap-

sides scarcely impressed ; scutellum not elevated ; mesonotum and

scutellum much higher than the metanotum, this short with three

superior aree. Abdomen elongate-ovate; apex of 3rd segment the

widest, apex more acutely pointed than usual; 1st segment about

twice as long as the width of the apex, this about one-half wider

than the base, spiracles slightly projecting at the base of the

segment, subcanaliculated; 2nd segment transverse, gastrocceli

more deeply impressed than usual; remaining segments trans-

verse; aculeus projecting, straight, and moderately stout. Wings

with an almost sessile areolet; recurrent nervure received just

before the apex; external radial nervure straight; transverse anal

434 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall’s

of hind wings divided just below the middle. Legs slender ; basal

half of tarsi distinctly pectinated.

Black; mandibles yellow. Legs: coxe black, trochanters black,

front ones brownish at the apex, front and middle femora red,

slightly fuscous at the base, front tibie and tarsi yellowish red,

middle tarsi somewhat fuscous, hind legs entirely black. Second

segment of abdomen castaneous. Squamule and stigma dark

brown, the latter slightly paler at the apex. Female. Length,

7mm.

Taken by the Rev. T. A. Marshall in 8. Devon.

This species is very distinct, and may easily be recog-

nised by the colour of the hind legs and abdomen.

Cteniscus jucundus, Holm.

Holm., Mon. Tryph. Suec., 227, ¢ ?.

Mr. G. C. Champion gave me a male of this, which

he took at Aviemore.

Holmgren, in his description, says the apex of the

scutellum has a yellowish white mark, and then further

on, as one of the points of distinction between this

species and Bohemani, says the scutellum is black; in

Mr. Champion’s specimen the scutellum is quite black.

Cteniscus erosus, Holm.

Tie. 227, ga Ot

I have a female taken by Mr. E. A. Atmore at Lynn

in June, 1887. I have also another specimen which I

took at Wimbledon, Surrey, July, 1880, which differs

from Holmgren’s description in having the hind coxe

and base of hind trochanters black. Holmgren says

the base of the scutellum is red; in both my specimens

it is black.

2 Cteniscus limbatellus, Holm.

Ie C.y 241, eae

I have a male and a female which I believe to be this

species, taken in the neighbourhood of Norwich in May

and June. They differ from Holmgren’s description in

having the hind coxe almost entirely black, and the

middle pair black at the base, while the apex of the

abdomen is black. In this latter respect they agree

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 435

with preustus, but all the trochanters and front coxe

are pale yellow.

Cteniscus limbatus, Holm.

Nes, DAL igre

One taken at Brundall the end of June, the other the

beginning of August in Cambridgeshire.

Cteniscus gnathoxanthus, Gr.

Tryphon gnathoxanthus, Gr., Ich. Hur., i1., 147, 94, 2.

Cteniscus gnathoxanthus, Holm., l.¢., 281, 3 2.

Mr. Bignell has taken a female of this very distinct

species in Devonshire.

Pimpla pomorun, Ratz.

Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., ii., 96, ¢ 2; Tasch., Zeits.

Ges. Nat., 267, 2.

Dr. Capron has taken two females which he believes

to be this species. They were taken where Anthonomus

pomorum was abundant, and on which beetle P. pomorum

is parasitic.

Glypta parvicaudata, n. 8.

Niger, pedibus maxima ex parte rufis, segmentis 2 et 3 trans-

versis, aculeo abdomine breviore.

Punctate, opaque; head narrow behind the eyes; antenne about

two-thirds the length of the body. Metathorax with five are.

First segment of abdomen longer than the hind coxe, keels

extending to just beyond the middle of the segment ; 2nd and 3rd

transverse, more so in the female than in the male, the oblique

incisions rather deep; aculeus of female about three-fourths the

length of the abdomen; claws of hind tarsi distinctly pectinated.

Transverse anal nervure of hind wing divided below the middle,

rather less than one-third from the bottom.

Black; palpi pale; legs red, apex of hind femora obscurely

fuscous, base of hind tibie palish, apex dark brown, indications of

a fuscous ring below,the base, hind tarsi dark brown, extreme base

of joints palish; tegule and tubercles piceous-red; stigma palish

brown; nervures dark. Male and female. Length, about 8 mm.

These differ from G. consimilis in having the scape of

antenne black, tubercles and tegule red, not pale straw,

436 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T’. A. Marshall's

the aculeus and middle segments of abdomen are shorter,

and transverse anal nervure divided lower down.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher bred a male and female from

Hysipetes ruberata from Stornoway the end of May.

Glypta evanescens, Ratz.

Ratz., Ichn.-d.'Forst., 11:;° 103.

This species has been taken by Dr. Capron at Shiere:

he says that, although much like G. jflavolineata, the

three first segments of the abdomen are at least one-half

longer than broad, and the whole body much more

slender in both sexes, and looks more like an Ephialtes

than a Glypta; it is, however, a true Glypta.

Glypta pictipes, Tasch.

Tasch., Zeit. Ges. Nat., 1868, 276, 2; Thom., Opus.

Ent., 1847, 3 2.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher has bred this species from

Dwurnea flagella from Slindon.

Glypta filicornis, Thom.

Thom., Opus. Ent., 1851, 3 ¢.

A female of this insect has been bred by Mr. W. H.

B. Fletcher.

Glypta genalis, Moller.

This was bred by Mr. E. A. Atmore ex Tortriz

viburnana from Lynn, and was named for me by Prof.

C. G. Thomson, at whose request I sent my species of

Glypta.

Glypta punctifrons, Thom.

Prof. C. G. Thomson returned a male Glypta with this

name, but where this and G. genalis, M., are described

Ido not know. This wasbred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher

ex Antithesia dimidiana from Rannock.

Lissonota obsoleta, n. 8.

Niger; segmentis abdominis 1—8 rufis nigro-maculatis, pedibus

rufis, aculeo abdominis longitudine.

Somewhat shining; head transverse, wider than the thorax,

Catalogue of British Ichneumonide. 437

narrow behind the eyes; face parallel, very finely punctate ;

antenne of female shorter than the body, about as long as the

male. Mesonotum very finely punctate; metanotum finely rugose ;

supero-medial area present; mesopleura somewhat shining, finely

punctate. First three segments of abdomen very finely punctate, the

remainder smooth and shining ; 1st segment of female about twice

as long as wide, 2nd quadrate, 3rd subtransverse; male, Ist more

than twice as long as wide, 2nd longer than wide, 3rd quadrate ;

aculeus as long as the abdomen. Areolet of wings pentagonal,

outer nervure obsolete ; external radial slightly curved; transverse

anal divided a little below the middle.

Black; mouth and apex of clypeus reddish; female, first three

segments of the abdomen red, black in the middle, the band in the

8rd segment interrupted; male, only the apex of the 2nd, the base

and apex of the 8rd segment, narrowly reddish. Legs red, coxe

and base of hind trochanters in the male black. Squamule pale

piceous; stigma palish brown. Male and female. Length, 3mm.

A male and female of this very small Lissonota were

bred from Psyche intermediella from the neighbourhood

of Littlehampton by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher. It comes

near L. linearis, Gr., but is much smaller, the 2nd and

3rd segments of the abdomen are shorter, and the trans-

verse anal nervure is interrupted nearer the middle.

Iissonota distincta, n. 8.

Niger; pedibus rufis, tarsis posticis nigris, aculeo abdomine

paulo longiore.

Subopaque ; head transverse, wider than the thorax, behind the

eyes slightly narrow ; antenne shorter than the body. Mesonotum

finely punctate; scutellum rather shining, with fine scattered

punctures; metathorax with very fine transverse ruge; supero-

medial area imperfectly defined ; transverse costa distinct; meso-

pleura shining, punctate in front and below. First segment of

abdomen about one-half longer than the width of the apex, finely

reticulate, with a slight transverse groove before the apex; the

apical margin of this and the two following segments slightly

raised and shining; 2nd and 3rd segments subquadrate, almost

transverse, finely punctate; remainder smoother and more shining ;

aculeus as long as the abdomen and metathorax. Areolet of wings

petiolated; external radial nervure straight; transverse anal

almost straight, divided about one-fourth from the bottom.

Black; palpi reddish, a spot in the middle of the mandibles and

apex of clypeus yellowish, tubercles and tegule yellowish white.

488 Mr. Bridgman’s additions to T. A. Marshall’s

Legs red, middle tarsi brownish, hind tarsi black. Stigma palish

brown. Female. Length, 5 mm.

This female was bred by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher at the

end of May from larve in fungi from Arundel Park. It

appears to be very distinct from any previously-described

Lissonota; the length of aculeus and black body easily

separates it from the others.

Lissonota transversa, n. 8.

Niger; pedibus rufis, capite et thorace flavo-maculato, aculeo

corporis longitudine.

Subopaque; head transverse, narrow behind the eyes, sides

rounded; face transverse, rather wider than the forehead; antenne

filiform, as long as the body. Thorax finely and densely punctate ;

metathorax with a longitudinal depression and prominent trans-

verse costa. First segment of abdomen about one and a half

times as long as the width of the apex, very finely punctate, inter-

stices with fine transverse striations, with a slight transverse de-

pression before the smooth apex; 2nd rather wider than long,

sculpture the same as the 1st; 4th and remaining segments almost

smooth ; aculeus as long as the body. Wings with an areolet;

transverse anal divided almost at the bottom.

Black; palpi and clypeus reddish yellow, middle of mandibles, a

mark on each side of the forehead and collar, tubercles, and a

triangular mark on shoulders, yellow. Extreme apex of segments

obscurely reddish. Legs red, hind tarsi fuscous. Squamule

yellow; stigma brownish red; wings yellowish. Female. Length,

6 min.

I took this female at Norwich in August ; it has also

been taken by Dr. Capron at Shiere.

Lissonota trochanterata, n. 8.

Niger; pedibus rufis, trochanteribus posticis tibiis posterioribus

tarsisque nigris, aculeo abdomine longiore.

Subopaque ; head transverse, narrow behind the eyes; antennex

as long as the body. Mesonotum closely and finely punctate ;

metathorax rather finely rugosely punctate, with no trace of areex,

but a distinct transverse costa. First segment of abdomen rather

more than twice as long as wide; 2nd and 3rd longer than wide;

the 1st and 2nd with very fine transverse striations; extreme apex

rather finer; aculeus nearly as long as the body. Wings with an

Catalogue of British Ichneuwmonide. 439

areolet; transverse anal nervure almost straight, divided below the

middle one-third from the bottom.

Black ; mandibles and palpi red, clypeus yellow, apex of 2nd and

8rd segments very narrowly reddish. Legs red, middle and hind

trochanters black, hind tibiae fuscous, somewhat rufous in the

middle, tarsi nigro-fuscous, front pair paler. Squamule reddish,

stigma black, extreme apex reddish. Female. Length, 10°5 mm.

A single female taken by Mr. Champion near Lincoln.

teas eT eorarese il, RTL fy ypu

tht ejend f) ithe silaierte vtec lear ehh aed peeing) (a bb cane

“7 : tober ail) ned ii eed atihint -—

Srsaea hie Raat ten pre Lee mcoarsed hs. fe itl, Dat elias; Aol .

(dodeelelter si Ree, arte i bali ert op vetcauatt re abtirrogee tae

oly 10) ae A, arte valf meets (oll eka eeatiet nel

vtaileovys eafiieread) ei heertiery tev pater oe eel aaa

tee SOl bternscl <clleatl PIBRreeaep smelt Banik ante

idheaniiieraur niente) <il vile anion Oianin ie

~«

( 441 )

XVIII. Notes on an extraordinary race of Arctia mendica,

Tinn. By Grorce T. Porairt, F.-L.S., &e.

[Read July 3rd, 1889.|

PLatTeE XIV.

Ir will be remembered that a year ago,—on July 4th,

1888,—I exhibited, at a meeting of this Society, a long

and curious series of 25 male and 19 female specimens

of Arctia mendica, which I had bred from a small batch

of eggs found on a dock-leaf. Of this series only

about eight (including both sexes) approached the

ordinary type of the species. A representative series

of these specimens are the subjects of the first eight

figures on Plate XIV., andan account of them has appeared

at p. 39 of the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine’ for

July, 1888. I failed in an attempt to obtain eggs from any

of these specimens; and as it did not occur to me

that another attempt from casually found eggs would be

likely to produce equally interesting results, I had no

thought of further carrying on the experiment. How-

ever on June 7th my friend Mr. G. W. K. Crosland

made a search for the species, and exactly on the same

spot where the previous year’s eggs were collected he

found two female moths and another small batch of

about 50 eggs. One of the moths—which was very

strongly marked, much indeed like the most striking

of those bred last year—having deposited a large batch

of eggs, Mr. Crosland very kindly gave me the little

batch he had found on the dock-leaf. From these I

reared 47 larve, which during the week ending on May

14th last produced 45 moths, of which 22 were males

and 23 females; and a more extraordinary series of

moths from so small a batch of eggs I never saw. The

10 specimens I have picked out for my cabinet series,

including the palest specimen bred as well as the

darkest, I exhibit this evening, and they also form

the subjects of the ten lower figures on the Plate, which

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT III. (ocT.)

442 Extraordinary race of Arctia mendica.

has been kindly drawn for me by Mr. 8. L. Mosley, of

Huddersfield, a Fellow of this Society. The males of

the 1889 series are, I think, not quite so dark, nor scarcely

so strongly marked as those bred in 1888, which in

markings correspond with the females exactly; and this

is curious, as the females of 1889 are much darker and

more strongly marked than those of 1888, as will at once

be seen on reference to the Plate. By an unfortunate

accident Mr. Crosland lost nearly all the large brood of

larve from his dark moth. He was keeping them in an

empty aquarium in the garden, and one day rain came

on during his absence and almost all of them were

drowned. He reared only three moths, all males, but

they were darker and more strongly marked than mine,

so that it is in the highest degree probable that had he

been successful with the brood we should have had still

more remarkable results.

The locality where this most curious race of Arctia

mendica occurs is at Grimescar, about a mile north of the

town of Huddersfield. It is the only locality where the

species is known to occur in the Huddersfield district,

and is there confined, so far as we know, to less than a

hundred yards of a lane not more than ten or a dozen

yards wide. Many years ago lI used to get the species

lower down in this lane, where it has not been seen of

late years; and, as the area of its habitat is becoming,

from no apparent cause, more restricted, the moth is

evidently becoming at the same time much blacker.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XIV.

Fics. 1 to 8. Arctia mendica; two males and six females bred

in 1888.

» 9 ,, 18. A. mendica; one male and nine females bred

in 1889,

( 448 )

XIX. Descriptions of new species of Scoliide in the

collection of the British Museum, with occasional

reference to species already known. By W. F. Kirpy,

F.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department,

British Museum.

[Read July 3rd, 1889.]

PLATE XY.

In rearranging the collection of Scoliide in the British

Museum I have met with several interesting new species,

which I describe in the present paper. The Scoliide

are an interesting group, and, as a rule, not specially

difficult, and it is singular that almost nothing has been

done in this family since the catalogue (or more properly,

monograph) published by Saussure and Sichel in 1864.

Their genera are very easily recognisable, and therefore

I have retained them provisionally, although they are

founded too exclusively on neuration, and therefore

sometimes separate closely-allied species, and in some

few cases would lead to sexes or varieties of one species

being placed in different genera.

The present paper relates only to the typical genera

of Scoliide included in Saussure and Sichel’s monograph,

which, #ter fixing the types and weighing the claims of

the various names to priority, should stand as follows :—

1. Liacos, Guér. (= Triliacos, 8. & 8.).

. Diliacos, 8. & S.

. Scolia, F. (= Triscolia, §. & §.).

. Discolia, 8. & 8.

. His, BL (—Prehs, S: &,S.)-

. Campsomeris, St. Farg. (=Colpa, St. Farg.,=

Dielis, 8. & §.).

I have not included the doubtful genera Cosila and

Epomidiopteron, which hardly belong to the restricted

family Scolud@, in the present paper; nor two genera,

likewise of doubtful position, described since the mono-

graph, viz. Pseudoscolia, Rad., and Dyscolesthes, Westw.,

which the Museum does not at present possess.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889. PaRT I. (OCT.) 28

o> or HR OD DO

444 Mr. W. F. Kirby’s descriptions of

Genus I. Lracos, Guér.

(No new species described.)

Genus II. Diitacos, Sauss. & Sich.

Diliacos dubia, Smith.

Scolia dubia, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vii,

p- 28 (1863).

Smith describes a male from Ceram. The British

Museum possesses three females, allied to D. insularis,

Smith, which I regard (in the absence of the male) as

probably belonging to D. dubia. One of them, from

Ceram, was incorrectly labelled fulgidipennis ; the other

two are from the Solomon Islands.

Diliacos fulgidipennis, Smith.

Scolia fulgidipennis, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool.,

iii., p. 182 (1859).

This insect is referred by Saussure & Sichel (Cat.

Scol., p. 109) to Discolia, and was placed in the section

with yellow antenne. Smith, however, expressly refers

the species to Diliacos, and describes the flagellum as

obscure rufo-fuscous. The species is represented in the

British Museum by a male and female, of which the

female agrees best with Smith’s description, and may

provisionally stand as representing his species, although

the antenne are dark brown or black. The wings are

brilliant coppery green. The male, on the other hand,

agrees better with a female from New Guinea (unnamed

in the collection), though Smith says the sexes scarcely

differ. The punctuation is, however, so different that

I have decided to regard it as a distinct species.

Diliacos eximius, n. 8. (Pl. XYV., fig. 1).

Long. corp. 27 mm.; exp. alar. 46 mm.

g. Black, clothed with hair, most thickly on the prothorax,

the sides of the metathorax and abdomen, and on the legs ; clypeus

densely and closely punctured in rows on the sides, nearly smooth

on the median carina; thorax and abdomen covered with very fine

crowded punctures, thorax black, mesothorax slightly shining,

abdomen slightly iridescent, front legs with the curious clavate

tibial spur, and the tufts on the inside of the tarsi rufous; wings

new species of Scolide. 445

rather long, narrow, and pointed, greenish blue, with the cells

violet, and the hind margins narrowly brown; in some lights the

wings appear much more strongly shining with blue and magenta,

especially on the under surface; the outer fork of the recurrent

nervure, which is marked with a large bullain D. fulgidipennis

is entire.

Hab. Aru.

Diliacos dorycus, n. s.

Exp. al. 50 mm.

?. Closely resembles D. eximius. Clypeus hardly punctured ;

body more shining and much less hairy thanin D. eximius ; meso-

thorax smooth in the middle, the edges finely punctured ; abdomen

sparingly punctured; wings deep blue, with but little greenish

mixture, but strongly violet, shading into magenta, at the base and

over almost the whole surface beneath.

Hab. Dorey.

Genus III. Sconra, Fabr.

Scolia Halima, n.s.

Long. corp. 23 mm.; exp. al. 40 mm.

9. Black, extremely thickly punctured, the middle of the

clypeus, of the vertex, of the thorax, and of segments 2—4 of the

abdomen, nearly smooth; the sides of the body, the terminal

segments of the abdomen, and the legs thickly clothed with long

black hair; abdomen beneath almost impunctate in the middle of

the segments; wings hyaline with greenish nervures, edged with

violet; a broad costal band on the fore wings, shining with purple

and violet, covering the upper portion of the principal cells, and

continued to the tip; on the inner margin of the fore wings and

on the costa of the hind wings runs a stripe of the same colour for

about two-thirds of the length of the wings.

Hab. Natal.

This species has a superficial resemblance to Liacos

nigrita, Fabr., but apart from the difference in the

neuration, the latter species is much smaller and paler,

with the dark colouring hardly reaching the tip of the

fore wings, and the punctuation is much less dense,

especially on the mesothorax and on the first segment

of the abdomen. In S. Halima, too, there is a deep and

very strongly punctured concavity between the antennal

ridge and the frontal ocellus.

446 Mr. W. F. Kirby’s descriptions of

Scolia Alecto, Smith.

Scolia Alecto, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool., i1., p. 10

(1858).

There is a male from Macassar, and a female from

Makian, in the British Museum. ‘There is no doubt

that they belong to the same species, but the male is a

true Seolia (i.e., T'riscolia), while the female is a Discolia,

thus proving that the two genera cannot be separated by

neuration alone.

Scola unimaculata, n. 8.

Long. corp. 28 mm. ; exp. al. 45 mm.

@. Black, clothed with black hair on the sides; face thickly

punctured, a very strong frontal ridge, rising from the inside of

the emargination of the eyes, and running below the ocelli; the

space between this and the antenne is marked with very large and

deep punctures, but the vertex is nearly smooth, and the occiput

shows only afew small punctures. Thorax thickly punctured; the

hinder half of the mesothorax smooth, except at the edges, and

there are smaller bare spaces. Abdomen shining black, with violet

reflections in a good light, the first three segments sparingly punc-

tured (except a line at the base of the second segment), and the

remainder very strongly. Under surface with the punctures more

distinct, especially those towards the base; the first segment, and

the middle of the second towards the extremity, smooth; the base

of the third with very minute and crowded but distinct punctures.

Wings strongly suffused with violet ; the rounded cell at the base

of the recurrent nervure (Burmeister’s cell 5) yellowish subhyaline.

Hab. India.

Allied, not very closely, to S. Alecto, Smith.

A specimen from Java differs in the darker purple

rather than violet colour of the wings, and in the much

more intense violet lustre of the abdomen. Until more

specimens are obtained it would be premature to regard

it as more than a variety.

Scolia tyrianthina, n.s. (Pl. XV., fig. 2).

Long. corp. 20 mm. ; exp. al. 33 mm.

@. Black, hair short, face strongly punctured, vertex smooth,

no frontal ridge; thorax with very large punctures; small bare

spaces in the middle of the mesothorax and on the inside of the

lateral lobes of the metathorax; abdomen black, with violet

new species of Scoliide. 447

reflections; the basal half of the first segment coarsely punctured,

and that of the seeond and third segments finely ; the remainder

coarsely. Abdomen beneath thickly punctured, the bagal half of

the third and fourth segments very finely. Wings of a deep

uniform violet-blue.

Hab. Andaman Islands.

Allied to S. undata, Smith, but larger and differently

punctured.

Scolia leviceps, n. 8.

Long. corp. 23—26 mm. ; exp. al. 283—24 mm.

9. Black, the sides moderately hairy; head smooth and

shining, with a few small scattered punctures; the prothorax,

except at the front of the lobes, and the mesothorax, except in

front, where it is thickly punctured, almost impunctate ; scutellum

and post-scutellum with large punctures, chiefly on the sides ;

metathorax and first segment of abdomen very thickly punctured,

the remaining segments of the abdomen less thickly, and with

smooth spaces in the middle, especially on the second and third;

under surface of abdomen rather sparingly punctured, the middle

of the first and last segments smooth ; the base of the second and

third smooth, or with nearly microscopic punctures ; wings violet,

with greenish reflections.

Hab. Australia.

Two females from Swan River and Western Australia.

Not nearly allied to any other species before me.

GenuslV. Disconti, S. & S.

Discolia Chryseis, n.s. (Pl. XV., fig. 3).

Long. corp. 13—18 mm. ; exp. al. 26—35 mm.

Black; abdomen blue-black, slightly shining, closely and uni-

formly punctured ; head of female smoother, and with fewer and

smaller punctures than that of the male; antenne thick and

obtuse, differing little in the sexes except in the number of joints ;

jaws inclining to pitchy, tibial claw of front legs reddish ; hair and

spines black; wings coppery green, inclining towards fiery on the

outer half of the fore wings in the female.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Resembles D. affinis, Guér., but differs from this and

several allied species by its black antenne.

448 Mr. W. F. Kiroy’s descriptions of

Discolia fasciatipennis, Smith.

Scolia fasciatipennis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.,

ii1., p. 103, n. 89 (1855).

Elis fasciatipennis, Sauss. & Sich., Cat. Scol., p. 169

(1864).

Scolia alaris, Sauss., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (8), vi.

p- 203 (1858) ; Sauss. & Sich., Cat. Scol. pp. 97,

282 (1864).

This species was referred by Saussure and Sichel to

Elis, owing to its having been inadvertently included in

a wrong section of Scolia by Smith.

Apart from the neuration, it cannot be confounded

with Liacos nigrita, Fabr., in which the punctures are

much smaller and less numerous, and the dark colouring

of the wings is much paler, and almost confined to the

neighbourhood of the costa and the base.

Discolia disparilis, n. s. (Pl. XV., fig. 7).

Long. corp. 21—26 mm. ; exp. al. 36—48 mm.

Black, hairy, thickly punctured, the convex space between the

antennal ridge and the frontal ocellus, and the middle of the

thorax, and of the second and third segments of the abdomen,

smooth and shining, and sparingly punctured; its under surface

but slightly punctured in the female. Wings clouded hyaline ;

the whole of the cells, and a broad band on the costa of the fore

wings, ceasing before the tip, violet.

Hab. Natal; Angola.

There are two females and a male from Natal in the

Collection, and a male from Angola. The male from

Natal differs somewhat, and may belong to another

species. Itis much smaller (long. corp. 16 mm.; exp.

al. 30 mm.), and resembles D. fasciatipennis, Smith, in

size. The abdomen is more blue-black, and more

densely punctured beneath. There are probably several

allied species, similarly coloured. The present species

has a superficial resemblance to Scolia Halima, just as

Discolia fasciatipennis has to Liacos nigrita, Faby. This

insect stood in the Collection as S. alaris, Sauss.; but the

latter species is certainly synonymous with S. fasciati-

pennis, Smith.

new species of Scolude. 449

Discolia vittifrons, Sich. (?).

(2) Scolia vittifrons, Sich., Cat. Scol., p. 285 (1864).

Sichel describes this species from Siam. There are

three specimens which agree with the description in the

British Museum; two females from North China and

Japan, and a male from North China. The pair from

North China expand from 83 to 38mm. In the male

the abdomen is more iridescent than in the females, and

the yellow spots on the third segment are placed in

front; in the female the head is entirely black, and the

yellow spots stand in the middle of the segment. ‘The

female from Japan is considerably larger (expands

43 mm.), and has an orange band between the eyes

above the antenne, like the male from China. Until

more specimens are obtained I prefer to refer these

three provisionally to D. vittifrons.

Discolia punctatissima, un. 8.

Long. corp. 15 mm.; exp. al. 30 mm.

?. Black, sparingly clothed with short black hairs, and very

thickly and uniformly punctured, only a small space at the base of

each of the lateral lobes of the metathorax being smooth ; abdomen

with a slight greenish iridescence. Wings dull greenish brown in

the shade, with black or greenish nervures, but as they are turned

to the light, gradually changing, at first along the nervures, and

then over the whole surface to the most brilliant violet.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

Allied to D. leviceps, Smith, from Hong Kong. It is

also allied to a specimen from Borneo, in too poor con-

dition for positive determination, but which is possibly

identical with D. nitidula, Sauss., a Javanese species.

It also much resembles D. soror, Smith, from Australia,

in which, however, the lateral lobes of the metathorax

are punctured to the base.

Discolia Hecate, n.s. (Pl. XV., fig. 4).

Long. corp. 23—41 mm. ; exp. al. 44—64 mm.

3S. Black, sides and legs with black hair; shouiders, scutellum,

and post-scutellum pale yellow; mesothorax with large punctures,

and a groove on each side running forwards from near the corners

of the scutellum ; mesothorax and first segment of the abdomen

450 Mr. W. F. Kirby’s descriptions of

thickly punctured, the rest more sparingly; segments 2—4

greenish, 2 and 3 with a large yellow spot on each side, and

segment 4 with a small one on each side; wings deep violet-

purple.

2. Black, smooth and shining, sparingly punctured, except on

the prothorax, front of mesothorax, metathorax, and the hinder

portions of the segments of the abdomen; post-seutellum with a

short transverse yellow streak, thick in the middle and narrow at

the ends, and segments 2 and 8 with a large yellow spot on each

side. In one specimen there is also a yellow dot on the sides of

the prothorax, and a small perpendicular yellow dash on the

scutellum. Wings deep violet.

Hab. Trinidad.

Allied to D. guttata, Burm., but in that species (apart

from colour differences) the male is more hairy, and the

female is much less thickly punctured towards the

extremity of the abdominal segments. The supposed

variety of the male of D. guttata, mentioned by Saussure

and Sichel (Cat. Scol., p. 131), probably belongs to

this species.

Genus V. Enis, Fabr.

Elis lugens, n. 8. (Pl. XV., fig. 8).

Long. corp. 29 mm.; exp. al. 50 mm.

3. Dull black, the sides and legs hairy; antenne rather stout;

middle of the clypeus smooth, surrounded with large punctures;

thorax closely and evenly punctured, with a very small oval longi-

tudinal smooth spot in the middle of the mesothorax; abdomen

with a very slight greenish iridescence, very finely and evenly

punctured, the first segment with rather larger punctures; wings

very long, narrow, and pointed, smoky yellowish hyaline, with

pitchy-black nervures, the middle of the wings rather lighter; the

third cubital cell very large and almost square.

Hab. Rio Grande do Sul.

Very distinct from any previously-described species,

and may ultimately form a new genus.

Elis Rudaba, n.s.

Long. corp. 14 mm.; exp. al. 24mm.

$. Black and yellow, clothed with grey hair. Face very

hairy, antenne and mandibles ferruginous-brown, sides of labrum

yellow. Thorax black; the prothorax, a stripe on the pleura, at

first straight, and then narrowed and curved backwards, the

new species of Scoliide. 451

scutellum, post-scutellum, and the middle of the metathorax above,

yellow. Abdomen with the segments black in front and yellow

behind ; the first segment is entirely black beneath, and is bor-

dered behind with black above for most of its width. The yellow

portion of the first three or four segments has a concave excavation

in the middle, and is again indented with black on the sides; beneath

the black extends squarely at the sides, but with a curve in the

middle, into the yellow; towards the extremity the black and

yellow bands are more even, though the yellow still projects beyond

the black on the sides. Legs black, with grey hair; femora and

tibize yellow above, and the former likewise on the sides. Wings

hyaline, the nervures rusty yellow. Punctuation apparently fine

and even, but much concealed by the pubescence.

Hab. Chaman.

Allied to EL. garrula, Erichs., from which it differs in

the colour of the head and wings.

Genus VI. Campsomenris, St. Farg.

Campsomeris tomentosa, U. 8.

Long. corp. 18 mm. ; exp. al. 30 mm.

@. Black; head and thorax clothed above with gilded pube-

scence, more silvery on the pleura; jaws, antenne, and legs

ferruginous, the hair on the legs mostly grey; abdomen with the

first segment clothed, and the others fringed, with grey hair

(nearly white beneath); the first segment with an irregular tawny

spot on each side above; the second tawny above, with a black

stripe curving backwards from each side, in front of its extremities,

being a disconnected black stripe across the middle ; third segment

bordered behind with a tawny stripe, a little curved forwards at

the ends; wings of a slightly yellowish hyaline, with tawny

nervures.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Allied to C. crinita, Sauss.

Campsomeris princeps, 0.8.

Long. corp. 830 mm.; exp. al. 45 mm.

@. Black; vertex, occiput, and thorax clothed with golden

hair; head and abdomen at base nearly smooth; a patch of white

hairs beneath each antenna; thorax with large punctures, but

with a bare V-shaped space in the middle of the mesothorax ;

abdomen with the basal segment clothed with golden hairs, the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PpaRT UI. (ocT.) Q21

452 Mr. W. F. Kirby’s descriptions of

second more slightly; the second, third, and fourth fringed behind

with ferruginous hairs, and the third, fourth, and fifth fringed

before with yellow hairs; the sixth fringed in front with golden

hairs; the terminal segment bare, densely striate-punctate ; legs

clothed with bristly yellow hair, shading into pale red towards the

tarsi; wings hyaline, with brown nervures, a little smoky towards

the costa.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Allied to C. undulata, Smith. One of the largest of

the African species.

Campsomeris regalis, Sauss. & Sich.

Elis regalis, Sauss. & Sich., Cat. Scol., pp. 190, 298

(1864).

There is a specimen labelled ‘‘ Kast Indies” in the

Museum, from F. Smith’s collection, which agrees with

the description of this species, but is not much more

than half the size of the typical specimens.

Campsomeris ceylonica, Nn. 8.

Long. corp. 9—17 mm.; exp. al. 22—26 mm.

3S. Head and thorax black above; face yellow below the black

antenne, with a blackish spot in the raised middle of the clypeus ;

head and thorax mostly clothed with fulvous hairs above; the

pleura and more or less of the middle of the thorax above with

pale greenish golden hairs; legs red; abdomen with a violet-

purple iridescence, the first four segments with a tawny band

behind, these segments edged behind, and the remainder clothed

with fulvous hair. Wings yellowish, with yellow veins, the costa

and tip dusky.

@. Head black or ferruginous; antenne and mandibles

ferruginous; head and thorax clothed with fulvous hair, except

the metathorax, which is clothed with pale golden hair, espe-

cially on the sides; legs red, coxe and femora often darker;

abdomen black above and rufous below; the base of the first

segment and the extremities of all the segments bordered with

fulvous hair, which is almost continuous on the hinder segments ;

on the first three segments this is preceded by a yellowish tawny

stripe, that on the second segment with a large projection in the

middle. Wings yellowish hyaline, more yellow in the cells on the

costa, and with a nearly square brown subapical patch.

Hab. Ceylon; a single specimen also from Bombay.

new species of Scolude. 453

Allied to C. Iris, St. Farg., and C. awrulenta, Smith ;

the male differs from both in the first segment of the

abdomen being hardly constricted, while in the female

C. Iris is distinguished by having only four pale bands

on the abdomen, and C. aurulenta by wanting the sub-

apical patch.

Campsomeris Whitelyi, n.s. (Pl. XV., fig. 6).

Long. corp. 22 mm. ; exp. al. 41 mm.

@. Black; antenne inclining to pitchy; mandibles red. Head

and thorax clothed with shaggy hair, which is yellowish grey in

front and grey behind. Punctuation scanty, and almost confined

to the neighbourhood of the ocelli, the front and sides of the

mesothorax, the post-scutellum, and the metathorax. Abdomen

with the first segment black, shining, clothed with shaggy grey

hair; segments 2 and 3 velvety black in front and bright yellow

behind, the yellow portion exhibiting a straight transverse dividing

line before its extremity, and swelling out on each side in front;

segment 4 with a yellow band before the extremity; segments

3—5 with a fringe of yellow hairs at the base ; segment 6 reddish,

especially at the extremity, and with a basal fringe of very dark

red hairs ; coarsely but not deeply punctured. Abdomen beneath

shining black, with fringes of grey hairs at the base of the seg-

ments, and generally with two transverse rows of punctures

running between them, the latter with long hairs springing from

them towards the sides; the fringe at the base of the sixth

segment is yellowish. Legs black, clothed with long grey hair ;

the tarsi and their spines, the terminal tibial spines, and the hollow

beneath the femora are more or less reddish. ‘Wings yellowish

hyaline, with ferruginous nervures; costa dark rusty brown nearly

to the middle, and then suffused with ferruginous as far as the

cells extend.

Hab. Tambo Valley, Peru (Whitely).

Closely allied to C. limosa, Burm., from California

and Mexico.

Campsomeris bivittata, n. 8. (Pl. XV., fig. 5).

Long. corp. 17—21 mm.; exp. al. 31—38 mm.

3. Stout; black, with cinereous hair, everywhere closely punc-

tured, with no smooth spaces even in the middle of the mesothorax

or at the base of the metathorax ; abdomen with segments 2 and 3

yellow above on the hinder two-thirds, the yellow bands being

454 Descriptions of new species of Scoliide.

more or less deeply indented in the middle; wings yellowish

hyaline, nervures and costa tawny.

Hab. Rio Grande.

Unlike any species in the Collection, but probably

allied to C. obesa, Staud.

EXPLANATION OF PuaTE XY.

Fic. 1. Diliacos eximius, 3.

2. Scolia tyrianthina, 92.

3. Discolia Chryseis, 3.

4. 1D). Hecate, 2.

5. Campsomeris bivittata, 3.

6. ‘5 Whitelyt, 2.

7. Discolia disparilis, 2.

8. Elis lugens, 3.

( 455 )

XX. On some Lepidoptera from New Guinea. By

Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S.

[Read August 7th, 1889.]

Tur species included in the following paper are derived

from two sources, viz. (1), a collection received from

Baron Ferdinand von Miller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c.,

made by Sayer on Mount Obree and the adjoining ranges

in New Guinea, when accompanying Mr. Cuthbertson’s

Exploring Expedition there under the direction of the

Royal Geographical Society of Australia; and (2), a

number of specimens, principally Geometers and Pyrales,

collected by Kowald near Port Moresby, and obtained

from him by Lord Walsingham, who kindly transferred

them to me. In both collections there were a certain

proportion of additional species, especially amongst the

Noctue and Pyrales, which I have not thought it well to

describe, as being represented by single, imperfect, or

female specimens only, and belonging to obscure groups ;

descriptions drawn from such material would be neces-

sarily imperfect, and a source of confusion rather than

of benefit to science.

SPHINGIDA.

DeinEeruina, Ochs.

1. Deilephila heliodes, n. s.

3, 86mm. Head light ochreous-brown, crown dark fuscous.

Palpi fuscous-reddish, base whitish. Antenne brown. Thorax

ochreous, becoming dark fuscous anteriorly, margin of shoulders

reddish-erey-whitish ; a well-defined whitish-ochreous spot near

each shoulder. Abdomen brownish-ochreous, segments somewhat

suffused with dark fuscous at base. Legs light ochreous, more or

less reddish-tinged. Fore wings with hind margin quite straight ;

light ochreous-brown, faintly purplish-tinged, with small scattered

dark fuscous strigule ; four straight dark fuscous transverse lines

nearly parallel to hind margin, at one-fifth, two-fifths, two-third:,

and four-fifths, third strongest and most conspicuous, fourth slender,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 2K

456 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

lighter, waved on lower half; costal edge dark fuscous from base

to second line; a small round black grey-centred spot in middle of

disc ; an indistinct dentate fuscous inwards-curved line from apex

to anal angle; cilia rather dark fuscous, mixed with red. Hind

wings bright orange ; a moderate dark fuscous hind-marginal band,

attenuated towards apex, and more strongly towards anal angle ;

cilia reddish, towards anal angle ochreous-whitish ; towards inner

margin a deep longitudinal furrow on upper surface, filled with

dense hairs towards base.

One specimen (Sayer). This appears to be very

distinct from any other species of which I can learn; it

is allied to D. erotus.

2. Deilephila celerio, L.

One specimen (Sayer).

COCHLIOPODIDA.

HyYDROcLADA, N. g.

Tongue rudimentary. Palpi moderate, subascending, densely

and somewhat roughly scaled. Antenne somewhat over one-half,

in g bipectinated, towards apex simple. Legs densely rough-

scaled. Fore wings with vein 1 fureate at base, 2 from three-

fourths, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 out of 9 near base, forked parting-vein

well-developed. Hind wings with la, 10, 1c all present, 6 and 7

stalked, 8 connected with cell by a bar rather near base, six

variably branched (from simple to quadrifurcate) pseudoneuria

rising from it, parting-vein well-marked.

The structures, which I have here called pseudoneuria,

appear to meat present of a very doubtful nature. They

are chitinous thickenings, which have all the appearance

of true veins, but their large number renders it im-

possible to suppose that they can represent any portion

of the original vein-system of the ancestors of the

Lepidoptera; the main stems might possibly be thus

accounted for, but the numerous branches could not.

Further, the extreme variability of these branches,

which differ much in the two sexes, and even in the two

wings of the same specimen, and a certain indefiniteness

of outline, tend to indicate abnormality of development.

I prefer, however, to express no definite opinion until I

have examined a greater number of allied forms than I

have yet been able to procure.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 457

3. Hydroclada antigona, n. 8.

3 2, 380—34mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and

legs rather light reddish ochreous, in ¢ less reddish. Fore wings

triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hind margin

somewhat obliquely rounded; light reddish-ochreous, in g paler

and less reddish; markings reddish-brown; a cloudy bar from

costa near base, reaching half across wing; a small triangular

spot on costa before apex, whence proceed a straight slender line

towards inner margin before middle, but not reaching it, and a

similar line to hind margin above anal angle; a small dark fuscous

spot in disc, close before the oblique line; cilia light reddish-

ochreous, tips dark fuscous, with ill-defined blackish dots opposite

veins. Hind wings pale reddish-ochreous; a small reddish-brown

suffusion on costa before apex; cilia as in fore wings.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

AUTOCOPA, N.g.

Tongue rudimentary. Palpi moderate, porrected, densely and

rather roughly scaled. Antenne about one-half, in g bipectinated

to apex. Legs densely rough-scaled. Fore wings with vein 1

furcate at base, 2 from two-thirds, 7 and 8 out of 9, forked parting-

vein well-marked. Hind wings with la, 1b, 1c all present, 6 and

7 stalked, 8 rising out of upper margin of cell near base, parting-

vein well-marked.

4. Autocopa monoloncha, n. 8.

3 26mm., 2? 88mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen,

and legs fuscous. Fore wings triangular, costa nearly straight,

apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded, inner margin rounded ;

rather dark fuscous; an indistinct darker spot in disc beyond

middle; a straight dark fuscous line from costa before apex to

three-fourths of inner margin, anteriorly indistinctly pale-mar-

gined, and preceded by an obscure pale irroration. Hind wings

fuscous.

Two specimens (Sayer).

SYNTOMIDIDA.

Kucuromia, Hb.

5. EHuchromia cyanitis, n. s.

3,45mm. Head grey-blue, lower part of face whitish. An-

tenne black. Thorax black with grey-blue reflections, shoulders

2x2

458 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

with a red-brown spot. Abdomen ochreous-yellow, base of seg-

ments rather broadly black above, basal segment reddish-brown,

second and third posteriorly pale blue above, anal segment blue

above. Fore wings black; base spotted with pale blue; a bright

metallic-blue crescentic discal spot; normal spots transparent,

faintly purplish-tinged; first small, elongate; second and third

confluent into a transverse-oblong blotch, unevenly bisected ;

fourth elongate, with a small very narrow adjacent similar spot

beneath; fifth subcordate. Hind wings black; a bright metallic-

blue crescentic discal spot; normal spots moderately large, trans-

parent, faintly purplish-tinged; first almost basal, bisected, not

reaching margins; second transverse-oval, trisected, not reaching

margins.

One specimen (Sayer).

ARCTIAD.

Exotrocna, Meyr.

6. Hzotrocha liboria, Cr.

Dinner Island (Kowald) ; one specimen, in July.

TiartoiEs, Butl.

7. Tigrioides nana, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

8. Tigrioides nephelozona, i. s.

9,35mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

yellow-ochreous. Fore wings elongate, gradually dilated, costa

slightly arched, apex rounded, hind margin obliquely rounded ;

rather light yellow-ochreous ; a rather narrow faint pale fuscous

cloudy fascia at two-thirds, somewhat curved, parallel to hind

margin. Hind wings whitish ochreous, yellowish-tinged.

One specimen (Sayer).

PETALOPLEURA, N. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi short, porrected, second joint rough-

sealed beneath. Antenne in ¢ filiform, thinly ciliated, rough-

scaled above towards base, with a slight sinuation above basal

joint. Fore wings with vein 2 from two-thirds, 3 and 4 stalked,

5 absent, 8 and 9 out of 7, 11 anastomosing with 12. Hind wings

in # with costa very convex, costal edge thickened, beneath with

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 459

a broad marginal fold of petaloid scales from base to three-fourths,

enclosing a fringe of hair-scales; 3 absent, 5 absent, 6 in absent,

in 2? stalked with 7, 8 from about middle.

9. Petalopleura pheocephala, n. 8.

32, 25—26 mm. Head, collar, and palpi in f dark fuscous,

in 2 deep ochreous-yellow. Antenne dark fuseous. Thorax deep

ochreous-yellow. Abdomen ochreous-yellow. Legs fuscous. Fore

wings elongate, rather strongly dilated, costa moderately arched,

somewhat bent beyond middle, apex obtuse, hind margin bowed ;

deep ochreous-yellow. Hind wings ochreous-yellowish.

Two specimens (Sayer).

TERATOPORA, N. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi very short, porrected, second joint

with rough projecting scales beneath. Antenne in ¢ filiform,

shortly ciliated, with scattered longer cilia. Fore wings with

vein 1 connected by transverse bar with 2, 3 and 4 stalked, 5

absent, 6 separate or (perhaps abnormally) rising out of 3, 8 and 9

out of 7, 11 absent. Hind wings in g with apex broadly truncate ;

3 and 4 stalked, 5 absent, 6 absent, 8 from about middle.

10. Teratopora haplodes, nu. 8.

3, 24—26 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs pale

brownish-ochreous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Fore wings elon-

gate, moderately dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, hind

margin obliquely rounded; pale brownish ochreous; a very in-

distinct narrow irregular fuscous cloud at three-fifths, extending

from dise to inner margin. Hind wings whitish-ochreous.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

TYLANTHES, Nn. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi short, subascending, filiform. Antenne

in ¢ filiform, shortly ciliated, with scattered longer cilia. Fore

wings in § beneath with circular cushion of scales in middle of

disc, and brush-like tuft from a glandular swelling beneath sub-

costal vein above it; vein 1 connected by a transverse bar with

cell before angle, lower part of cell contorted, 3 and 4 stalked,

5 absent, 6 out of 7, 8 and 9 out of 7,11 absent. Hind wings in

gd small, beneath with a glandular swelling and tuft of scales,

covered by a pencil of hairs, towards middle of costa, which is

dilated ; transverse vein absent, 3, 4, 5, 6 absent.

460 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

11. Tylanthes ptochias, n. 8.

3, 22 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs pale

brownish-ochreous. Abdomen light yellowish-ochreous, anal tuft

large. Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,

apex rounded, hind margin obliquely rounded; pale brownish-

ochreous, somewhat sprinkled with fusecous, which forms an in-

distinct suffusion in middle of disc and towards anterior half of

inner margin; costal edge more yellowish-tinged. Hind wings

pale ochreous-yellowish.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Macapuma, Walk.

Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, curved, ascending, second

jomt with appressed scales, terminal joint slender, pointed.

Antenne in g filiform, shortly ciliated, with scattered longer cilia.

Fore wings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 5 parallel, 8 and 9 out of

7. Hind wings with veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from

middle.

12. Macaduma tortricella, Walk.

Macaduma tortricella, Walk., Suppl., 1705.

6, 19mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-ochreous-brown.

Antenne light ochreous, base brownish. Abdomen whitish-

ochreous, reddish-tinged, lateral hairs posteriorly and a large

expansible anal tuft ochreous-yellow. Legs fuscous. Fore wings

moderate, costa gently arched, rather abruptly bent beyond middle,

apex obtuse, hind margin rather oblique, slightly angulated

above middle ; reddish-brown, costal edge more reddish ; an obscure

darker fuscous suffusion covering basal two-thirds of wing, except

towards costa and on a cloudy patch towards middle of inner

margin. Hind wings pale yellowish-ochreous, slightly fuscous-

tinged towards costa before apex.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. Walker’s

type is said to be from Java.

LIcNoPTERA, 0. g.

Tongue developed. Palpishort, curved, ascending, second joint

thickened with scales, terminal joint slender, filiform. Antenne

in f filiform, thinly ciliated. Fore wings with vein 2 from rather

near angle, 8 and 4 stalked, 5 absent, 8 and 9 out of 7, 10 absent.

Hind wings in $ with costa much expanded, inner margin clothed

along edge with very long dense fine hairs, and with a longitudinal

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 461

fold containing pencil of hairs; vein 8 absent, 6 parallel to 4,

6 and 7 short-stalked, 8 from beyond middle.

13. Licnoptera crocodora, n. 8.

3,19mm. Head bright yellow. Palpi fuscous, beneath pale

yellowish. Antenne fuscous. Thorax purple, collar and a dorsal

spot behind it yellow. (Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish-ochreous,

anterior tibie and tarsi white ringed with fuscous. Fore wings

elongate, moderate, slightly dilated, costa almost straight, apex

obtuse, hind margin rather obliquely rounded ; bright clear yellow;

markings bronzy-ochreous-brown, purple-shining, margined with

deeper purple-blue and black scales ; a rather narrow basal fascia,

rather wider on inner margin; a moderate slightly inwards-curved

fascia from two-thirds of costa to three-fourths of inner margin,

and a narrower fascia, attenuated above, along hind margin,

coalescing on lower half so as to form a blotch ; a slender white

hind-marginal line, forming a small spot at apex ; cilia rather dark

ochreous-fuscous. Hind wings very broad; pale whitish-ochreous,

paler towards costa, towards hind margin tinged with pale reddish-

brown, hairs of inner margin yellow-ochreous; cilia ochreous-

whitish.

One specimen (Sayer).

CHLOROGENIA, Nn. &.

Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled

beneath. Antenne in ¢ filiform, shortly ciliated, with scattered

longer cilia. Fore wings with vein 2 from near three-fourths,

5 absent, 7 and 8 stalked, 11 bent towards 12. Hind wings with

veins 4 and 5 absent, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from middle.

14. Chlorogenia cholerota, n. 8.

3 2,15—17 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs pale

whitish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, anal tuft of @

ochreous-brownish. Fore wings moderately elongate, dilated,

costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, hind margin rounded, some-

what oblique ; whitish-ochreous; five irregular rather light brown

transverse lines; first near base, angulated; second broken into

three or four spots; third from before middle of costa to middle of

inner margin, slightly curved outwards, indented above inner

margin; fourth from two-thirds of costa to anal angle, rather

abruptly sinuate outwards in middle and indented beneath it;

fifth parallel to fourth but more irregular, tending to be subdentate

462 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

and to form spots; cilia whitish-ochmeous, basal half barred with

fuscous. Hind wings ochreous-whitish.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

CauuicEenta, Dup.

15. Calligenia pyraula, Meyr.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

16. Calligenia phryctopa, n. 8.

3,29mm. Head and palpi bright rosy, with a grey spot on

crown. Antenne dark grey. Thorax bright rosy, mixed with

pale ochreous and spotted with grey. Abdomen pale rosy, anal

tuft ochreous-tinged. Legs rosy, tarsi light ochreous. Fore wings

elongate, moderately strongly dilated, costa gently arched, apex

obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded; crimson-rosy, more or

less suffused with dark grey in disc; a rather large ochreous-

whitish trapezoidal spot, edged with bright crimson, near base,

not quite reaching margins, followed by a cloudy dark grey curved

fascia; a moderate roundish ochreous-whitish spot in dise beyond

middle, margined above by a bright crimson spot, and followed by

& narrow irregularly curved dark grey fascia, margined posteriorly

by a series of bright crimson dots; veins posteriorly suffused with

dark grey; hind margin spotted with brighter crimson between

veins. Hind wings pale whitish-ochreous, suffused with pale rosy

towards hind margin and inner margin.

One specimen (Sayer).

17. Calligenia placens, Walk.

Barsine placens, Walk., Suppl., 251; Calligenia cyclota,

Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1886, 705.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer) ; sixspecimens. Walker’s

type is from Timor.

18. Calligenia melitaula, Meyr.

Dinner Island (Kowald, Sayer) ; seven specimens.

AMALODETA, N. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi short, porrected, shortly rough-scaled

beneath. Antenney in J filiform, shortly ciliated, with scattered

longer cilia. Fore wings with vein 2 from two-thirds, 6 and 7 out

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 463

of 8, 9 and 10 long-stalked. Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 long-

stalked, 8 from middle.

19. Amalodeta electraula, n. 8.

$,18mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs pale whitish-

ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Fore wings moderately

elongate, dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hind

margin obliquely rounded ; whitish-ochreous ; markings cloudy,

yellowish-brown; three slender irregular transverse lines, first

from one-fourth of costa to before middle of inner margin, second

from before middle of costa to beyond middle of inner margin,

obtusely angulated outwards below middle, third from two-thirds

of costa to anal angle; a small round fuscous spot in disc between

second and third lines; a transverse cloudy mark towards hind

margin in middle, and two small cloudy spots on hind margin

above and below middle}; cilia ochreous-whitish, base barred with

pale yellowish-brown. Hind wings whitish, thinly scaled.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Sorocostia, Fos.

20. Sorocostia tetrophthalma, nu. 8.

?,14mm. Head white, thinly sprinkled with fuscous. Palpi

23, white, suffusedly irrorated with dark fuscous except above.

Antenne ochreous-whitish. Thorax ochreous-whitish, thinly

sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs whitish

irrorated with fuscous, apex of joints white. Fore wings elongate-

triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin rather

obliquely rounded; light greyish-ochreous, with fine scattered

black scales; the three usual subcostal tufts preceded by small

cloudy blackish spots; a cloudy fuscous suffusion towards hind

margin, broadest below middle, cut by an indistinct irregular paler

subterminal line ; cilia mixed with ochreous, dark grey, and

whitish points, with a darker line beyond middle, and basal half

barred with darker. Hind wings pale grey, becoming grey-

whitish towards base; cilia grey-whitish.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

EPIzEUCTIS, 0. g.

Face with projecting scales; tongue well-developed. Palpi

moderately long, straight, porrected, second joint with dense rough

projecting hairs above and below, terminal joint obtuse. Antenne

464 Mr. K. Meyrick on some

in g shortly bipectinated, towards apex simple, pectinations

clothed with long cilia, basal joint somewhat tufted. Fore wings

with tufts of scales on surface; vein 2 from beyond middle, 7

absent, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 absent. Hind wings with veins 2, 3,

and 5 parallel, 4 absent, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from middle.

21. Epizeuctis innocua, Butl.

Nola tnnocua, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1880,

671.

3 2, 12-15 mm. Head, antenne, and thorax white, some-

times sprinkled with dark fuscous. Palpi 23, white, externally

sprinkled with fuscous. Fore wings rather elongate-triangular,

costa gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded ;

white ; an ochreous-brown spot, sometimes marked with black

beneath, on costa near base; a somewhat curved rather irregular

blackish transverse line about one-third, sometimes partially

obsolete, followed by a small ochreous-brown spot beneath costa,

and sometimes by a spot on inner margin; a rather irregularly

curved fuscous line at two-thirds, preceded on costa by a moderate

ochreous-fuscous spot, and nearly followed by a more or less

parallel slender blackish line; a rather irregular ochreous-fuscous

subterminal line; costa sometimes dotted with dark fuscous;

some indistinct ochreous spots before hind margin; cilia white

sprinkled with blackish, basal half indistinctly barred with fuscous.

Hind wings and cilia white.

Port Moresby (Kowald); seven specimens. Butler’s

type is from Formosa.

SAROTRICHA, Gn.

22. Sarotricha demiota, n. 8.

3 3, 23—25 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light grey or brown,

sprinkled with darker ; posterior margin of thorax and a dot on

each side of back obscurely blackish. Antenne fuscous. Abdomen

grey-whitish. Legs brownish or greyish, posterior pair grey-

whitish. Fore wings oblong, moderate, costa rather strongly

arched towards base, otherwise nearly straight, apex obtuse, hind

margin hardly oblique, nearly straight, rounded beneath ; light

grey, mixed or more or less wholly suffused with light brownish-

ochreous ; a transverse ridge of raised scales in dise at two-fifths,

and another at three-fifths, blackish on posterior side, in @ little

apparent (unless rubbed), and second replaced by two black dots ;

some black scales on inner margin about one-fourth ; an obscure

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 465

fuscous somewhat curved subdentate line from one-third of costa

to one-third of inner margin; a minute white dot in disc slightly

before middle; generally a rather broad darker sometimes reddish-

tinged suffusion extending across wing from two-thirds of costa to

middle of inner margin; a more or less brownish-ochreous line

from two-thirds of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, upper two-

thirds moderately curved outwards, anteriorly darker-margined,

posteriorly margined by a line of slightly raised darker or partially

blackish scales, closely followed by a cloudy fuscous line; an

irregular cloudy fuscous subterminal line; a dark fuscous inter-

rupted hind-marginal line or series of subconfluent dots ; cilia

fuscous or grey. Hind wings grey-whitish, hind margin infuscated 5

a dark fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia whitish, with a cloudy

fuscous line near base.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); three specimens.

Nearly allied to S. undulana, Hb., and S. exophila, Meyr.,

and intermediate in size between them, but readily dis-

tinguished from both by the different shape of wing, and

differing also in marking.

Hecroagama, n. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi rather short, porrected, second joint

shortly rough-scaled beneath. Antennz in g subdentate, mode-

rately strongly ciliated (13). Fore wings with vein 2 from before

middle, 4 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 and 9 stalked, 11

anastomosing with 12. Hind wings with veins 3 and 4 stalked,

5 absent, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from four-fifths.

23. Hectogama dissozona, 0.8.

3,24mm. Head, palpi, antenne, abdomen, and legs ochreous-

yellowish. Thorax dark purplish-fuscous, anterior margin suf-

fusedly ochreous-yellowish. Fore wings rather elongate-triangular,

costa gently arched, apex rounded, hind margin rather obliquely

rounded; whitish-ochreous ; costal edge ochreous-yellowish ; base

narrowly dark fuscous; two moderate rather inwards-curved dark

purplish-fuscous transverse fascie, first from two-fifths of costa to

two-fifths of inner margin, second from four-fifths of costa to two-

thirds of inner margin, rather dilated beneath ; a subtriangular

dark fuscous spot on hind margin above anal angle; (cilia im-

perfect). Hind wings and cilia light ochreous-yellowish.

One specimen (Sayer).

466 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

Sprnosoma, Stph.

24, Spilosoma turbida, Butl.

Spilarctia turbida, Butl.

One specimen (Sayer). Butler’s type is from Duke of

York Island.

25. Spilosoma marginata, Don.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. Although

formerly permitting Areas, Walk., to rank as a distinct

genus, on the ground of difference in development of

tongue, I am now inclined to think that no definite line

can be drawn, and that the group may be with advantage

merged in Spilosoma.

Detopeta, Stph.

26. Deiopeia pulchella, L.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

HYPSIDA.

NyctEemMERA, Hb.

27. Nyctemera pellex, L.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

28. Nyctemera mesolychna, n. 8.

9,43 mm. Head dark fuscous, margins of eyes and of collar

ochreous-whitish. Palpi dark fuscous. Antenne dark fuscous,

bipectinated. Thorax dark fuscous, margins of patagia and of

metathorax ochreous-whitish. Abdomen fuscous, segmental mar-

gins ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous. Fore wings rather elongate-

triangular, costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, hind

margin rather obliquely rounded ; fuscous; veins on basal half of

wing slenderly whitish; a cloudy fuscous-whitish moderate trans-

verse fascia-like spot, reaching from near costa beyond middle to

above anal angle, broadest in middle, cut by fuscous veins so as to

form eight spots; cilia fuscous. Hind wings with veins 6 and 7

stalked; white; a moderate rather irregular-edged fuscous mar-

ginal band running wholly round wing, but much paler at base

and on inner margin; cilia fuscous.

One specimen (Sayer). Appears to be to some extent

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 467

intermediate between N. assimilis, Voll., and N. trita,

Walk. (both-from Java), but distinct from either.

29. Nyctemera cribraria, Cl.

One specimen (Sayer).

DREPANULIDA.

TELDENIA, Moore.

Tongue developed. Palpi rather short, slender, subascending.

Antenne in § shortly ciliated. Posterior tibia without middle-

spurs. Fore wings with vein 1 simple, 2 from before middle,

5 rather approximated to 4 at base, 6, 7, and 8 out of 9, 10 con-

nected with 9 above 7 by bar, 11 closely approximated to 10

throughout. Hind wings with vein le absent, 4 and 5 rather

approximated at base, 6 from upper angle of cell, 7 risimg from

angulation of upper margin of cell before middle, 8 appressed to 7

for a short distance near beyond cell.

30. Teldenia vestigiata, Butl.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

381. Teldenia aulogramma, n.s.

&, 27mm. Head, palpi, and antenne light ochreous, crown

white. Thorax, abdomen, and legs white. Fore wings triangular,

costa gently arched, apex rectangular, hind margin hardly rounded,

slightly oblique; white; markings light grey ; a transverse streak

from beneath costa at one-third to middle of inner margin, slightly

sinuate below middle, marked with traces of pale ochreous dots;

a straight streak from beneath costa at three-fifths to inner margin

at two-thirds, marked with faint light ochreous spots; a cloudy

line close beyond and parallel to this; two closely approximated

lines from beneath five-sixths of costa to anal angle, almost

straight, second slightly dentate so that its teeth touch first; cilia

white. Hind wings white; two closely approximated ochreous-

grey lines from beneath costa at two-thirds to inner margin above

anal angle, rather curved outwards on lower half; a fine curved

dentate ochreous-grey line from costa near before apex to anal

angle; cilia white.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

468 Mr. EK. Meyrick on some

LIPARIDIDA.

Orayia, O.

32. Orgyia postica, Walk.

Lacida postica, Walk., 803 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii., 78,

pl. 109, 1; O. Ludekingii, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

1S79; 104; pl. yiil.;.5;

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens. Also from

Java and Celebes.

Evproctis, Hb.

33. Huproctis Mooret, Snell.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

34. Huproctis lutea, F.

Three specimens (Sayer).

05. Huproctis gracilior, Pag.

Porthesia gracilior, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. 1886, 30.

Port Moresby (Kowald); two specimens. Also from

Aru.

AGARISTIDA.

Aaarista, Leach.

36. Agarista eurychrysa, Nn. 8.

?,59mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow. Palpi, antenne,

and legs dark fuscous. Abdomen purple-blackish, three apical

segments ochreous-white. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa

gently arched, slightly sinuate in middle, apex rounded, hind mar-

gin obliquely rounded; purple-blackish; a broad straight bright

orange band from before middle of costa to anal angle, rather

dilated towards costa; apex narrowly whitish-ochreous; cilia

blackish, round apex white. Hind wings purple-blackish; a

moderate bright orange apical spot, its anterior edge rounded.

One specimen (Sayer).

37. Agarista newrogramma, 0. 8.

3,45 mm. Head orange-yellow. Palpi orange-yellow, upper

and lower edges and terminal joint blackish. Antenne blackish.

Thorax orange-yellow, on back mixed with whitish, collar with an

interrupted blackish band, patagia with a blackish spot. Abdomen

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 469

blackish, apical segment orange. Legs dark fuscous, middle tibie

with an ochreous-whitish band, posterior femora and tibiz whitish.

Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched,

apex rounded, hind margin obliquely rounded ; greenish-whitish ;

base narrowly blue-black ; a narrow oblique blue-black fascia near

base, not touching costa; a broad dirty grey-greenish cloudy band

from costa before middle to inner margin before middle, somewhat

mixed with blackish towards costa and inner margin; apical third

blackish, bounded by a sinuate line from three-fifths of costa to

anal angle, and cut by strong greenish-whitish streaks on all veins;

cilia blackish. Hind wings blackish, cilia becoming whitish

towards anal angle.

One specimen (Sayer).

‘Ecocera, Latr.

88. Algocera cornigera, Butl.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer) ; five specimens.

NOCTUIDAE.

Hapena, Tr.

89. Hadena mniochlora, n. 8.

3, 82mm. Head and thorax olive-greenish, mixed with darker

and lighter. Palpi light brownish-ochreous, externally dark

fuscous except at apex of joints. Antenne fuscous, moderately

ciliated (1). Abdomen brownish-ochreous. Legs light brownish-

ochreous, anterior and middle pair suffusedly banded with dark

fuscous. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex

obtuse, hind margin waved, rather obliquely rounded; light moss-

green; a sharply dentate white line near base, anteriorly strongly

margined with blackish, interrupted beneath costa; first line

white, partially black-margined, irregular above, dentate on lower

half; space between subbasal and first line dark olive-green, except

towards costa; second line white, anteriorly black-margined, not

quite reaching costa, slightly curved, with one very strong indenta-

tion below middle ; space between first and second lines suffused

with dark olive-green except towards margins; upper half of

orbicular outlined with whitish ; claviform represented by a short

transverse whitish dash; space between orbicular and reniform

suffused with dark fuscous; reniform subtriangular, outlined with

white except on lower side; a small whitish spot, preceded and

followed by blackish, on costa above reniform; a whitish mark,

preceded by blackish, on costa before apex ; subterminal slender,

470 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

white, very sharply dentate throughout, teeth all touching hind

margin, included triangular spaces filled with dark fuscous ; cilia

brownish-ochreous. Hind wings rather light brownish-ochreous, .

yellowish-tinged, with a light purplish-fuscous discal patch; cilia

light ochreous.

One specimen (Sayer). This handsome species 1s

easily recognised in the genus by its green colour and

very sharply dentate white dark-edged lines.

EROSIADA.

Erosia, Gn.

40. Erosia conchiferalis, Moore.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; six specimens.

41. Erosia theclata, Gn.

Port Moresby (owald) ; one specimen.

PLUSIADA.

Artona, Walk.

42. Ariola celisigna, Walk.

Ariola celisigna, Walk., 769; A. Ransonneti, Feld.,

Reis. Nov., pl. eviii., 1.

Slate Island (Kowald); one specimen.

Beara, Walk.

43. Beara nubiferella, Walk.

One specimen (Sayer).

THALpocHaREs, Hb.

44, Thalpochares Wallengrent, Snell.

Port Moresby (Jvowald) ; one specimen.

Acontta, Zr.

45. Acontia nivipicta, Butl.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; four specimens.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 471

XANTHODES, Gn.

46. Xanthodes malve, Esp.

Xanthodes malve, Esp., Hb., Gn.; X. stramen, Gn.,

vi., 220; Xanthia imparata, Walk., 467 ; Xanthodes

ineffictens, ib., 1752.

Two specimens (Sayer) ; these show no marked diffe-

rence from the South European form.

47. Xanthodes transversa, Gn.

Aanthodes transversa, Gn., vi., 211, pl. x., 5; X.

migrator, Walk., 779.

One specimen (Sayer).

MIAROMIMA, N. g.

Ocelli present; eyes naked; tongue developed. Antenn® in

both sexes serrulate, strongly ciliated (2), in g notched above basal

joint, with a strong curved tooth of scales projecting from upper

angle of basal joint. Palpi moderate, rather slender, ascending,

loosely scaled, terminal joint rather short, pointed. Thorax and

abdomen not crested. Tibi with dense loosely appressed scales,

not spinose. Fore wings with veins 6, 7, 8 out of 9, 10 connected

with 9 by bar. Hind wings with veins 3 and 4 from point, 5

approximated to 4 at base, 6 and 7 from a point.

Allied to Acontia, from which it differs principally by

the antennal characters.

48. Miaromima dinotis, n. 8.

3 2, 29—34 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brown-whitish,

more or less irrorated or partly suffused with light brown. Antenne

fuscous. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, brownish-tinged. Legs

rather dark brown. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa almost

straight, apex obtuse, hind margin rather obliquely rounded; brown-

whitish, with a slight purple gloss, with a few minute scattered

black scales ; costa narrowly suffused with brown ; a large curved-

triangular dark coppery-brown posterior blotch, lightest towards

apex of wing, base extending over whole of hind margin, apex,

which is rounded and darkest, almost touches middle of inner

margin, upper side in Q evenly rounded, in g protuberant so as to

nearly touch costa at three-fifths, lower side rather sharply con-

cave; a subquadrate glossy leaden-grey spot in this patch repre-

TRANS. ENT. S0C. LOND. 1889.—paRT Iv. (DEC.) 2 L

472 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

senting reniform, sometimes absent, becoming suffused beneath,

posterior edge formed by a very fine pale line traversing patch ;

sometimes a small bright reddish-orange spot in dise before and

beneath reniform ; an indistinct irregular curved and sinuate series

of cloudy blackish dots at five-sixths ; a series of black dots before

hind margin; cilia coppery-brown, tips brown-whitish. Hind

wings in g pale whitish-ochreous, with a cloudy fuscous border,

in 2 more or less suffused with fuscous throughout.

Four specimens (Sayer).

Risopa, .Woore.

Ocelli present; eyes naked; tongue developed. Antenne in

both sexes ciliated, basal joint with dense projecting scales. Palpi

moderate, ascending, second joint rough-sealed, terminal joint

short, cylindrical. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Tibi with

dense loosely appressed scales, not spinose. Fore wings with

veins 6, 7,8 out of 9, 10 connected with 9 by bar. Hind wings

with veins 3, 4, 5 approximated, equidistant, 6 and 7 closely

approximated at base.

To this genus is to be referred repugnans, Walk., de-

scribed by Walker as a Thyatira on the ground of some-

what similar markings, for in structure it is of course

widely dissimilar, and in no respect allied; and probably

also two or three other species placed by Walker in the

same genus, which I have not yet been able to examine

critically.

49. Risoba spherophora, n. 8s.

@, 88 mm. Head dull green. Palpi pale ochreous, sides

ereenish-tinged. Antenne pale ochreous, basal joint green.

Thorax pale yellowish-ochreous, slightly reddish-tinged, and

sprinkled with ochreous-brown. Abdomen with basal half

ochreous-whitish, second and third segments blackish on sides of

back, terminal half light ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, tarsi

somewhat infuscated, middle tibize banded with blackish and

green (anterior legs broken). Fore wings elongate-triangular,

costa straight, apex obtuse, hind margin somewhat oblique,

rounded, waved beneath; dull green, sprinkled with blackish;

markings light yellow-ochreous, partially margined internally first

with white and then with blackish; a basal patch, its outer edge

running from base of costa to one-third of inner margin, slightly

curved; orbicular small, round; reniform larger, round, without

dark centre; a semioval spot on inner margin beyond middle,

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 473

almost touching an irregular spot on anal angle; a large roundish

apical spot, cut before its middle by a whitish line curved parallel

to anterior margin, before which the ochreous colour is brighter ;

two faint waved blackish lines running from apical spot to inner-

marginal, representing second and subterminal ; a row of cloudy

blackish hind-marginal marks; cilia light green, tips whitish,

round apical spot wholly ochreous. Hind wings pale whitish-

ochreous ; a rather broad cloudy dark grey hind-marginal band,

suffused with whitish-ochreous towards margins on apex and lower

half of hind margin; cilia whitish-ochreous, with a basal series

of dark grey marks.

One specimen (Sayer). Differs from H. repugnans,

which it nearly resembles, by the green ground colour,

the orbicular pale and distinct and nearer reniform, and

the reniform larger and not dark-centred.

THYRSOSCELIS, 0. g.

Ocelli present; eyes naked; tongue developed. Antenne in J

moderately ciliated (1). Palpi moderate, ascending, second joint

with dense tolerably appressed scales, terminal joint short, obtuse.

Thorax not crested. Abdomen in g very densely hairy beneath

and on sides, and with long apical hairs. Legs densely scaled,

tibiz not spinose, posterior tibize and three basal joints of tarsi in

3S clothed with very dense long hairs above, in ? posterior tibize

only clothed with moderate hairs above. Fore wings with veins

6, 7, 8 out of 9, 10 connected with 9 by bar. Hind wings with

veins 3 and 4 stalked, 5 nearly approximated, 6 and 7 short-

stalked.

50. Thyrsoscelis iridias, n. 8.

3 ?, 46—48 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax rather

dark brown. Abdomen grey, apical hairs in # light. reddish.

Legs light fuscous-reddish, sprinkled with ochreous-whitish, pos-

terior pair reddish-whitish. Fore wings very elongate-triangular,

costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin strongly bowed,

very oblique; dull reddish-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated with

purplish-fuscous towards inner margin and apex; lines hardly

paler, first straight, posteriorly margined with purplish-fuscous,

from one-fourth of costa to three-fifths of inner margin, second

anteriorly margined with purplish-fuscous, from costa at three-

fifths, straight and parallel to first until nearly reaching hind

margin, where it is suddenly bent round to anal angle ; reniform

indicated in ? by an irregular darker suffusion; cilia reddish-

6 Yr

474 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

ochreous-fuscous, tips whitish. Hind wings rather dark grey, in

$ slightly pellucid and purplish-shining in dise and towards inner

margin, in 2 more or less suffused with whitish except towards

hind margin and on veins; cilia in g¢ grey, tips white; in ?

wholly white.

Two specimens (Sayer).

Huuopss, Gn.

51. Hulodes caranea, Cr.

One specimen (Sayer).

OpHweEREs, Boisd.

52. Ophideres fullonica, L.

One specimen (Sayer).

Acuma, Hb.

58. Achea ancilla, F.

Lagoptera magica, Hb., Gn., vii., 225.

One specimen (Sayer), having the hind wings more

obscurely marked than usual.

54. Achea melicerte, Drury.

One specimen (Sayer).

PsEUDOPHIA, Gn.

55. Pseudophia disjungens, Walk.

Ophiodes disjungens, Walk., 1360.

One specimen (Sayer). This appears to be a good

species.

ENTOMOGRAMMA, Gn.

56. Hntomogramma torsa, Gn.

Entomogramma torsa, Gn., vii., 204; Hypopyra ante-

ponens, Walk, 13823.

One specimen (Sayer).

Sympis, Gn.

57. Sympis rufibasis, Gn.

One specimen (Sayer).

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 475

GRAMMODES, Gn.

58. Grammodes archesia, Cr.

Remigia archesia, Cr., Gn., vii., 818; R. virbia, Cr. ;

R. Mayeri, Boisd., Gn., vii., 820; R. jugalis,

Walk., 1505; R. mutuata, ib., 1505; R. demon-

strans, ib., 1512; Hypetra diffundens, ib., Suppl.,

963; Remigia bifasciata, ib., Suppl., 1014; Rh. dis-

crepans, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, 415.

Two specimens (Sayer).

59. Grammodes rigidistria, Gn.

Ophisma rigidistria, Gn., vii., 240; Naszia calefaciens,

Walk., 1405.

One specimen (Sayer).

60. Grammodes alterna, Walk.

Euclidia alterna, Walk., 18388; Pseudophia nebuligera,

Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, 413 (¢ ).

Four specimens (Sayer).

61. Grammodes oculicola, Walk.

Grammodes oculicola, Walk., 1446; G. oculata, Snell.,

Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, 1038, pl. viii. 6.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); nine specimens.

TRIGONODES, Gn.

62. Trigonodes cephise, Cr.

One specimen (Sayer).

Remiaia, Gn.

63. Remigia frugalis, F.

One specimen (Sayer).

Sericia, Gn.

64. Sericia diops, Walk.

One specimen (Sayer).

476 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

Eryaia, Gn.

65. Erygia apicalis, Gn.

- Erygia apicalis, Gu., vii., 50; E. usta, Walk., Suppl.,

918.

_ Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer) ; six specimens.

PHLEGETONIA, Gn.

66. Phlegetonia conspicienda, Walk.

Pateta conspicienda, Walk., 1748.

Two specimens (Sayer).

LopHoptTera, Gn.

67. Lophoptera squamigera, Gn.

One specimen (Sayer).

Macepa, Walk.

68. Maceda mansueta, Walk.

Maceda mansueta, Walk., 1140; Calduba obtenta, ib.,

1815.

One specimen (Sayer).

CEPARCHA, N. g.

Ocelli present; eyes naked; tongue developed. Antennw in

moderately ciliated, in 2 more shortly, basal joint with short

tooth of scales above. Palpi moderately long, ascending, clothed

with dense tolerably appressed scales, terminal joint almost as long

as second, hardly more slender, obtuse. Thorax not crested,

collar dense, suberect. Abdomen with two small dorsal crests

near base. Tibi densely scaled, rather rough above, not spinose.

Fore wings with veins 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 connected by bar with

9, surface with tufts of raised scales. Hind wings with veins 3 and

4 stalked, 5 nearly approximated, 6 and 7 approximated at base.

69. Ceparcha cymatistis, n. s.

3 @, 382—35 mm. Head white sprinkled with fuscous. Palpi

fuscous sprinkled with white. Antenne fuscous. Thorax white,

with three slender ill-defined transverse fuscous bars. Abdomen

5 ¢¥ .

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 477

grey-whitish. Legs dark grey, tibie irrorated with white, apex of

tarsal joints white. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa gently

arched, sinuate in middle, apex obtuse, hind margin hardly

oblique, somewhat rounded ; white, more or less wholly suffused

with pale greyish-ochreous except on costa; costa very narrowly

spotted with dark fuscous, with a larger cloudy spot about middle ;

first line slender, dark fuscous, hardly traceable except in disc,

where it makes a very strong dentation below middle ; second line

slender, dark fuscous, with a series of blackish dots forming teeth

on posterior edge, from two-thirds of costa to three-fourths of

inner margin, slightly curved outwards, sinuate beneath costa ;

subterminal indicated by some faint darker clouds; cilia fuscous,

basal half barred with whitish. Hind wings whitish, apex broadly

suffused with rather dark fuscous, attenuated to a point above anal

angle ; cilia fuscous, tips whitish.

Four specimens (Sayer).

Homopszs, Gn.

70. Homodes iomelybda, n. s.

3, 29 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen

orange-ferruginous. Legs ochreous-yellowish, tibie suffused with

ferruginous. Fore wings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex

obtuse, hind margin waved, rather obliquely rounded ; ferruginous-

orange, costa and inner margin more reddish; a dark purple

leaden-metallic dot beneath costa near base, a second beneath it,

and a third beneath costa at one-fifth; four dark purple leaden-

metallic slender lines; first from one-fourth of costa to one-third of

inner margin, somewhat irregular; second nearly parallel to first ;

third from middle of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, strongly

curved outwards, rather irregularly subdentate; fourth near and

parallel to hind margin, interrupted on veins, margined anteriorly

with deeper orange; a faint purplish shade near beyond and

parallel to third line; a submarginal series of subcrescentic black

marks between veins; a fine black hind-marginal line; cilia light

ferruginous-reddish. Hind wings with ground colour and markings

as in fore wings, but dots near base and first line absent; third line

less curved, shade following it marked with two or three faint

grey spots.

Dinner Island, in July (dcowald); one specimen.

478 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

Crypansa, Walk.

71. Ctypansa mesogramma, 0. 8.

3, 42—43 mm. Head and palpi dark ochreous-brown. Antenne

pale greyish-ochreous, becoming brown towards base. Thorax

brown, anterior margin sharply dark ochreous-brown. Abdomen

brown, anal hairs whitish-yellowish. Legs brown, tarsi ringed

with whitish-yellowish. Fore wings rather elongate-triangular,

costa gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded ;

purplish-brown; a line near base, and first and second lines rather

darker, ill-marked, slender, irregularly dentate; median shade

very strongly marked, dark brown; lower half.of reniform repre-

sented by a small roundish black spot; subterminal represented by

an irregular series of minute whitish dots, preceded by small

blackish wedge-shaped dots ; cilia fuscous, tips paler. Hind wings

with ground colour, median shade, second and subterminal lines

as in fore wings, but much less distinctly marked.

Two specimens (Sayer). Closely allied to C. bocanidia,

Butl., but readily separated by the well-defined median

shade, and black discal spot; in C. bocanidia the former

is very obscurely suffused, the latter represented by a

minute dot.

SIMPLIcIA, Gn.

72. Simplicia cenealis, Walk.

Sophronia cenealis (-neusalis), Walk., Delt., 94;

Bocana turpatalis, ib., 174; Herminia sicca, Butl.,

Ul. Het., 111-, 62, pl. lyviti.

Two specimens (Sayer). Occurs also in Eastern

Australia, China, Japan, Hawaii, and the Solomon

Islands.

Hyperna, 7'r.

73. Hypena isogona, n. 8.

3,383 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

rather dark fuscous. Fore wings triangular, costa slightly sinuate,

apex obtuse, hind margin waved, bowed, somewhat oblique;

purplish-fuscous, irrorated with darker fuscous; a dark fuscous

dot near base ; first line paler, ill-defined, sinuous ; a blackish dot,

margined posteriorly by an ochreous-whitish dot, in disc at one-

third; second line slender, whitish-ochreous, sharply defined,

from three-fifths of costa to three-fifths of inner margin, forming

three equal concave sinuations, separated by two angular pro-

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 479

jections, upper obtuse, lower acute; lower two-thirds of second

line bordered anteriorly by a broad dark fuscous suffusion, not

extending to first line; a downwards-angulated whitish-ochreous

line from near apex of wing to near upper angle of second line,

suffusedly margined beneath with blackish-fuscous; two small

blackish-fuscous spots transversely placed above this, posteriorly

margined with ochreous-whitish; a blackish-fuscous dot below its

anterior extremity ; a faintly indicated paler irregular subterminal

line from beneath its anterior extremity to anal angle; an inter-

rupted darker hind-marginal line; cilia fuscous. Hind wings and

cilia fuscous ; a darker hind-marginal line.

One specimen (Sayer).

Britua, Walk.

74. Britha biguttata, Walk.

Britha biguttata, Walk., Suppl., 1146; Herminia

incertalis, ib., 1518.

One specimen (Sayer).

ACRARMOSTIS, N. g.

Forehead with projecting cone of scales; ocelli present; eyes

naked; tongue developed. Antenne in g bipectinated, apex fili-

form. Palpi rather long, porrected, second joint with very dense

projecting scales above and beneath, where they form a short

apical tuft, terminal joint short, obtuse. Thorax with a very small

crest at posterior extremity. Abdomen without crests. Tibi

with appressed scales, not spinose. Fore wings in $ with costa

thickened on anterior half and a subcostal groove beneath thickened

portion on lower surface ; vein 7 out of 9 near base, 8 out of 9, 10

out of 9 below 8, 11 anastomosing with 9 and base of 10. Hind

wings with vein 5 paraliel to 4, 6 and 7 stalked.

75. Acrarmostis dryopa, 0. 8.

3,21 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous, with a few fuscous

scales. Palpi dark fuscous, internally and at apex of joints pale

ochreous. Antenne whitish, pectinations dark fuscous. Abdomen

ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous, more or less wholly

suffused with dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa

slightly arched, sinuate in middle, apex obtuse, hind margin

obliquely rounded ; pale brownish-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated

with fuscous; a dark fuscous streak along basal fourth of costa,

480 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

' containing some whitish-biue scales; a cloudy fuscous streak from

costa before apex to beyond middle of inner margin, containing a

series of irregular blackish marks, and marked with indistinct

dots of whitish-blue scales, somewhat sinuate inwards on lower

half; a hind-marginal series of triangular dark fuscous marks;

cilia whitish-ochreous mixed with fuscous. Hind wings ochreous-

whitish; an indistinct pale fuscous sinuate post-median line,

obsolete above middle ; an interrupted dark fuscous hind-marginal

line; cilia whitish-ochreous.

One specimen (Sayer).

LARENTIADA.

DoLEROSCELES, 0 g.

Face with short cone of scales. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Palp

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Posterior tibie in both sexes

without median spurs. Fore wings with areole simple, 11 some-

times running into 12. Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 stalked.

This genus, closely allied both to Pasiphila and

Hupithecia, is at once separated from both by the

absence of the median spurs of posterior tibix. Besides

the two following species I have certainly a third, but

not in condition to be described.

76. Dolerosceles erymna, Meyr.

Eupithecia erymna, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1886, 192.

One specimen (Sayer).

77. Dolorosceles bryoscopa, 0. 8.

?,18mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous, spotted with

dark fuscous. Antenne light greyish-ochreous. Abdomen pale

ochreous, base of segments and a band before middle suffusedly

dark fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous, unspotted. Fore wings

with costa gently arched, distinctly sinuate in middle, hind margin

rather strongly rounded; 11 running into 12; pale greenish-

ochreous, with a few scattered black scales; basal area occupied

by four or five cloudy dark fuscous curved dentate transverse lines

mixed with silvery-whitish scales; a silvery-whitish median line

from costa before middle to middle of inner margin, rather strongly

angulated outwards in disc, connected with preceding dark lines

by dark fuscous blotches above and below angle; these blotches

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 481

afterwards continued as broad cloudy longitudinal streaks to hind

margin above middle and to anal angle respectively ; second line

fine, silvery-whitish, irregularly sinuate and curved, moderately

angulated in middle and at one-fourth from costa, margined on

both sides with dark fuscous, anteriorly forming a cloudy suffusion

tending to be produced in wedge-shaped streaks along veins; a

slender regularly dentate silvery-whitish subterminal line, beyond

which hind margin is dark fuscous on upper half; cilia whitish-

ochreous, barred with dark fuscous. Hind wings with hind

margin rounded ; colour and markings as in fore wings, but lines

on basal area obsolete, median line straight.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

REmMoDES, Gn.

78. Remodes melanoceros, n. 8.

@, 30mm. Head and thorax light dull green, with a white

spot behind eyes. Palpi 3, dull green, base white beneath.

Antenne blackish-grey, extreme base ochreous-whitish. Legs

pale greyish-ochreous (abdomen and posterior legs broken). Fore

wings with costa rather strongly arched, hind margin strongly

rounded, very oblique; pale dull whitish-green, with about fourteen

subdentate more or less curved deeper green transverse lines,

partially and irregularly marked with black; a black discal dot

before middle; a hind-marginal series of large black dots; cilia

ochreous-whitish. Hind wings small, narrow, hind margin

rounded; whitish-ochreous-grey.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. I have it

also from Queensland. Closely allied to R. elaica, Meyr.,

but readily separated by the wholly blackish antenne.

MONOCTENIAD.

I propose to apply this name to the family formerly

termed Cinochromide, as on recent revision of the

genera I find that the genus Ginochroma, Gu., is non-

existent, being only a synonym of Monoctenia.

Kume.ea, Jard.

79. Humelea fiorinata, Gn.

One specimen (Sayer).

482 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

DESMOBATHRIDZ.

Desmopatura, Meyr.

80. Desmobathra macariata, Walk.

Zarmigethusa macariata, Walk., 1687; Macaria elon-

garia, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1881, 86, pl. x., 3.

Port Moresby and Dinner Island (Kowald); four

specimens. Snellen cannot have examined the structure

of this species, which is in all respects widely remote

from Macaria.

CELERENA, Walk.

I formerly failed to observe the subbasal bar of vein 8

in the hind wings, but have since found it to be present

in all species; the genus is therefore certainly referable

here.

81. Celerena proxima, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

STROPHIDIADA.

Stropuipia, Hb.

82. Strophidia bifasciata, Butl.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Sresicnora, Meyr.

83. Stesichora justaria, Walk.

Micronia justaria, Walk., 821; M. adjudicataria, ib.,

822; 2M. tristriata, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.,

1886, 55.

39, 52—54mm. Head, thorax, and legs white; face blackish.

Palpi blackish, second joint white beneath, terminal joint long,

apex swollen. Antenne grey, base white. (Abdomen broken.)

Fore wings with costa rather strongly arched, hind margin scarcely

rounded, rather oblique; white, with slender thinly strewn pale

brownish transverse strigule on basal two-thirds and a subterminal

narrow space; costa marked with from sixteen to twenty short

black strigule; three pale brownish streaks parallel to hind

margin, not reaching costa, at one-third, beyond middle, and

three-fourths; a fine black hind-marginal line; cilia grey-whitish.

Hind wings with hind margin angulated and produced into an

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 483

acute triangular tooth in middle; white; subterminal strigule as

in fore wings, but only a few towards base of wing; transverse

streaks as in fore wings, but first only slightly indicated, third bent

round beneath so as to nearly approach second; a black hind-

marginal line, thickened on veins, interrupted on tooth; a round

black subterminal spot opposite tooth, and a small longitudinal

wedge-shaped black mark in tooth; cilia grey-whitish.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); two specimens. Also

from New Ireland.

84. Stesichora teriadata, Gn.

Micronia teriadata, Gn., x., 29; M. ceramata, Walk.,

1624.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); three specimens.

GEOMETRIDA.

MNESTERODES, N. g.

Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrected, loosely scaled.

Antenne in ¢ flatly dentate, strongly ciliated. Posterior tibix in

& flattened, without spurs, tarsi much aborted. Fore wings with

vein 6 remote from 9, 10 out of 9 below 8, 11 anastomosing with 9.

Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 stalked; in $ with a large glandular

swelling beneath in middle of disc, and a long expansible pencil of

hairs from base of costa above.

A development of the first group of Acidalia, from

which it differs by the abnormal structures of hind

wings.

85. Mnesterodes trypheropa, n. 8.

3, 11—12 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous,

face and palpi rather dark fuscous. Antenne and legs whitish-

ochreous, posterior tarsi one-third. Fore wings with costa slightly

arched, hind margin rounded, rather strongly oblique; pale

brownish-ochreous ; lines cloudy, fuscous-purplish, only apparent

on upper half of wing; first indistinct, median absent, second and

subterminal closely approximated, submarginal absent; a well-

marked cloudy fuscous-purplish discal spot; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Hind wings rounded, inner margin very short, anal angle some-

what prominent; bright silver-metallic, with a moderate pale

ochreous border; a purplish-fuscous spot at anal angle; costal

pencil ochreous-yellow; cilia whitish-ochreous. Fore wings

484 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

beneath silvery-metallic on lower half; glandular swelling of hind

wings rather dark fuscous.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens. <A curious

and very elegant species.

XENOCENTRIS, N. g.

Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrected. Antenne in ¢

bidentate, ciliated with very long fascicles. Abdomen in ¢ with

extremely large expansible tufts of hairs on genitalia. Middle

tibiz and much elongated basal joint of tarsi in # clothed with

long dense rough hairs above, inner spur very long and thick and

clothed with dense rough hairs above; posterior tibie in § very

short, without spurs, tarsi bent, abbreviated. Fore wings with

vein 6 remote from 9, 10 out of 9 below 8, 11 anastomosing with 9.

Hind wings with veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked.

Also a development of the first group of Acidalia,

specially characterised by the peculiar middle legs; the

extreme development of the genital tufts is noteworthy,

but probably less reliable as a generic character.

86. Xenocentris rhipidura, n. 8s.

$,14mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale whitish-

ochreous, mixed with pale reddish; face dark fuscous, fillet

ochreous-whitish ; genital tufts pale whitish-ochreous. Fore wings

with costa almost straight, hind margin bowed, rather oblique ;

pale whitish-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated with pale crimson ;

first and second lines represented by irregular series of blackish

dots; a transverse dark grey discal dot; faint traces of paler sub-

terminal and submarginal lines; cilia whitish-ochreous, crimson-

tinged. Hind wings with hind margin rounded; colour and

markings as in fore wings, but first line obsolete, pale limes more

distinctly indicated; an interrupted dark crimson-fuscous hind-

marginal line.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen.

Actpatia, T'r.

87. Acidalia albicostata, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. Common in

Eastern Australia.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 485

88. Acidalia homodoxa, Meyr.

Port Moresby (KKowald, Sayer); seven specimens. In

the British Museum collection specimens of this species

from the Solomon Islands have been placed under

A. impersonata, Walk., with which, however, they are by

no means identical.

89. Acidalia parasira, N. 8.

32, 20—23 mm. Head yellow-ochreous, fillet whitish, face

blackish-fuscous. Palpi ascending, blackish-fuscous, beneath

whitish-ochreous. Antenne whitish-ochreous, in & serrate, cilia-

tions 2. Thorax and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, collar tinged

with yellow-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair some-

what infuscated; posterior tibie in g much dilated, rough-scaled

above, without spurs, in @ with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in

S$ three-fifths. Fore wings with costa posteriorly moderately

arched, hind margin waved, rounded, rather oblique; whitish-

ochreous, with some fine scattered black scales; lines darker

ochreous; first from one-third of costa to one-third of inner

margin, angulated beneath costa, often very indistinct; a black

discal dot, much before median ; median from two-thirds of costa

to beyond middle of inner margin, more or less cloudy, sometimes

dentate, slightly curved, sinuate inwards above middle and above

inner margin; second from four-fifths of costa to three-fourths of

inner margin, slightly curved, slender, dentate, often marked with

grey dots on dentations, sinuate inwards above middle and above

inner margin ; subterminal paler, cloudy, ill-defined; submarginal

very faint, cloudy ; a hind-marginal series of black dots ; cilia pale

whitish-ochreous. Hind wings with hind margin rounded; veins

6 and 7 short-stalked; colour, second line, and posterior markings

as in fore wings; median line as in fore wings but straight, and

before middle ; a black discal dot near beyond this.

Port Moresby, Slate and Dinner Islands (Kowald) ; six

specimens. Belongs to the second group of the genus,

and to the immediate neighbourhood of A. recessata, to

which it is closely allied, differing in the relatively

longer posterior tarsi of g , the more ochreous markings

and head, less oblique median line, and other details.

90. Acidalia recessata, Walk.

One specimen (Sayer). Common throughout Eastern

Australia.

486 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

91. Acidalia crossophragma, Meyr.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen.

PRASONESIS, N. g.

Face smooth. Palpi short, ascending, slender, with appressed

scales. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Posterior tibiz with all spurs

present. Fore wings with vein 6 remote from 9, 10 out of 9,

anastomosing with 11 and then very strongly with 9. Hind wings

with veins 6 and 7 separate.

Nearest to Dithalama, which it closely approaches in

neuration, differing mainly in the presence of all spurs

on posterior tibie.

92. Prasonesis nucrophylla, n. s.

$,28mm. Face dark reddish-fuscous, lower part pale ochreous,

fillet blackish, crown yellow-ochreous. Palpiwhitish-ochreous, above

dark fuscous. Antenne fuscous, ciliations three-fourths. Thorax

white. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, becoming white towards base.

Legs pale ochreous, anterior pair brownish-tinged, posterior pair

whitish-ochreous. Fore wings with costa posteriorly moderately

arched, hind margin waved, bowed, rather oblique; whitish-

ochreous, anterior half sprinkled with black, posterior half some-

what suffused with pale reddish-ochreous, especially immediately

beyond posterior. fascia ; costal edge brown-reddish ; a black sub-

costal irroration from middle to near apex, attenuated posteriorly ;

first line indicated by four black dots; a rather narrow very

irregular deep green fascia from beneath costa at four-fifths to

inner margin at two-thirds, edged first with black and then with

white, rectangularly broken inwards above middle, upper portion

attenuated to a point above, margins twice sinuate, lower portion

with a triangular indentation above its middle on anterior side,

and a large triangular emargination below its middle on posterior

side, lower extremity narrowed; a dark grey hind-marginal line,

forming small spots between veins ; cilia whitish-ochreous, reddish-

tinged. Hind wings with hind margin waved, rounded, slightly

bent in middle; colour, hind-marginal line, and cilia as in fore

wings ; an indistinct cloudy purplish median line, nearly straight;

second line parallel to hind margin, sinuate inwards above middle,

erey and indistinct on upper half, blackish on lower half, where it

is followed by five small semi-oval more or less connected deep

green spots, edged posteriorly first with black and then with white.

Port Moresby (Jxowald) ; one specimen.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 487

Prerrxera, Meyr.

93. Perixera syntona, n.s.

gd, 39 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, upper part of forehead

fuscous. Palpi whitish-ochreous, above dark fuscous, terminal

joint moderate. Antenne whitish-ochreous, pectinations a5, b9.

Thorax and abdomen whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with black.

Legs whitish-ochreous. Fore wings with costa slightly arched,

hind margin waved, rounded, rather oblique; vein 11 out of 9;

pale whitish-ochreous, slightly brownish-tinged, finely sprinkled

with black; a black dot in dise before middle; second line repre-

sented by an irregular series of blackish dots from five-sixths of

costa to three-fourths of inner margin, with traces of a faint con-

necting fuscous shade, sharply indented above middle; a hind-

marginal row of blackish dots between veins; cilia pale whitish-

ochreous. Hind wings with hind margin rounded, crenulate ;

colour and markings as in fore wings, but discal black dot much

larger and transverse.

Port Moresby (JXowald) ; one specimen..

94. Perixera obrinaria, Gu.

Ephyra obrinaria, Gn., ix., 414; Anisodes obliviaria,

Walk., 648; A. similaria, ib., 1582; A. caligata,

ib., 1584; A. suspicaria, Snell., Tijd. v. Hnt.,

1881, 80, pl. vili., 6.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens. Occurs also

in India, Ceylon, Celebes, and Solomon Islands.

95. Perixera nephelospila, un. 8.

?,87mm. Head and antenne whitish-ochreous, upper half of

face fuscous-crimson. Palpi long, whitish-ochreous, above fuscous-

crimson, terminal joint long. Thorax pale brownish-ochreous.

(Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior and middle

femora suffused with dull crimson above. Fore wings with costa

slightly arched, faintly sinuate in middle, hind margin waved,

rounded, oblique; 11 anastomosing with 9, la and 1b connected

by a short bar near base; light ochreous, finely irrorated with

blackish scales shaded with pale fuscous; first line indicated by

three black dots; second line represented by an irregular series of

blackish dots from four-fifths of costa to three-fourths of inner

margin, followed on lower third by a cloudy blackish-fuscous blotch

extending to inner and hind margin, but leaving an ill-defined pale

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 2M

488 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

anal spot; a hind-marginal row of blackish dots between veins ;

cilia whitish-ochreous. Hind wings with hind margin waved,

rounded; colour and markings as in fore wings, but first line

obsolete; a small white unmargined discal spot.

One specimen (Sayer). I should be inclined to suspect

that the peculiar structure of veins 1a and 10 is merely

an individual abnormality and not a specific character.

The dark anal blotch is probably also variable, as in

allied species.

TIMANDRA, Dup.

96. Timandra hemichroa, u. s.

?,22mm. Head and antenne pale ochreous, slightly reddish-

tinged, fillet white. Palpi ochreous-whitish. Thorax whitish-

ochreous, slightly greenish-tinged. Abdomen ochreous-whitish,

rosy-tinged. Legs pale whitish-ochreous. Fore wings with costa

hardly arched, apex almost acute, hind margin bowed, oblique ;

pale dull green, transversely strigulated with darker; first line

straight, whitish, from one-fourth of costa to one-third of inner

margin; a small black discal spot; median line rather thick,

straight, reddish-whitish, from four-fifths of costa to two-thirds of

inner margin; second line indicated by an irregular darker

greenish suffusion, marked with two or three indistinct blackish

dots; cilia reddish-whitish. Hind wings with hind margin strongly

angulated in middle; pale dull whitish-reddish, transversely

strigulated with dark grey ; median line slightly paler, straight ;

second line indicated by a curved series of blackish dots ; cilia

pale whitish-reddish.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen.

97. Timandra molybdias, n.s.

?,26mm. Head and palpi ferruginous, fillet whitish. Antenne

whitish-ochreous. Thorax and abdomen pale dull greenish. Legs

whitish-ochreous, anterior coxe and femora rosy. Fore wings

with costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex acute, hind margin

oblique, rather deeply concave on upper half, angularly projecting

in middle, lower half straight; pale dull ochreous-greenish ; costal

edge pale ochreous-reddish on anterior half; a small round leaden-

grey discal spot; a straight ochreous-yellow line, anteriorly edged

with a darker shade of ground colour and posteriorly obscurely

with ochreous-whitish, from costa near apex to inner margin

beyond middle; a fuscous-reddish hind-marginal line, on upper

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 489

half broader and marked with dark fuscous; cilia reddish-brown,

tips pale ochreous. Hind wings with hind margin angulated in

middle, forming a moderate triangular projection; colour and

cilia as in fore wings; a small white grey-circled discal dot; a

straight line, as in fore wings, from middle of costa to middle of

inner margin; a fuscous-reddish hind-marginal line.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen. Closely allied

to T’. aventiaria, of which it might possibly be a form,

but the differences in cilia and ground colour separate it

from any specimens which I have seen.

Kvcrostis, Hb.

98. Eucrostis halcyone, n. 8.

3$, 18 mm. Face bright orange, fillet and post-orbital rims

white, crown pale yellowish. Palpi white. Antenne white,

pectinations a5, 68. Thorax whitish-green. (Abdomen defaced.)

Legs white, anterior pair whitish-ochreous. Fore wings with

costa gently arched, hind margin gently rounded, rather oblique ;

vein 6 separate, 11 free; very pale green; a white costal streak

from near base to three-fifths, attenuated at extremities, margined

beneath by a yellowish subcostal streak, which extends from base

to near apex of wing; lines faintly indicated, slender, whitish,

irregularly dentate, but hardly traceable; cilia whitish-yellowish,

tips whitish. Hind wings with hind margin rounded; veins 3 and

4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked; colour, lines, and cilia as in fore

wings.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

99. Hucrostis calliptera, n. 8.

3,23mm. Face and extreme back of crown bright green, rest

of crown and fillet white. Palpi green, beneath white, terminal

joint short. Antenne white, pectinations a6, 69. Thorax white,

collar bright green. Abdomen white, basal third partly green on

back. Legs white, apex of tibia spotted with dark fuscous. Fore

wings with costa gently arched, hind margin rounded, rather

oblique; vein 6 from point with 9, 11 free; bright yellowish-green ;

costa narrowly white from one-fourth to four-fifths; a triangular

white spot on base of wing; a dark reddish-fuscous discal dot at

two-fifths, surrounded by a faint whitish ring; lines slender, white;

first from beneath costa at one-fourth to inner margin at one-third,

angulated below middle; second from two-thirds of costa to two-

thirds of inner margin, upper half rather dentate, angulated at

2mu 2

490 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

three-fourths from costa; an indistinct white subterminal line from

apex to anal angle, touching hind margin in middle, upper half

curved inwards, lower half thrice sinuate ; space between second

and subterminal lines on upper half, and beyond subterminal line

towards apex suffused with whitish; a pale reddish semicircular

anal blotch, anteriorly bounded by second line, including a blackish

ring occupying anal angle; a white hind-marginal line, marked

with a black dot in middle and another above anal blotch ; cilia

pale green, tips whitish. Hind wings with hind margin obtusely

bent; veins 8 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked; bright yellowish-

green ; three or four indistinct white strigule on basal half; second

line white, subdentate, strongly curved; subterminal similar but

very indistinct ; space between second line and hind margin pale

reddish on upper half, sprinkled with blackish, including an elon-

gate semi-oval white marginal spot at apex, and a ferruginous spot

below this; a cloudy whitish anal blotch, extending to second line ;

a white hind-marginal line, marked with three or four blackish

dots about middle, and another at anal angle; cilia round apex

white, thence to middle pale reddish mixed with ferruginous, lower

half pale green, tips whitish.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. This species

so closely approaches partita, Walk., that it also is

doubtless referable to Hucrostis ; I formerly placed it in

Lodis provisionally, but without examination of structure,

having only seen the British Museum specimens.

Ei. cailiptera is a much smaller and more neatly-marked

insect than H. partita, and the palpi are green, not dark

reddish-fuscous; the pectinations of the antenne are

relatively much longer; the latter point appears con-

clusive as to their specific distinctness.

Comostota, Meyr.

To the generic characters should be added: Posterior tibize in J

with all spurs present. Fore wings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes

stalked, 11 anastomosing with 12 or free.

100. Comostola conchylias, n. s.

$,19mm. Head deep red mixed with blackish, fillet white,

lower part of face whitish. Palpi whitish, terminal joint moderate.

Antenne whitish-ochreous, pectinations a6, 68. Thorax bright

green, shoulders narrowly deep red. Abdomen white, sides of

back closely irrorated with reddish and blackish. Legs whitish-

ochreous. lore wings with costa moderately arched, hind margin

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 491

rounded, rather oblique; 3 and 4from a point, 11 not anastomosing

with 12; green; a rather narrow iridescent white border along

costa and hind margin throughout, margined exteriorly first with

rosy and then with iridescent blue-black, interiorly first with

iridescent blue-black and then with brown-red, its inner edge on

costa forming a moderate projecting tooth before middle and two

shorter ones between this and apex, on hind margin irregularly

subdentate, forming a moderate projection upwards at anal angle ;

cilia pale yellowish. Hind wings with hind margin rounded;

colour, hind-marginal border, and cilia as in fore wings, but with-

out anal projection.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. C. dispansa,

Walk., is very near this, but differs by the possession of

a discal spot above anal projection in fore wings.

101. Comostola pyrrhogona, Walk.

Eucrostis pyrrhogona, Walk., Suppl., 1610.

?,18—19 mm. Head reddish-orange, fillet paler, its posterior

margin sometimes black, lower part of face whitish. Palpi red-

dish-ochreous, beneath white, terminal joint long. Antenne

whitish-ochreous. Thorax pale blue-green, witha posterior orange

spot. Abdomen pale blue-greenish, on back ferruginous-orange,

with two partly confluent blue-black longitudinal lnes. Legs

whitish-ochreous, anterior pair suffused with bright rosy, posterior

tibiz whitish. Fore wings with costa hardly arched, hind margin

rather strongly rounded, oblique; 3 and 4 stalked, 11 sometimes

anastomosing with 12; light blue-green; a moderate somewhat

irregular ferruginous-orange streak along costa, mixed with shining

blackish scales; a moderate deep red hind-marginal border, its

inner edge strongly waved, bisected by a shining black line, of

which anterior edge is also waved, posterior portion sometimes

paler and more ochreous ; anterior indentations of this border

filled with whitish; a small red spot on its posterior extremity,

forming a projection upwards ; a hind-marginal row of black dots;

cilia ochreous-yellow, base with a few black scales on hind-

marginal dots. Hind wings with hind margin rounded; colour,

hind-marginal markings, and cilia as in fore wings, but without

anal projection.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

492 Mr. EK. Meyrick on some

102. Comostola nereidaria, Snell.

Iodis nereidaria, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1881, 76, pl. x.,

10, dds,

One specimen (Sayer).

108. Comostola rubrolimbaria, Gn.

Amaurinia rubrolimbaria, Gn., ix., 886.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. In the fore

wings veins 3 and 4 are stalked, 11 anastomoses with 12.

Iopis, Hb.

104. Iodis neomela, n. 8.

Q, 22—25 mm. Face light dull reddish, fillet white, crown

light green. Palpi pale reddish, beneath white, terminal joint

moderately long. Antenne ochreous-white. Thorax light green.

Abdomen light green, sides and apex white. Legs ochreous-

whitish. Fore wings with costa gently arched, hind margin hardly

rounded, rather oblique; 3 and 4 approximated at base, 6 out of 9,

11 free; rather light yellowish-green; costa narrowly ochreous-

whitish from base to near apex; a slender slightly sinuate whitish

line from beneath costa at one-fifth to one-third of inner margin ;

a moderately straight ochreous-whitish line, slightly bent at upper

extremity, from beneath costa at two-thirds to inner margin at

three-fifths ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hind wings with hind

margin bent on vein 4, slightly rounded; 3 and 4 stalked; colour

and cilia as in fore wings; a straight ochreous-whitish line from

three-fifths of costa to three-fifths of inner margin.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

105. Lodis albicosta, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen.

106. Lodis aphrias, n. 8.

3, 26mm. Head white, upper part of face green, posterior

margin of crown fuscous. Palpi ochreous, beneath white, terminal

joint moderately long. Antenne ochreous, stalk dotted with white,

pectinations 4. Thorax green, with a large posterior white spot.

Abdomen white, towards base green on back. Legs white, anterior

tibie and tarsi brownish-ochreous ringed with white. Fore wings

with costa moderately arched, hind margin waved, rounded,

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 493

oblique ; 3 and 4 separate, 6 from a point with 9, 11 free; light

bluish-green, thinly scaled (colour formed by green hair-scales on

a transparent whitish ground), with a few small scattered white

strigule; a rather broad white costal border, strigulated with

ochreous-brown, lower edge with a projection before middle, repre-

senting discal spot; lines slender, indistinct, partially interrupted,

white ; first from one-fourth of costa to two-fifths of inner margin,

hardly curved; second from three-fourths of costa to three-fourths

of inner margin, irregularly parallel to hind margin, but sinuate

outwards below middle; a quadrate white blotch on middle of

hind margin, touching second line, cut by two irregular fuscous

transverse lines; a triangular white spot on inner margin following

second line, irregularly margined with fuscous ; a hind-marginal

row of white dots on veins; cilia white, faintly barred with pale

brownish. Hind wings with hind margin rounded, waved, with a

prominent rounded tooth in middle; 3 and 4 stalked; colour and

second line as in fore wings; a subquadrate apical white blotch,

containing a central fuscous spot with a fuscous mark on each side

of it; a white subquadrate blotch on middle of hind margin,

anteriorly including a horseshoe-shaped fuscous mark.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

107. Iodis picroides, Walk.

Two specimens (Sayer).

108. Iodis lithocrossa, n.8.

go, 29 mm. Head bright green, fillet broadly white. Palpi

moderate, whitish, second joint green above. Antenne light

fuscous, stalk mostly white, pectinations 33. Thorax bright green,

dotted with white posteriorly. Abdomen green, with a row of

white dorsal spots, apex and sides posteriorly white. Legs white,

anterior femora and tibiw orange above, anterior tarsi light fuscous.

Fore wings with costa moderately arched, hind margin waved,

rounded, rather oblique ; 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate, 11 free but

bent to approach 12 in middle; bright emerald-green; costa

slenderly white, strigulated with dark fuscous ; lines slender, white,

interrupted, indistinct ; first from one-fourth of costa to two-fifths

of inner margin, somewhat curved, rather dilated on margins ;

second from three-fourths of costa to three-fourths of inner

margin, subdentate, roughly parallel to hind margin, sinuate

inwards beneath costa and above inner margin, lower extremity

forming asmall spot; a narrow white transverse discal mark before

494 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

middle; a subterminal series of small white spots; a hind-marginal

row of white dots, connected by a darker green line; cilia green,

base indistinctly spotted with white, tips whitish. Hind wings

with hind margin rounded, waved, with prominent rounded tooth

in middle; 8 and 4 stalked; colour, second line, subterminal and

hind-marginal dots, and cilia, as in fore wings; anterior half

more or less dotted and strigulated with white, especially towards

inner margin; second line forming a small spot on costa; sub-

terminal and hind-marginal dots opposite median tooth enlarged

into small spots.

@,30mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in gf; anterior

tibia and tarsi browner. Palpi ochreous-yellow, beneath white,

terminal joint longer, fuscous. Antenne light fuscous, becoming

white towards base. Fore wings formed as in g, but11 anasto-

mosing with 12; brightrather deep emerald-green; costa narrowly

pale brownish-ochreous, strigulated with fuseous; first line appa-

rently obsolete, but perhaps defaced ; second line slender, whitish,

from three-fourths of costa to three-fourths of inner margin,

strongly curved outwards so as to approach hind margin below

middle, sharply sinuate inwards beneath costa, and less sharply

above inner margin; a brown hind-marginal border, mixed with

light ochreous, and obscurely marked with whitish on veins,

occupying whole space between second line and hind margin

except a green spot in subcostal sinuation of line, and including a

cloudy whitish subapical spot; an interrupted dark brown hind-

marginal line; cilia pale brown, mixed with whitish-ochreous.

Hind wings formed as in g; colour, second line, hind-marginal

band, and cilia as in fore wings, but second line only slightly

sinuate beneath costa, no green spot in sinuation, or subapical

white spot; a small white cloudy spot occupying hind-marginal

tooth.

Dinner Island (Kowald); two specimens. I have no

doubt that these, though totally different in marking,

are correctly to be referred as sexes to the same species,

coming as they do from the same locality ; the differences

are exactly analogous to those occurring between the

sexes of the nearly related J. pieroides and I. insperata.

The reason of this remarkable dissimilarity I am as yet

unable to conjecture.

109. Iodis veraria, Gn.

Thalassodes veraria, Gn., ix., 860.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 495

110. Iodis byrsopis, Meyr.

One specimen (Sayer).

Nemoria, HD.

Face smooth. Antenne in g more or less dentate, moderately

ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrected, with tolerably appressed

scales, terminal joint short or long. Posterior tibie in 3 dilated,

without middle-spurs, in 9 with all spurs present, posterior tarsi

in g much abbreviated. Fore wings with veins 3 and 4 stalked or

separate, 6 out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 free. Hind wings with veins 3

and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked.

111. Nemoria tosoma, n. 8.

32, 23-25 mm. Face dark brown, fillet white, crown dull

green. Palpi dark reddish, beneath whitish, terminal joint in $

short, in @ long. Antennxze whitish-fuscous, becoming whitish

towards base, in $ slightly and flatly dentate, ciliations 2. Thorax

dull green. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, in ¢ greenish-tinged

towards base, in ? with basal fourth dull green, apical fourth

ereenish-tinged, remainder mixed with deep reddish above. Legs

whitish, anterior pair suffused with pale reddish-ochreous, posterior

tarsiin § one-half. Fore wings with costa posteriorly moderately

arched, hind margin rather obliquely rounded; dull olive-green ;

costal edge slenderly pale ochreous-yellowish, in ? with a few

short dark fuscous strigule; lines slender, whitish, irregularly

waved ; first from before one-third of costa to two-fifths of inner

margin, abruptly curved outwards beneath costa; second from

three-fourths of costa to four-fifths of inner margin, somewhat

sinuate inwards above middle and on lower third ; a hind-marginal

series of whitish dots; cilia grey. Hind wings with hind margin

waved, obtusely angulated in middle, forming a short triangular

projection; colour, hind-marginal dots, and cilia as in fore wings ;

a slender whitish line from three-fourths of costa to three-fourths

of inner margin, bent in middle so as to form a moderate rounded

angulation, and sinuate inwards above and below this. Hind

wings beneath with a small cloudy blackish-grey apical spot.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

AGATHIA, Gn.

112. Agathia prasinaspis, n. 8.

g, 45mm. Head fuscous-purple mixed with purple-whitish,

lower part of face white, crown bright green. Palpi white, above

496 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

irrorated with purple, terminal joint short. Antenne ochreous-

whitish, towards base irrorated with purple. Thorax fuscous-

purple, a broad anterior band and moderately large posterior spot

bright green. Abdomen purple irrorated with dark fuscous, apex

and sides posteriorly whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior

tibie tinged with purplish, posterior tarsi two-thirds. Fore wings

with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hind margin rather

oblique, slightly rounded and waved on upper half, lower half

straight; bright yellowish-green; markings purple, partially tinged

with whitish or brownish, and irregularly irrorated with dark

fuscous; a moderate basal fascia, its outer edge curved beneath

costa, and margined with blackish; a moderate more whitish-

tinged streak along costa from base to apex, lower edge with a very

slight projection before middle; a sharply defined hind-marginal

band, on costa covering one-third of wing, gradually narrowed to

one-sixth at anal angle, anterior edge mixed with reddish-brown

and blackish, immediately within which is a faint paler waved line ;

a large oval green spot within hind-marginal band, rather irregular-

edged, extending from near costa to near middle, not nearly

touching either margin; cilia light purplish, base suffused with

whitish from above middle to above analangle. Hind wings with

hind margin rounded, waved, with a large acute triangular pro-

jection below middle; colour and hind-marginal band as in fore

wings, but inner edge of band proceeding from costa before apex

towards anal angle, at three-fourths rectangularly bent inwards

and continued along inner margin as an attenuated and very

slender streak to base, where it is slightly dilated, above angulation

somewhat waved; included green spot marginal, extending along

hind margin from beneath apex to above middle ; triangular pro-

jection of hind margin dark red irrorated with blackish; cilia

purple, base whitish.

Port Moresby (/sowald) ; one specimen.

PsEUDOTERPNA, Hb.

I find that the characters of this genus are identical

with those of Hypochroma, Gn., as given elsewhere by

myself; and I therefore propose to adopt this as the

older name.

118. Pseudoterpna diphtherina, n. s.

9, 30—34 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, reticulated with deep

erimson-red. Palpi whitish-ochreous, irregularly blotched with

deep red towards apex of joints, terminal joint moderately long.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 497

Antenne whitish-ochreous, base reddish. Thorax and abdomen

whitish-ochreous, faintly brownish-tinged. Legs whitish-ochreous,

irregularly spotted and barred with deep crimson-red. Fore wings

with costa straight, only arched immediately before apex, hind

margin strongly bowed, oblique, irregularly crenulate ; 11 anasto-

mosing with 12 and then with 10; whitish-ochreous, slightly

brownish-tinged, thinly strewn with fine transverse blackish

strigule, and a few ferruginous scales ; costal edge narrowly pale

ferruginous, marked on anterior half with some black and deep red

strigule; a small dark spot on costa before one-third, indicating

first line; a narrow transverse ferruginous discal mark in middle ;

a series of cloudy dark ferruginous-reddish dots from an inwardly

oblique blackish mark on costa at three-fourths to inner margin at

two-thirds, slightly outwards-curved, less distinct and rather

sinuate inwards on lower half; a cloudy ferruginous-reddish shade

near beyond and parallel to this series on lower fourth; cilia

ferruginous-red, tips white, dotted with blackish opposite veins.

Hind wings with apex angularly prominent, hind margin slightly

rounded, waved, with a short angular projection in middle ; colour,

strigule, and cilia asin fore wings, but apical dots of cilia red;

posterior series of dots as in fore wings, but more indistinct.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); three specimens.

BOARMIADA.

TrGRIDOPTERA, H.-S.

114. Tigridoptera cyanoxantha, n.s.

9,52 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne dark grey. Thorax

ochreous-yellow, anterior margin dark grey. Abdomen ochreous-

yellow. Legs grey, posterior tibie pale yellowish. Fore wings

with costa gently arched, hind margin obliquely rounded; subbasal

circular excavation beneath strongly marked; deep ochreous-

yellow; a thick blackish-grey streak along costa from base,

uniting with a very broad rather dark bluish-grey hind-marginal

band, on costa extending to near middle, gradually narrowed to

one-sixth at anal angle, anterior edge somewhat emarginate above

inner margin, suffusedly irrorated with blackish on margins,

especially towards anterior margin near costa, and ona subterminal

series of very ill-defined cloudy spots; cilia bluish-grey, with pale

dots on veins. Hind wings with hind margin rounded; deep

ochreous-yellow; a moderate bluish-grey hind-marginal band,

covering about one-fourth of wing, nearly evenly broad throughout,

suffusedly irrorated with blackish on margins, more broadly

anteriorly ; cilia bluish-grey, with whitish dots on veins.

498 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen. This species

might be superficially mistaken for a Celerena.

Boarmia, Tr.

115. Boarmia callicrossa, n. 8.

3,388 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne whitish. Thorax whitish,

irregularly mixed with ochreous and dark fuscous. Abdomen

whitish, posteriorly ochreous-tinged, irregularly irrorated with

black, especially on basal third. Legs pale whitish-ochreous,

anterior pair with median bar of tibie and base of tarsal joints

dark fuscous. Fore wings with costa posteriorly moderately

arched, hind margin waved, rounded, rather strongly oblique ;

10 and 11 free; whitish; costa fuscous-tinged, and marked with

very fine blackish strigule; base pale fuscous; first line slender,

black, irregular, from one-fourth of costa to one-fourth of inner

margin, somewhat curved, preceded by a moderate pale ferruginous

anteriorly fuscous-edged band; median space closely irrorated with

blackish and some ochreous scales, except on a clear whitish patch

preceding second line above middle; discal spot obscurely indicated,

connected with costa by a cloudy darker mark; second line

slender, black, irregularly waved, from two-thirds of costa to three-

fifths of inner margin, gently curved, somewhat bent above middle,

closely followed by a pale ferruginous band ; subterminal whitish,

regularly dentate, anteriorly margined by a thick cloudy blackish-

grey suffusion, mixed with blue-whitish on its anterior edge, and

posteriorly by a narrower blackish suffusion becoming obsolete

towards costa ; a hind-marginal series of blackish dots; cilia pale

brownish, obscurely barred with whitish, terminal half whitish.

Hind wings with hind margin rounded, crenulate; whitish; basal

third closely irrorated with blackish, median space almost clear ;

second line, all posterior markings, and cilia as in fore wings.

9,42 mm. Entire insect irregularly suffused with light fuscous

and irrorated with dark fuscous, all pale areas obscured; first and

second lines thicker; pale ferruginous bands much obscured with

fuscous irroration; dark margins of subterminal line lighter and

much less marked; a distinct irregular discal spot indicated in

both wings with whitish scales, surrounded by an_ ill-defined

blackish-grey suffusion.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); two specimens. I

have no doubt that these are truly sexes of the same

species, though dissimilar at first sight.

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 499

116. Boarmia epistictis, n. s.

3 2, 48—50 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous-

whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous. Antenns irregularly marbled

with whitish-ochreous and dark fuscous. Thorax ochreous-

whitish, more or less mixed with ochreous and dark fuscous.

Abdomen whitish-ochreous or whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous,

in § with base covered above by a flat spreading tuft of white

scales from posterior edge of thorax, and with lateral margins

slightly tufted above middle. Legs whitish-ochreous irrorated

with fuscous, anterior and middle tibie and tarsi dark fuscous

ringed with whitish-ochreous. Fore wings with costa posteriorly

moderately arched, hind margin rounded, rather strongly oblique ;

10 and 11 free; pale brownish-ochreous, irrorated with dark

fuscous, in § more or less suffused with white beyond first line

and on a broad cloudy streak running from dise at two-thirds to

apex, in ? more or less wholly suffused with white; first and

second lines black, well-marked, irregularly subdentate, in ?

tending to be interrupted; first from one-third of costa to one-

fourth of inner margin, somewhat curved, slightly prominent in

middle, dilated on costa; second from two-thirds of costa to

three-fifths of inner margin, upper half slightly sinuate outwards,

dilated on costa; discal spot represented by a cloudy blackish

suffusion, in ? mixed with white scales, more or less connected

with a small cloudy blackish spot on middle of costa; faint

indications of a darker median shade passing through this midway

between first and second lines; subterminal white, tolerably

defined, regularly dentate, anteriorly margined by a cloudy

blackish suffused spot above middle; in 2 a darker brownish

suffusion beyond subterminal from beneath apex to above middle

of hind margin, in $ less marked ; a hind-marginal series of black

dots, sometimes connected with short blackish streaks between

veins ; cilia white, more or less suffusedly and indistinctly barred

with pale brownish. Hind wings with hind margin rounded,

crenulate; colour and markings as in fore wings, but first line

obsolete, median shade well-marked, more or less thick, blackish,

nearly straight; discal spot more distinctly white, black-margined ;

second line curved outwards on upper two-thirds, often more

strongly marked ; subterminal without the dark marginal suffusions

above middle, but sometimes margined anteriorly with a blackish

suffusion towards lower extremity.

Seven specimens (Sayer).

500 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

PHELOTIS, Nn. g.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Antenne in J

bipectinated, towards apex filiform. Palpi moderate, porrected,

more or less rough-scaled, terminal joint short or moderate.

Thorax hairy beneath. Posterior tibie in g more or less dilated.

Fore wings in g with subbasal impression; 10 and 11 stalked or

coincident, 10 sometimes connected with 9. Hind wings normal.

To this genus are referable excursaria, Gn., luxaria,

Gn., cognata, Walk., attenta, Walk., pallidiscaria, Walk.,

and a number of undescribed Australian species.

117. Phelotis xylinopa, n. 8.

?,45mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

whitish-ochreous, irrorated with reddish-fuscous. Fore wings with

costa almost straight, faintly sinuate, hind margin rounded,

oblique, crenulate; pale reddish-fuscous, costa and veins suffused

with whitish-ochreous, and irrorated with dark ochreous-fuscous ;

an indistinct irregular angulated fuscous line froma small dark

spot on costa at one-fifth to one-fifth of inner margin; first and

second lines slender, blackish, starting from small spots on costa,

hardly perceptibly waved; first from one-third of costa to one-

fourth of inner margin, somewhat curved; second from two-thirds

of costa to three-fifths of inner margin, slightly curved, sinuate

inwards on submedian fold; a dark fuscous median line from a

small spot on middle of costa to before middle of inner margin,

upper two-thirds strongly curved outwards and indistinct, lower

third well-marked, somewhat sinuate ; an indistinct whitish three-

lobed discal spot before this, surrounded by a suffusion hardly

darker than ground colour; a suffused pale whitish-ochreous spot

between median and second lines above middle; subterminal

cloudy, whitish, dentate, sinuate inwards below middle, above

which it is preceded by a cloudy fuscous spot; traces of an

indistinct cloudy fuscous shade between second and subterminal

lines; a hind-marginal series of black dots; cilia whitish-ochreous

mixed with pale reddish-fuscous. Hind wings with hind margin

rounded, crenate; colour, second line, and all posterior markings

as in fore wings, but basal half paler and more whitish-tinged ;

median line blackish, rather thick, somewhat irregular, nearly

straight, at about two-fifths; discal spot obscure, whitish, sub-

crescentic, surrounded by a light reddish-fuscous suffusion, beyond

median line; an indistinct cloudy whitish-ochreous line midway

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 501

between second and subterminal lines, becoming obsolete towards

costa.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

TEPHRINA, Gn.

Face smooth, with ridge of projecting scales at lower margin ;

tongue developed. Antenne in g strongly bipectinated, apex

simple. Palpi moderately long, porrected, clothed with dense

rough projecting scales, terminal joint moderate. Thorax slightly

hairy beneath. Posterior tibiz in § not dilated. Fore wings in $

with small subbasal impression ; 10 and 11 stalked, 12 sometimes

connected by bar with 11. Hind wings normal.

118. Tephrina homalodes, n. s.

3 2, 23—24mm. Headand palpiin $ light yellowish-ochreous,

in 2 ochreous-whitish. Antennz whitish, pectinations (a5, b7)

longitudinally streaked with blackish. Thorax pale brownish-

ochreous, posteriorly whitish. Abdomen whitish, sprinkled

with pale fuscous. Legs: whitish irrorated with fuscous. Fore

wings with costa slightly arched, hind margin gently rounded,

rather oblique; in § pale brownish-ochreous, in ? pale whitish-

ochreous, irrorated with light fuscous; costa in 3 more yellowish-

ochreous; a fuscous discal dot; a fuscous hind-marginal line, in

? only partially indicated; cilia in § whitish-fuscous, with

two faint darker lines, beneath anal angle whitish, in ? wholly

whitish. Hind wings with hind margin rounded; colour, hind-

marginal line, and cilia as in fore wings, but base of wings more

whitish, especially in ?.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; three specimens.

Srrenia, Dup.

119. Strenia deerraria, Walk.

Tephrina deerraria, Walk., 962; T'. normata, ib., 966 ;

Aspilates exfusaria, ib., 1688.

One specimen (Sayer)!

Macaria, Curt.

120. Macaria isospila, n. s.

?,27mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax fuscous-whitish,

partially sprinkled with dark fuscous. (Abdomen broken). Legs

whitish-ochreous, irrorated with dark fuscous. Fore wings with

502 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

costa slightly sinuate in middle, posteriorly moderately arched,

hind margin waved, slightly rounded, oblique, rather deeply sinuate

on upper half; 10 free, 11 absent; whitish-ochreous, closely irro-

rated with fuscous strigule, and suffusedly mixed with whitish ;

lines slender, well-marked, dark fuscous; first from before one-

third of costa to one-fourth of inner margin, sharply angulated

beneath costa; second from two-thirds of costa to three-fifths of

inner margin, posteriorly finely and obscurely margined with

ochreous-whitish, sharply angulated below costa, but interrupted

immediately below angulation; a dark fuscous discal dot; a small

ill-defined rather dark fuscous spot on middle of costa, whence

proceed faint traces of a darker median shade ; two small irregular

dark fuscous spots between angulation of second line and costa at

five-sixths; second line marked in middle by a bilobed blackish,

fuscous spot, which it bisects ; a cloudy whitish longitudinal spot

beneath apex; an interrupted irregular blackish-fuscous hind-

marginal line ; cilia fuscous-whitish, obscurely barred with fuscous

and dark fuscous. Hind wings with hind margin waved, sharply

angulated in middle, where it forms a triangular projection ;

colour, hind-marginal line, and cilia as in fore wings; a slightly

curved dark fuscous median line, preceded by an obscure pale

line, and slightly dilated in middle, nearly followed by a dark

fuscous discal dot; second line slightly waved, dark fuscous,

followed by a pale line, angulated in middle, where it bisects a

blackish bilobed spot as in fore wings, but rather larger.

One specimen (Sayer).

Lacyra, Walk.

Face with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antenne in $

strongly bipectinated, apex simple. Palpi moderate, porrected,

shortly rough-scaled, terminal joint very short. Thorax and

femora hairy beneath. Posterior tibiae in g not dilated. Fore

wings in g\ with subbasal impression; 10 and 11 stalked. Hind

wings normal.

121. Lagyra talaca, Walk.

Lagyra talaca, Walk., 59; Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii.,

392, pl. 185, 1; Chizala deceptatura, Walk., 264 ;

Lagyra bombycaria, Walk., Suppl., 1539.

$,40mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

rather dark fuscous, slightly sprinkled with whitish; antennal

pectinations a9, 611. Fore wings with costa strongly arched on

posterior half, apex produced, round-pointed, hind margin oblique-

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 503

rather dark fuscous, irregularly irrorated with ochreous-grey-

whitish; markings darker fuscous, slightly ochreous-tinged, ill-

defined; a cloudy line from one-third of costa to two-fifths of

inner margin, obtusely angulated near costa; a broader cloudy

median shade from middle of costa to three-fifths of inner margin,

nearly straight, slightly sinuate inwards on lower half; an in-

distinct subcrescentic dark fuscous discal mark close beyond this ;

a cloudy line from two-thirds of costa to three-fourths of inner

margin, rather irregular, curved outwards, sinuate inwards on

lower third; a cloudy subterminal shade, parallel to hind margin

on lower three-fourths, but obsolete towards costa and widely

interrupted below middle; cilia fuscous. Hind wings with hind

margin obtusely angulated in middle, where it forms a short

triangular projection; colour and cilia as in fore wings; a cloudy

darker ochreous-fuscous angulated line at one-third; faint indi-

cations of two darker posterior lines, but hardly traceable.

One specimen (Sayer). Hyposidra vampyraria, Snell.,

which I have not seen, is obviously nearly allied to this,

and presumably referable to the same genus.

Bursapa, Walk.

122. Bursada placens, Pag.

Bursada placens, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver., 1886, 60.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); two specimens. It

approaches B. basistriga, Walk., from Mysol, but is quite

distinct.

PLUTODES, Gn.

123. Plutodes discigera, Butl.

Plutodes discigera, Butl., Ann. Mag., 1880, 228 ; Tit.

Het., vi., 80, pl. cxix., 2; P. flavescens, ibid., 3.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. It is very

probable that this is only a form of P. cyclaria, Gn.

SICULODID.

STRIGLINA, Gn.

124. Striglina myrtea, Drury.

One specimen (Sayer).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART IV. (DEC.) 2N

504 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

SicunopEs, H.-S.

125. Siculodes scitaria, Walk.

Drepanodes scitaria, Walk., Geom., 1488; Anisodes

pyriniata, Walk.,Geom., 1582; Thermesia reticu-

lata, ib., Suppl., 1062 ; Azazia navigatorum, Feld.,

Reis. Nov., pl. exvii., 4; Homodes thermesioides,

Snell., T. v. E., 1877, 28, pl. u., 15; Sonagara

scitaria, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii., 206, pl. 175, 1.

9,22—25 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and

legs reddish-ochreous ; base of abdomen and a transverse median

line purplish; anterior legs purplish irrorated with dark fuscous,

apex of joints whitish. Fore wings triangular, costa hardly arched,

apex rectangular, hind margin rounded, slightly oblique; 8 and 9

rather widely remote; rather deep reddish-ochreous, with darker

or purplish reticulations, sometimes indistinct; four or five dark

grey dots on costa; a straight narrow purple line from three-fifths

of inner margin towards apex, but becoming obsolete before

reaching it; cilia reddish-ochreous, terminal half barred with dark

purplish-grey. Hind wings with colour and reticulations as in

fore wings; a straight purple line from before middle of costa to

before middle of inner margin; cilia reddish-ochreous, with a

slender purplish median line.

Port Moresby (Kowald, Sayer); three specimens.

Also from Japan, India, Ceylon, Celebes, Tonga.

126. Siculodes aurata, Butl.

One specimen (Sayer).

PYRALIDIDA.

Bauanotis, Meyr.

127. Balanotis crypsaula, Meyr.

One specimen (Sayer).

128. Balanotis didymalis, Walk.

One specimen (Sayer).

TERMIOPTYCHA, Nn. g.

Forehead rounded; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in 3 ciliated with fascicles (2). Labial palpi very

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 505

long, recurved, second joint fringed with long rough projecting

scales on inner side, terminal joint about half second, acute, with

a triangular posterior tuft of projecting scales rising from apex of

second joint, and terminal joint except apex. Mavxillary palpi very

short, filiform. Thorax with a slight posterior crest, in f beneath

with a pencil of hairs from behind anterior cox. Posterior tibie

rough-sealed. Fore wings in g with hind margin broadly folded

over beneath; vein 1 simple, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 shortly appressed

to 9 above 7. Hind wings 1}, in $ beneath with a patch of short

dense hairs extending along costa; veins 4 and 5 stalked, 7 out of

6 near origin, 8 free, approximated shortly to 7 before its middle.

A singular genus; the hind-marginal fold is, so far as

I know, a quite unique character.

129. Termioptycha cyanopa, n.8.

3,24mm. Head whitish, between antenne whitish-ochreous

spotted with dark fuscous; eyes green-blue. Palpi white, mixed

with pale ochreous, and with four irregular undefined dark fuscous

bands. Antennz whitish-ochreous. Thorax pearly white, irregu-

larly mixed with ochreous and prismatic grey, anterior margin

rather broadly prismatic grey. Abdomen white, mixed with

reddish-ochreous and dark fuscous, anal segment light reddish-

ochreous above. Legs light reddish-ochreous, more or less

suffusedly irrorated with blackish, apex of joints whitish. Fore

wings rather elongate-triangular, costa straight, hind margin

rounded but appearing subtruncate from being folded over; ashy-

grey ; costal half of basal area, and whole space between first and

second lines ochreous-brown, partially tinged with reddish or

greenish; a moderate quadrate snow-white spot on base of costa,

followed by some scattered black scales; first and second lines

irregular, yellow-whitish, becoming white on costa; first from

two-fifths of costa to before middle of inner margin, dilated above

middle, somewhat bent below middle; second from four-fifths of

costa to two-thirds of inner margin, thrice sinuate inwards, inter-

rupted in middle; space between first and second lines coarsely

mixed with black except towards costa. Hind wings pale ochreous-

reddish, becoming deeper fuscous-reddish towards hind margin ;

cilia composed of flat scales, whitish-ochreous, on upper half

mixed with fuscous-reddish and dark fuscous towards base.

One specimen (Sayer).

2n2

506 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

STEMMATOPHORA, Gn.

130. Stemmatophora vibicalis, Ld.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

ENpoTrRIcHA, Gn.

131. Endotricha externalis, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

132. Endotricha persicopa, 0.8.

?,17mm. Head, palpi, and thorax crimson-purple. Antenne

pale grey. Abdomen bright yellow, basal two-fifths crimson-

purple. (Legs broken.) Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa

faintly sinuate, posteriorly slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind

margin bowed, very oblique; 4and 5 moderately stalked; crimson-

purple, irrorated with dark grey; a moderate deep yellow fascia

from before middle of costa to middle of inner margin, dilated

towards each extremity, anteriorly slenderly blackish-edged ; costal

edge spotted with blackish from before middle to three-fourths ; a

moderate ill-defined deep yellow spot on costa before apex; cilia

crimson-purple, at apex and anal angle yellow. Hind wings

bright yellow; basal third crimson-purple irrorated with dark

erey, its outer edge bounded by a slender curved blackish line; a

moderate rounded crimson-purple apical blotch, irrorated with

dark grey; cilia yellow, round apical blotch crimson-purple.

One specimen (Sayer).

Crrruocurista, Ld.

Forehead flat, oblique; ocelli absent; tongue developed. An-

tenne two-thirds, in g stout, ciliated (Ld.). Labial palpi long,

straight, porrected, rough-scaled, attenuated to apex. Maxillary

palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with rough scales. Posterior

tibia with outer spurs one-fourth of inner. Fore wings with vein

1 simple, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base, 6 sometimes from

point with 9, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9. Hind wings

1; veins 4 and 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6, anasto-

mosing with 8 to middle.

Lederer omitted to notice the stalking of vein 7 of the

fore wings with 9, and has consequently placed this

genus away from its true allies,

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 507

133. Cirrhochrista brizonalis, Walk.

Margaronia brizonalis (-oalis), Walk., 976; Cirrho-

christa etherialis, Ld., 441, pl. xvil., 9.

A variable insect ; sometimes a transverse line pro-

ceeding from first costal spot, sometimes reduced to a

dot on inner margin; sometimes a large slender ring

beneath second costal spot, resting on anal spot, some-

times reduced to two or three dots. Lederer’s brief

specific description appears quite unrecognisable, but

his figure is certainly this species.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens. Also from

China, Amboina, and North Australia.

SYNDICASTIS, nN. g.

Forehead rounded; ocelli present ; tongue developed. Antennze

three-fourths, in § ciliated with fascicles (2). Labial palpi mode-

rately long, porrected, second joint with short projecting scales,

terminal joint moderate. Maxillary palpi moderate, dilated with

scales towards apex. Posterior tibize with outer middle-spur one-

third, outer end-spur one-half of inner. Fore wings with vein 1

simple, 4 and 5 very closely approximated towards base, 7 and 8

out of 9, 10 closely approximated to 9. Hind wings 1; veins 4

and 5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to

middle.

184. Syndicastis heteromima, n. 8.

3,15 mm. Head and thorax light yellowish-ochreous, some-

what mixed with fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous, beneath white

towards base. Antenne whitish-ochreous. Abdomen light yellow-

ochreous, sprinkled with fuscous, segmental margins white. Legs

ochreous-whitish, anterior pair banded with dark fuscous. Fore

wings rather elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently arched,

apex obtuse, hind margin somewhat bowed, rather strongly

oblique; light yellow-ochreous; costal edge white, irregularly

marked with dark fuscous, tending to form half-rings, towards

base and apex wholly dark fuscous; a fuscous suffusion extending

over whole wing from base to second line, except towards imner

margin; first line straight, dark fuscous, terminating on inner

margin at two-fifths, only traceable on lower half; five snow-white

spots, suffusedly margined with dark fuscous; first moderate,

roundish, beneath costa at one-third; second similar, beneath

middle of wing, posterior edge indented; third larger, transverse,

508 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

beneath costa at two-thirds; fourth and fifth very small, trans-

versely placed, adjacent, upper touching lower posterior angle of

third; second line fcrmed by posterior margins of four latter

spots; a fuscous submarginal fascia, its margins waved; a hind-

marginal series of fuscous dots; cilia whitish-ochreous, on costa

dark fuscous. Hind wings light yellow-ochreous, thinly scaled; a

fuscous discal dot at one-third; second line slender, fuscous, about

middle, central third forming a quadrate projection outwards; a

slender indistinct fuscous submarginal fascia; cilia whitish-

ochreous, at anal angle whitish.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

BOTYDIDA.

MARGARODES, Gn.

185. Margarodes celsalis, Walk.

Botys celsais, Walk., 654; B. ardealis, Feld., Reis.

Noy., pl. exxxiv., 31; Margaronia inusitata, Butl.,

Ann. Mag., 1879, 454; M. celsalis, Moore, Lep.

Ceyl., iii., 8325, pl. 181, 4.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen. Also from

Ceylon, Borneo, and Japan. Felder’s figure is bad.

136. Margarodes suralis, Ld.

Chloauges suralis, Ld., 405, pl. xiv., 7; Margaronia

Woodfordu, Butl., Ann. Mag., 1885, 241.

One specimen (Sayer). Also from Amboina and the

Solomon Islands. The genus Chloauges, founded by

Lederer for the reception of this species, appears to have

in reality no suticient characters; the alleged absence

of ocelli is based on an unaccountable error, as they are

well-marked and conspicuous ; the sinuation of the hind

margin is a very trivial and worthless point; and the

only other distinction is the scaly dilation of the anterior

tibiz, on which it seems undesirable to insist, the species

being in all other respects very closely allied to the other

green species of Margarodes ; I have therefore suppressed

the genus.

Pacuyarcuess, Ld.

137. Pachyarches psittacalis, Hb.

Three specimens (Sayer).

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 509

ANCYLOPTILA, Nl. g.

Forehead flat, oblique; ocelli present ; tongue developed. An-

tenne four-fifths, in g minutely ciliated (4), with a sinuation at

about one-fifth, base of stalk swollen, and with a tooth of scales on

inner side. Labial palpi moderate, subascending, second joint

densely clothed with rough scales, more projecting towards apex,

terminal joint very short, concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate,

dilated with loose scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢ with large

exsertible anal tuft. Posterior tibie in ¢ short, bent, rough-scaled,

with a dense recurved tuft of long hairs from near base above and

another from near apex, meeting above middle, outer spurs half

inner. Fore wings with veins 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approxi-

mated throughout, 11 very oblique. Hind wings over 1; veins 3,

4, & closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anasto-

mosing with 8 to one-third.

188. Ancyloptila lactoides, Pag.

Margarodes lactoides, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. 1886, 69.

One specimen (Sayer). I believe this identification is

probably correct ; but since the original description is

taken froma @, it is not absolutely certain.

PHacELLuRA, Guild.

139. Phacellura indica, Saund.

One specimen (Sayer).

GLYPHODES, Gn.

140. Glyphodes megalopa, n. s.

32, 24-27 mm. Head whitish, behind eyes dark fuscous.

Palpi fuscous, beneath white towards base. Antenne whitish-

ochreous. Thorax whitish, with a fuscous longitudinal stripe on

each side of back, patagia ochreous-tinged, with a central dark

fuscous stripe. Abdomen white, segmental margins pale grey,

anal tuft of ¢ blackish. Legs pale greyish-ochreous, posterior

pair whitish. Fore wings very elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly

moderately arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded ;

whitish, with purple reflections ; markings pale ochreous-yellowish,

strongly margined with rather dark fuscous; a narrow streak

along costa from base to apex ; a moderate oblique subbasal fascia,

its outer edge acutely indented in middle; a straight narrow fascia

510 Mr. EK. Meyrick on some

from one-fourth of costa to before middle of inner margin, its outer

edge emitting a strong obtuse projection below middle; a dark

fuscous dot beneath costal streak at one-third; a moderate suboval

deep black spot above middle, centred with a white dot, and

surrounded first with a rather thick light ochreous-yellowish ring,

and then with a dark fuscous margin touching costa above ; some-

times a yellowish dot, margined with dark fuscous, touching lower

margin of this ocellus; a slender fascia from three-fourths of

costa to three-fourths of inner margin, sinuate inwards on upper

half and outwards on lower half; a rather broad hind-marginal

fascia, narrowed towards both extremities, anterior margin with a

short triangular tooth beneath costa; cilia grey, above anal angle

whitish. Hind wings whitish, with purple reflections; an irregular

fuscous transverse streak from costa at two-fifths, reaching half

across wing; a dark fuscous transverse line at two-thirds, not

quite reaching inner margin, sinuate inwards beneath costa, and

curved outwards below middle; a moderate dark fuscous apical

spot, whence proceeds a slender pale yellowish anteriorly fuscous-

margined streak along hind margin to anal angle; cilia white,

round apex with a cloudy grey line and yellowish-tinged.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens. The curious

central ocellus makes this a very distinct species.

141. Glyphodes ityalis, Walk.

One specimen (Suyer).

142. Glyphodes zelimalis, Walk.

Glyphodes zelimalis, Walk., 502, 974.

?,25mm. Head whitish-ochreous, darker between antenna,

orbits white. Palpi light ochreous, towards base white beneath.

Antenne whitish-ochreous. Thorax whitish, with four longitudinal

deep ochreous stripes. Abdomen whitish, with an obscure deep

ochreous stripe on each side of back on basal half. Legs whitish,

anterior pair pale ochreous-yellowish. Fore wings very elongate-

triangular, costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, hind

margin obliquely rounded; whitish, thinly scaled, with strong

prismatic reflections; markings ferruginous-ochreous; base greyish-

tinged; a slender streak from base of costa to two-fifths of inner

margin, and another from costa near base to inner margin beyond

first ; a straight slender fascia from beyond one-fourth of costa to

middle of inner margin, closely preceded by a fine parallel line; a

moderate straight fascia from middle of costa to two-thirds of

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 511

inner margin, gradually narrowed almost to a point at lower

extremity, obscurely edged with dark fuscous, anterior margin

parallel to preceding fascia, containing a pale prismatic-blue central

transverse line not reaching inner margin; two parallel almost

straight lines, separated by a whitish line, from three-fourths of

costa to two-thirds of inner margin, where the anterior is confluent

with preceding fascia, anterior thickened on upper half, posterior

suffused with dark fuscous; space beyond this somewhat ochreous-

tinged, with strong purple reflections; a dusky ferruginous-

ochreous inwards-curved streak from apex to inner margin before

anal angle, and a slender streak along hind margin; cilia whitish.

Hind wings whitish, with prismatic reflections; hairs towards

inner margin ochreous-tinged ; a short very oblique ferruginous-

ochreous mark in middle of disc; a ferruginous-ochreous line from

beneath costa at two-thirds towards anal angle, near which it

appears to be dentate, but is almost obsolete, closely followed by a

parallel dark fuscous line separated from it by a whitish line; a

moderate ferruginous-ochreous cloudy fascia from beneath costa

before apex to hind margin above anal angle, centrally suffused

with dark fuscous, space before and beyond it ochreous-tinged ; a

ferruginous-ochreous hind-marginal line; cilia whitish, on lower

half of hind margin with a dark fuscous median line and tips

fuscous.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. Also from

Borneo.

143. Glyphodes scapulalis, Ld.

Heterocnephes scapulalis, Ld., 402, pl. xiv., 5.

Lederer’s genus Heterocnephes, founded on this species,

is only separated from Glyphodes by an insignificant

difference in the anal tuft, which appears to me in-

sufficient : the species is in all respects closely related to

the ordinary forms of Glyphodes, with which I unite it.

One specimen (Sayer).

144. Glyphodes bicolor, Swains.

Two specimens (Sayer). I substitute this name for

perspicillalis, Z., having hitherto doubted its identity.

145. Glyphodes luciferalis, Walk.

Botys luciferalis, Walk., Suppl., 1412.

2, 32 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face snow-white, space

between antenne dark ferruginous. Palpi whitish-ochreous,

512 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

irregularly barred with dark ferruginous, base white beneath.

Antenne light ochreous. Thorax pale yellowish-ochreous, reticu-

lated with deep ferruginous, patagia snow-white except base.

Abdomen yellow-ochreous, densely irrorated and spotted with deep

ferruginous, basal half spotted with snow-white. Legs white,

anterior pair and middle tibie ochreous-yellow, base of spurs

dotted with dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa

posteriorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, hind margin bowed,

oblique; whitish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged in disc ; costa yellow-

ochreous, irrorated with deep ferruginous; two irregular deep

ferruginous transverse lines near base, between which is a small

white spot beneath costa; a straight moderate snow-white fascia

from beneath costa at one-fourth to one-third of inner margin,

margined with deep ferruginous, anterior edge deeply irregularly

excavated towards middle; a large subtriangular purple-whitish

spot, margined with deep ferruginous, beneath costa at two-fifths,

reaching more than half across wing, including a small spot of

ground colour on its upper margin; a smaller triangular purple-

whitish spot, margined with deep ferruginous, on middle of inner

margin, ferruginous margin of its apex coalescing with that of

preceding spot ; a very small white ferruginous-margined round

spot in middle of disc, and a larger similar spot close beneath it; a

large transverse fascia-like purple-whitish blotch, margined with

deep ferruginous, from beneath costa at three-fifths towards anal

angle, but not nearly reaching it, posterior edge rather abruptly

excavated in middle; a deep ferruginous blotch extending from

lower extremity of this to and over lower third of hind margin; an

irregular narrow white ferruginous-margined fascia from beneath

costa at four-fifths to three-fourths of inner margin, curved parallel

to hind margin, almost obsolete on dark supra-anal blotch, anterior

margin sharply indented above middle, posterior margin slenderer,

shortly dentate throughout; veins between this and hind margin

marked with ferruginous ; a slender ferruginous line midway be-

tween fascia and hind margin: a deep ferruginous hind-marginal

line ; cilia pale ochreous-yellowish, with a deep ferruginous line on

central third of hind margin. Hind wings with colour, posterior

fascia, and all posterior markings as in fore wings, but supra-anal

blotch smaller; a rather broad median purple-whitish fascia, not

reaching inner margin, where it terminates in a ferruginous

suffusion, anterior margin nearly straight, preceded by a rather

broad deep ferruginous suffusion, posterior margin angularly pro-

jecting outwards below middle, margined with deep ferruginous.

One specimen (Sayer). Also from India. This is

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 513

specifically a very distinct species, and as I have not

been able to examine a ¢, 1 cannot be sure that it is

strictly referable to this genus

LepyropeEs, Gn.

I now propose to unite under this name the genera

which I formerly concurred in holding distinct as

Lepyrodes, Gu., Phalangiodes, Gn., Rhimphalea, Ld., and

Synclera, Ld. These groups, consisting hitherto of only

two or three species each, are only distinguished essen-

tially by characters drawn from the hairiness of the

anterior tibie or tarsiin the ¢, and I am nowof opinion

that it will be advantageous to neglect these, and unite

them all together. The new species described below

helps to obliterate the distinction, being specifically

nearly allied to Rhimphalea lindalis, but without the

hairy tibiz characteristic of that species.

146. Lepyrodes neptis, Cr.

One specimen (Sayer).

147. Lepyrodes circotoma, n. 8.

$,16mm. Head ochreous-whitish, face dark fuscous, except a

spot above each eye. Palpi dark fuscous mixed with whitish.

Antenne pale greyish-ochreous, ciliations 1. Thorax dark fuscous,

spotted with ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, seg-

mental margins dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, apex of joints

whitish, posterior pair whitish, anterior tibie not hairy. Fore

wings very elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently arched,

apex obtuse, hind margin rounded, rather strongly oblique; dark

fuscous, veins somewhat darker; costa narrowly ochreous-white,

marked with three semicircular blackish half-rings between middle

and second line; a whitish transverse line near base; first and

second lines well-marked, ochreous-whitish, first from one-fourth

of costa to one-third of inner margin, rather curved outwards,

second from five-sixths of costa to two-thirds of inner margin,

central third strongly curved outwards in a narrow subdentate

loop so as to closely approach hind margin above anal angle ;

between these are about eight irregularly placed short whitish

marks in disc; cilia dark fuscous mixed with whitish (imperfect).

Hind wings whitish; base dark fuscous; a cloudy ring-shaped

dark fuscous discal spot; second line from two-thirds of costa to

514 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

inner margin above anal angle, whitish, anteriorly margined with

dark fuscous, subdentate, central third curved outwards abruptly

so as nearly to reach hind margin below middle; space beyond

second line wholly dark fuscous ; cilia whitish, somewhat mixed

with dark fuscous, with a cloudy dark fuscous line. Fore wings

beneath marked as above, but with an ochreous-yellow subcostal

streak, and posterior area longitudinally striated with white.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen. Very similar

in markings to L. lindalis, but much smaller, darker,

and more sharply marked, and readily distinguished by

the costal half-rings.

HyMENOPTYCHIS, Z.

148. Hymenoptychis sordida, Z.

Botys pterophoralis, Walk., Suppl., 1418.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

CnapHatocrocis, Ld.

149. Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, Gu.

One specimen (Sayer).

Marasmia, Ld.

150. Marasmia ruralis, ‘Walk.

One specimen (Sayer).

Iscunurcss, Ld.

151. Ischnurges ilustralis, Ld.

One specimen (Sayer).

Drevotyia, Meyr.

152. Diplotyla chloronota, n. s.

32, 24-25mm. Head in J ochreous-whitish, centre of crown

and a bar on forehead dark fuscous; in ? dark fuscous, above

eyes mixed with whitish. Palpi dark fuscous, lower half obliquely

ochreous-white. Antenne fuscous, tufts of § partly ochreous-

whitish. Thorax in $ light ochreous-brown, in ? dark fuscous.

Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair dark

fuscous, except apex of joints. Fore wings elongate-triangular,

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 515

costa sinuate in middle, posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse,

hind margin rounded, oblique ; dark fuscous, with a slight purplish

gloss; first line indistinct, somewhat paler, followed by a darker

shade, from one-fourth of costa to one-third of inner margin; a

quadrate somewhat darker spot in middle of disc, in 9 preceded

by a small roundish ochreous-white spot, and followed by a small

transverse ochreous-white spot, these in § indicated but almost

obsolete ; second line somewhat paler, in ? forming a small

ochreous-white spot on costa, preceded throughout by a darker

shade, running from three-fourths of costa towards anal angle,

sinuate above middle, below middle rectangularly bent inwards to

beneath second white discal spot, and again rectangularly bent to

inner margin at two-thirds; cilia rather dark fuscous, with a

darker line, in 2 tips ochreous-white on a small spot above anal

angle. Hind wings with colour, second line, and cilia as in fore

wings, but second line in ? more ochreous-whitish on lower third,

without costal spot; an indistinct darker discal spot, followed

in ? by a very small ochreous-white spot touching angle of second

line.

Two specimens (Sayer).

ENDOocROSSIS, Nn. g.

Forehead flat, oblique; ocelli present; tongue developed. An-

tenne five-sixths, in g shortly ciliated ($). Labial palpi moderate,

arched, ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales

beneath, terminal joint extremely short, thick, obtuse. Maxillary

palpi moderate, somewhat dilated terminally with loose scales.

Abdomen in # with dense exsertible anal tuft. Middle femora

hairy beneath towards base; posterior tibiz in g rather short,

considerably dilated, outer spurs half inner. Fore wings with

veins 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated, 11 very oblique.

Hind wings 1, in 3 beneath with a ridge above anal angle, whence

proceeds a broad overhanging tuft of hairs towards anal angle;

veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anasto-

mosing with 8 to one-third.

158. Endocrossis flavibasalis, Moore.

Botyodes flavibasalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1867, 96; Feld., pl. cxxxv., 41.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

516 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

Paaypa, Walk.

Forehead flat, oblique ; ocelli present; tongue developed. An-

tenne four-fifths, in J serrate, minutely ciliated (4). Labial palpi

moderate, second joint arched, ascending, with long dense rough

projecting scales in front, terminal joint moderately long, very

slender, porrected. Maxillary palpi moderate, somewhat dilated

terminally with loose scales. Abdomen in g with small anal tuft,

anal segment elongate. Middle tibiw in f rather dilated, posterior

tibizee with outer spurs halfinner. Fore wings with veins 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated, 11 very oblique. Hind wings 1;

veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anasto-

mosing with 8 to one-third.

To this genus is referable, besides the following species,

P. amphisalis, Walk. (quadrilineata, Butl.).

154. Pagyda salvalis, Walk.

Pagyda salvalis, Walk., 487.

?,17mm. Head orange, sides of face slenderly white. Palpi

pale orange, second joint with apical and anterior margins, and an

inner semicircular mark parallel to these, blackish-grey, base white

beneath. Antenne pale orange. Thorax whitish-ochreous, with

a stripe on each side of back, and both margins of patagia orange.

Abdomen whitish-ochreous, with an orange stripe on each side of

back coalescing posteriorly, margins of posterior segments silvery-

white, with a black dot before apex. Legs whitish, anterior pair

orange, tarsi banded with white. Fore wings elongate-triangular,

costa posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin bowed,

oblique; whitish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged, with prismatic re-

flections; costa narrowly yellow-ochreous; five narrow deep

orange fascie; first from base of costa to one-fourth of inner

margin ; second straight, from a black dot on costa at one-fourth

to two-fifths of inner margin; third rather broader, straight, from

a black dot beneath middle of costa to three-fifths of inner margin ;

fourth from a black dot on costa at three-fourths, parallel to hind

margin, terminating abruptly below middle of wing; fifth broader,

submarginal, irregularly attenuated and angulated outwards below

costa; a narrow irregular pale purplish fascia between fourth and

fifth, extending to inner margin; a slender deep orange hind-

marginal streak ; cilia whitish-ochreous, with an orange line near

base. Hind wings with colour and cilia as in fore wings; three

straight narrow deep orange fascie ; first from beneath costa at

one-third to two-thirds of inner margin; second broader, from

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 517

beneath costa beyond middle to anal angle; third immediately

before hind margin from apex to below middle, where it is attenu-

ated to a point; a narrow pale purplish fascia between second and

third; a fine dark purplish hind-marginal line.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen. Also from

Ceylon.

CoNCHYLODES, Gn.

155. Conchylodes abdicalis, Walk.

One specimen (Sayer).

Norarcua, Meyr.

156. Notarcha erixantha, Meyr.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; three specimens.

157. Notarcha paraphragma, nu. s.

?,31 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

ochreous-yellow; apex of anterior tibiz fuscous. Fore wings

elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin

rounded, oblique ; ochreous-yellow; markings fuscous; a trans-

verse interrupted mark near base, not reaching margins; lines

thick, fascia-like, rather irregular ; first from beyond one-fourth of

costa to one-third of inner margin, obtusely angulated above

middle, with a triangular central projection inwards ; second from

before three-fourths of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, some-

what curved outwards on upper half; a transverse mark in middle

of disc, connected beneath with middle of second line by an ill-

defined suffusion; an irregular subterminal series of very small

indistinct cloudy spots, connected with second line by a thick bar

above middle, and another above inner margin; cilia ochreous-

yellow. Hind wings light ochreous-yellow; two or three grey

marks towards anal angle, obscurely indicating parts of second

and subterminal lines ; cilia ochreous-yellow.

One specimen (Sayer).

158. Notarcha halurga, Meyr.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

KprcHronistis, Meyr.

159. Hpichronistis acrospila, Meyr.

One specimen (Sayer).

518 - Mr. E. Meyrick on some

HELLULA, Gn.

160. Hellula undalis, F.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; three specimens.

Borys, T'r.

161. Botys incoloralis, Gn.

One specimen (Sayer).

Mecyna, Gn.

162. Mecyna eximialis, Walk.

Scopula eximialis, Walk., Suppl. 1471.

@, 23mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax light orange ;

palpi 2, base white beneath. Abdomen ochreous-yellow. Legs

ochreous-whitish, anterior pair ochreous-yellow, tarsi banded with

white. Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,

apex obtuse, hind margin rounded, oblique; light orange; a very

faint hardly darker slender denticulate line from two-thirds of

costa to two-thirds of inner margin, upper three-fifths strongly

curved outwards; cilia white, with a blackish basal line. Hind

wings ochreous-yellow, paler towards costa; cilia white, with an

ochreous-yellow line.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Evurycrron, Ld.

163. Hurycreon prionogramma, Meyr.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; two specimens.

164. Hurycreon lamprodeta, Meyr.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; four specimens.

165. Eurycreon massalis, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Merasia, Gn.

166. Metasia acharis, n. s.

3 2,8—12mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish, coarsely

and irregularly irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous,

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 519

beneath white towards base. Antenne whitish, spotted with dark

fuscous. Legs whitish, anterior and middle pairs banded with

dark fuscous. Fore wings very elongate-triangular, costa slightly

sinuate, gently arched posteriorly, apex obtuse, hind margin

bowed, rather strongly oblique ; whitish, more or less coarsely and

irregularly irrorated with dark fuscous, sometimes wholly tinged

with grey; markings blackish ; four or five small spots on posterior

half of costa; lines well-marked, rather irregular ; first from one-

third of costa to two-fifths of inner margin, somewhat curved out-

wards; second from three-fourths of costa almost to anal angle,

thence abruptly bent round to beneath middle of disc, and again

abruptly bent to inner margin at two-thirds, sinuate inwards above

middle; two subquadrate spots more or less completely outlined

in dise between these; a cloudy hind-marginal line ; cilia whitish,

with two cloudy dark fuscous lines, and more or less obscurely

barred with fuscous on basal half. Hind wings with colour,

second and hind-marginal lines, and cilia as in fore wings ; a small

blackish discal spot, touching bend of second line.

Port Moresby (vowald) ; ten specimens.

HYDROCAMPIDA.

Paraponyx, Hb.

167. Paraponyx turbata, Butl.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Scuenosius, T'r.

In the fore wings vein 11 sometimes anastomoses with

12; but both anastomosis and separation occasionally

occur in the same species.

168. Schenobius chionotus, n.s.

3$,15—18 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and

legs white ; palpi 4; antennal ciliations 1; anterior legs dark grey

above. Fore wings elongate-oblong, posteriorly somewhat dilated,

costa hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hind margin slightly

sinuate, oblique; 11 anastomosing with 12; snow-white, uni-

colorous. Hind wings snow-white.

Port Moresby (towald) ; two specimens. Superficially

this species appears to be an ordinary Scirpophaga, but

structurally it is a true Schenobius.

TRANS. ENT. SOG. LOND, 1889.—PaART IV. (DEC.) 20

520 Mr. E. Meyrick on some

ScrrpopHaca, T'r.

Vein 11 of the fore wings sometimes anastomoses with 12, The

patagia in g form a rough erectly spreading tuft, sometimes

greatly developed; this character seems to have been overlooked,

but it is the best point of distinction from the preceding genus: the

only other differential character is the relative length of the labial

palpi, which in Schanvbius are generally very long, in Scirpophaga

moderate or short, but between the nearest forms there is practi-

cally no difference in this respect. At present, so far as is known

to me, the patagia afford a good character; but it may hereafter

be found necessary to unite the two genera, which are identical in

all other respects.

169. Scirpophaga butyrota, n.s.

S, 22—23 mm., ?,29—387 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi

in J 2,in @ 14, white, in g externally becoming dark grey towards

base. Antenne white, ciliations in ¢ 1. Abdomen in ¢ pale

whitish-ochreous, in @ white, anal tuft very large, whitish-

ochreous. Legs white, anterior pair dark grey above, all tarsi in

? greyish. Fore wings narrow-oblong, posteriorly somewhat

dilated, costa slightly arched, apex-round-pointed, hind margin in

S slightly rounded, in ? almost straight, rather strongly oblique ;

vein 11 anastomosing with 12; ochreous-white, unicolorous. Hind

wings snow-white.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; four specimens.

CRAMBIDA.

Turinasotia, Hein.

170. Thinasotia wnochrois, n. s.

?,16mm. Head, antenne, and thorax reddish-fuscous, face

with short cone. Palpi 23, reddish-fuscous, base white beneath.

Abdomen light reddish-fuscous, becoming ochreous towards base,

and dark fuscous towards apex, with a white ante-apical spot.

Legs ochreous-white, anterior tibie reddish-fuscous spotted with

yellow, anterior tarsi snow-white with a reddish-fuscous subapical

band. Fore wings elongate-triangular, narrow at base, costa

slightly sinuate, posteriorly moderately arched, apex rectangular,

hind margin bowed, oblique; reddish purple-fuscous; lines very

indistinct, slightly paler, margined on both sides with darker ; first

at one-third, slightly curved; second from a small white oblique

spot on costa beyond two-thirds to two-thirds of inner margin,

Lepidoptera from New Guinea. 521

slightly angulated outwards in middle, sinuate inwards above

middle; a small suffused white longitudinal spot immediately

beneath costa before second line; a narrow white hind-marginal

line, interrupted by a series of triangular black dots ; cilia fuscous-

reddish, terminal half rather dark grey. Hind wings thinly scaled,

semi-transparent towards base, grey-whitish, towards hind margin

narrowly suffused with fuscous and on veins posteriorly ; an inter-

rupted dark fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia pale fuscous, reddish-

tinged.

Port Moresby (Kowald) ; one specimen.

Hepnota, Meyr.

171. Hednota bifractella, Walk.

Port Moresby (Kovwald) ; five specimens.

PTYCHOPSEUSTIS, n. g.

Forehead flat, oblique ; ocelli present; tongue developed. An-

tenne three-fourths, in g—?. Labial palpi long, straight, por-

rected, rough-scaled, attenuated to apex. Maxillary palpi mode-

rate, triangularly dilated with scales. Fore wings with veins

4 and 5 approximated at base, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to

9 at base. Hind wings 1; veins 4 and 5 from a point, 6 and 7

approximated at base, 7 anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

According to Snellen the antenne of the 3 are ‘‘ very

thick”; in his figure the artist appears to have made

them pectinated. The species can certainly not be

included in Diptychophora, in which he placed it. -

172. Ptychopseustis amenella, Snell.

Diptychophora amenella, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1880,

247 ; ib.,-1883, pl. v., 9.

Port Moresby (Kowald); one specimen (2). Also

from Celebes.

GALLERIADA.

Hxreromrcta, Meyr.

173. Heteromicta rufivena, Walk.

Port Moresby (owald) ; two specimens.

522 Lepidoptera from New Guinea.

HYPONOMEUTIDA.

Enezmia, Z.

174. Enemia parallela, n. s.

3,24mm. Head pale yellow, crown suffused with orange-red

except on sides. Palpi orange-red. Antenne fuscous, towards

base reddish. Thorax pale yellow, reticulated with red. Abdomen

orange. Legs orange-red, basal half of tibie and first joint of

tarsi pale yellow, posterior pair wholly orange. Fore wings elon-

gate, moderate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hind

margin obliquely rounded; pale yellow; all veins strongly marked

with red lines; two transverse oblique red lines near base, second

only reaching middle; a red streak, mixed with fuscous, along

basal fourth of costa ; two moderate irregular straight rather dark

purple-fuscous fasciz, partially mixed with red, first from middle

of costa to inner margin near base, second from costa before apex

to three-fourths of inner margin, marked in disc with slender pale

yellow lines between veins; a broad rather dark fuscous bar,

margined with red, from above middle of first fascia to below

middle of second, marked with two slender pale yellow lines, and

a rather narrower bar from second fascia above middle to hind

margin; cilia pale yellow (imperfect). Hind wings and cilia

orange.

One specimen (Sayer).

175. Enemia mactata, Feld.

Mieza mactata, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. exxxix., 44.

One specimen (Sayer).

( 523 )

XXI. On the distribution of the Charlonia group of the

genus Anthocharis. By Guorcr T. Barer, F.L.8.

[Read September 4th, 1889. |

Tuis small division of desert species of the genus Antho-

charis, forming a very natural and closely allied group,

presents many points of interest, both in their relation-

ship to each other and in their geographical distribution.

They are only six in number, but range from the Canaries

on the west to the Valley of the Indus in the east, and

though found in such places as Lambessa in Algeria, and

Malatia in Armenia, cannot be considered as otherwise

than desert insects, being always found in the vicinity of

country having either desert or semi-desert charac-

teristics. ‘They form of themselves two natural sub-

groups, viz., white and yellow, the species of which I

will tabulate and describe thus :—

YELLOW. WHITE.

Charlonia, Donzel. Algeria; | Penia, Frr. Asia Minor; Cas-

Tunis; Fortaventura. pian district.

Var. Mesopotamica, Stgr. Ma- | Tomyris, Chr. Askhabad.

latia (Asia Minor). Pechi, Stgr. Algeria.

Lucilla, Butler. India (N.W.

Punjab).

Charlonia, Donz.

The fore wings are pale lemon-yellow, with the blackish discoidal

spot of an irregular quadrangular shape. The apical patch varies

in hue from brownish to almost black, likewise in extent; it is of

a somewhat hollowed (internally) triangular shape, with the usual

transverse spotted band more or less developed; costa pinkish,

with rosy fringes. The hind wings are of the same lemon hue,

but with the dark greenish under side showing through. Fringes

whitish. Base of all the wings dark grey. Beneath the fore

wings are pale yellowish, with the discoidal spot smaller and reni-

form in shape. The apical patch is greenish yellow, of the same

shape and dimensions as the upper surface. Costa and fringes

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.)

524 Mr. G. T. Baker on the distribution of

rosy, the hinder third of the former being dotted with very pale

lemon. The hind wings are greenish, very finely and densely

irrorated all over with grey, and spotted more or less markedly on

the posterior margin with whitish, with a small central whitish

spot, between which and the anal angle are two more whitish dots

close together. My smallest specimen measures 28 mm. in

expanse, and the largest 837 mm.

I have two 2? 2 which differ in no way whatever from

the ¢, and I learn that the two sexes are precisely

similar.

This species was first described and figured by Donzel

in the ‘Annales Soc. de France,’ 1842, pp. 197, 198,

pl. 8, fig. 1; also, under the name Levaillantii, by Lucas

in the same work, 1847, pp. xlix and1; and in 1850,

p. 92, pl. 2. This same author again described it in

detail and figured it in the ‘ Exploration de l’Algérie,’

pp. 348, 349, pl. 2, fig. 1. The characteristics on which

he relies for the separation of his Levaillanti from

Donzel’s Charlonia will not, however, hold good, viz.,

the pink costa, the larger apical patch, and the discoidal

spot being surmounted by another small spot between

it and the costa. These points are extremely variable,

and in a large series it would be quite impossible to

separate them, so that they are certainly insufficient to

permit of even a varietal name. Mons. Oberthur

assures me that Donzel’s and Lucas’s insects are one

and the same species. Levaillanti must therefore sink

asa synonym of Charlonia, Donz. Itis by no means

uncommon in Algeria, has occurred in Tunis, and quite

recently two perfectly typical specimens have been sent

to the National Collection from Fortaventura in the

Canaries.

Var. Mesopotamica, Ster.

The difference between the upper side of this and Charlonia is

slight; the discoidal spot is less angled, whilst the apical patch is

more extended along the posterior margin towards the anal angle.

The fore wings are, however, decidedly rounder in shape, this

being caused by the costa being somewhat deflexed posteriorly just

in front of the apex. On the under surface the difference is more

marked; the fore wings are yellower, and the discoidal spot

absent, this spot on the upper surface only showing through very

indistinctly; the apical patch is pale greenish yellow, densely

irrorated with grey. The hind wings are pale yellowish green,

the Charlonia group of the genus Anthocharis. 525

densely irrorated with light grey; they are decidedly paler than

in Charlonia, and much less spotted than in that species. Mesopo-

tamica is also a larger insect than Donzel’s species, measuring

from 36 to 44 mm.

This variety is as yet only recorded from Armenia ;

my specimens were all taken at Malatia.

Lucilla, Butl.

g. Fore wings pale gamboge-yellow, the blackish-brown dis-

coidal spot large, with the dark apical patch extending more than

three-quarters down the posterior margin, and angled interiorly in

the same manner as Penia, the spotted transverse band herein

being more or less distinctly marked. Costa and fringes pink.

Hind wings same colour as fore wings, the base of all being

blackish. Beneath the fore wings are decidedly paler yellow, and

the discoidal spot is smaller than above, with the apical patch

showing through as a dark dusting, of the same shape as on the

upper surface. The hind wings are also paler yellow, with only a

very slight dusting indeed of dark scales on the posterior margin ;

the central white spot and spotted margin as in Charlonia. This

description is taken from Butler’s type, but from the series now in

the National Collection, numbering in all fourteen § gf and 9 9, it

may be well to add somewhat respecting the under surface to it; the

apical patch is sometimes more darkly dusted than the type, and

also the hind wings occasionally approach near to the hue of

Charlonia in being finely irrorated with grey, giving them the

colour of yellowish grey, instead of the very decided yellow of the

type.

?. The fore wings of ? are very pale whitish sulphur, with the

blackish discoidal spot very large indeed, extending right down to

the inner margin of the cell, being broad in proportion, and of

a roughly quadrangular shape; the blackish apical patch is also

very large, angled as in g, and extending broadly even lower down

the posterior margin than in that sex, with only just a trace of the

transverse spotted band. Hind wings yellow, with the least trace

of a greenish tinge, and with a broad border of dark dusting all

round the posterior margin. Beneath the ? differs in no way

whatever from the g, even the discoidal spot being no larger,

though so large on the upper surface.

The females in the National Collection are very

interesting, as they vary much in coloration, one being

almost quite white, whereas the extreme in the opposite

direction is very yellow.

526 Mr. G. T. Baker on the distribution of

This species is a close ally of Charlonia, but the

whitish ? at once separates it, together with the very

large discoidal spot and apical patch; in the ¢ also

these two latter characters are decidedly larger than in

Charlonia, and the under surface of the hind wings is

often quite yellow, and when irrorated with grey is

never nearly as dark as in Donzel’s insect.

All the fourteen examples in the National Collection

were sent from the same neighbourhood, viz., Campbell-

pore, Attack Bridge, Akhor, and Khairabad, the earliest

specimen being labelled April 18th, 1886, and the latest

June 27th, 1886.

The whitish ? is of great importance in our study of

this small group, in pointing out which of the two

forms, the white or the yellow, is in all probability the

ancestral species.

Penia, Frr.

This species is—of the white group—the most nearly allied to

Charlonia. It is of a whitish colour, slightly tinged with pale

sulphur. The discoidal spot is brown, and in shape is a regular

quadrangle. The apical patch is greyish brown, deeply and

obtusely angled, extending fully three-quarters down the posterior

margin; the spotted transverse band is angled in like manner.

The hind wings are more sulphurous, and exhibit the dark under

side through. Both wings are slightly greyish at the base. Costa

pink. Fringes greyish at apex, tinged with pink at anal angle.

Beneath the fore wings are whitish, tinged with sulphur on the

costal half, with the discoidal spot smaller, scarcely extending

beyond the costal margin of the cell. The apical patch is pale

greenish yellow, closely and finely irrorated with grey; the costa

and fringes pinkish, the former very lightly dotted within the

apical area. The hind wings are yellowish green, finely irrorated

with pale grey; the central whitish dot is small, sometimes rather

indistinct; the posterior margin is slightly spotted; and there is

scarcely more than a trace of the two spots between the central

spot and the anal angle.

This species was first described by Freyer in his

‘Neue Beitrage,’ vi., p. 149, pl. 574, from a single

broken specimen without name or locality; it was sub-

sequently found by Staudinger at Malatia, and by

Christoph in N. Persia and Turkestan, and I have

specimens from Krasnovodsk, on the Caspian; so that

it,probably ranges all through Northern Asia Minor and

the Charlonia group of the genus Anthocharis. 527

Persia up to the edge of the Khivan Desert. I would

draw your attention to the fact of its occurrence at

Malatia, as we see here the whitish Penia and yellow

var. Mesopotamica overlapping each other.

Anthocharis Tomyris, Chr.

3. The fore wings are white, with a pale sulphurous tinge ; the

discoidal spot is reduced to a minimum, and is triangular in shape,

the base thereof being angled inwards. ‘The costa is broadly

greyish from the disco-cellular vein to the margin, extending from

the base of wing to the discal spot; the apical patch is pale

greenish grey, much reduced in size, and extending further along

the costa than down the posterior margin, with no trace of the

transverse band, but there are four small yellowish dots on the

costa within this area. Costa pale pinkish ; fringes slightly tinged

with pink. The hind wings are rather yellower in colour than the

fore wings, showing the dark under side through, and also exhibiting

through the single whitish central spot of the under surface. The

roots of all the wings are blackish. Beneath the fore wings are

paler than above, with the greyish discal spot smaller. The apical

area is yellowish green, finely irrorated with brownish grey. The

hind wings are greenish, very finely irrorated with brownish grey,

with a single whitish dot in the centre, on the posterior margin of

the median cell.

@. This sex is quite remarkable in the pattern of its fore wings,

which are sulphurous greyish white, with the dark grey discoidal

spot very large, roughly quadrangular, and extending nearly half

across the wing, and right up to the costa, from whence to the

roots the costa is broadly bordered with grey. The apical patch is

dark grey, large, extending broadly right down the posterior

margin almost to the anal angle, which angle is dusted with dark

scales extending upwards and connecting the dark margin there-

with. The whole of the inner margin is likewise more or less

dusted with dark scales. The costa is finely pinkish. Hind wings

greyish sulphurous yellow, slightly dusted with dark scales, which

are particularly noticeable round the posterior margin and along

the inner edge of the median cell. Fringes of both wings slightly

rosy. Beneath the fore wings are whiter than above, the discal

spot showing through almost as large as above; the costa is grey

from this spot to the base, and has an internal broad border of

yellow, which is continued up to the apical area; this apical patch

follows the shape of the upper surface very closely, but is yellowish,

finely and densely irrorated with brownish grey, the irrorations

528 Mr. G. T. Baker on the distribution of

becoming less close down the posterior margin to the anal angle.

The hind wings are yellowish green, very finely irrorated with

brownish grey, with the single central whitish spot asin the 3d. In

both sexes the wings are somewhat rounder than any of its near

allies, this being specially noticeable inthe 9. gf 43mm., 2 39mm.

This beautiful species was described and figured by

Christoph in vol. i., p. 99, pl. vi., fig. 1, of those finely-

executed Memoirs by the Grand Duke Romanoff. It has

only hitherto been recorded from Askhabad, and is the

largest of the group, the two specimens before me

measuring, ¢ 43, 2 389 mm., the ¢, contrary to the

rule, being the larger of the two. Christoph gives

22, mm. as his measurement; this must refer to the one

wing, not the alar. expanse usually meant.

Anthocharis Pechi, Stgr.

Anterior wings white, with the discoidal spot grey, and of an

irregular quadrangle in shape; the apical patch is also grey, with

a small indistinct whitish spot just in front of the apex. The costa

is broadly greyish from the discal spot to the base; base of all

wings blackish. The posterior wings are whitish, the dark under

side showing somewhat through. Beneath the apex of the anterior

wings is greenish yellow, finely irrorated with dark grey; the dis-

coidal spot, which appears through but faintly, is pale grey, with a

whitish crescent therein. The posterior wings are greenish yellow,

more intensely irrorated with grey, and having the single small

whitish spot in the centre. The collar is pale lemon-colour ;

antenne grey tipped with lemon. Fringes white, greyish at apex.

3, 382—33 mm.; 2, 36 mm.

This interesting species was first taken by Wilhelm

Pech, of Budapest, at Lambessa, in April, 1884, and

was described by me in the Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. xxi.,

p- 241. My friend Dr. Staudinger, however, likewise

published a description (under the same name), which,

owing to a little misunderstanding, appeared somewhat

earlier in the ‘ Knt. Nachrichten’; hence the two de-

scriptions appearing so close together.

This insect can be recognised at a glance from any of

its predecessors ; the apex is more acute, and the pos-

terior margin straighter; it is also much whiter than

either Penia or Tomyris. As yet it has only been taken

at Lambessa, where it appears to be very rare, as it has,

I believe, only been taken in 1884, when M. Oberthwr’s

the Charlonia group of the genus Anthocharis. 529

collector took it at the same time as Pech did. Dr.

Staudinger did not find it during his expedition there

the year before last.

The distribution of the several species is therefore—

Yellow Group: N.W. India; Armenia; Algeria ; Canary

Isles. White Group: Askhabad; Turkestan; N. Persia

to Armenia and Algeria.

Consequently Armenia and Algeria are overlapping

areas. This discontinuity is very peculiar, and I will

therefore review all the data which I have been able to

obtain, and see how it can be accounted for.

We find both the white and yellow forms inhabit the

same line of country, the most distinct species being

found furthest east and west, both being yellow; whilst

the two very distinct white species, Tomyris and Pechi,

are likewise found to obtain within a limited area

almost as far from each other as their yellow allies.

The varieties taken in the intervening localities are in

each instance a sort of connecting-lmk between the

extreme forms.

To obtain the desired evidence it is necessary to go

back to the early Tertiary times, and see what Geology

teaches us. At this period a tropical or subtropical

climate extended from the Pole to the Tropic of Cancer

with but little variation. The temperature then began

to decline gradually, till it culminated in the Glacial

Epoch, with which the Quaternary Era opens; this

refrigeration was followed by a secular increase of

temperature, which is supposed to have continued with

comparatively unimportant variation to the present day.

We must now look to the fauna of those days for

assistance, the Mammalia of which will be sufficient for

our present purpose.

In a gravel-bed near Madrid the remains of the striped

hyena and elephant, both African animals, have been

discovered. The bone-caves of Gibraltar have yielded

many species, such as the lion, lynx, spotted hyzena, and

serval, the two latter being now only found in Africa.

The Sicilian bone-caves have also yielded the elephant,

lion, and spotted hyzna.

The hippopotamus (H. major) lived in England, France,

Spain, Sicily, Italy, and Africa; whilst, curiously, an

extinct South European elephant (Z. meridionalis) has

530 Mr. G. T. Baker on the distribution of

been found in Algeria, whither it must have travelled

from §. Europe.*

Now of the northern Mammalia, the mammoth is the

only one recorded from Spain; it also existed in paris

of France and Northern Italy (range not definitely

known),+ but in the caves of Perigord and others in

Central France the bones of the reindeer and musk-

sheep, as well as the mammoth, have been discovered.

From all these facts we must conclude that in the

Pleistocene, post-Pliocene, or Quaternary Era (as it is

variously called), North Africa was united with Spain on

the one hand and Sicily on the other.

Dumont represents—in his ‘Carte Géologique de

lEurope’—that the strata opposite each other at Capes

Spartel and Trafalgar are both of Eocene age, and that

at one time they were continuous; consequently the

union there was owing to a post-Hocene elevation. It

may, however, have been due to a post-Miocene up-

heaval, as Miocene strata occur in Algeria; whilst the

first connection between Asia Minor and N. Africa was

probably in the earlier Pliocene times, after which union

there must have been a subsidence below the sea-level

when the later Pliocene beds which cover half Sicily

were deposited; then again the land connection was

re-established at the time of the elevation of Kina and

Vesuvius, thus forming a migratory line for the fauna

of the post-Pliocene period.

Here we see, then, two lines of migration to N. Africa

from Europe, the one by way of Spain and Morocco, the

other vid Tunis and Sicily.

Geologists usually adopt the following plan of arriving

at the land contour of this period, viz., by raising the

land bodily 500 fathoms; this would unite North Africa

and the Balearic Isles with Spain, Corsica with Tuscany,

Tunis with Sicily, and the heel of Italy with Kuropean

Turkey ; it would also convert the Aigean Sea into dry

land, and make one great tract of land from Asia Minor

to Greece, North Syria beg united therewith by way

of Cyprus and Crete. The Mediterranean would thus

be converted into two great salt-water basins.

* “Geology of Gibraltar,’ Ramsay & Geike; ‘Quart. Journal

Geol. Soc.,’ p. 505, vol. xxxiv. ‘‘ Pleistocene Mammalia,” Daw-

kins; Pal. Soc.: ‘Cave Hunting,’ ch. x.

+ Leith Adams, ‘ Quart. Journal Geol. Soc.,’ p. 587, vol. xxxiil.

the Charlonia group of the genus Anthocharis. 531

Mr. Mathews, comparing certain features in the

Algerian flora,* informs us that there are in Algeria

272 species of Oriental plants not occurring in Sicily ;

and he further goes on:—‘‘ The question is by what

route did they travel between North Africa and the

Levant? If we examine the eastern distribution of

these species we shall find that many of them occur in

Greece, European Turkey, East Germany, South Russia,

Asia Minor, and Syria, or some of these countries ;

others again in Egypt, Arabia-Petreea, and Arabia, the

remainder in both these regions. At least half of the

272 species are absent from the southern side of the

Levant, and must have migrated from the north of the

Levant and North Africa, or vice versd. Among the

species which have travelled along this line, but have

not passed into Europe, one may be particularly men-

tioned, one of the most interesting in its distribution,

as it is one of the noblest of the creations of the

vegetable world,—I mean the cedar of Lebanon. This

magnificent tree, which unhappily may be said to linger

rather than flourish in the Algerian Atlas, is found

scattered in scanty patches in several parts of the chain,

but nowhere in abundance except at Batna, and in the

celebrated forest at Teniet el-Haad. The Atlantic cedar

is a distinct variety of the cedar of Lebanon, and has

been described under the name Cedrus atlantica. The

nearest point to North Africa where the cedar is again

met with is on the mountains of Cyprus, where it was

discovered by Sir Samuel Baker in September, 1879.

Sir Joseph Hooker considers the Cyprus cedar another

variety of the cedar of Lebanon, and names it var.

brevifolia. Another cedar nearly allied to the Cedrus

Inbani is the Cedrus deodara of the Himalayas. The

differences in race in the Algerian, Cyprus, and Lebanon

cedars imply a great lapse of time since their habitats

were severed.

‘One explanation, and one alone, will account for these

phenomena of distribution. Sicily, geologically speaking,

is of very recent origin. Before its existence the ranges

of the Atlas must have extended into Greece. It is not

necessary to suppose that the cedar and other species

travelled in a direct line between North Africa and Syria,

* € Flora of Algeria,’ p. 30, by Wm. Mathews, M.A., F.R.S.

582 Mr. G. T. Baker on the distribution of

as they may have radiated into their present habitats

from some point further to the north. I incline, never-

theless, to the belief that the Atlantic chain extended

from North Africa to the Lebanon, and that the moun-

tains of Crete and Cyprus are surviving fragments of it.”

We are thus provided with a land route for migration

from Algeria to Malatia.

Now, resuming the thread of our argument, we may

assume that a white or yellow Anthocharis was generally

dispersed in suitable localities over the whole of this

area. We may, I think, further assume that the then

dominant form was white, and that during the subsequent

great secular depression of temperature it was driven to

certain isolated points, owing to the great struggle for

existence consequent on the migration southward of all

life. Then followed the amelioration of temperature,

the gradual reflex movement of life, and the subsidence

of the Mediterranean area giving Europe her present

geography.

It now becomes advantageous, if not absolutely

necessary, if the species is to continue to exist, for a

hardier form to be produced, and gradually therefore

the yellow form is evolved, which in time becomes, as at

present, the dominant race, and in the far east (N.W.

Punjab) entirely supplants the ancestral stock ; though

I must here mention that the °, being the last to

assimilate itself, has scarcely even yet completed its

transformation, as it is not uncommon to see an almost

white specimen. In Armenia we have apparently the

most recent emanation of the yellow form—var. Mesopo-

tamica—existing side by side with the whitish Penia.

But Pena itself appears to be in a state of transition,

for it is always more or less tinged with sulphur; and

this forces the conclusion that Penia is in process of

change towards the yellow form. Again, Tomyris is

even more sulphurous than the preceding species, and

though very distinct in shape and pattern of wings,

inhabiting the mountains of Askhabad without any

contact with the yellow group, yet it does not seem

improbable that it may be assimilating itself in colora-

tion to the present dominant race.

We now come to the two very distinct species existing

side by side in Algeria, viz., Pechi and Charloma. It is

curious that in this country, which appears to be the

the Charlonia group of the genus Anthocharis. 5838

western headquarters of the yellow form, these two

distinct species, the white Pechi and the yellow Charlonia,

should obtain. The former, however, is very rare,

whilst the latter is common: this shows that the one

has not the power of assimilation; consequently selection

comes in, keeping the two species distinct, but working

to the detriment of the one and to the advantage of

the other, so that probably the one is on its way to

extinction.

The latest record of Charlonia from the Canary

Islands is very interesting, but perhaps not surprising.

The two specimens sent to the National Collection differ

in no way from those taken in Algeria. It is most

probable that when Marocco is more explored this

species will be found all down the north-west coast of

Africa, whence it is easily understood how it found its

way across the very narrow strip of intervening ocean.

We may, I think, safely conclude that the present

distribution of this little desert group of Anthocharis

has been brought about in the manner here suggested.

PS.—Since writing the above I have received vol. v.

of Romanoff’s Memoirs, in which Christoph says that a

larger number of Tomyris have been received, and that

the males are more strongly tinged with yellow than the

one figured in vol. i. This supports my view that

Tomyris may be gradually assimilating its colour to that

of the Charlonia subsection of this subgroup. Christoph

further says that Staudinger considers that Pechi is

probably a Mauritanian variety of Tomyris. With this,

however, I cannot agree, as the wings are very different

in shape, T'omyris having the apex decidedly rounder

and wing broader proportionately. Furthermore, the

general appearance of the two insects is quite dissimilar,

as may be gathered from the foregoing descriptions.

XXII. A revision of the genus Argynnis. By Henry J.

Kuwes, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Read September 4th, 1889.]

THe genus Argynnis is one that I should consider as

highly typical of the palearctic region, in every part of

which it is found; and usually as a genus dominant

both in number of species and individuals. Though

not quite strictly confined to the region, yet there are

good reasons for considering the little group which occurs

in Chili as aberrant, and only two species inhabit tropical

regions. In the Old World the only subregions which seem

deficient in Argynnides are the Mediterraneo-Persic and

the Mongolian, whilst in North America the distribution

of the genus is confined to those parts which have a

severe winter climate, and it is in consequence absent in

the Gulf States and Texas, and scarce in the more arid

regions of New Mexico, Arizona, and Colorado.

"The difficulties in this genus are not so great as in

Colias and Hrebia, except in the species inhabiting the

Rocky Mountain and Pacific States of North America,

which run into each otherin a most extraordinary manner.

Most of the European species, though closely allied to

each other, are very fairly distinct, and I have only

marked one species out of America as doubtful.

I regret to have to differ so often from Mr. W. H.

Edwards, who has done so much to make the butterflies

of his country known to science; but though his later

views, as expressed in such papers as he has written on

Pieris napi and its vars., ‘ Papilio,’ vol. 1., p. 86, and

on Lycena pseud-argiolus, give evidence of a correct

appreciation of the variation of species, he has in his

earlier years created a great number of synonyms which

T am sure he will one day regret.

I intended to have published this paper some years

ago, but was stopped by the difficulty of understanding

the American species. But having last year had the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—parT iv. (DEC.) 2P

536 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

opportunity of visiting most of the principal collections

in the United States, and finding that there seemed to

be no prospect of getting a better knowledge at present,

I have thought it better to publish the notes I have

made, which are based on a study of very complete

materials.

My own collection contains specimens, mostly in fair

series, of every species except astarte, eugenia, columbia,

inornata, and carpenteri, and I have seen the types of

the first three of these, whilst I cannot recognise the last

two as species.

I do not expect to see any addition of importance to the

genus, as the regions which they inhabit, excepting

Arctic and North-eastern Asia, are pretty well known,

but the life-history of most of the species is still unknown,

and Northern and Central China may perhaps add some

species to the list.

In the abbreviations of my synopsis I have followed

Staudinger and Kdwards’ catalogue pretty generally,

so that a reference to one or the other of them will

explain any which may not be generally understood.*

The genus Argynnis was founded by Fabricius in

1807. Hubner, in the ‘ Verzeichniss Bekanter Schmet-

terlinge’ in 1816, divided it into five sections, based on

the shape of the wings and the colour of the under

side, and included insects of other genera such as

Melitea and Agraulis.

Ochsenheimer, in the ‘Schmetterlinge von Europa,’

vol. iv., p. 16, in 1816, first properly defined it, and

Doubleday, in his ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ con-

siders him the author of the genus. Its characters are

given by Doubleday in full, and the following remarks

made :—‘‘ The two sections composing this genus appear

to me to be too closely allied to admit of their separation

into distinct genera as I once thought advisable. The

only constant difference is in the position of the sub-

costal nervules ; for, though generally the species of the

first section (Argynnis) differ slightly in the form of the

palpi from those of the second (Brenthis), yet this

difference is not constant. Moreover, as Westwood has

remarked, the form of the palpi does not appear to be a

character always to be relied on in this and the following

genus.”

* An asterisk after a reference signifies, as in Edwards’s Cata-

logue, that it refers to the preparatory stages of the insect.

revision of the genus Argynnts. 537

Most other authors have adopted the same view, in

which I quite concur, because the position of the sub-

costal nervules is not the same in all the species of

either section, and some, as A. daphne, A. hecate,

A. gemmata, and A. altissima, have the second branch of

the subcostal nervule given off so close to the end of the

cell that it can hardly be said to which group they

belong; while A. clara, which by de Nicéville is included

in the first section of Argynnis, 1s in my opinion more

closely allied to gemmata than to any other, and has the

second branch emitted beyond the cell. The South

American species have the venation as in Brenthis, and

except modesta, Blanch., differ from all the European

species in the straight or slightly concave fore margin

of the hind wings. JLathonia and bellona have some-

what the same shaped fore wings, but epithore, which is

undoubtedly very near to, if not a variety of, bellona, has

the usual shape of the outer margin, and some specimens

of bellona seem intermediate.

Scudder has founded a new genus Speyeria for A.

idaha, but as the description is not comparative, and

extends over two closely-printed quarto pages, it is not

easy to see in what it differs from Argynnis, except that

the second subcostal nervule is emitted ‘‘at the end

of the cell, or a little within the extreme limit of its

upper border, which is here pushed outward a little”

instead of before it, as in Argynnis, or beyond it, as in

Brenthis, both of which he adopts as genera.

On examining my eight specimens of zdalia, however,

I find that in all of them the second subcostal nervule

is emitted distinctly before the end of the cell, not so

much perhaps asin some Argynnis, but more than in

others. And the grouping of species on such a character

as this will lead to such impossible results, from all

other points of view, and especially from that of their

geographical distribution, that I cannot accept it, and

prefer to retain all the species in one genus.

Moore, in the ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ has adopted

Hubner’s name Acidalia for A. niphe ; as usual, without

giving the points of difference between it and Argynnis

proper; and though perhaps it has a different aspect to

any other species, and by its geographical distribution

is a tropical insect, I think it best to keep it in the

genus.

2P2

538 Mr. H. J. Eiwes on a

With regard to the Chilian species, I am more

doubtful.

They seem by their shape and venation to be

nearer to lathonia than any other species, but their

under side is quite peculiar in marking, and moreover

the different species are not very similar in type.

Genus Areynnis,\f'abr., Ill. Mag., vi., p. 283 (1807) ; Ochs., Schmett.

Eur., iv., p. 16 (1816); Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep.,i., p. 171

(1848).

Brenturis, Hb., Verz., 30 (1816) ; SpryvEerta, Scudd., Syst. Rev., 23.

APHIRAPE, Hb., 283—25 (1798 ?).

var. inconstans ossianus, Hbst., x., p. 98,

t. 270, 4, 5 (1800); Schilde, S. EK. Z.,

1872, p. 175* (typ. minor, supra obscu-

rior, subt. mac. albis sive argenteis).

var. inconstans triclaris, Hb., Zutr., vol.

ii., t. 19; Edw., Cat., No. 142 (1885);

ossianus, Boisd., Ic., 19,1, 3 (typ. minor,

supra dilutior, subt. mac. albis sive

luteis).

HEGEMONE, Sigr., S. EH. Z., 1881, p. 292;

Alph., Lep. Kuldj., p. 74, t. xv., 16, g,

M72 OR

SELENE, Schiff. 8S. V., p. 321; Hb., 26, 27;

Buckl., Ent. Mo. Mag., vii., p. 114,

1869.*

?var. hela, Stgr., S. E. Z., 1861, 347.

(minor, supra obscurior, nom. vix con-

servandum).

oscarus, Hv., Bull. Mosce., 1844, iii., 588,

tala. I aio.

var. australis, Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit.,

1888, p. 90 (major, pallidior, minus dis-

tincte notata, fide Graeser).

IPHIGENEIA, Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1888, p.

90 (? bona sp., an transitus ad euphrosyne

vel selene).

2 Brenthis perryi, Butl. Aun. Nat. Hist.,

1882, p. 16.

Germ.; Bav. Belg.

or.; Rossc.; Arm.

Lap.; Ross. bor. ;

Amur sup. ; Hud-

son Bay, Labra-

dor.

Amur inf. (Grae-

ser); Colorado,

10,000 ped. alt.;

Rocky Mts. alp.

Alatau, Thian-

shan, Margilan,

4—6000 ped. alt.

Eur. (excl. And.

Sard. Cors. et

Grec.; Arm.;

Alt. ; Asta bor. et

or.; Korea.

Scand. bor.; Asia

bor. ad 68° N.

Prov. Irkutsk ;

Amur sup. et inf.

Vladivostock.

Nikolaievsk (Amur

inf.); Korea.

* In referring to Edwards’s Catalogue, I mean the Revised Cata-

logue, issued as a separate publication by the American Entomo-

logical Society, Philadelphia, 1885.

revision of the genus Argynnis.

EUPHROSYNE, Linn., S. N., x., 481; Esp., 18,

Syli2s os

var. et ab. fingal, Hbst., x., p. 92, t. 270, 1,

3 (minor obscurior).

MYRINA, Cram., Pap. Ex.,ii., t. 189, B, c (1779) ;

Edw., Cat., p. 30; Edw., Can. Ent., 1.,

55 (1869) ; Scudd., Butt. N. E*., p. 598,

t. 4, 5.

ALTISSIMA, Elwes, P. Z.S., 1882, p. 403, t.

XXVs, 6) Gi; de Nice., Butt. Und., i;

p. 189.

GEMMATA, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1881, vii.,

p. 32, t. iv, 1; Elwes, P. Z.S., 1882,

pe 404. tb. xxve, Osa nila eg de), Nice.;

Butt. Ind., i, p. 188.

cLARA, Blanch. Jacquem. Voy. iv. p. 20,

Ins. t. ii., 2, 3 (1844) ; de Nicé., Butt.

Tnd., 11.,, p.,136.

JERDONI, Lang, Ent. Mo. Mag., v., p. 34

(1868) ; de Nice., Butt. Ind., 11., p. 140.

cashmirensis, Moore, P. Z. §., 1874, p.

267, t. 43, 4.

GonG, Oberthiir, Et. Ent., ix., p. 15, t. 2, 9.

PALES, Schiff., S. V., p. 177; Hb., 34, 35.

stpora, Moore, P.Z.8., 1874, p. 568, t. 66,

its} desNiceéi, Butt. Tnd.,, 1.5, p. 1139,

tap SSVI Rau «

baralacha, Moore, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 242, t.

role dh AL or

var. et ab isis, Hb., 38, 39, J; ab 2 napea,

Hb., 757, 8 (inconstantes nom. vix con-

servanda).

var. generator, Stgr., 5. E.Z., 1886, p. 235.

var. caucasica, Stgr., Hor. Ross., 1870,

p- 61.

var. greca, Stgr., Ul. c., p. 62, t. 1, 4.

var. lapponica, Stgy., 5. E. Z., 1861, 347

(form geographic plus minusve con-

stantes, cum trans. ad pales et ad arsv-

lache).

var.? bona sp. arsilache, Esp., 56, 5, 11,

p. 35; cf. Stgr., S.H.Z., 1861, p. 347:

Meyer-Dur, Schmett. Schw., p. 114 (al.

ant. subt. nigro maculatis).

539

Hur. (exc. Ib. Sic.

Sard.Cors.) ; Arm.

Alt.; Asiabor.ad.

70° N.; Amur sup.

et inf.

Scand. cent. et bor.;

Alps (rariuws).

U.S. Am. bor. or. ;

Brit. Am.; Rocky

Mts.; Alaska.

Stkkim bor.

alp.

SUN.

Sikkim bor. alp.;

Ladak or. ?

Prov. Gurwhal (N.

W. Him.), 12,000

ped. alt. ; ? Kash-

mir.

Kashmir 8—12,000

ped. alt.

Tibet or.

Alp. Pyr. Eur. bor,

Asia cent. ad 69°

N.; Himalaya,

occ. et or. mont.

Turkestan mont. ;

Ladak.

Cauc. mont. ; Arm.

mont.

Grace. s. mont.

Scand. bor.; Amur

inf.

Germ. pal. ; Helv.

val. ; Scand. ;

Ross. bor. et cent.

Sib. ad 70° N.

1 Scudder’s ‘ Butterflies of New England,’ Boston, 1889.

540 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

CHARICLEA, Schn., N. Mag., v., p. 588 (1794) ;

Hb., 769—70; Stgr., S.E.Z., 1861, p.

348.

var. boisduvalii, Dup., i., p. 127, t. 20, 4 ;

Edw., Cat., No. 147 (subtus minus albo

variegata, inconstans, nomen vix conser-

vandum).

var. obscurata, M‘Uach., J. Linn. Soc.,

1878, Zool., 14, p. 110.

A. butleri, Edw., Can. Ent., xv., p. 32

(obscurior, forma arctica nomen vix con-

servandum).

MONTINUS, Scudd., Proc. Essex Inst., 3, 166

(1862).

A. chariclea var. montinus, Streck., Cat.,

p. 116.

Brenthis montinus, Scudd., Butt. New

Eng., 601, t. 5, 11.

HELENA, Hdw., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., iii., 268

(1871); Mead, Rep. Wheeler Exp., v.,

757 (1875).

SELENIS, Hv., Bull. Mosce., 1837, 1, 10; H.-S.,

154—5 ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit,, 1888,

psd.

? var. stbirica, Ersch., Bull. Mosc., 1870,

i., p- 112 (supra obscurior, subt. multo

vivacior).

ANGARENSIS, Lirsch., Bull. Mosc., 1870, i., p.

112; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1888, p. 94.

FREIJA, Thunb., Diss. Ent., 2, p. 34, t. fig.

14 (1791); Hb., 55—6; Edw., Cat., No.

148.

? var. tarquinius (Melitaa tarquinius),

Curt., App. Ross., 2nd Voy., p. 68 (1835),

(? var. minor arctica).

POLARIS, Bdv., Ind., p. 15 (1829) ; Ic., 20, 1,

2; Schoyen, Norg. Arkt. Lep. (Arch.

Math. og. Naturv., v., p. 156); Edw.,

Cat., No. 149.

AMATHUSIA, Hsp., 88, 1, 2 (1783), ii., p. 170.

Kur. Asia et Am.

bor.; Labr.; New-

foundland; Rocky

Mts.; Brit. Co-

lumbia.

Grinnell Land, 80°

Kotzebue Sound

(N.W. Am. 67—

68° N.; Nova Zem-

bla (fide Butler).

White Mts., New

Hampshire, U.S.A.

Rocky Mts., 7000—

13,000 ped. alt. ;

New Mexico to

Montana.

Ural centr. et mer. ;

Altai.

Amur sup. et inf. ;

Irkutsk; Sib. bor.

ad 65° N. (Try-

bom).

Irkutsk; Amur sup.

et inf.

Eur. Asia, 59° ad

70° N.; Rocky

Mts., Colorado ;

Montana; Am.

bor. ad circa 68°

NN;

Boothia felix, 70°

INE

Labr. ; Arct. Am.

ad 81° 52' N. (fide

Edw.) ; Norv. bor.

71° N.

Germ. s. or.etmer.;

Alp.; Hoss. cent.

et s. (excl. reg.

pol.) Altav; Amur

inf. (Graeser).

revision of the genus Argynnis.

pia, Linn., S.N., xii., 785 (1766) ; Hb., 31—3.

FRIGGA, Thunb., Diss. Ent., 2, p. 33 (1791) ;

Hb., 49, 50; Hdw., Cat., No. 150;

Schilde, 8. E.8., 1873, p. 177.*

var. saga, Kaden MSS., Stegr., 5.E.Z.,

1861, p. 350; Streck., Cat., p. 117 (subt.

obscurior, trans. ad improba, nomen vix

conservandum).

var. improba, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1877,

206 (var. arctica, minor; supra et subt.

multo obscurior).

BELLONA, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 517 (1775) ;

Scudd., Butt. New Eng., p. 608, t. 5, 13,

15.

var. epithore, Bdv. MSS., Edw., Pr. Ent.

Soe. Phil., ii., p. 504 (1864), (al. ant. apice

minus prolongatis, marg. ext. rotundatis,

basi minus suffusis ; subtus pallidior).

var. ? krevmhild, Streck., Ruffn. Rep., 1878,

p- 1854, t. 1, 5, 6, 2 (pallidior, forma

‘terre sicce’’; non vidi).

THORE, Hb., 571—3.

var. borealis, Stgr., Cat.,9; S.E.Z., 1861,

351 (dilutior ; forme intermedi adsunt).

AMPHILOCHUS, Men., Schrenk’s Reise, p. 21,

t. li., 1; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1888, p.

ASTARTE, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep. t. 23, 5

(1848).

INO, Eisp.. 76, 1, a, b (1782), ii., p. 125.

var. amurensis, Stgr., Rom. Mem., iii.,

p- 146; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1888, p.

96 (pallidior, subt. al. post. violascens).

DAPHNE, Schiff., S. V., p. 177; Hb., 45, 46.

541

Eur. or.centet m.;

Gall.; It. cent. et

s.; Bith.; Pont.;

Arm.; Altai; Svb.

centr.

Eur. Asia 60° ad

TOO

Rocky Mts., Col. ;

Labrador ; Am.

bor. ad circa 68°

Am. arct. 67°—68°

N. (Richardson) ;

Nova Zembla

(Markham).

U.S. Am. bor. or.

et Am. Brit.

California, Ore-

gon, Wash. Terr.;

Vol. (fide Mead) ;

Alaska.

Arizona; Utah.

Alp. Germ. Helv.

et Ped.; Asiabor.

ad 70° N. (Try-

bom) ; Scand.

centr.

Lap.; Altai; Amur

sup. et inf.

Amur sup. (Poch-

rofka).

Mtns. of British

Columbia ?.

Eur. (excl. Angl.

Bat. Ib. Grec. et

21t. m.) Bath. ;

Pont.; Altat.

Amur sup. et mer.

(cum typus) ; Ja-

pan, 5000 ped. alt.

Germ.(eaxcl. s.occ.);

Gall.; Hisp. c¢.

Helv. mer. occ. It.;

Hur. Or. Mm. 3 Al

Minor; Altai.

542, Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

var. rabdia, A. rabdia, Butl., Ann. Nat. Amur; Korea; Ja-

Hist., 1877, p. 93; Fixsen, Rom. Mem., pan.

ii., p. 304.

var. fumida, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), ix.,

p- 16 (1881), (paullo major ; al. ant. magis

excavatis; subt. al. post. magis cinera-

scentibus, forme intermed. adsunt).

HECATE, Hsp., 76, 3, a, 6 (1782), i., p. 127. Hur. or. mer. (excl.

Grec.); Gall. m.;

It. s.; Hisp. cent.

et m.; A. Minor ;

Cauc.; Altar.

var. alaica, Ster., 8. E. Z., 1886, p. 286 AlaiMts.; Alataw.

(‘ pallidior, punct. nigris minoribus,”’ fide

Stgr., non vidi).

EUGENIA, Hv., Bull. Mosc., 1847, ii.,68; Lep. Sib. or. bor. (prov.

Ross., t=. 11, 1, 2; Trybom, Ofver. Irkutsk) ; Dudin-

Vetensk. Acad. Forh., 1887, p. 45. ska, 69° N. (Try-

bom).

LATHONIA, Linn., S. N., x., 481; Hb., 59,60. Hur. (excl. reg.

pol.) ; Canar. ;

Maur. ; Asta occ.

et centr.

var. is@ea, Gray, Lep. Nep., p. 11 (1846), Himalaya, mont. et

sine descr. alp.

lathonia, Koll., Hiigel’s Kash., iv., p. 440;

Elwes, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 404; de Nicé.,

Butt. Ind.,:ii., p. 137.

issea, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 156 (sine

descr.)

(subt. al. post. mace. arg. discali lanceo-

lata non ovali; et angl. abdom.

arg. fasciato non maculato).

“CYTHERIS, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii., t. 4, 3,4 Chili sept. med. et

(1773). mer.

Brenthis cytheris, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1877, p. 465.

A. siga, Hb., Zutr., t. 677, 678 (1832).

A. montana, Reed, Mon. Mar. Chilenas,

t. 1, 6 (1877),

*LATHONIOIDES, Blanch., in Gay’s FaunaChi- Chili sept. med. et

lena, vil., p. 22, +. 2, 12 (1852). bor. ad 6000 ped.

2 anna, Blanch., l.c¢., p. 23. (fide Reed).

2 A dexamene, Boisd., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., Rep. Argent.

1859, p. 157.

B. lathonioides, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1877, p. 466.

A. anna, Reed, Mon. Mar. Chilenas, p. 29.

* Cf. Berg. Ann. Soc. Arg. xiii., pp. 164—5 (1882), qui dexamene

nom. specif. pro lathonioides preferet.

revision of the genus Argynnis.

mopesTA, Blanch., l.c., vil., p. 24, t. 2, 3, 4.

Brenthis modesta, Butl., l.c., p. 466.

A. modesta, Reed, l.c., p. 32.

HANNINGTONI, Sp. nova.

ELISA, God., Enc. Meth., p. 817 (ed. 1828 ?) ;

Dup., i., 18, 3, 4, p. 114.

cyrene, Bon., Deser., p. 175 t. 1. i. (1824) ;

EG 8225.

ALEXANDRA, Men., Cat. Reis. p. 246 (1852) ;

H.-8., 417—18.

AGLATA, Linn., S. N., x., 481; Hb., 65, 66.

fortuna, Jans., Cist. Ent., i1., p. 154 (1877).

var. ? vithatha, Moore, P.Z.8., 1874, p.

568; de Nicé., Butt. Ind., u., p. 186

(minor; dilutior; pallidior; forma al-

pina).

NIOBE, Linn., S.N., x., 481, xii., 786; Hb.,

65, 66.

ab. ers, Meig., i., p. 64, t. 14, 5, 6; niobe,

Hb., 61, 62 (subt. punctis argenteis

paucis vel nullis ; forma frequentior).

var. orientalis, Alph., Lep. Kuldja, p. 77

(pallidior ; minus nigro punctata, ? con-

stans).

var. gigantea, Stgr., Cat., 1870, p. 21;

niobe, Led., Hor., 1869, 82 (var. maxima,

3 satur. fulvus, 2 virescens).

JAINADEVA, Moore, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1., p. 1381

(1864); P. Z.S., 1865, t. xxx., 1; de Nicé.,

Butt. Ind., i, 135.

NERIPPE, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 24

(1862) ; Leech, P.Z.8., 1887, p. 423.

A. coreana, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1882,

Ser LVenl Xone LD.

A. adippe var. nerippe, Elwes, P.Z.S5.,

1881, p. 901.

ADIPPE, Linn., 8. N., xii., 786 (1766) ; Esp.,

18, 1, etc.

A. pallescens, Butl., Cist. Ent., i., p. 164.

A. vorax, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond..

1871, p. 403; Lep. Ex., t. 54.

A. locuples, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. v., vol. 7, p. 184; cf. Leech, P.Z.S.,

1887, p. 423; Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeit.,

1888, p. 94.

ab. cleodoxa, Ochs., iv. p.118; adippe, Esp.,

26, 4.

543,

Chili mont. 8000—

10,000 ped. (fide

Edmonds).

Taveta prope mon-

tem Kilimanjaro ;

Africa centr.

Corsica; Sard.

(terris calc. rTe-

stricta).

Arm. m. or. Hyr-

canta.

Territ.(excl. Maur.

Canar, Syr. Hyre.

et Pers.) ; Japan;

HK. Trbet.

Skorolah, Ladak,

15,000 ped. alt.

(Leech); Gulgit

(Biddulph).

Eur.; Asia oce. et

centr.

Asia centr. (Kuld-

ja).

Hyreania.

N.W. Himalaya ;

Ladak, 7—12,000

ped. alt.

Japan; Korea ;

China c. (Pratt).

Hur. (excl. reg.

pol.) ; Asiaoce. et

or. Japan; Korea;

China centr.

544

ab. cleodippe, Stgr., Cat., 1870, p. 21.

var. chlorodippe, H.-8., vi., p. 53; adippe,

Ramb., Faun. And., p. 279.

var. taurica, Stgr. MSS.

ab. xanthodippe, Fixsen, Rom. Mem., iii.,

p- 3807 (varietates inconstantes, cum mul-

tis formis intermediis, nomina yvix con-

servanda).

LAODICE, Pall., Reise, i., 470 (1771); Esp.,

93, 1; Kiinow, Schr. Ges. Konigsb., 1872,

p. 447, t. vii.*

var. japonica, Men., Cat., p. 102, t. x., 3

(1857), (inconstans, nom. haud conser-

vandum).

RUDRA, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., i., p. 157 (1857) ;

de Nicé., Butt. Ind., ii., p. 132, t. xviii.,

fiz. 75, 3.

LYSIPPE, Janson, Cist. Ent., ii., 1877, p. 154.

2 ruslana, Motsch., Bull. Mosc., 1866, ii.,

Fad DET

A. ruslana, Elwes, P.Z.S., 1881, p. 902;

Leech, P. Z.8., 1887, p. 424; Pryer, Cat.

Lep. Japan (in Trans. As. Soc. Jap.),

1883, p. 235.

ANADYOMENE, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p.

25 (1862).

A. ella, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 94, t. 8,

1 (1864).

papHia, Linn., 5S. N., x., 481; Esp., 17, 1, 2;

Buckl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., p. 252—6

(1877).*

A. paphioides, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist.,

ser. v., vol. 7, p. 134.

ab,? et var. 2 valesina, Esp., 107, 1, 2

(supra virescens, forme intermedi ad-

sunt, et in Asia or. typice sunt).

PANDORA, Schiff., S. V., p. 176 (1776); Esp.,

58; 1, 2.

maja, Cram., i., xxv., B,C (1776 ?).

KAMALA, Moore, Cat. E.I.C., p. 156 (1857) ;

de Nicé., Butt. Ind., ii., p. 184.

A. cnidia, Feld., Reise Nov., iii., p. 392,

t. 50, 5, 6, 2 (1867).

CHILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Mise., i., p. 33 (1831) ;

Ins. Nepal, t. xi., # (1846).

A. sakontala, Koll., Hiigel’s Kash., iv.,

p. 439, t. xil., f 2 (1848).

Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

Germ.s.or.; Ross.;

Taurus; Arm.;

Lenkoran; Amur;

Japan ; China sept.

etcentr.; Tibetor.

MontesKhasia(Ind.

or.), 4—5000 ped.

alt.; Burmah sup.

(montibus).

Amur; Askold ;

Japan.

Amur; Askold;

Japan ; China

centr.; Ningpo.

Hur. (excl. reg.

bor.) ; Asia oce.

et or.; Japan;

China sept. et cent.

Kur. m.; Maur.;

Canar; Asia occ.

et centr. ; Gilgit.

Him. bor. occ. 6000

—10,000 ped. alt.

Him. 6—10,000

ped. alt. ; Montes

Khasia et Bur-

mah sup.; China

centr.

revision of the genus Argynnts.

SAGANA, Dbld. Hew., Gen., t. 24,1. f (1849).5

Damora paulina, Nordm., Bull. Mosce.,

1851, ii., p. 440, t. 12, 1, 2, @.

NIPHE, Linn., S. N., 1; 2, p. 785 (1767) ;

Cram., t. 14, B. E.

Acidalia niphe, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i.. p.

GOMtaoln nano.

var. inconstans, Butl., Cist. Ent., i., p. 164

(1873), (minor, pallidior, 9 al. ant. albis

non fasciatis).

IDALIA, Drury, 1., t. 13 (1775); Cram., t. 44,

D,G (1779); Edw., Can. Ent., 1879, p.

217%.

Speyeria idaha, Scudd., Butt. New Eng.,

p. 535, t. 4, 8, 8, t. 12, 12 (1889).

DIANA, Cram., ii., t.98, D, E (1775), d; Feld.,

Reise Nov., t. 50, 8, 4, 9 (1867) ; Edw.,

Butt. N. A.,i., 63, t. 20, 1868., Arg., t. 7,

a—h*; id., Can. Ent., 6, 121, 1874*.

CYBELE, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 516 (1775) ; Edw.,

Butt. N. A, i, 67, t. 21 (1868); id.,

Can. Ent., 6, 121 (1874).*

? carpenterti, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soc., v., p.

204 (1876), (mihi nat. ignota).

A. cybele var. carpenterti, Edw., Butt. N.

A., ii1., pt. 8 (1889).*

LETO, Behr., Pr. Cal. Acad., 2, 173 (1862) ;

Edw., Butt. N. A., i., 85, t. 29 (1869).

cybele, Bdv., Lep. Cal., 60 (1869).

cybele var., Streck., Cat., p. 111 (rectius

bona species).

A. nokomis ab., Streck., Ruffn. Rep., p.

1864 (1878), 9? (2 al. sup. et inf. ad

basin obscurioribus ; supr. marg. lute-

scente; non clnnamomeo).

NoKoMIs, Hdw., Pr. Ac. Phil., 1862, 221;

Butt. N. A., i., 78, t. 28 (1868); Mead,

Wheel. Rep., p. 757, t. xxxv., 1—4

(1875), 3 2.

var. nitocris, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soc. v., 15

(1874); Can. Ent., 1879, p. 82; Mead,

Wheel. Rep., p. 751, f; Edw., Butt. N.

A., iii., Arg. 1 (subt. al. post. ad basin

cinnamomeis ; trans. ad leto).

APHRODITE, Fabr., Mant., 2, 62 (1767); Edw.,

Butt. N. A., i., 71, t. 22 (1868) ; id., Can.

Ent., 6, 121 (1874).*

? var. haleyone, Edw., Butt. N. A., 1., 88,

t.28 (1869), J (al. ant. magis elongatis ?).

?var. alcestis, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soc., v.,

289 (1876); Can. Ent., 12, 69 (1880).*

545

Sib. or. Amur;

Korea; Japan;

China sept. et cent.

Regio Ind. ; China

mer.; Japan.

Java; Australia

sept. (Moreton

Bay, etc.)

U.S. Am.; Maine

ad Nebr. et Arks.

U.S. Am.; Allie-

ghany Mts.; Ohio;

Ill. ; Arks.

U.S. Am. or. et

centr.; Can. N.W.

Terr.

New Mezico.

U.S. Am. ; Cal. ad

Wash. Terr. ; Fort

Macleod, N.W.T.

(fide Geddes) ;

? Col.

U.S. Am.; Ariz. ;

Utah.

Ariz.; Nevada;

Col.

U.S. Am. (eacl.

mer. et. occ. Cana-

da; N.W. Terr. ;

Col.; Wyoming.

Mich. ; Ill. ; Nebr.;

Mont.; Col.

546 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

cypris, Edw., Can. Ent., 1886, p. 62 (var.

vel forma inconstans occidentalis; et

trans. ad aphrodite; paullo major, rubi-

dior, vix distinguenda).

var. vel ? bonasp. nausicaa, Edw., Tr. A. BE.

Soe., v., 104 (1874); id., Papilio, 3, 6

(1883))5 id., Butt. -N. As, 11.5 Are., x.

? aphrodite, Mead, Wheel. Rep., p. 752

(forma Arizonensis rubidior; al. post.

subt. mac. arg. minoribus; ¢ al. post.

ciliis subcostalibus minus elongatis).

LAIS, Hdw., Can. Ent., 15, 209, 1883; Geddes,

Can. Ent., 19, p. 230 (atlantis var. ?

minor, pallidior).

ATLANTIS, Hdw., Pr. Ac. Phil., 1862, 54; Butt.

N..A., 1., 75, t. 24 (1868) ; Can. Ent., 9,

35 (1877)* ; Scudd., Butt. N. E.. p. 571,

t. 4, 6, ete.

var. electa, Kdw., Field and Forest, 8, 148

(1878).

atlantis, Mead, Wheel. Rep., p. 754 (al.

post. subt. mac. arg. paucis; ? trans. ad

hesperis).

hesperis, Edw., Pr. E. 8. Phil., 2, 502

(1864); id., Butt. N. A., i, 79, t. 26

(1874) ; Mead, Wheel. Rep., 754 (1875)

? var. vel transitus ad zerene.

2 columbia, H. Edw., Pr. Cal. Acad., 6

(1877).

coronis, Behr., Pr. Cal. Acad., 2, 173, 1862,

No. 2; Edw., Pr. E. Soc. Phil., i1i., 485

(1864); Butt. N. A., ii, Arg., iv.

@, nevadensis, Edw., Butt. N. A., 1., t. 33

(1871).

juba, Bdl., Lep. Cal., p. 60 (1869).

?macaria, Edw., Field and Forest, 3, 86

(1877).

? chitone, Edw., Can. Ent., 11, 82 (1879).

var. semiramis, Edw., Can. Ent., 18, 61

1886), (forma meridionalis et deserticola ;

supra dilutior, minus nigro notata).

var. vel trans. adcalippe ; liana, H. Kdw.,

Pr. Cal. Acad., 6, 1876; Edw., Butt. N.

A., i1:, Are, C2 ini;

laura, Edw., Can. Ent., 11, 49 (1879).

CALLIPPE, Bdv., Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., 2, x., 302

(852); Edw., Butt.) Nii A.,4:, (77,1. 25

(1868).

? var. vel trans. ad edwardsii, velad zerene,

inornata, Edw., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,

iv:, ps 64.(1872).;; Butte) NJ A., 1.5) Arg.)

t. v. (1876).

Arizona.

N.W. Terr.; Fort

Edmonton (Ged-

des).

U.S. Am. bor.; Lab.

Newf. ; Canada,

N.W. Terr. ad.

circa 60° N.

Col.; New Mexico;

Montana.

Col.; Utah; Mon-

tana.

Brit. Columb. sept.

(Crotch).

Californ. to Wash.

Terr.; N.W. Terr.

(Geddes).

Nev. ;

Utah.

Mont. £

Nevada.

Nevad.;Cal.; Utah.

San Bernardino

Co., Cal.

Napa Co.,

Utah.

Cal. ;

Nevada.

California.

Cal.; Nevada.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 547

EDWARDSI, Reak, Pr. EB. Soc. Phil., vi., 187 Cal.; Mont.; Utah.

(1866); Edw., Butt. N. A., i., 87, t. 30

(1869) ; cf. Mead, Wheel. Rep., p. 754.

var. vel bona sp. nevadensis, Edw., 3, Nev.; Mont.; Utah.

Tr. A. E. Soc., iii., 14 (1870) ; Butt. N.A.,

i., 93, t. 33 (1871), 3 non 2: (? forma

minor; 2 suprapallidior, subt. virescens,

? transitus ad meadit).

var. vel bona sp. meadit, Edw., Tr.A.Ent Cal.; Mont.

Soc., v., 69 (1872); Butt. N. A., ii., Arg.,

t. ii. (1875).

nevadensis var. meadiu, Edw., Cat., 1884,

p. 28.

MONTICOLA, Behr., Pr. Cal. Acad., ii., p. 175, California ; Ore-

No. 8 (1862); Edw., Butt. N. A.,i., 81, gon; Wash.Terr.;

t. 27 (1868). Brit. Col. ; N.W.

? var. purpurascens, H.Edw., Pr.Cal.Acad., Terr. (Geddes) ;

6 (1876), (minor supra obscurior, nom. Nevada; Mon-

vix conservandum). tana (fide Edw).

?var. behrensi, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soc., 11., Mendocino Co. Cal.

370 (1869); Butt. N. A:,1., 89, t. 31

(1870), (? trans. ad monticola vel ad

bremneri, nomen vix conservandum).

BREMNERI, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soc., iv., 63 (1872); Wash.Terr.; Brit.

Butt. N. A., ii., Arg., t. 4 (1874). Col. ; Vancouver's

Isl. ; ? Cal.

hippolyta, Edw., Can. Ent., 11, 81 (1879). Oregon; Cal. sept.

? var. rhodope, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soe., v.,

18 (1874); Butt. N. A., i, Arg, t. 6

(1874), (minor, ? inconstans; nom. vix

conservandum).

ZERENE, Bdl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1852, p. 302 California; Shas-

(in parte); Behr., Pr. Cal. Acad., ii, ta, Plumas Co.,

175, No. 9 (1862). etc.; Nev.; Utah

2 hydaspe, Bal., Lep. Cal., 60,1869; Edw., (side Edw.)

Butt. N. A., i., 91, t. 82 (1870), as zerene.

2 irene, Bdv., Lep. Cal., p.59 (1869) ; Edw.,

Can. Ent., 1879, p. 53.

zerene var. irene, Streck., Cat., p. 1138.

2rupestris, Behr., Pr. Cal. Acad., ii., 175

(1862), No. 6; Edw., Butt. N. A., in,

Arg., 7 (1876).

egleis var. irene, Bdy., Lep. Cal., 59 (1869),

fide Kdw.

(forme inconstantes minores quam

monticola; nomina incerte identifi-

canda ; vix conservanda).

var. ? adiante, Bdl., Lep. Cal., 61 (1869); Sta. Clara Mts. ;

Behr., Pr. Cal. Acad,, ii., 175 (1862), California.

No. 7.

adiaste, Edw., Pr. E. Soe. Phil., in., 436

(1864), (zerene proxima; supra et subt.

dilutior, al. post. subt. inconspicue no-

tatis).

548 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

EURYNOME, Hdw., Tr. A. EF. Soc., iv., 66 Col. ; Mont.; N.W.

(1872) ; Butt. N.A., ii., Arg., t. i. (1875)* ;

Mead, Rep. Wheel. Exp., v., 755 (1875).

astarte, Edw. (nec. Doubl.), Pr. E. Soc.

Phil., i., 221 (1862).

clio, Kdw., l.c., 106; Geddes, Can. Ent.,

19, 232.

artonis, Edw., l.c., 9, 2 (1881), (minor

subt. mae. arg. nullis vel paucis).

? bisehoffit, Edw., Tr. A. E. Soc., 3, 189

(1870); Butt. N. A., ii., Arg., t. iii. (1875),

(var. vel? bonasp.; obscurior, subt. mac.

albidis).

var. opts, Edw., Ul. c., 5, 105 (1874) ; Butt.,

ii., Arg., t. lii. (1875).

var. vel transitus ad montivaga.

arge, Streck., Cat., 114 (1878).

erinna, Edw., Can. Ent., xv., 53 (1883) ;

Geddes, Can. Ent. xix., 282 (1887).

Terr.; ? Brit. Col.

N.W. Terr. ; Brit.

Col.

Col.; Nev.

Sitka; Alaska.

Brit. Col.

Wash. Terr. ; Col.;

Cal.

N.W. Terr.; Brit.

Col.

var. ? vel bona sp. montivaga, Behr., Proc. Sverra Nevada;

Cal. Ac., 2, 174, ‘* No. 4” (1862), id., l.c.. Cal.; Nev.

3, 84 (1863); Edw., Can. Ent., xi., p. 52

(1879).

A. zereue var. montivago, Streck., Cat., p.

114 (al. ant. paullo magis elongatis; subt.

minus viride tinctis).

? var. egleis, Bdv., Lep. Cal., 59 (1869), Sierra Nevada ;

fide Edw.; Edw., Butt. N. A., iii., Arg., Cal.; Utah; Col.;

tetxet Nevada.

montivaga, Edw. (non Behr.), Proc. E. Soc.

Phil. iii., 435 (1864).

@ mormonia, Bdy., Lep. Cal., 58 (1869),

(subt. mac. arg. subnullis; nomen vix

conservandum).

A. aphirape, like almost all wide-ranging species,

varies very much, but the varieties are inconstant. The

Labrador form, which Staudinger, as I think wrongly,

refers to triclaris, though paler above, and in the female

sex, than typical Lapland specimens, is more like them

than those from Nikolaievsk and Colorado, which are

paler, and nearer to the German and Armenian form.

One from Hudson Bay is like those from Esthonia and

St. Petersburg, intermediate between the type and ossi-

anus in size and colour, but marked beneath like ossianus.

The American form seems rare and confined to great

elevations in the Rocky Mountains, but will probably be

found at many points in Arctic America.

A. hegemone is considered by Staudinger and Alpheraky

as nearest to euphrosyne, of which the former says it

revision of the genus Argynnts. 549

may be a form, but the markings of the under side

seem to me to show its nearer affinity with aphirape.

Alpheraky says that Kuldja specimens differ constantly

from those from Margilan, but the difference in my

specimens is very slight.

A. selene seems to vary less than most of the species,

but its aberrations are numerous, and some are named

and figured by Spangberg. ‘The arctic var. hela in

typical specimens may be separated, but I think is hardly

deserving of a name.

A. oscarus, as figured by Eversmann, is a sufficiently

distinct species, though my specimens are not so bright

in colour as his. He compares it with ossianus, as

Fixsen does with euphrosyne, but it seems to me nearer to

selene than to either, though it may be distinguished

from both by the larger size, and by the absence of any

silvery spots on the middle band of the hind wing below.

I have not seen enough of the variety australis to say

whether the difference is marked and constant, but

Graeser says it has the same relation to the type as

aphirape and euphrosyne have to ossianus and jfingal, and

that the difference is much greater.

A. perry, Butl., from Possiet Bay, of which I have seen

the typical specimens, appears to be the same as

iphigeneta, but the identification is not certain.

A. iphigeneia is a species of which I know but little.

I have a single not very fresh specimen from Amurland

which agrees with Graeser’s specimens and description

exactly, and three others from Gensan in Korea, collected

by Mr. Leech, which agree with it in the shape of the

wings, but on the under side show more of the markings

of selene. Graeser says it is near oscarus and euphrosyne,

but differs from both in the longer narrower wings, and

in the colour and pattern of the under side of the hind

wing. I cannot consider it as a variety of either of

these species, and, without seeing a long series of both

sexes, am not able to say that it is distinct, though

before Graeser had described it, I had separated my

specimen as one which I could not identify with

certainty.

A. euphrosyne, var. jfingal, is a boreal form which in

Lapland, Jemtland, Finland, and other parts of Northern

Europe, and perhaps Asia, appears pretty constant; but

the form found at Bodo in Arctic Norway is euphrosyne,

550 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

and occasional examples of jingal occur in the Alps (1

have one from Tarasp).

A. myrina, though a very near ally of selene, next to

which, perhaps, it should be placed, is sufficiently

distinct and constant to be recognised. It seems to

have a very wide range in the colder but not in the

arctic parts of North America, but is somewhat local.

A. altissima, gemmata, and clara are three allied, but

very distinct and beautiful species, which seem best

placed here; they are all confined to the alpine regions

of the Himalaya. The exact habitat of A. clara was

long doubtful, but it has lately been found by Mr. Duthie

and others at Gangootri, near the source of the Ganges,

and at Phuladaru, in the province of Gurwhal. 4.

gemmata occurs somewhere in the same country, as well

as in alpine Sikkim, where it seems very abundant.

A. jerdoni and A. gong are also allied species, though

easily distinguished from each other by the markings of

their under side. One inhabits the western, the other

the extreme eastern edge of the great Asiatic highlands,

and both as yet are known from one locality only, though

their range is probably not so restricted as it seems.

A. pales.—The varieties of this species are so endless

that it seems almost impossible to retain names for any

of them except the form known as arsilache, which

occurs in the peat-bogs of Northern Germany, and in

Northern Europe and Asia; and which by some good

entomologists, among whom Zeller and Meyer-Dur are

prominent, is considered as a distinct species. After

studying very carefully and repeatedly my own collection,

containing 74 males and 56 females, in which all the

known forms except the Greek one are very fully repre-

sented, and seeing thousands of specimens in other

collections, I do not see how any of the named forms can

be defined with certainty, and though typical specimens

from the Caucasus and Central Asia could be recognised

as local variations, they are nowhere constant to one

type. The most distinct are those from some parts of

Central Asia (var. generator, Stegr.), especially from

South-western Altai, and the Skorolah in Western Ladak,

some of which have the spots on the upper surface

almost obsolete, and the under side very peculiar.

Those from the Caucasus (var. caucasica, Ster.) are

very bright in colour above, and much spotted below,

revision of the genus Argynnis. 551

closely resembling the average Pyrenean specimens, and

below intermediate between pales and arsilache. Those

from Greece (var. greca, Stgr.) are described as paler

below and with the fringes variegated, but this is also

the case in some alpine and Himalayan specimens. The

majority of these last, however, which have been named

sipora and baralacha by Moore, are much nearer to

Swiss than they are to Central Asiatic ones, and certainly

cannot be separated.

Staudinger considers arsilache as a var. only of pales,

saying that the Scandinavian form, which he names

lapponica, is intermediate; but Zeller says that his

evidence, cf. Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 347, and 1872,

p- 44, tells as much in favour of their distinction as of

their identity. Meyer-Dur also, in his excellent work on

the Swiss butterflies, strongly supports the idea that

they are different, but Frey, who had probably a larger

material and experience, agrees with Staudinger. A.

pales, however, is everywhere the typical mountain form,

and arsilache the lowland one: out of fourteen pairs

from Denmark, Sweden, Norway, and North Russia, all

but four are nearer to arsilache, those from the Dovrefeild

being the only exceptions.

Considering, therefore, that in Europe we can usually

distinguish the two forms by their markings, and the

difference in their habitat, and that their larve have

probably different food-plants, it will only be a question

of individual opinion whether they are distinct species.

It is curious that pales, which is found over such a wide

area, and is common wherever it occurs, should be

absent, and have no near ally in N. America.

A. chariclea is a circumpolar species, but hitherto

found only in isolated localities in Lapland and Siberia,

whilst in Labrador, British America, and Greenland it

is more generally distributed. It varies considerably,

and in the extreme north is much darker in colour

above (var. obscurata, M‘Lachl.); whilst in the Rocky

Mountains, and occasionally in Labrador, it assumes

the form boisduvalii, which Edwards treats as distinct.

I cannot, however, see any good reason for this, as there

is no possible line of division between the two; and

Geddes found both flying together at a high altitude in

the Rocky Mountains. It extends to a higher latitude

than any other butterfly, except A. polaris.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 2Q

552 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

A. montinus is certainly a form of chariclea, which has

remained isolated on the White Mountains for so long

that it has assumed a distinctive character, and may be

considered as a good instance of a fixed local race. The

Rocky Mountain form of chariclea, which exists under

very similar conditions, seems the nearest to it, but I have

seen none which could possibly be mistaken for montinus.

A. helena is probably another representative which

extends far south on the higher parts of the Rocky

Mountains. In Montana I took it at 6500 ft. In

Colorado it ascends to 13,500 ft. It is not unlike selenis,

but may be distinguished by the lighter shade of colora-

tion, and less heavy spotting above, and by the shape of

the large patch nearest the costa on the band of the

hind wing below, which in eleven specimens had the

1. A. helena: costa of hind wing below. 2. A. selenis : costal patch

of hind wing below.*

shape shown in the annexed cut, whilst one only was

straight on the inside, as was the case more or less in

eleven specimens of selenis (see cut), of which ten were

from Siberia.

A. selenis occurs in the Ural Mountains, and in various

parts of Central and Eastern Siberia to the Lower Amur.

The eastern form is rather larger and darker in colour,

and has been separated by Erschoff as var. sibirica, but

I have not seen sufficient specimens from the Ural to say

* The dark patch in the cut is really pale yellowish, and rather

exaggerates the difference between the species, being made from a

rough sketch of my own, and not from the actual specimens.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 553

whether this difference is constant. I agree with Graeser

in thinking that it is better placed near chariclea and

Freya than before selene, where Staudinger arranges it.

A. angarensis is very close to selenis var. sibirica, and

perhaps can only certainly be distinguished in the male

sex by the row of silvery white marks on the border of

the hind wing below. The female, however, of which

sex I have four perfect specimens, seems paler in colour

and rather larger than the corresponding sex of sclenis.

Graeser, who has taken both in abundance, does not

question their distinctness.

A. freiyja is a species of immensely wide range, but

which does not seem to vary in the least, six pairs

taken by me in the Yellowstone Park being indis-

tinguishable from average Lapland and Swedish speci-

mens. Its range, however, differs much in the Old and

New Worlds, for whereas in Europe it is not found south

of 58° or 59° N. in Estland, and 60° in Sweden, and extends

to about 70° N. in Lapland and Siberia; in the Rocky

Mountains it extends south to at least 40° in Colorado,

and is not known to occur farther north than Fort Simpson,

about 62°N. The difference in climate and vegetation of

the two continents at similar latitudes must explain

this, and only the presence of the continuous high range

of the Rocky Mountains can account for its extending

so far to the south in Colorado. The form described as

tarquinius is, I think, only a smaller darker arctic var.,

which occurs also in British Columbia.

A. amathusia.—A well-known and little-varying species,

as far as my experience goes; but I possess no eastern

or Asiatic specimens. Russian specimens, however, are

paler and somewhat smaller than Swiss ones, as are

some from the Italian valleys of the Western Alps.

Schilde, in his paper on Finland butterflies, Stett. Ent.

Zeit., 18738, p. 176, says that freya, chariclea, and

amathusia hold as near a relationship to each other as

aphirape, ossianus, and triclaris, and that he finds only

trifling differences between the two latter; but I cannot

at all agree with this, as amathusia is fully as distinct

and more easy to separate, than many species in this

vroup; and if it was, as he seems to suggest, the alpine

representative of either chariclea or freyja, would probably

have retained its place only in the highest and coldest

part of the Alps, whereas it flies in grassy glades among

2Q2

554 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

bushes at 8—4000 ft.; and though I have taken it as

high as 6000 ft. in the French Alps, its range is usually

much lower ; Meyer-Dur says not above 4500 ft.

A. frigga is another circumpolar species of very

similar distribution to the last, and varying much in

size and markings of the under side below. Labrador

specimens, as well as the few I have seen from Colorado

and Hudson Bay, may usually be distinguished by the

whitish or yellowish markings of the hind wing below

(except the patch nearest the costa, which even in the

form improba remains whitish) being partially or com-

pletely obscured by the reddish brown of the ground

colour. Jmproba is an extreme arctic form, which,

strange to say, exists in as widely remote localities as

Nova Zembla and Arctic America, and shows. in its

small size and dark colour, the same influences of a cold

and bad climate, as is shown by other arctic Lepidoptera,

but the markings and pattern are so nearly identical

with those of frigga that hardly anyone but Mr. Butler

could have described this highly interesting form with-

out alluding to the existence of what even he must

allow is an extremely near ally.

A. dia is a species which varies little, and is too well

known to require much remark.

A. bellona* is an American species, which occurs

frequently in many parts of the Northern United States

and British America east of the Rocky Mountains, and

extends to British Columbia, whence there is a specimen

in the British Museum: epithore replaces it in most

places on the Pacific coast, and is by Edwards considered

distinct, though I incline to Strecker’s view that it is

only a variety. It may generally be recognised by the

paler colour, less heavily marked with black at the base

of the wings, and the rather less produced apex and less

angled outer margin of the fore wings. I have not seen

the variety named kreimhild by Strecker, which appears

to be found in the dryer parts of the Rocky Mountains

from Utah to Arizona. From the discription it would

seem to be a local race of epithore, as Edwards thinks.

A. thore is a distinct species, rare and somewhat local

* Mead says that ‘the larva of bellona resembles more closely

that of cybele than that of myrina,” thus affording additional

evidence of the artificial character of the genus Brenthis, erected

to contain these smaller Argynnides. He includes both bellona

and epithore in his list from Colorado.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 558

in the Alps, where it occurs at 3—6000 ft., and, as far

as I have seen, in shaded valleys on the edge of pine

and larch woods, where it settles on the flowers of the

rhododendron. In Jemtland, and on the Dovrefeild, a

form occurs which is intermediate between the dark

alpine and the pale Lapland and eastern variety borealis.

A. amphilochus is a very distinct species, which seems

to have no near allies in Europe or Asia, and is, as far

as yet known, confined to a limited district near the

watershed of the Upper Amur.

A. astarte is an almost unknown species, which was

discovered in some part of British Columbia (perhaps on

the Cascade Mountains) many years ago, by some of

Lord Derby’s collectors. The type is in the British

Museum, and seems to have been overlooked both in

Strecker’s and Edwards’ catalogues, probably because

the locality is incorrectly given in Kirby’s catalogue as

Jamaica. It has never been since found by any entomolo-

gist, and seems to me a species quite distinct from any

other in North America, and most nearly allied to

amphilochus.

A. ino varies little except in size, and I should

not have said that the var. amwrensis is a well-marked

form; but as both Staudinger and Graeser, who have

seen it in hundreds, say that independently of its

usually, but not always much greater size, it can be

recognised by the different colour of the under side of

the hind wing, I retain the varietal name against my

own opinion, which is based on the examination of a

much smaller number of specimens. Excepting by

de l’Orza, ino has not been recorded from Japan, but

there are three specimens in Mr. Godman’s collection,

taken by Jonas at 5000 ft., which are certainly nothing

else; and Mr. Leech has also three specimens from

Oiwake, Japan, taken by Pryer.

A. daphne is another species of very wide range, which

does not vary much except in its extreme eastern range,

and there in very much the same way as the last. Iam

not at all sure that the Japanese and Amur form can be

constantly recognised, as I have not a long series of

either, but those I have from Japan, Amurland, and

Korea, all agree in being somewhat larger, the outer

margin of the fore wing a trifle less rounded, and the

under side of the hind wing somewhat greyer and less

violet than the average of European specimens.

556 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

A. hecate is a species of somewhat limited range in

Europe, but occurs in Western and Central Asia, and

seems to vary little. Staudinger’s var. caucasica is not

recognised in the Grand Duke Romanoff’s list of Caucasian

butterflies, and those specimens I have from Amasia and

Armenia agree perfectly with Hungarian examples ; so 1

think this name may be dropped.

A. lathonia.—A re-examination of my long series of

this species has lead me to modity the opinion I formerly

held that the Himalayan form was not to be distinguished

from the European. Unfortunately I am unable to

compare a series of specimens from Central Asia, where,

according to Alpheraky, it is rare, and I therefore

cannot say to which form those belong. Alpheraky

only says ‘‘ perhaps a little paler than European speci-

mens.” The Himalayan form, however, can be dis-

tinguished by the silver patches in the cell of the hind

wing below, being lanceolate or rather pointed towards

the outside, and angled towards the costa instead of

oblong, as in European specimens. ‘This character

fails partially to distinguish about four of my forty

specimens. A more constant and better distinction

is the form of the silver patch at the abdominal angle,

which extends in the Himalayan examples in a band of

diminishing breadth, almost to the end of the lanceolate

patch above mentioned, where, as in the European

specimens, it never extends beyond the first median

nervule (vein 1, apud H.-8.). As a rule also, the Hima-

layan specimens are larger and rather paler in tint on

the upper side. The species has not yet been found

anywhere in Kastern Asia, China, or Japan, but is

common in Sikkim and the North-west Himalaya. It

does not seem that the name isgea, which was attri-

buted to Doubleday by Gray, was ever used by him in

print, and I think no description of it has been pub-

lished. De Nicéville, relying on myself, uses the name

lathonia for the Himalayan variety.

The synonymy of the Chilian species of Argynnis is

somewhat involved.* Butler and Reed do not agree in

* Berg, in the ‘ Annals of the Argentine Society’ for 1882, gives

a full synonymy, which he says is based on an examination of the

typical specimens of dewamene and lathonioides, and is, perhaps,

more correct than mine, which was written before I had been able

to get access to this paper.

revision of the genus Argynnts. 557

their identification of Blanchard’s species. Butler says

that siga of Hubner is the northern variety of cytheris,

A. cytheris : to show venation and shape of wings.

the type, which came from the Straits of Magellan. But

I find specimens from Conception in Mr. Godman’s collec-

tion as small as others from Puntas Arenas in the Straits,

and do not think the variety is constant. Butler makes

anna a synonym of cytheris, but Reed, as I think rightly,

makes it the male of lathonioides, and says that it is

A. modesta : to show venation and shape of wings.

found from the Straits of Magellan as far north as the

Desert of Atacama. Edmonds found it as high as

558 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

6000 ft. in the Cordillera. The sexes in this species are

much more alike than in cytheris, and resemble the

female of the latter in colour, but may, I think, be

distinguished by the shape of the wings.

A. modesta is a small species confined to the higher

mountains, and quite distinct on the under side from

the other two.

The species which I have named A. hanningtoni is

one of the most remarkable of the whole genus, both on

account of its locality, which is widely separated from

that of any other Argynnis, and on account of its peculiar

A, hanningtont.

appearance, but I can see nothing in its venation, which

I have here figured, or in its structure to separate it

from the genus. The types are three males, taken in

the forests of Taveta, near Mount Kilimanjaro, in Africa,

by the late Bishop Hannington in March, 1885, and are

in the collection of the British Museum.

A. hanningtoni, n.sp.— dé. Above, dull fawn-colour,

with the base and border of wings blackish, near the mar-

gin a line of white spots, and inside them a line of black

spots on both wings. Some more black spots in the

interspaces and cell. Below, with no black border or

base, one basal spot, a line of transverse spots, and

marginal lunules dull silvery, all surrounded by reddish

brown.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 559

A. elisa is a well-marked species peculiar to the moun-

tains of Corsica and Sardinia, and is, as far as I know,

the only instance of such an insular development in the

genus.

A. aglaia has perhaps the widest range of any species

of the genus. It varies chiefly in size, from an average

of about 1°6 in. on the Dovrefeild, in Norway, to about

9°4 in. in Amurland. The females in England are some-

times very dark in colour; in hot climates, such as

Southern Spain and Amurland, they are paler and

ereener towards the base of the wings than in ordinary

European specimens. In Japan the species seems rare

or local, and the only female I have is somewhat darker

green on the hind wings below. In Kuldja Alpheraky

says it is rare, and ascends to 10,000 ft. At Ta-Tsien-

lo, in East Tibet, it seems common, but, as far as we

know, it does not extend to Central China. A form has

been taken in the extreme north-west of Kashmir and

Ladak, vithatha, Moore, by Capt. Hellard and Mr. Leech,

which may be considered as a good local variety, though

I have not seen enough specimens to say so with

certainty. It flies on the Skorolah as high as 15,000 ft.

elevation, and may be recognised by its pale colour, and

in the male is much less heavily marked with black than

any other aglaia I have seen, resembling niobe, var.

orientalis, very closely. The females also, on account of

the pale markings of the apex and outer marking of

the fore wings, resemble niobe more than aglaia, so that

I had confused it with the Ladak form of jainadeva, which

was first sent me by Mr. de Nicéville as vithatha. But

the under side is that of a true aglaia, and leaves little

doubt of the position of this insect.

A. nerippe is allied to niobe, and is perhaps an extreme

eastern development of this species; but it is so much

larger, differently marked below, and constant to its

type that I was clearly mistaken in putting it down as a

variety of adippe m my list of the butterflies of Japan,

being partly. misled by a Korean specimen in which the

median vein seemed somewhat dilated. Mr. Leech, who

took large quantities in Korea, holds the opinion, in which

I fully agree, that coreana is the same as nerippe, and a

distinct species from either niobe or adippe. I have

seen a specimen of coreana from Japan, taken by Jonas,

in Mr. Godman’s collection.

560 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

A. niobe is a very wide-ranging species, which varies

extremely on the under side, and has developed two or

three varieties which are certainly well-marked, and, as

far as I know, constant in Asia; but I have not seen

enough of either orientalis or gigantea to speak with

certainty of them.

A. jainadeva, however, the Himalayan form, may, I

think, be regarded as a good species, which seems to me

as near to aglaia as to niobe. It resembles niobe most

on the upper side, especially in the female sex, but differs

constantly on the under side in having the hind wing of

a greenish tinge towards the base, as in aglaia, with the

silver spots of the same, but with the addition of a row

of three (sometimes four or five) rufous spots, of which

two or three are pupilled with silver, between the outer

and next row of silver patches. It never assumes the

eris form of niobe, which seems commonest elsewhere,

and out of thirteen males and nine females I have none

which cannot be distinguished from niobe, of which I have

forty from various localities. Jainadeva occurs in the

north-western parts of the Himalayas only; and in the

dryer climate of the northern valleys and Ladak assumes

a form which is so close to the var. of aglaia found near

the same region, that I had for a long time confounded

them under the name of vithatha.

A. adippe is one of the most variable species ; several

forms have been included under varietal names by

Staudinger, and others described by Butler, but none of

them seems to me to be capable of exact definition, and

none of them are confined to a particular region, so far

as I know. In Japan, Korea, and Amurland all the

named forms occur, and Leech says others quite as

distinct are also found. As a rule, the eastern and

southern specimens are larger, brighter, and the females

often darker and more tinged with green, than the

European ones. In all my forty male specimens the

first median nerve of the fore wing appears strongly

dilated for about one-third of its length, and in all but

a few specimens from Amurland and Korea the second

median vein also seems dilated to a less but usually

well-marked extent.

The apparent dilatation of the median veins in several

species of Argynnis is not, as Mr. Jenner Weir has

pointed out to me, a fact. It is really due, as Mr.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 561

Scudder has well shown in his ‘ Butterflies of New

England,’ t. 44, fig. 4, to the presence of dark scales of

unusual size, which conceal the so-called androconia

(‘‘federbuschschuppen,” apud Aurivillius), which are long

scales fringed at the end in the four species figured by

Scudder on Plate 46. As these scales are not removed

from the wing by Mr. Waterhouse’s process of desquama-

tion, I was lead to the belief that an actual thickening of

the vein took place ; but Mr. Weir has shown me entirely

desquamated wings of A. atlantis, paphia, and adippe,

which prove the correctness of his view. There is an

admirable account of the formation and clothing of these

veins, with figures of the scales and veins, in a paper by

Herr C. Aurivillius, ‘‘ tuber Sekundire Geschlectscharak-

tare Nordischer Tagfalter,” published in the ‘ Bihang till

k. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar,’ Band 5, No. 25,

Stockholm, 1880, P. A. Nordstedt and Sons, to which

I must refer those who wish to study the question

farther.

A. laodice is rather an eastern than a EHuropean

species, but occurs throughout Russia from Sarepta and

Odessa to about 60° N., and also in Kastern Germany,

where in some seasons it is not very rare. In China

and Japan, however, it is more abundant, and varies

considerably in size and the tint of the under side. In

this species the first median, and also the submedian,

vein appear dilated in the males for about one-third of

their length in both Kuropeanand Asiatic specimens alike.

The four specimens I have from Ta-tsien-lo, in Hast

Tibet, which I owe to M. Oberthur’s kindness, show in

the rather broader and better marked transverse bar on

the hind wing below, an approach to the next species,

which their geographical position would lead one to expect,

as it is evident that A. rudra, which is only a fixed local

race of laodice, must have come to the Khasias through

the hill-region of Upper Burmah, and the unknown

country east of Assam, and not through the Himalaya,

where it is unknown. Its existence here, surrounded by

tropical plains on all sides but one, is somewhat re-

markable. It is, however, in all the specimens I have

seen and taken myself, easily recognised by the unvarying

breadth of this band, as well as by the much greener

colour of the hind wings below, to which also the

Tibetan specimens show a tendency. The clothing of

562 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

the veins in the male is not so well-marked in this

species as in laodice.

A. lysippe is a perfectly good and distinct species,

which seems rare both in Japan and Amurland. It has

usually been known under the name of ruslana, Motsch.,

but, on referring to the description, I think that it

cannot be applied to this insect. He says, ‘‘ Statura,

arg. laodice sed minor” (while Janson correctly says of

lysippe larger). The rest of Motschulsky’s description

would do for any species of Argynnis, and there is not a

word to indicate the characters by which it can easily be

distinguished from laodice, namely, the different shape

of the fore wings, shaped as in A. anadyomene, and the

apparent dilatation of three instead of one of the veins.

Another reason, which makes me think that Mots-

chulsky had another species in view, is that he speaks

of possessing ‘‘un bon nombre d’exemplaires,” whilst

lysippe seems to be always a rare insect in Amurland, as

well asin Japan. Unless, therefore, the type of Mots-

chulsky’s species can be discovered, I think Janson’s

name must be adopted, as his description is a good and

clear one. The females are larger and greenish in

tint, shaped like the male, and having the same whitish

spot near the apex of the fore wing, as the female of

A. laodice.

A. anadyomene is allied to the last two species, but

has a well-marked structural difference in one vein only,

the first median, on which for fully half its length the

scales are strongly raised and thickened. It seems

common in China, and does not vary.

A. paphia, in the East of Asia, is as common as in

Kurope, and there increases in size, as do so many other

butterflies. The females are in Japan and China seldom.

or never so yellow as in HKurope, and the so-called

aberration valesina is rather the type than the variety.

In Europe also, in particular places and seasons, it is so

common that it is rather an instance of dimorphism

than of variation. What I consider a real aberration is

the form known as anargyra, Stgr., in which the hind

wings are without silver bands below; but such forms

are hardly worthy of scientific names, for if once recog-

nised they may be multiplied to any extent, and are

rather a prize for collectors than of interest to scientific

naturalists. A. paphia has the scales of all three

revision of the genus Argynnis. 563

median veins, as well as the submedian vein, thickened

in the males, but only on the first median are they

much raised.

A. pandora and A. kamala are species which require

little notice, as neither of them vary appreciably. In

both of them the first and second median veins seem

dilated in the male.

A. childreni is the largest and most beautiful of all

the Old World species. It extends from the North-west

Himalayas as far east as Ichang, in Central China, and

varies but little, specimens from the North-west Himalaya

being somewhat smaller, paler, and the females greener

in tint than those from the Eastern Himalaya, Khasia

Hills, and China. It is found from 7 to 10,000 ft. in the

North-west, but in the Khasias 4 to 6000 ft. is its zone

of elevation. I have taken it on grassy places near

woods, but not in forest-country. It has the first and

second median veins in the male heavily scaled.

A. sagana is quite peculiar, on account of the remark-

able difference between the two sexes, which lead to the

female being first described under another name. It

seems, however, to have close affinity with the last group,

the first median vein being clothed in the same manner ;

while in some specimens the second and also the sub-

median seem thickened to a less extent. The species does

not vary appreciably, as far as I have seen.

A. niphe is the only one of the whole genus, except

hanningtont, which has a tropical habitat. It also has

the female very dissimilar to the male, and a style of

marking below, not seen in any other Argynnis. But I

can see no good reason for separating it generically,

unless several other groups are also separated. The

form found in Australia may be separated by its smaller

size, duller colour, and the absence of the white bar in

the female; it has been named inconstans by Butler.

The Javan form resembles it in the male sex, but the

female has the white band, and I have not seen speci-

mens from any other of the Malay Islands.

The Argynnides of North America are, without excep-

tion, the most difficult butterflies to classify that I

have ever studied. I have a collection which includes

authentically named specimens of almost all the species

and varieties, many of them direct from such well-known

collectors as Messrs. H. Edwards and Morrison; many

564 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

others from Messrs. Strecker and Geddes. I have also

seen some of the best collections in the United States,

and studied all, or almost all, the large mass of scattered

literature and notes on the genus by Messrs. W. H. and

H. Edwards, Mead, Geddes, Scudder, and Strecker. I

have repeatedly tried to construct a key by which the sup-

posed species could be identified, and can only say that

I have completely failed. Iam certain that no entomo-

logist, who received to-day the most perfect collection

which could be got together from all parts of North

America, and had to classify and describe them without

regard to the work of others, would make anything like

as many species as have been recognised. It seems pre-

sumptive for a man to set aside much of what has been

written by those who have seen, both living and dead, so

many more specimens than I have seen, and yet I

cannot, in dealing with the American forms, adopt

as specific, characters so slight and variable that they

would not be recognised as such in the much better

known European species. And to show that it is

not my ignorance alone which makes the difficulty, I

may say that it is just those species which I have

personally observed in life, and which I have most

carefully examined, such as A. eurynome, A. liliana,

A. monticola, and A. meadii, in which I have found

my uncertainty the greatest. Mr. Strecker’s remarks,

on p. 118 of his Catalogue, are so much to the point

that I will quote them here, and can only say that

if our American colleagues do not agree with them,

let them rather point out how others may understand

their conclusions, than blame me for not adopting what

I cannot see:—‘‘ The Argynnides of the western slope,

or Pacific side of the Rocky Mountains, are without

doubt, if we except, perhaps, the Coliades, the most

difficult of all the North American Diurne to deal with,

as they not only run into certain variations, but again

into subvariations, and even further. The two species

monticola and zerene, first considered identical by Dr.

Boisduval, are perhaps the most perplexing; each of

these bears the same relation to some of their varieties

as does niobe to its var. eris, and adippe to cleodoxa, but

presenting by no means the stability of forms of these

European variations, but branching out into endless and

endless varieties until the student is completely at a loss

to know where or to what they may belong.”

revision of the genus Argynnis. 565

Scudder, in the ‘ Butterflies of New England,’ has

figured the abdominal organs of several species of

Argynnis on Plate 38, which gives an opportunity of

comparing some nearly allied species. ‘Those of A.

cybele, fig. 44, A. aphrodite, fig. 40, are very similar

indeed, but as they do not appear to agree exactly with

the descriptions, and the figure of that of aphrodite is

not alluded to in the description on p. 565, I do not

know whether the description was made from the

same specimens figured, and whether we are to attribute

the difference to variation, or to incorrect drawing.

The clasper of atlantis (fig. 36), also much resembles

those of cybele and aphrodite, but has the hook longer

and nearer the clasp. The figures of the androconia of

these three species (Plate 46, figs. 12, 18, 14), are also

very similar, and, taken in connection with the claspers,

do not lead one to suppose that very much help will be

given in deciding the relationship of nearly allied species

in this genus by a microscopic examination. The clas-

pers of A. myrina, bellona, and montinus (Plate 38, figs.

35, 88, 42), all included by Scudder in the genus Brenthis,

show a general similarity of form inter se, with the same

minor differences as those of cybele, aphrodite, and

atlantis. I at first supposed that some difference might

be found in the scales clothing the median veins in

the males, but on examination with a powerful lens

idalia is the only North American species in which

the raising is conspicuous, though in some specimens

of atlantis and aphrodite, and others, it is clearly per-

ceptible. The tuft of silky hairs on the subcostal nerve

is present in the males of all the larger species that

I have examined, and is very conspicuous in idalia, but

I have not found it in the smaller species which have

been separated under the genus Brenthis.

A. idalia and A. diana are two of the most beautiful

species in the whole genus, and may be said to form the

best links between those species of Hastern Asia, which

end the Palearctic series, and the American species, which

are isolated from them. A. diana has the sexes more

different than any except sagana, and if the genus was

divided into groups would be another instance of an

American species having its nearest affinities in North-

eastern Asia and Japan, of which we have several among

the plants of the Alleghany Mountains.

566 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

A.aphrodite, A.cybele, A.alcestis, A.cypris, A.halcyone.

—This is a group of species or forms which are extremely

hard to define, and though Edwards and Scudder, and

most other North American entomologists, agree in

keeping them separate, I think it is very difficult, if not

impossible, to identify them unless you know their

habitat. I have a pretty good series of all except cypris,

which must be very close to, if not identical with, alcestis,

and, judging by the character of the median veins in the

fore wing of the male, and by the colour and pattern of

the under side, which are the best characters I know by

which to define the species, lam certainly inclined to fol-

low Strecker rather than Edwards. There have been so

many mistakes made in identifying these species by

collectors that their geographical distribution is not

very easy to follow out; though Mr. Scudder’s maps are

useful, they are by no means infallible, and the northern

and western range of aphrodite and cybele is certainly

not defined at present. I received from Morrison a pair

of cybele from Montana, which agree with those taken by

Geddes in the North-west Territory of Canada, near

Edmonton, in being smaller than those from the eastern

states. According to Scudder and Edwards, however,

cybele does not occur in Montana, and the Edmonton

habitat is quite isolated ; whilst aphrodite, which is un-

mentioned by Geddes in his lists of north-western butter-

flies in ‘Canadian Entomologist,’ vols. 15, p. 221, 16,

pp. 56 and 224, is stated by Scudder and Edwards to occur

at Kdmonton. Hither such experienced collectors as

Morrison and Geddes did not know aphrodite when they

saw it out of its usual range, or Scudder and Edwards

are mistaken. Though it seems undoubted that typical

eastern specimens of these species can be distinguished

(for the points of difference see Scudder, p. 566), yet the

differences are so slight that it may not be possible to

identify western specimens with one or the other, and this

difficulty seems to have been got over in Edwards’ case

by creating other species, such as alcestis, cypris, and

halcyone, which cannot be identified with any certainty

from his figures or descriptions; and which, notwith-

standing all that has been written upon them, must

remain, as far as I can see, ‘‘ species dubie”’ to those

who have not specimens identified by their author at

hand for reference.

revision of the genus Argynnis. - 567

A. leto is a species which, though undoubtedly nearly

allied to cybele, is fully as distinct from it as nokomis,

and may be regarded as its Pacific coast form, in the

same way as nokomis is the form of the dry central

plateau of the continent. Though the male is not very

different from the male of cybele, yet the female, which

on the upper side is hardly distinguishable from the

females of nokomis and nitocris, is marked by the

strong contrast between the deep chocolate, almost

black, of the base and inner area of the wings and the

pale yellowish colour of the outer area. Its range

extends along the Pacific coast from Central California

to Washington Territory, and it is recorded also by

Geddes from Fort Macleod, in the North-western Terri-

tory of Canada, on the eastern side of the mountains.

Those I have from Washington Territory are considerably

darker at the base of the hind wings than others from

Plumas County, California; and I should not be at all

surprised if a large series from different localities were

to show forms intermediate both with cybele and nokomis.

A. carpenteri is unknown to me, except from the

description, which seems to point to a form of cybele.

It was described from two males and one female taken

by Dr. Carpenter in New Mexico at a high elevation

above the timber line, and is said by Mr. Edwards to be

of the size of atlantis and near cybele.

A. nokomis and nitocris are regarded by Edwards, in

his last catalogue, as distinct; he cites, however,

Strecker’s figure of nokomis female, in Ruffner’s Report,

as an aberration of nitocris. This is just one of those

cases which prove how difficult it is to follow Kdwards’s

authority in such matters. It so happens that I have

two excellent pairs of nokomis from Arizona, sent by

Mr. H. Edwards, which exactly agree with Mead's figure

cited by Edwards. I have also a pair of nitocris, the

male from Utah, sent by Mr. Strecker, the female from

Arizona, agreeing with it, is marked by Mr. H. Edwards,

‘TI think this species passes as A. nitocris, female.” It

differs from nokomis in having the under side of hind

wing to the second row of spots cinnamon-colour, as in

cybele, and is exactly intermediate between noxomis and

leto. The specimen figured by Strecker in Ruffner’s

Report, and cited by Edwards as an aberration of

nokomis, is, to my eye, much more like leto than it is to

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—pParRT Iv. (DEC.) 2R

568 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a :

nitocris or nokomis ; and Mr. Strecker’s remarks are as

follows :— ‘‘The present two examples from Colorado

differ notably from all those from Arizona in the

following particulars: On under surface the red colour

of primaries is darker, and covers evenly the whole wing

except toward and at the apex; on the secondaries the

whole space interior to the second of the two outer rows of

silver spots, which in the Arizona examples is powdered

greyish green, is deep reddish brown, nearly of the

same colour as in the female of aphrodite, or the male of

leto; they are larger than most of those I have seen

from Arizona. On the upper side it presents no diffe-

rences. I have always contended that nokomis was a

pale abnormal form of cybele, of which we have so many

other instances in other species from the dry salt regions

of Utah and Arizona, and these intermediate examples

from Colorado, with their dark reddish under sides,

seem to strengthen my opinion. I can but regret that

no males were captured (unless the following be really

its male)*, as I consider this is by far the most in-

teresting insect in the whole collection.”

A. aphrodite is a very wide-ranging species, which

varies enough in the Western States to have received at

least three names, for I cannot see how to distinguish

alcestis or halcyone in the perfect state, though Edwards

says that the larva of alcestis is different, and places

halcyone in a different subgroup with coronis, calippe, and

edwardsi, on account of the larger and more egg-shaped

form of the silver spots on the under side. When, how-

ever, a good series is compared together (I have sixteen

males and twelve females of this group from various

States), I cannot see that his supposed distinctions are

constant, and though nausicaa, of which I have four

males and five females, taken by Messrs. Hulst and

Morrison, is distinctly of a deeper red on the upper

surface than any of the rest, yet its under side, like that

of halcyone, has nothing sufficiently marked to distinguish

it. Mr. Kdwards perhaps would say that my haleyone,

which were sent by Mr. Strecker, and taken near

Denver, are not true to name; but what else can they

be from that locality? It only shows that if a describer

* This is put down as cybele by Mr. Strecker, who is astonished

at receiving it from Colorado, and is strongly inclined to the belief

that it is the male of the above described form of nokomis.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 569

of insects does not make his descriptions sufficiently

comparative and clear to be followed by others, he must

not be surprised if others refuse toacceptthem. Larval

characters alone, which are liable to vary like those of

the perfect insect, and which cannot be easily compared

by others, are not in my opinion sufficient. With

regard to A. nausicaa, however, I see a point not alluded

to by Mr. Edwards, which may be sufficient to separate

it, namely, the much less abundant and shorter tuft of

hairs on the subcostal vein of the hind wing in the

males. This tuft is prominent in all males of aphrodite,

alcestis, and halcyone which I have examined; in

nausicaa it is much less conspicuous, and, taken in con-

junction with the isolated habitat and deeper colour, is

probably enough to distinguish it.

A. atlantis is another species which I find it uncom-

monly difficult to decide about, not so much when the

eastern form alone is before me, but when the numerous

western species or forms have to be considered. Mr.

Edwards has got over the difficulty by naming them all

separately, and Mr. Scudder, though he was not perhaps

obliged to mention them in the ‘ Butterflies of New

England,’ says nothing as to their very near relationship.

He remarks as follows:—‘‘ There is no need of con-

founding this species with either of the preceding

[aphrodite and cybele|: it is smaller than they, duller in

tint above, has a blackish border to: all the wings in

both sexes, and more continuous mesial band on the

upper surface of the hind wings; the darker colours of

the under surface of hind wings are deeper in hue than

in either of them, while the buff belt is wider than that

of aphrodite and narrower than that of cybele; the buff

scales on the basal half of the wing also assume more

importance than in the other species; finally the

costal border of the fore wings does not appear to be

quite so much arched. It is possible, perhaps even

probable, that this species is the true Papilio aphrodite

of Fabricius, but as it is quite impossible to be certain

of it, the names ought to stand as given by Mr. W. H.

Edwards, who first clearly distinguished the species in

this difficult group. The species were still confounded

in the British Museum, after the publication of Butler’s

Fabrician butterflies, as I myself saw, and notwith-

standing Butler’s remarks on p. 108 of that work.” Its

2R 2

570 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

distribution, according to Mr. Scudder, is much the

same as that of cybele and aphrodite, but extends to New-

foundland, Labrador, and the Hudson Bay Territory :

on Mead’s authority he also gives Colorado, but Edwards

calls the form found here electa, which also ranges into

New Mexico and Montana. Whether this is the same or

not I cannot be certain, as the description of electa in

‘Field and Forest’ is inaccessible; but I have a pair

from Colorado, given me by Mr. Holland (which are

named electa, I believe, by Mr. Edwards), and a female

from §.W. Colorado, taken by Morrison, which I cannot

separate from atlantis. Mead also gives a clue to the cor-

rectness of this identification with atlantis by mentioning

the strong musky odour of the Colorado species, a pecu-

liarity of atlantis to which Scudder calls attention.

Geddes says that atlantis occurs in all parts of the

Rocky Mountains north of the American boundary

which he visited, and if this is correct, it can hardly be

absent from Montana and Colorado. But at the same

time I must say that the male of so-called electa does

not differ from the female as does another male from

Colorado (sent by Mr. H. Edwards as hesperis) in

having the silver spots of the under side partially obso-

lete. If, therefore, hesperis and atlantis, which are

placed next to each other by Mead, and stated to occur

at the same elevation in Colorado, run into each other,

as they seem to.do, we are lead into the belief that

atlantis is liable, in the west, to the disappearance of

the silver spots, which takes place in other American

and European species; and then there is no reason why

some of the forms which occur on the Pacific States,

such as columbia, should not also belong to atlantis.

I do not say that they are so, because it would be

unwise to do so without knowing them in nature

better than I or any living American naturalist does ;

but on the other hand I can see nothing in the writings

and figures of Mr. Edwards to prove the contrary, or

to enable others to distinguish them. <A. columbia, H.

Edw., was by him considered as so near to atlantis that

it might be only a variety of it. It was described from

four males taken at Lahache, near the Alaskan border

of British Columbia, and there is nothing in the descrip-

tion worthy of note; but, when going through Mr. H.

Edwards’s collection, I noted it as similar to hesperis.

revision of the genus Argynnis. 571

A. lais, of which I have seven of the specimens from

Red-deer River, from which the species was described,

seems to me very near atlantis, but separable by the

smaller size, paler colour, and apparently by the

less raised scales of the submedian veins in the male.

Edwards, however, says it is the size of atlantis, and

stands between that and aphrodite. Geddes does not

tell us how to distinguish them, but says that it was

found on the prairies about Fort Edmonton, while

atlantis occurred in the mountains.

A. coronis isa species which seems to have a very wide

range west of the Rocky Mountains, and varies a good

deal, but may be recognised in most of its forms by the

large ovoid silver spots of the under side of the hind

wing. It is apparently most nearly allied to edwardsi,

with its forms nevadensis and meadii, but these differ in

the longer, narrower shape of the fore wing, and do not

seem to be found on the Pacific coast. There occur,

however, in Nevada forms which are described as laura

and macaria, of which I have authentic specimens from

Mr. H. Edwards, and which, by their under sides, seem

to be coronis ; whilst chitone, also sent by Mr. H. Edwards

from Nevada, does not agree with W. H. Edwards’s de-

scription on the under side, and is nearer to nevadensis.

None of these names can, in my opinion, be retained

except as synonyms, though they are all three kept up

in Mr. W. H. Edwards’s 1884 Catalogue as distinct

species.

Whether edwardsi, nevadensis, and meadii are distinct

is a more doubtful question. Certainly meadii, which I

have taken in the Yellowstone Park, looks very different

from the large edwardsi of Colorado, but I have some

from Montana, taken by Morrison, and from the N.W. Ter-

ritory of Canada by Geddes, named nevadensis, which are

perfectly intermediate in size and colour; whilst others,

sent by Strecker as nevadensis from Colorado, resemble

aphrodite in the colour of their hind wings below. Mead

says:— ‘“‘The three closely-allied species, edwardsi,

nevadensis, and meadii, seem to be related to each other

in much the same way as the eastern aphrodite, cybele,

and atlantis. In edwardsi the pale submarginal band

below is narrower, and sometimes almost obsolete, as in’

aphrodite, and it ranges up to greater elevations than

nevadensis. which has this band comparatively broad in

572 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

both sexes, as we see it in cybele. Meadii differs from

either in tint, especially the female; it is somewhat

smaller, and probably, like atlantis, is exclusively con-

fined to the mountains. The peculiar bright green

coloration of the under side of secondaries in meadit,

however, has no parallel among our fritillaries.”’

A. callippe is, in its typical form, which occurs all

through the lowlands of California, a very distinct

species ; but liliana is, according to Mr. H. Edwards,

intermediate between it and coronis, and the specimen

which he sent me as typical of it does not agree with

those which Mr. Godman and I took abundantly near

Los Angeles, some of which Mr. H. Edwards afterwards

named lliana, though I should certainly call them

callippe.

A. semiramis, again, is a South Californian form,

which has been taken by Mr. Wright in the mountains

separating the San Bernadino Valley from the Mohave

Desert, and of which I have six specimens from him, as

it was not yet out when I visited these mountains in

May, 1888. To my eye it is nothing more than a form

of coronis, in which the black markings of the upper side

have become paler and more reduced, as might be

expected from the arid character of the country where

it is found. Hdwards says :—‘‘ It is curious how the

markings resemble two such distinct Species as adiante

(upper side) and coronis (lower side).”’

The species allied to monticola, namely, zerene and

bremneri, have puzzled me quite as much as Hdwards,

Strecker, and others, and I do not see how the difficulties

of their synonymy can ever be cleared up; but I can

only say that, if I have not succeeded in arranging them

correctly, it is not from idleness or carelessness, but

on account of the impossibility of identifying species or

forms described in such a way as these have been.

Many of the names cannot be certainly identified, and

had better be dropped. I think, however, that three

more or less distinct forms can be recognised among the

very numerous specimens which I have from the Pacific

States. There are a larger form monticola, and a

smaller form, which both Messrs. H. and W. H. Edwards

call zerene, Bdv. These both vary extremely on the

under side, but in monticola the males occasionally, and

{he females usually, have more or less silvery spots;

revision of the genus Argynnis. 573

whilst in zerene the duller and paler colour of the under

side is without any silver except on the marginal row.

These distinctions, however, are based upon Californian

specimens, mostly from the Shasta district, and, according

to Edwards’s opinion in 1879 (see Can. Ent., pp. 55—6),

do not apply to Nevada specimens. He then considered

monticola to be only a var. of zerene, but puts them down

as two species in his catalogue of 1884. Farther north,

in the damper climate of Oregon and Washington Terri-

tory, as also commonly in Vancouver’s Island, a darker

form, bremneri, occurs, which on the under side is well

spotted with silver in both sexes, and might be con-

sidered as the Pacific coast form of atlantis; but in the

specimens taken on Mount Hood by Morrison (rhodope,

Edw.), and also occasionally in Vancouver, the silver is

absent, and these specimens might well be considered as

a northern and darker form of zerene.

A. hippolyta, which is also kept up by its author as a

species, is described without reference to its allies, and

seems to be something intermediate between hesperis

and some form of zerene or monticola. Its locality would

indicate that it may be nearer to them than to atlantis.

It was described from four males and one female only.*

A. adiante is a form which both Strecker and Edwards

consider distinct, and which appears to be very local.

On the coast of California, according to Strecker’s infor-

mation, it is now extinct, and all the male specimens

(I have seen no females) in Mr. Godman’s and my

collection are evidently taken many years ago. But,

though the markings on the under side are nearly

obsolete in some cases, and in all faint compared with

those of zerene or monticola, yet they seem to be quite

identical, and I should certainly be inclined to set it

down as a variety of one of those species. This is just

a case in which one would be guided by the opinion of

local collectors, but neither Mr. H. Edwards or any one

else of late years seems to have mentioned this species,

and the opinions held twenty-five years ago, when Dr.

Behr was an active collector, are not conclusive.

* Mr. Strecker informs me that hippolyta was described from

some small examples of bremneri, given by Mr. O. B. Johnson, of

Oregon, to Mr. Dodge, of Nebraska, who gave them to Mr. W. H.

Edwards. Some of the same catch and lot were also given to

Mr. Strecker.

574 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

The intricacy and confusion of nomenclature among

the next group of Argynnides, which inhabit the Rocky

Mountains and Pacific States, is as great as among the

last, but I have in this case followed Edwards’s identi-

fications of Behr’s and Boisduval’s species, which are

supported by the named specimens sent me by Mr. H.

Edwards, rather than the arrangement of Strecker’s

Catalogue, which makes montivaga and egleis varieties of

zerene, Bdy. I cannot, however, follow Edwards in

separating clio and artonis from eurynome, and Geddes,

who took them in the Northern Rocky Mountains, agrees

with me in considering them as synonyms. As to opis

and bischofi, Iam more doubtful, having seen but few

specimens ; but in these, as well as in Kdwards’s figures

I can see no specific characters, and should consider

them as northern varieties, differing only, as might be

expected, in rather smaller size and duller coloration.

Whether montivaga and its var. egleis are really distinct

from eurynome and its varieties is hard to say; they

seem to have the fore wings rather longer and the under

side less tinged with green: they may, perhaps, best be

treated as the west coast representative of ewrynome.

Edwards says of egleis (Can. Ent., vol. ii., p. 54) that

whatever the variation in other respects (and he allows

it to be very variable), the spots of the second and third

rows on the under side of hind wing are heavily edged |

with black on the basal side. But I have specimens of

montivaga, collected by Morrison in Nevada (of which

sixty were also examined by Edwards), and others from

the Sierra Nevada, California, named montivaga by

H. Edwards and Strecker, which have the same

character, and in some specimens of ewrynome, taken by

myself in the Yellowstone Park, the same black edging

is more or less present.

I have also specimens of arge, Streck., from Strecker

and Mr. Holland, both from Spokane Falls and Cali-

fornia, which are undoubtedly the same as erinna, which

was described in 1888 asa var. of ewrynome by Edwards,

and in his Catalogue of 1884 is put down as a variety of

montivaga. If, therefore, he is himself so uncertain of

the true position of these forms, he cannot expect others

to follow him blindly, and though many years must

elapse before any certain conclusion will be come to, I

venture to think that the arrangement I have adopted

revision of the genus Argynnis. 576

represents the facts shown by my collection, including

about fifty specimens from all the States where the

species occurs, and from many of the collections which

supplied his own materials. If it should eventually

prove that the Pacific coast form is not separable from

the Rocky Mountain form montivaga, it may be better to

use the name ewrynome in preference to montivaga or

egleis, because both Behr’s and Boisduval’s descriptions,

which have priority over Edwards’s, can only be

identified with doubt. My specimens of montivaga and

egleis all come from the Sierra Nevada, and not from the

Mt. Shasta district, where monticola and its vars. are so

abundant; but local information as to their distribution

in this, as in other cases, is very deficient.

(575 * )

XXIII. Additional notes on the genus Hilipus. By

Francis P. Pascoz, F.L.S., &c.

[Read November 6th, 1889.]

Puates XVI. & XVII.

For certain preliminary observations I must refer to

my paper ‘‘ On the genus Hilipus, and its Neo-Tropical

allies,” in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ published April,

1881. As far as appearance or facies goes, it will be

seen that the species here exhibited differ considerably

from one another, and this is so almost throughout the

genus. I have seen about 300 species, many of which

are still undescribed.*

In the following list I have, as before, followed Schon-

herr’s arrangement—an extremely artificial one, as

Lacordaire justly observes, but in the present state of

our knowledge the most convenient :—

The two basal joints of the funicle equal or nearly equal in length.

Apex of the elytra rounded.

Elytra without tubercles or granules.

Hilipus pardalis. Hilipus fimbriatus.

ff excultus. Sy Fryit.

Elytra with tubercles or granules, or both.

Hilipus validus. Hilipus decipiens.

ee ocularis. i obtusus.

Hilipus lutosus.

Apex of each elytron pointed or acuminate.

Hilipus ludiosus. Hilipus arcturus.

Second joint of the funicle longer than the first.

Apex of the elytra rounded.

Elytra without tubercles or granules.

Hilipus congestus. Hilipus angusticollis.

Elytra with granules or transversely rugose.

Hilipus frontalis. Hilipus polyspilus.

Pe latipennis. +5 lamina.

Hilipus tetraspilotus.

* Hilipus alternans, Guer. (Icon. Regne An. Ins., p. 152), is, I

think, from the description identical with H. hipporhinoides

(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 75); ‘‘clavatis,” fifth line from

the bottom, read elevatis.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—paRT Iv. (DEC.)

578 Mr. F, P. Pascoe’s additional

Apex of each elytron pointed or acuminate.

Elytra transversely rugose.

Hilipus basiliscus. Hilipus Renet.

Elytra tuberculate. A

Hilipus phrynodes. Hilipus arrogans.

First joint of the funicle longer than the second.

Hilipus designatus. Hilipus cornix.

Hilipus pardalis. (Pl. XVL., fig. 5).

H. oblongo-ovatus, fusco-castaneus, subnitidus, maculis flavo-

Squamosis decoratus; rostro pedibusque nitide ferrugineis, illo

recto, subtiliter punctato ; oculis approximatis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Sarayacu.

Oblong-ovate, chestnut-brown, somewhat glossy, with clear

yellow spots of varying size composed of narrow scales, the head

over and between the eyes, and base of the rostrum covered with

similar scales; eyes approximate; rostrum straight, not stout,

glossy rufous, and minutely punctured; antenne ferruginous, two

basal joints of the funicle equal, third and fourth much longer

than broad; prothorax equal in length and breadth, the dise with

a few minute punctures, on each side six or seven spots ; scutellum

small, subcordiform ; elytra not much broader than the prothorax,

narrowing from the shoulder, seriate-punctate, punctures largest

towards the suture, on each side about fifteen spots of varying size ;

body beneath dark pitchy, with small remote scales; legs rufous;

stoutish femora and tibiz.

This species has a perfectly straight rostrum, the

scrobe scarcely passing beneath; the eyes are closely

approximate in front.

Hilipus lutosus.

H. ovatus, rufo-testaceus, subnitidus, griseo-squamulosus, supra

granulatus; rostro mediocre, fere recto, punctato; antennis longe

apice rostri insertis; funiculo breviusculo; elytris transversim

granulatis. Long. 5 lin. i

Hab. Columbia.

Ovate, shining, reddish-testaceous, with minute greyish scales ;

rostrum moderately stout, longer than the prothorax, nearly

straight, finely punctured; antenne inserted nearer the middle of

the rostrum than the apex, the funicle rather short, the two basal

joints of nearly equal length, the last five shorter than the club ;

prothorax transverse, not narrowed at the base, with many uni-

colorous flattish granules, the intervals with greyish or whitish

notes on the genus Hilipus. 579

filiform scales; scutellum scutiform, closely covered with pale

greyish scales; elytra conspicuously broader than the prothorax,

flattish, seriate-punctate, the apex rounded, posteriorly the scales

are closer together, forming an indistinct whitish band; body

beneath and legs with numerous minute scales; first abdominal

suture nearly obsolete; tibix short, fore-tibize curved, scarcely

bisinuate.

Colour, the insertion of the antenne towards the

middle of the rostrum, and the short funicle, are the

principal characters of this species, but I know of none

with which to compare it.

Hilipus Fryi. (Pl. XVL1., fig. 8, var.).

H. oblongus, niger, nitidus, prothorace elytrisque lineis silaceo-

squamulosis, bene determinatis et perplexe figuratis, ornatis, rostro

subtenuato ; pedibus rufo-piceis. Long. 6—7 lin.

Hab. Peru.

Oblong, black, shining, with narrow, very distinct lines of small

silaceous scales, forming complex patterns; rostrum moderately

slender and curved, finely punctured; antenne pitchy, the first

two joints of the funicle elongate and equal; prothorax somewhat

longer than broad, the sides very slightly rounded, a little depressed

posteriorly and nearly obsoletely punctured; scutellum broadly

cordiform ; elytra much broader than the prothorax, gradually

narrower towards the apex, moderately convex, and distinctly

seriate-punctate ; body beneath blackish ; legs reddish-pitchy, with

a few scattered white piliform scales.

Allied to H. mysticus (Trans. Ent., 1881, p. 67), but

more robust, a stouter rostrum; a broad cordiform

scutellum ; broader and more convex elytra, more dis-

tinctly punctured; and longer tibiz. The specimen I

have here described has a sort of figure of 8 pattern on

the basal half of each elytron; posteriorly the pattern is

more complex and includes three patches—the middle

one triangular. The individual figured is the extreme

form of a variable species, well represented by inter-

mediate forms in Mr. Fry’s collection, and to whose

unfailing generosity I am indebted for my specimens.

Hilipus excultus. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 8).

H. suboblongus, rufo-piceus, squamis, plerumque rotundatis,

silaceis, plagiatim variegatus; rostro rugoso confertim punctato ;

580 Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s additional

capite inter oculos linea transversa impressa; elytris, parte glabra,

punctis majusculis remote instructis. Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

Moderately oblong, reddish-pitchy, variegated with large patches

of silaceous, mostly rounded, scales; rostrum and legs rufous;

head with a transverse linear impression between the eyes ; rostrum

rather stout, roughly and closely punctured; antenne ferruginous ;

two basal joints of the funicle equal and nearly as long as the rest

together; prothorax as long as broad, the sides very slightly

rounded, except anteriorly, on each side an irregular silaceous

stripe, and at the base a few transverse granules ; scutellum small,

oblong, rufous; elytra considerably broader than the prothorax,

the sides, except behind, nearly parallel, the apex of each rounded,

on each side two large indented silaceous patches, the posterior

behind the middle, with a few small spots towards the suture;

body beneath pitchy, spotted at the sides.

HI. comptus is a longer species, black and opaque, the

prothorax and elytra minutely punctured, with a larger,

round, black seutellum, &c.

Hilipus fimbriatus. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 1).

H. oblongus, fuscus, squamulis griseis vestitus, plagis (circa

septem) fusco-velutinis, silaceo-marginatis, ornatus; rostro crassi-

usculo, basi tricarinato; antennis piceis, clava parva. Long.

5 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

Oblong, brown, opaque, covered with small greyish scales, varied

with fine large dark brown velvety patches; rostrum moderately

stout, the base with three raised lines; antennex pitchy; two basal

joints of the funicle elongate, equal, the last four rounded; club

not half the length of the funicle; prothorax nearly as long as

broad, obsoletely punctured, the middle with a raised longitudinal

line, the sides with a broad velvety stripe margined above and

below with a line of silaceous scales; scutellum punctiform ; elytra

broader than the prothorax, gradually narrower behind, the apex

narrowly rounded, the base with two small patches, the side with

a large one curved beneath, and another transverse towards the

apex, all finely margined with silaceous scales; body beneath and

legs rather closely covered with dull greyish scales, sets inter-

mixed; tibie slender, faintly bisinuate.

This species may serve to recall H. jocosus: it is

remarkable for its small club, not so long as the last

four joints of the slender funicle taken together.

notes on the genus Hilipus. 581

Hilipus validus. (Pl. XVI., fig. 6).

H. robustus, ovatus, convexus, fuseus, squamulis obscure silaceis

vestitus, supra granulatus; prothorace subgloboso; elytris nonni-

hil cordiformibus. Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Minas Geraes.

Stout, ovate, convex, brown, covered with dull silaceous piliform

scales; eyes large, ovate; rostrum moderately slender, the basal

half narrowly ridged; antennz pitchy; two basal joints of the

funicle subequal, the third a little shorter than: the second, the last

three round; club only half as long as the funicle; prothorax sub-

globose, broader than long, disk with a slightly raised line ante-

riorly and dotted with several small granules; scutellum small,

ovate; elytra somewhat cordiform, broadest at the middle, nar-

rowly rounded at the apex, finely striate, the interspaces irregularly

granulate, a nearly transverse curved pale band behind the middle,

and similarly coloured spots at the base; body beneath dark brown,

with patches of silaceous scales, especially on the sides of the

metasternum ; inner margins of the tibiz bisinuate, tarsi with the

basal jot nearly as long as the next two together.

A very robust species, not allied to any other known

to me. The femoral tooth is much smaller than is

usual in this genus.

Hilipus decipiens.

H. subanguste ovatus, convexus, rufo-piceus nitidus, vitta lata

utrinque irregulari pallide silaceo-squamosa, decoratus ; prothorace

oblongo; elytris in medio granulatis, apice rotundatis. Long.

6 lin.

Hab. Columbia.

Rather narrowly ovate, reddish pitchy, shining, each side densely

covered with pale silaceous scales, forming a broad very irregular

stripe, leaving a narrow oblong glabrous patch between, and

another on the outer margin; rostrum slender, slightly curved,

roughly punctured at the base; antenne dark testaceous; funicle

elongate, the two basal joints equal and nearly as long as the rest

together ; club elliptic ; prothorax apparently longer than broad,

the middle with a few large punctures ; scutellum nearly round;

elytra not depressed at the base, considerably broader than the

prothorax, gradually narrowing from the shoulder to the narrowly

rounded apex, the middle glabrous portion with flattish glossy

eranules; body beneath and legs pitchy ; tibiz slender, curved, the

inner edge nearly entire.

582 Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s additional

H. tricolor will give a good idea of the style of colora-

tion of this species, although the colours are somewhat

different. It might at first be easily mistaken for H.

basiliscus, figured on Pl. XVI., fig. 4.

Hilipus ocularis. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 2).

H. sat breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, guttis parvis albidis

aspersus; oculis approximatis; rostro subtenue, punctulato ;

antennis rufis; funiculo articulis, duobus basalibus subovalibus ;

elytris seriatim granulatis. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Sarayacu; Ega.

Rather shortly ovate, convex, black, dotted with small remote

spots composed of whitish scales; eyes large, ovate, approximate

above; rostrum somewhat slender, slightly curved, faintly punc-

tured, the basal half sharply ridged; antenne reddish ferruginous ;

the two basal joints of the funicle nearly equal, the rest more or

less transverse, the club as long as the rest—except the first—

together ; prothorax not so long as broad at the base, strongly and

closely punctured; scutellum round; elytra broader at the base

than the prothorax, narrower posteriorly and well-rounded at the

apex, seriate-punctate, punctures crowded, coarse, intermixed with

glossy granules, the intervals with a few minute slender silaceous

scales; body beneath and femora pitchy ; tibie rufescent, faintly

bisinuate.

A short convex species, the eyes nearly contiguous

above, as in H. guttatus, to which it is allied; but it

wants the large patches on the prothorax and elytra,

the latter are broader and more rugose, and the apex is

not narrowly rounded as in that species. Boheman

gives Cuba as the habitat of H. guitatus ; my specimens

are from St. Domingo and Chontales.

Hilipus obtusus.

H. ovatus, niger, silaceo-squamosus, supra tuberculatus ; rostro

elongato, tenuato, vix arcuato, subtiliter remote punctato; elytris

postice subtruncatis, in medio utrinque fusco-nebulosis. Long.

5 lin.

Hab. St. Catharine’s.

Ovate, black, with minute approximate, silaceous or greyish

scales ; rostrum slender, almost straight, nearly twice as long as

the prothorax, minutely and remotely punctured; antenne

testaceous, with numerous greyish setaceous scales; funicle with

ia]

notes on the genus Hilipus. 585

the two basal joints equal, and of moderate length; club broadly

ovate, distinct ; prothorax scarcely broader than long, very convex,

well-rounded at the sides and narrowed at the base, with large,

opaque, closely approximate, granules; scutellum subtriangular ;

elytra much broader than the prothorax, abruptly declivous pos-

teriorly, the super-apical tubers prominent, the sides clouded with

brown, at the base a few minute punctures, the back unequal and

tuberculate, the largest tubercles—about six or seven—occupying

an oblong crest on the middle of each elytron ; body beneath and

legs blackish, opaque, clothed more or less with ochreous hair-like

scales.

In some respects like H. Marklini, but more robust,

more uniformly coloured, and, for this genus, an un-

usually slender rostrum.

Hilipus ludiosus. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 8).

H. sat breviter ovatus, piceus, utrinque vitta albido-squamosa

irregulari, ornatus; rostro basi suleato; funiculo breve; tibiis

tarsisque ferrugineis. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Parana.

Rather shortly ovate, pitchy, an irregular broad whitish stripe,

running round the sides of the prothorax and elytra, not meeting

anteriorly, and more or less indented on the elytra; rostrum

moderately stout, four longitudinal impressions at the base, the

two middle ones shorter and more developed; eyes not approxi-

mate; antenne pitchy, funicle short, the first two joints equal, the

remainder very transverse, the club as long as the funicle, except

the first joint; prothorax about equal in length and breadth, the

sides well-rounded, the base slightly contracted, closely punctured

between the stripes, the punctures varying in size; scutellum

scutiform ; elytra moderately convex, the sides nearly parallel, the

apex of each slightly acuminate, seriate-punctate, in each pune-

ture a small white scale; body beneath pitchy; tibie and tarsi

ferruginous, two basal joints of the latter broadly triangular.

Facies of H. tricolor, but with a short funicle scarcely

longer than the club, the rostrum suleate at the

base, &c.

Hilipus arcturus.. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 7).

H. suboblongus, umbrinus, squamulis minutis silaceis adspersus,

elytris pone medium plaga velutina fusca postice silaceo-margi-

nata, ornatus ; rostro recto, punctulato; antennis piceis; funiculo

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—PART IV. (DEC.) 28

584 Mr. F. P. Paseoe’s additional

articulis duobus basalibus vix elongatis, equalibus, clava majusculo.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Bahia.

Suboblong, umber-brown, with minute silaceous remote scales,

behind the middle of the elytra a dark brown velvety patch,

bordered behind with a narrow line of silaceous scales ; rostrum

straight, finely punctured; antenne pitchy; first two joints of the

funicle scarcely elongate, equal, the last three transverse ; club as

long as the last five joints of the funicle together; prothorax

slightly transverse, broadest at the base, obsoletely punctured ;

scutellum oblong, covered with silaceous scales ; elytra considerably

broader than the prothorax, flattish at the base, the sides nearly

parallel, but suddenly rounded posteriorly, the apex of each sub-

acute, the anterior two-thirds obscurely punctured, the intervals

transversely granulate ; body beneath and legs reddish brown, the

latter with remote filiform silaceous scales; tibize rather short,

bisinuate.

In Schonherr’s arrangement this species should be

placed in the same ‘‘centuria” as H. leoninus, trachy-

pterus, and other discordant forms; in facies it is more

like H. Faldermanni than any other known to me.

Hilipus congestus.

H. oblongo-ovatus, niger, nitidus, maculis numerosis parvis

silaceo-squamosis, irroratus; rostro pedibusque rufis; prothorace

subtransverso, subtiliter punctato; elytris seriatim punctatis, apice

rotundatis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Para.

Obiong-ovate, black, shining, the eyes surrounded with reddish

scales, a few spots also of reddish scales on the prothorax, the

elytra speckled with paler or silaceous scales; eyes approximate in

front; rostrum slightly curved, irregularly and finely punctured ;

antennex pitchy ; funicle elongate, the second joint nearly half as

long again as the first, the remainder round; prothorax slightly

transverse, well-rounded at the sides, and nearly obsoletely punc-

tured; scutellum cordiform ; elytra convex, broadest at the base,

slightly narrower posteriorly, the apex rounded, seriate-punctate,

punctures minute; body beneath pitchy, middle of the first abdo-

minal segment with a large patch of close-set brownish piliform

scales, apical segment with a similar patch; legs glossy reddish

ferrugineous; tibie elongate, entire.

notes on the genus Hilipus. 585

H. apiatus, Ol., to which this species may be con-

veniently compared, has a narrow prothorax, longer

elytra, transversely rugose or ridged (the ridges formed

by more or less closely connected granules), and the two

basal joints of the funicle equal. Found at Para by

M. de Mathan, who collected for M. René Oberthur, to

whom I owe my specimen.

Hilipus angusticollis. (Pl. XVLI., fig. 3).

H. elongatus, fusco-piceus, elytris maculis numerosis silaceo-

squamosis ornatus; prothorace fere cylindrico, quam latitudine

dimidio longiore. Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Cayenne.

Elongate, dark pitchy, the elytra crowded with numerous small

round spots of silaceous scales; eyes rather small, round; rostrum

stout, strongly striate-punctate as far as the commencement of the

scrobes; antenne pitchy; first joint of the funicle somewhat

longer than the second, the remainder transverse; prothorax

almost half as long again as broad, subcylindrieal, flattish above

and coarsely punctured, the punctures divided by raised transverse

lines, the middle with a short ridge, each side with a band of

silaceous scales ; scutellum punctiform, glossy black; elytra nearly

three times as long as the prothorax. and much broader through-

out, the apex broadly rounded; body beneath dark pitchy, nearly

free from scales ; fore-tibie entire.

The contour of H. lactarius, but spotted as in H.

apiatus. It is the H.angusticollis of Dejean.

Hilipus tetraspilotus. (Pl. XVI., fig. 2).

H. ellipticus, eneus, capite femoribusque nigris; elytris seriatim

punctatis, singulis maculis magnis rufo-fulvis ornatis. Long.

44 lin.

Hab. Parana.

Elliptic, brassy, head black, closely punctured ; rostrum mode-

rately stout, with five more or less distinct, interrupted, raised

lines; antenne ferruginous; second joint of the funicle longer

than the first, the remainder transverse ; prothorax much broader

than long, closely punctured, the intervals granulate, each punc-

ture with a silvery hair; scutellum subtransverse; elytra scarcely

broader than the prothorax, gradually rounded at the sides, seriate-

punctate, punctures coarse, apex rounded, each elytron with two

large reddish-tawny spots—one before the other behind the middle;

586 Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s additional

body beneath pitchy, with scattered piliform scales; legs ferru-

ginous ; apex of the femora black; fore-tibie grooved.

This species has the elliptic form of H. cadivus, which

is unicolorous, with the elytra transversely rugulose, &c.

Hilipus frontalis. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 5).

H. ovatus, fuscus, squamulis silaceis, plerumque adspersis,

vestitus ; elytris tuberculatis, squamulis concoloribus dense aggre-

gatis, maculis quatuor formantibus, ornatis. Long. 64 lin.

Hab. Chontales.

Ovate, brown, with mostly scattered silaceous scales, but con-

densed on the front of the head, and forming four round patches

on the elytra; rostrum moderately stout, slightly curved, the basal

half with a few large punctures; antenne pitchy; second joint of

the funicle longer than the first, the remainder together shorter

than the club; prothorax transverse, well-rounded at the sides, the

dise with a short indistinct ridge behind the apex, and several

rather large black glossy granules; scutellum narrowly triangular ;

elytra broadest at the base, moderately convex, with many glossy

larger reddish, more or less conical, tubercles, irregularly disposed

on the interspaces of the striew, the latter most apparent at the

sides, the pre-apical callus studded with three or four smaller

tubercles, a patch of scales on the shoulder, another near the

suture—anterior to the callus; body beneath and legs pitchy, with

scattered long whitish hairs.

This species belongs to Schoénherr’s ‘‘ Centuria IV.”

of his second ‘‘Stirps,’’ in which there are only two

species, H. Freyreissi and H. saxosus; the latter is

unknown to me, and its habitat was unknown to its

describer, to whom it was sent by Sommer ; it is said to

be like H. prodigialis. A specimen from St. Catharine’s,

in my collection, has a somewhat similar facies, but it is

not quite so convex, the prothorax not granulate, and

there are two apical spots on the elytra in addition, with

other minor characters which may, or may not, be

specific.

Hilipus latipennis. (Pl. XVLI., fig. 1).

H. breviter ovatus, modice convexus, rufo-fuscus, granulis parvis

adspersus, elytris pone medium linea albide transversa ornatis ;

notes on the genus Hilipus. 587

prothorace utrinque rotundato, basi angustiore ; elytris prothorace

multo longioribus. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

Shortly ovate, moderately convex, reddish brown, behind the

middle of the elytra a narrow well-marked transverse line of

whitish scales; eyes nearly round; rostrum nearly straight, punc-

tured at the base; antenne rufous; second joint of the funicle

slightly longer than the first, third and fourth equal, longer than

broad; prothorax slightly transverse, rounded at the sides, the

base narrower, disc with a well-marked median ridge and numerous

small round and ovate granules, ocular lobes prominent ; scutellum

semicircular; elytra much broader than the prothorax, not nar-

rowed but broadly rounded at the apex, granules small, numerous,

irregularly arranged, the intervals closely covered by minute

yellowish scales; body beneath and legs pitchy, with a few small

scales.

Very similar to H. zonatus, but with broader elytra,

prothorax narrowed at the base, &c., characters which at

once differentiate it.

FHilipus polyspilus.

H. oblongo-ovatus, subdepressus, rufescens, squamulis silaceis

elongatis in fasciculis parvis adspersus; rostro elongato, subtiliter

punctato; prothorace confertim granulato; elytris transversim

rugulosis. Long. 6 ln.

Hab. South Brazil.

Oblong-ovate, flattish, reddish or reddish-pitchy, dotted with

small tufts of narrow silaceous scales; eyes ovate, less than the

normal size; rostrum considerably longer than the prothorax,

minutely punctured; antenne slender, second joint of the funicle

half as long again as the first, the remainder gradually shorter, the

last two only slightly transverse ; prothorax much broader than

long, the sides moderately rounded, slightly contracted at the base,

closely granulate; scutellum punctiform; elytra slightly broader

than the prothorax at the base, thence very gradually narrower,

the apex rounded, seriate-punctate, the punctures transversely

separated by waved raised lines; body beneath and legs uni-

colorous, with small remote scales; distal extremities of the

femora blackish; tibie scarcely curved.

In contour like H. dorsosulcatus and insidiosus, but

rather more elongate; both these species differ, inter

alia, in having the two basal joints of the funicle of

equal length.

588 Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s additional

Hilipus lamina.

H. sat anguste ovatus, fuscus, subtilissime griseo-squamosus,

supra granulatus et tuberculatus ; antennis rufis; oculis in maribus

fere contiguis; rostro apicem versus conspicue crassiore. Long.

3}4—4 lin.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Rather narrowly ovate, brown (or brown with a reddish hue),

covered with minute greyish scales (almost dust-like) ; eyes nearly

contiguous in the males; rostrum scarcely longer than the pro-

thorax, considerably thicker towards the apex, and roughly pune-

tured, principally at the base; antenne pale rufous; funicle

slender, the second joint much longer in the male, slightly longer

only in the female ; prothorax transverse, somewhat contracted at

the base, dotted with several very distinct granules; scutellum

triangular ; elytra broader than the prothorax at the base, slightly

narrowed towards the rounded apex, seriate-punctate (punctures

nearly obsolete in the female), irregularly tuberculate, tubercles

varying in size, a few on the middle of each elytron united and

forming a longitudinal crest; body beneath and legs blackish, the

latter clothed with long hair-like scales.

Mr. Fry has several specimens of this species taken

by himself at Rio. They were, I think, nearly all

males ; some of them had a concave plate covering the

two basal segments of the abdomen, but with the edges,

except at the base, considerably raised. One of these,

from which I have drawn the above description, was

kindly given me by Mr. Fry. I have a pair (df and 2),

found by the late Rev. Hamlet Clarke at Petropolis, in

which there is no trace of this remarkable structure.

Hilipus basiliscus. (Pl. XVI., fig. 4).

H. oblongo-subovatus, in medio leviter depressus, rufo-piceus,

vitta lata utrinque irregulari pallide silaceo-squamosa, decoratus ;

prothorace transverso; elytris subtiliter granulatis, apice singu-

latim acuminato. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

Oblong, subovate, reddish-pitchy, each side densely covered

with pale silaceous scales, forming a broad irregular stripe ; rostrum

pitchy, slender, not longer than the prothorax, finely punctured, a

slightly raised line on each side at the base; antenne rufous ;

funicle elongate, the second joint half as long again as the first, the

notes on the genus Hilipus. 589

rest together not much longer than the two preceding ; prothorax

much broader than long, transversely granulate, the intervals

minutely punctured ; scutellum rather large, subtriangular; elytra

broader than the prothorax, flattish at the base, nearly parallel at

the sides to beyond the middle, slightly divergent at the apex,

each shortly acuminate, the back between the stripes irregularly,

and, at the base, transversely granulate, the stripe dotted with

glossy minute granules; body beneath and femora pitchy; tibize

and tarsi testaceous.

This species closely resembles H. decipiens, ante p. 581,

but the diagnosis given of the two species will at once

show the difference.

Hilipus Renet.

H. oblongo-ovatus, niger nitidus, maculis albo-squamosis, hine

inde confluentibus, utrinque ornatus; rostrum breviusculum, vix

arcuatum, basi quinque-carinatum ; elytris subdepressis, brevius-

culis, apicem versus gradatim angustioribus, apice seipso acumi-

nato. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. San Paulo Olivenca.

Oblong-ovate, glossy black, the eyes bordered in front by pale

silaceous, the sides of the prothorax and elytra with spots, often

confluent, of greyish-white scales; rostrum nearly straight, the

base with five raised lines; antenne pitchy; funicle with the

second joint much longer than the first, the remainder rounded ;

prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, rather coarsely punc-

tured; scutellum round, placed in a triangular depression of the

elytra; these rather depressed, slightly rounded at the sides, the

apex acuminate, seriate-punctate, punctures approximate, largely

impressed, the intervals convex; body beneath and legs pitchy-

black ; tibie slightly bisinuate.

The apex of each elytron is acuminate, without being

prominent ; the spots are confined to the sides, and are

less numerous in a specimen I have, ticketed ‘‘ Amazon.”

I have named it after M. René Oberthur, to whom I owe

the specimen here described.

Filipus phrynodes.

H. validus, late ovatus, niger, griseo-squamosus; rostro elon-

gato, subtiliter punctato ; elytris convexis, subcordatis, tuberculis

majoribus minoribusque adspersus, apice singulatim acuminato.

Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Chontales.

590 Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s additional

Stout, broadly ovate, black, closely covered, except the tubercles,

with minute greyish or greyish-yellow scales; rostrum much

longer than the prothorax, minutely punctured ; antennez pitchy ;

funicle elongate, second joint twice as long as the first, the third

and fourth gradually shorter, the next two round, the last tri-

angular; club not longer than the first two joints of the funicle

together; prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, slightly

narrower at the base, the apex smooth, the dise with scattered

glossy black granules, at the side the granules smaller and less

scattered ; scutellum triangular; elytra subeordate, convex, con-

spicuously broader than the prothorax at the base, the apex of

each acuminate, apical callus prominent, each elytron in th

middle with two principal rows of conical tubercles—about five in

each—and a few mostly smaller ones along the sutural margin

and at the sides; body beneath pitchy black, with few scales.

There are several species of Hilipus having the facies

of this, but most of them have the apex of the elytra

rounded. HH. prodigialis, an exception, has the rostrum

striate, narrower elytra, nearly parallel at the sides,

differently tuberculate, and with a velvety brown patch

on each behind the middle.

Hilipus arrogans. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 6).

H. validus, late ovatus, fuscus, griseo-squamosus; capite inter

oculos longitudinaliter impresso ; rostro elongato, confertim punc-

tato ; elytris tuberculatis, apice subacuminatis. Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

Stout, broadly ovate, brown, with greyish scales; head longi-

tudinally grooved between the eyes; rostrum elongate, scarcely

curved, closely punctured; antenne ferruginous; second joint of

the funicle twice as long as the second, and as long as the next

three together; club moderately long ; prothorax transverse, the

sides well-rounded, and a little narrowed at the base, the disc pale

greyish, with two rows of small opaque granules in the middle, the

sides beneath also granulate; scutellum oblong; elytra convex,

much broader than the prothorax, the sides nearly parallel, the

apex subacuminate, seriate-punctate, punctures minute, each with

a grey scale, the middle of each elytron with two rows—the inner

with four, the outer with five—conical tubercles, and with smaller

tubercles near the suture and at the sides, all very glossy black,

basal two-thirds of the elytra brown, the apical third pale greyish ;

body beneath and legs dull blackish brown with remote minute

notes on the genus Hilipus. 591

scales ; tarsi covered with long grey hairs, the basal joint somewhat

elongate ; anterior cox separated.

This species has a certain resemblance to H. Dahl-

bomi, but the elytra are much more convex, tuberculate,

and the apex not nearly so pointed. The longitudinal

groove between the eyes is peculiar. Of course it may

be expected that the tubercles will vary from this—the

only specimen I have seen.

Hilipus designatus. (Pl. XVI., fig. 7).

H. elongatus, rufo-piceus, prothorace utrinque vitta, elytrisque

plagis duabus obscure albido-squamosis ornatis ; capite pedibusque

rufis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. New Granada.

Elongate, reddish-pitchy, the prothorax with a stripe on each

side, and the elytra with four large patches of short pale yellowish

scales; eyes ovate; rostrum moderately slender, thicker towards

the apex, the base with three slightly elevated lines, the intervals

irregularly punctured; antenne pitchy; first joint of the funicle

longest, the four next rounded, the last transverse and closely

contiguous to the club; prothorax longer than broad, rounded at

the sides, scarcely narrowed at the base, the disk coarsely punc-

tured, a glossy raised line anteriorly; scutellum elongate, smooth ;

elytra broader than the prothorax at the base, gradually narrowed

to the well-rounded apex, seriate-punctate, a large irregular patch

extending from the shoulder to the middle, and another, shorter,

meeting its fellow, at the apex; body beneath and legs reddish-

pitchy, with few scales ; tibiz rather short, nearly entire.

A narrow form like H. tetanicus, but, inter alia, with

shorter elytra gradually narrowing to the apex, and not

depressed in the middle.

Hilipus cornix. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 4).

H. oblongo-ovatus, niger, subnitidus, elytris plagis quatuor

silaceo-squamosis, munitus; rostro subtenue, glabro, subtiliter

punctato ; antennis piceis; clavaparva; prothorace rude punctato.

Long. 7 lin. ‘

Hab. Santa Martha.

Oblong-ovate, black, slightly shining, elytra with four silaceous

spots; rostrum rather slender, nearly straight, smooth, minutely

punctured; antenne pitchy; two basal joints of the funicle short,

the first the longest, third joint only a little shorter than the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1889.—paRT Iv. (DEC.) 2T

592 Additional notes on the genus Hilipus.

second; the club shortly ovate; prothorax transverse, rounded at

the sides, the base narrowed, coarsely punctured, the intervals

between the punctures oblique towards the base ; scutellum scuti-

form; elytra flattish at the base, broader than the prothorax,

slightly rounded at the sides, the apex well-rounded, coarsely

striate-punctate, punctures approximate, a patch of pale silaceous

scales on the shoulder, a similar patch, but more transverse and

nearly meeting its fellow at the suture, equidistant between the

middle and the apex ; body beneath and legs smooth glossy black ;

tibie short, very slightly curved, bisinuate on the inner margin.

A black, robust species with four well-marked silaceous

patches on the elytra ; the basal joints of the funicie are

unusually short. It has the facies of H. subfasciatus, a

Chilian species, but with, inter alia, a much broader

prothorax, differently sculptured.

EXPLANATION OF Puates XVI. & XVII.

PLATE XVI.

Fic. 1. Hilipus latipennis.

2. a tetrasprlotus.

» angusticollis.

», basiliscus.

5 », pardalis.

6. +3 validus.

7. » designatus.

8 3 Fryi, var.

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Hilipus fimbriatus.

2. » ocwlaris.

3 of excultus.

4, 9 © Cornia.

5. » £rontalis.

6 A arrogans.

ri 3 arcturus.

8 » ludiosus.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LON DON

For THE YEAR 1889.

February 6, 1889.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Waustneuam M.A., F.R.S., President‘

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Nomination of Vice-Presidents.

The President announced that he had nominated Mr. H.

J. Elwes, F.L.S., Mr. F. Du Cane Godman, M.A., F.R.S.,

and Dr. D. Sharp, F.L.S., Vice-Presidents for the Session

1889-90.

Election of Fellows.

The Rev. F. D. Morrice, M.A., of Rugby; Mr. A.

Robinson, B.A., of Brettenby Manor, near Darlington ; and

Mr. H. Burns, of Fulham, S.W., were elected fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Lord Walsingham exhibited a larva of Lophostethus dumolint,

Guer., sent to him by Mr. Gilbert Carter, from Bathurst,

West Coast of Africa.

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited several melanic specimens of

Boarmia repandata from Huddersfield, and, for comparison,

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., I., 1889. B

Car a

two specimens from the Hebrides. Mr. M’Lachlan remarked

that melanism appeared to be more prevalent in Yorkshire

and the north midlands than in the more northern latitudes

of the United Kingdom.

Papers read.

Mr. H. J. Elwes read a paper ‘‘ On the genus Frebia, and

its geographical distribution.” He said that a revision of

the genus had become desirable on account of the numerous

recent discoveries in Central Asia and elsewhere; that after

studying a very large number of specimens both in his own

collection, and in others in Europe and America, he had

come to the conclusion that though some of the varieties

defined and recognised in Staudinger’s Catalogue were

inconstant, yet that in the main this classification was far

more accurate and trustworthy than that of any other author,

and that the revision of Hrebia by yon Gumppenberg published

in the last number of the ‘ Stettiner Entomologische

Zeitung’ was neither complete nor accurate. He suggested

that a better system of classification might perhaps be arrived

at by an anatomical investigation of the clasping organs.

The author then gave a sketch of the very remarkable

geoeraphical distribution of the genus in Europe, Asia,

and America, pointing out on the map the habitat of many

of the most remarkable species. He observed that it was

curious that there was no species peculiar to the Caucasus,

and that in the Himalayas and the Himalo-Chinese subregion

the genus is replaced by Callerebia. Hrebia is also absent

in the Eastern United States of America, whilst in Colorado

and the Rocky Mountains the few species found are identical

with, or very similar to, European species.

Mr. Elwes concluded the paper by a severe criticism of

Mr. A. G. Butler’s views on this genus as illustrated in his

catalogue of the Satyrid@ in the British Museum, and more

recently in his re-arrangement of the collection there. He

stated that the valuable and accurately named collection of

Zeller had been so dealt with, that, in his opinion, much of its

value was at present lost, owing to the fact that many of the

specimens had been removed from their proper places and

( ui )

mixed up with other species in such a way, that no one who

was not thoroughly acquainted with the genus could under-

stand what they were.

Lord Walsingham reviewed Mr. Elwes’ paper in detail.

He remarked that the larve of the different species of the

Satyrid@ were very similar, and difficult to distinguish, and

that this difficulty was increased by the fact that they were

all night-feeders. With reference to Mr. Elwes’ observations

as to the form of the claspers not being constant in species,

Lord Walsingham said that so far as he was able to judge by

having worked out this character in one small group of genera,

he should say it was fairly constant; indeed, he thought the

case analagous to that of the mechanical arrangement of a

lock and key. With regard to Mr. Hiwes’ remarks on the

subject of the Zeller collection, the President observed that

old labels ought always to be retained, and he could not

believe that any had been removed in this instance.

Dr. Sharp remarked that he had devised a system for

the preservation of the value of such collections as that of

Zeller, and yet permitting their incorporation with a general

collection. The collection to be incorporated should first be

gone through, and the specimens numbered consecutively

from beginning to end, “coll. Zeller 1,” “coll. Zeller 2,”

and so on; when this was completed the labels under which

the collection was arranged should be removed one by one

and pasted into a book entitled ‘ Coll. Zeller,” and as this

was done the numbers of the specimens that stood under each

label should be entered into the book in which the labels were

pasted. After this was accomplished the specimens might be

re-arranged completely, and yet the position any particular

specimen occupied in the original collection could at any time

be ascertained by referrimg to the number on the label and

comparing it with the Zeller book. He had carried this out

in the case of Dejean’s Collection of Lamellicorns and

Dytiscide, and could say that it gave but little trouble, which

was well repaid by the preservation intact of the traditional

value of the collection.

Mr. M’Lachlan said he was much opposed to the

incorporation of typical collections of any Order into the

i. ave)

general collection of the British Museum. He considered

that the feeling that the labours of a lifetime might practically

lose their value through incorporation by an incompent hand,

would act as a deterrent to many specialists, who, but for this

feeling, might desire that their collections should find a resting

place in the Museum.

Mr. Waterhouse stated that Mr. Elwes was in error if he

supposed that any labels had been removed from the specimens

in the Zeller Collection.

Mr. O. Janson said he could confirm Mr. Waterhouse’s

statement.

Mr. W. Warren read a paper ‘‘ On the Pyralidina collected

in 1874 and 1875 by Dr. J. W. H. Trail in the Basin of

the Amazons.”

Mr. C. J. Gahan read a paper entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of

new or little-known species of Glenea in the Collection of

the British Museum.”

Mr. J. 8. Baly communicated a paper entitled ‘* Notes on

Aulacophora and allied genera.”

March 6, 1889.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Watstneuam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

The Rev. W. F. Johnson, M.A., of Armagh; the Rev. C. F.

Thornewill, M.A., of Burton-on-Trent ; and Mr. C. R. Straton,

F.R.C.S., of Wilton, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe exhibited several specimens of the Satiba

Ant ((Hcodoma cephalotes), from Para, with portions of dried

leaves attached to their bodies. It seemed questionable

whether the leaves were colleeted by the Ants for the purpose

Grr)

of making their nests or for the sake of some fungus which

might be growing on them.

Mr. Jenner Weir exhibited specimens of Tirwnala petiverana

from Mombaza, Eastern Africa; these appeared to be identical

with those usually received from Western Africa, and agreed

perfectly with the figure in Doubleday & Hewitson’s Diurn.

Lep., pl. 12, f.1. He remarked that Petiver’s figure, Gazoph.

(1, pl. 20, f. 2), differed from all that he had seen, either

from Hastern or Western Africa, in having two well-defined

elongated basal spots in the fore wing, instead of an upper

one only; in this respect Petiver’s insect agreed with 7irwnala

limniace of India, but Petiver distinctly states that his speci-

men came from ‘‘ Cape Coast, in Guinea.” Mr. Moore, in

his monograph of the Limnaina and Hupleina (P. Z.5.,

18838, p. 230), gives Danais leonora, of Butler, as a synonym

of Tirwmala petiverana; but a reference to the ‘ Lepi-

doptera Exotica,’ p. 53, pl. 20, f. 2, will show that Mr.

Butler's figure differs from that of Doubleday & Hewitson in

the pattern of the spots on the upper wing; the most im-

portant difference being in the oblique bar of white spots

beyond the cell. In Doubleday & Hewitson’s figure there is a

lower fourth large white spot, but in Butler’s figure this spot

is absent, or, in other words, the submarginal row of spots

has the fourth from the inner edge of the wing missing. Mr.

Jenner Weir also observed that it was very unusual in the genus

for this spot to be absent; it is obsolete or even absent in

Tirumala tumanana, Semper, from the Philippines, but in that

case the whole of this infra-subapical series of spots is nearly

obsolete. Mr. Jenner Weir called attention to these dis-

crepancies, because he thought it probable that the genus

Tirumala, which is represented by some seventeen or eighteen

species in India and Australia, may have more than one species

in Africa; indeed, that allied species, Danais formosa of God-

man (P. Z.8., 1880, p. 183, pl. 19), (the type of Mr. Moore’s

genus Melinda), from the Zanzibar district, tended to give some

support to this view, this species appearing to combine in one

insect the coloration both of Limnas and Tirumala; and it was

quite possible that some other connecting forms between

these two genera might be found to exist.

(Cone)

Mr. J. H. Durrant exhibited a living larva of Cossus ligni-

perda, which had entirely lost its ordinary colour, and become

first pink and then white. He attributed the change, and

subsequent loss, of colour to the fact that it had been deprived

of its natural food, and fed for eighteen months on pink paper,

with which the box in which it was kept was lined, and sub-

sequently on white cardboard.

Mr. M‘Lachlan remarked that the most extraordinary

peculiarity about this larva, in addition to the loss of colour,

was the absence of the usual odour of Cossus.

Lord Walsingham observed that it was questionable whether

the colours of larvee were dependent on the colours of their

surroundings, or whether they were affected by the contents

of the intestinal canal.

Prof. Meldola said that the caterpillar exhibited, having

eaten the pink paper with which the box was lined, had most

probably become dyed by the colouring-matter, and he did

not think that the observation had much bearing on the

question of the protective colouring of caterpillars. It was

well known to physiologists that certain dye-stuffs could be

introduced into the tissues of animals by mixing the colouring-

matters with the food, and paper was frequently stained with

soluble coal-tar dyes, such as eosin, magenta, &c., so that it

was simply a case of direct dyeing of the larva. The whole

question of the direct influence of the colour of the food-plant

upon the colour of the larva had been thoroughly discussed by

himself in the notes to his translation of Weismann’s ‘ Studies

in the Theory of Descent,’ and many experiments in this direc-

tion had since been carried out by Mr. E. B. Poulton, whose

results showed most conclusively that in the larve forming

the subjects of his experiments no such direct coloration by

the colouring-matter of the plant occurred. Mr. Poulton’s

experiments had been fully described in papers published in

the ‘Transactions’ of the Society and elsewhere, and he (the

speaker) did not think it necessary to do more than to remind

Mr. Durrant of their general bearing. It was not impossible

that in the case of certain species feeding upon flowers, or

upon the leaves of plants containing highly-coloured juices,

some such power of direct coloration leading to protective

(ava )

adaptation had been acquired by the agency of natural

selection, but even in these cases no experimental work had

as yet been carried out in a satisfactory manner. He (Prof.

Meldola) had suggested many years ago that the green colour

of caterpillars had been brought about in this way by the

action of natural selection; the faculty of assimilating the

chlorophyll of the plant having been acquired under the

influence of this agency. This suggestion was converted into

an established fact by Mr. Poulton’s observations, chlorophyll

in a modified form having been detected in the blood of leaf-

feeding larve (Proc. Roy. Soc., 1885, pp. 269-815).

Mr. W. White remarked that he thought there was rarely

any direct relation between the colour of food and the larval

skin-coloration, although it was the case with most sub-

terranean and internal feeders, which were generally more or

less transparent. It was evident that different food-plants

did not produce the divergence in colour common amongst

the Noctue from the fact that the dimorphic brown and

green forms of the Hadenid@ larve were to be met with

upon the same plant, as he had frequently noticed; and

he had found extreme types in the case of both H. pisz

and Huplexia lucipara feeding upon the same fern-frond.

The case is similar with Mamestra brassice, and probably

all the other species subject to this variation. On the

other hand, as had already been pointed out by Prof. Meldola,

the colour of the leaves as an environment had been con-

clusively proved by experiment to be productive of varia-

tion in colour. It would be remembered that Mr. Poulton

had tested this very point with Smerinthus larvee, and found

that those which were fed upon a species of sallow, having

a silvery underside to the leaves, which only was seen

by the larve,—each leaf being folded and sewn,—became

unusually pale in consequence, while others from the same

stock, which were subjected to the normal appearance of the

same leaves, remained of the more usual yellowish-green

colour, the pabulum being the same, of course, in both cases.

Mr. B. A. Bower exhibited a specimen of Parasia newrop-

terella, Z., bred from heads of Centaurea scabiosa, and said he

believed the species had not been previously bred. He also

( vii )

exhibited series of Coleophora olivaceella, Stn., C. solitariella, Z.,

and Laverna subbistrigella, Hw. 'The President remarked on

the beautiful condition and setting of the specimens.

Mr. White exhibited a series of male and female specimens

of Orgyia thyalina, belonging to Mr. Leech, and obtained by

the late Mr. H. J. S. Pryer in Japan. Some of the females

had their wings fully developed, and some of them were semi-

apterous, as is usual with the females of this genus. Mr.

White remarked that he believed that in every known species

of Orgyia, in Europe, N. America, and elsewhere, the female

is subapterous; but in this species it appeared that some of

the females were subapterous, and some had the wings

developed amply, without there being any intermediate forms.

The specimens exhibited included three males and five females

—of which latter two were apterous and three fully winged.

Mr. White thought that it was most important that some

observer in Japan should make a point of rearing the species

from the egg to test the accuracy of the identification.

Prof. Meldola asked whether Mr. Leech was sure there was

no mistake in the identity of the individuals; the case was

the most remarkable of the kind he had ever heard of.

Mr. R. South replied that Mr. Leech did not know for

certain, but the markings on the minute wings of the sub-

apterous specimens were so very similar to those of the

winged females as to suggest that, if duly developed, they

would be quite identical. He believed that someone in Japan

had promised to undertake to rear the species.

Lord Walsingham exhibited specimens of preserved larvee

of Hupithecia extensaria, from King’s Lynn, Norfolk; also a

preserved larva of Smerinthus ocellatus and one of Sphinx

ligustvi. The larva of the last-named species was a variety,

and the President remarked that it was the only one of this

species he had ever seen.

Mr. H. J. Elwes said that, from communications which had

been made to him, it appeared that certain remarks of his at

the previous meeting, on the Zeller collection in the British

Museum, had been misunderstood. He had no intention of

accusing any one of removing labels from this collection, and

he regretted that he had not expressed himself more clearly.

( ix)

The Secretary read a communication from the Rey. Dr.

Walker, announcing his intention of making an expedition to

Iceland this year, from the 28rd June to the 29th July, and

asking that any entomologists who might wish to accompany

him would send him their names.

Mr. Distant proposed that the Society should pass a reso-

lution expressing regret at the death of the Rev. J. G. Wood.

Paper read.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew, R.N., communicated a paper

entitled ‘‘ Descriptions and Life-Histories of new spec‘es of

Rhopalocera from the Western Pacific.”

April 3, 1889.

F. Du Cane Gopman, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. A Cant, of 938, Robert Street, Regent’s Park, N.W. ;

Mr. C. Cave, of 18, Lowndes Square, 8.W.; Mr. N. F. Dobrée,

of The New Walk, Beverley; Mr. J. Harrison, of Gawber Road,

Barnsley; Mr. 8. L. Mosley, of Beaumont Park, Huddersfield ;

and Mr. B. G. Nevinson, M.A., F.Z.S., of 6, Tite Street,

Chelsea, S.W., were elected Fellows.

Eahibitions, dc.

Mr. Osbert Salvin exhibited specimens of Ornithoptera

trojana, Staud., and O. plateni, Staud., received from Dr.

Staudinger, and obtained in Palawan, an island between

Borneo and the Philippines. He remarked that Ornithoptera

trojana was allied to O. brookiana, Wall.

Mr. R. M‘Lachlan exhibited, and made remarks on, seven

examples of Aschna borealis, Zett., a little-known species of

Kuropean Dragonflies. He said that some of the specimens

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., I1., 1889. c

(aa)

were captured by himself at Rannoch, Scotland, in June, 1865,

when he was accompanied by Dr. Sharp and the late Mr.

K.C. Rye. The other specimens were taken in Lulea, North

Sweden, and the Upper Engadine (5000-6000 ft.) in Switzer-

land.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher exhibited specimens of Agrotis

pyrophila from various localities, including two from Portland,

three from Forres of a smaller and darker form taken by Mr.

Salvage last year, and a melanie specimen from Stornoway

at first supposed to belong to A. lucernea, but which, on closer

examination, was seen to be referable to this species. He

also exhibited series of Triphena orbona from Stornoway and

Forres, and 7’. subsequa from Forres and the New Forest.

The specimens of 7’. subsequa from Forres were more distinctly

and richly marked than those from the New Forest, and were

also rather more variable in colour.

Dr. Sharp exhibited specimens of Proculus goryi, Kaup,

found by Mr. Champion in Guatemala, prepared to show the

rudimentary wings under the soldered elytra. Dr. Sharp

called attention to the existence of a peculiar articulated

papilla at the base of one of the mandibles; and he also

showed sections of the head of Neleus interruptus displaying

this papilla, as well as the articulated teeth on the mandibles.

The Rey. Canon Fowler exhibited specimens of Aygapanthia

lineatocollis, Don, and remarked that they were able to produce

a distinct stridulation by the movement of the head against

the prothorax, and of the hinder part of the prothorax against

the mesothorax ; they were also able to produce an unpleasant

scent. He further remarked that Dr. Chapman had lately

informed him that Erirrhinus maculatus, F., had the power of

stridulating strongly developed. He also exhibited a specimen

of Barynotus, taken in Norfolk, which was apparently an

abnormal example of B. obscurus.

Mr. Edward Saunders exhibited, on behalf of Mr. G. A. J.

Rothney, in illustration of his paper on Indian Ants, speci-

mens of the following: Camponotus compressus and fragments

of Solenopsis geminatus destroyed by it; Camponotus sp.?, with

a mimicking spider (Salticus sp.); Pseudomyrma bicolor, with

its mimicking Salticus, and a new species of Rhinopsis, viz.,

Cm )

rujicornis, Cameron, also found with it, and closely resembling

its host; Diacamma vagans ; Holecomyrmex indicus, with speci-

mens of the grain which it stores and the chaff which it

rejects; and Aphenogaster sp., with the pieces of Mimosa, &c.,

with which it covers its nest.

Papers read.

Mr. G. A. J. Rothney communicated a paper entitled

‘* Notes on Indian Ants.”’

Mr. Lionel de Nicéville communicated a paper entitled

‘* Notes regarding Delias sanaca, Moore, a Western Himalayan

Butterfly.”

Mr. H. J. Elwes communicated a note in support of the

views expressed by Mr. de Nicéville in his paper.

May 1, 1889.

F. Du Canz Gopman, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Walter F. H. Blandford, B.A., of Trinity College,

Cambridge, and 48, Wimpole Street, W., and Mr. John W.

Downing, of 59, Lupus Street, St. George’s Square, 8.W.,

were elected Fellows.

Death of a Fellow.

Mr. W. L. Distant announced the death of Dr. Signoret,

of Paris, one of the Honorary Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, de.

Dr. Sharp exhibited male and female specimens of an

abnormal form of Rhomborhina japonica, found in Japan by

Mr. G. Lewis. They exhibited a contraction of the thorax,

which was much narrower than usual at the base, so that the

(pail Y)

mesothoracic epimera were entirely exposed. Dr. Sharp also

exhibited a small collection of Coleoptera made by Dr. Neville

Manders in the Shan States, Upper Burmah; this collection

contained several new interesting forms, the most remarkable

being a small heteromerous insect bearing a considerable

resemblance to Rhysodes. Amongst the specimens was an

example of Batocera roylei, which he had retained in a relaxed

condition, so that the Fellows might have an opportunity of

hearing its stridulation: this was produced in a very audible

manner by passing the base of the prothorax backwards and

forwards over a striated space at the base of the scutellum.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse exhibited, for Mr. Frohawk, a series

of wings of British Butterflies, prepared in accordance with a

process (described by Mr. Waterhouse in the Proc. Ent. Soe.

1887, p. xxi1), by which they were denuded of their scales so

as to expose the neuration.

Dr. P. B. Mason exhibited cocoons of a species of spider,—

Theridion pallens, Black.,—from Cannock Chase, distinguished

by the presence of large blunt processes on their surface.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. N. F. Dobrée, a number

of scales of Coccide, picked off Acacia melanoxylon and

Grevillea robusta, imported Australian plants, growing in the

Market Square, Natal. These scales had been referred to

Mr. J. W. Douglas, from whom the following ietter had been

received :—

‘« April 11th, 1889.

‘Dear Mr. Goss,—I return herewith the scales that you

sent to Mr. M‘Lachlan, which he forwarded to me. The

scales being empty, that is, without the insects that made

them, it is difficult to form an idea of what they are, but, as

far as I am able to judge, they, 7. e., the insects, are Coccide,

fam. Brachyscelida, probably genus Brachyscelis, Schrader.

Several species were described in the ‘Trans. (Hnt.) Linn.

Soe. N.S. Wales,’ i. (1863), and also in ‘ Verhandl. zool.-bot.

Gesells. Wien’ (1863), with figures. Signoret, in his ‘ Essai

s. l. Cochenilles’ (Ann. Soc. ent. de France, 5 ser., v., p. 591,

pl. 10), has given notes of Schrader’s insects, and figures of

some of them,: but not of the scales. I gain my information

( xi )

from Signoret only. Most of the species are mentioned as

living on Eucalyptus, whereas these from Natal come from

Acacia and Grevillea, both Australasian trees, so that, although

the food plants are not the same, the insects probably came

from Australia on the plants on which they were found, and

may or may not be special to them. ‘This, I think, is all I

can do towards identification, and no one can do more in the

matter unless he has by chance in his possession similar

scales which have been identified. Possibly some Australian

entomologist, say, in Sydney, could say something more

definite from personal, local knowledge. The family is very

peculiar and interesting, and so I have ventured to keep two

of the scales. I shall be very glad to have any further

information, if it should be forthcoming.

“Yours very truly,

“J. W. Dovetas.”

Mr. H. J. Elwes exhibited a large number of specimens

of Terias of the hecabe group, in order to show the amount of

seasonal and local variation which existed. He stated that

these variations had been a constant puzzle to lepidopterists,

and that the number of forms which had been described was

so great that many of them were impossible to distinguish or

identify. In the British Museum Collection the hecabe group

was represented by no less than 35 so-called species from the

Indian region alone, of which 12 or 13 were described by

Butler, and 10 by Moore. But when a large number were

arranged as he had here placed them, according to the season

of their capture, it would be seen that there was good reason to

believe that many of these forms were seasonal. In localities

where the difference of heat and moisture between the winter

and summer was great, as in the Himalayas, Punjab, Deccan,

China, Liu-kiu Islands, and to a less extent in the highlands

of Ceylon and Southern India, the winter brood of 7’. hecabe

appearing between December and March, together with some

of those taken in October and November, is marked by a

diminution or absence of the black border on the hind wings,

and the presence of more or less conspicuous chocolate

markings below, whilst in the same localities the summer

and autumn broods had almost without exception broader

( mv)

black borders, and little or no chocolate markings beneath.

In purely tropical localities, where the difference of climate

in the seasons was not so marked, the different broods also

appeared to be less different from each other; and in some

of the Malay Islands, such as the Nicobars, there seemed to be

forms which were worthy of specific separation, though not to

anything like the extent to which it had been carried. In

Japan, Terias had been to some extent bred from the egg, and

the opinion of the late Mr. Pryer, of Mr. Leech, and of all

others, so far as he knew, who had local knowledge, was in

favour of the identity of the various forms which Mr. Butler

had figured in the Transactions of this Society some years

ago, whilst the opponents of the seasonal and local variation

theory had, as far as he could see, not brought forward

one word of evidence in their favour. Mr. Elwes concluded

by expressing a hope that collectors in the East, of whom

some were present on this occasion, would recognize the

importance of deciding these questions before they added

to the intolerable synonymy which now existed, and which

was only calculated to disgust students, without enlightening

them.

Mr. G. F. Hampson afterwards stated that during seven

years’ collecting in the Nilgiri Hills he had paid considerable

attention to the hecabe group of Terias, and had repeatedly

taken males and females with or without the chocolate

markings at all seasons of the year. He had come to the

conclusion that the forms of this group are extremely variable,

that the chocolate markings count for nothing whatever, and

that in the Nilgiris there may possibly be three species of the

hecabe group, viz. (1) a small form with narrow borders, as

hecabe, purrea; (2) a larger form with broad borders, as

hecabeoides, eacavata ; and (3) a form with the border narrow

at the outer angle, and the red patch covering the whole apex

of the fore wing below, as uniformis, silhetana. Mr. Hampson

also states that on the Nilgiris, which is a region of heavy rain-

fall (on the western extremity 200 in. or more), he never takes

the forms with no chocolate markings whatever, which occur

in the arid and almost desert region of Sind. Mr. W. L.

Distant, Mr. F. D. Godman, Prof. Meldola, Mr. H. T.

( ay)

Stainton, and Mr. G. Lewis took part in the discussion

which ensued.

Mr. W. Dannatt exhibited specimens of Thaumantis Howqua,

West, from Shanghai.

Mr. H. Burns exhibited, and made remarks on, a number

of nests of living ants of the following species, viz., Hormica

fusca, Lasius alienus, L. flavus, L. niger, Myrmica ruginodis, M.

scabrinodis, &e. One of the nests contained a queen of L.

flavus which had been in the exhibitor’s possession since

September, 1882.

Papers, dc., read.

Mr. G. C. Bignell communicated the following paper,

entitled ‘‘ Description of a new species of British Ichneumon-

id@” :—

PimpLa RUFIPLEURA, nh. sp. — Head smooth and shining;

antenne of female as long as from scutellum to the end of

abdominal segments; antenne of male a little shorter; thorax

smooth and shining, with scattered punctures; abdomen

about twice the length of the head and thorax, almost cylin-

drical; segments almost quadrate, second the longest, covered

with coarse punctures; apical margins rather broad, smooth

and polished, aculeus one-third the length of the abdomen,

as long as segments 2, 3, and 4 combined; transverse anal

nervure of hind wing divided in the middle.

Black. Female :—head with narrow line close to the eyes,

from vertex to clypeus; clypeus and base of mandibles, and

palpi pinkish; a pinkish dash on the scutellum and meta-

notum, and a line before the wings; pleura rufous; legs

tricolor; middle and hind coxe, trochanters and femora

ferruginous; front coxe much lghter; hind femora, the

extreme apex whitish, a black dot on the upper side at the

base; front and middle tibize and tarsi ferruginous; middle

tarsi at the extreme apex fuscous; hind tibiew, base, and

middle whitish; a ring near the base, and the entire apex

black ; tarsi whitish ; extreme apex of joints black. Male :—

face, and underside of scape and flagellum pinkish; otherwise

like the female. Length 8 mm.

Twenty-three males and females of this unique species were

bred 10th April, 1888, from a batch of cocoons kindly sent to

@ sa}

me by Dr. T. A. Chapman, who obtained them from a larva

of Pygara curtula. This batch of cocoons were so like a

cluster of MJacrocentrus cocoons that Mr. Bridgman at first

sight could scarcely credit they were those of a Pimpla,

which, as a rule, are solitary parasites; but fortunately one

male died within its cocoon, which I desired Mr. Bridgman

to remove, to make certain that I was correct in my observa-

tions, which he did, and he is now able to vouch, if

necessary, for the accuracy of my statement.

Mr. A. G. Butler communicated the following paper entitled

‘A few words in reply to Mr. Elwes’ statements respecting

the incorporation of the Zeller Collection with the General

Collection of Lepidoptera in the Natural History Museum.”

For the last year or two I have carefully abstained from

replying to the observations from time to time made upon my

system of working at the Lepidoptera by Mr. H. J. Elwes,

considering it better to leave questions respecting the validity

of species to be definitely decided at a future time, by those

who are in a position to carry out a course of careful

breeding, similar to that which has been, and still is being,

prosecuted by such indefatigable students as Mr. W. H.

Edwards, of the United States.

In our present state of almost total ignorance of the early

stages of by far the greater portion of the Lepidoptera, it

seems to me to be nothing short of presumption for anyone to

claim to be able to decide finally what shall and what shall

not be called a species ; almost every man holds a different

opinion from his fellow, and, although he who has studied

longest and most persistently is most likely to be the best

judge, the whole question resolves itself into a matter of

individual opinion.

I should not now consider it worth while to weary the

Entomological Society by disputing with Mr. Elwes

touching his and my own opinions on the vexed question of

what is a species and what a variety; but the state-

ments which Mr. Elwes made at the meeting of the 6th

of February appear to me to affect my character as an

Entomologist and my right to the position of trust which I

( xvii, )

hold under Government: I therefore feel bound to say that

these statements are inaccurate.

Mr. Elwes has himself withdrawn his more serious charge,

and therefore it is unnecessary for me to disprove it. I have,

then, only to answer the following statement (Proc. Ent. Soc.

p. ii.) :—‘* He stated that the valuable and accurately named

collection of Zeller had been so dealt with that, in his

opinion, much of its value was at present lost, owing to the

fact that many of the specimens had been removed from

their proper places, and mixed up with other species in such

a way that no one who was not thoroughly acquainted with

the genus could understand what they were.”

First, I shall prove that, in spite of its great value, the

Zeller collection is by no means always correctly named, even

if Staudinger’s Catalogue be regarded as a guide.*

As it may surprise the Fellows of the Society that, after

the lapse of years, it is possible to reproduce (without the

possibility of doubt) the exact nomenclature followed by

Zeller, I may still further assure them that the Catalogue of

the Collection, prepared by order of the Trustees, not only

enables anyone who has access to it to do this, but, if

necessary, to re-arrange the labelled specimens of any given

species in the order which it pleased Zeller to follow in his

cabinets.

To proceed to Zeller’s identifications :—

1. Erebia manto, Esper, is labelled ‘‘ Krebia pyrrha, 8. V.,”

which, according to Staudinger, is a synonym, and therefore

not the correct name.

2. Hrebia stygne, Ochs., is labelled ‘‘ Erebia pyrene, Esp.,”’

which Staudinger regards as a synonym: this, therefore, is

again inaccurate.

3. Erebia glacialis, Esp., is labelled “ H'rebia alecto, Hb.,”

which, according to Staudinger, is an aberration and variety

—‘‘ab. et v.”’: one of the examples I consider to be the

female of I’. lefebvrei, Bdv. (= maurus, Esp. = melas, Ubst.,

* That it cannot always be a safe one may be taken for granted,

since much of it is undoubtedly a mere reprint of the work of other

authors (the whole arrangement of the extremely heterogeneous group

Agrotis is Lederer’s).

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1., 1889. D

(* xvi’ :}

sec. Staud.), and there is a note to that effect in the

Catalogue: Mr. Elwes thinks that Iam wrong; perhaps so,

but as the specimen corresponds far more closely with the

male of E. lefebvrei than with that sex of FE. glacialis, I

prefer to use my private judgment, which has had twenty-five

years of close study to mature it: typical HK. glacialis shows

no ocellus on upper surface of primaries, but does show a

rufous transverse band; in EF’. melas = lefebvrei there is an

ocellus, but no rufous band ; typical FE. alecto, which is not

an aberration if it is a variety of FH. glacialis, has both

ocellus and rufous band, and was labelled ‘“‘ F. scipio”’:

Hiibner’s typical figure gives four ocelli in both primaries

and secondaries, whereas Zeller’s /. alecto show none in any

of the wings.

4, Erebia scipio, Bdy., is, in my opinion, nothing more

than EF. alecto with two instead of four ocelli in the male ;

the female has four ocelli, as in that species; one of

Boisduval’s figures shows three spots on the upper and two

on the under surface: Zeller and Staudinger considered FH.

alecto as a variety of an insect utterly unlike it and F. scipio,

which is a variable species (as shown even in the typical

figures), but differing from F. alecto only in the absence of

one or two ocelli, as a distinct species: I cannot but question

whether they ever compared the typical figures, as I did, both

when writing my Catalogue and arranging the collection

subsequently.

5. Erebia aethiops, Esper, should, according to Staudinger,

take priority of /’, medea, but Zeller labelled his specimens

‘« Hrebia medea, 8. V.,’’ which, according to Staudinger, is a

double error: he says that the ‘*medea, 8S. V. and F.8.E.,

was another butterfly.’ I admit that Hiibner, by figuring

E. aethiops as F.. medea, §. V., led me into the same error.

6. Erebia euryale, Esp. One of the specimens, corresponding

exactly with Esper’s figure, was labelled by Zeller as ‘v.

adyte,’ whereas, according to Staudinger, the latter is a

variety of LH. ligea: in my Catalogue I have regarded it as a

variety of EF. euryale, so close as to be unworthy of separate

record: if then, as Mr. Elwes says, Zeller’s collection is

accurately named, I must also be accurate and Staudinger

inaccurate in this identification. A second specimen is labelled

““v, philomela,”’ whereas Staudinger regards H. philomela as

identical with F. euryale; and I again agree with Zeller in

considering it a well-marked variety.

7. Erebia lappona, Esp., is labelled ‘* Erebia manto, 8. V.,”

but according to Staudinger the former name should be used,

and the name F. manto, Esp., used for FE. pyrrha, 8. V.

8. Erebia tyndarus, Esp. The variety? E. hispanica, Butl.,

still stands as ‘‘v. nevadensis, Stdg.,” although Staudinger, in

his Catalogue, admits the priority of my name.

Therefore, taking Staudinger as a judge, there are no less

than seven inaccuracies in Zeller’s naming of the genus

Erebia alone ; in other groups the errors, judged by the same

standard, are equally numerous.

But if, as in my case, Staudinger is not allowed to be

infallible, it is still easy to show that Zeller’s identifications

are often far from accurate. I will only cite a few instances

which have come under my notice during the last few weeks.

A specimen in the Zeller collection, labelled ‘ Agrotis

aquilina,” has white secondaries, and is probably 4. seliginis,

but certainly not 4. aquilina.

An example labelled ‘ Ayrotis decora”’ is the male of Chera

(Spelotis) nyctimera, the antenne of which differ in structure

and the wings in width.

An example labelled ‘‘ Agrotis christophi” differs from that

species in the structure of its antenne, its palpi, its unbanded

legs, longer wings and pattern, and is probably a variety of,

or at most a very closely allied species to, Ochropleura plecta.

The ‘ Agrotis satorum” of Zeller consists of a male 4.

christophi, and a male of an allied species with serrate-ciliated

antenne.

The “ Pachnobia leucographa”’ of both Zeller and Staudinger

differs structurally from Pachnobia, and should be placed in

Semiophora, Steph., which would supersede T’eniocampa.

Under ‘“ Teniocampa stabilis” are two male specimens with

closed anal claspers, the antenne of which are serrated (not

pectinated), and which have therefore been mistaken for

females, although the female of 7. stabilis has simple

antenne ; they therefore are, strictly speaking, not congeneric

( Xx)

with the species for which Zeller took them, being in my

opinion nothing more nor less than the so-called ‘‘ Tenio-

campa gracilis.”

I have not examined minutely into Zeller’s identification

of Pyrales, but Mr. Warren recently called my attention to

the fact that the type specimen of Zeller’s Phacellura magda-

lene is labelled as ‘‘ distinguished from P. columbiana by the

clear fringes of the hind wings’”’; he not noticing that his four

other examples do not differ at all in this particular, but, on

the other hand, that the colouring of the anal tuft is the true

distinguishing character.

However, I think it is hardly worth while to proceed

further ; whatever blunders Zeller made, he was a grand

man, and, as a rule, careful: it has been necessary to show

that his identifications were no more accurate than those of

any other good worker, and this I have done.

Mr. Elwes severely criticised my ‘ Catalogue of Satyrida’ ;

I shall therefore proceed to point out in what manner it

differs from Staudinger’s Catalogue.

1. Under Hrebia arete I give the synonym Papilio claudina

of Borkhausen, which Staudinger omits to notice.

2. Under Hrebia pharte I quote as a variety EH. euryale of

Herrich-Schiiffer’s fig. 101, whereas Staudinger considers

(perhaps rightly) that all Herrich-Schéaffer’s figures represent

the same species.

8. Under Frebia kefersteinti I quote E. theano as a syno-

nym, but Staudinger considers that both are good species :

on the other hand EF. stubbendorfii is considered by Staudinger

to be a synonym of F. theano, and I have retained it as a

separate species. It must be remembered here that I had

never seen examples of any of these forms, and therefore

only judged by figures and descriptions.

4, Under EF. melampus I have quoted EF. cassiope var.

pyrenaica, FE’. mnestra, and FE. ertphyle as varieties, whereas

Staudinger gives the first as a variety of HE. epiphron and the

two others as distinct species.

5. I gave FE. pyrrha priority over /. manto, Esper, on the

sround that an Erebia manto already existed; but, as already

stated, Staudinger sinks the latter as a synonym of E.

( Aaa)

lappona, and therefore reverses the order of F. pyrrha and

the EF. manto of Esper.

6. IL kept FE. pluto, glacialis and alecto ag distinct species,

and nerine as a variety of the last mentioned; Staudinger

considers the first three to be forms of one species and nering

as distinct.

7. I gave F. stygne as a variety of F. pirene of Esper, on

the ground that the latter had forty-two years’ priority ;

Staudinger reverses this without giving any reason beyond

the fact that Linneus had described another butterfly under

the similar name of Papilio pyrene.

8. I gave F. maurus, Esper, priority over /’. melas, Herbst,

because Esper’s work is dated 1777 and Herbst’s 1796 ;

Staudinger reverses the order under the supposition (he gives

the date with a query) that Esper’s species was described in

1798: in cases of uncertainty surely it is better to take the

printed date.

9. Staudinger differs from me in considering the /. pronoe

of Esper identical with FE. arachne, whereas I considered it

to be F. neoridas ; he therefore sinks HK. arachne as a synonym,

and quotes no synonyms to H. neoridas.

10. As already pointed out, H. medea is sunk as a synonym

of F. ethiops, and, if Staudinger is correct, on sufficient

grounds.

11. I regarded HE. stygne, Fischer, and FE. sedakovii, H.-Sch.,

as probable varieties of H. neoridas; Staudinger places them

as a distinct species next to EH. neoridas.

12. I placed FH. sedakovii, Kversm., as a slight variety of

E. ligea; Staudinger thinks it the same as HE. sedakovit,

H.-Sch.

18. I called EF. eumonia a variety of EF. ligea; Staudinger

puts it separately with a query, and a doubt whether it is

not a variety of KE. ligea; practically here there is no

difference.

14. The synonyms F. evias and bonelli are reversed by

Staudinger, in consequence of information received (subse-

quent to the publication of my Catalogue) respecting the

dates of Hibner’s figures.

But it is hardly worth while to continue: differences of

(. xx: )

opinion touching the meaning of published figures, not a few

of which are very indifferently executed, must always exist ;

the species themselves also are, for the most part, so closely

related that (as with the genus Colas) it is useless to dogmatise

as to the limits of their variation: until they are bred, every

Lepidopterist must please himself, and try to live in charity

with his neighbour who thinks differently.

One thing, however, ought to be borne in mind :—When I

wrote my ‘ Catalogue of Satyride’ I had only had charge of

the Museum butterflies for about three years, my first

paper upon them being published in the ‘ Proceedings of the

Zoological Society ’ for 1865: my experience, therefore, at

that time was probably not greater than that of some of my

critics.

Even if it were a fact that by incorporating the Zeller

collection ‘‘ many of the specimens ’”’ had been ‘“‘ mixed up”’

with specimens of ‘‘ species’ to which they do not belong,—

and this I presume is what Mr. Elwes intended to say,—the

injury to the collection would not be permanent, and after all

it would not be different from that which has been inflicted

upon every collection of exotic Lepidoptera by the very men

who claim to know the species of Kurope. It would indeed

be a light task for any student of exotic species to show that,

in Staudinger’s brilliantly illustrated work on Exotic Butter-

flies, not only species, but genera, have been confounded.

But, as I have already pointed out, the ‘‘ mixing up”’ is a

matter of opinion, and I believe I have a right—nay more,

that it is my duty—to arrange the Museum collection as

nearly as possible correctly, according to my views, not

swerving from what I consider to be the straight path on

account of adverse criticism.

Mr. Elwes, Mr. Stainton, Mr. Godman, and others took

in the discussion which ensued.

June 5, 1889.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Watstnenam, M.A,, F.R,8., President,

in the chair,

(| xxi )

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors. )

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. W. M. Christy, of Watergate, Emsworth, was elected

a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a specimen of Acrolepia assectella,

Zeller, included in a lot of Tineide purchased by him at the

sale of the late Mr. A. F. Sheppard’s collection, and deter-

mined by Mr. Stainton. He also exhibited, for comparison,

a specimen of A. betuletella. tire

Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., exhibited a collection of Lepidoptera

made in 1887 and 1888 in the immediate vicinity of the

Straits of Gibraltar. The collection comprised about 100

species of butterflies, of which thirty-six were obtained on the

Rock of Gibraltar, and fifty-eight on the European side of the

Straits. Five species (Huchloé eupheno, L., Lycena theophrastus,

F., Thestor mauritanicus, Lue., Cenonympha arcanioides, Pierr.,

and an unnamed species of Pamphila allied to P. nostradamus,

I.) were observed only in Marocco; while Papilio podalirius,

L., Euchloé tagis, var. bellezina, Bdvy., and Pararge mera,

L., were found at Malaga. The dark form of Thais

rumina, L., was observed only on Peregil Island, under Apes

Hill, on the African side, and the var. latteri of Papilio

podalirius at Tangier and Benzts Bay, Marocco. About 160

species of moths were exhibited, the most remarkable being

Paranthrene tinciformis, Esp., Sesia ramburi, Stgr., Orgyia

trigotephras, Li, Megasoma repandum, Hub. (bred from the

ova), Raphia hybris, Hub., Plusia chalcites, Ksp., Polia canescens,

Dup., Catocala dilecta, Hub. (bred), Anthometra plumularia,

Bdv., and Sterrha consecraria, Rbr.

Dr. P. B. Mason exhibited a number of specimens of a

South-European species of Ant—Crematogaster scutellaris, Oliv.

He said that the specimens were all taken in the fernery of

Mr. Baxter, of Burton-on-Trent, and had probably been

imported with cork.

Mr. O. E. Janson exhibited a pair of Neptunides stanleyi, a

(( xxive |)

species of (éetontida, recently received from Central Africa,

and described by him in the February number of ‘The

Entomologist’; also some varieties of N. polychrous, Thoms.,

from the Zanzibar district.

Dr. N. Manders exhibited a number of Lepidoptera collected

by himself in the Shan States, Upper Burmah; also a col-

lection of Lepidoptera made by Captain Raikes in Karenni.

Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited over 400 specimens of Neuroptera,

being a portion of the collection formed in Japan by Mr.

H.J.S.Pryer. They represented nearly all groups (excepting

Odonata, now in the hands of Baron De Selys). Some of the

Ascalaphide, Panorpide, and especially Trichoptera, were of

great beauty; notably amongst the latter was the curious

moth-like genus Perissoneura, M‘Lach.

Dr. Sharp exhibited the peculiar cocoons of an Indian moth,

Rhodia newara, Moore; these were the cocoons possessing &

drain at the bottom in order to allow water to escape, already

described in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for

1888, p. 120, where, however, their great resemblance to the

pods of a plant had not been alluded to.

Mr. Enock exhibited, and made remarks on, specimens of

Cecidomyia destructor, bred from American wheat.

Mr. W. Warren exhibited a bred specimen of Retinia posti-

cana, Zett., from Newmarket; also specimens of Kupithecia

jasioneata and Gelechia confinis, bred by Mr. Gardner, of

Hartlepool.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse exhibited and explained a number of

diagrams illustrative of the external characters of the eyes of

insects. He observed that the simplest form of primary eye

is that of an Eciton; the simplest form of compound eye

yet known is that of a Brazilian Lathridius with seven

unequal-sized facets; between that and the eye of Sphinx

convolvuli (in which there are 27,000 facets), probably every

number may be met with. In several handbooks 34,000

facets are given as occurring in a Papilio, but this is

an error; this number refers to the two eyes, each having

17,000. The eyes are subject to various interruptions, the

most common being by an encroachment of the ocular

canthus, which in some cases completely divides the eye,

( Pasay 3)

as in some genera of Stagbeetles (Odontolabis), A somewhat

similar interruption occurs in Dineutes. The facets in the

lower part of the eye are a trifle larger than in the upper

part (about 9 to 10). In many insects the reverse is the case,

the upper facets being larger than the lower, a notable case

being Anax. The lenses are circular in most cases where

they are very convex, as in Lathridius and Batocera. When

hexagonal they are often very irregular (the diagrams

exhibited showed parts of the eye of Hydrous and Sphinz).

The convexity of the lenses varies very greatly; when

they are very convex the eye has a granular appearance,

but when not greater than the convexity of the eye itself, the

eye appears perfectly smooth (Bolbocerus, &e.). The inter-

vening lines between the lenses are often beset with hairs,

sometimes very long and dense, as in the male honey-bee and

Trichophthalmus ; and the modification of the hairs into scales

which takes place on the body takes place on the eyes also,

the scales on the eyes of some beetles of the family Colydiide

being very large, arranged in lines over the eye like tomb-

stones (T'rachypholis), The eyes are placed on the top of the

head in Hciton and some other ants. A discussion ensued,

in which Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. Verrall, Lord Walsingham,

Mr, Jacoby, Mr. Kirby, and others took part.

Papers read.

Mr. A. G. Butler communicated a paper entitled ‘‘ Descrip-

tions of some new Lepidoptera-Heterocera in the collection

of the Honble. Walter de Rothschild.”

Mr. Butler also contributed a second paper entitled

‘‘Synonymic Notes on the Moths of the earlier genera of

Noctuites.”’

Dr. Sharp read a paper entitled ‘‘An Account of Prof.

Plateau’s Experiments on the Vision of Insects.”

Lord Walsingham, Mr. Jacoby, Mr. White, and Mr. Water-

house took part in the discussion which ensued.

PROC, ENT, SOC, LOND., 1., 1889. E

( xvi ) )

July 3, 1889.

The Right Hon. Lord Watstneuam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

The Rev. W. A. Hamilton, of Calcutta, and Mr. H. W.

Vivian of Glenafon, Taiback, South Wales, were elected

Fellows of the Society.

Txhibitions, dc.

The Rey. Canon Fowler read the following letter from Mr.

EK. T. Atkinson, Chairman of the Trustees of the Indian

Museum, Calcutta :—

Indian Museum, Caleutta,

25th April, 1889.

Sir,—As Chairman of the Trustees of the Indian Museum,

I write to ask for the assistance of your Society in the

following matter.

To enable Entomology to be studied systematically in

India, where as yet but very little is known, it is essential

that the numerous practical working entomologists, of this

country, should have access to some large and scientifically

named and arranged collection of Indian insects. This want

the Indian Museum has set itself to supply. Large collections

of Indian Insects have been got together, and additions are

constantly being made with the view of rendering them truly

representative of the insect fauna of the country.

In the early part of last year, at a meeting of your Society,

the help of European entomologists was invited for the

determination of the unnamed portion of these collections.

Since then various entomologists have consented to undertake

the determination of special groups, and are now engaged in

working them out. There remains, however, a considerable

number of groups which have not yet been undertaken, and

it is for help m the determination of these groups that I nuw

apply to your Society.

The collections have alveady been arranged as far as is

possible in India, so that specimens belonging to each fairly

well-marked group can immediately be picked out to send to

@ xxvirz )

the entomologist who undertakes to examine them. The

Museum will pay all expenses connected with the packing and

carriage of the specimens, and, when possible, will send

duplicates, in addition to the set required to be returned for

exhibition in the Museum.

It is hoped that amongst the entomologists of your Society

who make a study of special groups of insects, there may be

found some who are willing and able to avail themselves of

the present opportunity of assisting in a work which cannot

but tend most materially to the advancement of the study of

the little-known Entomology of India.

The following are the chief groups not yet undertaken, and

for which, therefore, assistance is desired :—NEUROPTERA.—

Myrmeleonide, Panorpide, Ascalaphide, Mantispidea, Hemero-

biida, Sialida, Trichopterida, Termitide, Pssupo-NEUROPTERA.—

Perlide. Drernra. — Nemocera. Cotroprera. — Carabide

(except genera Carabus and Calosoma), Hydrophilide, Paussida,

Dermestida, Lucanide, Coprini, Rutelini, Dynastini, Cetonini,

Monommide, Lagriide, Melandryide, Clerida, Rhiphidoceride,

Anthicide, Bruchide, Anthotribide, Sagrine, Cryptocephaline,

Halticine, Galerucine, Languriide.

Any communication addressed to me on the subject of the

determination of the above groups of insects will receive

prompt attention.

The following is a list of the gentlemen who have already

consented to work out the groups, other than those in respect

of which assistance is now invited :—Mr. F. Moore, Mons.

Ragonot, Col. Swinhoe, Lord Walsingham, Mr. De Nicéville,

Mr. E. T. Atkinson, Mr. W. L. Distant, Mons. Bigot, Dr. Forel,

Mr. P. Cameron, Mons. Le Baron de Selys-Longchamps,

Rev. A. E. Eaton, Mr. Wood-Mason, Dr. Regimbart, Mons.

De Saussure, Mons. Fleutiaux, Mons. Gelmi, Mons. Fauvel,

Mons, Gronville, Mons. L’Abbé 8. A. de Marseul, Herr Ernst

Breuske, Dr. Candeze, Rev. H. S. Gorham, Mons. Desbrochers

de Loges, Dr. Lamere, and Mons. H. Lefevre.

I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your most obedient Servant,

K. T. Arxrnson,

Chairman of the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

The Secretary to the Entomological Society of London.

( ( xxvii: )

The following motion, which had previously been unani-

mously passed at the meeting of the Council, was read to the

Society :—‘‘ That papers containing descriptions of isolated

species widely remote in classification or distribution, are, as

a rule, undesirable for publication, as tending to create un-

necessary difficulties for faunistic or monographie workers.”

Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. Jacoby, Mr. Elwes, Dr. Sharp, and

others took part in the discussion which followed.

Mr. J. W. Slater exhibited a doubtful specimen of Arctia

mendica, L., which appeared as if it might prove to be a

hybrid between that species and A. lubricipeda, L.

Mr. M‘Lachlan, on behalf of Prof. Klapalek, of Prague,

who was present as a visitor, exhibited preparations repre-

senting the life-history of Agriotypus armatus, Walk., showing

the curious appendages of the case. Prof. Klapalek, in

answer to questions, described the transformations in detail.

A discussion followed, in which Mr. M‘Lachlan and Lord

Walsingham took part.

Mr. H. J. Elwes exhibited a specimen of an undescribed

Chrysophanus, taken in the Shan States, Upper Burmah, by

Dr. Manders, which was very remarkable on account of the

low elevation and latitude at which it was found; its only

very near ally appeared to be Polyommatus Li, Oberthir, from

Western Szechuen, but there was no species of the genus

known in the Kastern Himalayas or anywhere in the Hastern

tropics.

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited a remarkable series of Arctia

mendica, L.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited specimens of Harpalus cupreus,

Steph., and Cathormiocerus socius, Boh., recently taken at

Sandown, Isle of Wight.

Mr. O. E. Janson exhibited a fine male example of Theodosia

howitti, Castlenau, a genus of Cetontid@ resembling some of

the Dynastide in the remarkable armature of the head and

thorax. The specimen had recently been received from

N.W. Borneo.

Mr. W. White exhibited specimens of Heterogynis paradoxa,

Ramb., and stated that this insect represented an extreme

case of degeneration, the mature female being only slightly

( xxix )

more developed than the larva; the ova are hatched within

the body, so that apparently the ovipositor is entirely

atrophied. Lord Walsingham made some remarks on the

subject.

Mr. W. Warren exhibited bred specimens of Tortrix

piceana, Li.

Mr. T. R. Billups exhibited specimens of Actobius signati-

cornis, Rey, and A. villosulus, Steph., taken near Lewisham.

He also exhibited specimens of Hulophus damicornis, Kirby,

belonging to the family Cynipide, bred from pups found

by Mr. Adkin attached to the leaves of lime-trees at Oxshott,

Surrey ; the host was unknown.

Papers read.

Mr. Porritt read ‘‘ Notes on an extraordinary race of Arctia

mendica, Linn.”’

Mr. W. F. Kirby read a paper entitled ‘ Descriptions of

new species of Scoliide in the collection of the British

Museum, with occasional reference to species already known.”’

Mr. J. B. Bridgman communicated a paper entitled

‘Further additions to the Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Catalogue

of British Ichneumonidae.”

Mr. J. S. Baly communicated a paper ‘‘ On new species of

Diabrotica from South America.”

August 7, 1889.

The Right Hon. Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., F'.R.S., President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

The Rev. John Walley, of Wuhu, China, was elected a

Fellow ; and Prof. Charles VY. Riley, M.A., of Washington,

United States, was elected an Honorary Fellow in place of

the late Dr. Signoret, of Paris.

(tox)

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. Walter F. Blandford exhibited a specimen of Cardio-

phorus cinereus, Herbst, taken at Tenby, and remarked that

the species had rarely, if ever, previously been found in the

United Kingdom. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse said he believed

that there was a specimen in the collection of his late father,

and also another specimen in the collection of the British

Museum.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse stated that the British Museum had

just received, from the Rev. Arthur Elwin, of Hangchow,

China, a luminous larva. It was about 14 in. long and 84 lines

broad at the widest part, a little narrowed in front, gradually

acuminate to the apex, very convex, shining, with some very

short inconspicuous pale pubescence; pale brownish yellow

(when dead), with pale yellow markings. Its appearance at

first sight was that of a meal-worm (Tenebrio). Mr. Elwin

stated that when full-grown it was 2 in. long. In ten years he

had only seen four specimens. Eleven segments have each

three very bright spots of light, one dorsal and one on each

side; in all thirty-three spots. The light was not affected by

handling, and shined continually day and night, and was so

bright that it was visible for a considerable distance. The

specimen sent showed the light for three days after death.

Mr. Waterhouse said that, although quite unlike anything

known to him, he had no doubt, from the structure of the

head, &c., that it was one of the Lampyride, but he knew of no

species of which it was likely to be the larva.

Lord Walsingham exhibited specimens of Conchylis

degreyana, M‘Lach., bred from seed-heads of Plantago lanceo-

lata at Merton, Norfolk; also a specimen of a species of Tineide

allied to the genus Solenobia, probably belonging to Dissoctena,

Staud., but differing somewhat in the structure of the antenne.

Lord Walsingham remarked that the specimen was taken by

himself at Merton on the 81st July last, and that the species

was apparently undescribed.

Mr. Meyer-Darcis exhibited a collection of Coleoptera,

comprising specimens of a species of Loethrus from Turkestan ;

Julodis globithorax, Stev., from the Caucasus; a new species of

Julodis from Kurdistan: Cardiaspis Mouhotii, Saunders, from

( sige })

Sikkim ; Carabus smaragdinus, Fisch., from Siberia ; Julodis

ampliata, Mars., from Aintab, Asia Minor, and a variety of

the same from Kurdistan; and Julodis luteogramma, Mars.,

from Syria, and a variety of the same from Kurdistan.

Mr. H. Goss read the following letter from Mr. R. W.

Fereday, of New Zealand :—

Christchurch, Canterbury,

New Zealand,

June 14th, 1889,

Dear Sir,—I am sending you by my nephew, Mr. A. P.

Chapman, who left here yesterday for England, a box of

insects, consisting of Coleoptera contained in two small

bottles, a specimen of Hymenoptera in a small match-box,

and some Lepidoptera. Will you kindly bring to the notice

of the Society the following particulars relating to the speci-

mens of Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera, and exhibit them at

your next meeting.

In January last I received a letter from Sir John Hall,

K.C.M.G., who had then recently gone to England, in which

he wrote me as follows :—‘‘ When on my voyage home in the

‘Kaikoura’ a curious incident occurred, which I thought

might be turned to the advantage of your entomological

collection. About half-way between the River Plate and Rio,

and at a distance of over 250 miles from land, the ship was

visited by a numerous flight of various kinds of moths. The

visitation commenced in the evening, lasted more or less all

the next day and part of the succeeding night. As the ship

steamed about 300 miles a day, it follows that the atmosphere

for about 400 miles must have been pretty full of these moths.

Several of them were caught, and some I have placed in a

box, which Mr. East, the chief officer of the ‘ Kaikoura,’ has

taken charge of and promised to have sent to your office. I

do not know that the specimens are of any value, while all of

them have been roughly handled, and some, I fear, spoilt.

They may, however, have some interest from the circumstances

under which they were caught. It was supposed the moths

might have been driven off the land by violent westerly winds,

but on arriving at Rio we could not hear that anything violent

( ixxxu.))

had been experienced. The wind with us on board the

‘ Kaikoura’ was moderate from N.N.W. Mr. Kast has taken

a good deal of trouble to secure these specimens for me, and

in getting a box made.”’

I duly received the insects from Mr. Hast when he arrived

here in February in the ‘ Kaikoura,’ on her return voyage,

and they are the specimens of Lepidoptera which I send you.

On Sir John Hall’s return to New Zealand I asked him if he

could give me the lat. and long. in which the occurrence

took place, and, after consulting his diary, he wrote me as

follows :—‘‘I find that it was about §. lat. 80 and W. long.

46 that we fell in with the swarms of moths, of which I sent

you specimens. My diary says of the weather that we had

not very strong wind at the time, but a strong head-sea, and

a barometer almost low enough for a hurricane. When we

reached Rio Janeiro we did not find that any exceptionally

strong wind had been blowing there, but no doubt it had

urther south.” It seems to me that this occurrence is of

more than ordinary interest owing to the many families,

genera, and species which must have been represented in the

swarm, for, besides those specimens preserved, I understand

from Sir John there were numerous kinds, large and small.

Will you kindly get them named, and, if there are any of

them new to science, get them described. I should like to

have them back again for our Museum, but I suppose if any

of them are new, the describer will require to keep such for

the type.

As to the hymenopterous insect, it was taken about two

months ago by a Mr. Hamilton at Riccarton, four miles from

here, in one of his bee-hives. He had noticed that the hive

seemed almost deserted, and on looking into it observed a

small dome of thin wax covering something on the floor of

the hive; and, on detaching the dome, he found within it

this insect. Its legs, which have since got broken off, and

are enclosed in a piece of paper, were then attached to the

body, but when handed to me it had no wings, and Mr.

Hamilton did not notice any when he found it. He said, in

reply to my question, that the bee entrance to the hive was

small, but sufficient to admit such an insect as this, My

( xxm ')

theory is that the insect, having entered the hive, was

attacked and killed by the bees, and its wings bitten off, and

that they, finding a difficulty in pushing it out through the

entrance, entombed it in a wax cell. It does not appear to

me to be an insect likely to have been introduced into this

country, and yet, if indigenous, it is remarkable that such a

conspicuous insect has not been noticed before, for there is no

insect I have ever seen in New Zealand that in the slightest

degree resembles it, except the humble-bee, which is only of

recent introduction. I can hear of no one having noticed

such an insect before in New Zealand. It was only on the

first attempt to introduce the humble-bee to New Zealand

that it was brought out in its nest, and on that occasion the

bees were found all dead, and the box in which they came

was closed up again and laid aside for months, so that an

insect of this description could hardly have been introduced

with those nests. If it were not for the ocelli being in a line

instead of in a triangle, I should assume it to be a species of

Celioxys, Lat.

If you can return me any of the insects it will be well not

to send them by post; but if not giving you too much trouble,

would you see either Sir F’. Dillon Bell, K.C.M.G., C.B., the

Agent-General for New Zealand, 7, Victoria Chambers, West-

minster, or the New Zealand Shipping Company, or Messrs.

Shaw & Savill, Albion Shipping Company, who would, I am

sure, get some passenger coming direct here (Christchurch)

to take charge of the box.

Speaking of the humble-bees, it was marvellous how

rapidly they increased after being introduced here. The year

after they were turned out they were quite common around

Christchurch, and were even seen fifty miles and more away.

The clover is now producing abundance of seed, and the

humble-bees are all over the island.

Yours faithfully,

H. Goss, Esq., Secretary, Ricu. Wa. Ferepay.

Entomological Society of London.

Mr. J.J. Walker, R.N., observed that he had seen a large

number of insects at sea about 150 miles off the coast of

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND. mr., 1889, F

( feeaty 3)

Brazil, and he referred to other records of the capture of

insects at sea in Darwin’s ‘Voyage of the Beagle,’ and Dr.

Coppinger’s ‘ Cruise of the Alert.’ The discussion was con-

tinued by Dr. Sharp, Lord Walsingham, Mr. White, Mr.

Kirby, and others.

Mr. Blandford read a letter from Mr. Wroughton, of Poona,

Deputy Conservator of Forests, asking for assistance in

working out certain Indian Hymenoptera and Diptera in the

collections of the Bombay Natural History Society. Lord

Walsingham, Colonel Swinhoe, and Mr. Moore made some

remarks on the subject.

Paper read.

Mr. E. Meyrick read a paper entitled ‘‘On some Lepidoptera

from New Guinea,” and exhibited the species described in the

paper. He stated that the specimens were derived from two

sources, viz. (1), a portion of the collection received by the

Society from Baron Ferdinand von Miller, F.R.S., and col-

lected by Mr. Sayer when accompanying the Australian

Geographical Society’s Exploring Expedition; and (2), a

number of specimens collected by Mr. Kowald near Port

Moresby, and obtained from him by Lord Walsingham.

September 4, 1889.

Henry J. Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Vice-President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Prof. C. H. Fernald, of Amherst, Mass., U.S.A., and Mr.

C. J. Fryer, of Emscote Road, Warwick, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. George T. Baker exhibited two remarkably dark speci-

mens of Acronycta ligustri taken near Llangollen.

Mr. P. B. Mason exhibited and remarked on a collection of

Lepidoptera which he had recently made in Iceland. The

( ieexy )

following species, amongst others, were represented, viz. :—

Crymodes exulis, Triphena pronuba, Noctua conflua, Plusia

gamma, Larentia caesiata, Eupithecia scoriata, Melanippe sociata,

Coremia munitata, Phycis fusca, and Crambus pascuellus.

-The Rev. Dr. Walker also exhibited a number of Lepi-

doptera, Diptera, and Hymenoptera, recently collected by

himself in Iceland. The collection included the following,

viz. :—Crymodes exulis, Noctua conflua, Larentia cesiata, Co-

remia munitata, Culea pipiens, Scatophaga stercoraria, Calliphora

erythrocephala, Helophilus grenlandica, Bombus terrestris, &c.

Mr. W. White exhibited, on behalf of Mr. G. C. Griffiths,

a specimen of Nephronia hippia, Fab., var. gea, Feld., having

the external characters of the male on the right side, and

of the female on the left side, and which he believed to be

hermaphrodite. He said it was exactly similar to the types

of gea figured by Distant (‘Rhopalocera Malayana’), with the

exception that the marginal spots on the upper wing side are

much developed and larger. This however, might be a

transference of character from the female influence, as

a result of hermaphroditism. An enlarged sketch of the

genitalia (which were fortunately pressed out) exhibited what

he supposed to be the ovipositor, and a single clasping organ

on the male side. He further pointed out that the species

was an interesting one also on account of its mimicking two

species of Danais—agleoides and melaneus—equally. Mr. White

quoted Mr. Distant as considering gea to be a variety of hippia,

and as distinct from valeria ‘‘by the character of the pale-

spotted outer margin of the anterior wings. Even treated as

a distinct variety, considerable variation is discovered amongst

the female examples, particularly as regards the amount of

ochraceous markings on the abdominal area of the upper

surface of the posterior wings, and the depth of hue of the under

surface of the same wings, which are either infuscated, as in the

specimen figured, or almost greyish, as in other examples.

The fuscous margin containing the series of pale spots is,

however, always present”’ (p. 321 ‘Rhopalocera Malayana’).

A discussion on hermaphroditism ensued, in which Mr.

Distant, who exhibited type examples of the species, Mr.

Elwes, Mr. M‘Lachlan, and Mr. Baker took part.

¢ zx }

Dr. Sharp exhibited specimens of Cychramus luteus and

fungicola, Auct., and stated that they are the sexes of one

species, C. luteus being the male, C. fungicola the female. In

working through the Central American Cychramini, he had

found that in some genera the males differed greatly from the

females in size and sculpture; but this was not a constant

character, for in some species, while certain males scarcely

differed from the females in these respects, others were so

different that they would scarcely be recognised as belonging

to the same species.

Mr. Edward A. Butler exhibited specimens of Platymetopius

undatus, Deg., from Ewhurst, Surrey. He remarked that the

species was recorded as having been once previously taken

near Plymouth by the late Mr. John Scott.

Papers read.

Mr. G. T. Baker read a paper entitled, ‘‘ On the distribution

of the Charlonia group of the genus Anthocharis.” Mr. Baker

stated that the species, six in number, of this small division

of the genus Anthocharis formed a very natural and closely

allied group, presenting many points of interest, both in their

relationship to each other and in their geographical distri-

bution, which extends from the Canaries on the west to the

valley of the Indus on the east. The author’s theories as to

the causes of the present distribution of the group, which

were based on geological data, were discussed by Mr. Elwes,

Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. Distant, and Mr. Stainton.

Mr. Elwes read a paper entitled, ‘‘A revision of the genus

Argynnis.”’ In the course of the discussion which ensued Mr.

Elwes expressed an opinion that in the fore wings of the males

of Argynnis paphia, and some other species of the genus, there

was a dilatation or thickening of the nervules. Mr. Jenner

Weir stated that he thought that there was no real dilatation,

but that the apparent thickening of the nervules was due to

a dense covering of broad scales. He said he was supported

in his views by the opinions of Mr. 8. H. Seudder, Dr.

Staudinger, and Dr. Schatz. The discussion was continued

by Mr. Distant, Prof. Riley, and others.

( xxxvu j

October 2, 1889.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Walsingham, M.A., F.R.S., President

in the Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Arnold Umfreville Henn, of Heaton Chapel Rectory,

near Stockport, was elected a Fellow.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe exhibited a number of species of Coleo-

ptera, Lepidoptera, Hymenoptera, Neuroptera, Hemiptera,

Orthoptera, and Diptera, all named, collected by himself

during the past summer at Brindisi, and in Greece and the

Tonian Islands.

Mr. J. W. Douglas sent for exhibition specimens of Lygus

viscicola, Puton, a species new to Britain, taken at Hereford,

in September last, exclusively from mistletoe, by Dr. T. A.

Chapman.

Mr. R. M’Lachlan exhibited nearly one hundred specimens

of Trichoptera recently collected in Iceland by Mr. P. B.

Mason. Only six species were represented, and of these five

had been previously recorded from the island. Mr. M’Lachlan

remarked on the great amount of variation existing in some

of the specimens.

Mr. E. B. Poulton exhibited a mounted specimen of the

yellow powder from the cocoon of Clisiocampa neustria, under

a power magnifying 188 diameters. The powder was thus

seen to consist of crystals, so minute that the form could

only just be made out under this power. Mr. Poulton

said that it had independently occurred to him and the Rey.

J. W. B. Bell, another member of the Oxfordshire Natural

History Society, to work at this powder. Mr. Bell first

discovered its crystalline nature, and the fact that it is

discharged from the anus of the larva: he was, however,

unable to make out its chemical constitution. Mr. Poulton

dissected a mature larva, tracing the powder back to its origin

( xxxvi =)

in the malpighian tubules, and confirmed Mr. Bell’s results.

With the help of Mr. A. G. Vernon Harcourt, its chemical

nature was investigated in the laboratory of Christchurch,

Oxford. The yellow colour was destroyed at a comparatively

low temperature, leaving the crystals unaltered: the former

is therefore in all probability some unstable organic pigment.

The stability of the crystals at high temperatures proved them

to be inorganic, and they were then found to dissolve with

effervescence in dilute hydrochloric acid, while calcium

chloride was proved to exist in the solution. This, with the

fact of effervescence, showed that the crystals are carbonate

of lime. The presence of calcium was then confirmed by

spectroscopic tests. A specimen of the powder was sent to

Mr. H. A. Miers, of the Mineralogical Department of the

Natural History Museum, who concluded that the crystals

were in the form of Aragonite.

Mr. Stainton said he should like to know if Mr. Poulton

was certain as to the source of this powder in larvae.

Mr. Poulton stated that, as he had already explained, the

powder was contained in a crystalline form in the malpighian

tubules of the larva, and was discharged from the anus.

Lord Walsingham commented on the interesting nature of

the experiments, and asked Mr. Poulton if he had ever

examined in a similar way the powder on the scales of the

wings of Lepidoptera. Mr. Poulton replied that he had not

yet done so.

Mr. M. Jacoby enquired if the powder on the pupa of Catocala

nupta had ever been subject to a critical examination. Mr.

Poulton said he was not aware that it had.

Mr. M‘Lachlan asked Mr. Poulton if he was quite satisfied

that the malpighian tubes were renal organs. He said he

believed many entomologists considered that they were biliary

organs.

Mr. Poulton replied that Dr. MacMunn (of Wolver-

hampton) had described a simple process by which crystals of

uric acid could easily be extracted from the tubules. The

liver of Vertebrates is an excessively complex organ, with

many functions, and it is very doubtful whether any single

organ among the Invertebrates corresponds to it with any

(/ “xisxrx) )

precision. The organ which was formerly called the liver in

such an animal as the Crayfish is now more correctly called

the hepatic gland, because of the improbability of any true

analogy to the Vertebrate organ. The functions of the renal

organ are far more definite, and this term may be correctly

applied to any organ which eliminates nitrogenous waste.

Such elimination very commonly takes the form of uric acid,

and the normal presence of this substance as an excretion in

the tubules was sufficient warrant for describing them as

renal. The elimination of calcium carbonate in the case of

C. neustria was by no means antagonistic to the conclusion

that the organs are renal. If such a substance requires

excretion, it is far more likely to pass off by the renal organ

than any other. The occurrence of crystals of carbonate of

lime in the urine of herbivorous Vertebrates was well known.

The proportion of calcium in the leaves of plants is large, and

we must suppose that its excretion in the solid crystalline form

is delayed until the close of larval life, when the powder

would be of some value in assisting to render the cocoon

opaque. The last feces ejected during larval life are often

peculiar in consistence, and in colour. Those of the larva of

Cerura vinula are red. It is very probable that this, too, is

due to some substance which is excreted in large amount at

a corresponding period to that of C. neustria, only without the

excretion being of any ascertainable use to the species.

Dr. Sharp said he believed that Mr. Griffiths had lately

written a paper on the malpighian tubes of Dragonflies, in

which he had shown that the function of these organs was

renal.

Mr. Poulton also exhibited some photographs of the living

larvee of Hemerophila abruptaria, showing the different depths

of colour which had been induced by experiment. Specimens

of the larve preserved in spirit were also shown, together

with water-colour representations of the two varieties. As in

other experiments of the kind, the larvee had been rendered

very light by being surrounded by green leaves and stems

only, while they became extremely dark when an abundance

of dark twigs was intermingled with the leaves of the same

food-plant (lilac). All the larve made use of were hatched

(eeale”)

from eggs laid by a single female. Great difficulty was

experienced in finding a photographic plate which registered

the effects satisfactorily. Eventually Edwards’ isochromatic

plates were found to give good results: a magic lantern with

a paraffin lamp was used for illumination, the beam of light

being passed through a shk€et of yellow glass. An exposure

of one minute was given. Mr. Poulton said he was indebted

to the Rey. J. G. Burch for assistance in obtaining the

photographs exhibited.

Mr. F. Merrifield said that Dr. Chapman had recently

obtained similar results from experiments made with the

larvee of Hnnomos alniaria.

The Rev. Dr. Walker exhibited, and read notes on, a

number of Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, and Diptera,

which had been named since the last meeting, and formed

the second instalment of the collection which he had recently

made in Iceland.

Mr. R. South exhibited an aberrant specimen of Luperina

testacea, bred from a pupa found at the root of a species of

Silene at Eastbourne; and a pale specimen of Luperina

Nickerliit, Freyer, caught in Lancashire last August by Mr.

Baxter. He also exhibited a long and interesting series of

Boarmia repandata, the offspring of parents bred from larve

collected in North Devon, and read the following notes on

them :—

‘‘On the evening of June 20th, 1888, three male and two

female specimens of the conversaria form of Boarmia repandata,

and also one female variety of the destrigaria form, had

freshly emerged in their breeding-cage. These were allowel

to remain undisturbed until the following evening, when they

were removed to a leno-covered box, and left therein until the

morning of the 22nd, when the females were each placed ina

large-sized chip box. On the morning of the 28rd it was

noted that each female had deposited a small cluster of eggs

on the side or bottom of her box; other batches of eggs we're

deposited on the 24th and 25th. The ova soon changed from

green to pink, and subsequently to dark grey; a few larve

made their appearance on July Ist, and on the 8th of that

month all had hatched out.

( gale. :)

‘‘The young larve were at first sleeved out on a sallow-

bush, each brood being kept separate, and properly registered.

In numerical strength they were about equal at this time.

On the approach of winter, two of the broods, s, c, were

removed from the sallow-bush, and confined in breeding-cages,

at the bottom of which plenty of dead leaves and twigs had

been placed. Other twigs were cut from the sallow-bush at

intervals throughout the winter, and, together with twigs of

Jasmine nudiflora, placed in the water-holder in each cage.

Although the larve occasionally nibbled the bark of each

plant, they did not thrive well, but, on the contrary, gradually

dwindled and died, for on examining the cages early in March

it was found that only sixteen individuals of brood B and

three of brood c had survived. The decrease in number of

larve had been previously noticed, but it was supposed that

they had simply retired between the leaves at the bottom of

their cages. Enumeration of the survivors of brood a, which

had been kept on the sallow during the whole winter, and

were consequently exposed to all weathers, showed a total of

fifty-six healthy larve. The remnants of broods Bs, c, were

again sleeved out, and, as the sequel will show, did very well.

‘* All the larve, when nearly full-grown, were changed from

the sallow bush into breeding-cages, in which was earth

covered with about an inch of moss. The moths commenced

to emerge on June 14th, and continued to do so until July 8th,

on which date the last specimen, a male of brood zs, closed

the list. .

Analysis of the broods a, 8, c.

‘a, 2 destrigaria, var. X g conversaria. — Fifty-six larvee

produced the same number of imagines, of which eleven males

and twelve females are more or less like the female parent,

while thirteen males and twenty females are of the male

parent form.

“B. @ conversaria X g conversaria. — Sixteen larve pro-

Cuced fifteen imagines, nine males and four females being of

the parent form, and one specimen of each sex more or less

typical in character.

““o, 2 conversaria X gS conversaria.—Three larve produced

two imagines of the parent form.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., m., 1889. G

( xia )

‘Tn the case of 8 and c respectively, the results are un-

satisfactory, because incomplete as regards c especially; but

it is perhaps worthy of mention that among the offspring of

pair 6 are three specimens of an extreme aberration of the

conversaria form similar to examples I exhibited here in 1887,

when I suggested that such varieties originated in the pairing

of male and female conversaria.

“With regard to brood a, the experiment has been com-

paratively complete, and the result shows that the majority

of the offspring have inherited the special characters of one

or other of their parents. Of the remainder, nine males are

almost identical in form, and represent a variety of B.

repandata which is not common in the locality from which the

original stock came, whilst two individuals appear to be

intermediate between the female parent form and typical B.

repandata.”

Mr. Poulton enquired whether the larve which had been

experimented upon were uniform in colour, or extremely

variable, like those in a wild state.

Mr. South replied that, as regards colour, the larve in

each brood were similar, all being pale brown, but there was

some slight difference in the intensity of dorsal ornamentation.

The larve collected in N. Devon from which the parents were

bred exhibited an extensive range of colour-variation, from

pale brown through all shades of red-brown to dark almost

blackish brown. As has been previously stated, these were

found on bilberry and heather, both plants being mixed

together in rich masses. When in repose during the day-

time the red or dark brown larve would assimilate well with

the heather-stock, and the pale larve with the bilberry-stem.

As they were observed at night, however, when feeding on

the foliage of the plants, they did not harmonise well, but,

on the contrary, were often in strong contrast with their

immediate surroundings. Directly the light from the lamp

shone upon them they sought protection by assuming a twig-

like attitude, but the ruse was not always successful, as a

dark-coloured larva on a whitish brown or pale green twig

was not less conspicuous than a pale larva on a dark twig ;

their rigid stillness would probably, however, deceive the

unpractised eye.

(xii ~)

Mr. Poulton, Mr. Merrifield and Lord Walsingham con-

tinued the discussion.

Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., exhibited a collection of Coleoptera

made during the past summer in Cobham Park, Kent. Thirty-

three species were represented, amongst which were the

following, viz., Hros minutus, Philonthus fuscus, Homalota

hepatica, Abreus granulum, Anisotoma grandis, Agaricophagus

cephalotes, Thalycra sericea, Cryptophagus ruficornis, Platytarsus

setulosus, &. He also exhibited a living larva of Helops

caruleus.

Mr. Jacoby exhibited a curious Phytophagous beetle found

by Mr. J. H. Leech in the Corea. He stated that he was

unable to determine the species, as was also Mr. J. S. Bally,

to whom he had submitted the specimen.

Mr. R. Adkin exhibited specimens of Retinia resinella,

received by him from Forres. Lord Walsingham remarked

that he had never seen the species in Scotland, but that it

was not uncommon in Germany, and he had found it at

Hamburgh.

Mr. W. Dannatt exhibited a male specimen of Papilio anti-

machus, Drury, received from Lukolela, a missionary station

about 500 miles from the mouth of the Congo. He stated

that the species, although very rare, had a wide range, as

three other specimens of it had been received from the

Stanley Falls, which were more than 800 miles further up

the Congo than Lukolela.

Lord Walsingham exhibited specimens of the larva and

imago of Cidaria reticulata, collected in the Lake District, and

sent to him by Mr. Hodgkinson.

Mr. W. White stated that as some doubt had been expressed

at the Jast meeting as to whether the specimen of Nephronia

hippia, Fab., var. gza, Feld., which he then exhibited, was an

hermaphrodite, he had, with Mr. Griffith’s permission, handed

the specimen to Mr. G. T. Baker for dissection.

Mr. J. Jenner Weir exhibited fore wings of the males of

Argynnis paphia, A. adippe, and A. atlantis, denuded of the

scales, in order to show that there was no dilatation or

thickening of the median nervules and submedian nervure in

that sex of these species; but that the apparent dilatation

( xv)

was produced by a dense mass of scales crowded together on

each side of the nervules.

Paper read.

Mr. Jenner Weir read the following short paper, entitled

“Notes on the nervuies of the fore wings in the males of

Argynnis paphia and other species of the genus” :—

In the course of a discussion which took place at the last

meeting of this Society on the nervules of the fore wings in

the males of Argynnis paphia, it was stated that there was a

dilatation or thickening of these nervules. I then expressed

an opinion that there was no such dilatation or thickening of

any of the nervules, but that their apparent dilatation was

produced by a dense mass of scales crowded on each side of

them. This view I deemed to be well known, but as no one

supported my opinion, I have this evening brought here the

wings of three species of Argynnis, an examination of which

will, I think, prove the correctness of my assertion. The

wings of Argynnis paphia, which I exhibit, have been denuded

of their scales by the Waterhouse process. I have found

that, although this process removes the ordinary scales from

the wings, it has but little effect on the black androconia,

which, in this species, so densely clothe the central part of

the submedian nervure, and first and second median nervules.

It was only by using considerable friction with a camel’s-hair

brush that I succeeded in removing these scales. The andro-

conia are therefore somewhat differently constituted to the

ordinary scales of the wings; and even the scales that overlap

them appear to be much more difficult to remove than ordinary

scales.

I also exhibit the upper wings of Argynnis adippe, which

have been treated in the same manner as those of A. paphia.

In this species (4. adippe) the androconia were more easily

removed, but still required the aid of a brush; they exist on

the first and second median nervules only.

I have also with me fore wings of the male of the American

species, Argynnis atlantis. In this butterfly there are andro-

conia on the two radial and three median nervules, and on the

submedian nervure; this is a mode of their distribution

( xiv >)

common to several American species, such as Argynnis cybele

and A. aphrodite.

The androconia are sometimes so small that they can only

be readily distinguished by the desquamation of the wings;

but they will, I think, be found in all the species of the genus

Argynnis, though not in Brenthis, which latter genus has a

much weaker structure of wing, and consequently the species

belonging to it are more feeble in flight, resembling in this

respect when on the wing, those of the genus Melitea, for

which I have often mistaken them.

An examination of the denuded wings now exhibited will,

I think, convince anyone that the nervules and nervures in

question are in no way dilated or thickened. I have not

studied the Argynnidi sufficiently to enable me to speak with

much authority on the subject; but I think it will be found

that the presence or absence of the androconia, together with

their distribution on the nervules, would afford considerable

aid in dividing them into convenient groups, whether genera

or subgenera. I have been induced to express this opinion

because in studying the Danaine Butterflies I have found the

secondary sexual characters of: great use in dividing them

into natural genera, as shown by Mr. Moore in his monograph

of that division of butterflies which appeared in the Zoological

Society’s ‘Journal of Proceedings’ for the year 1883.

I may say, in conclusion, that, with the exception of the

fact of the resistance of the androconia to the action of the

Waterhouse process, the other facts set forth in these notes

have already been referred to both by American and Huropean

writers on the order Lepidoptera.

Lord Walsingham, Mr. Distant, and others took part in the

discussion which ensued.

November 6, 1889.

Prof. J. O. Westwoop, M.A., F.L.8., Hon. Life-President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1889. H

(’ xivir .)

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Richard §. Standen, of Framingham Earl Hall, Nor-

wich, was elected a Fellow.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. J. W. Douglas sent for exhibition specimens of Antho-

coris visci, Dougl., a new species, taken from mistletoe, at

Hereford, in the end of September last, by Dr. T. A. Chap-

man; also specimens of Psylla visci, Curtis, taken by Dr.

Chapman from mistletoe, at the same time and place.

Mr. R. M‘Lachlan exhibited coloured drawings of a specimen

of Zygena filipendule, in which the left posterior leg is replaced

by a fully-developed wing, similar to an ordinary hind wing,

and with the neuration almost precisely the same, but less

densely clothed with scales. The specimen was described by

Mr. N. M. Richardson in the Ent. Mo. Mag. for June, 1889,

and the drawing was executed by Mrs. Richardson. Mr.

M‘Lachlan also exhibited a female specimen of the common

earwig, Forficula auricularia, with a parasitic Gordius emerging

from between the metathorax.and abdomen. He said that the

specimen had been placed in his hands by Mr. A. B. Farn, by

whom it was taken, and that other instances of similar para-

sitism by Gordius on earwigs had been recorded.

Mr. W. F. Kirby exhibited a gynandromorphous specimen

of Lycena icarus, having the characters of a male in the right

wings and the characters of a female in the left wings, caught

by Mr. T. Brown at Keyingham, Yorkshire, on the 22nd of

June last; also a specimen of a variety of Crabro interruptus,

De Geer, found by Mr. F. Woodbridge in a hole in a log at

Uxbridge.

Mr. W. L. Distant exhibited a male and female specimen

of a species belonging to a new genus of Discocephaline, from

Guatemala, in which the sexes were totally dissimilar, the

female having abbreviated membranes, and being altogether

larger than the male.

Dr. D. Sharp stated that he had observed that in the Jpsine

division of Nitidulide there was present a stridulating organ

in a position in which he had not noticed it in any other

( Fxdvaa* ”)

Coleoptera—viz. on the summit of the back of the head. He

had found it to exist not only in the species of Jps and

Cryptarcha, but also in other genera of the subfamily; on the

other hand, he could not find any trace of its existence,

except in members of the Jpsine. He exhibited specimens of

Ips and Cryptarcha, mounted to show the organ. Dr. Sharp

also exhibited a box of Rhynchota, chiefly Pentatomide, in

which the specimens were prepared so as to display the

peculiarities of the terminal segment in the male sex.

Mr. R. Adkin exhibited, on behalf of Mr. H. Murray, of

Carnforth, a fine series of Polia xanthomista, var. nigrocincta,

from the Isle of Man, and Cidaria reticulata and Emmelesia

teniata from the Lake District.

Mr. W. White exhibited a living larva of Zeuzera esculi, and

called attention to the chitinous scuta on thoracic segments

furnished with several rows of minute serrations, which

evidently assist progression. He stated that the larva exudes

from its mouth, when irritated, a colourless fluid, which he

had tested with litmus-paper and found to be strongly alkaline.

Prof. Westwood made some remarks on the subject.

Mr. H. J. Elwes exhibited a number of insects of various

orders, part of the collection formed by the late Otto Moller,

of Darjeeling.

Mons. A. Wailly exhibited the cocoon of an unknown species

of Antherea from Assam; also a number of cocoons and imagos

of Anophe venata from Acugua, near the Gold Coast, West

Africa; specimens of Lasiecampa otus, a South European

species, which was said to have been utilised by the Romans

in the manufacture of silk; also a quantity of nests containing

the eggs of Epeira madagascariensis, a silk-producing spider

from Madagascar, locally known by the name of ‘ Halabe.”’

He also read the following extracts from letters received from

the Rey. P. Camboué, of Tananarivo, Madagascar, on the

subject of this silk-producing spider. In the first letter, dated

9th of May, 1889, Mons. Camboué said :—

‘“«T have followed with interest your communications to the

Entomological Society during last year. How I should like

you to try the rearing of one of our silk-producing Araneide,

the great Feira, ‘Halabe,’ Keira madagascariensis (Vins.) !

( “xiv ~)

I do not know if Iam entertaining an utopian idea, but it seems

to me that some day the silk of the large Araneide will be

utilised. I am now actively occupied with the study of this

subject, which is most interesting. If you wish it, I will send

you fertile ova of ‘Halabe,’ which, I am almost certain, will

reach you in good condition.”

Mons. Wailly said, that having written to the Rev. P.

Camboué that he should be pleased to try the rearing of the

‘Halabe,’ and having suggested that its rearing might also be

tried, with a better chance of success, in the Insect-house of the

Zoological Gardens, he received on the 5th of October four

nests of eggs, two of which he took to the Zoological Gardens.

In the next letter, dated August 25th, which accompanied

the box containing the nests of eggs, the Rev. P. Camboué

said :—‘ The eggs will perhaps reach you after the hatching

of the young spiders on the way, but, even then, I hope many

of these young ‘ Halabe’ will still be full of vigour on the

receipt of the parcel. Do not be uneasy about the food” (I had

expressed great fears respecting the success of the under-

taking on account of the food-supply). ‘If live preys fail,

give them pieces of raw meat, or else, as long as the ‘ Halabe’

are small, sprinkle the webs with water strongly impregnated

with ‘bacteries.’ If you prefer it, give them nothing at all.

The ‘Halabe,’ having no other food, will eat one another!

In the struggle for existence, the strongest or the most

audacious will devour the weakest or the most timid. The

‘Halabe’ bears a rather low temperature. It resists our

climate on the central hills of the island, where the tempera-

ture falls to + 8° Cent., — 46°1° Fahr., and even lower.”

Mons. Wailly stated that one of his colleagues of the

“‘ Société d’Acclimatation de France,’’ Mons. J. Fallou, tried to

rear and acclimatise the Halabe at Champrosay (Seine et

Oise) in 1887, but his attempts ended in complete failure.

The young spiders were placed in a ‘‘bocal,” the top of which

was covered with a piece of finely-perforated metallic sheet

to give air. The food given to the spiders consisted of

Aphides, Micro-Lepidoptera, flies, various species of larve,

and earth-worms; but, seeing the little animals had no taste

for any of these delicacies, he made researches in various

(esl: )

books. In one, the ‘Manuel du Naturaliste,’ published in

1771, he found it stated that spiders devour one another,

and that they would eat the soft substance of new feathers.

In another work (‘Histoire des Insectes utiles 4 ! Homme,

aux Animaux et aux Arts,’ 1785), the author, treating the

question of the usefulness of spiders, quotes Réaumur as

having indicated pigeons’ feathers as the food for young

spiders. Mons. J. Fallou, possessed of this information, gave

pigeons’ feathers to his young spiders, but they refused

to suck the feathers. ‘The spiders in the meantime looked

remarkably healthy, although their number seemed to de-

crease. In the middle of August, my colleague resolved to

divide the spiders into two lots, leaving one lot in the

‘«boeal,”’ and placing the other lot on a rock in his garden,

the rock being surrounded by water and various shrubs and

plants. This appeared to be a favourable spot for the open-

air rearing of the Hpeira. Threads 380 centimetres (about one

foot) long were spun from the rock to the stems of the plants,

and the spimners retired into the cavities of the rock. But,

about the end of August, threads or webs and spinners were

no longer to be seen. Had the birds or lizards been feasting

upon the spiders? Had the ants driven them away? Or

were the little spiders going to hybernate in the cavities of |

the rock? That is what my colleague was going to ascertain

in the following spring. With respect to those which were in

the *‘ bocal,”’ some had slightly increased in size and changed

skins, but the number diminished so rapidly that at the end

of November not one was left alive. In spite of this failure,

Mons. Fallou hopes to be able to renew the experiments, and to

succeed in ascertaining whether or not this useful spider can

be reared and acclimatised in his locality, which is at a short

distance from Paris. Mons. Wailly said that Mons. Fallou’s

report, ‘‘ Essai sur l’acclimatation d’une espéce d’Aranéide”’

had appeared in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the Societé d’Acclimatation,

No. 18, Sept. 20th, 1889.

Mr. H. Goss read acommunication received by him from Prof.

S. H. Scudder, of Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A., on the subject of

his recent discoveries of some thousands of fossil insects, chiefly

Coleoptera, in Florissant, Western Colorado, and Wyoming.

(aloes

Prof. Westwood remarked on the extreme rarity of fossil

Lepidoptera, and called attention to a recent paper by

Mr. A. G. Butler, in the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, in which

the author described a new genus of fossil moths belonging

to the Geometrid family Huschemide, from a specimen

obtained by Mr. A’Court Smith at Gurnet Bay, Isle of Wight.

Papers, éc., read.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe read a paper entitled ‘‘ Additional Notes

or the genus Hilipus,” and exhibited a number of new species

belonging to that genus.

The Rey. Dr. Walker read a paper entitled ‘Notes on the

Entomology of Iceland.’ The author stated that the earliest

information on the Entomology of Iceland was contained ina

book by Olassen and Povelsen, published at Copenhagen in

1772, a copy of which was in the Royal Library at Copenhagen.

The paper contained lists of all the species of Coleoptera,

Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera (Heterocera), Neuroptera, Hemi-

ptera, and Diptera, enumerated by the authors above-

mentioned, by Paijhull, and by Staudinger, in addition to

those of the species collected or observed in the island last

June and July by Mr. P. B. Mason, and by the author, in

their recent expeditions.

Mr. Roland Trimen asked if any butterflies had been found

in the island. Dr. Walker said that neither he nor Mr. P. B.

Mason had seen any during their recent visit to Iceland, nor

were any species given in Dr. Staudinger’s list. Mr. Mason,

in reply to a question by Mr. G. C. Champion, said that during

his recent visit to Iceland he had collected nearly a hundred

species of insects, including about twenty Coleoptera. He

added that several of the species he had taken had not been

recorded either by Dr. Staudinger or Dr. Walker. Mr. Elwes

enquired if Mr. J. J. Walker, with his great experience as a

collector in all parts of the world, was aware of any land

except Iceland, outside the Arctic Circle, from which no

butterflies had been recorded. Mr. J. J. Walker replied that

the only place in the world which he had visited, in which

butterflies were entirely absent, was Pitcairn Island.

Cine)

December 4, 1889.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Walsingham, M.A., F.R.S., President

in the Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Prof. Franz Klapalek, of the Zoological Department, Royal

Museum, Prague, was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. W. L. Distant exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Lionel de

Nicéyille, a branch of a walnut tree, on which was a mass of

eggs laid by a butterfly belonging to the Lycenide. He also

exhibited two specimens of this butterfly which Mr. de Nicé-

ville had referred to a new genus and described as Chetoprocta

odata. The species was said to occur only in the mountainous

districts of North-West India, at elevations of 5000 to 10,000

feet above the sea-level.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited the very remarkable eggs of Piezo-

sternum subulatum, Thunb., a bug from S. America. These

eggs were taken from the interior of a specimen which had

been allowed to putrify before being mounted, so that the

contents of the body had afterwards coagulated into a mass of

dirt, in which the eggs were embedded. Although the parts

of the body of the parent had thus completely rotted away,

the eggs were in a perfect state of preservation, except that

they were completely encrusted with the black dirt resulting

from the decay of the parental tissues ; indeed, the materials

inside the eggs were still quite fresh, though it was many

years since the insect was killed, and the cellular condition of

the yelk was very conspicuous. The egg is cylindrical, fully

2 millim. long, and 1 millim. in diameter; one end is rounded,

the other truncate; the truncate end is set along the margin

with erect processes which may be compared to small-headed

nails, the points of which are driven into the cut margin of

the egg-shell ; inside these processes the egg is closed by a

densely-sculptured, quite circular operculum, on the centre of

( ln )

which there is fastened a curious appendage, like a funnel,

constructed of a quite transparent, chitinous substance ; inside

this funnel, and seated on the operculum, there is some

structure the exact nature of which cannot be determined,

owing to the dirty condition of the eggs. The nail-like objects

around the truncate margin are no doubt micropyles; they

are traversed by a canal, as can be very plainly seen in the

specimens mounted in balsam. The curious funnel-like object

and its contents are probably of a placental nature, but

whether for use during the period previous to the deposition of

the egg, or afterwards, is quite uncertain. The membrane or

chitinous envelope of which the funnel is formed is of a very

complex and peculiar structure, reminding one somewhat of

the surface of a madrepore coral. Dr. Sharp said that

an egg in many respects similar is figured by Dufour

(‘ Récherches sur les Hemiptéres,’ pl. xiv., f. 165), but that

in this figure the placental structure was absent. A large

hole was represented in its place, so that it was probable that

the peculiar structure might also be present in the egg of

that species. Dr. Sharp also exhibited a specimen of

Pacilochroma lewisii, Dist., a Pentatomid bug from Japan,

of a dull green colour, which, when damped with water,

became almost instantly of a metallic copper-colour.

Mr. J. H. Leech exhibited a large number of Lepidoptera

recently collected for him by Mr. Pratt in the neighbourhood

of Ichang, Central China. The collection included about

fifty-four new species of butterflies, and thirty-five new species

of moths.

Mr. Elwes observed that he noticed only two genera in

this collection which did not occur at Sikkim, and that the

similarity of the insect fauna of the two regions was very

remarkable. He added that about fifteen years ago, in a

paper ‘‘On the Birds of Asia,” he had called attention to the

similarity of species inhabiting the mountain ranges of India,

China, and Java.

Mr. M‘Lachlan remarked that he had lately received a

dragonfly from Simla, which had previously only been

recorded from Pekin.

Mr. Distant said he had lately had a species of Cicada from

¢ lm )

Hongkong, which had hitherto been supposed to be confined

to Java.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher exhibited a preserved specimen of a

variety of the larva of Sphinw ligustri, taken in a wood near

Arundel, Sussex.

Mr. W. White asked if the larva was normal in its early

stage ; he also exhibited drawings of the larve of this species,

and called especial attention to one of a variety that had been

exhibited at previous meeting by Lord Walsingham.

Mr. F. Du Cane Godman read the following letter from Mr.

Herbert H. Smith, containing an account of the Hymenoptera,

Diptera, Hemiptera, and Coleoptera he had recently collected

in St. Vincent, where he was employed to assist the Committee

of the Royal Society, appointed to investigate the Natural

History of the West Indies :—

‘‘ Chateaubelais, St. Vincent, Nov. 6, 1889.

‘‘ Dear Mr. Godman,—I am able to report quite encou-

ragingly of work on some groups of insects. We have latterly

been paying much attention to the minute Hymenoptera, and

the Chalcidide are turning out very well; my lens is not

powerful enough to separate the minuter forms satisfactorily,

but there can hardly be less than 200 species. There are

also a good many Cynipide, Proctotrupide, and Braconide ;

the latter are abundant in individuals, and there are a fair

number of species. It is remarkable that this family should

be so well represented, while the Ichnewmonide are remarkably

poor both in species and individuals. The paucity of all other

Hymenoptera is very striking. There are not over twenty-

five bees; if I remember rightly, only two Vespide, both of

which may have been recently introduced; only five or six

Pompilida, three or four Sphegide, about three Bembecida, and

no Crabronide ; only two or three minute and rare sawflies.

The Keys, on the contrary, seem to be rather rich in the

higher Hymenoptera.

‘‘ We have also added many to our collection of Diptera,

nearly all small of course; latterly the Muscide are turning

out many new species, and it would appear that the proportion

of this family to the other Diptera will be as high as elsewhere.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. Iv., 1889. I

( liv )

The small forms are so obscure and closely allied that I am

no longer attempting to keep track of the species, but am just

setting up whatever looks good; no doubt, collecting in this

way, there will be many duplicates of some species, but you

stand less chance of losing rarities.

‘«The Hemiptera, Homoptera, and Coleoptera are coming in

slowly, but hardly a day passes without some novelty in these

orders, and we still get new spiders occasionally. On the

whole, counting the things already sent, I calculate that we

can hardly have less than 2000 species of insects and spiders

from this island, and the species are working up faster than

even before, only there are hardly any large things. Perhaps

the paucity of large species in my collection is not significant

in itself; it arises partly from the fact that many groups con-

taining showy species are not found here at all, or are very

poorly represented ; for instance, the Wasps, Butterflies, and

Bombycide in Lepidoptera ; Reduviide in Hemiptera; Lamel-

licorns, Longicorns, and Buprestide in Coleoptera; and all the

Odonata. Then again, when there are few large species,

I naturally collect the small ones more thoroughly. In the

Orthoptera, I think the proportion of large species is greater

than elsewhere; and in such families as the Weevils, Bees,

Pentatomida, &c., which have a tolerable representation here,

I think the average size will be as great as elsewhere in

Tropical America. On the other hand, I think the proportion

of small spiders is greater here than I have found it elsewhere,

and some are extremely minute; one adult female, which I

found with eggs,—a true spider,—is no larger than this [.].

‘For the sake of an early comparison, I paid a man a few

dollars to make me a collection of Spidersin Grenada. Taken

with my collections from the Keys, these things from Grenada

are extremely interesting, and not a little puzzling. The

majority are like those of this island, but, as many are house

spiders or common species that are widely spread, this does

not stand for much. Four are new to me; one is an unusually

large species of a genus found here; the others are repre-

sentatives of as many very peculiar genera, which I have seen

nowhere else in Tropical America. So far as this collection

goes, there is not the slightest hint of a resemblance to the

( aw)

Keys ; that is, the Keys lying between this island and Grenada

has a fauna different from either, and, as I stated in my last

letter, much more closely related to the fauna of Demerara.

If you can explain this, I cannot. I might suppose thatthe Keys

have been submerged, and subsequently repeopled, like voleanic

islands, but, if so, why should the emigrants strike the Keys,

and not St. Vincent or Grenada? It is true that a depression

of 1500 ft. would cover all the Keys, while leaving St. Vincent

and Grenada above water, but I am averse to such forced

theories, unsupported by other evidence: besides, the barrier

reefs and other features point to a depression still going on.

Perhaps larger collections from Grenada will throw more light

on this knotty point. A few spiders which a friend sent me

from Barbadoes do not help the question, as they are all wide-

spread species found here and in the Keys. The spiders seem

to me particularly well adapted for studying problems of

geographical distribution ; for while a few kinds living in

houses or along the sea-coast have become widely distributed,

the majority do not readily cross water-barriers; I noticed

this in the Amazons, where the river separated very many

species. Iam glad, for this reason, that my spider-collection

from this island is so large; it will form an excellent basis of

comparison with other islands. But for such studies, very

thorough collections are necessary, else mistakes may be

made. I noticed an instance to the point. Fronting the bay

before this village there is a small island, at one point

separated from the main island by a passage not more than

seventy yards wide, and with a rock above tide-level in the

middle. On this island I have on one or two oceasions

obtained a spider belonging to a genus found in Brazil and

Mexico, but which I have not seen elsewhere on St. Vincent.

It is, of course, possible that the species is confined to this

little island, but it is extremely improbable. Found on one

of the Keys, I might have taken this spider as an instance of

the separation of the Keys zoologically from St. Vincent and

their relation to 5. America.

‘«« By the way, though your St. Vincent collection will not be

strong, it will, beyond doubt, be the most thorough one in

Entomology ever made at one point in the tropics. And

( lw )

since I am to remain here another season, I wish, by filling

up all gaps, to make the collection practically complete, that

is, so nearly complete that it will give a definite idea of the

fauna, with the proportionate representation of all the families.

It seems to me that the cause of science will be better served

by such a complete view than by any number of new species,

and one island thoroughly worked up in this way will serve

as a basis for comparison with all the others. The micro-

scopic infusoria, &c., are of course out of the question, as they

must be studied in the field by a specialist. But, beyond

these, there are many things of more or less difficulty in

preservation which I should like advice about.

‘1. Planarians, slugs, and earthworms. — These are few,

but ought to be noticed. Alcoholic specimens can hardly be

studied ; is there no means of preserving them ?

“«2. Internal parasites of birds, &¢.—There are some curious

ones also in insects, especially grasshoppers.

“8. Mites.—The larger ones can be preserved in alcohol

very well, but there are numerous very minute ones; should

these be mounted in balsam? Of course a full collection of

mites is out of the question, but I might get a good repre-

sentation.

“4, Thysanura, Poduride, &c.—I have preserved a few in

alcohol, and they seem to do very well, but others would be

likely to lose their scales. Sir John Lubbock would doubtless

give you information on this point. ‘The forms are quite

numerous, and would be of especial interest.

‘5, May-flies.—I have seen no large forms here, but quite

a number of small ones. They shrivel more or less, and to

some extent lose their colours in drying; shall I put them in

alcohol ?

‘6. The winged forms are not very numerous, and I have

dried a few successfully ; the wingless forms, I suppose, can

be preserved in alcohol, if we could tell the larve from adults.

‘<7, Aphidea.—There are a few species; I can dry the

winged forms; shall I put the wingless ones in alcohol ?

«8. Coccide.—I can get the scales easily enough, but will

these be enough to determine the species ?

“9, Very delicate flies, as Cecidomyide.——The only trouble

( lvii_ )

is their shrivellmg. You will remember that I suggested

drying these in partial vacuum of an air-pump; but though

I believe this plan would be a good one, I have never tried it.

I found in New York that the cheapest air-pump would cost

four or five guineas, and 1 did not feel justified in going to so

much expense merely for an experiment; still, if you wish

me to try it, you might send me a cheap air-pnmp from

England; the flies in question are quite numerous, and the

air-pump plan might do also for Psocide, May-flies, &e. You

can tell better than I whether the experiment is worth the

expense; any air-pump that would exhaust half or two-thirds

of the air ought to do.

“10. Cynipide.—I am getting many of these, but they are

generally studied in connection with their galls. I will do

what I can to breed them, but doubt if I should spend much

time on it. The species appear to be quite numerous. I

should also do what I can in breeding the Lepidoptera, as it

really seems the only way of collecting them here. The real

trouble, I think, is the wind; a calm night is almost a phe-

nomenon here; the valleys, which elsewhere are the best

places for moths, are here so many troughs for the land- and

sea-breezes; I do not mean to say that I am getting no

Lepidoptera, but the collection works up very slowly. To

complete the collection of plants, I want to do what I can in the

lower forms; and I once more beg that you will ask the Kew

naturalists for information on this subject. I have already

made a start with the Mosses, but am puzzled about the

Fungi and Lichens. How can the Lichens be separated from

rocks and preserved? As for Fungi, some kinds can readily

be dried; should the others be preserved in alcohol? Finally,

I might with very little trouble make valuable collections of

Desmids and Diatoms, but should the Conferve containing

them be preserved dry, or in alcohol? Of course I do not

expect to spend any time on these things, but it is so easy to

get a little mud or moss now and then, and these may prove

rich mines for microscopists. Please do not think that in

mentioning all these things I am proposing to myself more

work than I am able to do. All the groups I have mentioned

would not increase my work very materially, but, with them,

(| lvau “)

my collection would be practically complete in all but micro-

scopic forms.

«Since I started this letter, I have added considerably to

the collections of minute Hymenoptera and Diptera; the

former especially seem to be exceedingly numerous; this is

in accordance with what I have always said, that the Hymen-

optera in the tropics are more numerous than the Coleoptera.

Mr. Smith, my assistant, is doing very nicely in these minute

things, and has already learned to set the little flies quite

well. He wishes to go to Barbadoes about Christmas, and I

propose to keep him there for two or three weeks collecting

flies and spiders. I do not fancy that that island will repay

much work, as the forest with which it was originally covered

has all been cut away.

“A word about my setting of minute insects. I am

quite satisfied with the method of mounting the small

Diptera, as it is neat, secure, and puts them in good

shape for study; but 1 am not so well satisfied with the

little Hymenoptera; I mean the most minute ones, which

are so tiny and hard that I cannot put them even on

the point of a fine pin. I gum them to the points, and

they look very well, only now and then I cannot get

the wings free from the abdomen; still in a series of

specimens there will hardly be any species in which the

abdomen is concealed in this way. The real points of doubt

are—(1) Will the minute portion of gum used be permanent,

so that there will be no danger of the specimens falling off ?

(2) Will it not eventually corrode the point of the pn? The

gum used is composed of sugar, tragacanth, and gum arabic ;

this I have found very permanent, having used it for ten

years; and it sticks to the pin-points quite as well as to cards;

I have thoroughly tested the specimens, and, when properly

put on, they seem perfectly secure. I can think of no other

method, except gumming them to cards, and it is impossible

to do this without more or less daubing the wings and legs;

besides, it takes much longer, and they are generally less

secure in the end than by my method. I can use shellac for

summing them, but they cannot then be taken off the pin.

Also I can use platinum wire for mounting them, as I have

(nx: })

done with some, but it takes much longer to prepare the pins.

The specimens I am now mounting are much neater than

those I sent you. Please tell me if you think my present

method will do, and will not risk the loss of types in future ;

it has the great advantage of celerity; I mounted over 150

before noon to-day.

“T am afraid this letter will cause you some trouble; but

I am very anxious to give you a good return for the expense

you are incurring, and my heart is quite set on giving you for

once something like a complete collection from the tropics.

I have no rseource but to consult you on doubtful points in

my work. I expect to send on another lot of insects about

the end of the year; also a fresh lot of plants.

« Yours faithfully,

‘¢ Hersert H. Suir.”

A discussion followed, in which Mr. M‘Lachlan, Dr. Sharp,

Mr. Elwes, Lord Walsingham, and Mr. Distant took part.

Mr. Elwes read a letter from Mr. Doherty, an American,

who had spent several years in remote parts of India, in

which the writer described his experiences in collecting in the

Naga Hills by means of light and sugar. Mr. Doherty

expressed an opinion that light, if used in very out-of-the-way

places, rather repelled than attracted insects; in fact, that

they required to be accustomed to it, and that the same

remarks applied to “sugar.”

Colonel Swinhoe said that the attractive power of light

depended very much on its intensity, and on the height of

the light above the ground. By means of the electric light

in Bombay he had collected more than 800 specimens of

Sphingide in one night. Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., stated that

he had found the electric light very attractive to insects in

Panama. Mr. M‘Lachlan, Dr. Sharp, Mr. Leech, Mr. Elwes,

Mr. A. J. Rose, the Rev. Canon Fowler, and others continued

the discussion.

Papers read.

Mr. Lionel de Nicéville communicated a paper entitled

‘* Notes on a new genus of Lycenide.”

(ak)

Mr. F. Merrifield read a paper entitled ‘‘ Systematic tempe-

rature experiments on some Lepidoptera in all their stages,”

and exhibited a number of specimens in illustration of his

paper. He commenced by describing some experiments on

eges of Selenia illunaria and illustraria. These began to suffer

after about four weeks’ exposure to a temperature of 83°, and

none survived it sixty days; nearly all of those which died

matured after removal from the ice sufficiently to form the

larva within the egg-shell, but they were unable to break

through. Next, experiments on growing larve of illustraria

were described. All died within three weeks of exposure to

a similar temperature; but some lived sixty-three days at a

temperature of about 47°, feeding slowly, and some of them

finally pupating; the older larve seemed to withstand the

cold best. Larve of EH. autumnaria and FE. alninaria were

much injured by the high temperature of 90° to 100°.

Experiments were tried on pupating larve and pup. Pre-

liminary trials showed that larve of the summer-pupating

brood of illustraria would pupate at 33°, occupying five or six

weeks in making the change, instead of two or three days,

without being injured by the process. Larve of autwmnaria

and alniaria would pupate at 47° or lower, and that tempera-

ture did not appear to injure the soft, green pupa of either

species, unless continued for very many days. Tilustraria

pups seemed injured by cold when the last day or two's

changes before being ready to emerge were -proceeding, but

not when these changes were over, and the moths were only

awaiting the proper time of day when they would emerge

uncrippled at a temperature of 47°. A brood of autumnaria

larve from a single pair was divided; some were forced (80°)

as larve and as pupe, others forced as larve cooled (47°) as

pup; others were fed at the ordinary temperature (averaging

65°) as larve, and of their pupw some were left at that

temperature, others forced, and the rest cooled or iced. All

the pup at 33°, 47°, or 65° produced moths that were dark,

and much spotted; all the forced pup produced moths pale,

and practically spotless; it seemed to follow that the dark

«‘ British’? autumnaria was not a dark race, but consisted of

individuals of which the pup had been exposed to a tempe-

rature of 65° or less. Alninaria pupe endured cold better

than autumnaria, two moths in perfect condition having

emerged after exposure to 33° for fifty days; the effect on the

colouring was slight, but in the direction of greater darkness.

Highty-seven summer pupe of illustraria from a single pair were

taken ; fourteen of them were left at the ordinary temperature,

and emerged in something less than a fortnight ; the rest were

iced (33°), and taken out at periods successively lengthened

by two weeks till twenty weeks’ icing had been reached, and

there were enough pupe left for twelve or fourteen weeks

more. ‘There was a difference in colour, increasing (but not

regularly) as the period of icing was lengthened, a general

warm brownish hue prevailing, with an increase of darkness.

There was a striking difference, caused by the icing, in the

markings; the sinuosities and angles that mark the outer edge

of the dark inner part of all the wings being straightened out,

the acute angle on the costa giving place to an obtuse angle, and

the outer edge forming a nearly straight line from the costa

continuously across both wings, and, on the posterior wing,

turning at a sharp angle towards the abdomen, so that the

shape of the dark inner part of the whole insect approached a

half-hexagon, instead of a half-circle. There was in this change

of colour and markings a general approximation to the colour

and markings of the natural spring emergence.

Vigour seemed in no way affected by icing for twenty weeks

this pupa, which usually lived for about two weeks at a

temperature not lower than 65°. The reverse experiment

—forcing or even keeping at a temperature of about 60° the

autumn pupa—had a very much more injurious effect; the

great majority so treated died; those that emerged first were

much nearer the summer than the spring type in colouring,

but they grew darker (not regularly) as the time in pupa was

protracted, and some that were after some weeks of this

treatment exposed to cold wintry weather for about six weeks

were much darkened in colour. The experiments seemed to

show that, by forcing, the larva of illustraria might generally

be made to assume absolutely the summer form, the pupa

only partially so, and with difficulty, and much loss; but

that by icing. the pupa of the summer form might without any

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., IV., 1889. K

( lxii_ )

difficulty or loss be made to assume a form approaching that

of the spring emergence, but different from it. In both this

double-brooded insect, and the single-brooded autwmnaria and

alniaria, the effect of cooling or icing the pupa was to darken

the colour of the moth. The imago of the summer brood of

illustraria became very weakly after fifty-five days’ icing, but

six out of seven survived icing for that period. The experi-

ments proved conclusively what had been suspected last year,

that in autumnaria the male was habitually longer in the

pupal state than the female; in the forced pupe no male was

less than 164 days, no female more than 15 days, the average

period in the male being 17 days, in the female 144 days; in

alniaria the male averaged 4 days more than the female. In

some summer z/ustraria the male pupal period averaged 12°2

days, the female 10°6 days. There appeared to bea very slow

progress of development during the icing period, 120 days in

the latter representing perhaps 2 or 3 at the ordinary tempe-

rature. Some incidental observations were added as to the

deterioration of illustraria by breeding ; this was not noticed

until the third generation, and had been reversed in some

cases where eggs were sent to Wimbledon, and produced

moths considerably larger than their parents; the causes were

obscure, and rather pointed to the desirability of a change of

diet in successive generations. The experiments did not lend

any support to the view that illustraria could pass a long

winter in any other than the pupal stage.

Lord Walsingham observed that it appeared that exposure

to cold in the pupa-state produced darker colouring in the

imago, and that forcing in that stage had an opposite effect ;

that insects subjected to glacial conditions probably derived

some advantage from the development of dark or suffused

colouring, and that this advantage was, in all probability, the

more rapid absorption of heat. He said he believed that an

hereditary tendency in favour of the darker forms would be

established under glacial conditions, and that this would

account for the prevalence of melanic forms in northern

latitudes and at high elevations.

Mr. Elwes, Mr. Jenner Weir, Dr. Sharp, and others con-

tinued the discussion.

( | xm: )

ANNUAL MEETING.

January 15th, 1890.

The Right Hon. Lord Watsrnenam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.

An abstract of the Treasurer’s accounts was read by Dr.

Sharp, one of the Auditors.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the following :—

Report of the Council.

In accordance with the Bye-Laws, the Council begs leave

to present the following Report :—

During the year 1889 four Fellows have died, viz., Mr.

Frederick Bond, Colonel C. J. Cox, Mons. J. C. Puls, and

Dr. Victor Signoret; two Fellows have resigned; four Fellows

have been struck out of the list for non-payment of their

subscriptions ; and twenty-four new Fellows have been elected.

The number of Fellows elected during the year, although

above the average, is not so large as it should have been.

With the exceptionally low subscription of £1 1s. a year, the

Society is in need of a much larger number of Fellows to

enable it to publish more papers, and in other ways to advance

its interests and promote its objects; and the Council again

begs leave to urge the Fellows to do their utmost to induce

their friends to join the Society, and thus increase its revenue.

At the present time the Society consists of an Hon. Life-

President, 10 Honorary Fellows, 48 Life Fellows, and 258

paying the Annual Subscription, making the total number of

Fellows now on the Society’s List 817, which, after allowing

for the losses by deaths, resignations, and exclusions, is an

increase in number of 14 since the date of the Annual Meeting

last year.

The Transactions for the year 1889 form a volume of

592 pages, containing 23 memoirs contributed by the following

20 authors, viz., the Right Hon. Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.;

Dr. Sharp (2 papers); the Rev. F. A. Walker, D.D.; Mr.

Frederic Merrifield; Mr. J. H. Leech, B.A.; the Rev. T. A.

PROC, ENT, SOC, LOND., V., 1889. L

(rv laa)

Marshall, M.A.; Mr. C. J. Gahan, M.A.; Mr. W. Warren,

M.A.; Mr.J.S. Baly, M.R.C.S.; Mr. Gervase Mathew, R.N.;

Mr. H. J. Elwes (2 papers); Mr. Lionel de Nicéville; Mr.

G. A. J. Rothney; Mr. A. G. Butler (2 papers); Mr. J. B.

Bridgman; Mr. G. T. Porritt; Mr. W. F. Kirby; Mr. Edward

Meyrick, B.A.; Mr. George T. Baker; and Mr. F. P. Pascoe.

Of these 23 papers 14 relate to Lepidoptera (or to enquiries

in which Lepidoptera were the subjects of experiment), 4 to

Coleoptera, 4 to Hymenoptera, and 1 to the subject of the

vision of Insects and other Arthropods.

The memoirs above referred to are illustrated with 17

plates, of which 14 are coloured. The Society is indebted to

Lord Walsingham for the entire cost of Plates I., II., II.,

IV., V.,and VI.; to Mr. J. H. Leech for the cost of colouring

Plates VII. and IX.; to the Hon. Walter de Rothschild for

the entire cost of Plate XII.; and to Mr. F. P. Pascoe for the

entire cost of Plates XVI. and XVII.

The Proceedings, containing an account of the exhibitions

and discussions at the Meetings, in addition to several papers

not published in the Transactions, extend to over 60 pages.

The financial position of the Society is satisfactory, although

the expenses during the year have been exceptionally heavy.

More available space being required for Books in the Library,

a sum of £18 18s. has had to be expended on new shelves.

One of the two Compositions received in lieu of Annual

Subscriptions has been applied towards defraying this expense,

and the other has been invested, leaving a balance in hand of

£18 4s. 8d.

During the past year upwards of 150 Books, Pamphlets,

Journals, and Papers have been added to the Library; the

average number of Fellows attending the Meetings has been

greater than in any previous year of the Society’s existence ;

there has been a gain of 14 new Fellows; a Composition has

been invested, thus increasing the Society’s capital by £15 15s.

since the last Annual Meeting, and raising the total sum

invested to £411 4s, 4d.; and there is a good balance in hand.

The Council therefore has reason to congratulate the

Fellows on the progress made by the Society during the year

1889,

( “Teve)

The following is an Abstract of the Pee and Payments

during 1889 :-—

ReEceEIPTs. PAYMENTS.

Cis; ds &, isi, d.

Balance in hand Ist) ,. 4. Rent, Office Ex-

ant, 1889)" 2 = | 27 12 7 penses and Salary to G2) 197 at

Contributions of Fel- Assistant-Librarian

lows’ - ‘} 829 14 0 | printing - - SOMO yf AL

Sale of Publications - 8917 11 | Plates,&.- - + G614 2

Donations - 2 . 22 3 6 | Books, Binding, &e. - 6 9 8

Interest on Consols - 11 1 8 *Balance - - 3319 &

(* Of this Balance, £18 4s. 8d.

remains in hand, and

£15 15s. has been in-

vested.)

£480 9 8 £480 9 8

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W.,

January 15th, 1890.

The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing

to substitute other names than those contained in the lists

prepared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the

Council for 1890:—Joseph W. Dunning, M.A., F.L.S.;

Henry J. Elwes, F.L.S.; the Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A.,

F.L.S8.; Frederick DuCane Godman, M.A., F.R.S.; Herbert

Goss, F.L.S.; Ferdinand Grut, F.L.S.; P. Brooke Mason,

M.R.C.S., F.L.8.; Prof. Raphael Meldola, F.R.S.; Edward

Saunders, F.L.S.; Richard South, F.E.S.; Henry T. Stainton,

F.R.S.; Roland Trimen, F.R.S.; and the Right Hon. Lord

Walsingham, M.A., F.R.S.

The following are the officers elected :— President, the

Right Hon. Lord Walsingham; Treasurer, Mr. Edward

Saunders; Secretaries, Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon

Fowler; Librarian, Mr. Ferdinand Grut.

The President then delivered an Address, at the conclusion

of which Mr. Stainton proposed a vote of thanks to Lord

Walsingham for his services as President during the year,

and for his Address. The proposal was seconded by Prof.

Meldola, and carried unanimously.

A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and

( idxviy!)

Librarian was moved by Mr. H. J. Elwes, seconded by Dr.

Sharp, and carried.

Mr. Goss, Canon Fowler, and Mr. Grut severally replied.

Abstract of Receipts and Payments for 1889,

Receipts. Payments.

e R8Sr ds £) 8. 1d:

Balance 1st Jan., 1889 27 12 7 | Rent, Salary to As-

Subscriptions , era SO stant Larain, 162 19 1

Entrance Fees i 3716" 0 Ome Expenses

Arrears $ ise ss, ol) PETES Arie - 207 14 1

4 oe ’ Plates, Colouring, &ec. - 69 7 2

Compositions A 3110 0 he Bind: =

Donations is 2277 356 DEL CEE 8

Sale of Transactions go 17.11 |, avestment a - 115 0

Intereston Consols - 11 1 8 Balance in hand 18 4 8

£480 9 8 £480 9 8

ASSETS.

£) 8s. d.

Subscriptions, considered good c : é 3 é = Ov10, 0

Consols” - - - £395 9 4 (cost) 377 4 O

Tnrested in 1889 > 15 15 0 FP 15 14 0

£411 4 4 £392 18 O

LA Bat eS.

(Nil.)

R. McLacunan.

OsBERT SALVIN.

J. JENNER WEIR.

Davip SHARP.

FERDINAND GRUT.

Audited and found correct,

January 8th, 1890.

Coley * )

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

HH}

GENTLEMEN,

I am uncomfortably aware that, although I have

myself frequently derived valuable instruction from my con-

nection with this Society, I cannot hope to be able to impart

to those who habitually attend our meetings any new infor-

mation, or to record any observations which are likely to be

credited with the charm of originality by those who for the

most part devote far more time and attention to entomological

study than I have ever done.

I shall therefore make no such ambitious attempt upon this

occasion, but shall rather endeavour to apply my remarks to

the general subject, and with a view to reach not only beyond

this room, but, if possible, even somewhat beyond the range

of this Society, to illustrate some of the difficulties which

surround the study of Entomology, as well as the charms by

which it attracts its votaries. Although to my present

audience it is not surprising that anyone with a love for

investigation, or with any degree of curiosity as to the laws

which regulate the production and variation of natural objects

should be interested in the study of insects, we must all

admit that to the majority of the men and women we meet in

every-day life it seems unaccountably strange that anyone

gifted with an average degree of human intelligence should

devote any considerable share of time or attention to collecting

and observing the lower forms of life. From the point of

view taken by such unqualified critics, the attractive beauty

of some of the larger diurnal Lepidoptera, or the brilliant

metallic colouring of the Cetoniade and other families of

Coleoptera, are alone worthy of appreciation. They cannot

deny the useful influence that such magnificent examples of

( lxvii )

the wealth of design in nature may have upon artistic taste ;

the consequent refinement and increased enjoyment of life, so

far as it is dependent upon luxurious culture, appeals to their

minds in an intelligible manner; but when the studies of

entomologists lead them to regard with interest the most

minute and inconspicuous insects, such apparent waste of

energy passes the comprehension of the uninitiated. When

collecting in California many years ago I was frequently

asked, ‘‘ But how do you make it pay?” Our too attractive

and engrossing study needs no defence here, but before

referring to another phase of the subject, I may, perhaps,

be allowed to mention a few of the more apparent advantages

which are to be derived from it.

As an illustration of the too often questioned practical

usefulness of entomological studies (among many instances),

I cannot refer to one more striking than the successful im-

portation of the Australian parasites infesting the scale-insect,

Icerya purchasi, which has proved so noxious to the orange

plantations in California. From the moment it was recog-

nised that this scale-insect was of Australian origin, Dr.

Riley conceived the idea of studying its life-history in its

native habitat, and availing himself, if possible, of such

information as could be collected about its natural enemies.

In 1887 Mr. Koebele, and in 1889 Mr. F. M. Webster, were

sent out to Australia for this purpose, and succeeded in ship-

ping various consignments of the dipterous and hymenopterous

parasites, as well as predaceous Coleoptera, which they found

attacking the Icerya there. These, after some failures, were

successfully introduced into California, and, under the care of

Mr. Coquillet, various experiments were carried out, proving

that the ladybird, Vedolia cardinalis, was the most active and

efficient of its enemies. By the 12th of June, 1888, 10,555

of the imported ladybirds had been bred and distributed at

the experimental station at Los Angelos, and in nearly every

one of the 208 different colonies thus established their accli-

matisation has proved successful. They have now spread

very widely, and instances are recorded where the oranges

and other trees hitherto thickly infested with this noxious

scale have been practically cleared of Icerya by their aid.

€ y dzixy))

I might also refer to the successful fertilisation of red

clover in New Zealand by the importation of impregnated

queens of our common humble-bee; to the re-discovery of

the fact, first noticed by Francis Walker in 1848, of the

migrations of Aphides, or plant-lice, from one food-plant to

another at different stages of their development, enabling

them to be more successfully pursued and exterminated,

—-another feather in the already well-decorated cap of our dis-

tinguished colleague Dr. Riley,--and to the uses to which the

silk produced by various exotic species of Bombycida, other

than our common silk-worm, has now been successfully

applied.

Many other conspicuous instances in Economic Entomology

could be mentioned, if time permitted me to enlarge upon

this portion of the subject.

The artificial breeding and rearing of Lepidoptera in

captivity must always prove a valuable auxiliary to the study

of the laws of heredity, protective resemblance, and natural

selection. The elaborate work of Weissmann, Poulton, and

many others has already been the means of eliciting much

interesting evidence on these subjects, and we may hope that

the time will come when organic chemistry in relation to

changes of colour may be so well understood that some con-

nection may be established between the various analogous

phenomena so constantly observed in different sections of the

animal and vegetable kingdoms. Should it ever be discovered

by what precise method certain spiders can adapt their tints

to those of the objects on which they rest, or certain larve

can, as it were, partake of the colour of their food-plants, it

will yet remain to be shown whether the same laws affect the

assimilation of fishes and lizards to their surroundings; or

the correspondence of autumnal leaves to the ripened fruit of

red and yellow gooseberries respectively ; or, as has lately

been suggested, the prescient arrangement of the material of

its nest by the red-backed shrike according to the colour of

the eggs to be deposited.

Colour, in the sense in which we understand it, can surely

be neither infectious or contagious, but if the laws of organic

chemistry, which govern it, should ever come to be well

( lxx )

understood, the part which the study of insects will have

played in arriving at that state of knowledge should certainly

be not inconsiderable.

The investigation instituted by Mr. Francis Galton with a

view to determine the percentage of hereditary transmission

to successive offspring by different generations of predecessors,

whatever may be the final results, whether negative or

positive, of Mr. Merrifield’s experiments, is an acknowledg-

ment of the value for such purposes of the means which

entomologists have at hand for following the life-history of

very numerous generations within a comparatively short

space of time, whereas in other branches of Zoology such an

investigation might be almost hopelessly prolonged, costly,

and inconvenient.

Although the value of Entomology as a means of throwing

light upon many interesting problems now occupying a fore-

most place in scientific investigation must be generally

acknowledged, I will add one further illustration to my argu-

ment. The majority of known insects being phytophagous,

their occurrence in or absence from certain defined areas of

the globe should frequently enable us to check the conclusions

of botanists and zoologists with regard to the progress of

geographical distribution, for whereas the seeds of plants are

easily conveyed by rivers and marine currents, by hurricanes,

or by theinstrumentality of birds and animals, the insects which

feed upon those plants being often of very delicate structure

and of inactive habits, are less easily transferred from place

to place, and by no means generally accompany their native

food-plants in the march of natural or artificial acclimatisa-

tion. It is remarkable how many insects continue to be

exceedingly local in their occurrence, although precisely

similar conditions of food and climate may prevail at no great

distance from the limited districts they are known to frequent.

On the other hand, when we find local genera, and perhaps

even species, occurring in West Africa and on the opposite

coast of South America, those who believe in the submergence

of Atlantis may perhaps claim that such species must have

been distributed to east and west from their original habitat

on an interjacent continent. To estimate the possible value

( ijdzxi »)

of such evidence a single instance will suffice. The numerous

varieties of Hucalyptus characteristic of the flora of the

Australian region afford nourishment to a large number of

very distinct species of Micro-Lepidoptera, notably of the family

Cicophoride ; although these trees have now been largely intro-

duced in the South of Europe and in other parts of the world,

not a single Australian insect, so far as I am aware, has at

present been found to accompany them—-indeed, beyond their

native country they enjoy a singular immunity from insect-

attacks, which, if it should continue, may perhaps afford to

future generations additional evidence of their artificial intro-

duction.

It is very frequently stated that the increasing love of

collecting natural objects within the United Kingdom leads

not only to the discovery of rare and local species, but also to

their rapid extermination, and this is unfortunately too true

as regards the larger and more conspicuous forms. It applies,

perhaps, more especially to birds and plants, but, although a

few scarce insects may thus become more difficult to obtain

in certain known localities, the area of land not open to the

general collector is always so considerable as to insure the

probability of their survival and subsequent re-distribution,

and some individuals of the smaller and more obscure groups

may always be trusted to escape observation, and to continue

to propagate their species under suitable conditions. Thus,

however closely any particular district may be explored, there

is always an inducement to further search in the possibility

that some unnoticed rarity may yet be discovered or re-

discovered. Moreover, the transformations and life-histories

of many of even the commonest species are still very imper-

fectly known, and this is an additional source of interest, a

subject for useful investigation and original observation.

For these reasons Entomology must always be, as it

undoubtedly is at this time, not only a useful but a popular

study, and must contribute, perhaps, more than any other to

the enjoyment and recreation, mental and physical, of those

dwellers in towns who possess a true appreciation of the

pleasures and interests attaching to country life. I think it

would be difficult to over-estimate the civilising and refining

( Cx? )

effect which a day in the country with the object of gaining

an insight into the marvels of natural creation, none the less

wonderful because in themselves common and widely distri-

buted, must have upon the minds and characters of all who

seek such enjoyment. The number of naturalists’ field clubs

and associations throughout the country, especially in con-

nection with public schools, young men’s Christian associa-

tions, and mechanics’ institutes, is increasing every year ; the

scientific and learned societies dealing with biological study

may be estimated approximately at scarcely less than 3800.

Who will deny that the hundreds of thousands of members of

such associations are thus afforded the means of escaping

from that fog of ignorance and narrow-mindedness which,

through no fault of their own, too often settles down upon the

habitual dwellers in our creat manufacturing towns, mimicking,

as it were, the atmospheric conditions in which they are

condemned to pass their lives.

If the study of Entomology, looked upon asa mere “ hobby,”’

sport, or pastime, can claim to have conferred no greater

benefits upon the human race than to have afforded to a not

inconsiderable section of our urban population an inducement

to improve their minds and recreate their bodies, it will have

contributed in no small degree to the sum of human health,

happiness, and morality. I hope our experience may

enable most of us to endorse the statement of the Abbé

Umhang, in his obituary notice of Henri de Peyerimhoff in

1876 :— “J’ai connu plus d’un jeune homme qui s’est

passionné pour une branche de V’histoire naturelle, et je n’en

ai vu aucun s’écarter du chemin de la vertu et de l’honneur.”’

For the very reasons to which I have briefly alluded it

must be admitted that of all branches of systematic zoological

study Entomology presents the greatest difficulties, and

involves the greatest necessity for constant application and

careful work. The fact that rare or obscure species can be

easily overlooked, and the facility, nevertheless, with which

vast numbers of specimens can be obtained, whilst they

enhance the pleasure to be derived from field-collecting,

combine to increase the labour involved in classification and

arrangement, and make it impossible for the cabinet

( lexi )

naturalist to keep pace with the efforts of his brothers of

the field. I believe that few, whether they be students or

professors of Biology, are accustomed to bear in mind the

vast extent and rapid extension of the study of insect-life. If

they be themselves specialists in other branches, they are too

often apt to gauge entomological work by the standard of their

own researches, whether among mammals, birds, fishes,

reptiles, molluses, or plants.

To many who have not attempted to analyse the subject,

the comparatively slow progress of our special study may

appear to require explanation and apology. When great

scientific expeditions have been undertaken, or when energetic

private or professional collectors return from new fields of

exploration, and the results of their collecting are distributed

to different museums or handed to specialists to be worked

out, mammals, birds, plants, reptiles, fishes, and probably

also shells are dealt with in a reasonable space of time:

known species are compared and recorded, new ones are de-

scribed and characterised, and all drop into their places in the

general system, subject to such revision as may be shown to

be needed from time to time as fresh material comes to hand.

But it is complained, and the fact must be freely admitted,

that too often the majority of the insects thus obtained

remain for years in the boxes in which they have arrived, and

are not described, classified, or incorporated in any systematic

manner until long after those who collected them have ceased

to take an interest in their identification.

Botanists, ornithologists, and others frequently express

their surprise that this should be so, and are perhaps induced

to regard it as evincing a dilatory spirit on the part of ento-

mologists. Many points connected with this subject have, I

think, been overlooked not only by the general public, but by

many of our diligent workers in Biology. In the first place,

what is the comparative position occupied by Entomology

with regard to other branches of biological science ? What is

the extent of the field of labour which it presents? How far

has that field been explored? What is our present rate of

progress, and the work that remains to be done? Some

attempts have been made from time to time to arrive at the

( Ixxiv_ )

number of species of true insects of all orders existing on the

face of the globe. Dr. John Davy, ina letter to W. Spence, in

1858, estimates that 250,000 species of insects exist (Tr. Ent.

Soe. (n.s.), III., p. 82). The latest of these calculations is,

perhaps, that of my predecessor in this chair. At a meeting

of the Dumfriesshire and Galloway Natural History Society,

held at Dumfries in 1883, Dr. Sharp said :—‘‘ As the result of

a moderate estimate it appears probable that the number of

species of true insects existing at present on our globe is

somewhere between 500,000 and 1,000,000,” and expressed

his own opinion, in which I entirely concur, that ‘the

number probably exceeds the higher of these figures, and will

come near to 2,000,000.” Dr. Sharp has been good

enough to give me the approximate number of distinct

species of Coleoptera described up to the present time; he

puts these at about 120,000, basing his calculation upon

the Munich Catalogue, published in 1868, which contained

77,000 species, and upon the additional descriptions since

published.

Admitting that such calculations can be only approximate,

I have worked through the pages of the Zoological Record

with a view to arrive at the proportionate amount of descriptive

work done in each year in the different branches of Zoology.

I find that the average number of pages occupied in the Record

during the 24 years of its publication is 273 for Insecta, to

369 for all other branches of Zoology taken together, or, in

other words, that 422 per cent. of the record of all zoological

literature is occupied with insects against 574 per cent.

devoted to other subjects; Aves representing about 93 per

cent., Mollusca and Molluscoida 144 per cent. Taking a

fairly average volume of the same publication, the volume for

1882, I find that the new species of insects described in that

year, deducting 8 per cent. for synonyms, amount to 5600,

whereas the whole number of new species described in other

branches, with the same deduction, comes out at about 1650,

of which Mollusca are 772, Pisces 289, Crustacea 205, leaving

434 only for the whole remainder of terrestrial Zoology. This

in itself is sufficient evidence of what I may call the infancy

of our knowledge of the subject.

(. lexvy1)

It must, of course, be remembered that the description of

an insect does not necessarily involve any great amount of

labour; a fish, an echinoderm, or a sponge, may require

most careful preparation and dissection before its specific

characters can be fully recognised, whereas for the most part

the structural and superficial characters of insects are easily

distinguished and described, although the precise details of

neuration in Micro-Lepidoptera are not always easy to arrive

at, even by bleaching ; but what I desire to point out is the

immensity of the field of study, and the degree of ignorance

on the subject, which is evidenced by the vast number of

species hitherto unobserved which are annually recognised and

added to the general lists. The prevailing impression among

the uninitiated is that at least within the British Islands there

is nothing new to be discovered. A man who is known to pos-

sess a good collection of British insects is generally supposed

by his friends to have every species that can be found. It

would astonish the unentomological public to be told that a

Fellow of this Society recorded, in a single paper, in the ‘ En-

tomologist’s Monthly Magazine’ for January, 1886, the occur-

rence of no less than 100 species of Diptera not hitherto

recognised in England, and Mr. Verrall informs me that he

would at this moment be able to describe at least a hundred

additional British species belonging to a single family,

showing that the study of Diptera, even as limited to the

British Islands, is by no means far advanced.

The bulk of the record has been much increased during

the last ten years, and the proportionate number of pages for

general Zoology has been somewhat greater than in the pre-

ceding period; this is chiefly to be attributed to the working

out of the ‘Challenger’ collections, which, for obvious

reasons, were exceptionally rich in marine Zoology, and

deficient in insects.

The Hessian Fly affords an excellent illustration of how a

minute insect, however common, may be overlooked for

many years; for whether this species did, or did not, occur

in the days of the older economic entomologists, about which

much difference of opinion exists, it must, I think, be

admitted that its introduction cannot be dated within the

( Cizxve )

last ten or fifteen years. Ihave a letter from Lord Montagu,

in which he says that the Hessian Fly has been known on

his estate (Beaulieu) for many years, and that the farmers

designate its ravages by the term “‘ weak-stalk.” Dr. Riley’s

chief argument for its comparatively modern introduction

is based upon the impossibility that men like Kirby,

Curtis, and Westwood could have overlooked it; but in

1856, our great economic entomologist, Curtis, then Presi-

dent of this Society, commenting upon Mr. Stainton’s

announcement of the discovery, for the first time, of the

smaller genera of Tineina in tropical countries, expressed

his doubts whether Micro-Lepidoptera would be found so

plentiful in tropical countries as Mr. Stainton anticipated,

and why? because even in the South of Kurope, through

which, in company with Mr. Walker, he made a tour some

years before, although they collected diligently and sought

especially for Micro-Lepidoptera in places similar to those in

which they were plentiful in England, yet out of more than

six thousand specimens of insects they brought home, the

number of small moths was very few. Knowing the vast

number of South-European species that have since been

described by Staudinger, Zeller, Stainton, Milliére, Constant,

Ragonot and others, and bearing in mind also the very

limited amount of damage done to our crops by the Hessian

Fly as compared to its ravages in America, is it unreasonable

to believe that it may easily have been unobserved for a

much longer period than has been generally supposed, and

that Curtis himself may not improbably have overlooked

it? With the amount of new material annually coming to

hand, it is not surprising that the difficulties to be over-

come in laying down the lines of a satisfactory classifi-

cation of the numerous families and genera of insects

are at present very great. In the case of Coleoptera these

have been more or less successfully encountered, but the

hard chitinous structure of the various parts of beetles has

afforded facilities which are not available in dealing with the

more fragile forms comprised in the orders of Lepidoptera

and Diptera, and to this, and the facility with which they are

collected, we may fairly attribute the large preponderance of

( Ixevii} )

known species over other orders of insects, rather than to

any actual superiority in numbers. Dr. Staudinger, in

the Introduction to his ‘ Catalogue of European Lepidoptera,’

says that no problem in Zoology seems to him more difficult

to solve than that of establishing a good classification of

Lepidoptera; indeed, he says it seems to him seriously un-

surmountable, on account of the insufficiency of our know-

ledge of these creatures. He points out that any system

founded upon a fauna limited to any geographical region,

must be insufficient, and it is certain that up to the present

time our knowledge of all other than Diurnal Lepidoptera is

exceedingly partial, when considered in its relation to the

geographical area of their distribution.

Another method of arriving at an approximate estimate of

the extent of the field of Entomology and of its relation to

other branches of biological study, is to examine the records

of scientific expeditions and faunistic research, but these are

for the most part very misleading, inasmuch as they depend

for their results upon the taste, knowledge, and inclination of

the different members of the staff employed, and are in few

cases, except over very limited areas, fairly and equally

representative of all branches of study. The only systematic

investigation of the fauna of any considerable area of the

globe, which can be in any sense regarded as approaching

completion, and as affording the necessary data for com-

parison, is to be found in the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana,’

of Godman and Salvin. It is no small honour to this

Society that the authors of such a work should have been

both members of our Council during the past year. Although

it can hardly be said that no branch of Natural History has

been neglected in this instance, the care with which all the

more important orders have been worked up affords fair

ground for comparative estimates.

The area included in this laborious and carefully con-

ducted investigation amounts to about 900,000 square

miles, or about one 57th part of the whole surface of

land on the face of the globe, and may be taken to be an

area fairly representative of the comparative distribution of

( lexvav =)

the higher and lower forms of life. I am indebted to my

friends the authors for the following figures

In CoLEOPTERA

the species already dealt with in the Biologia are

not yet dealt with — .......cecseseesenees

the approximate total number always subject

to be increased by additional discoveries :

including about 8,800 new species and 360

new genera, are thus

In LEPIDOPTERA

the species already dealt with are ......sseceeeeeese

not yet dealt With ..crccssececserseees

Total number subject to further increase :

including about 3250 new species

In HyMENOPTERA

the species already dealt with are .......sseceseess |

remaining to be dealt with ............

subject to very considerable increase, Bs)

the Hymenoptera are generally supposed to ;

equal the Coleoptera in numbers j

In DIPTERA

total number of species to hand are at least

of which about one-half are new. These are

also a mere fraction of the total number of

species existing which may possibly be equal

to the Coleoptera or to the Hymenoptera.

In HEMIPTERA

a fraction only of the Heteroptera amount-

TNO FAD OMD oc cencovess cteescpereestetteetss caste?

and of the Homoptera about ..........ceseeees

1600 of which are probably new, bring the

list of known, if not all described, species of

insects in that very limited portion of the

globe to no less than .........ssesecesesvessosseess

leaving the Orthoptera and Neuroptera at

present untouched; the proportion of new

species throughout being at least 43 per cent.

Comparing these figures with the numbers of mammals,

birds, &c., from the same area we get—

Marmimnialita) 224 SUSE see aah eae

PAVOS( HULL CUD cb shan chendsed es tlecbiceesaplnleseatdd

In this total a proportion of less than 5 per cent. are new.

An estimate of about 1000 species of

raise the proportion of novelties considerab

10,916

4498

pss anatbsk 15,414

| 2328

4372

en a: 6700

1183

2817

re 4000

Lec hern 1000

2000

1000

3000

{40 bem 30,114

Pt 180

ipoddess 1600

a 157

1937

Arachnida would

ly, this branch of

( ( Ixxiz! )

the subject having been less generally studied; but as regards

the number of species, general Zoology, even with this

addition, reaches only about one-seventh of the total reached

in Entomology. It must be remembered that this work deals

with terrestrial Zoology and Botany only.

We have in these figures abundant evidence that the whole

field of zoological research apart from Entomology is but

small as compared to that in which the Fellows of this

Society are interested, and when we see that in Central

America one small family of the Coleoptera, the Hispide,

exceed the whole of the Mammalia, and moreover that

in another small family, the Cistelide, among 150 species

as worked out by Mr. Champion, no less than 143 are new to

science, we may well ask ourselves who can venture to assume

the appellation of ‘‘ Entomologist’’ ? or even of Lepidopterist or

Hymenopterist. Asin political life we are gradually becoming

accustomed to speak of the Honble. Member for East St.

Pancras, or of the South-Western Division of the Hast Riding

of Yorkshire, surely our successors in this Society must one

day be content to be called Pieridists, Gelechidists, Hispidists,

or Cicindelidists, according to their different branches of

study.

Now it is obvious from these, and from the figures I have

quoted from the ‘ Zoological Record,’ that as compared with

general zoologists, entomological students have before them

the burden and heat of the day. If we are ever to arrive at

a reasonably complete idea of the sequence of genera and

species in the world of insects, we have to do far more than

has ever been done or will ever have to be done by other

zoologists. If we take Dr. Sharp’s estimate of 2,000,000 for

the total number of insects on the face of the globe,—and

I venture to think that the time may come when that

estimate, already the double of any previous conjecture,

may be yet increased by further investigation and more

perfect knowledge of the minute forms in each order,—

we have the number of distinctly recognisable species of

insects reaching twenty times that of all other vertebrate and.

invertebrate living creatures at present known, and to which

the additions can never approach those which have yet to be

PROC ENT. SOC, LOND., v., 1889. M

( Ixxx®! )

made to Entomology. Mr. Bowdler Sharpe advises me that

Birds may be taken roughly at 12,000 already described species,

Mammals may probably be taken at less than 3000, Mollusca

at about 50,000, and so on, and although such estimates can

be merely approximate, I claim that the proportionate im-

portance of the different groups in point of numbers will be

found to be not very wide of the mark. If there are 2,000,000

species of insects in the world, of which only some 200,000

are at present described, according to the present rate of

progress, or adding 5,600 in each year, it would take 840

years to describe the remaining 1,800,000. I am aware that

Dr. Sharp, in his Address to this Society in 1888, put the

annual additions at a much lower figure, and asked for an

allowance of 1000 years to complete the lists; but I think the

rate of progress has been greater than he supposed.

It must surely occur to my hearers that such work can

never be successfully undertaken by private enterprise or

detached and unsystematic efforts, however large may be the

number of faithful and devoted workers. Organisation and

resource are required for carrying on the necessary investiga-

tions and for placing the results from time to time in such

systematic sequence as will enable students not only to have

access to, but, as it were, to digest and assimilate the informa-

tion necessary to enable them to pursue their own special

lines of enquiry.

We naturally turn to the great educational and scientific

institutions of the country for that methodical assistance

which their means of accumulating and arranging materials

for study should enable them to afford.

The only Government establishment in which such work

has been, or can be, suitably undertaken, is the British

Museum. It may be useful to consider what has hitherto been

done there—what is the quantity and quality of the work ex-

pected of it by the public, and what are the means at its dis-

posal for dealing with such work, present and prospective.

The value of the vast entomological collections in the

National Museum can scarcely be overrated, containing, as

they do, an enormous percentage of the actual types from

which the leading authors on the subject during this and the

last century have made their descriptions.

( lexxr )

It would be impossible in a few words to give any idea of

the extent of these collections, but they include valuable con-

tributions from the cabinets not only of Sir Hans Sloane, of

Petiver, Banks, Hunter, and Leach, but of Darwin, Stephens,

Vigors, Bates, Bowring, Desvignes, Buckler, Baly, F. Smith,

K. Saunders, Sir 8. Saunders; of Grote, Zeller, Hewitson,

Braasche, Wollaston, Godman, and many others; with many

typical specimens described by Linné, Fabricius, Drury,

Kirby, Spence, Haliday, Donovan, Curtis, Walker, Gyllenhal,

Imhoff, Saunders, M‘Lachlan, Waterhouse, Westwood, New-

man, Latreille, Olivier, Candéze, Mulsant, Wallace, Deyrolle,

Hewitson, Zeller, Grote, and Butler.

It would be difficult to make even an approximate guess

at the number of specimens or species in the Entomological

Department, and the number of types could only be got at

by counting them in each separate drawer, which would

involve much time and labour.

I have obtained, through the kindness of Dr. Ginther, an

account of the number of specimens added in the different

departments of Zoology during his keepership, and taking,

for convenience, a decade from 1877 to 1886, I find that

197,324 insects of all orders were received into the Museum

during that time, or something approaching 20,000 specimens

a-year, Lepidoptera and Coleoptera heading the lst with

89,506 and 80,341 respectively. The figures would un-

doubtedly be very much higher if this branch of science were

further advanced in system and method. Such advancement

can only be founded on more mature knowledge; and this can

only be reached by patient and exhaustive study of material

as it comes to hand. It is undoubtedly a fact that many

private collectors would gladly hand over their accumulations

of entomological wealth to the National Museum if they

could feel that such gifts would at once be rendered available

for study in connection with an already well organised and

systematically arranged series. This is sufficiently exem-

plified in the case of Ornithology, for although not more than

about 12,000 distinct species of birds are known at the present

time, a yearly average of 13,722 specimens have been received

in the Museum in the decade referred to, the majority being

um 2

( ixxxn )

large faunistic collections already named and arranged by

the donors.

The Mammals received during the same period average

annually 451; Mollusca, 3276; Reptiles and Fishes, 1885—

in about equal proportions for each; Vermes and Radiata,

2419.

We have noticed the present rate of accumulation in the

Entomological Section of the Department, involving as it

does constant re-arrangement and re-adjustment in the

various cabinets.

The staff employed in this section has been gradually

increased, and a few months ago consisted of one assistant-

keeper, three assistants, and three boys, who are employed in

relaxing and setting specimens, preparing labels, and so

forth. Thjs staff has lately been increased by two more

assistants and one temporary assistant, giving a recular staft

of six skilled entomologists to deal with properly prepared

specimens. Their duty is to classify, label, and incor-

porate, say 20,000 insects of all orders, or over 3,300 to

each worker in about 270 working days in each year. Out

of this number they have to rightly name, by careful study

of specimens and scattered descriptions, a considerable pro-

portion of unnamed material; to describe and classify all

that are new to science; and at the same time to keep the

general collections in good condition and up to date as far as

possible in sequence and arrangement. Now it must be

remembered, that nearly half the time of these assistants is

taken up by students and visitors, who require to have access

to the collections, and who are dropping in at every hour and

half-hour of each day to identify specimens or to seek

information upon various subjects. This is a constant

interruption to regular and continued study, and does far

more to vitiate the results of honest application than any

mere curtailment of the time devoted to it. In spite of such

interruptions, there would probably be no difficulty in putting

away in their proper places the dozen or more specimens

that would fall to the daily share of each worker. But,

bearing in mind that every year considerably over 5000

new species are added to the general lists, it becomes a

( Ixxxii )

very difficult matter to search through the literature of the

subject, increased, according to Dr. Sharp’s estimate, by

20,000 pages annually, to determine which of the unnamed

specimens is or is not already described, and rightly to

classify the novelties under some recognised system, especially

in certain branches of the subject is which no really satis-

factory system has yet been generally accepted.

If he would avoid mistakes and re-descriptions of already

known species, a lepidopterist must read, not only separate

works, but innumerable periodicals and transactions and

proceedings of learned societies, published in seven or more

different languages. How is he to find time, in the face of

all his other work, to master the details of the 78 new

genera and 655 new species (exclusive of synonyms), of

Australian Gcophoride, which Mr. Meyrick has added within

the last five or six years to the previously described three

genera and 100 species known to other authors. Yet if a box

of undetermined (icophoride comes to hand (and personally I

confess to a cowardly inclination to ‘‘climb down” when I get

such a box), that is what he is at once called upon todo. No

doubt, if he had sufficient leisure for study, such work would

greatly ease his task, but how is he to find this time and still

attend to his other duties? The smaller species of Cole-

optera, as well as Lepidoptera, of tropical countries, have

been scarcely at all touched up to the present time; their

number is legion, and when these come to hand, nine-tenths

of them are usually found to be new and undescribed,

involving great difficulties in generic classification.

My object is to point out that the existing means of carry-

ing on systematic entomological work in our one great public

centre of special knowledge, is by no means equal to the

present demand. The authors of the ‘ Biology of Central

America’ have already employed no less than ten specialists

on Coleoptera alone,—three on Lepidoptera, including them-

selves, and three on Diptera, in all 22 entomologists,—with

every vrobability of adding to their number before the work

can be completed ; seven only have been employed on all other

branches of terrestrial Zoology, and two on Botany, whereas,

as I have shown, the Entomology of the whole world, as well

( lees /)

as the care and arrangement of the vast national collections

is entrusted to six regular workers only, with one temporary

extra hand, while the number of workers in other branches,

certainly rather below than above their requirements, are :—

for Zoology, 7; for Botany, 6; including the keepers of the

departments,—a very different proportion to that which has

been found necessary by Godman and Salvin.

I have so far abstained from attempting any comparison as

between the extent of entomological and botanical studies.

It is difficult to arrive at any just comparison by the methods

so far adopted. We have no publication exactly equivalent

to the ‘ Zoological Record,’ from which the annual amount of

botanical literature can be estimated, but I am indebted to

Mr. Carruthers for some valuable information, from which I

will endeavour to estimate approximately the comparative

position of the two studies.

Looking merely at the great mass of current literature

devoted to Botany in any one year, we must guard ourselves

against basing our comparison upon its amount. It is almost

impossible to eliminate for this purpose, an enormous pro-

portion of published matter which treats rather of economic

than of systematic Botany. The cultivation of horticultural

varieties and the commercial uses of plants and drugs, which

occupy the main part of numerous periodicals and works on

botanical subjects, have but little counterpart in Entomology,

and we shall therefore more safely base our calculation upon

the ascertained extent of systematic Botany, and upon the

proportion which it bears to zoological and entomological

science so far as we are in possession of the necessary data.

Mr. Carruthers, basing his figures upon ‘ Durand’s Index to

Bentham and Hooker’s Genera of Phanerogamous Plants,’

which reach 8849, and upon the numbers given by Baker

and others for cryptogams, places the approximate numbers

of known and described species as follows :—

Phanerogams (1888) : 5 : . 5 100,220

Cryptogams.

Vascular (1889) 5 : : 4,177

Hepatics (1844) , : : 2,500

Mosses (1875) : : : 7,700

( jlxxxy ' }

Lichens (1872) ; “ . 6,250

Alge (1889) j , - 22,478

Fungi (1889) : - : 35,311

——— 78,416

178,636

And having regard to the dates at which these estimates

have been made by various authors, he expresses his con-

viction that the good species described and recognised by

authors well acquainted with the subject up to the present

time are over 300,000, as against from 200,000 to 250,000

insects.

It must be remembered that Botany is a much older and

more advanced study than Entomology; the vegetable pro-

ductions of the earth are at this moment far better known,

worked out, and systematised than are the insects, and there-

fore the proportionate amount of labour involved in classifying

and incorporating into any collection a given number of

botanical specimens (except, perhaps, in the case of the more

obscure cryptogams) is less than would be involved in dealing

with the same number of insects, of which a far larger per-

centage would certainly be new and undescribed.

This point can, I think, be very fairly illustrated by

observing the comparative numbers of plants and insects

dealt with in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ to which I

have already referred. In that publication, dealing, as I

have said, with an area of less than 100,000 square miles, the

number of plants enumerated are 12,238, of which 607, or

rather less than 24 per cent., are cryptogams; but in this

enumeration alge, lichens, and fungi are excluded. If we

take the proportion of these on the basis of Mr. Carruthers’

figures, we should add 21 per cent., or roughly 2565, for these

groups, by which we arrive at an estimate of about 14,800

known species in the Botany of that region, of which about

440 are new, as against over 380,000 species of insects, of

which some 14,000 will probably be found to be new when all

are worked out. I think it would be safe to conclude that

each plant throughout the world nourishes on an average at

least two distinct species of insects, although, of course,

( Ixxxvi )

many insects feed upon .a number of different plants, and the

average per plant would be much higher if we were to count

the same insects twice over. The annual additions to the

botanical lists can scarcely be estimated at above 3500, but it

will be evident that the field of work in Botany more nearly

approaches that of Entomology in magnitude than does that

of any other branch of Biology. If the means placed at the

disposal of the Trustees were sufficient for the purpose, it

would, I think, be a source of general satisfaction that our

popular and, as I have shown, useful branch of science should

be placed on the same footing as the sister science of Botany,

by having, in our National Museum, a separate department

to itself. It is certain that at least three times the number

of the present staff are required to deal with the subject in

any complete and satisfactory manner.

This change, combined with the annual publication of

small systematic monographs of families, subfamilies, or even

genera of insects, with full structural details to explain their

classification, would, I think, tend greatly to advance our

favourite study; but a free expression of representative

opinion would be required to secure such an application of

the necessary public funds. In the meanwhile private enter-

prise, with the assistance of learned societies such as our own,

can do much by setting the necessary example of good mono-

graphic work, and I would urge this object strongly upon the

Fellows of the Entomological Society. Such work has not

been neglected by them in the past, and is probably less

likely to be neglected in the future, if they can feel that by

giving it their attention they may be setting the right

example, and laying down the lines for good systematic ento-

mological work in our great public department of zoological

research. In this connection it gives me great pleasure to

notice the ‘ Revisio Insectorum Familie Mantidarum,’ which

affords abundant evidence of undiminished vitality and

industry on the part of our veteran Hon. Life-President,

Professor Westwood.

It is usual on these occasions to mention the names of

those Fellows of the Society who have died during the past

( lxxxvii )

year. I find that we have lost one Honorary Fellow, and

three others.

Dr. Victor Signoret, for more than forty years a most

indefatigable worker in Scientific Entomology, whose name

is specially well known in connection with the study of

Hemiptera, was elected an Honorary Fellow in 1882, and

died last April at the age of 72.

Mr. Frederick Bond, who died in August last, joined our

Society so long ago as 1841, and was personally known to

many of us, and highly esteemed as one of the most

observant of British naturalists. I can testify from my own

grateful experience that he was ever ready to assist his friends

with such information as his excellent memory and well-

arranged collections enabled him to impart.

Monsieur Jacques C. Puls, who died at Ghent in January,

joined the Society in 1870, and was an authority upon

Hemiptera. His vast entomological library has lately been

dispersed at very remarkable prices.

We have also lost Colonel C. J. Cox, who had been a

member of the Society since 1853.

The following distinguished entomologists, who were not

Fellows of this Society, have also died during the past year,

viz.:—Mons. J. B. Géhin, the Rev. H. J. Gore, Pastor

August Emil Holmgren, Herr Théodor Kirsche, Dr. Franz

Low, Prof. Wm. Ramsay McNab, M.D., Dr. Karl Edward

Venus, founder of the Dresden ‘Iris,’ and the Rey. J. G.

Wood.

I have now only to conclude by thanking the Fellows of

the Society for the patience with which they have accorded

me their kind attention, and for the friendly courtesy they

have shown me during the year in which I haye had the

honour of being their President.

= (1 Cio )

Bis ‘ll T toes ste dha ava ow teild Sui te uy,

= eon > raiito iol

devevtek fr - una Vir aie orient 0! deitinasith “apsbeitd wth

. patale Awol (golnnrony fl {iieaeped nbabhave oleh sitet cs

to yf ot alia pene imen ab atrod: Line alla: veya et

eee Geer powell eu Olt aa‘ holualy ene semtyumole

phagciueghy. ari geMatR.o- Proaye! pipes Vs ties naty Aig fice fhe Pith

ai Dariog: aa davatth i haib aly “haatt Pirsig wht

OPE BEY nila? 0g Btn Reae wh Beh yet Get yrhisde

Jndter “bef lo Sra ee * habeas ae PoE eae la haa

ALL why Gite aa Lo selarhetedade istic fh Yo date

dprurt stl dene) yiieOaro aay afb dnl paitiwog sy blag

dtlevw “a eabuiien dliphn ai) rat} ae Lieiinfepreb ek Hoity. itigh.

“2 unger? open bulifaes sioQualfos: Dayar,

SGionG ar lustd doesiredy, ety'l D siponb-umte

TAR OnW ith OVAL int hain otk Bodie

ti od eeatul fel ee Lasiqoleainias Fic BikE ‘protein

| eo) 2antrratdeltintar vor da bomogalb

woimod Bal ov 20pvk oS stilt. duol ole orm oW

BORE Saat oinee aa oe setameer

Krew d

don risy oilw wb Uy lite altatansit thy SiN ATEN "yt

ering beeing wld, atin) Not outs send ylaigod aft Yo wala

ora) ahs beavolk abi nid) aE ai ean

et Ul dee wbon tt call royale dimehenal

fnwiel bene Aer jaa Filhatay te Jone seed

yell od boleh fuheit bal fo voi a

. | iy “eh OTE

io HvOl lo Tort hid hyd) vhplauos oi yhate eociamniall

holetoun oval col) doll alba” ovanieap oer qatpino Repel

Qa) Zolutod VONEBIE OF tet Bier" noe Ae aie eae

at hart avi T doilw i ae 4 oe witoll sat. bile avant

; ia Ss diwbioaah uml gutted lo.auogtiant

a wah

4 1 At

vith

wa , ai ‘ x aes a a

4 '

] (g'} | y

j - AM te ae t,%

iste ’ aa r% ba 4 va Aaa

’ fy 7

- i Ht) teil NS iat ene

;

( dxxxx })

INDEX.

Notre.—Where the name only of the Insect or Genus is mentioned,

the description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic Figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman

Numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

PAGE PAGE

GENERAL SUBJECTS ...... lIxxxix | HyMENOPTERA .......... x¢cil

ASRACHINTDAL co isis.c)ete 0% s/e'ele.sie XC) MUBPEDOPTERA, <1. 0's.0 «200 00 XeVv

DTP TRAY ore; se) a's says sereiore che xcii | NEUROPTERA ......+... ws, CVil

HEMIPTERA..... sane xcil

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Annual Meeting, Ixiii.

Boarmia repandata, notes on a series of, xl.

Clisiocampa neustria, yellow powder from cocoon of, xxxvii.

Coccide from Australian trees, xii, xili.

Description of a new species of British Ichnewmonidea, xv.

Effect of colour on pup of summer emergence, 89; on pupex of spring

emergence, 91.

Effect of light and sugar as means of attracting insects, lix.

Epeira madagascariensis (Halabe), history of, xlvii.

Fossil Insects, recent discovery of in Florissant, Western Colorado, and

Wyoming, xlix.

Hemerophila abruptaria, larve of, xxxix.

Illunaria, illustraria and autumnaria, effect of forcing on, 85.

Illunaria, end of forced, 79.

Illunaria, spring emergence, male larger than female, 80

Illustraria, dtfferences in appearance between spring and summer

emergences of, 85.

Lepidoptera collected in the neighbourhood of Gibraltar by Mr. J. J.

Walker, xxiii. :

Letter from Mr. E. T. Atkinson, Chairman of the Trustees of the Indian

Museum, Calcutta, xxvii.

Letter from Mr. Herbert H. Smith, on the Hymenoptera, &c., recently

collected by him in St. Vincent, liii.

Letter from Mr. R. W. Fereday, of Christchurch, New Zealand, xxxi.

Luminous larva from China, xxx.

( oxex)

Nephronia hippia var. gea, discussion on specimen of, xxxv.

Note on the nervules of the fore wings in the male of Argynnis paphia

and other species of the genus, xliy.

On the change of colour in a larva of Cossus ligniperda, Vi.

On the external characters of the eyes of insects, xxiv.

On the genus Erebia and its geographical distribution, ii.

President’s Address, Ixvii.

Systematic temperature experiments on some Lepidoptera in all their

stages, lx.

Terias of the hecabe group, Xiii.

ARACHNIDA.

Epeira madagascariensis (Halabe), exhibited and its history described,

xlvii.

Theridion pallens, cocoons of, exhibited, xii.

COLEOPTERA.

Actobius signaticornis and villosulus, from Lewisham, xxix.

Aderorhinus, n.g., 68. A. crioceroides, 68.

Agapanthia lineatocollis, x,

Apoderus, alluded to, 43. A. balteatus, alluded to, 46.—bicolor, erythro-

gaster, intermedius, minimus, nitens, politus, and rufiventris,

synonyms of A. erythropterus, 49.— cyanopterus, n.s., 52.—

erythropterus, alluded to, 49.—fulvus, alluded to, 45.—geminus,

n.s., 50.—Jjekelis, alluded to,51. — latipennis, alluded to, 47.—

longicornis, alluded to, 44.—montanus, synonym of A. nigricollis,

44.—nigricollis, alluded to, 44. — pardalis, alluded to, 49. — pra-

cellens, n.8., 46.— roelofsi, 45. — rufescens, alluded to, 47. — sub-

ornatus, n.s., 47.—uniformis, n.s., 51.—vitticeps, alluded to, 48.

Attelabida, 43, 57. Attelabus, Bedel, synonym of Apoderus, Ol., 43.

Attelabus, Ol., 52. A. ceruleus, alluded to, 54.— cupreus, alluded to, 54.

—lewisti, n.s., 53.—rufipennis, alluded to, 53.

Aulacophora, alluded to, 297. New species described :—apicicornis, 306.

—armigera, 305.—biplagiata, 307.—diversa, 306. Species alluded

to :—abdominalis, 298.—afinis, 304.—analis, 303.—bicolor, 299.—

bicornuta, 300.—bidentata, 304.—Cartereti, 302.—circumdata, 302.

—coffee, 298.—cornuta, 299.— cyanoptera, 301.— delata, 298.—

detrita, 299.—dilutata, 299.—dorsalis, 302.—hilaris, 303.—ioptera,

301. — luteicornis, 301. — marginicollis, 301.—v. Mouhoti, 300.—

nigrivestis, 301.—nigroscutata, 300.—perplexa, 304.—plicaticollis,

299.—pubescens, 298.—relicta, 300.—robusta, 302.—scutellata, 300.

—serena, 304. — similis, 299.— unicolor, 299.—unifasciata, 302.—

Species to be removed to the genus Hyperacantha (melanoptera

and others), 305.

Auletes, alluded to, 72. A. basilaris, alluded to, 72.—calvus, n.s., 72.—

fumigatus, alluded to, 73.— puberulus, alluded to, 72.— submacu«

latus, n.8., 73.—testaceus, alluded to, 73.

( xei )

Auletobius, alluded to, 73. A. wniformis, alluded to, 74.

Batocera roylei, stridulation of, xii.

Byctiscus, 58. B. congener, synonym of B. motschoulskyi, 58.— fausti,

n,s,, 60,—lacunipennis, alluded to, 61.—morosus, alluded to, 61.—

motschoulskyt, alluded to, 58.—parvulus, 60.—reversus, n.s., 60.—

venustus, 59.

Carabus smaragdinus, exhibited, xxxi.

Cardiaspis Mowhoti, exhibited, xxx.

Cardiophorus cinereus, from Tenby, xxx.

Cathormiocerus socius, from Sandown, I. W., xxviii.

Colobothea speciosa, Synonym of Glenea speciosa, 213.

Cychramus luteus and fungicola, sexes of one species, xxxvi.

Deporaus, 70. D. affectatus, alluded to, 71.—amwurensis, alluded to, 72.—

Suscipennis, n.s.. 71.— mannerheimi, alluded to, 71.—unicolor,

alluded to, 71

Dicranognathus, synonym of Rhynchites, 61.

Eros minutus and other Coleoptera, from Cobham Park, Kent, xli.

Eugnamptus, 69. E. aurifrons, alluded to, 70. —jlavipes, n,s., 70.—

fragilis, n. s., 69.

Euops, alluded to, 54. 4. lespedeza, n.s., 55. — phedonius, n. 8.. 56.—

politus, alluded to, 56.—? punctato-striatus, 56.—pustulosus, Nn. S.,

56.—splendens, alluded to, 55.

Glenea, new species described :— albomaculata, 214.—? Amelia, 224.—

bimaculiceps, 215.—Bowringi, 214.—crucifera, 222.—Dejeani, 218,

distinguenda, 217.— flavocincta, 216.— lecta, 219.—modica, 217.—

ornata, 223,—punctata, 220.—sex-notata, 220.—signaticollis, 219,

—socia, 221, — speciosa, 213.—T-notata, 223.—jucunda, synonym

of G. giraffa, 225.— Mouhotii, synonym of G. mutata, 225,—

mutata, alluded to, 225.—14-maculata, alluded to, 222.

Glyptolus, synonym of Malaxia, 309.

Harpalus cupreus, from Sandown, xxviii.

Hilipus, alluded to, 577. H. angusticollis, 585.—apiatus, alluded to,

585.— arcturus, 583. — arrogans, 590.— basiliscus, 588.— comptus,

alluded to, 580.—congestus, 584.—cornix, 591.—decipiens, 581.—

designatus, 591.—eaxcultus, 579.—/imbriatus, 580.—frontalis, 586.—

Fryi, 579.—guttatus, alluded to, 582.—lamina, 588.—latipennis,

586.—ludiosus, 583.—lutosus, 578.—obtusus, 582.—ocularis, 582.

—pardalis, 578.—phrynodes, 589.—polyspilus, 587,.—prodigialis,

alluded to, 590.—Renet, 589.—tetraspilotus, 585.

Homalonotus, alluded to, 41.

Hoplosoma, alluded to, 308.

Hyperacantha, alluded to, 308.

Ipsine, stridulating organs of, xlvi.

Julodis ampliata, globithorax, and luteogramma, exhibited, xxx, xxxi.

Malazia, alluded to, 309.

Merhynchites, 57.

Neleus interruptus, exhibited, x.

(( xew )

Neptunides polychrous, from Zanzibar, xxiv. — Stanleyi, from Central

Africa, xxiii.

Phialodes distinctus and rufipennis, synonyms of Attelabus rufipennis, 53,

Proculus goryi, exhibited, x.

Pseudocophora, alluded to, 308.

Rhomborhina japonica, exhibited, xi.

Rhynchitide, 42, 57. Rhynchites, alluded to, 61. R. amabilis, alluded

to, 63.—apertus, n.s., 66.—apionoides, n.s., 67.—assimilis, alluded

to, 65.— brevirostris, 64.— conicus, alluded to, 66. — cupreus,

alluded to, 65.— dybofskyit, 65. —funebris, n.s., 64. — haroldi,

synonym of Byctiscus venustus, 59.— heros, alluded to, 62.—

megacephalus, synonym of Deporaus mannerheimii, 71.—pilosus,

64.—placidus, n.s., 63.— plumbeus, alluded to, 63. — princeps,

synonym of Byctiscus motschoulskyi, 58.—sanguinipennis, alluded

to, 62.—singularis, alluded to, 67. —tristis ?, alluded to, 68.—

truncatus, n.s., 67.—ursulus, alluded to, 62.

Theodosia howitti, from Borneo, xxviii.

DIPTERA.

Cecidomyia destructor, bred from American wheat, xxiv.

HEMIPTERA.

Anthocoris visci, from Hereford, exhibited, xlvi.

Coccide, probably of the genus Brachyscelis, from Australian trees,

exhibited, xii.

Lygus viscicola, from Hereford, exhibited, xxxvii.

Piezosternum subulatum, notes on, li.

Platymetopius undatus, from Ewhurst, Surrey, xxxvi.

HYMENOPTERA.

Adelognathus dorsalis, alluded to, 433.

Ancylus muricatus, synonym of Liophron muricatus, 177.— excrucians,

synonym of Liophron ater, 179.

Angitia, synonym of Limneria (ex parte), 424.

Anilasta, synonym of Limneria (ex parte), 429.

Aphenogaster, species alluded to, 374.

Apterophygus ? paradoxus, n.s., 417.

Aulacodus, synonym of Cenocelius 187.

Blacudes, characterised, 160. Blacus, 164. B. ambulans, 175.—apteno-

dytes, 174. — hastatus, 172.— humilis, 171.—maculipes, 169.—

paganus, 172.—rujficornis, 167.—terebrator, synonym of B. hastatus,

172.—tripudians, 170.—trivialis, 173.—tuberculatus, 166.

Brachistes, synonym of Calyptus, 153. B. uncigenis, synonym of C.

tibialis, 156.

Bracon analis, synonym of Cenocelius analis, 189.—denigrator, synonym

of Proterops nigripennis, 184,—ebeninus, synonym of Macrocentrus

collaris, 197.—linearis, synonym of M. abdominalis, 193.

(\ xenmi* )

Calyptides, characterised, 149. Calyptus, 153. C. fasciatus, 158.—

puber, 155.—segmentalis, n.s.. 156.— sigalphoides, n.s., 158.—

tibialis, 156.

Capitonius, synonym of Cenocelius, 187.

Camponotus compressus and other Indian ants, exhibited, x.—compressus,

history of, 348.—sylvaticus, alluded to, 351.

Campoplex incompletus, n.s., 420.—lapponicus, alluded to, 420.

Campsomeris bivittata, n.s., 453. ceylonica, n.s., 452.—princeps, n.8.,

451.—regalis, alluded to, 452.—tomentosa, n.s., 451.—Whiteleyi

n.s., 453.

Casinaria claviventris, alluded to, 421.—morionella, alluded to, 421,

Cenocelius, 187. C. analis, 189.

Centistes, 180. C. cuspidatus, synonym of C. lucidator, 181.—fuscipes,

181.—lucidator, 181.

Charmon, synonym of Eubadizon, 149.

Crabro interruptus, exhibited, xlvi.

Cremastus decoratus, alluded to, 430.

Crematogaster Rothneyi, alluded to, 374.—scutellaris, exhibited, xxiii.

Cteniscus erosus, alluded to, 434.—gnathoxanthus, alluded to, 435.—

jucundus, alluded to, 434.—limbatus, alluded to, 435.—limbatellus,

alluded to, 434.

Dacnusa cerealis, synonym of Blacus humilis, 171.

Diacamma vagans, history of, 361.

Diadromus intermedius, synonym of Pheogenes varicolor,413 .

Diliacos dorycus, n.s., 445.—dubia, alluded to, 444.—eximius, n.s., 444.

fulgidipennis, alluded to, 444.

Diospilides, characterised, 200. Diospilus, 201. D. capito, 203.—morosus,

205.—oleraceus, 203.—ovatns, n. s., 204.—speculator, 205.

Discolia coryseis, n.s., 447. —disparilis, n.s., 448. — fasciatipennis,

alluded to, 448. — Hecate, n.s., 449. — punctatissima, n.s,, 449.—

vittifrons, alluded to, 449.

Dolops, n.g., 206. D. aculeator, n.s., 208.—hastifer, n.8., 207.

Dorylus (longicornis ?), history of, 371.

Dyscoletes, 209. D. lancifer, 210.

Dyscolus, synonym of Dyscoletes, 209.

Elis lugens, n.s., 450.—Rudaba, n. s., 450.

Eubadizon, 149. E.coxalis and semistriatus, synonyms of E. pallidipes,

152.— extensor, 150.— flavipes, 152.—pallidipes, 152.—pectoralis,

synonym of H. extensor, 150.

Eubazus, synonym of Eubadizon, 149.

Eulophus damicornis, from Oxshott, Surrey, xxix.

Ganychorus diversicornis, synonym of Llacus maculipes, 169.—pallipes,

synonym of B. tuberculatus, 166.

Glypta evanescens, alluded to, 436.—filicornis, alluded to, 436.—genalis,

alluded to, 436.—parvicaudata, n.s., 435.—pictipes, alluded to, 436,

—pnnetifrons, alluded to, 436.

Helcontides, characterised, 185. Helcon, 185. H. annulicornis, 186.

(7 xeim,.)

Hemiteles longicauda, alluded to, 417.—nitidus, n.s., 416.

Holcomyrmex indicus, history of, 367,

Holomeristus tenuicinctus, alluded to, 432.

Ichneumon culpator, alluded to, 410.—emancipatus, alluded to, 410.—

Haglundi, alluded to, 410. — insidiosus, alluded to, 413. — macro-

cerus, alluded to, 410.—plagiarius, alluded to, 411.—pulchellatus,

n.s., 411. — tempestivus, alluded to, 410. — vulneratorius, alluded

to, 410.

Ichneutides, characterized, 182. Ichneutis, 182. I. brevis, synonym of

I. reunitor, 183.—reunitor, 183,

Laccophrys, synonym of Cenocelius, 187. L. cephalotes, synonym of

C. analis, 189.

Lasius alienus and other ants, exhibited, xv.

Leptocryptus ruficaudatus, alluded to, 415.

Limneria, new species described :—aculeata, 428. — albonotata, 427.—

annulipes, 424.—crassa, 425. — fasciata, 422. — scotia, 426. — sub-

marginata, 423.—teucrti, 429.

Liophronides, characterized, 175. Liophron, 177.—L. ater, 179.—

edentatus, 180.—lituratus, 178.—muricatus, 177.

Lissonota, new species described :—distincta, 437.—obsoleta, 436.—

transversa, 438.—trochanterata, 438.

Lobopelta chinensis, alluded to, 373.—diminuta, alluded to, 373.

Macrocentrides, characterized, 190, Macrocentrus, 191. M. abdominalis,

193.— bicolor, synonym of WM. thoracicus, 195.— collaris, 197.—

infirmus, 196.—marginator, 194.—picipes, synonym of M. collaris,

197.—thoracicus, 195.

Marasmia ruralis, alluded to, 514.

Meranoplus bicolor, alluded to, 373.

Mesoleius facialis, alluded to, 433.

Mesoleptus glacialis, alluded to, 432.

Mushroom Ant, alluded to, 374.

Myrmecocystus viaticus, history of, 350,

(Ecodoma cephalotes, exhibited, iv.

(cophylla smaragdina, alluded to, 353, 355; history of, 358.

Omorga, synonym of Limneria (ex parte), 422.

2 Ophion distans, alluded to, 419.—longigena, alluded to, 419.

Parabatus cristatus, alluded to, 420.—nigricarpus, alluded to, 419.

Perilissus erythrocephalus, alluded to, 433.—fumatus, alluded to, 482,—

lutescens, alluded to, 432.

Pezomachus pulicarius, 418.

Phaogenes varicolor, alluded to, 413.

Pheidologeton laboriosus, history of, 369.

Phygadeuon flavopunctatus, n.s., 414.—rufoniger, n.s., 415.

Phylax, synonym of Zele, 197.

Pimpla pomorum, alluded to, 435.—rujipleura, 0. 8., XV.

Plagiolepis gracilipes, alluded to, 373,

Platylabus transversus, n.s., 412,

(( xevr )

Plectiscus canaliculatus, alluded to, 432.—tener, alluded to, 432.

Polyblastus unicinctus, n. s., 433.

Polyrachis levissimus, history of, 351.— Schrinax, alluded to, 352.—

spiniger, alluded to, 352.

Proterops, 184. P. nigripennis, 184.

Pseudomyrma bicolor, history of, 352.—carbonaria, history of, 358.

Pygostolus, 161. P. falcatus, 163.—sticticus, 162.

Rogas annulicornis, synonym of Zele testaceator, 199.—nidulator and

obscurator, synonyms of Macrocentrus marginator, 194.—pallipes,

synonym of M. abdominalis, 193.

Sagaritis incisa, alluded to, 421.

Scolia Alecto, alluded to, 446.— Halima, n.s., 445. —leviceps, n.s., 447.

tyrianthina, n.s., 446.—uwnimaculata, n.s., 446.

Simia rufo-nigra, synonym of Pseudomyrma bicolor, 352.

Solenopsis geminata, history of, 365.

Tapheus, synonym of Diospilus, 201. T.conformis, synonym of D. olera

ceus, 203. — fuscipes, synonym of D. capito, 203. — irregularis

synonym of D. speculator, 205.

Thersilochus carinatus, n.s., 430.—/lavicornis, alluded to, 431.—minutus

431.—nitidus, n. s., 430.

Thymarus compressus, alluded to, 433.

Zele, 197. Z. chlorophthalma, 199.—discolor, 200.—testaceator, 199.

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abraxas amplificata, alluded to, 145.—interruptaria, alluded to, 145.—

junctilineata, allnded to, 145.—martaria, alluded to, 145.—

sylvata, alluded to, 144.

Achea ancilla, alluded to, 474.—melicerte, alluded to, 474.

2 Achantodes semirosea, synonym of Rhododactyla elicrina, 248.

Acharana pheopteralis, alluded to, 282.

Acherontia atropos, alluded to, 118.—morta, alluded to, 119.

Acidalia albicostata, alluded to, 484.—crossophragma, alluded to, 486.—

homodoza, alluded to, 485.—indicataria, alluded to, 146.—parasira,

n.s., 485.—recessata, alluded to, 485.—strigilaria, alluded to, 146.

Acontia bicolora, n.s., 133.—nivipicta, alluded to, 470.

Acosmeryx anceus, alluded to, 119.

Acrea vesta, alluded to, 104.

Acrarmostis, n.g., 479. A. dryopa, n.s., 479.

Acrolepia assectella, exhibited, xxiil.

Acronycta ligustri, dark forms from Llangollen, exhibited, xxxiy.—

rumicis, alluded to, 129.

AL gocera cornigera, alluded to, 469.

Agarista eurychrysa, 0. s., 468.—neurogramma, n.s., 468.

Agathia prasinaspis, n.s., 495.

Agathodes designalis, synonym of A. monstralis, 271.—monstralis, alluded

to, 271,

(' xevax )

Agrotis, synonymy of the following species :—admirationis, 379.—annexa,

378.—biconica, 376.—bilitura, 378.—bipars, 378.—corticea, 377.—

divergens, 380.—hostilis, 378.—ignobilis, 377.—insignata, 379.—

tnterjectionis, 377.—jaculifera, 377.—moderata, 379—munda, 376.

segetis, 376. — spina, 380.—spissa, 379. — subgothica, 377. — van-

couverensis, 378.—venerabilis, 378 ; pyrophila, exhibited, x.

Alpenus flammeolus, alluded to, 124.

Amalodeta, n.g., 462, A. electraula, n.s., 463.

Amathes, synonymy of the following species :—atra, 382.—bicarnea, 383.

—comma, 382.—instipata, 383.—jucunda, 382.—parentalis, 383.—

phyllophora, 382.—velata, 383.

Amblypodia avidiena, alluded to, 111.—dodonea, female of A. rama, 111

querceti, synonym of A. rama, 111.—rama, alluded to, 111.

Ampelophaga rubiginosa, alluded to, 119.

Amphipyra livida, alluded to, 135.—pyramidea, alluded to, 135.

Anania florella, alluded to, 288.—quinqualis, synonym of A. florella, 288.

Ancyloptila, n.g., 509. A. lactoides, alluded to, 509.

Anemosa ? roseobrunnea, n.s., 260.

Anophe venata, exhibited, xlvii.

Antherea pernyi, alluded to, 128

Anthocaris charlonia, 523.— lucilla, 525.— vy. mesopotamia, 524.— Pechi,

528.—Penia, 526.—Tomyris, 527.

Antigonus vasava, alluded to, 118.

Anytus privatus, synonymy of, 384.

Apatura here, synonym of A. ilia, 108.—ilia, alluded to, 108.—subalba,

alluded to, 108.

Aplectoides calligena, alluded to, 132.

Arachotia hyalina, n.s., 123.

Arauzona, characterized, 11.— — Tinegeria (ex parte), 10.

Arctia mendica, notes on a race of, 441.—Varieties exhibited, xxviii.

Argynnis, revision of genus, 588. A. adippe, alluded to, 105.—anadyo-

mene, alluded to, 104.—aphirape and other species alluded to,

548—575.—coreana, synonym of A. nerippe, 105.—ella, synonym

of A. anadyomene, 104.—laodice, var. japonica, alluded to, 104.—

—leopardina, synonym of Melitea (?) maculata, 105. — nerippe,

alluded to, 105.—niphe, alluded to, 104.—paphia, var. valesina,

alluded to, 104.—pagana, alluded to, 104.

Ariola celisigna, alluded to, 470.

Arouva mirificana, alluded to, 257.

Asopia acestealis, alluded to, 292.

Aspilates mundataria, alluded to, 145. — tonghata, synonym of A. mun-

dataria, 145.

Asthena superior, alluded to, 146.

Astura elevata, alluded to, 277.

Athyma fortuna, n.s., 107.—jina, alluded to, 107,—sulpitia, var. ningpo-

ana, alluded to,-107.

Atkinsonia, characterized, 20.— — Gidematopoda (ex parte), 19.

Atopomorpha, n.g., 252, A. singularis, n.s8., 253,

( xevii )

Attacus cynthia, alluded to, 128.— selene, alluded to, 128, —sinensis,

alluded to, 128.

Aulacodes eschmialis, alluded to, 294.

Autacopa, n.g.,457. A. monoloncha, n.s., 457,

Azamoride, characterized, 238. Azamora penicillana, alluded to, 239,

Balanotis crypsaula, alluded to, 504.—didymalis, alluded to, 504.

Beara nubiferella, alluded to, 470.

Belippa horrida, alluded to, 128.

Bertula biciliata, n.s., 241.

Bizia exaria, alluded to, 142.

Bizome hamata, alluded to, 126.—phedra, n.s., 126.—sanguinea, alluded

to, 126.

Blepharomastyx colubralis, alluded to, 291.

Bleptina albidiscalis, n.s., 239.—hirtipalpis, alluded to, 240.—olivescens,

n.s., 240.—prunescens, n.s., 240.

Boarmia callicrossa, n.s., 498.—consortaria, alluded to, 142.—epictistis,

n.s. 499.— grisea, alluded to, 142. — ocellata, n.s., 143. — picata,

alluded to, 142.— repandata, exhibited, i. — selenaria, alluded to,

143.

Bocana pharusalis, alluded to, 239.

Botys agavealis, synonym of Pilocrosis amissalis, 280.—amatalis, syno-

nym of Leucophotis lybialis, 271.— codrusalis, dorisalis, and

enippealis, synonyms of Lamprosema lunulalis, 270,—delicatalis,

synonym of Prenesta scyllalis, 281. — electralis, synonym of

Blepharomastyx colubralis, 291.—eurytalis, synonym of Microthy-

ris prolongalis, 279.—gastralis and ogmiusalis, synonyms of

Eulepte concordalis, 278. — grisealis and vestalis, synonyms of

Acharana pheopteralis, 282.—incalis, synonym of Hapalia superb-

alis, 284.— incoloralis, alluded to, 518.—medonalis, synonym of

Hapalia pyrenealis, 284

Brahmea ocelligera, n.s., 390.—undulata, alluded to, 129.

Britha biguttata, alluded to, 479.

Bursada placens, alluded to, 503.

Butalis sinensis, synonym of Staintonia ? apiciguttella, 8.

Buzura abraxata, n.s., 143.

Calduba contenta, synonym of Maceda mansueta, 476.

Callerebia, alluded to, 341.

Callidryas crocale, alluded to, 113. —jugurtha, synonym of C. crocale,

int

Calligenia cyclota, synonym of C. placens, 462.— melitaula, alluded to,

462. — phryctopa, n.s., 462.— placens, alluded to, 462.— pyraula,

alluded to, 462.

Calliodes rectifasciata, alluded to, 139.

Callopistria purpureofasciata, alluded to, 133.

Calpe excavata, alluded to, 136.

Caradrina ceca, alluded to, 131.

Carige duplicaria, alluded to, 147. »

(| xevili )

Castorura, characterized, 25.— — Eretmocera (ex parte), 25.

Cataclysta callistoalis, alluded to, 295.—divisalis, alluded to, 295.—tri-

linealis, n.s., 295.

Catocala esther, alluded to, 138.—volcanica, alluded to, 138.

Celeria proxima, alluded to, 482.

Cepharea, n. g., 476.—C. cymatistis, n.s., 476.

Cephonodes woodfordii, n. s., 389.

Ceranchia mollis, n.s., 391.

Chabora nealcesalis, 244.—varialis, synonym of C. nealcesalis, 244.

Chadaca, 233. C. concatenalis, n. s., 234.—modesta, n. s., 234.

Cherocampa elpenor, alluded to, 120.—japonica, alluded to, 120.—lewisii,

synonym of C. elpenor, 120.—silhetensis, 120.

Chetoprocta odata, exhibited, li.

Charazes narceus, var. mandarinus, alluded to, 108.

Chera birivia, synonymy of, 381.

Chlorogenia, n.g., 461. C. cholerota, n.s., 461.

Chrysaugide, alluded to, 257.

Chrysorithmum amatum, alluded to, 138.

Cidaria mactata, alluded to, 147.—reticulata, exhibited, xliii, xlvii.

Cirrhochrista, 506. C. brizonalis, alluded to, 507.

Clanis bilineata, alluded to, 119.

Clisiocampa neustria, alluded to, 129.

Cloantha polyodon, alluded to, 131.

Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, alluded to, 514.

Cocytodes modesta, alluded to, 139.

Coleophora olivaceella and solitariella, exhibited, viii.

Colias hyale, alluded to, 113.

Comostola, 490. C.conchylias, n.s., 490.—nereidaria, alluded to, 492.—

pyrrhogona, 491.—rubrolimbaria, alluded to, 492.

Conchylodes abdicalis, alluded to, 517.—bunusalis, alluded to, 267.

Crochiphora testulalis, alluded to, 290.

Crocidocnemis, n.g., 268. C. pellucida, n.s., 269.

Crymodes exulis and other Lepidoptera, from Iceland, exhibited, xxxv.

Ctypansa mesogramma, n. 8., 478.

Curetis acuta, alluded to, 111.

Cyclocausta, n.g., 274. C. trilineata, n.s., 274.

Cystidia stratonice, alluded to, 125.

Dagassa marginata, n.s., 229.

Damora paulina, synonym of Argynnis sagana, 104.

Daphnusa colligata, alluded to, 119.

Deilephila celerio, alluded to, 456.—heliodes, n.s., 455.

Deiopeia pulchella, alluded to, 466.

Delias sanaca, note on, 343.— berinda, boylee, flavalba, hearseyi,

horsfeildi, ithiela, and sanaca, forms of D. belladonna, 344—5.

Desmia canacealis and pelealis, synonyms of Lamprosema lunulalis, 270.

—lauralis, alluded to, 267.

Desmobathria macayiata, alluded to, 482,

( xeix )

Deuterollyta conspicualis, alluded to, 260.

Deuterophysa, n.g., 272. D. costimaculalis, n.s., 273.

Diacrisia subvaria, alluded to, 125.

Dianthecia compta, alluded to, 134.

Diastreptoneura, n.g., 279. D. distorta, n.s., 280.

Dichonia bipunctata, alluded to, 136.

Digama abietis, n.s., 126.

Diludia increta, alluded to, 120.

Dionychopus niveus, alluded to, 125.

Diplotyla chloronota, n.s., 514.

Dolerosceles, n.g., 480. D. bryoscopa, n.s., 480.— erymna, alluded to,

480.

Dysglyptogona, n.g., 248. D. dissimilis, n.s., 249.

Egnasia ? albipunctata, n.s., 247.—dorcanderalis, alluded to, 247.

Eligma narcissus, alluded to, 127.

Elphos latiferaria, alluded to, 142.

Emmelesia teniata, from the Lake district, exhibited, xlvii.

Enemia mactata, alluded to, 522.—parallela, n. s., 522.

Endocrossis, n.g., 515, E. flavibasalis, alluded to, 515.

Endotricha externalis, alluded to, 506.—persicopa, n.s. 506.

Entomogramma torsa, alluded to, 474.

Ephyra grata, alluded to, 142.

Epichronistis ? albiguttatus, n. s., 289.—acrospila, alluded to, 517.

Epicopeia mencia, alluded to, 123.

Epizeuctis, n.g., 463. EH. innocua, 464.

Epizeuxis marginata, n.s., 234.

Erastria amazonia, n.s., 229.

Erebia, eastern species of, 341.—epiphron and other species alluded to,

332—341.—notes on the genus, ii.—synopsis of genus, 324.

Erebostrota, n.g., 250. EH. albocincta, n.s., 251.

Erebothrix, n. g., 241.—semiusta, n.s., 242.

Eretmocera, characterized, 24. HE. basistrigata, n.s., 32.—carteri, n.s.

28. — chrysias, 35.— derogatella, 28. —dorsistrigata, n.s., 29.—

fuscipennis, 26.—impactella, 34.—letissima, 33.—lunifera, 30.—

medinella, 35.—miniata, n. s., 30.—scatospila, 31.

Erigia apicalis, alluded to, 476.

Erosia conchiferalis, alluded to, 470.—theclata, u.s., 470.

Eterusia edea, alluded to, 122.

Euchromia cyanitis, n.s., 457.

Euchrostis calliptera, n.s., 489.—halcyone, n.3., 489.

Eucoptocnemis fimbriaris, synonymy of, 384.

Eudioptis arguta, alluded to, 265.—emeusalis, alluded to, 264.—eclusalis,

alluded to, 264.—hyalinata, alluded to, 265.—latilimbalis, alluded

to, 264.—lucidalis, alluded to, 264.—nitidalis, alluded to, 264.

Eulepte concordalis, alluded to, 278.

Eumelea florinata, alluded to, 481.

Eupithecia extensaria, larve of, exhibited, viii.—“asioneata, exhibited,

XXly.

( ¢ )

Euplea midamus, alluded to, 99.

Luproctis gracilior, alluded to, 468. —lutea, alluded to, 468. — Moorei,

alluded to, 468.

Eurois exclusa, n.s., 132.

Eurycreon lamprodeta, alluded to, 518.—massalis, alluded to, 518. — pri-

onogramma, alluded to, 518.

Eusemia japana, alluded to, 122.

Exodomorpha, characterized, 25.— = Eretmocera (ea parte), 25. E. in-

clusella, 27.

Exotrocha litoria, alluded to, 458.—securizonis, n.s., 389.

Gegenes hainanus, alluded to, 117.

Gelechia confinis, exhibited, xxiv.

Geometra viridiluteata, alluded to, 141.

Glyphodes Batesi, synonym of G. sibillalis, 265.—Dicolor, alluded to, 511.

—ityalis, alluded to, 510.—luciferalis, 511.—megalopa, n.s., 509.

—scapulalis, alluded to, 511.—sibillalis, alluded to, 265.—zelim-

alis, 510.

Gonitis albitibia, alluded to, 134.—mesogona, alluded to, 134.

Grammodes alterna, alluded to, 475.—archesia, alluded to, 475.—mygdon,

alluded to, 139.—oculicola, alluded to, 475.—vrigidistria, alluded

to, 475.

Graphiphora, alluded to, 382. G. brunnea, alluded to, 132.—dahlii,

alluded to, 132.—pacijica, alluded to, 132.

Hadena funerea, alluded to, 131.—myniochlora, n.s., 469.

Hapalia cernalis, alluded to, 283. — damonalis, alluded to, 286. — elathe-

alis, alluded to, 287.—expansalis, 287.—jlavodensalis, n.s., 287.—

inanitalis, alluded to, 286.—pactolalis, alluded to, 286.— pallidi-

pennis, n.s., 285. —principialis, alluded to, 283. — pyrenealis,

alluded to, 284.—spoliatalis, alluded to, 283.—sublutalis, n.s., 285.

—superbalis, alluded to, 284.— sylvialis, alluded to, 287.—vitrealis,

n.8., 287.

Hecatera fasciata, n.s., 134.

Hectogama, n. g., 465. H. dissozona, n.s., 465.

Hednota bifractella, alluded to, 521.

Hellula undalis, alluded to, 518.

Hemeris radians, alluded to, 121.

Hemimatia atramentalis, alluded to, 260.

Hermonassa cecilia, alluded to, 132.

Hesperia sylvatica, alluded to, 117.

Hestina assimilis, alluded to, 106.

Heteromicta rufivena, alluded to, 521.

Hipoépa raptatalis, alluded to, 244.

Histia flabellicornis, alluded to, 122.

Homodes iomolybda, n.s., 477.

Homophysa sulphuralis, alluded to, 267.

Homura nocturnalis, alluded to, 260.

Hoterodes nervosa, n.s., 262.

Hulodes caranea, 141, 474.

Hyalea aurantiacalis, n.s., 289.

Hyalitis bajulalis, alluded to, 263.

Hydrocampa tortalis, alluded to, 294.

Hydroclada, n.g., 456. H. antigona, n.s., 457.

Hymenia perspectalis, alluded to, 269.

Hypena exoletalis, alluded to, 231. — fuscipennis, n.s., 231.— isogona

n.s., 478.—munda, n.s., 280.—obditalis, alluded to, 230.

Hymenoptychis sordida, alluded to, 514.

Hyphyphena, n. g., 231.—H. bipunctalis, n.s., 232.

Hyperocompa principalis, var. regalis, 125.

Hyperythrus, n.g., 121. H. aperta, n.s., 122

Hypopyra anteponens, synonym of Entomogramma torsa, 474.

Hyproprepia delineata, alluded to, 126.

Iodis albicosta, alluded to, 492.—aphrias, n.s., 492.—byrsopis, alluded to,

495.—lithocrossa, n.s., 493.— neomela, n.s., 492.— pieroides,

alluded to, 493.—veraria, alluded to, 494.

Ischnurges illustralis, alluded to, 514.

Ismene badra, alluded to, 116.

Isogona inferior, n.s., 229.

Iza nebulosa, n.s., 261.

Lacera procellosa, alluded to, 136,

Lagoptera dotata, alluded to, 137,—elegans, alluded to, 137.

Lagyra, 502. L. talaca, 502.

Lampides phaseli, n. s., 311; larva of, described, 312.

Lamprosema lunulalis, 270.

Laria l-nigrum, alluded to, 127.

Laverna subbistrigella, exhibited, viii.

Leptosteges, n.g., 291. L. pulverulenta, n.s., 292.

Lepyrodes, alluded to, 513.—circotoma, n. s., 513.—neptis, alluded to, 513.

Lethe butleri, n.s., 99.—naias, n.s., 100.—syrcis, alluded to, 101.

Leucania decisissima, alluded to, 1380. — extranea, alluded to, 180.— sim-

plex, n.s., 130,

Leucinodes discerptalis, alluded to, 272.—imperialis, alluded to, 272.

Leucochroma minoralis, n.s., 267.

Leucoma salicis, alluded to, 128.

Leucophlebia lineata, alluded to, 120.

Leucophotis lybialis, 271.

Licnoptera, n. g., 460. L. crocodora, n.8., 461.

Limenitis arboretorum, synonym of Neptis pryeri, 106.—helmanni, alluded

to, 107.—sydyi, alluded to, 106.

Lithosia vetusta, alluded to, 127.

Locastra funerea, n. s., 259.—pilosa, n.s., 258.

Lophoptera squamigera, alluded to, 476.

Lophura sangaica, alluded to, 120.

Luperina Nickerlii, from Lancashire, xl.—testacea, aberrant specimen of,

from Eastbourne, xl.

( fein. <j

Lycena argia, alluded to, 109.—argiades, alluded to, 108.— argiolus,

alluded to, 109.— davidi and jilicornis, synonyms of L. fischeri,

108.—fischeri, alluded to, 108.—icarus, hermaphrodite specimen

of, xlvi.—lulu, n.s., 312; life-history of, 313.—Moorei, n.s., 109.

Macaduma, 460. M. tortricella, 460.

Macaria iospila, n.s., 501.—nigronotaria, synonym of Carige duplicaria,

147.—sinicaria, alluded to, 146.—zachera, alluded to, 146.

Maceda mansueta, alluded to, 476.

Macroglossa bombylans, alluded to, 120.—pyrrhosticta, alluded to, 120,

Mamestra, synonymy of the following species :—cristifera, 385.—consan-

guis, 386.—dissimilis, 385.—egens, 386.—gemina, var. remissa, 386.

—instructa, 386.—lubens, 385.—modica, 386.—renisigna, 386.—

—thalassina, 385.— thoracica, 387; alluded to, 131.— dolorosa,

alluded to, 131.

Margarodes celsalis, alluded to, 508.—suralis, alluded to, 508.

Maruca aquatilis, synonym of Crociphora testulalis, 290.

Mecyna eximialis, alluded to, 518.

Megatomis bidentalis, n.s., 248.

Melanargia halimede, var. meridionalis, 101.

Melanippe procellata, alluded to, 147.

Melanitis ponapensis, n.s., 311.

Melitea? maculata, alluded to, 105.

Metasia acharis, n.s., 518.

Miaromima, n.g., 471. MM. dinotis, n.s., 471,

Micronia pontiata, alluded to, 147.

Microthyris prolongalis, alluded to, 279.—scctalis, alluded to, 278.

Mnesterodes, n.g., 483. M. trypheropa, u.s., 483.

Moma orion, alluded to, 130.

Mormo mucivirens, alluded to, 135.

Mycalesis gotama, alluded to, 103.— perdiccas, alluded to, 103.—regalis,

n.s., 102.—sangaica, synonym of M. perdiccas, 103.

Mythimna placida, alluded to, 130.— singularis, alluded to, 130. — turca,

alluded to, 130.

Nenia contaminata, alluded to, 155.

Nazia calefaciens, synonym of Grammodes rigidistria, 475.

Nemoria, 495. N. iosoma, n.s., 495.

Neope ? muirheadii, alluded to, 101.— segonacia, synonym of N.? mutr-

headii, 101.

Neptis aceris, var. intermedia, alluded to, 106.—ewrynome, alluded to, 106.

—pryeri, alluded to, 106.

Niphanda fusca, alluded to, 110.

Notarcha erixantha, alluded to, 517. — halurga, alluded to, 517.— para-

phragma, n.s., 517.

Numenes disparilis, alluded to, 127.

Nyctemera cribraria, alluded to, 467.— mesolyncha, n.s., 466.—pellea,

alluded to, 466.

Nyctipao crepuscularis, alluded to, 138.

( cui )

Obeida vagipardata, alluded to, 145.

Ochropleura plecta, synonymy of, 384.

Ochsenheimeria ? squamicornis, synonym of Pseudegeria squamicornis, 18.

Odonestis leta, alluded to, 129.

Odontophora mandarinata, n.s.,, 141.

Gidematopoda, characterized, 9,19. . clerodendrella, 21. — ignipicta,

22,—leechi, 23.—princeps, 20.

(diodes sepulchralis. 270.

Omiodes leporalis, alluded to, 277.—? tortola, synonym of Parachabora

abydas, 246.

Ophideres fullonica, alluded to, 137, 474. — salaminia, alluded to, 137.—

tyrannus, alluded to, 137.

Ophiodes tirrhea, alluded to, 140.—triphenoides, alluded to, 140.

Ophisma gravata, alluded to, 140.

Ophiusa algira, alluded to, 139.— arctotenia, alluded to, 189. — falcata,

alluded to, 139.

Orgyia postica, alluded to, 468.—thyalina, exhibited, vill.

Ornithoptera Brookiana, var. Eleanor, 75.— plateni and trojana, exhi-

bited, ix.

Orthogonia sera, alluded to, 135.

Pachyarches aurocostalis, 263.— lustralis, alluded to, 263. — psittacalis,

alluded to, 508.

Pachyodes arenaria, n.s., 144.

Pagyda, 516. P. salvalis, 516.

Paleonympha opalina, alluded to, 102.

Pamphila fortunei, alluded to, 117.— guttata, alluded to, 116. —mathias,

alluded to, 116.—mencia, alluded to, 117.—oceia, alluded to, 116.

prominens, alluded to, 117.

Panathia hemionata, alluded to, 145.

Papilio alcinous, alluded to, 115.—antimachus, exhibited, xliii.—aristo-

lochie, alluded to, 114.—bianor, alluded to, 114. — demetrius, var.

capenteri, 115.—elwesi, n.s., 113.—leucothoe, synonym of Leptis

eurynome, 106.—machaon, var. ,asiatica and var. hippocrates,

alluded to, 116.—macilentus, alluded to, 116.—megasthenes, n.s.,

314.—pamnon, var. borealis, alluded to, 114.—-sarpedon, alluded to,

115.—Tryoni, n.s., 315.—authus, alluded to, 115.

Parachabora, n.g., 245. P. abydas, 246.

Paramacna, 0. g., 287. P. arnea, 238.

Paramimetica, n. g., 235. P.imitatriz, n.s., 236.—subrufa, n.s., 235.

Paraponyx distinctalis, alluded to, 294,—flavimarginalis, n.s., 294.—

turbata, alluded to, 519.

Parasia neuropterella, exhibited, vii.

Patula macrops, alluded to, 188.

Penicillaria geyeri, alluded to, 133.

Percnia foraria, alluded to, 146.

Pergesa mongoliana, alluded to, 120.

Peridroma, alluded to, 380. P. ypsilon, synonymy of, 380.

( tere )

Perigea illecta, alluded to, 131.

Perixera nephelospila, n.s., 487. — obrinaria, alluded to, 487.— syntona,

n.s., 417.

Petalopleura, n.g., 458. P. pheocephala, n.s., 459.

Phacellura gigantalis, synonym of Eudioptis hyalinata, 265. — indica,

alluded to, 509.

Phalena-Pyralis marginalis, synonym of Eudioptis hyalinata, 265.

Phassus sinensis, alluded to, 129.

Phauda fortunii, alluded to, 123.

Phelotis, n.g., 500, P. xylinopa, n.s., 500.

Phlegetoma conspicienda, alluded to, 476.

Phostria, 275. P.confluentalis, n.s., 277.—oajacalis, alluded to, 277.—

pelialis, alluded to, 277.— persiusalis, alluded to, 276. — tedea,

alluded to, 277.—temira, 276.

Physulodes, n.g., 242.—P. eupithecialis, 243.

Pieris canidia, alluded to, 112.—gliciria, synonym of P. canidia, 112.—

napi, var. melete, alluded to, 112.—rapa, alluded to, 112.

Pilocrosis amissalis, alluded to, 280.

Plesioneura bifasciata, alluded to, 117.

Plusia albostriata, alluded to, 134.

Plusiodonta compressipalpis, alluded to, 134.

Plutodes discigera, alluded to, 503.

Polia xanthomista, var. nigrocincta, from the Isle of Man, exhibited,

xlvi.

Polydesma vulgaris, alluded to, 132.

Polyommatus phleas, var. chinensis, alluded to, 108; var. eleus, alluded

to, 108.

Porthetria dispar, alluded to, 127.

Potamophora manlia, alluded to, 141.

Prenesta v. castanealis, 282.—fabialis and simialis, synonyms of P. scyl-

lalis, 281.—scyllalis, alluded to, 281.

Prasonesis, n.g., 486. P. microphylla, n. s., 486.

Pseudegeria, n.g., 17. P. squamicornis, 18.

Pseudophia disjungens, alluded to, 474.

Pseudopterna diptherina, nu. s., 496.

Pteropristide, alluded to, 254. Pteroprista, n.g., 256. P. metallica,

n.S., 207.

Pterygisus flavalis, n.s., 293.

Pterygospidea davidii, alluded to, 118.— maculosa, alluded to, 118,—

sinica, alluded to, 118.

Ptychopseustis, n.g., 521. P. amenella, alluded to, 521.

Pyrameis indica, alluded to, 105.

Remigia annetta, alluded to, 140. — archesia, alluded to, 140, — frugalis,

alluded to, 475.

Remodes melanoceros, n.s., 481.

Retina costata, alluded to, 122.

Retinia posticana, exhibited, xxiv; resinella, exhibited, xliii.

(; ev.)

Rhodia newara, cocoons of, exhibited, xxiv.

Rhodocera acuminata, alluded to, 113.—rhamni, alluded to, 113,

Rhododactyla, n. g., 247. RB. elicrina, 248.

Rhodogastria lactinea, alluded to, 124.

Rhyparia jaguaria, alluded to, 144.

Rhyparioides rubescens, var. amuriensis, alluded to, 125.

Risoba spherophora, n.s., 472.

Salbia ancidalis, alluded to, 268.— pellucidalis, n.s., 268. — pherusalis,

synonym of Asopia acestealis, 292.

Samia castellalis, discessalis, and disertalis, synonyms of S. ecclesialis,

270.—ecclesialis, alluded to, 270.

Sarotricha demiota, n.s., 464.

Sataspes infernalis, alluded to, 121.

Saturnia pyretorum, alluded to, 129.—Wallengrenii, alluded to, 391.

Satyrus dryas, alluded to, 102.

Scatespyle cerulescens, n.s., 390.

Schenobius, alluded to, 519. S. chionotus, n.s., 519.

Sciapteron chinense, n.s., 121.

Scirpophaga, 520. S. butyrota, n.s., 520.

Selenia autumnaria, alluded to, 86, &c. — illunaria, alluded to, 79, &c.—

illustraria, alluded to, 85, &c.

Semiophora elimata, synonymy of, 385.

Semnia egealis, synonym of Arouva mirificana, 257.

Sericia diops, alluded to, 475. —

Sericinus telamon, alluded to, 113.

Serrodes campana, alluded to, 140.

Seudyra subjflava, alluded to, 122.

Siculodes aurata, alluded to, 504.—rhomboidea, n.s., 262.—scitaria, 504.

Simethis amatana, alluded to, 295.

Simplicia cenealis, alluded to, 478.

Smerinthus dissimilis, alluded to, 119.—ocellatus, alluded to, 119.

Snellenia, n.g., 13. S. bimaculata, n.s., 17.—coccinea, n.s., 15.—flavi-

pennis, alluded to, 16.— latipes, 16.— lineata, 16.— tarsella,

Mess; 15;

Sonagara vialis, alluded to, 140.

Soritia elizabetha, alluded to, 122.

Sorocostia tetrophthalma, n.s., 463.

Sozoa obscura, u.8., 291.

Spelotis ravida, synonymy of, 381

Spilosoma marginata, alluded to, 466,—turbida, alluded to, 466.

Spiramia interlineata, synonym of Calliodes rectifasciata, 139.—martha,

alluded to, 138.—retorta, alluded to, 138.

Staintonia, characterized, 24.— = Eretmocera (ex parte), 24.—apicigut-

tella, alluded to, 8.—fulgens, alluded to, 8.

Stemmatophora vibicalis, alluded to, 506.

Stenotrachelys cinerea, alluded to, 143.

Stesichora justaria, 482.—teriadata, alluded to, 483.

( evi )

Strenia deerraria, alluded to, 501.

Striglina myrtea, alluded to, 503.

Strophidia bifasciata, alluded to, 482.

Sympis rufibasis, alluded to, 474.

Synclera jarbusalis, alluded to, 266.

Synclita gurgitalis, alluded to, 293.—modestalis, synonym of S. gurgitalis,

293.

Syndicastis, n.g., 507. S. heteromima, n.s., 507.

Syngamia florellalis, synonym of Anania florella, 288.

Syntomis muirheadii, alluded to, 123.— pascus, n.s., 124.— Pratti, n.s.,

123.—thelebus, alluded to, 124.—torquatus, n.s., 124.

Sypna achatina, alluded to, 136.— astrigera, alluded to, 136. — distincta,

NieiSeploGe

Syricthus maculatus, alluded to, 117.

Tagiades nymphealis, alluded to, 118.

Teldenia, 467. T. autogramma, un. s., 467.—vestigiata, alluded to, 467.

Tephrina, 501. T. homalodes, n.s., 501,

Teratopora, n.g., 459.—T. haplodes, n.s., 459.

Terias bethesba, alluded to, 112.—hecabe, alluded to, 112.—leta, alluded

to, 112.

Termioptycha, n.g., 504. T. cyanopa, n.s., 505.

Tetrapyrgia graphiphorides, synonymy of, 384. — pectinata, synonymy

of, 385.

Thalera crenulata, alluded to, 142.—strigata, alluded to, 141.

Thalpochares Wallengrenit, alluded to, 470.

Thecla betuloides, synonym of T. micans, 110.—micans, alluded to, 110.—

pratti, n. s., 110.—w-album, var. eximia, alluded to, 110.

Thinasotia enochrois,‘n.s., 520.

Thyatira trimaculata, alluded to, 129.

Thyrsoscelis, n.g., 473. T. tridias, n.s., 473.

Tigridoptera cyanoxantha, n.s., £97.

Tigrioides nana, alluded to, 458.—nephelozona, n.s., 458.

Timandra amataria, alluded to, 146.—hemichroa, n.s., 488.—molybdias,

n.s., £88.

Tinegeria, characterized, 8, 10.—basalis, 13.—fasciata, 13.—ochracea, 11.

Tiracola plagiata, synonymy of, 381.

Tirumala petiverana, exhibited, v.

Tortricodes alucitalis, 254.

Tortrix piceana, exhibited, xxix.

Toxocampa lilacina, alluded to, 136.—recta, synonym of T. lilacina, 136.

Trabala vishnu, alluded to, 129.

Trigonodes cephise, alluded to, 478.

Triommatodes, n. g., 251. T. plumosa, n.s., 252.

Triphena subsequa, exhibited from Forres and the New Forest, x.

Trithyris fenestrinalis, alluded to, 278.

Trypheromera plagifera, alluded to, 125.

Tylanthes, n.g., 459. T'. ptochias, n. s., 460.

( xevlr ~)

Ugra parallela, 260.

Urapteryx delectans, alluded to, 141.

Vanessa angelica, synonym of V. c-aurewm, 105.—c-album, alluded to,

105.—e-aureum, alluded to, 105.—callirhoe, synonym of Pyrameis

indica, 105.—cardui, alluded to, 106.—charonia, alluded to, 105.

Vithora agrionides, synonym of Cystidia stratonice, 125.

Voliba major, u.s., 293.

Xanthodes malve, alluded to, 471.—transversa, alluded to, 471.

Xenocentris, n. g., 484. X. rhipidura, n. s., 484.

Yphthima argus, evanescens, and zodia, synonyms of Y. baldus, 103.—

baldus, alluded to, 103. — motschulskyi, alluded to, 1038. — sakra,

alluded to, 103.

Zarmigethusa macariata, synonym of Desmobathria macariata, 482.

Zebronia ledalis, alluded to, 266.—perspicata, alluded to, 266.

MYRIOPODA.

Scolopendra subspinipes and other Myriopoda, vision of, 395.

NEUROPTERA.

Aischna borealis, from Rannoch, exhibited, x.

Agriotypus armatus, exhibited, xxviii.

Perissoneura, with other Neuroptera, from Japan, exhibited, xxiv.

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO,, PRINTERS, D4, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

a foe got alt CaveTRAR dd

: A, -: r bebe aw liay x be aly sey,

= OE htt 1 ie rlerauitts ilbea dita eae OWAN inte liga bib NE

A wvlin— bof Al yy er AD lidhenlior — AA | ul fal hile wut * _

7 a / ROT it baluitls

; APe pitivonne opalods nity HP ith" riven Ye CO el ir wisn ba qiearta es

: ; AWS it Dekuily Ws a Questo, O08 at Lobitlo jx\lolioes ming |

ea a MOONE " va ae

7 es att da nolety yal fonqarr CMe ted bh Leh WSK{AA geehly onburqulachy 8

Z . ; *

‘ee ATTEN as,

‘ : ra stigthil voasiatl siden eMail 4 whdoite

. oditvax ybotidtifge dvitaate eh

a Wize divividzo nagaht Wort eeqoaine polis ilybe Seah ae -

4 - ae

Wed

wn fobuifa ourdines — COL aatives-9 1 Yo mea polqen wont

‘ sissniriy’ Yo inetoitg’ tillns—.o a at Jeastuilta When OO

7 “ites ye

: - 4 - or a ‘

late +. ALLE ot Dohalla cantostab: ee yyy

et Botan miawinha GE oh bob le Lithia hoon iit hd ends tine

CSP sos aihitsyt Win Avs evoliblec brig ited

FRE hata la peyoornt NN Fb On Befaitle Aaitupy hare:

_— ij

ONO alien avil'Vals Wd Oe ft ry mauve

- : i i = ~~